Chevrolet - Civic Vp Sedan - Workshop Manual - 1999 - 1999

Factory Workshop Manual Make Honda Model Civic Vp Sedan Engine and year L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999) Please navigate through the PDF using the options provided by OnlyManuals.com on the sidebar. This manual was submitted by Anonymous Date 1st January 2018 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Diagrams > USA Security Control Unit Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Diagrams > USA > Page 8 Security Control Unit Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations Antitheft Lighting Relay: Locations Upper Left Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft Relay > Component Information > Locations Antitheft Relay: Locations Upper Left Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 15 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Locations General Module: Locations Rear of Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions General Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 21 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 22 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 23 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 24 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 25 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 26 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 27 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 28 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 29 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 30 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 31 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 32 General Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 33 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 34 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 35 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 36 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 37 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 38 General Module: Electrical Diagrams Integrated Control Unit Part 1 0f 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 39 Integrated Control Unit Part 2 0f 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 40 Integrated Control Unit (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 41 Integrated Control Unit (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 42 General Module: Testing and Inspection SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 10P connector from the integrated control unit. 3. Remove the integrated control unit from the under-dash fuse/relay box. All Systems Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 43 Intermittent Wiper System 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector and the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 Keyless Entry Module: Locations Photo 134 Behind Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 > Page 48 Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 49 Keyless Entry Module: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 18P connector from the control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 50 CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 18P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 Keyless Entry Module: Locations Photo 134 Behind Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 > Page 56 Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 57 Keyless Entry Module: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 18P connector from the control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 58 CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 18P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Keyless Doorlock Control Unit Power Door Lock Control Module: Locations Keyless Doorlock Control Unit Behind Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Keyless Doorlock Control Unit > Page 63 Power Door Lock Control Module: Locations Power Door Lock Control Unit Dashboard/Door Front of Driver's Door (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 64 Keyless Door Lock Control Unit (USA Only) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System Power Door Lock Control Module: Testing and Inspection 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 12P connector from the control unit. 3. inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System > Page 67 Disconnect the 12P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 12P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System > Page 68 Power Door Lock Control Module: Testing and Inspection 99-00 All With Keyless Entry System 1. Remove the driver's kick panel. 2. Disconnect the 18P connector from the control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System > Page 69 Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 18P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Locations Sunroof/Moonroof Relay: Locations Moonroof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Locations > Page 73 Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Diagrams > Moonroof Close Relay Moonroof Close Relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Diagrams > Moonroof Close Relay > Page 76 Moonroof Open Relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Close Relay Sunroof/Moonroof Relay: Testing and Inspection Moonroof Close Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Five-terminal type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No. 5 and No.3 terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.4 terminals when power is disconnected. Moonroof Open And Close Relays Moonroof close relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Close Relay > Page 79 Sunroof/Moonroof Relay: Testing and Inspection Moonroof Open Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Five-terminal type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No. 5 and No.3 terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.4 terminals when power is disconnected. Moonroof Open And Close Relays Moonroof open relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Pump Relay: Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 84 Engine Compartment Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 85 Brake Fluid Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. ABS pump motor relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Specifications Electronic Brake Control Module: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Attaching Torx Bolts ............................................................................................................................ ............................................ 9.8 Nm (84 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 91 Electronic Brake Control Module: Connector Locations Connector A Behind Right Kick Panel Connector B Behind Right Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 92 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Main Control Electronic Brake Control Module: Description and Operation Main Control ABS Operation The ABS control unit detects the wheel speed based on the wheel sensor signal it received, then it calculates the vehicle speed based on the detected wheel speed. The control unit detects the vehicle speed during deceleration based on the rate of deceleration. The ABS control unit calculates the slip rate of each wheel, and it transmits the control signal to the modulator unit solenoid valve when the slip rate is high. The pressure reduction control is a three-mode system, that is pressure reduction, pressure retaining and pressure intensifying modes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Main Control > Page 95 Electronic Brake Control Module: Description and Operation Diagnosis Function SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Since the anti-lock brake system modulates the braking pressure when a wheel is about to lock, regardless of the driver's intention, the system operation and the braking power will be impaired if there is a malfunction in the system. To prevent this possibility, the self-diagnosis function monitors the main system functions. The ABS control unit is equipped with a main CPU and a sub CPU The CPUs check each other and the circuits of the system. When the CPUs detect failure, they shift to the "system down mode" or the "control inhibition mode". When an abnormality is detected, the ABS indicator light goes on. CHECK MODE/BULB CHECK There is also a check mode of the self-diagnosis system itself; when the ignition switch is first turned on, the ABS indicator light comes on and stays on for a few seconds after the engine starts to signify that the self-diagnosis system and indicator light are functional. FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION When an abnormality is detected in the ABS control system by the self-diagnosis, the solenoid operations are suspended to inhibit anti-lock brake system operation. Under these conditions, the braking system functions just as an ordinary one, maintaining the necessary braking function. When the ABS indicator light is turned on, it means the fail-safe is functioning. SELF TEST - FAULT DETECTION - The self-diagnosis can be classified into these four categories. Initial Diagnosis - Performed right after the engine starts and until the ABS indicator light goes off. Except ABS Control - Performed when the ABS is not functioning. During ABS Control - Performed when the ABS is functioning. During Warning - Performed when the ABS indicator light is ON. ABS Self-diagnosis - The system performs the following controls when a problem is detected by the self-diagnosis. > ABS indicator light ON > Memory of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) > Mode change to the "system down mode" or the "control inhibition mode". 1. A Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is memorized when a problem is detected and the ABS indicator light does not go off, or when the ABS indicator light comes on. The DTC is not memorized when the ABS indicator light comes on unless the CPU is activated. 2. The memory can hold any number of DTCs. However, when the same DTC is detected twice or more, the later one is written over the old one. Therefore, when the same problem is detected repeatedly, it is recorded as one DTC. 3. The DTCs are indicated in the order of ascending number, not in the order they occur. 4. The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM (non-volatile memory). Therefore, the memorized DTCs cannot be canceled by disconnecting the battery. Perform the specified procedures to erase. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 96 Electronic Brake Control Module: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 97 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 98 Electronic Brake Control Module: Service and Repair 1. Remove the right side kick panel. 2. Disconnect the ABS control unit connectors. 3. Remove the ABS control unit. 4. Install the ABS control unit in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 103 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Radiator fan relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Module: Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 108 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 109 Cruise Control Module: Testing and Inspection SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 110 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor High Relay Blower Motor Relay: Locations Blower Motor High Relay Below Right Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor High Relay > Page 116 Blower Motor Relay: Locations Blower Motor Relay Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor High Relay > Page 117 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Blower Motor Relay Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. Blower motor relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Blower Motor Relay > Page 120 Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor High Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. Blower motor high relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Component Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 125 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 126 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 127 Compressor Clutch Relay: Description and Operation A/C Compressor Clutch Relay When the ECM/PCM receives a demand for cooling from the air conditioning system, it delays the compressor from being energized, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C mode. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 128 Compressor Clutch Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 A/C compressor clutch relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Component Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 133 Fan Controls Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 134 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 135 Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Condenser fan relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Control Module HVAC: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 140 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 141 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 142 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 143 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 144 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 145 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 146 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 147 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 148 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 149 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 150 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 151 Control Module HVAC: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 152 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 153 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 154 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 155 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 156 Control Module HVAC: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor Speed (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 157 Blower Motor Speed (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Audible Warning Device Control Module > Component Information > Locations Audible Warning Device Control Module: Locations Rear of Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Panel Illumination Control Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit: Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 169 Lighting System (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 170 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 171 Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit: Testing and Inspection Daytime Running Lights Control Unit Input Test (Canada) 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the connectors from the daytime running lights control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations Fog/Driving Lamp Relay: Locations Behind Left Side Of Dash Panel - Photo 69 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Flasher Relay > Component Information > Locations Hazard Flasher Relay: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Flasher Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 178 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Flasher Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 179 Hazard Flasher Relay: Testing and Inspection SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the turn signal/hazard relay from the under-dash fuse/relay box. 2. Inspect the relay and fuse/relay box socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the turn signal/ hazard relay must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View Horn Relay: Locations Alternate View Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 184 Horn Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 185 Horn Relay: Locations Picture Location Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 186 Horn Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Horn relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Interior Lighting Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 191 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 192 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 193 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 194 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 195 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 196 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 197 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 198 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 199 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 200 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 201 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 202 Interior Lighting Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 203 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 204 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 205 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 206 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 207 Interior Lighting Module: Electrical Diagrams Integrated Control Unit (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 208 Integrated Control Unit (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View Turn Signal Relay: Locations Alternate View Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 213 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 214 Turn Signal Relay: Locations Photo Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 215 Turn Signal Relay: Testing and Inspection Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the turn signal/hazard relay from the under-dash fuse/relay box. 2. Inspect the relay and fuse/relay box socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the turn signal/ hazard relay must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 221 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 222 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 223 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 224 Relay Box: Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 225 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 226 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 227 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 228 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 229 Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 232 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 233 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 234 Relay Box: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Removal: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the airbag connectors. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 5. Remove the two mounting nuts, and pull the under-dash fuse/relay box out from under the dash. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-dash fuse/relay box, and take out the under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation: 1. Connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/ relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Connect the airbag connectors. 4. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Integrated Control Unit: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 241 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 242 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 243 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 244 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 245 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 246 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 247 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 248 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 249 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 250 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 251 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 252 Integrated Control Unit: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 253 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 254 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 255 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 256 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) 03-001 January 28, 2003 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P1457: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve Failure SYMPTOM The MIL is on, and DTC P1457 [leak detected in EVAP control system (EVAP control canister system)] is set. PROBABLE CAUSE The EVAP bypass solenoid valve can fail due to corrosion. The solenoid valve may get water inside. If the water contains road salt, the solenoid windings could corrode, causing the valve to fail. In a few rare instances, the corrosion could be severe enough to cause an internal short in the solenoid valve, which could damage the ECM/PCM. If this happens, both the bypass solenoid valve and the ECM/PCM would need to be replaced. Vehicles driven in the Northeastern part of the U.S. are more likely to have this problem because of the salting of roads during the winter months. Vehicles driven where salt is not used on the roads are much less likely to have this problem. VEHICLES AFFECTED 1998-02 Accord 1998-00 Civic 1998-01 CR-V 2000-02 Insight 1999-03 Odyssey 2003 Pilot 2000-03 S2000 CORRECTIVE ACTION Test and, if necessary, replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Replace the ECM/PCM if needed. PARTS INFORMATION Refer to the parts catalog for the appropriate part number and Honda code. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 265 P/N 17012-S01-A00 H/C 5999016 ECM/PCM: P/N 37820-P2P-A12 H/C 6104426 Defect Code: 072 Contention Code: C01 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Connect the PGM Tester to the 16P data link connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn on the PGM Tester. 3. From the PROGRAM MENU screen, select HONDA SYSTEMS. 4. From the SYSTEM SELECT screen, select 1: PGM-FI. 5. From the TEST MODE MENU screen, select 6: INSPECTION. 6. From the INSPECTION MENU screen, select 2: EVAP TEST. 7. From the EVAP TEST MENU, select 1: SINGLE SOLENOIDS. 8. From the SINGLE SOLENOIDS MENU, activate the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Listen for a click and feel for a light tap from the solenoid valve as you activate it. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, disregard this service bulletin, and look for other possible causes. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 9. 9. Replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 10. Test the new solenoid valve with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 11. 11. Check the wire harness and the connectors for damage. ^ If you find any damage, repair it, then go to step 12. ^ If you find no damage in the wire harness or connectors, go to step 13. 12. Test the solenoid valve again with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 13. 13. Replace the ECM/PCM (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 14. Use the PGM Tester to retest the solenoid valve. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 266 ^ If you still cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, continue with normal troubleshooting. 15. Insight only: Disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. 16. All other affected models: Use the PGM Tester to run the EVAP system function test (see S/B 02-007, EVAP System Function Testing and Diagnostics With the PGM Tester). ^ If the EVAP system passes the function test, disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. ^ If the EVAP system fails the function test, continue with normal troubleshooting. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 272 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 273 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 274 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 275 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 276 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 277 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 278 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 279 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 280 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 281 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 282 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 283 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 284 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) 03-001 January 28, 2003 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P1457: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve Failure SYMPTOM The MIL is on, and DTC P1457 [leak detected in EVAP control system (EVAP control canister system)] is set. PROBABLE CAUSE The EVAP bypass solenoid valve can fail due to corrosion. The solenoid valve may get water inside. If the water contains road salt, the solenoid windings could corrode, causing the valve to fail. In a few rare instances, the corrosion could be severe enough to cause an internal short in the solenoid valve, which could damage the ECM/PCM. If this happens, both the bypass solenoid valve and the ECM/PCM would need to be replaced. Vehicles driven in the Northeastern part of the U.S. are more likely to have this problem because of the salting of roads during the winter months. Vehicles driven where salt is not used on the roads are much less likely to have this problem. VEHICLES AFFECTED 1998-02 Accord 1998-00 Civic 1998-01 CR-V 2000-02 Insight 1999-03 Odyssey 2003 Pilot 2000-03 S2000 CORRECTIVE ACTION Test and, if necessary, replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Replace the ECM/PCM if needed. PARTS INFORMATION Refer to the parts catalog for the appropriate part number and Honda code. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 289 P/N 17012-S01-A00 H/C 5999016 ECM/PCM: P/N 37820-P2P-A12 H/C 6104426 Defect Code: 072 Contention Code: C01 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Connect the PGM Tester to the 16P data link connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn on the PGM Tester. 3. From the PROGRAM MENU screen, select HONDA SYSTEMS. 4. From the SYSTEM SELECT screen, select 1: PGM-FI. 5. From the TEST MODE MENU screen, select 6: INSPECTION. 6. From the INSPECTION MENU screen, select 2: EVAP TEST. 7. From the EVAP TEST MENU, select 1: SINGLE SOLENOIDS. 8. From the SINGLE SOLENOIDS MENU, activate the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Listen for a click and feel for a light tap from the solenoid valve as you activate it. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, disregard this service bulletin, and look for other possible causes. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 9. 9. Replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 10. Test the new solenoid valve with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 11. 11. Check the wire harness and the connectors for damage. ^ If you find any damage, repair it, then go to step 12. ^ If you find no damage in the wire harness or connectors, go to step 13. 12. Test the solenoid valve again with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 13. 13. Replace the ECM/PCM (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 14. Use the PGM Tester to retest the solenoid valve. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 290 ^ If you still cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, continue with normal troubleshooting. 15. Insight only: Disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. 16. All other affected models: Use the PGM Tester to run the EVAP system function test (see S/B 02-007, EVAP System Function Testing and Diagnostics With the PGM Tester). ^ If the EVAP system passes the function test, disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. ^ If the EVAP system fails the function test, continue with normal troubleshooting. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 296 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 297 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 298 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 299 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 300 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 301 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 302 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 303 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 304 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 305 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 306 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 307 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 308 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View > Page 311 Engine Control Module: Locations Picture View Behind Right Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Engine Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 314 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 315 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 316 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 317 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 318 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 319 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 320 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 321 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 322 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 323 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 324 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 325 Engine Control Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 326 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 327 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 328 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 329 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 330 Engine Control Module: Connector Views Part 1 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 331 Part 2 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 332 Part 3 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 333 Part 4 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Programming and Relearning Engine Control Module: Programming and Relearning Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. - Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. - Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customer's presets so you can reset them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 336 Engine Control Module: Service and Repair Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. - Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. - Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customer's presets so you can reset them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Relay Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay > Page 344 PGM-FI Main Relay: Locations Main Relay (PGM-FI) Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 347 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 348 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 349 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 350 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 351 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 352 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 353 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 354 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 355 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 356 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 357 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 358 PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 359 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 360 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 361 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 362 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 363 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 364 PGM-FI Main Relay: Description and Operation Description The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON (II), and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 365 PGM-FI Main Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 366 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 367 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Pump Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 373 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 374 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 375 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 376 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 377 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 378 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 379 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 380 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 381 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 382 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 383 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 384 Fuel Pump Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 385 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 386 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 387 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 388 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 389 Fuel Pump Relay: Description and Operation PURPOSE AND OPERATION The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON, and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 390 Fuel Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 391 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 392 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Integrated Control Relay Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay > Page 400 PGM-FI Main Relay: Locations Main Relay (PGM-FI) Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 403 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 404 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 405 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 406 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 407 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 408 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 409 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 410 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 411 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 412 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 413 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 414 PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 415 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 416 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 417 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 418 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 419 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 420 PGM-FI Main Relay: Description and Operation Description The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON (II), and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 421 PGM-FI Main Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 422 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 423 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 429 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 430 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 431 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 432 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 433 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 434 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 435 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 436 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 437 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 438 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 439 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 440 Ignition Control Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 441 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 442 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 443 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 444 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 445 Ignition Control Module: Testing and Inspection NOTE: - See Malfunction Indicator Lamp when the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is turned ON. - Perform the following input test for the ignition control module (ICM) after finishing the fundamental tests for the ignition system and the fuel and emissions systems. INPUT TEST FOR THE IGNITION CONTROL MODULE (ICM) 1. Remove the distributor ignition (DI) cap, the distributor ignition (DI) rotor and the leak cover (TEC). 2. Disconnect the wires from the ICM. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage between the BLK/YEL wire and body ground. There should be battery voltage. If there is no battery voltage, check the BLK/YEL wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the ICM. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage between the wire*1 and body ground. There should be battery voltage. If there is no battery voltage, check: the ignition coil. - the wire*1 between the ignition coil and the ICM. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 5. *1: BLU2 wire (HITACHI) WHT/BLU wire (TEC) 5. Disconnect the ECM/PCM connector A (32P). Check for continuity on the YEL/GRN wire between the ECM/PCM and the ICM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 446 - There should be continuity. 6. Check for continuity on the YEL/GRN wire to body ground. - There should be no continuity. 7. Check for continuity on the BLU1 wire between the test tachometer connector and the ICM. - There should be continuity. 8. Check for continuity on the BLU1 wire to body ground. - There should be no continuity. 9. If all the tests are normal, replace the ICM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications Air Bag Control Module: Specifications SRS Unit SRS Unit Torx Bolt(s) 9.8 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 451 Air Bag Control Module: Locations Dashboard/Door Behind Left Side of Front Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 452 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 453 Air Bag Control Module: Service Precautions Take extra care when painting or doing body work in the area below the dashboard. Avoid direct exposure of the SRS unit or wiring to heat guns, welding, or spraying equipment. Disconnect the airbag connector(s) before disconnecting SRS harness connectors. After any degree of frontal body damage, or after a collision without airbag deployment, inspect the SRS unit for physical damage. If it is dented, cracked, or deformed, replace it. Be sure the SRS unit is installed securely. Do not disassemble the SRS unit. Store the SRS unit in a cool (less than about 104 °F / 40 °C) and dry (less than 80% humidity, no moisture) place. Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit, and keep it away from dust. During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit. The airbag(s) could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 454 98 - 00 Model SRS Units Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 455 Air Bag Control Module: Description and Operation The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 456 Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair CAUTION: Before disconnecting any part of the SRS wire harness, disconnect the airbag connector(s). - During installation or replacement, do not bump (impact wrench, hammer etc.) the area near the SRS unit. NOTE: Do not damage the SRS unit terminals or connectors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit; it has no serviceable parts. - Store the SRS unit in a clean, dry area. - Do not use any SRS unit which has been subjected to water or shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable from the battery, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s): NOTE: When disconnected, the airbag connector is automatically shorted. Driver's Side Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the 2P connector between the driver's airbag and cable reel. Front Passenger's Side Disconnect the 2P connector between the front passenger's airbag and SRS main harness. 3. Remove the right side cover from the SRS unit. 4. Remove the left side cover from the SRS unit, then disconnect the SRS main harness 18P connector from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 457 5. Remove the four Torx bolts from the SRS unit, then pull out the SRS unit from the driver's side. 6. Install the new SRS unit. NOTE: Do not reuse a torx bolt that has red threads. Replace the bolt with a new one. 7. Connect the SRS main harness 8P connector to the SRS unit; push it into position until it clicks. 8. Install the SRS unit covers (right and left). Make sure the covers snap together in the middle. 9. Reconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector to the cable reel 2P connector, then reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 10. Reconnect the front passenger's airbag connector to the SRS main harness. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 458 12. After installing the SRS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations Starter Relay: Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 463 Starting System Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 464 Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Starter cut relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 470 Control Module: Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Control Module: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 474 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 475 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 476 Shift Interlock Control Module: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock System Shift Lock System 1. Disconnect the 8P connector from the interlock control unit. 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 477 - If all the input tests prove OK, substitute a known-good control unit, and recheck the system. If the check is OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. NOTE: If the shift lock solenoid clicks when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and you step on the brake pedal (with the shift lever in [P]), the shift lock system is electronically normal; if the shift lever cannot be shifted from [P], test the A/T gear position switch, park pin switch. Reconnect the 8P connector to the interlock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 483 Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations Photo Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 484 Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. Rear window defogger relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Locations Power Windows Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Window Relay: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 491 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 492 Power Window Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Power window relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Headlamp Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations Wipers/Washers Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wiper Control Module: Testing and Inspection Integrated Control Unit Input Test SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 10P connector from the integrated control unit. 3. Remove the integrated control unit from the under-dash fuse/relay box. 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector and the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. All Systems: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 500 Intermittent Wiper System: Key-in/Seat Belt Reminder, Lights-on Reminder System: Bulb Check System (Brake System Light): Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Power Door Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the inner handle. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the door lock switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Connector A Power Mirror Switch: Locations Connector A Driver's Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Connector A > Page 510 Power Mirror Switch: Locations Connector B Driver's Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 511 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Without Defogger Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection Without Defogger 1. Remove the switch as described in Function Test . 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Without Defogger > Page 514 Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection With Defogger 1. Pry the switch out of the dashboard driver's lower cover. 2. Disconnect the 10P connector from the switch. Mirror Switch Defogger Switch 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Locations Center of Trunk Lid Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Open/Close Switch Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Open/Close Switch Underside of Roof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Open/Close Switch > Page 522 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Tilt/Close Switch Underside of Roof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Switch Test Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection Moonroof Switch Test 1. Carefully remove the switch from the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Switch Test > Page 525 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection Open/Close-Tilt/Close Switch Test 1. Remove the headliner. 2. Disconnect the 2P and 4P connectors from the moon-roof motor and the switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If there is no continuity, adjust or replace the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Trunk / Liftgate Switch > Component Information > Locations Trunk / Liftgate Switch: Locations Underside of Hatch Lid Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Photo 22 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Photo 22 Left Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Photo 22 > Page 534 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Additional Image SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures in the SRS, before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 535 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Description and Operation The brake system indicator light comes on to alert the driver that the parking brake is applied, or that the brake fluid level is low. It also comes on as a bulb test when the engine is cranked. Brake Fluid Level With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied through fuse 25 to the brake system light. If the brake fluid level is low, the brake fluid level switch closes, providing ground to the circuit. The brake system light then comes on, alerting the driver to a low brake fluid level in the brake master cylinder. (Check brake pad wear before you add fluid). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 536 Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Braking Sensor/Switch: Locations Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Release Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Release Switch: Locations Below Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Wheel Speed Sensor Wheel Speed Sensor: Specifications Sensor Lock Bolts 7 ft.lb Air Gap Front & Rear 0.02 - 0.04 in For EX with optional ABS Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Wheel Speed Sensor > Page 550 Wheel Speed Sensor: Specifications Toothed Ring PULSER/WHEEL SENSOR AIR GAP * Front & Rear Standard ........................................................................................................................ .................................................. 0.4 - 1.0 mm (0.02 - 0.04 in) * For EX with optional ABS Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Front Inside of Left Front Wheel (Right Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front > Page 553 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Rear Inside of Left Rear Wheel (Right Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 554 Wheel Speed Sensor: Description and Operation WHEEL SPEED SENSOR Wheel Sensor AC Current The wheel sensors are the magnetic contactless type. As the gear pulser teeth rotate past the wheel sensor's magnetic coil, AC current is generated. The AC frequency changes in accordance with the wheel speed. The ABS control unit detects the wheel sensor signal frequency and thereby detects the wheel speed. There are four wheel sensors, one for each wheel. The gear pulser has 50 teeth. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Toothed Ring Wheel Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Toothed Ring INSPECTION OF THE TOOTHED RING 1. Check the front and rear pulser for chipped or damaged teeth. 2. Measure the air gap between the wheel sensor and pulser all the way around while rotating the pulser. Standard: 0.4 - 1.0 mm (0.02 - 0.04 inch) NOTE: If the gap exceeds 1.0 mm (0.04 inch), the probability is a distorted suspension arm which should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Toothed Ring > Page 557 Wheel Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Wheel Speed Sensor TESTING THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Check the front and rear pulser for chipped or damaged teeth. 2. Measure the air gap between the wheel sensor and pulser all the way around while rotating the pulser. Standard: 0.4 - 1.0 mm (0.02 - 0.04 inch) NOTE: If the gap exceeds 1.0 mm (0.04 inch) , the probability is a distorted suspension arm which should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 558 Wheel Speed Sensor: Service and Repair NOTE: - Be careful when installing the sensors to avoid twisting the wires. - The torque value of the bolts is 9.8 Nm (1.0 kgf.m, 7 ft. lbs.). FRONT REAR 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Remove the four backing plate bolts. 3. Pull the backing plate away from the trailing arm, then remove the wheel sensor. It is not necessary to disconnect the brake line. NOTE: This illustration is drum brake type. The torque value of the disk type is same as drum type. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Right Side of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 567 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Fan Controls Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 571 Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection WARNING: Removing the ECT switch while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the ECT switch. NOTE: Bleed air from the cooling system after installing the ECT switch. 1 Remove the ECT switch from the thermostat housing. 2. Suspend the ECT switch in a container of water as shown. 3. Heat the water, and check the temperature with a thermometer. CAUTION: Do not let the thermometer touch the bottom of the hot container. 4. Measure the resistance between the A and B terminals according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Locations Temperature Sensor (Gauge): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations > Page 579 Brake Switch (Cruise Control): Testing and Inspection 1. Disconnect the 4P connector from the switch. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. 3. If necessary, replace the switch or adjust pedal height. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 583 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Switch (M/T) 1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the switch. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. 3. If necessary, replace the switch or adjust pedal height. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Main Switch Test/Replacement Cruise Control Switch: Testing and Inspection Main Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Carefully push out the switch from behind the dash-board. 3. Disconnect the connector from the switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. If there is no continuity, replace the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 589 Cruise Control Switch: Testing and Inspection Set/Resume Switch Test/Replacement 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the driver's airbag connector. 4. Remove the dashboard driver's lower cover. 5. Disconnect the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector from the main wire harness. 6. Check for continuity between the terminals of the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, the switch is OK. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, go to step 7. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 590 7. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch. 8. Check for continuity between the terminals in switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, replace the cable reel. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, replace the switch. 9. If all tests prove OK, reconnect the cable reel and cable reel sub-harness connector, then reinstall the steering column covers. 10. Reconnect the driver's airbag connector, and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. 12. After connecting the airbag connectors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. 13. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets. ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Main Switch Test/Replacement Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Main Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Carefully push out the switch from behind the dash-board. 3. Disconnect the connector from the switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. If there is no continuity, replace the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 593 Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Set/Resume Switch Test/Replacement 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the driver's airbag connector. 4. Remove the dashboard driver's lower cover. 5. Disconnect the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector from the main wire harness. 6. Check for continuity between the terminals of the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, the switch is OK. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, go to step 7. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 594 7. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch. 8. Check for continuity between the terminals in switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, replace the cable reel. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, replace the switch. 9. If all tests prove OK, reconnect the cable reel and cable reel sub-harness connector, then reinstall the steering column covers. 10. Reconnect the driver's airbag connector, and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. 12. After connecting the airbag connectors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. 13. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets. ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Air Conditioning Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Photo 82 Behind Right Side Of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 609 Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the A/C thermostat. 2. Connect battery power to the No.3 terminal, ground the No.2 terminal, and connect a test light between the No.1 and No.3 terminals. NOTE: Use a 12 V, 3W - 18W test light. 3. Dip the A/C thermostat into a cup filled with ice water, and check the test light. Serpentine-type evaporator The light should go off at 36 - 39 °F (2 - 4 °C) or less, and should come on at 39 - 41 °F (4 - 5 °C) or more. Laminate-type evaporator The light should go off at 39 - 43 °F (4 - 6 °C) or less, and should come on at 43 - 45 °F (6 - 7 °C) or more. If the light doesn't come on and go off as specified, replace the A/C thermostat. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Blower Motor Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 615 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 616 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 617 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 618 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 619 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 620 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 621 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 622 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 623 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 624 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 625 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 626 Blower Motor Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 627 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 628 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 629 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 630 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Right Side of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Photo 82 Behind Right Side Of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 637 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Description and Operation The A/C thermostat is located on the evaporator housing. The A/C thermostat turns OFF the A/C compressor clutch if the temperature at the evaporator goes below 3°C (37°F). This prevents condensation from freezing on the evaporator fins and blocking the air delivery into the passenger compartment. The blower motor will keep running when the sensor turns OFF the compressor. If the temperature goes below 3°C (37°F) turning OFF the A/C thermostat, ground will be removed from the condenser fan relay. This will deenergize the relay and remove voltage from voltage from the condenser fan motor causing the fan to stop running. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 638 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the A/C thermostat. 2. Connect battery power to the No.3 terminal, ground the No.2 terminal, and connect a test light between the No.1 and No.3 terminals. NOTE: Use a 12 V,3 W-18 W test light. 3. Dip the A/C thermostat into a cup filled with ice water, and check the test light. Serpentine-type evaporator The light should go off at 36 - 39°F (2 - 4°C) or less, and should come on at 39 - 41°F (4 - 5°C) or more. Laminate-type evaporator The light should go off at 39 - 43°F (4 - 5°C) or less, and should come on at 43 - 45°F (6 - 7°C) or more. If the light doesn't come on and go off as specified, replace the A/C thermostat. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Component Locations Left Front Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 643 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 644 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Description and Operation Battery voltage is supplied through fuse 56 to the A/C compressor clutch relay contacts at all times. With the ignition switch in ON (II), voltage is applied to the coil of the A/C compressor clutch relay through fuse 17. When you push the A/C switch ON , and the heater fan switch is in position 1, 2, 3, or 4, a "ground" input is provided to the engine control module (ECM) or powertrain control module (PCM) through the A/C thermostat and the A/C pressure switch. The A/C compressor clutch relay is grounded by the engine control module (ECM) or Powertrain Control Module (PCM). When energized, the A/C compressor clutch relay allows battery voltage to turn on the A/C compressor clutch. The A/C ON indicator light comes on when the A/C system is requested. A/C Pressure Switch The A/C pressure switch is located in the condenser outlet line where refrigerant is in a high temperature/high pressure liquid state. The switch will sense abnormally high or low pressure, and open the circuit. This removes ground, and the compressor will stop running. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ventilation Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Locations Dashlight Brightness Controller: Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 652 Dashboard Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Dashlight Brightness Controller: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 655 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 656 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 657 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 658 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 659 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 660 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 661 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 662 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 663 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 664 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 665 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 666 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 667 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 668 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 669 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 670 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 671 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Electrical Diagrams Dash Lights Brightness Controller Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 672 Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 673 Part 2 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 674 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Testing and Inspection NOTE: The control unit is built into the dash brightness controller. 1. Carefully pry the controller out of the dashboard. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the controller. 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the controller must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch Left Rear Door Striker Area (Right Similar) Left of Rear Seat (Sedan Shown, Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch > Page 679 Door Switch: Locations Door Switch At Driver's Door Striker Area (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications Fuel Gauge Sender: Specifications Float Position E 1/2 F USA,Canada Produced (ceramic Board Type) 105 - 108 ohms 29.5 - 35.5 ohms 3.5 - 5 ohms Japan Produced (wire -Wound Type) 105 - 110 ohms 29.5 - 39.5 ohms 2 - 5 ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 683 Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 684 Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection WARNING: Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flame away from your work area. NOTE: Refer to fuel gauge system circuit. 1. Check the No.25 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fusel relay box before testing. 2. Remove the access panel from the floor. 3. Disconnect the 3P connector from the fuel gauge sending unit. 4. Connect the voltmeter positive probe to the No.2 terminal and the negative probe to the No.1 terminal, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). There should be between 5 and 8 V. If the voltage is as specified, go to step 5. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: an open in the YEL/BLK or BLK wire. - poor ground (G552). 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Attach a jumper wire between the No.1 and No.2 terminals, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge starts moving toward the "F" mark. CAUTION: Turn the ignition switch OFF before the pointer reaches "F" on the gauge dial. Failure to do so may damage the fuel gauge. NOTE: The fuel gauge is a bobbin (cross-coil) type, hence the fuel level is continuously indicated even when the ignition switch is OFF, and the pointer moves more slowly than that of a bimetal type. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not move at all, replace the gauge. - If the gauge is OK, inspect the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 685 8. Remove the fuel gauge sending unit as shown. 9. Measure the resistance between the No.1 and No.2 terminals at E (EMPTY), 1/2 (HALF FULL) and F (FULL) by moving the float. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 686 If the resistance readings are beyond the range, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Key Reminder Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 691 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 692 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 693 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 694 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 695 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 696 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 697 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 698 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 699 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 700 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 701 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 702 Key Reminder Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 703 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 704 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 705 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 706 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 707 Seat Belt & Ignition Key Reminders Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 708 Key Reminder Switch: Description and Operation Ignition Key Warning Battery voltage is supplied at all times to the seat belt reminder/key-on beeper circuit in the integrated control unit. When you turn on the ignition key switch the integrated control unit senses ground. If you open the driver's door, the door switch closes, causing the beeper to sound until the door is closed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Backup Lamp Switch: Locations Right Side of Engine Compartment (M/T) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 716 Backup Lamp Switch: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the connector, then remove the back-up light switch connector from the connector clamp. 2. Remove the back-up light switch. 3. Install the new washer and back-up light switch. 4. Connect the back-up light switch connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 721 Combination Switch: Connector Locations Combination Light Switch Connector A Left Side of Steering Column Combination Light Switch Connector B Left Side of Steering Column Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 722 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 723 Combination Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and steering column covers. 2. Disconnect the 4P and 7P connectors from the switch. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between them in each switch position according to the tables. If there is no continuity between any of them, check for continuity in the switch harness. - If there is continuity in the switch harness, replace the combination light switch. - If there is no continuity in the switch harness, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 724 Combination Switch: Service and Repair Combination Switch Replacement Honda does not provide a service procedure for this component. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch Left Rear Door Striker Area (Right Similar) Left of Rear Seat (Sedan Shown, Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch > Page 729 Door Switch: Locations Door Switch At Driver's Door Striker Area (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 733 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 734 Hazard Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the hazard warning switch or the center outlet panel when prying the switch out. 1. Remove the center panel. 2. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch from the center panel 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Headlamp Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 739 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 740 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 741 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 742 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 743 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 744 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 745 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 746 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 747 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 748 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 749 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 750 Headlamp Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 751 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 752 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 753 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 754 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 755 Headlamp Switch: Electrical Diagrams Part 1 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 756 Part 2 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 757 Part 3 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 758 Part 4 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 759 Headlamp Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and steering column covers. 2. Disconnect the 4P and 7P connectors from the switch. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between them in each switch position according to the tables. If there is no continuity between any of them, check for continuity in the switch harness. If there is continuity in the switch harness, replace the combination light switch. If there is no continuity in the switch harness, replace it. Headlight/Dimmer/Passing Switch: Turn Signal Switch: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Horn Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the driver's airbag connector. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector from the main wire harness. 6. Check for continuity between the No.2 terminal of the cable reel sub-harness and body ground with the horn switch pressed. - If there is continuity, the horn switch is OK. - If there is no continuity, go to step 6. 7. Remove the driver's airbag assembly then disconnect the horn connector from the steering wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 763 8. Check for continuity between the No.2 terminal of the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector and horn positive terminal. - If there is no continuity, replace the cable reel. - If there is continuity, repair or replace the horn switch. 9. If all tests prove OK, reinstall the driver's airbag assembly and reconnect the cable reel sub-harness connector. 10. Reconnect the driver's airbag connector, and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative terminal. 12. After installing the airbag assembly, confirm proper system operation: - Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. - Make sure both horn buttons work. 13. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Turn Signal Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and steering column covers. 2. Disconnect the 4P and 7P connectors from the switch. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between them in each switch position according to the tables. If there is no continuity between any of them, check for continuity in the switch harness. If there is continuity in the switch harness, replace the combination light switch. If there is no continuity in the switch harness, replace it. Headlight/Dimmer/Passing Switch: Turn Signal Switch: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 773 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 774 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 775 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 776 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 777 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 778 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 779 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 780 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 781 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 782 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 783 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 784 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 785 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 786 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 787 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 788 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Barometric Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Barometric Pressure Sensor: Locations The Barometric Pressure Sensor (BARO) is built into the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 795 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 799 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 803 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 804 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 807 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 808 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 809 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 810 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 811 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 812 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 813 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 814 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 815 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 816 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 817 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 818 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 819 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 820 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 821 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 822 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 823 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 3. Remove the upper cover and dipstick/tube. 4. Remove the lower cover and idler pulley bracket. 5. Disconnect the CKF sensor connector, then remove the CKF sensor. 6. Install the CKF sensor in reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) > Page 828 EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 829 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Electric Load Sensor: Component Locations Engine Compartment Picture View Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 834 Starter Cables/Battery Ground Cable/Engine Ground Cable A, Engine Compartment Overview Of Power Terminals (T) And Grounds (G) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 835 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 836 Electric Load Sensor: Connector Locations Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations Behind Back Seat Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 840 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair For access and replacement of the sensor refer to Fuel Tank / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Ignition Hall Effect Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Ignition Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 848 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Top Left Side of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 849 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Description and Operation DESCRIPTION The IAT Sensor is a temperature dependant resistor (thermistor). The resistance of the thermistor decreases as the intake air temperature increases as shown above. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Specifications Sensor Torque/Voltage Sensor Torque/Voltage Torque 1.5 ft.lb With 5 in.Hg. applied 2.4 - 2.5 V With 15 in.Hg. applied 1.4 - 1.5 V With 25 in.Hg. applied 0.5 - 0.6 V Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 856 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 857 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Description and Operation PURPOSE The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals and inputs the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Oxygen Sensor: Customer Interest Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 869 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Oxygen Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 875 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 878 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 2 Below Rear of D16Y5 Eng. Below Rear of D16Y5 Eng. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 879 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Underside of Vehicle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 880 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 2 Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Oxygen Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 883 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 884 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 885 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 886 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 887 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 888 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 889 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 890 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 891 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 892 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 893 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 894 Oxygen Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 895 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 896 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 897 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 898 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 899 Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas and signals the ECM/PCM. In operation, the ECM/PCM receives the signals from the sensor and varies the duration during which fuel is injected. To stabilize the sensor's output, the sensor has an internal heater. The Primary HO2S (Sensor 1) is installed in the exhaust manifold. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 900 Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair PRIMARY H02S: 1. Remove the primary H02S. D16Y5, D16Y7 Engines: a. Disconnect the primary H02S connector, then remove the cover. b. Remove the primary H02S. B16A2, D16Y8 Engines: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 901 a. Disconnect the primary H02S connector then remove the primary H02S. 2. Install the primary H02S in reverse order of removal. SECONDARY H02S: 1. Remove the secondary H02S. D16Y5, D16Y7 Engines: a. Disconnect the secondary H02S connector, then remove the secondary H02S. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 902 B16A2, D16Y8 Engines: a. Remove the grommet, and pull out the secondary H02S connector, then disconnect the secondary H02S connector. b. Remove the secondary H02S. 2. Install the secondary H02S in reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Pressure Switch: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Switch .................................................................................................................................................. ............................................ 12 Nm (108 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 906 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations Lower Left Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 907 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 908 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 909 Part 2 Of 2 This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 914 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 915 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 916 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 917 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 918 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 919 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 920 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 921 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 922 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 923 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 924 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 925 Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 926 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 927 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 928 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 929 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 > Page 934 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 935 Throttle Position Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The TP Sensor is a potentiometer. It is connected to the throttle valve shaft. As the throttle position changes, the throttle position sensor varies the voltage signal to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 941 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 942 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 943 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 944 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 945 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 946 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 947 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 948 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 949 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 950 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 951 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 952 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 953 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 954 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 955 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 956 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 957 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 958 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 959 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Vehicle Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View > Page 966 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Locations Picture View Lower Right Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 969 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 970 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 971 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 972 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 973 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 974 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 975 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 976 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 977 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 978 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 979 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 980 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 981 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 982 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 983 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 984 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 985 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 15 and the BLK/WHT and BLK/YEL wire to the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). The sensor is grounded by the BLK wire to G101. The speedometer and other control units in the circuit supply about 5 volts to the BLU/WHT wire. The vehicle speed sensor (VSS) intermittently grounds the BLU/WHT wire which generates a pulsed signal in it. The number of pulses per minute increases/decreases with the speed of the car. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 986 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 987 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) > Page 993 EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 994 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1000 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1001 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1002 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1003 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1004 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1005 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1006 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1007 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1008 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1009 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1010 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1011 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1012 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1013 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1014 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1015 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations Right Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Temperature Sensor: Locations Top Center of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1026 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1027 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1028 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1029 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1030 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1031 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1032 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1033 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1034 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1035 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1036 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1037 Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1038 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1039 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1040 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1041 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 > Page 1046 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1047 Throttle Position Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The TP Sensor is a potentiometer. It is connected to the throttle valve shaft. As the throttle position changes, the throttle position sensor varies the voltage signal to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1052 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Hall Effect Sensor, Ignition > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Hall Effect Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Ignition Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder: Technical Service Bulletins Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Can't Turn Ignition Switch? Check for Locked Steering Got a service customer complaining he or she can't turn the ignition switch to start the engine? The reason could just be the steering column lock pin is engaged with the front wheels turned. Here's what typically happens: Some folks use the steering wheel to help support themselves while climbing in or out of the vehicle. This is very common among elderly or disabled drivers. Doing this turns the front wheels, which twists the tires against the ground. The twisted tires apply torque to the steering column. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), the steering column lock pin is engaged. But the applied torque on the steering column binds the lock pin, making it tough to turn the ignition switch. The ignition switch won't turn to ON (II) if the lock pin isn't disengaged from the steering column. Tell your customer there's nothing wrong with the ignition switch itself. All he or she needs to do is turn the steering wheel from side to side while turning the switch. This usually releases the lock pin so the engine can be started. In some cases, though, your customer may need to give a good tug on the wheel. This could easily happen when parking on a hill and the wheels are turned sharply before the engine is shut off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations Impact Sensor: Locations The impact sensor is located inside the SRS Unit, refer to SRS Unit / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Safing Sensor: Locations The safing sensor is located inside the SRS Unit, refer to SRS Unit / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Clutch Switch Clutch Switch: Locations Clutch Switch Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Clutch Switch > Page 1081 Clutch Switch: Locations Clutch Interlock Switch Behind Left Side of Dash Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder: Technical Service Bulletins Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Can't Turn Ignition Switch? Check for Locked Steering Got a service customer complaining he or she can't turn the ignition switch to start the engine? The reason could just be the steering column lock pin is engaged with the front wheels turned. Here's what typically happens: Some folks use the steering wheel to help support themselves while climbing in or out of the vehicle. This is very common among elderly or disabled drivers. Doing this turns the front wheels, which twists the tires against the ground. The twisted tires apply torque to the steering column. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), the steering column lock pin is engaged. But the applied torque on the steering column binds the lock pin, making it tough to turn the ignition switch. The ignition switch won't turn to ON (II) if the lock pin isn't disengaged from the steering column. Tell your customer there's nothing wrong with the ignition switch itself. All he or she needs to do is turn the steering wheel from side to side while turning the switch. This usually releases the lock pin so the engine can be started. In some cases, though, your customer may need to give a good tug on the wheel. This could easily happen when parking on a hill and the wheels are turned sharply before the engine is shut off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Pressure Switch: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Switch .................................................................................................................................................. ............................................ 12 Nm (108 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1092 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations Lower Left Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1093 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1094 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1095 Part 2 Of 2 This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Brake Switch - TCC > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Mainshaft Sensor: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolt ...................................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1104 Mainshaft Sensor: Locations Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations Park Pin Switch: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 1108 Park Pin Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the park pin switch. 3. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with: - the shift lever any position other than [P], or - the push button pushed in [P]. There should be continuity. 4. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with the shift lever in [P] and the push button released. There should be no continuity. If necessary, replace the park pin switch. NOTE: Park pin switch 4P connector No.1 and No.2 terminals are for A/T gear position console light. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1114 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1115 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1116 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1117 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1118 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1119 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1120 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1121 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1122 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1123 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1124 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1125 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1126 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1127 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1128 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1129 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1130 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1131 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1132 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Top of Transmission (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 1139 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Drive Pulley Speed Sensor Right Side Lower Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 1140 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Mainshaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 1141 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Countershaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Side of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 1142 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Secondary Gear Shaft Speed Sensor Right Side Rear of Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1143 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair 1. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the countershaft speed sensor from the right side cover. 2. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the mainshaft speed sensor from the transmission housing. 3. Replace the 0-ring with a new one before installing the countershaft speed sensor or the mainshaft speed sensor. NOTE: Install the mainshaft speed sensor washer on the mainshaft speed sensor. The mainshaft speed sensor washer is used on models with the D16Y7 engine. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1149 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1150 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1151 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1152 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1153 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1154 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1155 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1156 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1157 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1158 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1159 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1160 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1161 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1162 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1163 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1164 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1165 CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Speed Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1174 Heated Glass Element Switch: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the rear window defogger switch or the center panel when prying the switch out. NOTE: Before testing, check for blown No.16 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Pry the switch out of the center panel. 2. Disconnect the 5P connector from the switch. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check the voltage between the BLK/BLU (+) and the BLK (-) terminals. There should be battery voltage. - If there is no voltage, check for an open in the BLK/BLU wire. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 4. 4. Connect a jumper wire between the BLK/BLU and the BLU/YEL terminals. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the rear window defogger works; if it does, replace the defogger switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1178 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Switch Input Test NOTE: The control unit is built into the power window master switch, and only controls driver's door window operations. 1. Remove the driver's armrest, and disconnect the 16P and 1P connectors from the master switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 1181 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the power window maser switch must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 1182 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Switch Test 1. Remove the armrest from the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 16P and 1P connectors from the master switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. Driver's Switch: The driver's switch is combined with the control unit so you cannot isolate the switch to test it. Instead, run the master switch input test procedures at terminals B3, B4, B5, B6 and B7. If the tests are normal, the driver's switch must be faulty. Front Passenger's Switch Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 1183 Left Rear Switch Right Rear Switch Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 1184 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Passenger's Window Switch Test 1. Remove the armrest. 2. Disconnect the 5P connector, then remove the mounting screw from the passenger's switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Washer Fluid Level Switch: Testing and Inspection Washer Level Switch Test (Canada) 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the washer. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each float position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Windshield Washer Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 8P and 6P connectors from the switch, remove the two screws, and pull out the switch. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations Wiper Switch: Locations Right Side of Steering Column Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1195 Wiper/Washer Switch Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1196 Wiper Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 8P and 6P connectors from the switch, remove the two screws, and pull out the switch. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right Alignment: Customer Interest Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1206 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1207 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1208 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1209 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1210 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1211 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1212 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1213 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1214 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right Alignment: All Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1220 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1221 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1222 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1223 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1224 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1225 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1226 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1227 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1228 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 03-062 > Sep > 03 > Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract Seat Belt: All Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract 03-062 September 16, 2003 Applies To: ALL Seat Belt Slow to Retract (Replaces 91-030, dated January 22, 1996) SYMPTOM The seat belt will not retract all the way, or retracts slowly. PROBABLE CAUSE Dirt on the seat belt webbing and guide. CORRECTIVE ACTION Clean the seat belts and guides with a mild soap and water solution, or isopropyl alcohol. This applies only to three-point active and passive seat belt systems, not to motorized systems. REQUIRED MATERIALS Required only for three-point passive seat belts. Teflon Tape (ten pieces per package): P/N 81496-SH3-505, H/C 4008041 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION This repair is covered by the Lifetime Seat Belt Limited Warranty. Failed Part: P/N 818AD-SM1-A05ZB H/C 3478047 Defect Code: L11 Contention Code: B99 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Three-Point Active Seat Belts 1. Use either isopropyl alcohol, or prepare a solution of 5 ounces of mild dishwashing liquid in a gallon of warm water. NOTICE Do not use strong cleaning solutions, upholstery cleaners or commercial automotive interior cleaners. They can affect the durability of the webbing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 03-062 > Sep > 03 > Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract > Page 1234 2. Soak a clean cloth in the cleaner. Insert the cloth between the seat belt and metal loop on the upper anchor. Use a credit card or similar item to help insert the cloth into the loop. Work the cloth back and forth to clean the dirt out of the inside of the loop. 3. Pull the seat belt out fully. Soak a clean cloth in the cleaner, and clean both sides of the seat belt webbing. Dry the webbing thoroughly with a clean cloth. Do not use a hair dryer or similar device. 4. Test the belt for proper retraction by pulling the latch plate down to the floor of the vehicle and then releasing it. The belt should retract fully in 4 seconds or less. Three-Point Passive Seat Belts 1. Clean the metal loop in the upper anchor as described for Three-Point Active Seat Belts. 2. Remove the door panel and the seat belt guide. Refer to the appropriate service manual. 3. Soak a clean cloth in the cleaner, and clean both sides of the seat belt webbing. Dry the webbing thoroughly with a clean cloth. Do not use a hair dryer or similar device. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 03-062 > Sep > 03 > Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract > Page 1235 4. Clean and dry the seat belt guide, then put a piece of teflon tape on the inside. Use the teflon tape specified in this service bulletin; other brands or types of tape may eventually peel off and restrict seat belt movement. 5. Install the seat belt guide and the door panel. 6. Test the belt for proper retraction by pulling the latch plate down to the floor of the vehicle and then releasing it. The belt should retract fully in four seconds or less. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1236 Alignment: By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 06-068 Date: 090502 Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1237 Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1238 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1239 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1240 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1241 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1242 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1243 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1244 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1245 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Technical Service Bulletin # 06-068 Date: 090502 Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1246 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1247 to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1248 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1249 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1250 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1251 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1252 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1253 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1254 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1255 Alignment: Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1256 Alignment: Service Precautions CAUTION: When fasteners are removed, always reinstall them at the same location from which they were removed. If a fastener needs to be replaced, use the correct part number fastener for that application. If the correct part number fastener is not available, a fastener of equal size and strength (or stronger) may be used. Fasteners that are not reused, and those requiring thread locking compound will be called out. The correct torque value must be used when installing fasteners that require it. If the above conditions are not followed, parts or system damage could result. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description Alignment: Description and Operation General Description GENERAL DESCRIPTION "Front End Alignment" refers to the angular relationship between the front wheels, the front suspension attaching parts and the ground. Proper front end alignment must be maintained in order to insure efficient steering, good directional stability and to prevent abnormal tire wear. The most important factors of front end alignment are wheel toe-in, wheel camber and axle caster. CAMBER: Camber is the vertical tilting inward or outward of the front wheels. When the wheels tilt outward at the top, the camber is positive (+). When the wheels tilt inward at the top, the camber is negative (-). The amount of tilt measured in degrees from the vertical is called the camber angle (1). If camber is extreme or unequal between the wheels, improper steering and excessive tire wear will result. Negative camber causes wear on the inside of the tire, while positive camber causes wear to the outside. CASTER: This illustration shows view from the side of the vehicle. Caster (1) is the vertical tilting of the wheel axis either forward or backward (when viewed from the side of the vehicle). A backward tilt is positive (+) and a forward tilt is negative (-). On the short and long arm type suspension you cannot see a caster angle without a special instrument, but if you look straight down from the top of the upper control arm to the ground, the ball joints do not line up (fore and aft) when a caster angle other than 0 degree is present. With a positive angle, the lower ball joint would be slightly ahead (toward the front of the vehicle) of the upper ball joint center line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description > Page 1259 TOE-IN: This illustration shows view from the top of the vehicle. Toe-in is the measured amount the front wheels are turn in. The actual amount of toe-in is normally a fraction of a degree. Toe-in is measured from the center of the tire treads or from the inside of the tires. The purpose of toe-in is to insure parallel rolling of the front wheels and to offset any small deflections of the wheel support system which occurs when the vehicle is rolling forward. Incorrect toe-in results in excessive toe-in and unstable steering. Toe-in is the last alignment to be set in the front end alignment procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description > Page 1260 Alignment: Description and Operation Camber Camber is the inward or outward tilting of the front wheels from the vertical. When the wheels tilt outward at the top, the camber is positive (+). When the wheels tilt inward at the top, the camber is negative (-). The amount of tilt measured in degrees from the vertical is called the camber angle. If camber is extreme or unequal between the wheels, improper steering and excessive tire wear will result. Negative camber causes wear on the inside of the tire, while positive camber causes wear to the outside. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description > Page 1261 Alignment: Description and Operation Caster Caster is the tilting of the wheel axis either forward or backward from the vertical (when viewed from the side of the vehicle). A backward tilt is positive (+) and a forward tilt is negative (-). On the short and long arm type suspension you cannot see a caster angle without a special instrument, but if you look straight down from the top of the upper control arm to the ground, the ball joints do not line up (fore and aft) when a caster angle other than 0 degree is present. With a positive angle, the lower ball joint would be slightly ahead (toward the front of the vehicle) of the upper ball joint center line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description > Page 1262 Alignment: Description and Operation Toe-In Toe-in is the turning of the front wheels. The actual amount of toe-in is normally a fraction of a degree. Toe-in is measured from the center of the tire treads or from the inside of the tires. The purpose of toe-in is to insure parallel rolling of the front wheels and to offset any small deflections of the wheel support system which occurs when the vehicle is rolling forward. Incorrect toe-in results in excessive toe-in and unstable steering. Toe-in is the last alignment to be set in the front end alignment procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 1263 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Preliminary Checks Alignment: Service and Repair Preliminary Checks INSPECTION Before making any adjustments affecting caster, camber or toe-in, the following front end inspection should be made. 1. Inspect the tires for proper inflation pressure. 2. Inspect the front wheel bearings for proper adjustment. 3. inspect the ball joints and tie rod ends. If excessive looseness is noted, correct before adjusting. 4. Inspect the wheel and tires for run-out. 5. Inspect the trim height. If not within specifications, the correction must be made before adjusting caster. 6. Inspect the steering unit for looseness at the frame. 7. Inspect shock absorbers for leaks or any noticeable noise. 8. Inspect the control arms or stabilizer bar attachment for looseness. 9. Inspect the front end alignment using alignment equipment. Follow the manufacturer's instructions. 10. Alignment must be performed on a level surface. - Check that the suspension is not modified. - Check the tire size and tire pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Preliminary Checks > Page 1266 Alignment: Service and Repair Alignment Preliminary Checks For proper inspection/adjustment of the wheel alignment check and adjust the following before checking the alignment. Check that the suspension is not modified. - Check the tire size and tire pressure. - Check the runout of the wheels and tires. - Check the suspension ball joints. (Hold a wheel with your hands and move it up and down and right and left to check for wobbling.) NOTE: Use commercially-available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Caster 1. Check the caster angle. Caster angle: (1°40' ± 1°) +0.67° to +2.67°. 2. If out of specification, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Camber 1. Check the camber angle. Camber angle: - Front: (0°00' ± 1) -1° to +1°. - Rear: (-1° ± 1°) -2° to 0°. 2. If out of specification, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Front Toe 1. Check the tire pressure. 2. Center steering wheel spokes. 3. Check the toe with the wheels pointed straight ahead. Front toe: (IN 1 ± 2 mm /IN 0.04 ± 0.08 inch) -0.12 to +0.04 inch a. If adjustment is required, go on to step 4. b. If no adjustment is required, remove alignment equipment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Preliminary Checks > Page 1267 4. Loosen the tie-rod locknuts, and turn both tie-rods in the same direction until the front wheels are in straight ahead position. 5. Turn both tie-rods equally until the toe reading on the turning radius gauge is correct. 6. After adjusting, tighten the tie-rod locknuts. NOTE: Reposition the tie-rod boot if it is twisted or displaced. Rear Toe 1. Release parking brake. NOTE: Measure difference in toe measurements with the wheels pointed straight ahead. - If the parking brake is engaged, you may get an incorrect reading. Rear toe-in: (2 minus 1 or plus 2 mm /0.08 minus 0.04 or plus 0.08 inch) -0.12 to 0 inch. - If adjustment is required, go to step 2. - If no adjustment is required, remove alignment equipment. 2. Before adjustment, note the locations of adjusting bolts on the right and left compensator arms. 3. Loosen the adjusting bolts, and slide the compensator arm in or out, as shown, to adjust the toe. 4. Tighten the adjusting bolts. Example: After the rear toe inspection, the wheel is 2 mm (0.08 inch) out of the specification. a. Move the arm so the adjusting bolt moves 2 mm (0.08 inch) inward from the position recorded before the adjustment. b. The distance the adjusting bolt is moved should be equal to the amount out-of-specification. Turning Angle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Preliminary Checks > Page 1268 1. Turn the wheel right and left while applying the brake, and measure the turning angle of both wheels. Turning angle: Inward wheel: (39°50') 39.83°. - Outward wheel (reference): (33°10') 33.17°. 2. If the turning angle is not within the specifications, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose disconnected Pressure should be: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm; 38 - 46 psi) Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose connected Pressure should be: 200 - 250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm; 28 - 36 psi) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 1273 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Inspection 1. Relieve fuel pressure. 2. Remove the 12 mm banjo bolt from the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. Attach the special tools. 3. Start the engine. Measure the fuel pressure with the engine idling and the vacuum hose of the fuel pressure regulator disconnected from the fuel pressure regulator and pinched. If the engine will not start, turn the ignition switch ON (II), wait for two seconds, turn it off, then back on again and read the fuel pressure. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm, 38 - 46 psi) B16A2 engine: 270 - 320 kPa (2.8 - 3.3 kg/Sq.cm, 40 - 47 psi) 4. Reconnect vacuum hose to the fuel pressure regulator. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 200-250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm, 28 - 36 psi) B16A2 engine: 210 - 260 kPa (2.1 - 2.6 kg/Sq.cm, 30 - 37 psi) If the fuel pressure is not as specified, first check the fuel pump. If the fuel pump is OK, check the following: If the fuel pressure is higher than specified, inspect for: Pinched or clogged fuel return hose or line. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - If the fuel pressure is lower than specified, inspect for: Clogged fuel filter. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - Fuel line leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester Idle Speed: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester 03-016 May 19, 2006 Applies To: 1998-02 Accord -ALL 1996-00 Civic -ALL 1997-01 CR-V - ALL 1997-01 Prelude - ALL *1999-04 Odyssey - ALL* Inspecting Idle Speed With the PGM Tester or Honda Diagnostic System (Supersedes 03-016, dated March 25, 2003, to update the information marked by asterisks) BACKGROUND The ECM/PCM controls the vehicle's idle speed with the idle air control (IAC) valve. The IAC valve and the air bleed screw (idle adjusting screw) work together to allow the proper amount of air into the intake manifold when the throttle valve is closed (the accelerator pedal is released). The ECM/PCM "learns" to work the IAC valve based on the total amount of air entering the intake manifold. Air can enter the intake manifold from several sources, including the air bleed screw, but only the air bleed screw is adjustable. If any changes are made that alter this airflow, specifically with the air bleed screw, the ECM/PCM must learn new idle parameters. When the air bleed screw is properly set, the ECM/PCM controls the engine's idle speed seamlessly. But when the air bleed screw is not properly set, either of these symptoms may be present: ^ Idle speed dips and then quickly recovers. ^ Engine stalls intermittently when it is just "off-idle." Here are the criteria for this symptom: - The accelerator pedal is released but the driver's right foot rests over the pedal, causing just enough pressure for the ECM/PCM to detect an input, yet there is little or no throttle valve opening (the throttle valve is either not allowing any airflow or it is opened so slightly that more air supply is needed). - The engine speed is about 1,250 rpm or less. - The lockup clutch (A/T models) or the clutch (M/T models) is disengaged. - All during this time, the driver's foot does not move and stays resting over the accelerator pedal. - The air bleed screw is not set properly and does not allow enough airflow. - The amount of "air leakage" into the intake manifold is very low. (The normal amount of air let into the intake manifold by sources other than the IAC valve, the air bleed screw, and normal operation of the throttle body can vary slightly from vehicle to vehicle.) NOTE: "Air leakage" cannot be easily checked. If the first four criteria are met when the vehicle stalls, you can assume the last two criteria are met as well. CORRECTIVE ACTION L4 Models and 1999-00 Odyssey: Inspect the idle speed with the PGM Tester or Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) (see INSPECTION PROCEDURE A). V6 Models except 1999-00 Odyssey: Inspect the idle speed with the PGM Tester or HDS, and clean out the throttle body if needed (see INSPECTION PROCEDURE B). PARTS INFORMATION Throttle Body Gasket (use only if needed): Refer to the parts catalog. TOOL INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 1278 PGM Tester with SN 320 or Honda Diagnostic System with 1.006.004 or later software REQUIRED MATERIALS Carburetor Cleaner: P/N 08732-0006, H/C 4713673 or Throttle Plate and Induction Cleaner: P/N 08732-9009, H/C 6204945 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Inspect Idle Speed (L4 and V6 Models) Operation Number: 120301 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 16400-PAA-A61 H/C 5429006 *Defect Code: 07403 Symptom Code: 08901* Skill Level: Repair Technician Clean Throttle Body (V6 Models Except 1999-00 Odyssey) Operation Number: 216001 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 16400-PAA-A61 H/C 5429006 *Defect Code: 08103 Symptom Code: 08901* Skill Level: Repair Technician NOTE: Warranty claims for these labor operations must be submitted separately. Do not combine them on the same claim. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. INSPECTION PROCEDURE A 1. Access the air bleed screw on the throttle body. 2. Record the current setting of the screw: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 1279 ^ Turn the screw clockwise, and count the number of turns (both full and partial) it takes to fully seat the screw. ^ Turn the screw counterclockwise back to its original setting. ^ Subtract the number of clockwise turns it took to seat the screw from 3-1/2. Record that number. Example: If it took two full turns to seat the screw, subtracting 3-1/2 from that gives you 1-1/2. 3. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). 4. Turn off all electrical items (A/C, audio unit defogger, lights, etc.). Center the steering wheel so there is no power steering load. 5. Connect the PGM Tester or HDS to the 16P data link connector (DLC). 6. Turn on the PGM Tester or HDS. Enter the VIN and odometer reading. 7. Follow the screen prompts on the PGM Tester or HDS to get to DATA LIST. Scroll down the list to IAC. 8. While watching the IAC counts on the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw (either counterclockwise or clockwise) until the IAC count reaches 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey) or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. (Count the number of counterclockwise turns you have made, and add that number to the screw setting you recorded in step 2.) ^ If you see an IAC count of 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey), turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 9. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey), and you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns, leave the screw set where it is. Go to step 9. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 9. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes to allow the ECM/PCM to learn the new idle parameters. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn off and disconnect the PGM Tester or HDS. INSPECTION PROCEDURE B 1. Access the air bleed screw on the throttle body. 2. Record the current setting of the screw: ^ Turn the screw clockwise, and count the number of turns (both full and partial) it takes to fully seat the screw. ^ Turn the screw counterclockwise back to its original setting. ^ Subtract the number of clockwise turns it took to seat the screw from 3-1/2. Record that number. Example: If it took two full turns to seat the screw, subtracting 3-1/2 from that gives you 1-1/2. 3. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). 4. Turn off all electrical items (A/C, audio unit, defogger, lights, etc.). Center the steering wheel so there is no power steering load. 5. Connect the PGM Tester or HDS to the 16P data link connector (DLC). 6. Turn on the PGM Tester or HDS. Enter the VIN and odometer reading. 7. Follow the screen prompts on the PGM Tester or HDS to get to DATA LIST. Scroll down the list to IAC. 8. While watching the IAC counts on the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw (either counterclockwise or clockwise) until the IAC count reaches 7 or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. (Count the number of counterclockwise turns you have made, and add that number to the screw setting you recorded in step 2.) ^ If you see an IAC count of 7, turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 14. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 7, and you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns, leave the screw set where it is. Go to step 9. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Remove the throttle body (see the Fuel and Emissions section of the appropriate service manual). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 1280 10. Open the throttle. Spray carburetor cleaner or throttle plate and induction cleaner into the throttle body to clean out any contaminants. Make sure you spray the cleaner through the back of the throttle body not the front, to avoid damaging the IAC valve. 11. Inspect the throttle body gasket, and replace it if needed. Reinstall the throttle body, making sure all cables are properly adjusted, the accelerator pedal works properly, and all hoses and cables are correctly routed. 12. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature. Make sure all electrical items are turned off and the steering wheel is centered. 13. While watching the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw until the IAC count reaches 7 or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. ^ If you see an IAC count of 7, turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 14. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 7, leave the screw set at 3-1/2 turns. Go to step 14. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 14. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes to allow the ECM/PCM to learn the new idle parameters. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn off and disconnect the PGM Tester or HDS. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1281 Idle Speed: Specifications IDLE SPEED IDLE SPEED Curb Idle Speed Man. Trans. Curb Idle Speed Auto Trans (N). 670 RPM 700RPM Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1282 Idle Speed: Testing and Inspection Adjust the idle speed using a Honda PGM Tester if possible. If not, use the following procedure: NOTE: - Leave the IAC valve connected. - Before setting the idle speed, check the following items: The MIL has not been reported on. - Ignition timing - Spark plugs - Air cleaner - PCV system 1. Connect a tachometer. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 3. Check the idle speed with no-load conditions: headlights, blower fan, rear defogger, radiator fan, and air conditioner are not operating. Idle speed should be: USA: D16Y5 engine with CVT, D16Y7 engine with A/T, D16Y8 engine with A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) D16Y7 engine with M/T: 670 ± 50 rpm Canada: D16Y8 engine, D16Y7 engine: M/T 750 ± 50 rpm A/T 750 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) 4. Adjust the idle speed, if necessary, by removing the cap and turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn clockwise or counterclockwise. NOTE: When you remove the ACL housing, do not disconnect the IAT sensor connector. 5. After turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn, check the idle speed again. If it is out of spec, turn the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn again. NOTE: Do not turn the idle adjusting screw more than 1/2-turn without checking the idle speed. 6. Idle the engine for one minute with heater fan switch at HI and air conditioner on, then check the idle speed. Idle speed should be: M/T 810 ± 50 rpm A/T,CVT 810 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) NOTE: Do not turn the idle adjusting screw when the air conditioner is on. - If the idle speed is not within specification, see Symptom Chart. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Symptom Related Diagnostic Procedures Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Service and Repair Air Filter Element: Service and Repair 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC, 1.6L DOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC Air Cleaner (ACL) NOTE: Do not clean the ACL element it with compressed air (except dry type). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Relieving Before disconnecting fuel pipes or hoses, release pressure from the system by loosening the 12 mm banjo bolt on top of the fuel filter. WARNING: - Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames or sparks away from your work area. - Be sure to relieve fuel pressure while the ignition switch is off. 1. Write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the battery negative terminal. 3. Remove the fuel fill cap. 4. Use a box end wrench on the 12 mm banjo bolt at the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. 5. Place a rag or shop towel over the 12 mm banjo bolt. 6. Slowly loosen the 12 mm banjo bolt one complete turn. NOTE: Replace all the washers whenever the 12 mm banjo bolt is loosened or removed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications Firing Order: Specifications FIRING ORDER FIRING ORDER 1-3-4-2 Distributor rotates clockwise Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > Number One Cylinder > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > Timing Marks and Indicators > System Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Cable: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1305 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1306 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1307 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1308 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1309 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1310 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1311 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1312 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1313 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1314 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1315 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1316 Ignition Cable: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1317 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1318 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1319 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1320 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1321 Ignition Cable: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Carefully remove the ignition wires by pulling on the rubber boots. Do not bend the wires; you might break them inside. 1. Check the condition of the ignition wire terminals. If any terminal is corroded, clean it, and if it is broken or distorted, replace the ignition wire. 2. Connect ohmmeter probes and measure resistance. 3. If resistance exceeds 25 K Ohm, replace the ignition wire. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Locations Distributor: Locations Right Side of D16Y8 Engine (Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Exploded Views Distributor: Exploded Views HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Exploded Views > Page 1327 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1328 Distributor: Service and Repair Removal: 1. Disconnect the connector from the distributor. 2. Disconnect the ignition wires from the distributor ignition (DI) cap. 3. Remove the mounting bolts from the distributor, then remove the distributor from the cylinder head. Installation: NOTE: Before you install the distributor, bring the No.1 piston to compression stroke TDC. 1. Coat a new O-ring with engine oil, then install it. 2. Slip the distributor into position. NOTE: The lug on the end of the distributor and its mating grooves in the camshaft end are both offset to eliminate the possibility of installing the distributor 180° out of time. 3. Install the mounting bolts, and tighten them lightly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1329 4. Connect the ignition wires to the distributor ignition (DI) cap as shown. 5. Connect the connector to the distributor. 6. Set the ignition timing. 7. After setting the ignition timing, tighten the mounting bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Plug Gap Spark Plug: Specifications GAP GAP Spark Plug Air Gap D16Y5-D16Y7-D16Y8 Engines 0.039-0.043 (In.) SPark Plug Air Gap B16A2-Engine 0.047-0.051 (In.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Plug Gap > Page 1334 Spark Plug: Specifications Spark Plug Torque 13 ft lb (18 Nm) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1335 Spark Plug: Application and ID Spark Plug ID D16Y5 Engine NGK ............................................................................................................................. .......................................................................................ZFR4F-11 Denso .......................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ......KJ14CR-L11 DY16Y7-DY16Y8 Engine NGK ............................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................ZFR5F-11 Denso ......................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................KJ16CR-L11 BA16A2 Engine NGK .......................................................................................................................... ..........................................................................................PFR6L-13 Denso ....................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .........PK20PR-L13 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1336 Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection 1. Inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator for: Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Advanced ignition timing - Loose spark plug - Plug heat range too low - Insufficient cooling Fouled plugs may be caused by: Retarded ignition timing - Oil in combustion chamber - Incorrect spark plug gap - Plug heat range too high - Excessive idling/low speed running - Clogged air cleaner element - Deteriorated ignition coil or ignition wires 2. D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engine: - Adjust the gap with a suitable gapping tool, and replace the plug if the center electrode is rounded as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1337 3. B16A2 engine: - Do not adjust the gap of a platinum tip plug: replace the spark plug if the center electrode is rounded or if the gap is not within the specifications. NOTE: Use only the spark plugs listed. 4. Apply a small quantity of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head finger-tight. Then torque them to 18 N.m (1.8 kg.m, 13 lb.ft). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Compression Check: Specifications Compression [1] Nominal ............................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 1,270 kPa (184 psi) Minimum .............................................................. .................................................................................................................................. 930 kPa (135 psi) Maximum Variation ....................................................................................................................... .......................................................... 200 kPa (28 psi) [1] At 250 rpm and wide open throttle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Clearance Intake ................................................................................................................................................... .......................................... 0.007-0.009 inches Exhaust ................................................................................................................................................ .......................................... 0.009-0.011 inches Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1344 Valve Clearance: Adjustments NOTE: Valves should be adjusted only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F (38°C). - After adjusting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. The "UP" mark on the cam-shaft pulley should be at top, and the TDC marks should align with the cylinder head surface. 4. Adjust valves on No. 1 cylinder. Intake: 0.18 - 0.22 mm (0.007 - 0.009 inch) Exhaust: 0.23 - 0.27 mm (0.009 - 0.011 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1345 5. Loosen the locknut, and turn the adjustment screw until the feeler gauge slides back and forth with a slight amount of drag. 6. Tighten the locknut, and check the clearance again. Repeat the adjustment if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1346 7. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90°). The "UP" mark should be on the exhaust side. Adjust valves on No. 3 cylinder. 8. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise to bring No. 4 piston to TDC. Both TDC grooves are once again visible. Adjust valves on No. 4 cylinder. 9. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise to bring No. 2 piston to TDC. The "UP" mark should be on the intake side. Adjust valves on No. 2 cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Specifications Timing Belt: Specifications Replace timing belt and inspect water pump every 105,000 miles (168,000 k) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1350 Timing Belt: Diagrams NOTE: Refer to Service and Repair / Removal and Installation for procedure to position the crankshaft and pulley before installing the belt. - Mark the direction of rotation on the belt before removing. - Do not use the upper cover and lower cover for storing removed items. - Clean the upper cover and lower cover before installing. - Replace the camshaft seals and crankshaft seals if there is oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1351 Timing Belt: Adjustments TENSION ADJUSTMENT CAUTION: Always adjust the timing belt tension with the engine cold. NOTE: - The tensioner is spring-loaded to apply tension to the belt automatically after making the following adjustment. - Always rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise when viewed from the pulley side. Rotating it clockwise may result in improper adjustment of the belt tension. - Inspect the timing belt before adjusting the belt tension. 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Rotate the crankshaft five or six revolutions to set the belt. 4. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. 5. Loosen the adjusting bolt 180°. 6. Rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise three teeth on the camshaft pulley. 7. Tighten the adjusting bolt. 8. After inspecting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation Timing Belt: Service and Repair Removal and Installation REMOVAL NOTE: Replace the timing belt at 105,000 miles (168,000 km) according to the maintenance schedule (normal conditions/severe conditions). If the vehicle is regularly driven in one or more of the following conditions, replace the timing belt at 60,000 miles (U.S.A.) 100,000 km (Canada). In very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C). - In very low temperatures (under -20°F, -29°C). - Turn the crankshaft pulley so the No. 1 piston is at Top Dead Center (TDC) before removing the belt. - Inspect the water pump and tensioner before installing the timing belt. 1. Remove the splash shield. 2. Loosen the mounting bolt and lock bolt, then remove the Power Steering (P/S) pump belt and pump. 3. Loosen the idler pulley center nut and adjusting bolt, then remove the Air conditioning (A/C) compressor belt. 4. Loosen the mounting nut and lock bolt, then remove the alternator belt. 5. Remove the dipstick, then remove the upper cover and idler pulley bracket. NOTE: Do not use the upper cover to store removed items. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1354 6. Remove the upper bracket. NOTE: Use a jack to support the engine before the upper bracket is removed. - Make sure to place a cushion between the oil pan and the jack. 7. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 8. Remove the lower cover and dipstick tube. NOTE: Do not use the lower cover to store removed items. 9. Remove the CKF sensor from the oil pump. 10. Loosen the adjusting bolt 180°. Push the tensioner to remove tension from the timing belt, then retighten the adjusting bolt. 11. Remove the timing belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1355 INSTALLATION Install the timing belt in the reverse order of removal; Only key points are described here. 1. Set the timing belt drive pulley so that the No. 1 piston is at Top Dead Center (TDC). Align the groove on the timing belt drive pulley to the pointer on the oil pump. 2. Set the camshaft pulley to TDC. Align the TDC marks on the camshaft pulley to the cylinder head surface. 3. Install the timing belt tightly in the sequence shown. (1) Timing belt drive pulley (crankshaft) -> (2) Adjusting pulley -> (3) Water pump pulley -> (4) Camshaft pulley. NOTE: Make sure the timing belt drive pulley and camshaft pulley are at TDC. 4. Loosen and retighten the adjusting bolt to tension the timing belt. 5. Install the lower cover and upper cover. NOTE: Clean the upper and lower covers before installation. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1356 6. Install the crankshaft pulley, then tighten the pulley bolt. 7. Rotate the crankshaft pulley about five or six turns counterclockwise so that the timing belt positions on the pulleys. 8. Adjust the timing belt tension. 9. Check that the crankshaft pulley and camshaft pulley are both at TDC. 10. If the camshaft and crankshaft pulleys are not positioned at TDC, remove the timing belt and adjust the position. Then reinstall the timing belt. 11. After installation, adjust the tension of each belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1357 Timing Belt: Service and Repair Inspection INSPECTION 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Inspect the timing belt for cracks and oil or coolant soaking. NOTE: Replace the belt if oil or coolant soaked. - Remove any oil or solvent that gets on the belt. 4. After inspecting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. TENSION ADJUSTMENT CAUTION: Always adjust the timing belt tension with the engine cold. NOTE: - The tensioner is spring-loaded to apply tension to the belt automatically after making the following adjustment. - Always rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise when viewed from the pulley side. Rotating it clockwise may result in improper adjustment of the belt tension. - Inspect the timing belt before adjusting the belt tension. 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Rotate the crankshaft five or six revolutions to set the belt. 4. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1358 5. Loosen the adjusting bolt 180°. 6. Rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise three teeth on the camshaft pulley. 7. Tighten the adjusting bolt. 8. After inspecting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications Drive Belt: Specifications NOTE: When using a new belt, adjust deflection or tension to new values. Run the engine for 5 minutes then turn it off. Readjust the deflection or tension to used belt values. Deflection [1]: With Used Belt .............................................................................................................................................................. 10.5 - 14.0 mm (0.41 - 0.55 inch) With New Belt ................................................................................. ............................................................................... 7.5 - 10.0 mm (0.30 - 0.39 inch) Tension [2]: With Used Belt ................................................................................................................................................ 340 490 N (35 - 50 kgf, 77 - 110 ft. lbs.) With New Belt ............................................................................................................................................... 640 780 N (65 - 80 kgf, 143 - 176 ft. lbs.) [1] With 98 N (10 kgf, 22 ft. lbs.) between pulleys. [2] Measured with belt tension gauge. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor Drive Belt: Adjustments A/C Compressor Deflection Method 1. Apply a force of 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb), and measure the deflection between the A/C compressor and the crankshaft pulley. A/C Compressor Belt Used Belt: B16A2 engine 6.0 - 9.5 mm (0.24 - 0.37 in) Except B16A2 engine 7.5 - 9.5 mm (0.30 - 0.37 in) New Belt: B16A2 engine 4.5 - 6.5 mm (0.18 - 0.26 in) Except B16A2 engine 5.0 - 6.5 mm (0.20 0.26 in) Note these items when adjusting belt tension: If there are cracks or any damage evident on the belt, replace it with a new one. - "Used belt" means a belt which has been used for five minutes or more. - "New belt" means a belt which has been used for less than five minutes. 2. Loosen, the center nut of the idler pulley (SANDEN), or the pivot bolt of the idler pulley bracket and the lock nut of the adjusting bolt (DENSO). 3. Turn the adjusting bolt to get proper belt tension. 4. Retighten the center nut of the idler pulley (SANDEN), or the pivot bolt of the idler pulley bracket and the lock nut of the adjusting bolt (DENSO). 5. Recheck the deflection of the A/C compressor belt. Tension Gauge Method 1. Attach the special tool to the A/C compressor belt as shown below, and measure the tension of the belt. A/C Compressor Belt Used Belt: B16A2 engine 390 - 540 N (40 - 55 kg, 88 - 120 lb) Except B16A2 engine 340 - 490 N (35 - 50 kg, 77 - 110 lb) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor > Page 1364 New Belt: B16A2 engine 740 - 880 N (75 - 90 kg, 170 - 200 lb) Except B16A2 engine 690 - 830 N (70 - 85 kg, 150 - 190 lb) Note these items when adjusting belt tension: Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the belt tension gauge. - If there are cracks or any damage evident on the belt, replace it with a new one. - "Used belt" means a belt which has been used for five minutes or more. - "New belt" means a belt which has been used for less than five minutes. 2. Loosen the center nut of the idler pulley (SANDEN), or the pivot bolt of the idler pulley bracket and the lock nut of the adjusting bolt (DENSO). 3. Turn the adjusting bolt to get proper belt tension. 4. Retighten the center nut of the idler pulley (SANDEN), or the pivot bolt of the idler pulley bracket and the lock nut of the adjusting bolt (DENSO). 5. Recheck the tension of the A/C compressor belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor > Page 1365 Drive Belt: Adjustments Alternator Deflection Method: Apply a force of 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf), and measure the deflection between the alternator and the crankshaft pulley. Deflection 8.0-10.5 mm (0.31-0.41 in) NOTE: On a brand-new belt (one that has been run for less than five minutes), the deflection should be 6.0 - 8.5 mm (0.26-0.33 in) when first measured. If the belt is worn or damaged, replace it. If adjustment is necessary: 1. Loosen the lower mounting nut and the upper mounting bolt. 2. Move the alternator to obtain the proper belt tension, then retighten the upper mounting bolt and the lower mounting nut to the specified torques. 3. Recheck the deflection of the belt. Belt Tension Gauge Method: Following the gauge manufacturer's instructions, attach the special tool to the belt, and measure the tension. Tension 340 - 490 N (35 - 50 kgf, 77 - 110 lbf) NOTE: On a brand-new belt (one that has been run for less than five minutes), the tension should be 540-740 N (55 - 75 kgf, 121 - 165 lbf) when first Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor > Page 1366 measured. If the belt is worn or damaged, replace it. If adjustment is necessary: 1. Loosen the lower mounting nut and the upper mounting bolt. 2. Move the alternator to obtain the proper belt tension, then retighten the upper mounting bolt and the lower mounting nut to the specified torques. 3. Recheck the tension of the belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor > Page 1367 Drive Belt: Adjustments Power Steering Pump Belt NOTE: When using a new belt, first adjust the deflection or tension to the values for the new belt, then readjust the deflection or tension to the values for the used belt after running engine for five minutes. Inspection Attach the special tool to the belt and measure the tension of the belt. Tension: '99-'00 models: B16A2 Engine Type only Used Belt: 390 - 540 N (40 - 55 kgf, 88 - 120 lbs.) New Belt: 740 - 880 N (75 - 90 kgf, 170 - 200 lbs.) '96-'00 models: Other Engine Types Used Belt: 340 - 490 N (35 - 50 kgf, 77 - 110 lbs.) New Belt: 640 - 780 N (65 - 80 kgf, 143 - 176 lbs.) NOTE: If there are cracks or any damage evident on the belt, replace it with a new one. - Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the tension gauge. Inspect the pump belt for cracks or any damage. Replace the belt with a new one if necessary. Measurement without Belt Tension Gauge: Apply a force of 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbs.) and measure the deflection between the power steering pump and the crankshaft pulleys. Deflection: '99-'00 models: B16A2 Engine Type only Used Belt: 7.5 - 11.0 mm (0.30 - 0.43 inch) New Belt: 5.0 - 7.0 mm (0.20 - 0.28 inch) '96-'00 models: Other Engine Types Used Belt: 10.5 - 14.0 mm (0.41 - 0.55 inch) New Belt: 7.5 - 10.0 mm (0.30 - 0.39 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Service and Repair Air Filter Element: Service and Repair 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC, 1.6L DOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC Air Cleaner (ACL) NOTE: Do not clean the ACL element it with compressed air (except dry type). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Relieving Before disconnecting fuel pipes or hoses, release pressure from the system by loosening the 12 mm banjo bolt on top of the fuel filter. WARNING: - Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames or sparks away from your work area. - Be sure to relieve fuel pressure while the ignition switch is off. 1. Write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the battery negative terminal. 3. Remove the fuel fill cap. 4. Use a box end wrench on the 12 mm banjo bolt at the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. 5. Place a rag or shop towel over the 12 mm banjo bolt. 6. Slowly loosen the 12 mm banjo bolt one complete turn. NOTE: Replace all the washers whenever the 12 mm banjo bolt is loosened or removed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Filter: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT WARNING: After the engine has been run, the exhaust pipe will be hot; be careful when working around the exhaust pipe. - Be careful when loosening the drain bolt while the engine is hot. Burns can result because the oil temperature is very high. 1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. 2. Inspect the threads and rubber seal on the new filter. Wipe off the seat on the engine block, then apply a light coat of oil to the new filter's rubber seal. NOTE: Use only filters with a built-in bypass system. 3. Install the oil filter by hand. 4. After the rubber seal seats, tighten the oil filter clockwise with the oil filter wrench. Tighten: 7/8 turn clockwise. Tightening torque: 22 Nm (2.2 kgs.cm, 16 ft.lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1380 Use this procedure to tighten the filter if eight numbers (1 to 8) are printed on the surface of the filter. 1) Make a mark on the oil filter base under the number that shows at the bottom of the filter when the rubber seal is seated. 2) Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise seven numbers from the marked point. For example, if a mark is made under the number 2 when the rubber seal is seated, the filter should be tightened until the number 1 comes up to the marked point. CAUTION: Using any procedure other than those shown could result in serious engine damage due to oil leakage. 5. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the specified level, run the engine for more than three minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications Hose/Line HVAC: Mechanical Specifications Discharge hose to the compressor 9.8 Nm 6 x 1.00 mm Discharge hose to the condenser 9.8 Nm Condenser pipe to the condenser 9.8 Nm Condenser pipe to the receiver/dryer 9.8 Nm Receiver pipe A to the receiver/dryer 9.8 Nm Receiver pipe B to the receiver pipe A 13 Nm Receiver pipe C to the receiver pipe B 13 Nm Receiver pipe C to the Evaporator 9.8 Nm Suction pipe B to the Evaporator 9.8 Nm Suction pipe A to the Suction pipe B 31 Nm Suction hose to the Suction pipe A 31 Nm Suction hose to the Compressor 9.8 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications > Page 1386 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications > Page 1387 Hose/Line HVAC: Capacity Specifications SANDEN Line or hose 10 mL NIPPONDENSO Line or hose 10 mL Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Line/Hose: Specifications Power Steering Lines Power Steering Lines Outlet Hose to Pump 8 ft.lb Cylinder Housing to Cylinder Lines 20 ft.lb Valve Body Unit to Cylinder Lines 12 ft.lb Valve Body Unit to Feed Line 27 ft.lb Valve Body Unit to Return Line 20 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1391 Power Steering Line/Hose: Testing and Inspection - Inspect hoses for damage, leaks, interference or twisting. - Inspect fluid lines for damage, rusting and leakage. - Inspect for leaks at hose and line joints and connections. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1392 Power Steering Line/Hose: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. Connect each hose to the corresponding pipe securely until it contacts the stop on the line. Install the clamp or adjustable clamp at the specified distance from the hose end as shown. 2. Add the power steering fluid to the specified level on the reservoir and check for leaks. ADJUSTABLE HOSE CLAMP 1. Position the adjustable hose clamps at the points indicated (a) in the drawing above. 2. Slide the hose over the line until it contacts the stop. CAUTION: Check all clamps for deterioration or deformation; replace with the clamps new ones if necessary. HOSE CLAMP 1. Position the hose clamps at the points indicated (b) in the drawing above. 2. Slide the hose over the line until it contacts the stop. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Brake Fluid: Specifications Fluid type DOT 3 or 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1397 Brake Fluid: Service Precautions SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING: Brake fluid may be irritating to the skin or eyes. In case of contact, take the following actions: * Eye Contact - rinse eyes thoroughly with water. * Skin Contact - wash skin with soap and water. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Clutch Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Clutch Fluid: Specifications Clutch Fluid .......................................................................................................................................... ....................... Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications Coolant: Specifications Specified type [1] .......................................................................................................................................................... Genuine Honda Antifreeze/Coolant. If Genuine Honda Antifreeze/Coolant is not available, you may use another major-brand non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Make sure it is high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. However, continued use of non- Honda Coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Genuine Honda Antifreeze/Coolant as soon as possible. [1] Check specific gravity for freezing point. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1404 Coolant: Service Precautions 1. Genuine Honda Coolant is recommended by the manufacturer for maximum protection. 2. Mixing green and red colored coolants is not recommended. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1405 Coolant: Service and Repair CAUTION: When pouring engine coolant, be sure to shut the relay box lid and not to let coolant spill on the electrical parts or the paint. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately. 1. Slide the heater temperature control lever to maximum heat. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the touch. 2. Remove the radiator cap. 3. Loosen the drain plug, and drain the coolant. 4. Remove the drain bolt from the cylinder block. 5. Apply liquid gasket to the drain bolt threads, then reinstall the bolt with a new washer and tighten it securely. 6. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1406 7. Remove, drain and reinstall the reservoir. Fill the tank halfway to the MAX mark with water, then up to the MAX mark with antifreeze. 8. Mix the recommended antifreeze with an equal amount of water in a clean container. NOTE: Use only genuine Honda antifreeze/coolant. - For best corrosion protection, the coolant concentration must be maintained year-round at 50% minimum. Coolant concentrations less than 50% may not provide sufficient protection against corrosion or freezing. - Coolant concentrations greater than 60% will impair cooling efficiency and are not recommended. CAUTION: Do not mix different brands of antifreeze/coolants. - Do not use additional rust inhibitors or anti-rust products; they may not be compatible with the coolant. Engine Coolant Refill Capacity [including reservoir (0.4 (0.42 US quart. 0.35 Imp quart))]. 9. Pour coolant into the radiator up to the base of the filler neck, and install the radiator cap loosely. 10. Start the engine and let it run until it warms up (the radiator fan comes on at least twice). 11. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, add coolant if needed. 12. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again and check for leaks. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination Fluid - A/T: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Avoiding Comebacks From A/T Contamination APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Installing a reman A/T? Here are some important tips to keep in mind to ensure a first-time fix and to avoid any come-backs: - If the vehicle has an ATF cooler, make sure you clean the cooler with the ATF Cooler Cleaner (P/N GHTTTCF6H). See S/B 89-022, ATF Cooler Cleaner, for details. - If the reman A/T kit includes an in-line filter, don't forget to install it. If the vehicle already has an in-line filter from an earlier A/T replacement, then remove the existing filter, and install the new one. - Spray the driveshaft splines with solvent and compressed air before installing them in the reman A/T. If the failed A/T had a speed sensor, make sure it's clean before you install it. Debris from the failed A/T can catch in the driveshaft splines or on the speed sensor and contaminate the reman A/T. - If the reman A/T comes with a heater/cooler, make sure you install the reman A/T with that heater/cooler. Never install the heater/cooler from the failed A/T; you could contaminate the reman A/T. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications Transmission Fluid Dry Fill ................................................................................................................................................. ............................................... 5.9 liters (6.2 US qts.) Drain and Fill .................................................... .................................................................................................................................. 2.7 liters (2.9 US qts.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1413 Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications Transmission Fluid Genuine Honda Premium Formula Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) is preferred, a Dexron III ATF can be used as a temporary replacement. However, continued use can affect shift quality drain and refill with Genuine Honda Premium Formula Automatic Transmission Fluid as soon as it is convenient. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1414 Fluid - A/T: Testing and Inspection FLUID LEVEL CHECK CAUTION: Keep all of the foreign particles out of the transmission. NOTE: Check the fluid level with the engine at normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 1. Park the vehicle on level ground. Turn off the engine. 2. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) from the transmission, and wipe it with a clean cloth. 3. Insert the dipstick into the transmission. 4. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. 5. If the level is below the lower mark, pour the recommended fluid* into the filler hole to bring it to the upper mark. 6. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission in the direction shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1415 Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair CHECKING NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Park the vehicle on the level ground, then turn off the engine. 3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) from the transmission, and wipe it with a clean cloth. 4. Insert the dipstick into the transmission. 5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. It should be between the upper mark and lower marks. 6. If the level is below the lower mark, pour the recommended fluid into the filler hole to bring it to the upper mark. Always use Genuine Honda Premium Formula Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. 7. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission in the direction shown. CHANGING NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Bring the transmission up to operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on) by driving the vehicle. 2. Park the vehicle on the level ground, and turn the engine off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1416 3. Remove the drain plug, and drain the Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). NOTE: If a cooler flusher is to be used, refer to cooler flushing. 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer, then refill the transmission with the recommended fluid into the filler hole to the upper mark on the dipstick. Always use Genuine Honda Premium Formula Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity: 2.7 L (2.4 Imp qt.) at changing 5.9 L ( 5.2 Imp qt.) at overhaul Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination Fluid - CVT: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Avoiding Comebacks From A/T Contamination APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Installing a reman A/T? Here are some important tips to keep in mind to ensure a first-time fix and to avoid any come-backs: - If the vehicle has an ATF cooler, make sure you clean the cooler with the ATF Cooler Cleaner (P/N GHTTTCF6H). See S/B 89-022, ATF Cooler Cleaner, for details. - If the reman A/T kit includes an in-line filter, don't forget to install it. If the vehicle already has an in-line filter from an earlier A/T replacement, then remove the existing filter, and install the new one. - Spray the driveshaft splines with solvent and compressed air before installing them in the reman A/T. If the failed A/T had a speed sensor, make sure it's clean before you install it. Debris from the failed A/T can catch in the driveshaft splines or on the speed sensor and contaminate the reman A/T. - If the reman A/T comes with a heater/cooler, make sure you install the reman A/T with that heater/cooler. Never install the heater/cooler from the failed A/T; you could contaminate the reman A/T. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications Fluid - M/T: Specifications Transmission/Transaxle Fluid S40 Fluid At Oil Change ...................................................................................................................... ............................................................. 1.8 l (1.9 US qt.) Fluid At Overhaul ........................................ ................................................................................................................................................ 1.9 l 2.0 US qt.) S4C Fluid At Oil Change ......................................................................................................... .......................................................................... 2.2 l (2.3 US qt.) Fluid At Overhaul ........................... ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.3 l (2.4 US qt.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1424 Fluid - M/T: Service Precautions DO NOT over fill transmission beyond normal fluid level markings. Fluid foaming and transmission damage may occur. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1425 Fluid - M/T: Service and Repair TRANSMISSION OIL NOTE: Check the transmission oil with the engine OFF and the vehicle on level ground. 1. Remove the oil filler plug, then check the level and condition of the oil. 2. The oil level must be up to the filler hole. If it is below the hole, add oil until it runs out, then reinstall the oil filler plug with a new washer. 3. If the transmission oil is dirty, remove the drain plug and drain the oil. 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer, and refill the transmission with the recommended oil to the proper level. NOTE: The drain plug washer should be replaced at every oil change. 5. Reinstall the oil filler plug with a new washer. Oil Capacity: 1.8 L (1.6 Imp qt.) at oil change 1.9 L (1.7 Imp qt.) at overhaul Always use Genuine Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF). Using motor oil can cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Service Precautions Fluid - Differential: Service Precautions DO NOT over fill differential beyond normal fluid level. Fluid foaming and damage may occur. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Oil Recommendation GF-4 Standard Engine Oil: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Oil Recommendation GF-4 Standard SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Use ONLY New GF-4 Standard Engine Oil APPLIES TO: All Models SERVICE TIP: There's a new performance standard for engine oil: GF-4. It was jointly developed by automotive and oil experts, and it represents a significant performance upgrade and improvement in fuel economy. GF-4 engine oils must pass grueling tests totaling over 500 hours. On top of this, Honda Genuine engine oils are also tested to ensure specific compatibility with Honda vehicles. GF-4 engine oil is compatible with all current and earlier model year Honda cars and trucks. It also provides these added benefits: - Improved oxidation resistance (reduced thickening of the oil) - Improved deposit protection and better wear protection - Better low-temperature performance over the life of the oil - Environmental protection by extending the life of emissions systems While Honda has upgraded its engine oil to GF-4, other brands may not yet be at this new standard. Keep in mind you must use Honda Genuine engine oil for all warranty repairs. If you use some other brand of oil for non-warranty repairs, make sure that oil meets the GF-4 standard. We recommend you stop using non-GF-4 engine oils and check with your supplier that you're purchasing GF-4 oil. Engine oil produced after April 1, 2005, that meets the GF-4 standard, must post this starburst certification mark on the container. Always look for this mark; some oil container labels won't specifically refer to GF-4. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil Capacity D16Y5 With filter .................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................ 3.3L (3.5 Qt) Without filter .......................................... ........................................................................................................................................................... 3.0L (3.2 Qt) With engine overhaul ...................................................................................................... .................................................................................. 3.7L (3.9 Qt) D16Y7 With filter .................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................ 3.6L (3.8 Qt) Without filter .......................................... ........................................................................................................................................................... 3.3L (3.5 Qt) With engine overhaul ...................................................................................................... .................................................................................. 4.3L (4.5 Qt) D16Y8 With filter .................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................ 3.3L (3.5 Qt) Without filter .......................................... ........................................................................................................................................................... 3.0L (3.2 Qt) With engine overhaul ...................................................................................................... .................................................................................. 3.7L (3.9 Qt) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1435 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Engine Oil New standard for engine oil, GF-4. See TSB SN050109 for Honda Service News 050109 for additional information. API Classification ................................................................................................................................. ................................ SJ or SH Energy Conserving II Viscosity ........................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................... 5W-30 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1436 Engine Oil: Service Precautions SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING: Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with oils, particularly used engine oils. - Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves where practicable. - Do not put oily rags in pockets. - Avoid contaminating clothes, particularly underpants, with oil. - Heavily soiled clothing and oil-impregnated footwear should not be worn. Overalls must be cleaned regularly. - First Aid treatment should be obtained immediately for open cuts and wounds. - Use barrier creams, applying them before each work period, to help the removal of oil from the skin. - Wash with soap and water to ensure all oil is removed (skin cleansers and nail brushes will help). Preparations containing lanolin replace the natural skin oils which have been removed. - Do not use gasoline, kerosine, diesel fuel, gas oil, thinner or solvents for cleaning skin. - If skin disorders develop, obtain medical advice without delay. - Where practicable, degrease components prior to handling. - Where there is a risk of eye contact, eye protection should be worn, for example, chemical goggles or face shields; in addition an eye wash facility should be provided. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1437 Engine Oil: Testing and Inspection INSPECTION 1. Park the vehicle on level ground, and turn off the engine. Allow the oil a few minutes to drain back into the oil pan so the dipstick will show the actual level. 2. Make certain that the oil level indicated on the dipstick is between the upper and lower marks. 3. If the level has dropped close to the lower mark, add oil until it reaches the upper mark. CAUTION: Insert the dipstick carefully to avoid bending it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service Engine Oil: Service and Repair Oil and Filter Service ENGINE OIL Inspection 1. Park the vehicle on level ground, and turn off the engine. Allow the oil a few minutes to drain back into the oil pan so the dipstick will show the actual level. 2. Make certain that the oil level indicated on the dipstick is between the upper and lower marks. 3. If the level has dropped close to the lower mark, add oil until it reaches the upper mark. CAUTION: Insert the dipstick carefully to avoid bending it. Replacement CAUTION: Remove the drain bolt carefully while the engine is hot; the hot oil may cause scalding. 1. Warm up the engine. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1440 2. Drain the engine oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1441 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer, and refill the engine with the recommended oil. NOTE: Under normal conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at every other oil change. Under severe conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at each oil change. The numbers in the middle of the API Service label tell you the oil's SAE viscosity or weight. Select the oil for your car according to this chart: An oil with a viscosity of 5W - 30 is preferred for improved fuel economy and year-round protection in the car. You may use a 10W - 30 oil if the climate in your area is limited to the temperature range shown on the chart. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1442 4. Run the engine for more than three minutes, then check for oil leakage. OIL FILTER Replacement WARNING: After the engine has been run, the exhaust pipe will be hot; be careful when working around the exhaust pipe. - Be careful when loosening the drain bolt while the engine is hot. Burns can result because the oil temperature is very high. 1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. 2. Inspect the threads and rubber seal on the new filter. Wipe off the seat on the engine block, then apply a light coat of oil to the new filter's rubber seal. NOTE: Use only filters with a built-in bypass system. 3. Install the oil filter by hand. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1443 4. After the rubber seal seats, tighten the oil filter clockwise with the oil filter wrench. Tighten: 7/8 turn clockwise. Tightening torque: 22 Nm (2.2 kgs.cm, 16 ft.lbs.) Use this procedure to tighten the filter if eight numbers (1 to 8) are printed on the surface of the filter. 1) Make a mark on the oil filter base under the number that shows at the bottom of the filter when the rubber seal is seated. 2) Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise seven numbers from the marked point. For example, if a mark is made under the number 2 when the rubber seal is seated, the filter should be tightened until the number 1 comes up to the marked point. CAUTION: Using any procedure other than those shown could result in serious engine damage due to oil leakage. 5. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the specified level, run the engine for more than three minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1444 Engine Oil: Service and Repair Oil Service REPLACEMENT CAUTION: Remove the drain bolt carefully while the engine is hot; the hot oil may cause scalding. 1. Warm up the engine. 2. Drain the engine oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1445 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer, and refill the engine with the recommended oil. NOTE: Under normal conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at every other oil change. Under severe conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at each oil change. The numbers in the middle of the API Service label tell you the oil's SAE viscosity or weight. Select the oil for your car according to this chart: An oil with a viscosity of 5W - 30 is preferred for improved fuel economy and year-round protection in the car. You may use a 10W - 30 oil if the climate in your area is limited to the temperature range shown on the chart. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1446 4. Run the engine for more than three minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Power Steering Fluid: Capacity Specifications Correct Fluid/Capacity Correct Fluid/Capacity Type Honda Power Steering Fluid Note: Another brand of power steering fluid may be used as a replacement. DO NOT use Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). System Capacity 0.90 qt (US) Reservoir Capacity 0.42 qt (US) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1451 Power Steering Fluid: Fluid Type Specifications Fluid Type ............................................................................................................................................ ..................................... Honda Power Steering Fluid If Genuine Honda Power Steering Fluid is not available, you may use another brand as an emergency replacement. However, continued use can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather. Flush and refill with Genuine Honda Power Steering Fluid as soon as possible. Do not use ATF. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1452 Power Steering Fluid: Service Precautions Use Genuine Honda Power Steering Fluid, or another brand of power steering fluid as a temporary replacement. DO NOT use automatic transmission fluid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1453 Power Steering Fluid: Service and Repair FLUID REPLACEMENT NOTE: Check the reservoir at regular intervals, and add fluid as necessary. CAUTION: Always use Genuine Honda Power Steering Fluid-V or S. Using any other type of power steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather. 1. Raise the reservoir, then disconnect the return hose. 2. Connect a hose of suitable diameter to the disconnected return hose, and put the hose end in a suitable container. CAUTION: Take care not to spill the fluid on the body and parts. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. 3. Start the engine, let it run at idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times. When fluid stops running out of the hose, shut off the engine. Discard the fluid. 4. Refit the return hose on the reservoir. 5. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line. 6. Start the engine and run it at fast idle, then turn the steering from lock-to-lock several times to bleed air from the system. 7. Recheck the fluid level and add some if necessary. CAUTION: Do not fill the reservoir beyond the upper level line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection Refrigerant: Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection 07-030 October 12, 2007 Applies To: ALL Vehicles With Conventional A/C Compressors A/C Leak Detection (Supersedes 07-030, dated June 15, 2007, to update the information marked by asterisks) The OPTIMAX Jr. (TM)A/C Leak Detection Kit for Honda vehicles, P/N TRP124893, is a new required tool. The kit is used to add small amounts of dye to A/C systems to help locate smaller leaks that an electronic leak detector might not find. When searching for leaks, always begin by using an electronic leak detector. Refer to Service Bulletin 97-027, Denso HLD-100 Halogen Leak Detector; for tips on using this tool, then follow up with the OPTIMAX Jr. This new detection kit complements but does not replace the electronic detector. The kit contains: ^ TRP8640CS, OPTIMAX Jr. (TM) cordless, fluorescent leak detection flashlight lamp (includes 3 standard AA batteries) ^ TRP38600601, (6) 0.06 oz. (1.7 g) Tracer-Stick(R) R134a/PAG A/C dye capsules with ID labels ^ TRP3887, R-134a Universal Connect Set(TM) ^ TRP120884, GLO-AWAY(TM) dye cleaner ^ TRP9940, fluorescence-enhancing glasses ^ TRP1143, (1) empty Tracer-Stick dye capsule ORDERING INFO *One OPTIMAX Jr. A/C Leak Detection Kit was shipped to each current dealer as a required special tool. Additional kits and replacement capsules may be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. On the iN, click on Service, Service Bay, Tool and Equipment Program, Online Catalog tab, and Air Conditioning Equipment, or call.* NOTICE ^ Do not use leak-trace dye in any Honda hybrid vehicle equipped with a dual-scroll compressor This can increase the chance of electric shock. The compressor is easily identified by the orange high-voltage cable that is connected to the compressor body. ^ Only Tracer-Stick single-dose fluorescent dye capsules from Tracer Products (Tracerline(R)) are approved for use in Honda vehicles. Other dyes contain solvents that may contaminate the system's refrigerant oil, leading to component failure. ^ Adding excessive amounts of dye can lead to compressor damage and failure. USING THE OPTIMAX JR. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 1458 1. Before adding any leak-detection dye, check to see if there is dye in the system now. ^ Check for a label in the engine compartment indicating that fluorescent leak-detection dye has been added to the system. ^ Dye may have been added even though no label is present. To confirm this: - Put on the fluorescence-enhancing glasses, and remove the low-side service port sealing cap. - Direct the ultraviolet lamp into the valve stem area. If dye has been previously added, the lubricant traces will have a bright yellow fluorescent glow. You may need to press the port's valve stem briefly to release some lubricant and dye from the system. ^ If there is no dye in the system, go to step 2. ^ If there is dye in the system, go to step 5. Do not add more dye. 2. Add the dye. NOTE: Air and moisture must be evacuated from the universal connect set if it is being used for the first time, or if it has been stored with the control valve open. If the air and moisture have been evacuated, go to step 3; otherwise do the following: (a) Attach the empty dye capsule (provided in the dye kit) to the control valve fitting. (b) Attach the service valve fitting (provided in the kit) to the empty dye capsule. (c) Attach the low-side hose of the A/C recovery and charging station, and open the quick coupler's hand-wheel valve. Then open the control valve (black knob) on the universal connect set. (d) Following the manufacturer's instructions for your recovery and charging station, evacuate the universal connect set for approximately 3 minutes. (e) When evacuation is complete, be sure the set's control valve is closed (finger tight), and disconnect the NC recovery and charging station. (f) Remove the service valve fitting and the empty dye capsule from the set, and store them for future use. NOTE: ^ Check the refrigerant charge level. There must be enough refrigerant in the system to operate the A/C compressor and to circulate refrigerant oil. ^ If the refrigerant charge is too low, recover the remaining amount and recharge the system before adding any dye. (g) Start the vehicle and operate the A/C system. Follow your A/C refrigerant recovery and charging station's operating instructions for low-side charging to install the dye. * NOTE: Only 0.05 lb (0.02 kg) of refrigerant is needed to push the dye into the A/C system.* (h) Once the refrigerant charge is programmed, open the control valve on the set to allow the dye to enter the system. (i) After the dye capsule clears, allow the low-side of the A/C system to reach its lowest operating pressure, then quickly close both the service equipment's low-side coupler valve and the control valve on the set. (j) Remove the set from the vehicle by releasing its quick coupler. Remove the empty dye capsule from the service valve fitting. Return the hose, control valve, and service-valve fitting to the storage case. * NOTE: Store the hose with the control valve closed. This will retain a small amount of refrigerant in the hose so it does not have to be evacuated the next time you use it.* (k) Fill out an identification label (provided in the kit), and attach it to a location near the A/C charge label. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 1459 3. Connect the universal connect set and the Tracer- Stick dye capsule: (a) Be sure the quick coupler and control valves on the set are closed. (b) Remove the low-side service port sealing cap, and connect the set to the low-side service port using the quick coupler. (c) Hold a new dye capsule so that the embossed arrow is pointing up. Remove the black end cap, and carefully attach the capsule to the control valve fitting. NOTE: The capsule must be held with the embossed arrow pointing up or the dye will leak out of the capsule. (d) Turn the capsule so the embossed arrow is pointing down. Remove the orange end cap, and carefully attach the service valve fitting provided in the kit (finger tight). NOTE: The capsule must be held with the embossed arrow pointing down or the dye will leak out. 4. Connect the NC service equipment: With the universal connect set and dye capsule attached to the vehicle's low-side service port, connect the A/C refrigerant recovery and charging station's low-side hose quick coupler to the service valve fitting. Open the blue hand-wheel valves on both quick couplers. Leave the control valve (black knob) on the universal connect set closed. NOTE: * ^ If you have recovered refrigerant to weigh it as part of your diagnostics, or if there is a low charge, it is more efficient to recharge the system using normal procedures before installing the universal connect set. Dye can then be added using approximately 0.05 lb (0.02 kg) of refrigerant.* ^ You do not need to connect the service equipment's high-side hose to the vehicle to install the dye. If the high-side hose is connected, make sure its coupler valve is closed before proceeding. ^ Do not use the A/C recovery and charging station to recover or evacuate the A/C system when a full dye capsule is attached. The dye will be drawn into the service equipment instead of being added to the vehicle's A/C system. 5. Inspect the A/C system for leaks: (a) Run the A/C system for at least 15 minutes to circulate the dye through the system. Large leaks will be seen immediately as a fluorescent yellow glow. Smaller leaks may require at least 24 hours of vehicle operation before they become visible. Operate the A/C system as much as possible during this time to keep the dye circulating. (b) Stop the vehicle's engine and inspect the system for leaks using the ultraviolet (UV) lamp and fluorescence-enhancing glasses from the kit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 1460 Low ambient light conditions (a dark work area) will aid in locating the leak. NOTE: Not all UV lamps work well with all types of fluorescent dye. Use only the lamp provided in the kit to inspect for leaks. (c) Inspect the entire system. Be sure to check these locations: ^ damaged and corroded areas ^ fittings ^ hose-to-line couplings ^ refrigerant controls ^ service ports ^ brazed or welded areas ^ areas near attachment points (d) Check for evaporator leaks by illuminating the evaporator drain tube area with the UV lamp and glasses. (e) After repairing a leak, remove any fluorescent residue using the GLO-AWAY dye cleaner from the kit and hot water (follow the instructions on the bottle). Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant: Capacity Specifications R-134a Capacity 600 - 650 g (21.1 - 22.9 oz) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1463 Refrigerant: Fluid Type Specifications HFC-134a R-134a Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant Oil: Capacity Specifications Condenser 25 ml (0.85 oz) Evaporator 40 ml (1.35 oz) Line or Hose 10 ml (0.34 oz) Receiver/Dryer 10 ml (0.34 oz) Leakage Repair 25 ml (0.85 oz) Compressor 130 ml (4.40 oz) Volume of old compressor should equal oil drain from new compressor, but not more than 50 ml. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1468 Refrigerant Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Polyalkleneglycol (PAG) SP-10 Oil Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Without Anti-Lock Brakes Brake Bleeding: Service and Repair Without Anti-Lock Brakes CAUTION: - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. NOTE: The reservoir on the master cylinder must be at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the bleeding procedure and checked after bleeding each brake caliper. Add fluid as required. 1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir is at the MAX (upper) level line. 2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply steady pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Without Anti-Lock Brakes > Page 1473 3. Loosen the brake bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed screw securely. Brake Bleeding Sequence 4. Repeat the procedure for each wheel in the sequence shown until air bubbles no longer appear in the fluid. 5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Locations With Front Passenger's Airbag Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations > Page 1477 Without Front Passenger's Airbag (Part Of Canada Model) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 1480 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Wiring Precautions Never attempt to modify, splice or repair SRS wiring. NOTE: SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer protective covering. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to- metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 1481 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Radio "Code" Theft Protection NOTE: The original radio has a coded theft protection circuit. Be sure to get the customer's code number before a. Disconnecting the battery. b. Removing the fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. c. Removing the radio. d. After service, reconnect power to the radio and turn it on. When the word "CODE" is displayed, enter the customer's 5-digit code to restore radio operation. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact The driver's airbag (and front passenger's) airbag has (have) a spring-loaded lock connector with a built-in short contact. When this connector is disconnected, the power terminal and the ground terminal in the airbag connector are automatically shorted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact > Page 1484 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation System Description The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 1485 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair To prevent accidental airbag deployment, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait three minutes before disconnecting any SRS connectors. - Before disconnecting the SRS main harness (A) from the SRS unit, disconnect both airbags (C,D). - Before disconnecting the cable reel 2P connector (B), disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector (C). 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s). Driver's 2p Connector Driver's Side: Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector and cable reel 2P connector. Passenger's 2p Connector Front Passenger's Side: Remove the glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 2P connector and SRS main harness 2P connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1491 Fuse: Locations Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1492 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1493 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box Fuse: Application and ID Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1496 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1497 Fuse: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1498 Fuse: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1499 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1500 Fuse: Application and ID Fuse-to-Component Index Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1501 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 1502 Fuse: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Removal: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the airbag connectors. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 5. Remove the two mounting nuts, and pull the under-dash fuse/relay box out from under the dash. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-dash fuse/relay box, and take out the under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation: 1. Connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/ relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Connect the airbag connectors. 4. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off Fuse Block: Customer Interest Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off 00-007 February 15, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Fuse Box Cover Falls Off PROBLEM The cover for the under-dash fuse box (to the left of the steering column) falls off. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the spring clip on the cover. VEHICLES AFFECTED PARTS INFORMATION Spring Clip: P/N 90666-SD4-003, H/C 2601532 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 841125 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 90666-SD4-003 H/C 2601532 Defect Code: 004 Contention Code: A02 Template ID: 00-007A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the fuse box cover from the dashboard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off > Page 1511 2. Use a small screwdriver to remove the clip from the fuse box cover. Discard the clip. 3. Install the new spring clip on the cover. 4. Install the cover in the dashboard and check that it fits securely. If it does not, bend the arm on the spring clip up slightly. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off Fuse Block: All Technical Service Bulletins Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off 00-007 February 15, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Fuse Box Cover Falls Off PROBLEM The cover for the under-dash fuse box (to the left of the steering column) falls off. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the spring clip on the cover. VEHICLES AFFECTED PARTS INFORMATION Spring Clip: P/N 90666-SD4-003, H/C 2601532 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 841125 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 90666-SD4-003 H/C 2601532 Defect Code: 004 Contention Code: A02 Template ID: 00-007A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the fuse box cover from the dashboard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off > Page 1517 2. Use a small screwdriver to remove the clip from the fuse box cover. Discard the clip. 3. Install the new spring clip on the cover. 4. Install the cover in the dashboard and check that it fits securely. If it does not, bend the arm on the spring clip up slightly. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Fuse Block: Component Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1520 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1521 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1522 Fuse Block: Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1523 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1524 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1525 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1526 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1527 Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1530 Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1531 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1532 Fuse Block: Application and ID Fuse-to-Component Index Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1533 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1538 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1539 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1540 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1541 Relay Box: Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1542 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1543 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1544 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1545 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1546 Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1549 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1550 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 1551 Relay Box: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Removal: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the airbag connectors. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 5. Remove the two mounting nuts, and pull the under-dash fuse/relay box out from under the dash. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-dash fuse/relay box, and take out the under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation: 1. Connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/ relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Connect the airbag connectors. 4. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Locations > Page 1556 Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Description and Operation US Models This indicator reminds you that it is nearing 7,500 miles (12,000 km) since the last scheduled maintenance. Refer to normal and severe driving conditions. When the distance driven since the last scheduled maintenance nears 7,500 miles (12,000 km), the indicator will turn yellow. If you exceed 7,500 miles (12,000 km), the indicator will turn red. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Locations > Page 1557 Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Service and Repair SERVICE INTERVAL REMINDER Reset the indicator by inserting your key into the slot beside the indicator. The indicator's colored tab will turn to green. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Customer Interest Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 1566 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: All Technical Service Bulletins Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 1572 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1573 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Does Not Come ON 96-98 All and 99-00 SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission NOTE: If this symptom is intermittent, check for a loose fuse No.25 (METER 7.5 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box, a poor connection at ECM/PCM terminal A18, or an intermittent open in the GRN/ORN wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly. 99-00 All Except SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 1576 Part 1 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 1577 Part 2 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) NOTE: - When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS service connector is connected and the ignition switch is on. - If this symptom is intermittent, check for: A loose No.25 (METER) (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box - A loose FIE/M (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box - A loose No.13 FUEL PUMP fuse (15 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C19) and the MAP sensor - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C28), the TP sensor, the EGR valve lift sensor (D16Y5 engine) and/or the Fuel tank pressure sensor ('96 D16Y5 engine (coupe), '97 D16Y7 engine (coupe: KL model, sedan: KL (LX) model), '97 D16Y8 engine (coupe: all models, sedan: KL model), '98-all models, '99-all models, '00-all models. - PGM-FI main relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 1578 - See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 1579 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Stays ON 96-98 All and 99-00 SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission Part 1 Of 3 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 1580 Part 2 Of 3 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 1581 Part 3 Of 3 NOTE: - When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS service connector is connected and the ignition switch is on. - If this symptom is intermittent, check for: A loose FIE/M (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box - A loose No.13 FUEL PUMP fuse (15 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C7) and the service check connector - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (D4) and the MAP sensor - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (D10), the TP sensor, the EGR valve lift sensor (D16Y5 engine) and/or the Fuel tank pressure sensor ('96 D16Y8 engine (coupe), '97 D16Y7 engine (coupe: KL model, sedan: KL (LX model), '97 D16Y8 engine (coupe: all models, sedan: KL model), '98-all models) - PGM-FI main relay See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. 99-00 All Except SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 1582 Part 1 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 1583 Part 2 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) NOTE: - When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS service connector is connected and the ignition switch is ON (II). - If this symptom is intermittent, check for: An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A10) and the service check connector - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly - See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1584 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Service and Repair ECM/PCM (MIL) RESET PROCEDURE I. How to Begin Troubleshooting. ^ When the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) has been reported on, or there is a driveability problem, use the appropriate procedure below to diagnose and repair the problem. A. When the MIL has come on: 1. Connect the Honda PGM tester or an OBD II scan tool to the 16P data link Connector (DLC) located near the left kick panel. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (Position II). 3. Check the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and note it. Also check and note the freeze frame data. NOTE: ^ See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. ^ The scan tool or tester can read the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), freeze frame data, current data and other Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Nodule (PCM) data. ^ Freeze data indicates the engine conditions when the fist malfunction. misfire or fuel trim malfunction was detected. It can be useful information when troubleshooting. B. When the MIL has not come on, but there is a driveability problem refer to Symptom Chart. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1585 C. DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) with the SCS service connector connected. Connect the SCS service connector to Service Check Connector as shown. (The 2P service Check Connector is located under the dash on the passenger's side of the vehicle.) Turn the ignition switch ON (Position II). II. Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure. NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. ^ Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. ^ Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customers so you can reset them. III. Final procedure (this procedure must be done after any troubleshooting). 1. Remove the SCS service connector is connected and there are no DTCs stored in the ECM/PCM, the MIL will stay on when the ignition switch is turned ON (Position II). NOTE: If the SCS service connector is connected and there are no DTCs stored in the ECM/PCM, the MIL will stay on when the ignition switch is turned ON (Position II). 2. Do the ECM/PCM Reset Procedure. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tires - Tubless Tire Repair Information Tires: Technical Service Bulletins Tires - Tubless Tire Repair Information 06-082 December 15, 2006 Applies To: ALL Tubeless Tire Repair Information This service bulletin provides the resource information required to repair tubeless tires on Honda automobiles and light trucks. To properly repair a tire, follow the Rubber Manufacturers Association (RMA) "Puncture Repair Procedures for Passenger and Light Truck Tires" outlined on the RMA wall poster. One wall poster has been provided to your dealership. Additional posters can be ordered through Helm, the RMA website, www.rma.org, or the tire manufacturers. Michelin(R) PAX System(TM), tires can be repaired using the same repair procedures described on the RMA poster. Whenever you repair a PAX System tire, you must inspect the support ring. Refer to the PAX System support ring section of this service bulletin for inspection procedures. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Refer to the tire manufacturer for warranty information. REQUIRED MATERIALS ^ 1/8 inch Patch-plug with lead wire ^ 1/4 inch Patch-plug with lead wire ^ 1/8 inch Plugs (stem)* ^ 1/4 inch Plugs (stem)* ^ 1/4 inch Patches* ^ 3/4 inch Patches* ^ Chemical cement ^ Liquid buffer ^ Rim-bead sealer ^ Inner liner sealer REQUIRED TOOLS ^ Tire stitcher, 1-1/2 inch wheel ^ Tire crayons ^ Tire test tank ^ Awl or probe ^ Flexible blade skiving knife ^ 1/8 inch Carbide tire tool with adapter ^ 1/4 inch Carbide tire tool with adapter ^ Low speed buffer with quick release chuck and exhaust hose ^ Carbide buffing wheel with adapter Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tires - Tubless Tire Repair Information > Page 1591 ^ Reversible drill motor (800 RPM MAX) ^ Tire spreader ^ Inspection lamp * For repairable injuries that exceed 25 degrees TIRE REPAIR GUIDELINES Never repair tires worn below 2/32 inch of tread. Never repair a tire without removing the tire from the wheel for internal inspection. Never repair a tire with a tread injury larger than 1/4 inch (6 mm). Never use only a plug (stem) or a patch only to repair a tire injury. NOTE: If the angle of the tire injury exceeds 25 degrees, you must use the two-piece repair system as recommended by the RMA. MICHELIN PAX SYSTEM SUPPORT RING INSPECTION PAX System support rings are not repairable, under any circumstances, but they can be reused if no damage is found during a thorough inspection. If a PAX System tire ran flat or underinflated, dismount the tire from the wheel and inspect the wheel, tire, and support ring for damage. Refer to the Michelin PAX Support Rings Technical Bulletin in ISIS. Enter SEARCH BY PUBLICATION, select Job Aids, then select Michelin PAX Support Rings Technical Bulletin from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service Precautions > Technician Safety Information Tires: Technician Safety Information WARNING: This vehicle has a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). Refer to the SRS component and wiring location view in order to determine whether you are performing service on or near the SRS components or the SRS wiring. when you are performing service on or near the SRS components or the SRS wiring, refer to the SRS service information. failure to follow warnings could result in possible air bag deployment, personal injury, or otherwise unneeded SRS system repairs. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service Precautions > Technician Safety Information > Page 1594 Tires: Vehicle Damage Warnings CAUTION: Always use the correct fastener in the proper location. When you replace a fastener, use ONLY the exact part number for that application. Honda will call out those fasteners that require a replacement after removal. Honda will also call out the fasteners that require thread lockers or thread sealant. Unless otherwise specified, do not use supplemental coatings (Paints, greases, or other corrosion inhibitors) on threaded fasteners or fastener joint interfaces. Generally, such coatings adversely affect the fastener torque and the joint clamping force, and may damage the fastener. When you install fasteners, use the correct tightening sequence and specifications. Following these instructions can help you avoid damage to parts and systems. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Application and ID > Tire Tires: Application and ID Tire Size ...................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................... P185/65R14 85S Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Application and ID > Tire > Page 1597 Tires: Application and ID Spare Tire Sizes .................................................................................................................................................... ..................................... T105/80D13 or T125/70D14 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 1598 Tires: Description and Operation GENERAL DESCRIPTION Replacement wheels or tires must be equivalent to the originals in load capacity, specified dimension and mounting configuration. Improper size or type may affect bearing life, brake performance, speedometer/odometer calibration, vehicle ground clearance and tire clearance to the body and chassis. All model are equipped with metric sized tubeless steel belted radial tires. Correct tire pressures and driving habits have an important influence on tire life. Heavy cornering, excessively rapid acceleration and unnecessary sharp braking increase premature and uneven wear. TREAD WEAR INDICATORS The original equipment tires have built-in tread wear indicators (1) to show when tires need replacement. These indicators may appear as wide bands. When the indicators appear in two or more grooves at three locations, tire replacement is recommended. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes Tires: Testing and Inspection Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes TYPICAL EXAMPLES OF ABNORMAL TIRE AHEAD WEAR AND MAJOR CAUSES: CAUTION: Similar wear patterns can be caused by worn suspension parts, misalignment of wheels and tires, and other suspension related problems. Spotty Wear Wear localized on shoulder sections, and in an extreme cases, the tire becomes polygonal in shape. 1. Tire or wheel out of round or distorted. 2. Hub or knuckle out of round or distorted. 3. Play in hub bearings or ball joint. 4. Rotating parts out of balance. Tread Wear One-Sided 1. Rotating parts out of balance. 2. Tire or wheel out of round. 3. Hub or knuckle out of round or distorted. Localized Tread Wear Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1601 1. Once spotty wear develops in tread due to hard braking or abrupt starting, localized wear tends to be promoted. Shoulder Wear (Generally Wear Develops In Outer Shoulder): 1. Camber or toe-in incorrect. 2. Shoulder wear caused by repeated hard-cornering. Wear In Shoulders At Points Opposed To Each Other 1. Tire or wheel out of round or distorted. 2. Play in bearings or ball joint. Premature Wear In Shoulders 1. Flexing of tire excessive due to under-inflation. One Sided Feather Edging 1. Wear caused by repeated hard cornering. 2. Camber or toe-in incorrect. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1602 Tires: Testing and Inspection Diagnosis By Symptom Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1603 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1604 Tires: Testing and Inspection Diagnosis List If the following conditions are noted, rotation is required. 1. Front tire wear is different from rear. 2. Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. 3. Left and right front tire wear is unequal. 4. Left and right rear tire wear is unequal. If the following conditions are noted, check the wheel alignment. 1. Left and right front tire wear is unequal. 2. Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. 3. Front tire treads have scuffed appearance with "feather" edges on one side of tread ribs or blocks. 4. There is cupping, flat spotting etc. Higher than recommended pressure can cause: 1. Hard ride. 2. Poor steering stability. 3. Rapid and uneven wear at center of the tread. Lower than recommended pressure can cause: 1. Tire squeal on turns. 2. Hard steering. 3. Rapid and uneven wear on the edges of the tread. 4. Tire rim bruises and rupture. 5. Tire cord breakage. 6. High tire temperatures. 7. Reduced handling. 8. Reduced fuel economy. Unequal pressure on same axle can cause: 1. Uneven braking. 2. Steering lead. 3. Reduced handling. 4. Swerve on acceleration. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1605 Tires: Testing and Inspection Irregular and Premature Wear Irregular and/or premature wear has many causes. Some of them are incorrect inflation pressures, lack of tire rotation, poor driving habits or improper wheel alignment. Incorrect inflation is common cause of tire premature wear. NOTE: Due to their design, radial tires tend to wear faster in the shoulder area, particularly on the front tires. This makes regular rotation especially necessary. After rotation, be sure to check wheel nut torque, and set tire pressures. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1606 Tires: Testing and Inspection Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes TYPICAL EXAMPLES OF ABNORMAL TIRE AHEAD WEAR AND MAJOR CAUSES: CAUTION: Similar wear patterns can be caused by worn suspension parts, misalignment of wheels and tires, and other suspension related problems. Spotty Wear Wear localized on shoulder sections, and in an extreme cases, the tire becomes polygonal in shape. 1. Tire or wheel out of round or distorted. 2. Hub or knuckle out of round or distorted. 3. Play in hub bearings or ball joint. 4. Rotating parts out of balance. Tread Wear One-Sided 1. Rotating parts out of balance. 2. Tire or wheel out of round. 3. Hub or knuckle out of round or distorted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1607 Localized Tread Wear 1. Once spotty wear develops in tread due to hard braking or abrupt starting, localized wear tends to be promoted. Shoulder Wear (Generally Wear Develops In Outer Shoulder): 1. Camber or toe-in incorrect. 2. Shoulder wear caused by repeated hard-cornering. Wear In Shoulders At Points Opposed To Each Other 1. Tire or wheel out of round or distorted. 2. Play in bearings or ball joint. Premature Wear In Shoulders 1. Flexing of tire excessive due to under-inflation. One Sided Feather Edging 1. Wear caused by repeated hard cornering. 2. Camber or toe-in incorrect. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1608 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1609 Part 2 Of 2 Diagnosis List If the following conditions are noted, rotation is required. 1. Front tire wear is different from rear. 2. Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. 3. Left and right front tire wear is unequal. 4. Left and right rear tire wear is unequal. If the following conditions are noted, check the wheel alignment. 1. Left and right front tire wear is unequal. 2. Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. 3. Front tire treads have scuffed appearance with "feather" edges on one side of tread ribs or blocks. 4. There is cupping, flat spotting etc. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1610 Higher than recommended pressure can cause: 1. Hard ride. 2. Poor steering stability. 3. Rapid and uneven wear at center of the tread. Lower than recommended pressure can cause: 1. Tire squeal on turns. 2. Hard steering. 3. Rapid and uneven wear on the edges of the tread. 4. Tire rim bruises and rupture. 5. Tire cord breakage. 6. High tire temperatures. 7. Reduced handling. 8. Reduced fuel economy. Unequal pressure on same axle can cause: 1. Uneven braking. 2. Steering lead. 3. Reduced handling. 4. Swerve on acceleration. Irregular and Premature Wear Irregular and/or premature wear has many causes. Some of them are incorrect inflation pressures, lack of tire rotation, poor driving habits or improper wheel alignment. Incorrect inflation is common cause of tire premature wear. NOTE: Due to their design, radial tires tend to wear faster in the shoulder area, particularly on the front tires. This makes regular rotation especially necessary. After rotation, be sure to check wheel nut torque, and set tire pressures. Radial Tire Lead/Pull "Lead/Pull" is vehicle deviation from a straight path, on a level road with no pressure on the steering wheel. Lead is usually caused by: 1. Poorly manufactured radial tires. 2. Uneven brake adjustment. 3. Wheel alignment. The way in which a tire is built can produce lead in a car. An example of this is placement of the belt. Off-center belts on radial tires can cause the tire to develop a side force while rolling straight down the road and the tire will tend to roll like a cone. The "Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction" chart should be used to make sure that front wheel alignment is not mistaken for tire lead. Rear tires will not cause lead/pull. Radial Tire Waddle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 1611 Waddle is side-to-side movement at the front and/or rear of the car. It can be caused by the steel belt not being straight within the tire, or by excessive lateral runout of the tire or wheel. It is most noticeable at low speed, about 8 to 48 km/h (5 to 30 mph). It may also cause rough ride at 80 to 113 km/h (50 to 70 mph). The car can be road tested to see which end of the car has the faulty tire. If the tire causing the waddle is on the rear, the rear end of the car will "waddle". From the driver's seat, it feels as if someone is pushing on the side of the car. If the faulty tire is on the front, the waddle is more easily seen. The front sheet metal appears to be moving back and forth. It feels as if the driver's seat is the pivot point in the car. Another more time-consuming method of determining the faulty tire is substituting tire and wheel assemblies that are known to be good. Follow these steps: 1. Drive the car to determine if the waddle is coming from the front or rear. 2. Install tire and wheel assemblies known to be good (from a similar car) in place of those on the end of the car which is waddling. If the waddle cannot be isolated to front or rear, start with the rear tires. 3. Road test again. If improvement is noted, install the original tire and wheel assemblies one at a time until the faulty tire is found. If no improvement is noted, install tires known to be good in place of all four. Then, install the originals one at a time until the faulty tire is found. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel Tires: Service and Repair Separating the Tire From the Wheel Use a tire changing machine to demount tires. Do not use hand tools or tire irons alone to remove the tire from the wheel. Damage to the tire beads or wheel rim could result. Follow the tire changing machine manufacturer's instructions to properly separate the tire from the wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 1614 Tires: Service and Repair Mounting the Tire on the Wheel CAUTION: Recommended vehicle tire mounting and inflation procedures are especially important with radial tires. Failure to follow these procedures can cause bead deformation in both tube type and tubeless tires due to incorrect bead seating. Bead deformation may lead to chafing, lower sidewall and bead area cracking, eccentric wear, ride vibration and nonretreadable casings. Only use rims approved for radial tire usage by the rim manufacture. 1. Clean the rim. Remove all rust and other foreign material. 2. Lubricate tire beads and rim bead seats with an approved rubber lubricant. CAUTION: Do not use silicon base lubricants. This could cause the tire to slip on the wheel. 3. Attach the tire to the wheel. a. Use a tire changing machine. b. Align air valve and tire balancing match marks (about 8 mm diameter paint mark). Hold in this position and inflate the until the tire beads are firmly seated on the rim against the flanges (steel wheel model only). 4. Inflate the tire to operating pressure. 5. Check the bead seating. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 1615 Tires: Service and Repair Balancing Deposits of mud, etc. must be cleaned from the inside of the rim. The tire should be inspected for the following: match mount paint marks, bent rims, bulges, irregular tire wear, proper wheel size and inflation pressure. Then balance according to the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. There are two types of wheel and tire balance: a. Static balance is the equal distribution of weight around the wheel. Assemblies that are statically unbalanced cause a bouncing action called tramp. This condition will eventually cause uneven tire wear. b. Dynamic balance is the equal distribution of weight on each side of the wheel center-line so that when the tire spins there is no tendency for the assembly to move from side to side. Assemblies that are dynamically unbalanced may cause shimmy. WARNING: Stones should be removed from the tread to avoid operator injury during spin balancing and to obtain a good balance. NOTE: Using wheel balancing equipment. Follow the tire balancing machine manufacturer's instructions to properly balance wheel and tire. Balance weight for the wheel should not exceed 170 g in total, and 140 g is the maximum amount for either side. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 1616 Tires: Service and Repair Tire Rotation Tire rotation is recommended to equalize wear for longer life. If the following conditions are noted, rotate the tires: - Front tire wear is different from rear. - Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. - Left and right front tire wear is unequal. - Left and right rear tire wear is unequal. Check wheel alignment if the following conditions are noted: - Left and right front tire wear is unequal. - Wear is uneven across the tread of any front tire. - Front tire treads have a scuffed appearance with "feather" edges on one side of the tread ribs or blocks. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 1617 Tires: Service and Repair Separating the Tire From the Wheel Use a tire changing machine to demount tires. Do not use hand tools or tire irons alone to remove the tire from the wheel. Damage to the tire beads or wheel rim could result. Follow the tire changing machine manufacturer's instructions to properly separate the tire from the wheel. Mounting the Tire on the Wheel CAUTION: Recommended vehicle tire mounting and inflation procedures are especially important with radial tires. Failure to follow these procedures can cause bead deformation in both tube type and tubeless tires due to incorrect bead seating. Bead deformation may lead to chafing, lower sidewall and bead area cracking, eccentric wear, ride vibration and nonretreadable casings. Only use rims approved for radial tire usage by the rim manufacture. 1. Clean the rim. Remove all rust and other foreign material. 2. Lubricate tire beads and rim bead seats with an approved rubber lubricant. CAUTION: Do not use silicon base lubricants. This could cause the tire to slip on the wheel. 3. Attach the tire to the wheel. a. Use a tire changing machine. b. Align air valve and tire balancing match marks (about 8 mm diameter paint mark). Hold in this position and inflate the until the tire beads are firmly seated on the rim against the flanges (steel wheel model only). 4. Inflate the tire to operating pressure. 5. Check the bead seating. Balancing Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 1618 Deposits of mud, etc. must be cleaned from the inside of the rim. The tire should be inspected for the following: match mount paint marks, bent rims, bulges, irregular tire wear, proper wheel size and inflation pressure. Then balance according to the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. There are two types of wheel and tire balance: a. Static balance is the equal distribution of weight around the wheel. Assemblies that are statically unbalanced cause a bouncing action called tramp. This condition will eventually cause uneven tire wear. b. Dynamic balance is the equal distribution of weight on each side of the wheel center-line so that when the tire spins there is no tendency for the assembly to move from side to side. Assemblies that are dynamically unbalanced may cause shimmy. WARNING: Stones should be removed from the tread to avoid operator injury during spin balancing and to obtain a good balance. NOTE: Using wheel balancing equipment. Follow the tire balancing machine manufacturer's instructions to properly balance wheel and tire. Balance weight for the wheel should not exceed 170 g in total, and 140 g is the maximum amount for either side. Tire Rotation Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 1619 Tire rotation is recommended to equalize wear for longer life. If the following conditions are noted, rotate the tires: - Front tire wear is different from rear. - Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. - Left and right front tire wear is unequal. - Left and right rear tire wear is unequal. Check wheel alignment if the following conditions are noted: - Left and right front tire wear is unequal. - Wear is uneven across the tread of any front tire. - Front tire treads have a scuffed appearance with "feather" edges on one side of the tread ribs or blocks. Inflation of Tires Tire pressure, in cold condition (after vehicle has set for three hours or more, and driven less than one mile) should be checked monthly or before any extended trip. Tire pressure increases approximately 15% when the tires become hot during driving. Tire pressure specification is shown on the label located on the left door lock pillar. NOTE: Check the tire pressure whenever irregular wear is found. Tire inflation greatly affects tire wear. If the alignment check does not reveal any alignment problems, check the condition of the shock absorbers and wheel/tire balance. Tire Replacement TIRE REPLACEMENT When replacement is necessary, the original metric the size should be used. Most metric tire sizes do not have exact corresponding alphanumeric tire sizes. It is recommended that new tires be installed in pairs on the same axle. If necessary to replace only one tire, it should be paired with tire having the most tread, to equalize braking traction. CAUTION: Do not mix different types of tires such as radial, bias and bias-belted tires except in emergencies, because vehicle handling may be seriously affected and may result in loss of control. Tire Dismounting Remove valve cap on valve step and deflate the tire. Then use a tire changing machine to mount or dismount tires. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instruction. Do not use hand tools or tire lever alone to change tires as they may damage the tire beads or wheel rim. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 1620 Tire Mounting Rim bead seats should be cleaned with a wire brush or coarse steel wool to remove lubricants, and light rust. Before mounting a tire, the bead area should be well lubricated with an approved tire lubricant. After mounting, inflate the tire to 196 kPa (28 psi) so that beads are completely seated. Inflate the air to specified pressure and install valve cap to the stem. WARNING: Never stand over tire when inflating. bead may break when bead snaps over rim's safety hump and cause serious personal injury. never exceed 240 kPa (35 psi) pressure when inflating. if 240 kPa (35 psi) pressure will not seat beads, deflate, re-lubricate and re-inflate. over inflation may cause the bead to break and cause serious personal injury. Tire Repair There are many different materials on the market used to repair tires. Manufacturers have published detailed instructions on how and when to repair tires. These instructions can be obtained from the tire manufacturer if they are not included with the repair kit. Wheel Inspection Damaged wheels and wheels with excessive run-out must be replaced. Wheel run out at rim (Base on hub Bore): General Balance Procedure Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 1621 Deposits of mud, etc. must be cleaned from the inside of the rim. The tire should be inspected for the following: match mount paint marks, bent rims, bulges, irregular tire wear, proper wheel size and inflation pressure. Then balance according to the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. There are two types of wheel and tire balance. Static balance is the equal distribution of weight around the wheel. Assemblies that are statically unbalanced cause a bouncing action called tramp. This condition will eventually cause uneven tire wear. Dynamic balance is the equal distribution of weight on each side of the wheel center-line so that when the tire spins there is no tendency for the assembly to move from side to side. Assemblies that are dynamically unbalanced may cause shimmy. WARNING: Stones should be removed from the tread to avoid operator injury during spin balancing and to obtain a good balance. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Specifications Wheels: Specifications Wheel Runout Wheel Runout Axial Runout Steel Wheel 0.0 to 1.0 mm Aluminum Wheel 0.0 to 0.7 mm Service Limit 2.0 mm Maximum Radial Runout Steel Wheel 0.0 to 1.0 mm Aluminum Wheel 0.0 to 0.7 mm Service Limit 1.5 mm Maximum Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1625 Wheels: Testing and Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle off the ground, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Check for bent or deformed wheels. 3. Attach the dial gauge as shown. 4. Measure the wheel runout by turning the wheel. Front And Rear Wheel Axial Runout: Standard: Steel Wheel: 0 -1.0 mm 10 - 0.04 inch) - Aluminum Wheel: 0 - 0.7 mm (0 - 0.03 inch) Service Limit: 2.0 mm (0.08 inch) Front And Rear Wheel Radial Runout: Standard: Steel Wheel: 0 -1.0 mm (0 - 0.04 inch) - Aluminum Wheel: 0 - 0.7 mm (0 - 0.03 inch) Service Limit: 1.5 mm (0.06 inch) 5. If the wheel runout is more than the service limit, replace the wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications Wheel Bearing: Specifications End Play End Play End Play Front 0.0 to 0.5 mm Rear 0.0 to 0.5 mm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1629 Wheel Bearing: Service Precautions Use only a grease that is recommended for wheel bearing applications. Use of the improper grease can cause bearing damage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1630 Wheel Bearing: Testing and Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle off the ground, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheels, then reinstall the wheel nuts. 3. Attach the dial gauge as shown. 4. Measure the bearing end play by moving the disc in or outward. Front/Rear: Standard: 0 - 0.05 mm (0 - 0.002 inch) 5. If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard, replace the wheel bearing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Suspension TOOL REQUIRED - 07MAC-SL00200 Ball Joint remover, 28 mm - 07JAF-SH20110 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Pilot, 38 mm - 07JAF-SH20120 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Shaft, 22.4 x 25.4 mm - 07749-0010000 Driver - 07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm - 07GAF-SE00401 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Base - 07947-6340201 Driver Attachment 58 x 72 mm - 07965-SD90100 Support Base - 07GAF-SE00200 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Guide Attachment CAUTION: - Replace the self-locking nuts after removal. - The vehicle should be on the ground before any bolts or nuts connected to rubber mounts or bushings are tightened. - Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. NOTE: - Use only genuine Honda wheel weights for aluminum wheels. Non-genuine wheel weights may corrode and damage the aluminum wheels. - On the aluminum wheels, remove the center cap from the inside of the wheel after removing the wheel. - Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and brake disc. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and wheel. - Wipe off the grease before tightening the nut at the ball joint. 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1633 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the wheel nuts and wheel. 4. Raise the locking tab on the spindle nut, then remove the nut. 5. Remove the brake hose mounting bolts. 6. Remove the caliper mounting bolts and hang the caliper assembly to one side. CAUTION: To prevent accidental damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper from the undercarriage. 7. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws. 8. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts into the disc to push it away from the wheel hub. NOTE: Turn each bolt two turns at a time to prevent cocking the disc excessively. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1634 9. Remove the brake disc from the knuckle. 10. Check the front wheel hub for damage and cracks. 11. Remove the wheel sensor from the knuckle (for cars with ABS). NOTE: Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. Use the special tool to separate the ball joints from the suspension or steering arm. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot. 12. Clean any dirt or grease off the ball joint. 13. Remove the cotter pin from the steering arm and remove the nut. 14. Apply grease to the special tool on the areas shown. This will ease installation of the tool and prevent damage to the pressure bolt threads. 15. Install a 10 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end to prevent damage to the threaded end of the ball joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1635 16. Install the special tool as shown. Insert the jaws carefully, making sure you do not damage the ball joint boot. Adjust the jaw spacing by turning the pressure bolt. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 17. Once the special tool is in place, turn the adjusting bolt as necessary to make the jaws parallel. Then hand-tighten the pressure bolt, and recheck the jaws to make sure they are still Parallel. NOTE: After making the adjustment to the adjusting bolt, be sure the head of the adjusting bolt is in this position to the allow the jaw to pivot. 18. With a wrench, tighten the pressure bolt until the ball joint shaft pops loose from the steering arm. Wear eye protection. The ball joint can break loose suddenly and scatter dirt or other debris in your eyes. 19. Remove the tool, then remove the nut from the end of the ball joint and pull the ball joint out of the steering/suspension arm. Inspect the ball joint boot and replace it if damaged. 20. Remove the cotter pin from the lower arm ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 21. Install a 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 22. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and lower arm. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1636 23. Remove the cotter pin from the upper ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 24. Install the 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 25. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and knuckle. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 26. Pull the knuckle outward and remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the knuckle by tapping the driveshaft end with a plastic hammer, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one after removal. 27. Separate the wheel hub from the knuckle using the special tools and a hydraulic press. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. - Hold onto the wheel hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear. - To prevent damage to the tool, make sure the threads are fully engaged before pressing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1637 28. Remove the circlip and the splash guard from the knuckle. 29. Press the wheel bearing out of the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. 30. Press the wheel bearing inner race from the wheel hub using the special tools, a bearing separator, and a press as shown. NOTE: Wash the knuckle and wheel hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1638 31. Press a new wheel bearing into the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. NOTE: Place the wheel bearing on the knuckle with the pack seal (metal color) toward the inside. Be careful not to damage the sleeve of the pack seal. 32. Install the circlip securely in the knuckle groove. 33. Install the splash guard and tighten the screws. 34. Install the wheel hub on the knuckle using the special tools shown and a hydraulic press as shown. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1639 35. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and pay particular attention to the following items: a. Be careful not to damage the ball joint boots when installing the knuckle. b. Torque all mounting hardware to the specified torque values. c. Torque the castle nuts to the lower torque specifications, then tighten them only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening. d. Install new cotter pins on the castle nuts after torquing. e. Avoid twisting the sensor wires when installing the wheel sensor. f. Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and the inside of the brake disc. g. Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. h. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1640 Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Suspension The rear bearing is to be serviced with the wheel wheel hub as one unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information > Specifications Axle Nut: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Front Spindle Nut .......................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 181 Nm (134 ft. lbs.) Rear Spindle Nut .......................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 181 Nm (134 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications Wheel Fastener: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Nut ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................... 108 Nm (80 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1655 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1656 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1657 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1658 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1659 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1660 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1661 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1662 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1663 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1664 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1665 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1666 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1667 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1668 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1669 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1670 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Testing and Inspection INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the 1P connector from the VTEC solenoid valve. 2. Measure resistance between the terminal and body ground. Resistance: 14 - 30 ohms 3. If the resistance is within specifications, remove the VTEC solenoid valve assembly from the cylinder head, and check the VTEC solenoid valve filter for clogging. - If there is clogging, replace the engine oil filter and the engine oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1674 4. If the filter is not clogged, push the VTEC solenoid valve with your finger and check its movement. - If the VTEC solenoid valve is normal, check the engine oil pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Compression Check: Specifications Compression [1] Nominal ............................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 1,270 kPa (184 psi) Minimum .............................................................. .................................................................................................................................. 930 kPa (135 psi) Maximum Variation ....................................................................................................................... .......................................................... 200 kPa (28 psi) [1] At 250 rpm and wide open throttle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Specifications Mounting Bolt ....................................................................................................................................... ................................................... 37 Nm (27 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Camshaft: Testing and Inspection NOTE: Do not rotate the camshaft during inspection. - Remove the rocker arms and rocker shafts. 1. Put the camshaft and the camshaft holders on the cylinder head, then tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Specified torque: 8 mm bolts: 20 Nm (2.0 kgs.cm 14 ft.lbs.) Apply engine oil to the threads. 6 mm bolts: 12 Nm (1.2 kgs.cm 8.7 ft.lbs.) Apply engine oil to the threads. 2. Seat the camshaft by pushing it toward the rear of the cylinder head. 3. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the camshaft. Push the camshaft back and forth, and read the end play. Camshaft End Play: Standard (New): 0.05 - 0.15 mm (0.002 - 0.006 inch) Service Limit: 0.5 mm (0.02 inch) 4. Remove the bolts, then remove the camshaft holders from the cylinder head. - Lift the camshaft out of the cylinder head, wipe it clean, then inspect the lip ramps. Replace the camshaft if any lobes are pitted, scored, or excessively worn. - Clean the camshaft bearing surfaces in the cylinder head, then set the camshaft back in place. - Place a plastigage strip across each journal. 5. Install the camshaft holders, and tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1685 6. Remove the camshaft holders, then measure the widest portion of the plastigage on each journal. Camshaft-to-Holder Oil Clearance: Standard (New): 0.050 - 0.089 mm (0.002 - 0.004 inch) Service Limit: 0.15 mm (0.006 inch) 7. If the camshaft-to-holder oil clearance is out of tolerance: - And the camshaft has already been replaced, you must replace the cylinder head. - If the camshaft has not been replaced, first check the total runout with the camshaft supported on V-blocks. Camshaft Total Runout: Standard (New): 0.03 mm (0.001 inch) max. Service Limit: 0.04 mm (0.002 inch) - If the total runout of the camshaft is within tolerance, replace the cylinder head. - If the total runout is out of tolerance, replace the camshaft and recheck the camshaft-to-holder oil clearance. If the oil clearance is still out of tolerance, replace the cylinder head. 8. Check the cam lobe height wear. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1686 Cam lobe height standard (New) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1687 Camshaft: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT REMOVAL NOTE: For removal refer to Cylinder Head Assembly / Service and Repair. INSTALLATION CAUTION: - Make sure that all rockers are in alignment with their valves when torquing the rocker assembly bolts. - Valve locknuts should be loosened and adjusting screws backed off before installation. - To prevent the rocker arm assembly from coming apart, leave the camshaft holder bolts in the holders. 1. After wiping down the camshaft, camshaft seal and journals in the cylinder head, lubricate both surfaces and install the camshaft. 2. Clean and install the oil control orifice with a new O-ring. 3. Turn the camshaft until its keyway is facing up (No. 1 piston Top Dead Center [TDC]). 4. Apply liquid gasket (Part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003, or equivalent) to the head mating surfaces of the No. 1 and No. 5 camshaft holders. - Apply liquid gasket to the shaded areas. 5. Set the rocker arm assembly in place and loosely install the bolts. - Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1688 6. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. - Specified torque: 8 mm bolts: 20 Nm (14 ft. lbs.) apply engine oil to the threads. - 6 mm bolts: 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) apply engine oil to the threads. NOTE: 6 mm bolts are identified by the numbers (11), (12), (13), (14). 7. Install the back cover, then install the camshaft pulley Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips Rocker Arm Assembly: Service and Repair Service Tips NOTE: Identify parts as they are removed to ensure reinstallation in original locations. - Inspect rocker shafts and rocker arms. - Rocker arms must be installed in the same position if reused. - When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep the holders, springs and rocker arms on the shaft. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1693 Rocker Arm Assembly: Service and Repair Removal REMOVAL 1. Loosen the adjusting screws. 2. Unscrew the camshaft holder bolts, then remove the rocker arm assembly. NOTE: Unscrew the camshaft holder bolts two turns at a time, in a crisscross pattern, to prevent damaging the valves or rocker arm assembly. - When removing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep the camshaft holders, the springs and the rocker arms on the shaft. Camshaft Holder Bolts Loosening Sequence: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1694 Rocker Arm Assembly: Service and Repair Inspection Clearance Inspection Measure both the intake rocker shaft and exhaust rocker shaft. 1. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. 2. Zero the gauge to the shaft diameter. 3. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm and check for an out-of-round condition. Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance: Standard (New): Intake: 0.017 - 0.050 mm (0.0007 - 0.0020 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1695 Exhaust: 0.018 - 0.054 mm (0.0007 - 0.0021 inch) Service Limit: 0.08 mm (0.003 inch) 4. Repeat these measurements on all the rockers. - If the clearance is over the service limit, replace the rocker shaft and all over-tolerance rocker arms. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1696 Rocker Arm Assembly: Service and Repair Assembly CAMSHAFT, ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFT SEAL/PULLEY INSTALLATION CAUTION: Make sure that all rockers are in alignment with their valves when torquing the rocker assembly bolts. - Valve locknuts should be loosened and adjusting screws backed off before installation. - To prevent the rocker arm assembly from coming apart, leave the camshaft holder bolts in the holders. 1. After wiping down the camshaft, camshaft seal and journals in the cylinder head, lubricate both surfaces and install the camshaft. 2. Clean and install the oil control orifice with a new O-ring. 3. Turn the camshaft until its keyway is facing up (No. 1 piston TDC). 4. Apply liquid gasket (Part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003) to the head mating surfaces of the No. 1 and No. 5 camshaft holders. - Apply liquid gasket to the shaded areas. 5. Set the rocker arm assembly in place and loosely install the bolts. - Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. 6. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1697 Specified torque: 8 mm bolts: 20 Nm (2.0 kgs.cm, 14 ft.lbs.) Apply engine oil to the threads. 6 mm bolts: 12 Nm (1.2 kgs.cm, 8.7 ft.lbs.) Apply engine oil to the threads. 6 mm bolts: (11), (12), (13), (14) 7. Install the back cover, then install the camshaft pulley. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1702 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1703 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1704 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1705 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1706 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1707 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1708 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1709 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1710 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1711 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1712 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1713 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1714 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1715 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1716 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1717 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications Connecting Rod Bearing: Specifications Oil Clearance: Standard (New) ............................................................................................................................................... 0.020-0.038 mm (0.0008-0.0015 inch) Service Limit ........................................................................... .................................................................................................. 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1722 Connecting Rod Bearing: Application and ID CAUTION: If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with sol" vent or detergent. NOTE: Numbers have been stamped on the side of each connecting rod as a code for the size of the big end. Use them, and the letters stamped on the crankshaft (codes for rod journal size), to choose the correct bearings. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1723 Connecting Rod Bearing: Testing and Inspection CLEARANCE 1. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half. 2. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 3. Place plastigage across the rod journal. 4. Reinstall the bearing half and cap, and torque the nuts. Torque B16A2 engine: 40 Nm (4.1 kgs.cm, 30 ft.lbs.) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: 31 Nm (3.2 kgs.cm, 23 ft.lbs.) NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 5. Remove the rod cap and bearing half and measure the widest part of the plastigage. Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): 0.032 - 0.050 mm (0.0013 - 0.0020 inch) Service Limit: 0.06 mm (0.002 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): 0.020 - 0.038 mm (0.0008 - 0.0015 inch) Service Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) 6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the same color code (select the color as shown in the right column), and recheck the clearance. CAUTION: Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 7. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below that one), and check clearance again. NOTE: If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over. SELECTION CAUTION: If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. Connecting Rod Code Location Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1724 Numbers have been stamped on the side of each connecting rod as a code for the size of the big end. Use them, and the letters stamped on the crankshaft (codes for rod journal size), to choose the correct bearings. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Connecting Rod Damage Information Connecting Rod: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Connecting Rod Damage Information Why Do Connecting Rods Break? Curious why connecting rods break? Afier all, these are heavy-duty parts specifically designed to endure punishing forces and temperatures. Yet, every once in a while they do bend or break and wind up as cool conversation pieces for a coffee table or desk. Connecting rods break only after they've gotten bent. And they won't get bent unless the engine hydro-locks or the rod bearings fail. When troubleshooting a bent or broken connecting rod, here are some things to consider: ^ The number one culprit for connecting rod breakage is hydro-lock. This happens when liquid (water or fuel) entering the combustion chamber exceeds the chamber's volume. Since liquids don't compress, that extra volume in the chamber causes the rod to bend. You won't really notice anything wrong, until that bent rod finally gives out and breaks. This could happen if you're driving through deep, standing water and someone coming the other way splashes water over your hood. On very rare occasions, a bad ECM/PCM or fuel injector can cause too much fuel to enter a cylinder, causing hydro-lock and resulting in a bent rod. Before this happens, though, there are usually some kind of drive ability problems that crop up and remain afier the engine is fixed. A bent rod might not show any symptoms until it actually breaks. But bent rods leave a wider-than-normal carbon witness line in the cylinder because they're shorter. Typically, a healthy engine has a carbon line that's 6 mm deep. An engine that's suffering from bent rods has a second carbon line that's 9 to 12 mm deep. ^ Connecting rod bearings fail for a number of reasons. To properly determine what actually caused a rod bearing to fail, you've got to take apart all rod bearings and main bearings and compare them side by side. If all or most of the bearings and journals show similar damage (scoring, exposed copper, or heat discoloration) the likely cause is oil starvation, poor maintenance, customer abuse, or running the engine with an aftermarket power booster (nitrous oxide setup, supercharger, turbocharger). If only the bearing or journal for the failed rod looks bad but all the other ones look good (no scoring, no exposed copper or heat discoloration) and the crankshaft journals are smooth with no heat discoloration, then that particular bearing/ clearance would be suspect. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1729 Connecting Rod: Specifications Standard (New) Service Limit Small End Bore Diameter 18.96 - 18.98 mm --Large End Bore Diameter (Nominal) 48.0 mm --End Play Installed on Crankshaft 015 - 0.30 mm 0.40 mm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > End Play Connecting Rod: Testing and Inspection End Play CONNECTING ROD Connecting Rod End Play: Standard (New): 0.15 - 0.30 mm (0.006 - 0.012 inch) Service Limit: 0.40 mm (0.016 inch) - If out-of-tolerance, install a new connecting rod. - If still out-of-tolerance, replace the crankshaft. CRANKSHAFT Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial against the end of the crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward the indicator; dial reading should not exceed service limit. Crankshaft End Play: Standard (New): 0.10 - 0.35 mm (0.004 - 0.014 inch) Service Limit: 0.45 mm (0.018 inch) - If end play is excessive, inspect the thrust washers and thrust surface on the crankshaft. Replace parts as necessary. NOTE: Thrust washer thickness is fixed and must not be changed either by grinding or shimming. Thrust washers are installed with grooved sides facing outward. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > End Play > Page 1732 Connecting Rod: Testing and Inspection Selection SELECTION Each rod falls into one of four tolerance ranges (from 0 to + 0.024 mm (0 to + 0.0009 inch), in 0.006 mm (0.0002 inch) increments) depending on the size of its big end bore. It's then stamped with a number (1, 2, 3, or 4) indicating the range. You may find any combination of 1, 2, 3, or 4 in any engine. Normal Bore Size: 48.0 mm (1.89 inch) NOTE: Reference numbers are for big end bore size and do NOT indicate the position of the rod in the engine. - Inspect connecting rod for cracks and heat damage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1733 Connecting Rod: Service and Repair Referal For information regarding this component, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Cylinder Block Assembly / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications Crankshaft Main Bearing: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Tighten the main bearing cap bolts in sequence (see image) in two steps: First Step ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................ 25 Nm (18 ft. lbs.) Second Step ............................................................. ....................................................................................................................... 51 Nm (38 ft. lbs.) DIMENSIONS Oil Clearance: Standard (New): No. 1, 5 Journals ......................................................................................................................................... 0.018-0.036 mm (0.007-0.0014 inch) No. 2, 3, 4 Journals ................................................................................................................................... 0.024-0.042 mm (0.0009-0.0017 inch) Service Limit ........................................................................................................................................ ..................................... 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1737 Crankshaft Main Bearing: Application and ID CAUTION: If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. NOTE: - Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a code for the size of each of the 5 main journal bores. - Use them, and the numbers stamped on the crankshaft (codes for main journal size), to choose the correct bearings. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1738 Crankshaft Main Bearing: Testing and Inspection CLEARANCE 1. To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the main caps and bearing halves. 2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 3. Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal. NOTE: If the engine is still in the car when you bolt the main cap down to check clearance, the weight of the crankshaft and flywheel will flatten the plastigage further than just the torque on the cap bolt, and give you an incorrect reading. For an accurate reading, support the crank with a jack under the counterweights and check only one bearing at a time. 4. Reinstall the bearings and caps, then torque the bolts. 1st step: 25 Nm (2.5 kgs.cm, 18 ft.lbs.) Final step: B16A2 engine: 76 Nm (7.8 kgs.cm, 56 ft.lbs.) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: 51 Nm (5.2 kgs.cm, 38 ft.lbs.) NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 5. Remove the cap and bearing again, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): No.1, 2, 4, 5 Journals: 0.024 - 0.042 mm (0.0009 - 0.0017 inch) No.3 Journals: 0.030 - 0.048 mm (0.0012 - 0.0019 inch) Service Limit: 0.06 mm (0.002 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): No.1, 5 Journals: 0.018 - 0.036 mm (0.0007 - 0.0014 inch) No. 2,3,4 Journals: 0.024 - 0.042 mm (0.0009 - 0.0017 inch) Service Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) 6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, (remove the engine if it's still in the car), remove the crankshaft, and remove the upper half of the bearing. Install a new, complete bearing with the same color code, and recheck the clearance. CAUTION: Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 7. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below that one), and check again. NOTE: If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over. SELECTION CAUTION: If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. Crankshaft Bore Code Location B16A2 Engine: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1739 Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a code for the size of each of the 5 main journal bores. Use them, and the numbers or bars stamped on the crank (codes for main journal size), to choose the correct bearings. D16Y5,D16Y7,D16Y8 Engines: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1740 Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a code for the size of each of the 5 main journal bores. Use them, and the numbers stamped on the crankshaft (codes for main journal size), to choose the correct bearings. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1741 Crankshaft Main Bearing: Service and Repair Referal For information regarding this component, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Cylinder Block Assembly / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Crankshaft: Specifications Out-Of-Round: Standard (New) ........................................................................................................................................................... 0.0025 mm (0.0001 inch) Max. Service Limit ...................................................................................... ................................................................................... 0.005 mm (0.0002 inch) Runout: Standard (New) ................................................................................................................................... .............................. 0.03 mm (0.001 inch) Max. Service Limit ............................................................. ................................................................................................................ 0.04 mm (0.002 inch) Taper: Standard (New) ........................................................................................................................................................... 0.0025 mm (0.0001 inch) Max. Service Limit ........................................................................................................................................ ............................................. 0.005 mm (0.002 inch) End Play: Standard (New) ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.10-0.35 mm (0.004-0.014 inch) Service Limit ................................................................................... .......................................................................................... 0.45 mm (0.018 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > End Play Crankshaft: Testing and Inspection End Play CONNECTING ROD Connecting Rod End Play: Standard (New): 0.15 - 0.30 mm (0.006 - 0.012 inch) Service Limit: 0.40 mm (0.016 inch) - If out-of-tolerance, install a new connecting rod. - If still out-of-tolerance, replace the crankshaft. CRANKSHAFT Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial against the end of the crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward the indicator; dial reading should not exceed service limit. Crankshaft End Play: Standard (New): 0.10 - 0.35 mm (0.004 - 0.014 inch) Service Limit: 0.45 mm (0.018 inch) - If end play is excessive, inspect the thrust washers and thrust surface on the crankshaft. Replace parts as necessary. NOTE: Thrust washer thickness is fixed and must not be changed either by grinding or shimming. Thrust washers are installed with grooved sides facing outward. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > End Play > Page 1747 Crankshaft: Testing and Inspection Main Bearing Inspection CLEARANCE 1. To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the main caps and bearing halves. 2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 3. Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal. NOTE: If the engine is still in the car when you bolt the main cap down to check clearance, the weight of the crankshaft and flywheel will flatten the plastigage further than just the torque on the cap bolt, and give you an incorrect reading. For an accurate reading, support the crank with a jack under the counterweights and check only one bearing at a time. 4. Reinstall the bearings and caps, then torque the bolts. 1st step: 25 Nm (2.5 kgs.cm, 18 ft.lbs.) Final step: B16A2 engine: 76 Nm (7.8 kgs.cm, 56 ft.lbs.) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: 51 Nm (5.2 kgs.cm, 38 ft.lbs.) NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 5. Remove the cap and bearing again, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): No.1, 2, 4, 5 Journals: 0.024 - 0.042 mm (0.0009 - 0.0017 inch) No.3 Journals: 0.030 - 0.048 mm (0.0012 - 0.0019 inch) Service Limit: 0.06 mm (0.002 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): No.1, 5 Journals: 0.018 - 0.036 mm (0.0007 - 0.0014 inch) No. 2,3,4 Journals: 0.024 - 0.042 mm (0.0009 - 0.0017 inch) Service Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) 6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, (remove the engine if it's still in the car), remove the crankshaft, and remove the upper half of the bearing. Install a new, complete bearing with the same color code, and recheck the clearance. CAUTION: Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 7. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below that one), and check again. NOTE: If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over. SELECTION CAUTION: If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. Crankshaft Bore Code Location Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > End Play > Page 1748 B16A2 Engine: Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a code for the size of each of the 5 main journal bores. Use them, and the numbers or bars stamped on the crank (codes for main journal size), to choose the correct bearings. D16Y5,D16Y7,D16Y8 Engines: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > End Play > Page 1749 Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a code for the size of each of the 5 main journal bores. Use them, and the numbers stamped on the crankshaft (codes for main journal size), to choose the correct bearings. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly Crankshaft: Service and Repair Disassembly REMOVAL 1. Remove the oil pan assembly. 2. Remove the right side cover. 3. Remove the oil screen. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1752 4. Remove the oil pump. 5. Remove the baffle plate (B16A2 engine). 6. Remove the bolts and the bearing caps. CAUTION: To prevent warpage unscrew the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time, repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened. 7. Remove the rod caps/bearings and main caps/bearings. Keep all caps/bearing in order. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1753 8. Lift the crankshaft out of the engine, being careful not to damage journals. 9. Remove the upper bearing halves from the connecting rods and set them aside with their respective caps. 10. Reinstall the main caps and bearings on the engine in proper order. 11. If you can feel ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of each cylinder, remove it with a ridge reamer. Follow the reamer manufacturer's instructions. CAUTION: If the ridge is not removed, it may damage the pistons as they are pushed out. 12. Use the wooden handle of a hammer to drive the pistons out. 13. Reinstall the connecting rod bearings and caps after removing each piston/connecting rod assembly. 14. Mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number to avoid mix-up on reassembly. NOTE: The existing number on the connecting rod does not indicate its position in the engine, it indicates the rod bore size. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1754 Crankshaft: Service and Repair Inspection INSPECTION - Clean the crankshaft oil passages with pipe cleaners or a suitable brush. - Check the keyway and threads. ALIGNMENT - Measure runout on all main journals to make sure the crank is not bent. - The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Crankshaft Total Indicated Runout: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): 0.020 mm (0.0008 inch) max. Service Limit: 0.030 mm (0.0012 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): 0.03 mm (0.001 inch) max. Service Limit: 0.04 mm (0.002 inch) OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER - Measure out-of-round at the middle of each rod and main journal in two places. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1755 - The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Journal Out-of-Round: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): 0.0004 mm (0.0002 inch) max. Service Limit: 0.006 mm (0.0002 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): 0.0025 mm (0.0001 inch) max. Service Limit: 0.005 mm (0.0002 inch) - Measure taper at the edges of each rod and main journal. - The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Journal Taper: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): 0.005 mm (0.0002 inch) max. Service Limit: 0.010 mm (0.004 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): 0.0025 mm (0.0001 inch) max. Service Limit: 0.005 mm (0.0002 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1756 Crankshaft: Service and Repair Assembly Before installing the crankshaft, apply a coat of engine oil to the main bearings and rod bearings. 1. Insert the bearing halves into the cylinder block and connecting rods. 2. Hold the crankshaft so the rod journals for cylinders No. 2 and No. 3 are straight down. 3. Lower the crankshaft into the block, seating the rod journals into connecting rods No. 2 and No. 3, and install the rod caps and nuts finger-tight. 4. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise, seat journals into connecting rods No. 1 and No. 4, and install the rod caps and nuts finger-tight. NOTE: Install caps so the bearing recess is on the same side as the recess in the rod. 5. Check rod bearing clearance with plastigage, then torque the cap nuts. Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. Torque: B16A2 engine: 40 Nm (4.1 kgs.cm, 30 ft.lbs.) D16Y5,D16Y7,D16Y8 engines: 31 Nm (3.2 kgs.cm, 23 ft.lbs.) NOTE: Reference numbers on connecting rod are for big-end bore tolerance and do not indicate the position of piston in the engine. 6. Install the thrust washers on the No. 4 journal. Oil the thrust washer surfaces. 7. Install the main bearing caps. Check clearance with plastigage, then tighten the bearing cap bolts in 2 steps. First step: 25 Nm (2.5 kgs.cm, 18 ft.lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1757 Second step: B16A2 engine: 76 Nm (7.8 kgs.cm, 56 ft.lbs.) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: 51 Nm (5.2 kgs.cm, 38 ft.lbs.) NOTE: Coat the thrust washer surfaces and bolt threads with oil. CAUTION: Whenever any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is replaced, it is necessary after reassembly to run the engine at idling speed until it reaches normal operating temperature, then continue to run it for approximately 15 minutes. NOTE: Use liquid gasket, part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003. - Check that the mating surfaces are clean and dry before applying liquid gasket. - Apply liquid gasket evenly, being careful to cover all the mating surface. - To prevent oil leakage, apply liquid gasket to the inner threads of the bolt holes. - Do not install the parts if five minutes or more have elapsed since applying the liquid gasket. Instead reapply liquid gasket after removing the old residue. - After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1758 8. Apply liquid gasket to the block mating surface of the right side cover, then install it on the cylinder block. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1759 9. Apply liquid gasket to the oil pump mating surface of the block, then install the oil pump on the cylinder block. Apply grease to the lips of the oil seals. Then, align the inner rotor with the crankshaft and install the oil pump. When the pump is in place, clean any excess grease off the crankshaft. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. NOTE: Apply a light coat of oil to the crankshaft and to the lip of seal. - Use new O-rings and apply oil when installing them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1760 10. Install the oil screen. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley: Specifications When installing and tightening the pulley, follow the procedure below. Clean, remove any oil, and lubricate points shown. Crankshaft pulley bolt size and torque value: 14 x 1.25 mm 20 Nm (2.0 kgs.cm, 14 ft.lbs.) + 90° NOTE: Do not use an impact wrench when installing. 1. Tighten the pulley bolt to the specified torque. Torque: 20 Nm (2.0 kgs.cm, 14 ft.lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1764 2. Use a felt tip pen to mark the pulley bolt head and washer. 3. Tighten the pulley bolt an additional 90°. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1765 Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley: Service and Repair When installing and tightening the pulley, follow the procedure below. Clean, remove any oil, and lubricate points shown. Crankshaft pulley bolt size and torque value: 14 x 1.25 mm 20 Nm (2.0 kgs.cm, 14 ft.lbs.) + 90° NOTE: Do not use an impact wrench when installing. 1. Tighten the pulley bolt to the specified torque. Torque: 20 Nm (2.0 kgs.cm, 14 ft.lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1766 2. Use a felt tip pen to mark the pulley bolt head and washer. 3. Tighten the pulley bolt an additional 90°. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Piston: Specifications PISTON Diameter:[1] Standard (New): 74.980-74.990 mm (2.9520-2.9524 inch) Service Limit: 74.970 mm (2.9516 inch) Oversized Piston Diameter: 0.25: 75.23-75.24 mm (2.9618-2.9622 inch) 0.50: 75.48-75.49 mm (2.9716-29720 inch) Piston-To-Cylinder Clearance: Standard (New): 0.010-0.040 mm (0.0004-0.0016 inch) Service Limit 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) PISTON PIN Diameter: Standard (New): 18.994-19.000 mm (0.7478-0.7481 inch) Oversize: 18.997-19.003 (0.7479-0.7481 inch) Piston-To-Pin Clearance: 0.010-0.022 mm (0.0004-0.0009 inch) Pin-To-Connecting Rod: 0.014-0.040 mm (0.0006-0.0016 inch) [1] Measure at distance A as shown in the illustration. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1770 Piston: Testing and Inspection INSPECTION 1. Check the piston for distortion or cracks. NOTE: If a cylinder is bored, an oversized piston must be used. 2. Measure the piston diameter at a distance A from bottom of the skirt. B16A2 engine: A: 15 mm (0.6 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: A: 5 mm (0.2 inch) Piston Diameter: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): 80.980 - 80.990 mm (3.1882 - 3.1886 inch) Service Limit: 80.970 mm (3.1878 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): 74.980 - 74.990 mm (2.9520 - 2.9524 inch) Service Limit: 74.970 mm (2.9516 inch) 3. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore diameter and the piston diameter. Piston-to-Cylinder Clearance Standard (New): 0.010 - 0.040 mm (0.0004 - 0.0016 inch) Service Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) If the clearance is near or exceeds the service limit, inspect the piston and cylinder block for excessive wear. Oversize Piston Diameter B16A2 engine: 0.25: 81.23 - 81.24 mm (3.1980 - 3.1984 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1771 0.25: 75.23 - 75.24 mm (2.9618 - 2.9622 inch) 0.50: 75.48 - 75.49 mm (2.9716 - 2.9720 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly Piston: Service and Repair Disassembly REMOVAL 1. Remove the oil pan assembly. 2. Remove the right side cover. 3. Remove the oil screen. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1774 4. Remove the oil pump. 5. Remove the baffle plate (B16A2 engine). 6. Remove the bolts and the bearing caps. CAUTION: To prevent warpage unscrew the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time, repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened. 7. Remove the rod caps/bearings and main caps/bearings. Keep all caps/bearing in order. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1775 8. Lift the crankshaft out of the engine, being careful not to damage journals. 9. Remove the upper bearing halves from the connecting rods and set them aside with their respective caps. 10. Reinstall the main caps and bearings on the engine in proper order. 11. If you can feel ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of each cylinder, remove it with a ridge reamer. Follow the reamer manufacturer's instructions. CAUTION: If the ridge is not removed, it may damage the pistons as they are pushed out. 12. Use the wooden handle of a hammer to drive the pistons out. 13. Reinstall the connecting rod bearings and caps after removing each piston/connecting rod assembly. 14. Mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number to avoid mix-up on reassembly. NOTE: The existing number on the connecting rod does not indicate its position in the engine, it indicates the rod bore size. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1776 Piston: Service and Repair Assembly Before installing the pistons, apply a coat of engine oil to the ring grooves and cylinder bores. 1. If the crankshaft is already installed: - Set the crankshaft to BDC for each cylinder. - Remove the connecting rod caps, and slip short sections of rubber hose over the threaded ends of the connecting rod bolts. - Install the ring compressor, check that the bearing is securely in place, then position the piston in the cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer. - Stop after the ring compressor pops free, and check the connecting rod-to-crank journal alignment before pushing the piston into place. - Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. Install the rod caps with bearings, and torque the nuts to: B16A2 engine: 40 Nm (4.1 kgs.cm, 30 ft.lbs.) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: 31 Nm (3.2 kgs.cm, 23 ft.lbs.) 2. If the crankshaft is not installed: - Remove the rod caps and bearings, install the ring compressor, then position the piston in the cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer. - Position all pistons at top dead center. NOTE: Maintain downward force on the ring compressor to prevent the rings from expanding before entering the cylinder bore. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1777 Piston: Service and Repair Piston Pins REMOVAL 1. Assemble the special tool as shown. 2. Assemble and adjust the length of the piston pin driver and shaft to 53 mm (2.1 inch) as shown. 3. Place the piston on the special tool and press the pin out with the special tools and a hydraulic press. INSPECTION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1778 1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin. Piston Pin Diameter: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): 20.994 - 21.000 mm (0.8265 - 0.8268 inch) Oversize: 20.997 - 21.003 (0.8267 0.8269 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): 18.994 - 19.000 mm (0.7478 - 0.7480 inch) Oversize: 18.997 - 19.003 (0.7479 0.7481 inch) NOTE: All replacement piston pins are oversize. 2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter. 3. Measure the piston pin-to-piston clearance. NOTE: Check the piston for distortion or cracks. If the piston pin clearance is greater than 0.024 mm (0.0009 inch), remeasure using an oversized piston pin. Piston Pin-to-Piston Clearance: Standard (New): 0.010 - 0.022 mm (0.0004 - 0.0009 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1779 4. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and the connecting rod small end diameter. Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Interference: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): 0.013 - 0.032 mm (0.0005 - 0.0013 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): 0.014 - 0.040 mm (0.0006 - 0.0016 inch) INSTALLATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1780 1. Use a hydraulic press for installation. - When pressing the pin in or out, be sure you position the recessed flat on the piston against the lugs on the base attachment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Pin, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair Piston Pin: Service and Repair REMOVAL 1. Assemble the special tool as shown. 2. Assemble and adjust the length of the piston pin driver and shaft to 53 mm (2.1 inch) as shown. 3. Place the piston on the special tool and press the pin out with the special tools and a hydraulic press. INSPECTION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Pin, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1784 1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin. Piston Pin Diameter: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): 20.994 - 21.000 mm (0.8265 - 0.8268 inch) Oversize: 20.997 - 21.003 (0.8267 0.8269 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): 18.994 - 19.000 mm (0.7478 - 0.7480 inch) Oversize: 18.997 - 19.003 (0.7479 0.7481 inch) NOTE: All replacement piston pins are oversize. 2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter. 3. Measure the piston pin-to-piston clearance. NOTE: Check the piston for distortion or cracks. If the piston pin clearance is greater than 0.024 mm (0.0009 inch), remeasure using an oversized piston pin. Piston Pin-to-Piston Clearance: Standard (New): 0.010 - 0.022 mm (0.0004 - 0.0009 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Pin, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1785 4. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and the connecting rod small end diameter. Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Interference: B16A2 engine: Standard (New): 0.013 - 0.032 mm (0.0005 - 0.0013 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines: Standard (New): 0.014 - 0.040 mm (0.0006 - 0.0016 inch) INSTALLATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Pin, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1786 1. Use a hydraulic press for installation. - When pressing the pin in or out, be sure you position the recessed flat on the piston against the lugs on the base attachment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Piston Ring: Specifications Piston Ring End-Gap: Top Ring Standard (New) ................................................................................................................................................. 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 inch) Service Limit ................................................................................... .................................................................................... 0.60 mm (0.024 inch) Second Ring Standard (New) .................................................................................................................................................. 0.30-0.45mm (0.012-0.018 inch) Service Limit .................................................................................... ................................................................................... 0.70 mm (0.028 inch) Oil Ring Standard (New) ................................................................................................................................................. 0.20-0.70 mm (0.008-0.028 inch) Service Limit ................................................................................... .................................................................................... 0.80 mm (0.031 inch) Ring-To-Groove Clearance: Top Ring Clearance Standard (New) ......................................................................................................................................... 0.035-0.060 mm (0.0014-0.0024 inch) Service Limit ............................................................................................... ........................................................................ 0.13 mm (0.005 inch) Second Ring Clearance Standard (New) ......................................................................................................................................... 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 inch) Service Limit ............................................................................................... ........................................................................ 0.13 mm (0.005 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1790 Piston Ring: Service and Repair END GAP 1. Using a piston, push a new ring into the cylinder bore 15 - 20 mm (0.6 - 0.8 inch) from the bottom. 2. Measure the piston ring end-gap with a feeler gauge: - If the gap is too small, check to see if you have the proper rings for your engine. - If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore diameter against the wear limits, See Cylinder Block Assembly / Service and Repair / Inspection and Service. If the bore is over the service limit, the cylinder block must be rebored. Piston Ring End-Gap: Top Ring B16A2 engine Standard (New): 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.008 - 0.014 inch) Service Limit: 0.60 mm (0.024 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines Standard (New): 0.15 - 0.30 mm (0.006 - 0.012 inch) Service Limit: 0.60 mm (0.024 inch) Second Ring B16A2 engine Standard (New): 0.40 - 0.55 mm (0.016 - 0.022 inch) Service Limit: 0.70 mm (0.028 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines Standard (New): 0.30 - 0.45 mm (0.012 - 0.018 inch) Service Limit: 0.70 mm (0.028 inch) Oil Ring B16A2 engine Standard (New): 0.20 - 0.50 mm (0.008 - 0.020 inch) Service Limit: 0.70 mm (0.028 inch) D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engines Standard (New): 0.20 - 0.70 mm (0.008 - 0.028 inch) Service Limit: 0.80 mm (0.031 inch) REPLACEMENT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1791 1. Using a ring expander, remove the old piston rings. 2. Clean all ring grooves thoroughly. NOTE: Use a squared-off broken ring or ring groove cleaner with blade to fit piston grooves. - Top ring groove is 1.0 mm (0.039 inch) wide. - Second ring groove is 1.2 mm (0.047 inch) wide. - Oil ring groove is 2.8 mm (0.11 inch) wide. - File down the blade if necessary. CAUTION: Do not use a wire brush to clean ring lands, or cut ring lands deeper with cleaning tool. NOTE: If the piston is to be separated from the connecting rod, do not install new rings yet. 3. Install new rings in the proper sequence and position. NOTE: Do not reuse old piston rings. RING TO GROOVE CLEARANCE After installing a new set of rings, measure ring-to-groove clearances: Top Ring Clearance Standard (New): B16A2 engine: 0.045-0.070 mm (0.0018-0.0028 inch) D16Y5,D16Y7,D16Y8 engines: 0.035-0.060 mm (0.0014-0.0024 inch) Service Limit: 0.13 mm (0.005 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1792 Second Ring Clearance Standard (New): B16A2 engine: 0.040-0.065 mm (0.0016-0.0026 inch) D16Y5,D16Y7,D16Y8 engines: 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 inch) Service Limit: 0.13 mm (0.005 inch) ALIGNMENT 1. Install the rings as shown. NOTE: The manufacturing marks must be facing upward. 2. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they do not bind. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1793 3. Position the ring end gaps as shown: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Clearance Intake ................................................................................................................................................... .......................................... 0.007-0.009 inches Exhaust ................................................................................................................................................ .......................................... 0.009-0.011 inches Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1798 Valve Clearance: Adjustments NOTE: Valves should be adjusted only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F (38°C). - After adjusting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. The "UP" mark on the cam-shaft pulley should be at top, and the TDC marks should align with the cylinder head surface. 4. Adjust valves on No. 1 cylinder. Intake: 0.18 - 0.22 mm (0.007 - 0.009 inch) Exhaust: 0.23 - 0.27 mm (0.009 - 0.011 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1799 5. Loosen the locknut, and turn the adjustment screw until the feeler gauge slides back and forth with a slight amount of drag. 6. Tighten the locknut, and check the clearance again. Repeat the adjustment if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1800 7. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90°). The "UP" mark should be on the exhaust side. Adjust valves on No. 3 cylinder. 8. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise to bring No. 4 piston to TDC. Both TDC grooves are once again visible. Adjust valves on No. 4 cylinder. 9. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise to bring No. 2 piston to TDC. The "UP" mark should be on the intake side. Adjust valves on No. 2 cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Relieving Before disconnecting fuel pipes or hoses, release pressure from the system by loosening the 12 mm banjo bolt on top of the fuel filter. WARNING: - Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames or sparks away from your work area. - Be sure to relieve fuel pressure while the ignition switch is off. 1. Write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the battery negative terminal. 3. Remove the fuel fill cap. 4. Use a box end wrench on the 12 mm banjo bolt at the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. 5. Place a rag or shop towel over the 12 mm banjo bolt. 6. Slowly loosen the 12 mm banjo bolt one complete turn. NOTE: Replace all the washers whenever the 12 mm banjo bolt is loosened or removed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips Rocker Arm Assembly: Service and Repair Service Tips NOTE: Identify parts as they are removed to ensure reinstallation in original locations. - Inspect rocker shafts and rocker arms. - Rocker arms must be installed in the same position if reused. - When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep the holders, springs and rocker arms on the shaft. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1808 Rocker Arm Assembly: Service and Repair Removal REMOVAL 1. Loosen the adjusting screws. 2. Unscrew the camshaft holder bolts, then remove the rocker arm assembly. NOTE: Unscrew the camshaft holder bolts two turns at a time, in a crisscross pattern, to prevent damaging the valves or rocker arm assembly. - When removing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep the camshaft holders, the springs and the rocker arms on the shaft. Camshaft Holder Bolts Loosening Sequence: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1809 Rocker Arm Assembly: Service and Repair Inspection Clearance Inspection Measure both the intake rocker shaft and exhaust rocker shaft. 1. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. 2. Zero the gauge to the shaft diameter. 3. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm and check for an out-of-round condition. Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance: Standard (New): Intake: 0.017 - 0.050 mm (0.0007 - 0.0020 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1810 Exhaust: 0.018 - 0.054 mm (0.0007 - 0.0021 inch) Service Limit: 0.08 mm (0.003 inch) 4. Repeat these measurements on all the rockers. - If the clearance is over the service limit, replace the rocker shaft and all over-tolerance rocker arms. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1811 Rocker Arm Assembly: Service and Repair Assembly CAMSHAFT, ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFT SEAL/PULLEY INSTALLATION CAUTION: Make sure that all rockers are in alignment with their valves when torquing the rocker assembly bolts. - Valve locknuts should be loosened and adjusting screws backed off before installation. - To prevent the rocker arm assembly from coming apart, leave the camshaft holder bolts in the holders. 1. After wiping down the camshaft, camshaft seal and journals in the cylinder head, lubricate both surfaces and install the camshaft. 2. Clean and install the oil control orifice with a new O-ring. 3. Turn the camshaft until its keyway is facing up (No. 1 piston TDC). 4. Apply liquid gasket (Part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003) to the head mating surfaces of the No. 1 and No. 5 camshaft holders. - Apply liquid gasket to the shaded areas. 5. Set the rocker arm assembly in place and loosely install the bolts. - Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. 6. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Service Tips > Page 1812 Specified torque: 8 mm bolts: 20 Nm (2.0 kgs.cm, 14 ft.lbs.) Apply engine oil to the threads. 6 mm bolts: 12 Nm (1.2 kgs.cm, 8.7 ft.lbs.) Apply engine oil to the threads. 6 mm bolts: (11), (12), (13), (14) 7. Install the back cover, then install the camshaft pulley. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair Valve Cover: Service and Repair Referal For information regarding this component, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Cylinder Head Assembly / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Valve Guide: Testing and Inspection Measure the guide-to-stem clearance with a dial indicator while rocking the stem in the direction of normal thrust (wobble method). Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance: Standard (New): 0.04 - 0.10 mm (0.002 - 0.004 inch) Service Limit: 0.16 mm (0.006 inch) Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance: Standard (New): 0.10 - 0.16 mm (0.004 - 0.006 inch) Service Limit: 0.22 mm (0.009 inch) - If the measurement exceeds the service limit, recheck using a new valve. - If the measurement is now within the service limit, reassemble using a new valve. - If the measurement still exceeds the limit, recheck using the alternate method below, then replace the valve and guide, if necessary. NOTE: An alternate method of checking guide to stem clearance is to subtract the O.D. of the valve stem, measured with a micrometer, from the I.D. of the valve guide, measured with an inside micrometer or ball gauge. Take the measurements in three places along the valve stem and three places inside the valve guide. The difference between the largest guide measurement and the smallest stem measurement should not exceed the service limit. Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance: Standard (New): 0.02 - 0.05 mm (0.001 - 0.002 inch) Service Limit: 0.08 mm (0.003 inch) Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance: Standard (New): 0.05- 0.08 mm (0.002 - 0.003 inch) Service Limit: 0.11 mm (0.004 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1819 Valve Guide: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. As illustrated, use a commercially-available air-impact valve guide driver attachment modified to fit the diameter of the valve guides. In most cases, the same procedure can be done using the special tool and a conventional hammer. 2. Select the proper replacement guides, and chill them in the freezer section of a refrigerator for about an hour. 3. Use a hot plate or oven to evenly heat the cylinder head to 300°F (150°C). Monitor the temperature with a cooking thermometer. CAUTION: Do not use a torch; it may warp the head. - Do not get the head hotter than 300°F (150°C); excessive heat may loosen the valve seats. - To avoid burns, use heavy gloves when handling the heated cylinder head. 4. Working from the camshaft side, use the driver and an air hammer to drive the guide about 2 mm (0.1 inch) towards the combustion chamber. This will knock off some of the carbon and make removal easier. CAUTION: Always wear safety goggles or a face shield when driving valve guides. - Hold the air hammer directly in line with the valve guide to prevent damaging the driver. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1820 5. Turn the head over, and drive the guide out toward the camshaft side of the head. If a valve guide still won't move, drill it out with a 8 mm (5/16 inch) bit, then try again. CAUTION: Drill guides only in extreme cases; you could damage the cylinder head if the guide breaks. 6. Remove the new guides from the freezer, one at a time, as you need them. 7. Apply a thin coat of clean engine oil to the outside of the new valve guide. Install the guide from the camshaft side of the head; use the special tool to drive the guide in to the specified installed height. If you have all 16 guides to do, you may have to reheat the head. Valve Guide Installed Height: Intake: 17.85 - 18.35 mm (0.703 - 0.722 inch) Exhaust: 18.65 - 19.15 mm (0.734 - 0.754 inch) REAMING NOTE: For new valve guides only. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1821 1. Coat both the reamer and valve guide with cutting oil. 2. Rotate the reamer clockwise the full length of the valve guide bore. 3. Continue to rotate the reamer clockwise while removing it from the bore. 4. Thoroughly wash the guide in detergent and water to remove any cutting residue. 5. Check the clearance with a valve. Verify that the valve slides in the valve guide without exerting pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Seat > Component Information > Service and Repair Valve Seat: Service and Repair RECONDITIONING 1. Renew the valve seats in the cylinder head using a valve seat cutter. NOTE: If the guides are worn, replace them before cutting the valve seats. 2. Carefully cut a 45° seat, removing only enough material to ensure a smooth and concentric seat. 3. Bevel the upper edge of the seat with the 30° cutter and the lower edge of the seat with the 60° cutter. Check the width of the seat and adjust accordingly. 4. Make one more very light pass with the 45° cutter to remove any possible burrs caused by the other cutters. Valve Seat Width: Standard (New): Intake: 0.85 -1.15 mm (0.033 - 0.045 inch) Exhaust: 1.25 - 1.55 mm (0.049 - 0.061 inch) Service Limit: Intake: 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) Exhaust: 2.0 mm (0.079 inch) 5. After resurfacing the seat, inspect for even valve seating: Apply Prussian Blue compound to the valve face, and insert the valve in its original location in the head, then lift and snap it closed against the seat several times. 6. The actual valve seating surface, as shown by the blue compound, should be centered on the seat. - If it is too high (closer to the valve stem), you must make a second cut with the 60° cutter to move it down, then one more cut with the 45° cutter to restore seat width. - If it is too low (closer to the valve edge), you must make a second cut with the 30° cutter to move it up, then one more cut with the 45° cutter to restore seat width. NOTE: The final cut should always be made with the 45° cutter. 7. Insert the intake and exhaust valves in the head and measure the valve stem installed height. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Seat > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1825 Intake, Exhaust Stem Installed Height: Standard (New): 53.17 - 53.64 mm (2.093 - 2.112 inch) Service Limit: 53.89 mm (2.122 inch) 8. If the valve stem installed height is over the service limit, replace the valve and recheck. If its still over the service limit, replace the cylinder head; the valve seat in the head is too deep. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Spring > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly Valve Spring: Service and Repair Disassembly NOTE: Identify valves and valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. 1. Using an appropriate-sized socket and plastic mallet, lightly tap the valve retainer to loosen the valve keepers before installing the valve spring compressor. 2. Install the spring compressor. Compress the spring and remove the valve keeper. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Spring > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1830 3. Install the valve guide seal remover. 4. Remove the valve seal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Spring > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1831 Valve Dimensions Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Spring > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1832 Valve Spring: Service and Repair Assembly VALVES, VALVE SPRINGS AND VALVE SEALS INSTALLATION 1. Coat valve stems with engine oil. Insert the valves in the valve guides. NOTE: Make sure the valves move up and down smoothly. 2. Install the spring seats on the cylinder head. 3. Install the valve seals using the valve guide seal installer. NOTE: Exhaust and intake valve seals are not interchangeable. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Spring > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1833 4. Install the valve spring and valve retainer, then install the valve spring compressor. Compress the spring and install the valve keepers. NOTE: Place the end of the valve spring with closely wound coils toward the cylinder head. 5. Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with a plastic mallet to ensure proper seating of the valve and valve keepers. NOTE: Tap the valve stem only along its axis so you do not bend the stem. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly Valve: Service and Repair Disassembly NOTE: Identify valves and valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. 1. Using an appropriate-sized socket and plastic mallet, lightly tap the valve retainer to loosen the valve keepers before installing the valve spring compressor. 2. Install the spring compressor. Compress the spring and remove the valve keeper. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1838 3. Install the valve guide seal remover. 4. Remove the valve seal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1839 Valve Dimensions Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1840 Valve: Service and Repair Assembly VALVES, VALVE SPRINGS AND VALVE SEALS INSTALLATION 1. Coat valve stems with engine oil. Insert the valves in the valve guides. NOTE: Make sure the valves move up and down smoothly. 2. Install the spring seats on the cylinder head. 3. Install the valve seals using the valve guide seal installer. NOTE: Exhaust and intake valve seals are not interchangeable. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 1841 4. Install the valve spring and valve retainer, then install the valve spring compressor. Compress the spring and install the valve keepers. NOTE: Place the end of the valve spring with closely wound coils toward the cylinder head. 5. Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with a plastic mallet to ensure proper seating of the valve and valve keepers. NOTE: Tap the valve stem only along its axis so you do not bend the stem. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications Drive Belt: Specifications NOTE: When using a new belt, adjust deflection or tension to new values. Run the engine for 5 minutes then turn it off. Readjust the deflection or tension to used belt values. Deflection [1]: With Used Belt .............................................................................................................................................................. 10.5 - 14.0 mm (0.41 - 0.55 inch) With New Belt ................................................................................. ............................................................................... 7.5 - 10.0 mm (0.30 - 0.39 inch) Tension [2]: With Used Belt ................................................................................................................................................ 340 490 N (35 - 50 kgf, 77 - 110 ft. lbs.) With New Belt ............................................................................................................................................... 640 780 N (65 - 80 kgf, 143 - 176 ft. lbs.) [1] With 98 N (10 kgf, 22 ft. lbs.) between pulleys. [2] Measured with belt tension gauge. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor Drive Belt: Adjustments A/C Compressor Deflection Method 1. Apply a force of 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb), and measure the deflection between the A/C compressor and the crankshaft pulley. A/C Compressor Belt Used Belt: B16A2 engine 6.0 - 9.5 mm (0.24 - 0.37 in) Except B16A2 engine 7.5 - 9.5 mm (0.30 - 0.37 in) New Belt: B16A2 engine 4.5 - 6.5 mm (0.18 - 0.26 in) Except B16A2 engine 5.0 - 6.5 mm (0.20 0.26 in) Note these items when adjusting belt tension: If there are cracks or any damage evident on the belt, replace it with a new one. - "Used belt" means a belt which has been used for five minutes or more. - "New belt" means a belt which has been used for less than five minutes. 2. Loosen, the center nut of the idler pulley (SANDEN), or the pivot bolt of the idler pulley bracket and the lock nut of the adjusting bolt (DENSO). 3. Turn the adjusting bolt to get proper belt tension. 4. Retighten the center nut of the idler pulley (SANDEN), or the pivot bolt of the idler pulley bracket and the lock nut of the adjusting bolt (DENSO). 5. Recheck the deflection of the A/C compressor belt. Tension Gauge Method 1. Attach the special tool to the A/C compressor belt as shown below, and measure the tension of the belt. A/C Compressor Belt Used Belt: B16A2 engine 390 - 540 N (40 - 55 kg, 88 - 120 lb) Except B16A2 engine 340 - 490 N (35 - 50 kg, 77 - 110 lb) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor > Page 1848 New Belt: B16A2 engine 740 - 880 N (75 - 90 kg, 170 - 200 lb) Except B16A2 engine 690 - 830 N (70 - 85 kg, 150 - 190 lb) Note these items when adjusting belt tension: Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the belt tension gauge. - If there are cracks or any damage evident on the belt, replace it with a new one. - "Used belt" means a belt which has been used for five minutes or more. - "New belt" means a belt which has been used for less than five minutes. 2. Loosen the center nut of the idler pulley (SANDEN), or the pivot bolt of the idler pulley bracket and the lock nut of the adjusting bolt (DENSO). 3. Turn the adjusting bolt to get proper belt tension. 4. Retighten the center nut of the idler pulley (SANDEN), or the pivot bolt of the idler pulley bracket and the lock nut of the adjusting bolt (DENSO). 5. Recheck the tension of the A/C compressor belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor > Page 1849 Drive Belt: Adjustments Alternator Deflection Method: Apply a force of 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf), and measure the deflection between the alternator and the crankshaft pulley. Deflection 8.0-10.5 mm (0.31-0.41 in) NOTE: On a brand-new belt (one that has been run for less than five minutes), the deflection should be 6.0 - 8.5 mm (0.26-0.33 in) when first measured. If the belt is worn or damaged, replace it. If adjustment is necessary: 1. Loosen the lower mounting nut and the upper mounting bolt. 2. Move the alternator to obtain the proper belt tension, then retighten the upper mounting bolt and the lower mounting nut to the specified torques. 3. Recheck the deflection of the belt. Belt Tension Gauge Method: Following the gauge manufacturer's instructions, attach the special tool to the belt, and measure the tension. Tension 340 - 490 N (35 - 50 kgf, 77 - 110 lbf) NOTE: On a brand-new belt (one that has been run for less than five minutes), the tension should be 540-740 N (55 - 75 kgf, 121 - 165 lbf) when first Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor > Page 1850 measured. If the belt is worn or damaged, replace it. If adjustment is necessary: 1. Loosen the lower mounting nut and the upper mounting bolt. 2. Move the alternator to obtain the proper belt tension, then retighten the upper mounting bolt and the lower mounting nut to the specified torques. 3. Recheck the tension of the belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Adjustments > A/C Compressor > Page 1851 Drive Belt: Adjustments Power Steering Pump Belt NOTE: When using a new belt, first adjust the deflection or tension to the values for the new belt, then readjust the deflection or tension to the values for the used belt after running engine for five minutes. Inspection Attach the special tool to the belt and measure the tension of the belt. Tension: '99-'00 models: B16A2 Engine Type only Used Belt: 390 - 540 N (40 - 55 kgf, 88 - 120 lbs.) New Belt: 740 - 880 N (75 - 90 kgf, 170 - 200 lbs.) '96-'00 models: Other Engine Types Used Belt: 340 - 490 N (35 - 50 kgf, 77 - 110 lbs.) New Belt: 640 - 780 N (65 - 80 kgf, 143 - 176 lbs.) NOTE: If there are cracks or any damage evident on the belt, replace it with a new one. - Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the tension gauge. Inspect the pump belt for cracks or any damage. Replace the belt with a new one if necessary. Measurement without Belt Tension Gauge: Apply a force of 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbs.) and measure the deflection between the power steering pump and the crankshaft pulleys. Deflection: '99-'00 models: B16A2 Engine Type only Used Belt: 7.5 - 11.0 mm (0.30 - 0.43 inch) New Belt: 5.0 - 7.0 mm (0.20 - 0.28 inch) '96-'00 models: Other Engine Types Used Belt: 10.5 - 14.0 mm (0.41 - 0.55 inch) New Belt: 7.5 - 10.0 mm (0.30 - 0.39 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Accessory Bracket > Component Information > Specifications Engine Accessory Bracket: Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Accessory Bracket > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1855 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Idler Pulley > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Idler Pulley: > 00-003 > May > 00 > A/C Idler Pulley - Growling Noise at Idle Idler Pulley: Customer Interest A/C Idler Pulley - Growling Noise at Idle 00-003 May 9, 2000 Applies To: 1996 - 99 Civic - ALL 1996 - 97 del Sol ALL 1996 - 97 CR-V - ALL Growl From A/C Idler Pulley SYMPTOM A growl from the A/C idler pulley at, or just above, idle. PROBABLE CAUSE The A/C idler pulley bearing is faulty. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the A/C idler pulley. PARTS INFORMATION A/C Idler Pulley Kit (Civic CX, DX, LX, HX, EX; del Sol S, del Sol Si): P/N 38950P2K-305, H/C 6254742 A/C Idler Pulley Kit (Civic Si, del Sol VTEC, CR-V): P/N 38950-P3F-305, H/C 6334296 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the power steering belt 2. Remove the power steering pump, and set it aside with its hoses connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Idler Pulley > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Idler Pulley: > 00-003 > May > 00 > A/C Idler Pulley - Growling Noise at Idle > Page 1867 3. Loosen the idler pulley, then remove the belt and let it hang from the engine mount. 4. Remove the idler pulley assembly, then disassemble it and discard the pulley and parts shown. 5. Assemble the pulley with the parts from the appropriate kit listed under PARTS INFORMATION. 6. Reinstall the power steering pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Idler Pulley > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Idler Pulley: > 00-003 > May > 00 > A/C Idler Pulley - Growling Noise at Idle > Page 1868 7. Reinstall the belts, and adjust them to the tension specified in the appropriate service manual. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Idler Pulley > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idler Pulley: > 00-003 > May > 00 > A/C Idler Pulley - Growling Noise at Idle Idler Pulley: All Technical Service Bulletins A/C Idler Pulley - Growling Noise at Idle 00-003 May 9, 2000 Applies To: 1996 - 99 Civic - ALL 1996 - 97 del Sol ALL 1996 - 97 CR-V - ALL Growl From A/C Idler Pulley SYMPTOM A growl from the A/C idler pulley at, or just above, idle. PROBABLE CAUSE The A/C idler pulley bearing is faulty. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the A/C idler pulley. PARTS INFORMATION A/C Idler Pulley Kit (Civic CX, DX, LX, HX, EX; del Sol S, del Sol Si): P/N 38950P2K-305, H/C 6254742 A/C Idler Pulley Kit (Civic Si, del Sol VTEC, CR-V): P/N 38950-P3F-305, H/C 6334296 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the power steering belt 2. Remove the power steering pump, and set it aside with its hoses connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Idler Pulley > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idler Pulley: > 00-003 > May > 00 > A/C Idler Pulley - Growling Noise at Idle > Page 1874 3. Loosen the idler pulley, then remove the belt and let it hang from the engine mount. 4. Remove the idler pulley assembly, then disassemble it and discard the pulley and parts shown. 5. Assemble the pulley with the parts from the appropriate kit listed under PARTS INFORMATION. 6. Reinstall the power steering pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Idler Pulley > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idler Pulley: > 00-003 > May > 00 > A/C Idler Pulley - Growling Noise at Idle > Page 1875 7. Reinstall the belts, and adjust them to the tension specified in the appropriate service manual. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Idler Pulley > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1876 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications Engine Oil Pressure: Specifications Oil Pressure: At Idle .................................................................................................................................................. ...................................... 69 kPa (10 psi) minimum At 3000 Rpm ........................................................ .................................................................................................................... 340 kPa (50 psi) minimum Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1881 Engine Oil Pressure: Testing and Inspection If the oil pressure warning light stays on with the engine running, check the engine oil level. If the oil level is correct: 1. Connect a tachometer. 2. Remove the engine oil pressure switch, and install an oil pressure gauge. 3. Start the engine. Shut it off immediately if the gauge registers no oil pressure. Repair the problem before continuing. 4. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature (fan comes on at least twice). The pressure should be: Engine Oil Temperature: 176°F (80°C) Engine Oil Pressure: At Idle: 69 kPa (0.7 kgf.cm, 10 psi) minimum At 3,000 rpm: 340 kPa (3.5 kgf.cm, 50 psi) minimum - If the oil pressure is within specifications, replace the oil pressure switch and recheck. - If the oil pressure is NOT within specifications, inspect the oil pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Oil Recommendation GF-4 Standard Engine Oil: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Oil Recommendation GF-4 Standard SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Use ONLY New GF-4 Standard Engine Oil APPLIES TO: All Models SERVICE TIP: There's a new performance standard for engine oil: GF-4. It was jointly developed by automotive and oil experts, and it represents a significant performance upgrade and improvement in fuel economy. GF-4 engine oils must pass grueling tests totaling over 500 hours. On top of this, Honda Genuine engine oils are also tested to ensure specific compatibility with Honda vehicles. GF-4 engine oil is compatible with all current and earlier model year Honda cars and trucks. It also provides these added benefits: - Improved oxidation resistance (reduced thickening of the oil) - Improved deposit protection and better wear protection - Better low-temperature performance over the life of the oil - Environmental protection by extending the life of emissions systems While Honda has upgraded its engine oil to GF-4, other brands may not yet be at this new standard. Keep in mind you must use Honda Genuine engine oil for all warranty repairs. If you use some other brand of oil for non-warranty repairs, make sure that oil meets the GF-4 standard. We recommend you stop using non-GF-4 engine oils and check with your supplier that you're purchasing GF-4 oil. Engine oil produced after April 1, 2005, that meets the GF-4 standard, must post this starburst certification mark on the container. Always look for this mark; some oil container labels won't specifically refer to GF-4. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil Capacity D16Y5 With filter .................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................ 3.3L (3.5 Qt) Without filter .......................................... ........................................................................................................................................................... 3.0L (3.2 Qt) With engine overhaul ...................................................................................................... .................................................................................. 3.7L (3.9 Qt) D16Y7 With filter .................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................ 3.6L (3.8 Qt) Without filter .......................................... ........................................................................................................................................................... 3.3L (3.5 Qt) With engine overhaul ...................................................................................................... .................................................................................. 4.3L (4.5 Qt) D16Y8 With filter .................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................ 3.3L (3.5 Qt) Without filter .......................................... ........................................................................................................................................................... 3.0L (3.2 Qt) With engine overhaul ...................................................................................................... .................................................................................. 3.7L (3.9 Qt) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1888 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Engine Oil New standard for engine oil, GF-4. See TSB SN050109 for Honda Service News 050109 for additional information. API Classification ................................................................................................................................. ................................ SJ or SH Energy Conserving II Viscosity ........................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................... 5W-30 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1889 Engine Oil: Service Precautions SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING: Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with oils, particularly used engine oils. - Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves where practicable. - Do not put oily rags in pockets. - Avoid contaminating clothes, particularly underpants, with oil. - Heavily soiled clothing and oil-impregnated footwear should not be worn. Overalls must be cleaned regularly. - First Aid treatment should be obtained immediately for open cuts and wounds. - Use barrier creams, applying them before each work period, to help the removal of oil from the skin. - Wash with soap and water to ensure all oil is removed (skin cleansers and nail brushes will help). Preparations containing lanolin replace the natural skin oils which have been removed. - Do not use gasoline, kerosine, diesel fuel, gas oil, thinner or solvents for cleaning skin. - If skin disorders develop, obtain medical advice without delay. - Where practicable, degrease components prior to handling. - Where there is a risk of eye contact, eye protection should be worn, for example, chemical goggles or face shields; in addition an eye wash facility should be provided. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1890 Engine Oil: Testing and Inspection INSPECTION 1. Park the vehicle on level ground, and turn off the engine. Allow the oil a few minutes to drain back into the oil pan so the dipstick will show the actual level. 2. Make certain that the oil level indicated on the dipstick is between the upper and lower marks. 3. If the level has dropped close to the lower mark, add oil until it reaches the upper mark. CAUTION: Insert the dipstick carefully to avoid bending it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service Engine Oil: Service and Repair Oil and Filter Service ENGINE OIL Inspection 1. Park the vehicle on level ground, and turn off the engine. Allow the oil a few minutes to drain back into the oil pan so the dipstick will show the actual level. 2. Make certain that the oil level indicated on the dipstick is between the upper and lower marks. 3. If the level has dropped close to the lower mark, add oil until it reaches the upper mark. CAUTION: Insert the dipstick carefully to avoid bending it. Replacement CAUTION: Remove the drain bolt carefully while the engine is hot; the hot oil may cause scalding. 1. Warm up the engine. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1893 2. Drain the engine oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1894 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer, and refill the engine with the recommended oil. NOTE: Under normal conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at every other oil change. Under severe conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at each oil change. The numbers in the middle of the API Service label tell you the oil's SAE viscosity or weight. Select the oil for your car according to this chart: An oil with a viscosity of 5W - 30 is preferred for improved fuel economy and year-round protection in the car. You may use a 10W - 30 oil if the climate in your area is limited to the temperature range shown on the chart. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1895 4. Run the engine for more than three minutes, then check for oil leakage. OIL FILTER Replacement WARNING: After the engine has been run, the exhaust pipe will be hot; be careful when working around the exhaust pipe. - Be careful when loosening the drain bolt while the engine is hot. Burns can result because the oil temperature is very high. 1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. 2. Inspect the threads and rubber seal on the new filter. Wipe off the seat on the engine block, then apply a light coat of oil to the new filter's rubber seal. NOTE: Use only filters with a built-in bypass system. 3. Install the oil filter by hand. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1896 4. After the rubber seal seats, tighten the oil filter clockwise with the oil filter wrench. Tighten: 7/8 turn clockwise. Tightening torque: 22 Nm (2.2 kgs.cm, 16 ft.lbs.) Use this procedure to tighten the filter if eight numbers (1 to 8) are printed on the surface of the filter. 1) Make a mark on the oil filter base under the number that shows at the bottom of the filter when the rubber seal is seated. 2) Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise seven numbers from the marked point. For example, if a mark is made under the number 2 when the rubber seal is seated, the filter should be tightened until the number 1 comes up to the marked point. CAUTION: Using any procedure other than those shown could result in serious engine damage due to oil leakage. 5. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the specified level, run the engine for more than three minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1897 Engine Oil: Service and Repair Oil Service REPLACEMENT CAUTION: Remove the drain bolt carefully while the engine is hot; the hot oil may cause scalding. 1. Warm up the engine. 2. Drain the engine oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1898 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer, and refill the engine with the recommended oil. NOTE: Under normal conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at every other oil change. Under severe conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at each oil change. The numbers in the middle of the API Service label tell you the oil's SAE viscosity or weight. Select the oil for your car according to this chart: An oil with a viscosity of 5W - 30 is preferred for improved fuel economy and year-round protection in the car. You may use a 10W - 30 oil if the climate in your area is limited to the temperature range shown on the chart. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil and Filter Service > Page 1899 4. Run the engine for more than three minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Filter: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT WARNING: After the engine has been run, the exhaust pipe will be hot; be careful when working around the exhaust pipe. - Be careful when loosening the drain bolt while the engine is hot. Burns can result because the oil temperature is very high. 1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. 2. Inspect the threads and rubber seal on the new filter. Wipe off the seat on the engine block, then apply a light coat of oil to the new filter's rubber seal. NOTE: Use only filters with a built-in bypass system. 3. Install the oil filter by hand. 4. After the rubber seal seats, tighten the oil filter clockwise with the oil filter wrench. Tighten: 7/8 turn clockwise. Tightening torque: 22 Nm (2.2 kgs.cm, 16 ft.lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1903 Use this procedure to tighten the filter if eight numbers (1 to 8) are printed on the surface of the filter. 1) Make a mark on the oil filter base under the number that shows at the bottom of the filter when the rubber seal is seated. 2) Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise seven numbers from the marked point. For example, if a mark is made under the number 2 when the rubber seal is seated, the filter should be tightened until the number 1 comes up to the marked point. CAUTION: Using any procedure other than those shown could result in serious engine damage due to oil leakage. 5. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the specified level, run the engine for more than three minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Pan: Service and Repair OIL PAN INSTALLATION B16A2, D16Y7 Engines: 1. Apply liquid gasket on the oil pump and right side cover mating areas as shown below. NOTE: Use liquid gasket, part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003. - Check that the mating surfaces are clean and dry before applying liquid gasket. - Apply liquid gasket as an even bead, centered between the edges of the mating surface. - To prevent oil leakage, apply liquid gasket to the inner threads of the bolt holes. - Do not install the parts if five minutes or more have elapsed since applying the liquid gasket. Instead, reapply liquid gasket after removing the old residue. - After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1907 2. Install the oil pan gasket and oil pan. NOTE: Use a new oil pan gasket. - Install the oil pan no more than five minutes after applying liquid gasket. 3. Tighten the bolts and nuts finger tight at six points as shown below. 4. Tighten all bolts and nuts, starting from nut (1), clock wise in three steps. NOTE: Excessive tightening can cause distortion of the oil pan gasket and oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1908 Torque: 12 Nm 11.2 kgs.cm, 8.7 ft.lbs.) D16Y5, D16Y8 Engines: 1. Install the oil pan gasket on the oil pan. 2. Apply liquid gasket to the block mating surfaces of the oil pan, then install it. Apply liquid gasket to the shaded areas. NOTE: Use liquid gasket part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003. - Check that the mating surfaces are clean and dry before applying liquid gasket. - Apply liquid gasket as an even bead, centered between the edges of the mating surface. - To prevent leakage of oil, apply liquid gasket to the inner threads of the bolt holes. - Do not install the parts if five minutes or more have elapsed since applying the liquid gasket. Instead, reapply liquid gasket after removing the old residue. - After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. 3. Tighten nuts finger-tight at six points as shown. 4. Tighten all bolts and nuts, starting from nut (1), clockwise in three steps. NOTE: Excessive tightening can cause distortion of the oil pan gasket and oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1909 Torque: 12 Nm (1.2 kgs.cm, 8.7 ft.lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pump, Engine > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications Engine Oil Pressure: Specifications Oil Pressure: At Idle .................................................................................................................................................. ...................................... 69 kPa (10 psi) minimum At 3000 Rpm ........................................................ .................................................................................................................... 340 kPa (50 psi) minimum Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pump, Engine > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1920 Engine Oil Pressure: Testing and Inspection If the oil pressure warning light stays on with the engine running, check the engine oil level. If the oil level is correct: 1. Connect a tachometer. 2. Remove the engine oil pressure switch, and install an oil pressure gauge. 3. Start the engine. Shut it off immediately if the gauge registers no oil pressure. Repair the problem before continuing. 4. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature (fan comes on at least twice). The pressure should be: Engine Oil Temperature: 176°F (80°C) Engine Oil Pressure: At Idle: 69 kPa (0.7 kgf.cm, 10 psi) minimum At 3,000 rpm: 340 kPa (3.5 kgf.cm, 50 psi) minimum - If the oil pressure is within specifications, replace the oil pressure switch and recheck. - If the oil pressure is NOT within specifications, inspect the oil pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Intake Manifold: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Intake Manifold: Customer Interest Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Intake Manifold: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 1929 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Intake Manifold: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Intake Manifold: All Technical Service Bulletins Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Intake Manifold: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 1935 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1936 Intake Manifold: Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1937 Intake Manifold: Service and Repair NOTE: Use new O-rings and gaskets when reassembling. CAUTION: Check for folds or scratches on the surface of the gasket. - Replace with a new gasket if damaged. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: > 01-040 > Aug > 01 > Engine Rear Main Oil Seal - Leaks Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: Customer Interest Engine Rear Main Oil Seal - Leaks 01-040 August 14, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - ALL 2001 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED * Civic Rear Main Oil Seal Leaks (Supersedes 01-040, 1996-2001 Civic Rear Main Seal Leak, dated June 12, 2001) * Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM The engine leaks oil between the block and the transmission. PROBABLE CAUSE The rear main oil seal (crankshaft oil seal) is contaminated. VEHICLES AFFECTED REQUIRED MATERIALS PARTS INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: > 01-040 > Aug > 01 > Engine Rear Main Oil Seal - Leaks > Page 1947 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 91214-P7A-004 H/C 5618988 Defect Code: 051 Contention Code: B06 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. *DIAGNOSIS Clean the area with a shop towel where the engine block and transmission meet. Start the engine, and look for oil leakage from the area with the aid of a powdered leak detector. ^ If you see any signs of leakage, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you see no signs of leakage, then what looked like leakage may have been excess residue from a previous repair on another part. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the transmission. Refer to section 13 or 14 of the appropriate service manual. 2. Remove and discard the rear main oil seal (crankshaft oil seal). 3. Install the new oil seal. Refer to page 7-29 of the '96-00 service manual or page 7-27 of the '01 service manual. 4. Reinstall the transmission. 5. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer. 6. Refill the transmission with the appropriate fluid. 7. 2001 models only Do the idle learn procedure: ^ Make sure all electrical items (A/C, audio unit, defogger, lights, etc.) are turned off, then start the engine. ^ Let the engine warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). ^ Let the engine idle (throttle fully closed with all electrical items turned off) for 10 minutes. 8. 2001 2-door EX and LX models only Drive the vehicle above 40 mph for 5 to 10 minutes with the cruise control on. (This lets the cruise control actuator learn how much slack there is in the throttle cable.)* Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: > 01-040 > Aug > 01 > Engine Rear Main Oil Seal - Leaks > Page 1948 DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: > 01-040 > Aug > 01 > Engine Rear Main Oil Seal - Leaks Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Rear Main Oil Seal - Leaks 01-040 August 14, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - ALL 2001 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED * Civic Rear Main Oil Seal Leaks (Supersedes 01-040, 1996-2001 Civic Rear Main Seal Leak, dated June 12, 2001) * Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM The engine leaks oil between the block and the transmission. PROBABLE CAUSE The rear main oil seal (crankshaft oil seal) is contaminated. VEHICLES AFFECTED REQUIRED MATERIALS PARTS INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: > 01-040 > Aug > 01 > Engine Rear Main Oil Seal - Leaks > Page 1954 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 91214-P7A-004 H/C 5618988 Defect Code: 051 Contention Code: B06 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. *DIAGNOSIS Clean the area with a shop towel where the engine block and transmission meet. Start the engine, and look for oil leakage from the area with the aid of a powdered leak detector. ^ If you see any signs of leakage, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you see no signs of leakage, then what looked like leakage may have been excess residue from a previous repair on another part. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the transmission. Refer to section 13 or 14 of the appropriate service manual. 2. Remove and discard the rear main oil seal (crankshaft oil seal). 3. Install the new oil seal. Refer to page 7-29 of the '96-00 service manual or page 7-27 of the '01 service manual. 4. Reinstall the transmission. 5. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer. 6. Refill the transmission with the appropriate fluid. 7. 2001 models only Do the idle learn procedure: ^ Make sure all electrical items (A/C, audio unit, defogger, lights, etc.) are turned off, then start the engine. ^ Let the engine warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). ^ Let the engine idle (throttle fully closed with all electrical items turned off) for 10 minutes. 8. 2001 2-door EX and LX models only Drive the vehicle above 40 mph for 5 to 10 minutes with the cruise control on. (This lets the cruise control actuator learn how much slack there is in the throttle cable.)* Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: > 01-040 > Aug > 01 > Engine Rear Main Oil Seal - Leaks > Page 1955 DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > Seals Installation Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: Service and Repair Seals Installation NOTE: Engine removal is not required. - The crankshaft oil seal housing should be dry. Apply a light coat of grease to the crankshaft and to the lips of the seals. Front Crankshaft Seal 1. Using the special tool, drive in the timing pulley end seal until the driver bottoms against the oil pump. When the seal is in place, clean any excess grease off the crankshaft and check that the oil seal lip is not distorted. Rear Crankshaft Seal 2. Measure the flywheel-end seal thickness and the oil seal housing depth. Using the special tool, drive the flywheel-end seal into the rear cover to the point where the clearance between the bottom of the oil seal and the right side cover is 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.02 - 0.03 inch). NOTE: Align the hole in the driver attachment with the pin on the crankshaft. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > Seals Installation > Page 1958 Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: Service and Repair Rear Main Seal Installation INSTALLATION The seal surface on the block should be dry. Apply a light coat of oil to the crankshaft and to the lip of the seal. 1. Drive the crankshaft oil seal squarely into the right side cover using the special tools. 2. Confirm that the clearance is equal all the way around with a feeler gauge. Clearance: 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.02 - 0.03 inch) NOTE: Refer to Front Crankshaft Seal / Service and Repair for installation of the oil pump side crankshaft oil seal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Front Crankshaft Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair Front Crankshaft Seal: Service and Repair NOTE: Engine removal is not required. - The crankshaft oil seal housing should be dry. Apply a light coat of grease to the crankshaft and to the lips of the seals. Front Crankshaft Seal 1. Using the special tool, drive in the timing pulley end seal until the driver bottoms against the oil pump. When the seal is in place, clean any excess grease off the crankshaft and check that the oil seal lip is not distorted. Rear Crankshaft Seal 2. Measure the flywheel-end seal thickness and the oil seal housing depth. Using the special tool, drive the flywheel-end seal into the rear cover to the point where the clearance between the bottom of the oil seal and the right side cover is 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.02 - 0.03 inch). NOTE: Align the hole in the driver attachment with the pin on the crankshaft. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Valve Guide Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > On Vehicle Service Valve Guide Seal: Service and Repair On Vehicle Service NOTE: Cylinder head removal is not required in this procedure. The procedure shown below applies when using the in-car valve spring compressor (Snap-on YA8845 with YA8845 - 2 A 7/8" attachment). WARNING: Always wear approved eye protection when using the in-car valve spring compressor. 1. Turn the crankshaft so that the No. 1 and the No. 4 pistons are at Top Dead Center (TDC). 2. Remove the cylinder head cover and the rocker arm assembly. NOTE: When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep the holders, springs and rocker arms on the shaft. 3. Remove the fuel injectors and the wire harness. 4. Using the 8 mm bolts supplied with the tool, mount the two uprights to the cylinder head at the end camshaft holders. The uprights fit over the camshaft as shown. 5. Insert the cross shaft through the top hole of the two uprights. Intake Valve Seals: 6. Select the 7/8 inch diameter short compressor attachment, and fasten the attachment to the No. 4 hole of the lever arm with the speed pin supplied. 7. Insert an air adaptor into the spark plug hole. Pump air into the cylinder to keep the valve closed while compressing springs and removing the valve keepers. 8. Put shop towels over the oil passages to prevent the valve keepers from falling into the cylinder head. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Valve Guide Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > On Vehicle Service > Page 1966 9. Position the lever arm under the cross shaft so the lever is perpendicular to the shaft and the compressor attachment rests on top of the retainer for the spring being compressed. Use the front position slot on the lever as shown. 10. Using a downward motion on the lever arm, compress the valve spring and remove the keepers from the valve stem. Slowly release pressure on the spring. 11. Remove the valve seals. 12. Install the valve seals. 13. Install the springs, the retainers and the keepers in reverse order of removal. Exhaust Valve Seals: 14. Select the 7/8 inch diameter short compressor attachment, and fasten the attachment to the No. 2 hole of the lever arm with the speed pin supplied. 15. Position the lever arm under the cross shaft so the lever is perpendicular to the shaft and the compressor attachment rests on top of the retainer for the spring being compressed. Use the front position slot on the lever as shown. 16. Using a downward motion on the lever arm, compress the valve spring and remove the keepers from the valve stem. Slowly release pressure on the spring. 17. Remove the valve seals. 18. Install the valve seals. 19. Install the springs, the retainers and the keepers in reverse order of removal. 20. Repeat steps 6 to 19 on the other cylinders. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Valve Guide Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > On Vehicle Service > Page 1967 Valve Guide Seal: Service and Repair Disassembly NOTE: Identify valves and valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. 1. Using an appropriate-sized socket and plastic mallet, lightly tap the valve retainer to loosen the valve keepers before installing the valve spring compressor. 2. Install the spring compressor. Compress the spring and remove the valve keeper. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Valve Guide Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > On Vehicle Service > Page 1968 3. Install the valve guide seal remover. 4. Remove the valve seal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Valve Guide Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > On Vehicle Service > Page 1969 Valve Dimensions Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Valve Guide Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > On Vehicle Service > Page 1970 Valve Guide Seal: Service and Repair Assembly VALVES, VALVE SPRINGS AND VALVE SEALS INSTALLATION 1. Coat valve stems with engine oil. Insert the valves in the valve guides. NOTE: Make sure the valves move up and down smoothly. 2. Install the spring seats on the cylinder head. 3. Install the valve seals using the valve guide seal installer. NOTE: Exhaust and intake valve seals are not interchangeable. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Valve Guide Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > On Vehicle Service > Page 1971 4. Install the valve spring and valve retainer, then install the valve spring compressor. Compress the spring and install the valve keepers. NOTE: Place the end of the valve spring with closely wound coils toward the cylinder head. 5. Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with a plastic mallet to ensure proper seating of the valve and valve keepers. NOTE: Tap the valve stem only along its axis so you do not bend the stem. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Specifications Mounting Bolt ....................................................................................................................................... ................................................... 37 Nm (27 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt > Component Information > Specifications Timing Belt: Specifications Replace timing belt and inspect water pump every 105,000 miles (168,000 k) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1986 Timing Belt: Diagrams NOTE: Refer to Service and Repair / Removal and Installation for procedure to position the crankshaft and pulley before installing the belt. - Mark the direction of rotation on the belt before removing. - Do not use the upper cover and lower cover for storing removed items. - Clean the upper cover and lower cover before installing. - Replace the camshaft seals and crankshaft seals if there is oil leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1987 Timing Belt: Adjustments TENSION ADJUSTMENT CAUTION: Always adjust the timing belt tension with the engine cold. NOTE: - The tensioner is spring-loaded to apply tension to the belt automatically after making the following adjustment. - Always rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise when viewed from the pulley side. Rotating it clockwise may result in improper adjustment of the belt tension. - Inspect the timing belt before adjusting the belt tension. 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Rotate the crankshaft five or six revolutions to set the belt. 4. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. 5. Loosen the adjusting bolt 180°. 6. Rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise three teeth on the camshaft pulley. 7. Tighten the adjusting bolt. 8. After inspecting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation Timing Belt: Service and Repair Removal and Installation REMOVAL NOTE: Replace the timing belt at 105,000 miles (168,000 km) according to the maintenance schedule (normal conditions/severe conditions). If the vehicle is regularly driven in one or more of the following conditions, replace the timing belt at 60,000 miles (U.S.A.) 100,000 km (Canada). In very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C). - In very low temperatures (under -20°F, -29°C). - Turn the crankshaft pulley so the No. 1 piston is at Top Dead Center (TDC) before removing the belt. - Inspect the water pump and tensioner before installing the timing belt. 1. Remove the splash shield. 2. Loosen the mounting bolt and lock bolt, then remove the Power Steering (P/S) pump belt and pump. 3. Loosen the idler pulley center nut and adjusting bolt, then remove the Air conditioning (A/C) compressor belt. 4. Loosen the mounting nut and lock bolt, then remove the alternator belt. 5. Remove the dipstick, then remove the upper cover and idler pulley bracket. NOTE: Do not use the upper cover to store removed items. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1990 6. Remove the upper bracket. NOTE: Use a jack to support the engine before the upper bracket is removed. - Make sure to place a cushion between the oil pan and the jack. 7. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 8. Remove the lower cover and dipstick tube. NOTE: Do not use the lower cover to store removed items. 9. Remove the CKF sensor from the oil pump. 10. Loosen the adjusting bolt 180°. Push the tensioner to remove tension from the timing belt, then retighten the adjusting bolt. 11. Remove the timing belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1991 INSTALLATION Install the timing belt in the reverse order of removal; Only key points are described here. 1. Set the timing belt drive pulley so that the No. 1 piston is at Top Dead Center (TDC). Align the groove on the timing belt drive pulley to the pointer on the oil pump. 2. Set the camshaft pulley to TDC. Align the TDC marks on the camshaft pulley to the cylinder head surface. 3. Install the timing belt tightly in the sequence shown. (1) Timing belt drive pulley (crankshaft) -> (2) Adjusting pulley -> (3) Water pump pulley -> (4) Camshaft pulley. NOTE: Make sure the timing belt drive pulley and camshaft pulley are at TDC. 4. Loosen and retighten the adjusting bolt to tension the timing belt. 5. Install the lower cover and upper cover. NOTE: Clean the upper and lower covers before installation. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1992 6. Install the crankshaft pulley, then tighten the pulley bolt. 7. Rotate the crankshaft pulley about five or six turns counterclockwise so that the timing belt positions on the pulleys. 8. Adjust the timing belt tension. 9. Check that the crankshaft pulley and camshaft pulley are both at TDC. 10. If the camshaft and crankshaft pulleys are not positioned at TDC, remove the timing belt and adjust the position. Then reinstall the timing belt. 11. After installation, adjust the tension of each belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1993 Timing Belt: Service and Repair Inspection INSPECTION 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Inspect the timing belt for cracks and oil or coolant soaking. NOTE: Replace the belt if oil or coolant soaked. - Remove any oil or solvent that gets on the belt. 4. After inspecting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. TENSION ADJUSTMENT CAUTION: Always adjust the timing belt tension with the engine cold. NOTE: - The tensioner is spring-loaded to apply tension to the belt automatically after making the following adjustment. - Always rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise when viewed from the pulley side. Rotating it clockwise may result in improper adjustment of the belt tension. - Inspect the timing belt before adjusting the belt tension. 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Rotate the crankshaft five or six revolutions to set the belt. 4. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 1994 5. Loosen the adjusting bolt 180°. 6. Rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise three teeth on the camshaft pulley. 7. Tighten the adjusting bolt. 8. After inspecting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1998 Timing Belt Tensioner: Adjustments TENSION ADJUSTMENT CAUTION: Always adjust the timing belt tension with the engine cold. NOTE: - The tensioner is spring-loaded to apply tension to the belt automatically after making the following adjustment. - Always rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise when viewed from the pulley side. Rotating it clockwise may result in improper adjustment of the belt tension. - Inspect the timing belt before adjusting the belt tension. 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Rotate the crankshaft five or six revolutions to set the belt. 4. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. 5. Loosen the adjusting bolt 180°. 6. Rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise three teeth on the camshaft pulley. 7. Tighten the adjusting bolt. 8. After inspecting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1999 Timing Belt Tensioner: Service and Repair REMOVAL NOTE: Replace the timing belt at 105,000 miles (168,000 km) according to the maintenance schedule (normal conditions/severe conditions). If the vehicle is regularly driven in one or more of the following conditions, replace the timing belt at 60,000 miles (U.S.A.) 100,000 km (Canada). In very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C). - In very low temperatures (under -20°F, -29°C). - Turn the crankshaft pulley so the No. 1 piston is at Top Dead Center (TDC) before removing the belt. - Inspect the water pump and tensioner before installing the timing belt. 1. Remove the splash shield. 2. Loosen the mounting bolt and lock bolt, then remove the Power Steering (P/S) pump belt and pump. 3. Loosen the idler pulley center nut and adjusting bolt, then remove the Air conditioning (A/C) compressor belt. 4. Loosen the mounting nut and lock bolt, then remove the alternator belt. 5. Remove the dipstick, then remove the upper cover and idler pulley bracket. NOTE: Do not use the upper cover to store removed items. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2000 6. Remove the upper bracket. NOTE: Use a jack to support the engine before the upper bracket is removed. - Make sure to place a cushion between the oil pan and the jack. 7. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 8. Remove the lower cover and dipstick tube. NOTE: Do not use the lower cover to store removed items. 9. Remove the CKF sensor from the oil pump. 10. Loosen the adjusting bolt 180°. Push the tensioner to remove tension from the timing belt, then retighten the adjusting bolt. 11. Remove the timing belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2001 12. Remove the timing belt tensioner. INSTALLATION Install the timing belt in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Specifications Timing Cover: Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2005 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2011 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2012 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2013 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2014 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2015 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2016 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2017 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2018 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2019 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2020 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2021 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2022 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2023 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2024 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2025 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2026 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Testing and Inspection INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the 1P connector from the VTEC solenoid valve. 2. Measure resistance between the terminal and body ground. Resistance: 14 - 30 ohms 3. If the resistance is within specifications, remove the VTEC solenoid valve assembly from the cylinder head, and check the VTEC solenoid valve filter for clogging. - If there is clogging, replace the engine oil filter and the engine oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2030 4. If the filter is not clogged, push the VTEC solenoid valve with your finger and check its movement. - If the VTEC solenoid valve is normal, check the engine oil pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose disconnected Pressure should be: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm; 38 - 46 psi) Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose connected Pressure should be: 200 - 250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm; 28 - 36 psi) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 2035 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Inspection 1. Relieve fuel pressure. 2. Remove the 12 mm banjo bolt from the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. Attach the special tools. 3. Start the engine. Measure the fuel pressure with the engine idling and the vacuum hose of the fuel pressure regulator disconnected from the fuel pressure regulator and pinched. If the engine will not start, turn the ignition switch ON (II), wait for two seconds, turn it off, then back on again and read the fuel pressure. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm, 38 - 46 psi) B16A2 engine: 270 - 320 kPa (2.8 - 3.3 kg/Sq.cm, 40 - 47 psi) 4. Reconnect vacuum hose to the fuel pressure regulator. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 200-250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm, 28 - 36 psi) B16A2 engine: 210 - 260 kPa (2.1 - 2.6 kg/Sq.cm, 30 - 37 psi) If the fuel pressure is not as specified, first check the fuel pump. If the fuel pump is OK, check the following: If the fuel pressure is higher than specified, inspect for: Pinched or clogged fuel return hose or line. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - If the fuel pressure is lower than specified, inspect for: Clogged fuel filter. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - Fuel line leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester Idle Speed: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester 03-016 May 19, 2006 Applies To: 1998-02 Accord -ALL 1996-00 Civic -ALL 1997-01 CR-V - ALL 1997-01 Prelude - ALL *1999-04 Odyssey - ALL* Inspecting Idle Speed With the PGM Tester or Honda Diagnostic System (Supersedes 03-016, dated March 25, 2003, to update the information marked by asterisks) BACKGROUND The ECM/PCM controls the vehicle's idle speed with the idle air control (IAC) valve. The IAC valve and the air bleed screw (idle adjusting screw) work together to allow the proper amount of air into the intake manifold when the throttle valve is closed (the accelerator pedal is released). The ECM/PCM "learns" to work the IAC valve based on the total amount of air entering the intake manifold. Air can enter the intake manifold from several sources, including the air bleed screw, but only the air bleed screw is adjustable. If any changes are made that alter this airflow, specifically with the air bleed screw, the ECM/PCM must learn new idle parameters. When the air bleed screw is properly set, the ECM/PCM controls the engine's idle speed seamlessly. But when the air bleed screw is not properly set, either of these symptoms may be present: ^ Idle speed dips and then quickly recovers. ^ Engine stalls intermittently when it is just "off-idle." Here are the criteria for this symptom: - The accelerator pedal is released but the driver's right foot rests over the pedal, causing just enough pressure for the ECM/PCM to detect an input, yet there is little or no throttle valve opening (the throttle valve is either not allowing any airflow or it is opened so slightly that more air supply is needed). - The engine speed is about 1,250 rpm or less. - The lockup clutch (A/T models) or the clutch (M/T models) is disengaged. - All during this time, the driver's foot does not move and stays resting over the accelerator pedal. - The air bleed screw is not set properly and does not allow enough airflow. - The amount of "air leakage" into the intake manifold is very low. (The normal amount of air let into the intake manifold by sources other than the IAC valve, the air bleed screw, and normal operation of the throttle body can vary slightly from vehicle to vehicle.) NOTE: "Air leakage" cannot be easily checked. If the first four criteria are met when the vehicle stalls, you can assume the last two criteria are met as well. CORRECTIVE ACTION L4 Models and 1999-00 Odyssey: Inspect the idle speed with the PGM Tester or Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) (see INSPECTION PROCEDURE A). V6 Models except 1999-00 Odyssey: Inspect the idle speed with the PGM Tester or HDS, and clean out the throttle body if needed (see INSPECTION PROCEDURE B). PARTS INFORMATION Throttle Body Gasket (use only if needed): Refer to the parts catalog. TOOL INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 2040 PGM Tester with SN 320 or Honda Diagnostic System with 1.006.004 or later software REQUIRED MATERIALS Carburetor Cleaner: P/N 08732-0006, H/C 4713673 or Throttle Plate and Induction Cleaner: P/N 08732-9009, H/C 6204945 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Inspect Idle Speed (L4 and V6 Models) Operation Number: 120301 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 16400-PAA-A61 H/C 5429006 *Defect Code: 07403 Symptom Code: 08901* Skill Level: Repair Technician Clean Throttle Body (V6 Models Except 1999-00 Odyssey) Operation Number: 216001 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 16400-PAA-A61 H/C 5429006 *Defect Code: 08103 Symptom Code: 08901* Skill Level: Repair Technician NOTE: Warranty claims for these labor operations must be submitted separately. Do not combine them on the same claim. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. INSPECTION PROCEDURE A 1. Access the air bleed screw on the throttle body. 2. Record the current setting of the screw: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 2041 ^ Turn the screw clockwise, and count the number of turns (both full and partial) it takes to fully seat the screw. ^ Turn the screw counterclockwise back to its original setting. ^ Subtract the number of clockwise turns it took to seat the screw from 3-1/2. Record that number. Example: If it took two full turns to seat the screw, subtracting 3-1/2 from that gives you 1-1/2. 3. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). 4. Turn off all electrical items (A/C, audio unit defogger, lights, etc.). Center the steering wheel so there is no power steering load. 5. Connect the PGM Tester or HDS to the 16P data link connector (DLC). 6. Turn on the PGM Tester or HDS. Enter the VIN and odometer reading. 7. Follow the screen prompts on the PGM Tester or HDS to get to DATA LIST. Scroll down the list to IAC. 8. While watching the IAC counts on the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw (either counterclockwise or clockwise) until the IAC count reaches 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey) or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. (Count the number of counterclockwise turns you have made, and add that number to the screw setting you recorded in step 2.) ^ If you see an IAC count of 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey), turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 9. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey), and you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns, leave the screw set where it is. Go to step 9. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 9. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes to allow the ECM/PCM to learn the new idle parameters. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn off and disconnect the PGM Tester or HDS. INSPECTION PROCEDURE B 1. Access the air bleed screw on the throttle body. 2. Record the current setting of the screw: ^ Turn the screw clockwise, and count the number of turns (both full and partial) it takes to fully seat the screw. ^ Turn the screw counterclockwise back to its original setting. ^ Subtract the number of clockwise turns it took to seat the screw from 3-1/2. Record that number. Example: If it took two full turns to seat the screw, subtracting 3-1/2 from that gives you 1-1/2. 3. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). 4. Turn off all electrical items (A/C, audio unit, defogger, lights, etc.). Center the steering wheel so there is no power steering load. 5. Connect the PGM Tester or HDS to the 16P data link connector (DLC). 6. Turn on the PGM Tester or HDS. Enter the VIN and odometer reading. 7. Follow the screen prompts on the PGM Tester or HDS to get to DATA LIST. Scroll down the list to IAC. 8. While watching the IAC counts on the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw (either counterclockwise or clockwise) until the IAC count reaches 7 or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. (Count the number of counterclockwise turns you have made, and add that number to the screw setting you recorded in step 2.) ^ If you see an IAC count of 7, turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 14. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 7, and you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns, leave the screw set where it is. Go to step 9. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Remove the throttle body (see the Fuel and Emissions section of the appropriate service manual). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 2042 10. Open the throttle. Spray carburetor cleaner or throttle plate and induction cleaner into the throttle body to clean out any contaminants. Make sure you spray the cleaner through the back of the throttle body not the front, to avoid damaging the IAC valve. 11. Inspect the throttle body gasket, and replace it if needed. Reinstall the throttle body, making sure all cables are properly adjusted, the accelerator pedal works properly, and all hoses and cables are correctly routed. 12. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature. Make sure all electrical items are turned off and the steering wheel is centered. 13. While watching the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw until the IAC count reaches 7 or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. ^ If you see an IAC count of 7, turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 14. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 7, leave the screw set at 3-1/2 turns. Go to step 14. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 14. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes to allow the ECM/PCM to learn the new idle parameters. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn off and disconnect the PGM Tester or HDS. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2043 Idle Speed: Specifications IDLE SPEED IDLE SPEED Curb Idle Speed Man. Trans. Curb Idle Speed Auto Trans (N). 670 RPM 700RPM Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2044 Idle Speed: Testing and Inspection Adjust the idle speed using a Honda PGM Tester if possible. If not, use the following procedure: NOTE: - Leave the IAC valve connected. - Before setting the idle speed, check the following items: The MIL has not been reported on. - Ignition timing - Spark plugs - Air cleaner - PCV system 1. Connect a tachometer. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 3. Check the idle speed with no-load conditions: headlights, blower fan, rear defogger, radiator fan, and air conditioner are not operating. Idle speed should be: USA: D16Y5 engine with CVT, D16Y7 engine with A/T, D16Y8 engine with A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) D16Y7 engine with M/T: 670 ± 50 rpm Canada: D16Y8 engine, D16Y7 engine: M/T 750 ± 50 rpm A/T 750 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) 4. Adjust the idle speed, if necessary, by removing the cap and turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn clockwise or counterclockwise. NOTE: When you remove the ACL housing, do not disconnect the IAT sensor connector. 5. After turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn, check the idle speed again. If it is out of spec, turn the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn again. NOTE: Do not turn the idle adjusting screw more than 1/2-turn without checking the idle speed. 6. Idle the engine for one minute with heater fan switch at HI and air conditioner on, then check the idle speed. Idle speed should be: M/T 810 ± 50 rpm A/T,CVT 810 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) NOTE: Do not turn the idle adjusting screw when the air conditioner is on. - If the idle speed is not within specification, see Symptom Chart. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Symptom Related Diagnostic Procedures Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Service and Repair Air Filter Element: Service and Repair 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC, 1.6L DOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC Air Cleaner (ACL) NOTE: Do not clean the ACL element it with compressed air (except dry type). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Relieving Before disconnecting fuel pipes or hoses, release pressure from the system by loosening the 12 mm banjo bolt on top of the fuel filter. WARNING: - Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames or sparks away from your work area. - Be sure to relieve fuel pressure while the ignition switch is off. 1. Write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the battery negative terminal. 3. Remove the fuel fill cap. 4. Use a box end wrench on the 12 mm banjo bolt at the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. 5. Place a rag or shop towel over the 12 mm banjo bolt. 6. Slowly loosen the 12 mm banjo bolt one complete turn. NOTE: Replace all the washers whenever the 12 mm banjo bolt is loosened or removed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications Firing Order: Specifications FIRING ORDER FIRING ORDER 1-3-4-2 Distributor rotates clockwise Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > Number One Cylinder > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > Timing Marks and Indicators > System Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Cable: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2067 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2068 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2069 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2070 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2071 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2072 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2074 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2075 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2076 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2077 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2078 Ignition Cable: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2079 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2080 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2081 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2082 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2083 Ignition Cable: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Carefully remove the ignition wires by pulling on the rubber boots. Do not bend the wires; you might break them inside. 1. Check the condition of the ignition wire terminals. If any terminal is corroded, clean it, and if it is broken or distorted, replace the ignition wire. 2. Connect ohmmeter probes and measure resistance. 3. If resistance exceeds 25 K Ohm, replace the ignition wire. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Locations Distributor: Locations Right Side of D16Y8 Engine (Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Exploded Views Distributor: Exploded Views HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Exploded Views > Page 2089 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2090 Distributor: Service and Repair Removal: 1. Disconnect the connector from the distributor. 2. Disconnect the ignition wires from the distributor ignition (DI) cap. 3. Remove the mounting bolts from the distributor, then remove the distributor from the cylinder head. Installation: NOTE: Before you install the distributor, bring the No.1 piston to compression stroke TDC. 1. Coat a new O-ring with engine oil, then install it. 2. Slip the distributor into position. NOTE: The lug on the end of the distributor and its mating grooves in the camshaft end are both offset to eliminate the possibility of installing the distributor 180° out of time. 3. Install the mounting bolts, and tighten them lightly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2091 4. Connect the ignition wires to the distributor ignition (DI) cap as shown. 5. Connect the connector to the distributor. 6. Set the ignition timing. 7. After setting the ignition timing, tighten the mounting bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Plug Gap Spark Plug: Specifications GAP GAP Spark Plug Air Gap D16Y5-D16Y7-D16Y8 Engines 0.039-0.043 (In.) SPark Plug Air Gap B16A2-Engine 0.047-0.051 (In.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Plug Gap > Page 2096 Spark Plug: Specifications Spark Plug Torque 13 ft lb (18 Nm) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2097 Spark Plug: Application and ID Spark Plug ID D16Y5 Engine NGK ............................................................................................................................. .......................................................................................ZFR4F-11 Denso .......................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ......KJ14CR-L11 DY16Y7-DY16Y8 Engine NGK ............................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................ZFR5F-11 Denso ......................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................KJ16CR-L11 BA16A2 Engine NGK .......................................................................................................................... ..........................................................................................PFR6L-13 Denso ....................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .........PK20PR-L13 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2098 Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection 1. Inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator for: Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Advanced ignition timing - Loose spark plug - Plug heat range too low - Insufficient cooling Fouled plugs may be caused by: Retarded ignition timing - Oil in combustion chamber - Incorrect spark plug gap - Plug heat range too high - Excessive idling/low speed running - Clogged air cleaner element - Deteriorated ignition coil or ignition wires 2. D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engine: - Adjust the gap with a suitable gapping tool, and replace the plug if the center electrode is rounded as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2099 3. B16A2 engine: - Do not adjust the gap of a platinum tip plug: replace the spark plug if the center electrode is rounded or if the gap is not within the specifications. NOTE: Use only the spark plugs listed. 4. Apply a small quantity of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head finger-tight. Then torque them to 18 N.m (1.8 kg.m, 13 lb.ft). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Compression Check: Specifications Compression [1] Nominal ............................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 1,270 kPa (184 psi) Minimum .............................................................. .................................................................................................................................. 930 kPa (135 psi) Maximum Variation ....................................................................................................................... .......................................................... 200 kPa (28 psi) [1] At 250 rpm and wide open throttle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Clearance Intake ................................................................................................................................................... .......................................... 0.007-0.009 inches Exhaust ................................................................................................................................................ .......................................... 0.009-0.011 inches Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2106 Valve Clearance: Adjustments NOTE: Valves should be adjusted only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F (38°C). - After adjusting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. The "UP" mark on the cam-shaft pulley should be at top, and the TDC marks should align with the cylinder head surface. 4. Adjust valves on No. 1 cylinder. Intake: 0.18 - 0.22 mm (0.007 - 0.009 inch) Exhaust: 0.23 - 0.27 mm (0.009 - 0.011 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2107 5. Loosen the locknut, and turn the adjustment screw until the feeler gauge slides back and forth with a slight amount of drag. 6. Tighten the locknut, and check the clearance again. Repeat the adjustment if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2108 7. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90°). The "UP" mark should be on the exhaust side. Adjust valves on No. 3 cylinder. 8. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise to bring No. 4 piston to TDC. Both TDC grooves are once again visible. Adjust valves on No. 4 cylinder. 9. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise to bring No. 2 piston to TDC. The "UP" mark should be on the intake side. Adjust valves on No. 2 cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications Water Pump: Specifications Mounting Bolts ..................................................................................................................................... ...................................................... 12 Nm (9 ft. lbs.) Pump To Bracket Bolt ....................................... ....................................................................................................................................... 44 Nm (33 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2112 Water Pump: Diagrams NOTE: Use new O-rings when reassembling. - Use liquid gasket, Part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2113 Water Pump: Service and Repair INSPECTION 1. Remove the timing belt. 2. Turn the water pump pulley counterclockwise. Check that it turns freely. 3. Check for signs of seal leakage. NOTE: A small amount of "weeping" from the bleed hole is normal. REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the timing belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2114 2. Remove the water pump by removing five bolts. NOTE: Inspect, repair and clean the O-ring groove and mating surface with the cylinder block. 3. Install the water pump in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Keep the O-ring in position when installing. - Clean the spilled engine coolant. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications Coolant: Specifications Specified type [1] .......................................................................................................................................................... Genuine Honda Antifreeze/Coolant. If Genuine Honda Antifreeze/Coolant is not available, you may use another major-brand non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Make sure it is high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. However, continued use of non- Honda Coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Genuine Honda Antifreeze/Coolant as soon as possible. [1] Check specific gravity for freezing point. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2119 Coolant: Service Precautions 1. Genuine Honda Coolant is recommended by the manufacturer for maximum protection. 2. Mixing green and red colored coolants is not recommended. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2120 Coolant: Service and Repair CAUTION: When pouring engine coolant, be sure to shut the relay box lid and not to let coolant spill on the electrical parts or the paint. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately. 1. Slide the heater temperature control lever to maximum heat. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the touch. 2. Remove the radiator cap. 3. Loosen the drain plug, and drain the coolant. 4. Remove the drain bolt from the cylinder block. 5. Apply liquid gasket to the drain bolt threads, then reinstall the bolt with a new washer and tighten it securely. 6. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2121 7. Remove, drain and reinstall the reservoir. Fill the tank halfway to the MAX mark with water, then up to the MAX mark with antifreeze. 8. Mix the recommended antifreeze with an equal amount of water in a clean container. NOTE: Use only genuine Honda antifreeze/coolant. - For best corrosion protection, the coolant concentration must be maintained year-round at 50% minimum. Coolant concentrations less than 50% may not provide sufficient protection against corrosion or freezing. - Coolant concentrations greater than 60% will impair cooling efficiency and are not recommended. CAUTION: Do not mix different brands of antifreeze/coolants. - Do not use additional rust inhibitors or anti-rust products; they may not be compatible with the coolant. Engine Coolant Refill Capacity [including reservoir (0.4 (0.42 US quart. 0.35 Imp quart))]. 9. Pour coolant into the radiator up to the base of the filler neck, and install the radiator cap loosely. 10. Start the engine and let it run until it warms up (the radiator fan comes on at least twice). 11. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, add coolant if needed. 12. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again and check for leaks. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant Reservoir > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Coolant Reservoir: > 00-025 > Feb > 00 > Cooling System - Coolant Leak From Reservoir Coolant Reservoir: Customer Interest Cooling System - Coolant Leak From Reservoir 00-025 February 22, 2000 Applies To: 1999 Civic - ALL 2000 Civic - 2 door from 1HGEJ....YL000001 thru 1HGEJ....YL041766 - 4 door from 1 HGEJ....YL000001 thru 1 HGEJ....YL029920 from 2HGEJ....YH000001 thru 2HGEJ....YH549472 - 3 door from 2HGEJ....YH000001 thru 2HGEJ....YH106124 Coolant Leaks From the Reservoir SYMPTOM Coolant is leaking from the reservoir cap outlet. Coolant residue is covering the top of the cap and the bottle. PROBABLE CAUSE Flashing (an extra plastic flange from the molding process) on the reservoir cap outlet. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the flashing or replace the cap. PARTS INFORMATION Coolant Reservoir Cap: P/N 19102-P2A-000, H/C 4839056 Genuine Honda Anti-freeze/Coolant: P/N CU08730, H/C 1066588 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 114103 (Replace cap) 114004 (Remove flashing) Flat Rate Time: 9102-P2A-000 Defect Code: 076 Contention Code: A99 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the coolant hose from the reservoir cap, and closely inspect the cap outlet for flashing. It may be bent over and difficult to see. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant Reservoir > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Coolant Reservoir: > 00-025 > Feb > 00 > Cooling System - Coolant Leak From Reservoir > Page 2130 2. With a utility knife, remove the flashing from the outlet. 3. Reinstall the coolant hose. If coolant is still leaking from the hose, replace the reservoir cap. 4. If necessary, add coolant to the radiator and the reservoir, and bleed the cooling system. Refer to page 10-7 of the 1996-2000 Civic Service Manual. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant Reservoir > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant Reservoir: > 00-025 > Feb > 00 > Cooling System - Coolant Leak From Reservoir Coolant Reservoir: All Technical Service Bulletins Cooling System - Coolant Leak From Reservoir 00-025 February 22, 2000 Applies To: 1999 Civic - ALL 2000 Civic - 2 door from 1HGEJ....YL000001 thru 1HGEJ....YL041766 - 4 door from 1 HGEJ....YL000001 thru 1 HGEJ....YL029920 from 2HGEJ....YH000001 thru 2HGEJ....YH549472 - 3 door from 2HGEJ....YH000001 thru 2HGEJ....YH106124 Coolant Leaks From the Reservoir SYMPTOM Coolant is leaking from the reservoir cap outlet. Coolant residue is covering the top of the cap and the bottle. PROBABLE CAUSE Flashing (an extra plastic flange from the molding process) on the reservoir cap outlet. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the flashing or replace the cap. PARTS INFORMATION Coolant Reservoir Cap: P/N 19102-P2A-000, H/C 4839056 Genuine Honda Anti-freeze/Coolant: P/N CU08730, H/C 1066588 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 114103 (Replace cap) 114004 (Remove flashing) Flat Rate Time: 9102-P2A-000 Defect Code: 076 Contention Code: A99 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the coolant hose from the reservoir cap, and closely inspect the cap outlet for flashing. It may be bent over and difficult to see. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant Reservoir > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant Reservoir: > 00-025 > Feb > 00 > Cooling System - Coolant Leak From Reservoir > Page 2136 2. With a utility knife, remove the flashing from the outlet. 3. Reinstall the coolant hose. If coolant is still leaking from the hose, replace the reservoir cap. 4. If necessary, add coolant to the radiator and the reservoir, and bleed the cooling system. Refer to page 10-7 of the 1996-2000 Civic Service Manual. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Locations Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Locations Lower Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2143 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2144 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2145 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2146 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2147 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2148 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2149 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2150 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2151 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2152 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2153 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2154 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2155 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2156 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2157 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2158 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2159 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Electrical Diagrams Fans (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2160 Fans (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2161 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Description and Operation Radiator Fan Voltage is provided at all times to the radiator fan relay (contacts) through fuse 57. With the ignition switch in ON (II), voltage is provided to the coil of the relay through fuse 17. The radiator fan relay can be grounded through either the engine coolant temperature switch or the engine control module (ECM) or Powertrain Control Module (PCM). The engine coolant temperature switch grounds the radiator fan relay (coil) when the engine coolant temperature exceeds 199 °F (83 °C). The switch opens when coolant temperature decreases 3 ° - 8 °C. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2165 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Radiator fan relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Fan Controls Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2169 Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection WARNING: Removing the ECT switch while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the ECT switch. NOTE: Bleed air from the cooling system after installing the ECT switch. 1 Remove the ECT switch from the thermostat housing. 2. Suspend the ECT switch in a container of water as shown. 3. Heat the water, and check the temperature with a thermometer. CAUTION: Do not let the thermometer touch the bottom of the hot container. 4. Measure the resistance between the A and B terminals according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Fan Blade > Component Information > Specifications Fan Blade: Specifications Mounting Nut ....................................................................................................................................... ...................................................... 5 Nm (44 in. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Right Side of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2180 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Fan Controls Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2184 Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection WARNING: Removing the ECT switch while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the ECT switch. NOTE: Bleed air from the cooling system after installing the ECT switch. 1 Remove the ECT switch from the thermostat housing. 2. Suspend the ECT switch in a container of water as shown. 3. Heat the water, and check the temperature with a thermometer. CAUTION: Do not let the thermometer touch the bottom of the hot container. 4. Measure the resistance between the A and B terminals according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Locations Temperature Sensor (Gauge): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Fan Shroud > Component Information > Specifications Fan Shroud: Specifications Mounting Bolts ..................................................................................................................................... ..................................................... 7 Nm (62 in. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Heater Blows Cold Air/A/C Blows Hot Air Heater Control Valve Cable: Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Heater Blows Cold Air/A/C Blows Hot Air Heater Blows Cold Air; A/C Blows Warm Air NOTE: This article applies to all A/C-equipped Honda models that use a heater valve cable. Got a vehicle in your shop that blows cold air from the heater or warm air from the A/C? The problem could just be the heater valve cable has slipped off the heater valve arm. There's a real easy fix for this problem. Slip the heater valve cable back onto the heater valve arm. Then cut yourself a 10 mm length of 3.5 mm vacuum hose (P/N 95005-35008-10M, H/C 2325058), and slide it onto the arm. This holds the cable on the arm nice and snug so it won't slip off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Heater Blows Cold Air/A/C Blows Hot Air > Page 2196 Heater Control Valve Cable: Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Heater Blows Cold Air, A/C Blows Warm Air SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Heater Blows Cold Air, A/C Blows Warm Air APPLIES TO: all A/C-equipped Honda models that use a heater valve cable. SERVICE TIP: Got a vehicle in your shop that blows cold air from the heater or warm air from the A/C ? The problem could just be the heater valve cable has slipped off the heater valve arm. There's a real easy fix for this problem. Slip the heater valve cable back onto the heater valve arm. Then cut yourself a 10 mm length of 3.5 mm vacuum hose and slide it onto the arm. This holds the cable on the arm nice and snug so it won't slip off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2197 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2198 Heater Control Valve Cable: Adjustments 1. From under the hood, disconnect the heater valve cable from the heater valve. 2. From under the dash, disconnect air mix control cable housing from the cable housing from the cable clamp. 3. Set the temperature control lever to MAX. COOL. 4. With the air mix control cable attached to the air mix control arm, gently pull on the outer cable housing to fully close the door and to remove any slack in the cable. Don't pull to hard, or the temperature control lever will move. 5. Hold the air mix control arm against the stop, then snap the air mix control cable housing into the cable clamp. 6. From under the hood, move the heater valve arm to the fully closed position, then attach the heater valve cable to the heater valve arm. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2199 7. Hold the heater valve arm in the closed position, and gently pull on the heater cable outer housing to take up any slack, then install the heater valve cable housing into the cable clamp. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Locations Heater Core: Locations 99 Model SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Heater Core: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2205 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2206 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2207 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2208 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2209 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2210 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2211 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2212 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2213 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2214 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2215 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2216 Heater Core: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2217 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2218 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2219 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2220 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2221 Heater Core: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 2. From under the hood, open the clamp, then disconnect the heater valve cable from the heater valve arm. Turn the heater valve arm to the fully opened position as shown. 3. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator. - Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot, the engine coolant is under pressure and could severely scald you. 4. Disconnect the heater hoses from the heater unit. CAUTION: Engine coolant will damage paint. Quickly rinse any spilled engine coolant from painted surfaces. NOTE: Engine coolant will run out when the hoses are disconnected; drain it into a clean drip pan. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2222 5. Remove the mounting nut from the heater unit. NOTE: When removing the mounting nut, take care not to damage or bend the fuel lines, the brake lines, etc. 6. Remove the dashboard. 7. Remove the heater duct or evaporator. 8. Disconnect the connectors from the mode control motor and air mix control motor ('99 model), then remove the wire harness clips and wire harness from the heater unit. Remove the clip from the heater duct, then remove the two mounting nuts and the heater unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2223 9. Remove the two self-tapping screws and the heater core cover. 10. Pull out the grommet from the heater core pipes. 11. Remove the self-tapping screw and the clamp. 12. Pull out the heater core from the heater unit. NOTE: Be careful not to bend the inlet and outlet pipes during heater core removal. 13. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. 14. Install in the reverse order of removal. Make note of the following items. - Apply sealant to the grommets. - Do not interchange the inlet and outlet heater hoses. Make sure that the clamps are secure. - Refill the cooling system with engine coolant. - Connect all cables, and make sure they are properly adjusted ('96 - 98 models) or ('99 model)). - Make sure that there is no air leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Lamps and Indicators - Cooling System > Temperature Gauge > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Lamps and Indicators - Cooling System > Temperature Gauge > Component Information > Locations > Page 2228 Temperature Gauge: Description and Operation When the ignition switch is in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 25 to the gauges in the gauge assembly. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge The engine coolant temperature gauge has two intersecting coils wound around a permanent magnet rotor. Voltage applied to the coils, through fuse 25, generates a magnetic field. The magnetic field, controlled by the coolant temperature sending unit, causes the rotor to rotate and the gauge needle to move. As the resistance in the sending unit varies, current through the gauge coils changes. The gauge needle moves toward the coil with the strongest magnetic field. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Radiator: Testing and Inspection 1. Wait until the engine is cool, then carefully remove the radiator cap and fill the radiator with engine coolant to the top of the filler neck. 2. Attach the pressure tester to the radiator and apply a pressure of 93-123 kPa (0.95 - 1.25 kgf.cm, 14 - 18 psi). 3. Inspect for engine coolant leaks and a drop in pressure. 4. Remove the tester and reinstall the radiator cap. NOTE: Check for engine oil in the coolant and/or coolant in the engine oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2232 Radiator: Service and Repair 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the upper and lower radiator hoses, and ATF cooler hoses. 3. Disconnect the fan motor connector. 4. Remove the radiator upper bracket, then pull up the radiator. 5. Remove the fan shroud assemblies and other parts from the radiator. Install the radiator in the reverse order of removal: NOTE: Set the upper and lower cushions securely. - Fill the radiator with engine coolant and bleed the air. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cap > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Radiator Cap: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the radiator cap, wet its seal with engine coolant, then install it on the pressure tester. 2. Apply a pressure of 93-123 kPa (0.95 - 1.25 kgf.cm, 14 - 18 psi). 3. Check for a drop in pressure. 4. If the pressure drops, replace the cap. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2240 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Radiator fan relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Right Side of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2249 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Fan Controls Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2253 Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection WARNING: Removing the ECT switch while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the ECT switch. NOTE: Bleed air from the cooling system after installing the ECT switch. 1 Remove the ECT switch from the thermostat housing. 2. Suspend the ECT switch in a container of water as shown. 3. Heat the water, and check the temperature with a thermometer. CAUTION: Do not let the thermometer touch the bottom of the hot container. 4. Measure the resistance between the A and B terminals according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Locations Temperature Sensor (Gauge): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Temperature Gauge > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Temperature Gauge > Component Information > Locations > Page 2260 Temperature Gauge: Description and Operation When the ignition switch is in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 25 to the gauges in the gauge assembly. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge The engine coolant temperature gauge has two intersecting coils wound around a permanent magnet rotor. Voltage applied to the coils, through fuse 25, generates a magnetic field. The magnetic field, controlled by the coolant temperature sending unit, causes the rotor to rotate and the gauge needle to move. As the resistance in the sending unit varies, current through the gauge coils changes. The gauge needle moves toward the coil with the strongest magnetic field. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Specifications Thermostat: Specifications Start to Open ....................................................................................................................................... .......................................... 169 - 176 °F (76 - 80 °C) Fully Open ........................................................ .............................................................................................................................................. 194 °F (90 °C) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2264 Thermostat: Testing and Inspection Note: Replace the thermostat if it is open at room temperature. Procedure to test a closed thermostat: 1. Suspend the thermostat in a container of water as shown. 2. Heat the water, and check the temperature with a thermometer. Check the temperature at which the thermostat first opens, and at which it is fully open. CAUTION: Do not let the thermometer touch the bottom of the hot container. 3. Measure lift height of the thermostat when fully open. STANDARD THERMOSTAT Lift height: above 8.0 mm (0.31 inch) Starts opening: 169° - 176°F (76° - 80°C) Fully open: 194°F {90°C) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2265 Thermostat: Service and Repair NOTE: Use a new O-ring when reassembling. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications Water Pump: Specifications Mounting Bolts ..................................................................................................................................... ...................................................... 12 Nm (9 ft. lbs.) Pump To Bracket Bolt ....................................... ....................................................................................................................................... 44 Nm (33 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2269 Water Pump: Diagrams NOTE: Use new O-rings when reassembling. - Use liquid gasket, Part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2270 Water Pump: Service and Repair INSPECTION 1. Remove the timing belt. 2. Turn the water pump pulley counterclockwise. Check that it turns freely. 3. Check for signs of seal leakage. NOTE: A small amount of "weeping" from the bleed hole is normal. REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the timing belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2271 2. Remove the water pump by removing five bolts. NOTE: Inspect, repair and clean the O-ring groove and mating surface with the cylinder block. 3. Install the water pump in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Keep the O-ring in position when installing. - Clean the spilled engine coolant. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Exhaust System - Catalytic Converter Noise Catalytic Converter: Technical Service Bulletins Exhaust System - Catalytic Converter Noise SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Catalytic Converter Noise? Check the Heat Shield APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Got a vehicle in your shop that buzzes or rattles, and you suspect the catalytic converter is the culprit? Before you start replacing the converter, first check the heat shield area. If there any stones or debris trapped inside, they can cause buzzing or rattling. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Exhaust System - Catalytic Converter Noise > Page 2277 Catalytic Converter: Technical Service Bulletins Catalytic Converter - Rotten Egg Smell SOURCE: Honda Service News July 2003 TITLE: Rotten Egg Smell? Could Be the Catalytic Converter APPLIES TO: All Models SERVICE TIP: Are customers complaining of a rotten egg smell, but you can't find anything wrong with their vehicles to account for it [there's no DTC(s) set, no driveability problems reported, nothing damaged or broken]? Then it could well be coming from the catalytic converter. That smell is a release of built up hydrogen sulfide (H2S) from the reaction of organic sulfur compounds in the gasoline with the catalyst in the converter. Almost all gasoline contains some amount of organic sulfur compounds, and that amount varies by region. The more sulfur there is in the gasoline, the more H2S is built up and released by the catalytic converter, so the stronger the smell. In California, where low-sulfur gasoline is actually required by state law, sulfur smell complaints are few and far between. The folks at the Environmental Protection Agency have issued a requirement for the phasing-in of low-sulfur gasoline nationwide between 2004 and 2006. This low-sulfur gasoline should go a long way toward making complaints of rotten egg smell a thing of the past. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2278 Catalytic Converter: Description and Operation DESCRIPTION The Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) is used to convert hydrocarbons (HC), carbon monoxide (CO), and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the exhaust gas to carbon dioxide (CO 2), dinitrogen (N2) and water vapor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2279 Catalytic Converter: Testing and Inspection 1. Using a flashlight, make a visual check for plugging, melting and cracking of the catalyst. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Exhaust Manifold > Component Information > Specifications Exhaust Manifold: Specifications Manifold-To-Exhaust Pipe ................................................................................................................... ..................................................... 33 Nm (25 ft. lbs) Mounting Bolts .................................................. ....................................................................................................................................... 31 Nm (23 ft. lbs.) Top Cover Mounting Bolts ........................................................................................................... ............................................................ 24 Nm (17 ft. lbs.) Rear Cover Mounting Bolts ....................... ................................................................................................................................................. 11 Nm (8 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Exhaust Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2283 Exhaust Manifold: Service and Repair B16A2 DOHC VTEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Exhaust Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2284 D16Y8 SOHC VTEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Exhaust Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2285 D16Y5 SOHC VTEC-E And D16Y7 SOHC Non-VTEC NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts when reassembling. CAUTION: Check for folds or scratches on the surface of the gasket. - Replace with a new gasket if damaged. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Integrated Control Unit: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2293 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2294 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2295 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2296 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2297 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2298 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2299 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2300 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2301 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2302 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2303 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2304 Integrated Control Unit: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2305 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2306 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2307 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2308 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) 03-001 January 28, 2003 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P1457: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve Failure SYMPTOM The MIL is on, and DTC P1457 [leak detected in EVAP control system (EVAP control canister system)] is set. PROBABLE CAUSE The EVAP bypass solenoid valve can fail due to corrosion. The solenoid valve may get water inside. If the water contains road salt, the solenoid windings could corrode, causing the valve to fail. In a few rare instances, the corrosion could be severe enough to cause an internal short in the solenoid valve, which could damage the ECM/PCM. If this happens, both the bypass solenoid valve and the ECM/PCM would need to be replaced. Vehicles driven in the Northeastern part of the U.S. are more likely to have this problem because of the salting of roads during the winter months. Vehicles driven where salt is not used on the roads are much less likely to have this problem. VEHICLES AFFECTED 1998-02 Accord 1998-00 Civic 1998-01 CR-V 2000-02 Insight 1999-03 Odyssey 2003 Pilot 2000-03 S2000 CORRECTIVE ACTION Test and, if necessary, replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Replace the ECM/PCM if needed. PARTS INFORMATION Refer to the parts catalog for the appropriate part number and Honda code. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 2317 P/N 17012-S01-A00 H/C 5999016 ECM/PCM: P/N 37820-P2P-A12 H/C 6104426 Defect Code: 072 Contention Code: C01 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Connect the PGM Tester to the 16P data link connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn on the PGM Tester. 3. From the PROGRAM MENU screen, select HONDA SYSTEMS. 4. From the SYSTEM SELECT screen, select 1: PGM-FI. 5. From the TEST MODE MENU screen, select 6: INSPECTION. 6. From the INSPECTION MENU screen, select 2: EVAP TEST. 7. From the EVAP TEST MENU, select 1: SINGLE SOLENOIDS. 8. From the SINGLE SOLENOIDS MENU, activate the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Listen for a click and feel for a light tap from the solenoid valve as you activate it. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, disregard this service bulletin, and look for other possible causes. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 9. 9. Replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 10. Test the new solenoid valve with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 11. 11. Check the wire harness and the connectors for damage. ^ If you find any damage, repair it, then go to step 12. ^ If you find no damage in the wire harness or connectors, go to step 13. 12. Test the solenoid valve again with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 13. 13. Replace the ECM/PCM (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 14. Use the PGM Tester to retest the solenoid valve. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 2318 ^ If you still cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, continue with normal troubleshooting. 15. Insight only: Disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. 16. All other affected models: Use the PGM Tester to run the EVAP system function test (see S/B 02-007, EVAP System Function Testing and Diagnostics With the PGM Tester). ^ If the EVAP system passes the function test, disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. ^ If the EVAP system fails the function test, continue with normal troubleshooting. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2324 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2325 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2326 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2327 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2328 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2329 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2330 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2331 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2332 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2333 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2334 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2335 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2336 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) 03-001 January 28, 2003 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P1457: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve Failure SYMPTOM The MIL is on, and DTC P1457 [leak detected in EVAP control system (EVAP control canister system)] is set. PROBABLE CAUSE The EVAP bypass solenoid valve can fail due to corrosion. The solenoid valve may get water inside. If the water contains road salt, the solenoid windings could corrode, causing the valve to fail. In a few rare instances, the corrosion could be severe enough to cause an internal short in the solenoid valve, which could damage the ECM/PCM. If this happens, both the bypass solenoid valve and the ECM/PCM would need to be replaced. Vehicles driven in the Northeastern part of the U.S. are more likely to have this problem because of the salting of roads during the winter months. Vehicles driven where salt is not used on the roads are much less likely to have this problem. VEHICLES AFFECTED 1998-02 Accord 1998-00 Civic 1998-01 CR-V 2000-02 Insight 1999-03 Odyssey 2003 Pilot 2000-03 S2000 CORRECTIVE ACTION Test and, if necessary, replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Replace the ECM/PCM if needed. PARTS INFORMATION Refer to the parts catalog for the appropriate part number and Honda code. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 2341 P/N 17012-S01-A00 H/C 5999016 ECM/PCM: P/N 37820-P2P-A12 H/C 6104426 Defect Code: 072 Contention Code: C01 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Connect the PGM Tester to the 16P data link connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn on the PGM Tester. 3. From the PROGRAM MENU screen, select HONDA SYSTEMS. 4. From the SYSTEM SELECT screen, select 1: PGM-FI. 5. From the TEST MODE MENU screen, select 6: INSPECTION. 6. From the INSPECTION MENU screen, select 2: EVAP TEST. 7. From the EVAP TEST MENU, select 1: SINGLE SOLENOIDS. 8. From the SINGLE SOLENOIDS MENU, activate the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Listen for a click and feel for a light tap from the solenoid valve as you activate it. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, disregard this service bulletin, and look for other possible causes. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 9. 9. Replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 10. Test the new solenoid valve with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 11. 11. Check the wire harness and the connectors for damage. ^ If you find any damage, repair it, then go to step 12. ^ If you find no damage in the wire harness or connectors, go to step 13. 12. Test the solenoid valve again with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 13. 13. Replace the ECM/PCM (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 14. Use the PGM Tester to retest the solenoid valve. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 2342 ^ If you still cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, continue with normal troubleshooting. 15. Insight only: Disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. 16. All other affected models: Use the PGM Tester to run the EVAP system function test (see S/B 02-007, EVAP System Function Testing and Diagnostics With the PGM Tester). ^ If the EVAP system passes the function test, disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. ^ If the EVAP system fails the function test, continue with normal troubleshooting. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2348 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2349 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2350 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2351 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2352 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2353 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2354 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2355 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2356 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2357 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2358 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2359 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2360 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View > Page 2363 Engine Control Module: Locations Picture View Behind Right Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Engine Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2366 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2367 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2368 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2369 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2370 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2371 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2372 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2373 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2374 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2375 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2376 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2377 Engine Control Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2378 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2379 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2380 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2381 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2382 Engine Control Module: Connector Views Part 1 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2383 Part 2 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2384 Part 3 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2385 Part 4 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Programming and Relearning Engine Control Module: Programming and Relearning Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. - Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. - Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customer's presets so you can reset them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2388 Engine Control Module: Service and Repair Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. - Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. - Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customer's presets so you can reset them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Relay Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay > Page 2396 PGM-FI Main Relay: Locations Main Relay (PGM-FI) Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2399 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2400 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2401 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2402 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2403 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2404 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2405 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2406 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2407 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2408 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2409 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2410 PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2411 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2412 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2413 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2414 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2415 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2416 PGM-FI Main Relay: Description and Operation Description The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON (II), and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2417 PGM-FI Main Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2418 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2419 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Pump Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2425 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2426 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2427 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2428 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2429 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2430 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2431 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2432 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2433 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2434 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2435 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2436 Fuel Pump Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2437 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2438 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2439 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2440 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2441 Fuel Pump Relay: Description and Operation PURPOSE AND OPERATION The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON, and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2442 Fuel Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2443 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2444 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Integrated Control Relay Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay > Page 2452 PGM-FI Main Relay: Locations Main Relay (PGM-FI) Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2455 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2456 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2457 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2458 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2459 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2460 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2461 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2462 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2463 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2464 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2465 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2466 PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2467 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2468 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2469 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2470 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2471 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2472 PGM-FI Main Relay: Description and Operation Description The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON (II), and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2473 PGM-FI Main Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2474 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2475 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2481 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2482 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2483 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2484 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2485 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2486 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2487 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2488 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2489 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2490 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2491 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2492 Ignition Control Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2493 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2494 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2495 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2496 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2497 Ignition Control Module: Testing and Inspection NOTE: - See Malfunction Indicator Lamp when the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is turned ON. - Perform the following input test for the ignition control module (ICM) after finishing the fundamental tests for the ignition system and the fuel and emissions systems. INPUT TEST FOR THE IGNITION CONTROL MODULE (ICM) 1. Remove the distributor ignition (DI) cap, the distributor ignition (DI) rotor and the leak cover (TEC). 2. Disconnect the wires from the ICM. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage between the BLK/YEL wire and body ground. There should be battery voltage. If there is no battery voltage, check the BLK/YEL wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the ICM. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage between the wire*1 and body ground. There should be battery voltage. If there is no battery voltage, check: the ignition coil. - the wire*1 between the ignition coil and the ICM. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 5. *1: BLU2 wire (HITACHI) WHT/BLU wire (TEC) 5. Disconnect the ECM/PCM connector A (32P). Check for continuity on the YEL/GRN wire between the ECM/PCM and the ICM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2498 - There should be continuity. 6. Check for continuity on the YEL/GRN wire to body ground. - There should be no continuity. 7. Check for continuity on the BLU1 wire between the test tachometer connector and the ICM. - There should be continuity. 8. Check for continuity on the BLU1 wire to body ground. - There should be no continuity. 9. If all the tests are normal, replace the ICM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2505 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2506 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2507 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2508 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2509 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2510 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2511 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2512 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2513 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2514 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2515 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2516 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2517 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2518 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2519 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2520 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Barometric Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Barometric Pressure Sensor: Locations The Barometric Pressure Sensor (BARO) is built into the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2527 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2531 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2535 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2536 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2539 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2540 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2541 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2542 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2543 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2544 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2545 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2546 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2547 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2548 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2549 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2550 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2551 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2552 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2553 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2554 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2555 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 3. Remove the upper cover and dipstick/tube. 4. Remove the lower cover and idler pulley bracket. 5. Disconnect the CKF sensor connector, then remove the CKF sensor. 6. Install the CKF sensor in reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) > Page 2560 EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2561 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Electric Load Sensor: Component Locations Engine Compartment Picture View Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 2566 Starter Cables/Battery Ground Cable/Engine Ground Cable A, Engine Compartment Overview Of Power Terminals (T) And Grounds (G) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 2567 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 2568 Electric Load Sensor: Connector Locations Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations Behind Back Seat Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2572 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair For access and replacement of the sensor refer to Fuel Tank / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Ignition Hall Effect Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Ignition Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2580 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Top Left Side of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2581 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Description and Operation DESCRIPTION The IAT Sensor is a temperature dependant resistor (thermistor). The resistance of the thermistor decreases as the intake air temperature increases as shown above. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Specifications Sensor Torque/Voltage Sensor Torque/Voltage Torque 1.5 ft.lb With 5 in.Hg. applied 2.4 - 2.5 V With 15 in.Hg. applied 1.4 - 1.5 V With 25 in.Hg. applied 0.5 - 0.6 V Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2588 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2589 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Description and Operation PURPOSE The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals and inputs the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Oxygen Sensor: Customer Interest Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 2601 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Oxygen Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 2607 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 2610 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 2 Below Rear of D16Y5 Eng. Below Rear of D16Y5 Eng. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 2611 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Underside of Vehicle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 2612 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 2 Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Oxygen Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2615 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2616 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2617 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2618 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2619 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2620 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2621 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2622 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2623 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2624 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2625 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2626 Oxygen Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2627 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2628 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2629 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2630 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2631 Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas and signals the ECM/PCM. In operation, the ECM/PCM receives the signals from the sensor and varies the duration during which fuel is injected. To stabilize the sensor's output, the sensor has an internal heater. The Primary HO2S (Sensor 1) is installed in the exhaust manifold. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2632 Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair PRIMARY H02S: 1. Remove the primary H02S. D16Y5, D16Y7 Engines: a. Disconnect the primary H02S connector, then remove the cover. b. Remove the primary H02S. B16A2, D16Y8 Engines: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2633 a. Disconnect the primary H02S connector then remove the primary H02S. 2. Install the primary H02S in reverse order of removal. SECONDARY H02S: 1. Remove the secondary H02S. D16Y5, D16Y7 Engines: a. Disconnect the secondary H02S connector, then remove the secondary H02S. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2634 B16A2, D16Y8 Engines: a. Remove the grommet, and pull out the secondary H02S connector, then disconnect the secondary H02S connector. b. Remove the secondary H02S. 2. Install the secondary H02S in reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Pressure Switch: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Switch .................................................................................................................................................. ............................................ 12 Nm (108 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2638 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations Lower Left Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2639 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2640 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2641 Part 2 Of 2 This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2646 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2647 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2648 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2649 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2650 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2651 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2652 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2653 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2654 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2655 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2656 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2657 Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2658 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2659 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2660 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2661 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 > Page 2666 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2667 Throttle Position Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The TP Sensor is a potentiometer. It is connected to the throttle valve shaft. As the throttle position changes, the throttle position sensor varies the voltage signal to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2673 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2674 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2675 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2676 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2677 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2678 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2679 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2680 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2681 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2682 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2683 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2684 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2685 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2686 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2687 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2688 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2689 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2690 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2691 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Vehicle Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View > Page 2698 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Locations Picture View Lower Right Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2701 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2702 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2703 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2704 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2705 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2706 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2707 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2708 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2709 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2710 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2711 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2712 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2713 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2714 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2715 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2716 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2717 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 15 and the BLK/WHT and BLK/YEL wire to the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). The sensor is grounded by the BLK wire to G101. The speedometer and other control units in the circuit supply about 5 volts to the BLU/WHT wire. The vehicle speed sensor (VSS) intermittently grounds the BLU/WHT wire which generates a pulsed signal in it. The number of pulses per minute increases/decreases with the speed of the car. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2718 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2719 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) > Page 2725 EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2726 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2732 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2733 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2734 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2735 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2736 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2737 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2738 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2739 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2740 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2741 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2742 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2743 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2744 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2745 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2746 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2747 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations Right Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Temperature Sensor: Locations Top Center of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2758 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2759 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2760 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2761 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2762 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2763 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2764 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2765 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2766 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2767 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2768 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2769 Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2770 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2771 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2772 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2773 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 > Page 2778 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2779 Throttle Position Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The TP Sensor is a potentiometer. It is connected to the throttle valve shaft. As the throttle position changes, the throttle position sensor varies the voltage signal to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2784 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Hall Effect Sensor, Ignition > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Hall Effect Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Ignition Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder: Technical Service Bulletins Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Can't Turn Ignition Switch? Check for Locked Steering Got a service customer complaining he or she can't turn the ignition switch to start the engine? The reason could just be the steering column lock pin is engaged with the front wheels turned. Here's what typically happens: Some folks use the steering wheel to help support themselves while climbing in or out of the vehicle. This is very common among elderly or disabled drivers. Doing this turns the front wheels, which twists the tires against the ground. The twisted tires apply torque to the steering column. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), the steering column lock pin is engaged. But the applied torque on the steering column binds the lock pin, making it tough to turn the ignition switch. The ignition switch won't turn to ON (II) if the lock pin isn't disengaged from the steering column. Tell your customer there's nothing wrong with the ignition switch itself. All he or she needs to do is turn the steering wheel from side to side while turning the switch. This usually releases the lock pin so the engine can be started. In some cases, though, your customer may need to give a good tug on the wheel. This could easily happen when parking on a hill and the wheels are turned sharply before the engine is shut off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose disconnected Pressure should be: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm; 38 - 46 psi) Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose connected Pressure should be: 200 - 250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm; 28 - 36 psi) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 2805 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Inspection 1. Relieve fuel pressure. 2. Remove the 12 mm banjo bolt from the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. Attach the special tools. 3. Start the engine. Measure the fuel pressure with the engine idling and the vacuum hose of the fuel pressure regulator disconnected from the fuel pressure regulator and pinched. If the engine will not start, turn the ignition switch ON (II), wait for two seconds, turn it off, then back on again and read the fuel pressure. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm, 38 - 46 psi) B16A2 engine: 270 - 320 kPa (2.8 - 3.3 kg/Sq.cm, 40 - 47 psi) 4. Reconnect vacuum hose to the fuel pressure regulator. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 200-250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm, 28 - 36 psi) B16A2 engine: 210 - 260 kPa (2.1 - 2.6 kg/Sq.cm, 30 - 37 psi) If the fuel pressure is not as specified, first check the fuel pump. If the fuel pump is OK, check the following: If the fuel pressure is higher than specified, inspect for: Pinched or clogged fuel return hose or line. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - If the fuel pressure is lower than specified, inspect for: Clogged fuel filter. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - Fuel line leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester Idle Speed: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester 03-016 May 19, 2006 Applies To: 1998-02 Accord -ALL 1996-00 Civic -ALL 1997-01 CR-V - ALL 1997-01 Prelude - ALL *1999-04 Odyssey - ALL* Inspecting Idle Speed With the PGM Tester or Honda Diagnostic System (Supersedes 03-016, dated March 25, 2003, to update the information marked by asterisks) BACKGROUND The ECM/PCM controls the vehicle's idle speed with the idle air control (IAC) valve. The IAC valve and the air bleed screw (idle adjusting screw) work together to allow the proper amount of air into the intake manifold when the throttle valve is closed (the accelerator pedal is released). The ECM/PCM "learns" to work the IAC valve based on the total amount of air entering the intake manifold. Air can enter the intake manifold from several sources, including the air bleed screw, but only the air bleed screw is adjustable. If any changes are made that alter this airflow, specifically with the air bleed screw, the ECM/PCM must learn new idle parameters. When the air bleed screw is properly set, the ECM/PCM controls the engine's idle speed seamlessly. But when the air bleed screw is not properly set, either of these symptoms may be present: ^ Idle speed dips and then quickly recovers. ^ Engine stalls intermittently when it is just "off-idle." Here are the criteria for this symptom: - The accelerator pedal is released but the driver's right foot rests over the pedal, causing just enough pressure for the ECM/PCM to detect an input, yet there is little or no throttle valve opening (the throttle valve is either not allowing any airflow or it is opened so slightly that more air supply is needed). - The engine speed is about 1,250 rpm or less. - The lockup clutch (A/T models) or the clutch (M/T models) is disengaged. - All during this time, the driver's foot does not move and stays resting over the accelerator pedal. - The air bleed screw is not set properly and does not allow enough airflow. - The amount of "air leakage" into the intake manifold is very low. (The normal amount of air let into the intake manifold by sources other than the IAC valve, the air bleed screw, and normal operation of the throttle body can vary slightly from vehicle to vehicle.) NOTE: "Air leakage" cannot be easily checked. If the first four criteria are met when the vehicle stalls, you can assume the last two criteria are met as well. CORRECTIVE ACTION L4 Models and 1999-00 Odyssey: Inspect the idle speed with the PGM Tester or Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) (see INSPECTION PROCEDURE A). V6 Models except 1999-00 Odyssey: Inspect the idle speed with the PGM Tester or HDS, and clean out the throttle body if needed (see INSPECTION PROCEDURE B). PARTS INFORMATION Throttle Body Gasket (use only if needed): Refer to the parts catalog. TOOL INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 2810 PGM Tester with SN 320 or Honda Diagnostic System with 1.006.004 or later software REQUIRED MATERIALS Carburetor Cleaner: P/N 08732-0006, H/C 4713673 or Throttle Plate and Induction Cleaner: P/N 08732-9009, H/C 6204945 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Inspect Idle Speed (L4 and V6 Models) Operation Number: 120301 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 16400-PAA-A61 H/C 5429006 *Defect Code: 07403 Symptom Code: 08901* Skill Level: Repair Technician Clean Throttle Body (V6 Models Except 1999-00 Odyssey) Operation Number: 216001 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 16400-PAA-A61 H/C 5429006 *Defect Code: 08103 Symptom Code: 08901* Skill Level: Repair Technician NOTE: Warranty claims for these labor operations must be submitted separately. Do not combine them on the same claim. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. INSPECTION PROCEDURE A 1. Access the air bleed screw on the throttle body. 2. Record the current setting of the screw: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 2811 ^ Turn the screw clockwise, and count the number of turns (both full and partial) it takes to fully seat the screw. ^ Turn the screw counterclockwise back to its original setting. ^ Subtract the number of clockwise turns it took to seat the screw from 3-1/2. Record that number. Example: If it took two full turns to seat the screw, subtracting 3-1/2 from that gives you 1-1/2. 3. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). 4. Turn off all electrical items (A/C, audio unit defogger, lights, etc.). Center the steering wheel so there is no power steering load. 5. Connect the PGM Tester or HDS to the 16P data link connector (DLC). 6. Turn on the PGM Tester or HDS. Enter the VIN and odometer reading. 7. Follow the screen prompts on the PGM Tester or HDS to get to DATA LIST. Scroll down the list to IAC. 8. While watching the IAC counts on the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw (either counterclockwise or clockwise) until the IAC count reaches 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey) or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. (Count the number of counterclockwise turns you have made, and add that number to the screw setting you recorded in step 2.) ^ If you see an IAC count of 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey), turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 9. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey), and you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns, leave the screw set where it is. Go to step 9. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 9. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes to allow the ECM/PCM to learn the new idle parameters. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn off and disconnect the PGM Tester or HDS. INSPECTION PROCEDURE B 1. Access the air bleed screw on the throttle body. 2. Record the current setting of the screw: ^ Turn the screw clockwise, and count the number of turns (both full and partial) it takes to fully seat the screw. ^ Turn the screw counterclockwise back to its original setting. ^ Subtract the number of clockwise turns it took to seat the screw from 3-1/2. Record that number. Example: If it took two full turns to seat the screw, subtracting 3-1/2 from that gives you 1-1/2. 3. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). 4. Turn off all electrical items (A/C, audio unit, defogger, lights, etc.). Center the steering wheel so there is no power steering load. 5. Connect the PGM Tester or HDS to the 16P data link connector (DLC). 6. Turn on the PGM Tester or HDS. Enter the VIN and odometer reading. 7. Follow the screen prompts on the PGM Tester or HDS to get to DATA LIST. Scroll down the list to IAC. 8. While watching the IAC counts on the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw (either counterclockwise or clockwise) until the IAC count reaches 7 or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. (Count the number of counterclockwise turns you have made, and add that number to the screw setting you recorded in step 2.) ^ If you see an IAC count of 7, turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 14. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 7, and you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns, leave the screw set where it is. Go to step 9. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Remove the throttle body (see the Fuel and Emissions section of the appropriate service manual). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 2812 10. Open the throttle. Spray carburetor cleaner or throttle plate and induction cleaner into the throttle body to clean out any contaminants. Make sure you spray the cleaner through the back of the throttle body not the front, to avoid damaging the IAC valve. 11. Inspect the throttle body gasket, and replace it if needed. Reinstall the throttle body, making sure all cables are properly adjusted, the accelerator pedal works properly, and all hoses and cables are correctly routed. 12. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature. Make sure all electrical items are turned off and the steering wheel is centered. 13. While watching the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw until the IAC count reaches 7 or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. ^ If you see an IAC count of 7, turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 14. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 7, leave the screw set at 3-1/2 turns. Go to step 14. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 14. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes to allow the ECM/PCM to learn the new idle parameters. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn off and disconnect the PGM Tester or HDS. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2813 Idle Speed: Specifications IDLE SPEED IDLE SPEED Curb Idle Speed Man. Trans. Curb Idle Speed Auto Trans (N). 670 RPM 700RPM Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2814 Idle Speed: Testing and Inspection Adjust the idle speed using a Honda PGM Tester if possible. If not, use the following procedure: NOTE: - Leave the IAC valve connected. - Before setting the idle speed, check the following items: The MIL has not been reported on. - Ignition timing - Spark plugs - Air cleaner - PCV system 1. Connect a tachometer. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 3. Check the idle speed with no-load conditions: headlights, blower fan, rear defogger, radiator fan, and air conditioner are not operating. Idle speed should be: USA: D16Y5 engine with CVT, D16Y7 engine with A/T, D16Y8 engine with A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) D16Y7 engine with M/T: 670 ± 50 rpm Canada: D16Y8 engine, D16Y7 engine: M/T 750 ± 50 rpm A/T 750 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) 4. Adjust the idle speed, if necessary, by removing the cap and turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn clockwise or counterclockwise. NOTE: When you remove the ACL housing, do not disconnect the IAT sensor connector. 5. After turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn, check the idle speed again. If it is out of spec, turn the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn again. NOTE: Do not turn the idle adjusting screw more than 1/2-turn without checking the idle speed. 6. Idle the engine for one minute with heater fan switch at HI and air conditioner on, then check the idle speed. Idle speed should be: M/T 810 ± 50 rpm A/T,CVT 810 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) NOTE: Do not turn the idle adjusting screw when the air conditioner is on. - If the idle speed is not within specification, see Symptom Chart. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Symptom Related Diagnostic Procedures Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Service and Repair Air Filter Element: Service and Repair 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC, 1.6L DOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC Air Cleaner (ACL) NOTE: Do not clean the ACL element it with compressed air (except dry type). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Relieving Before disconnecting fuel pipes or hoses, release pressure from the system by loosening the 12 mm banjo bolt on top of the fuel filter. WARNING: - Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames or sparks away from your work area. - Be sure to relieve fuel pressure while the ignition switch is off. 1. Write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the battery negative terminal. 3. Remove the fuel fill cap. 4. Use a box end wrench on the 12 mm banjo bolt at the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. 5. Place a rag or shop towel over the 12 mm banjo bolt. 6. Slowly loosen the 12 mm banjo bolt one complete turn. NOTE: Replace all the washers whenever the 12 mm banjo bolt is loosened or removed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications Firing Order: Specifications FIRING ORDER FIRING ORDER 1-3-4-2 Distributor rotates clockwise Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > Number One Cylinder > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > Timing Marks and Indicators > System Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Cable: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2837 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2838 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2839 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2840 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2841 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2842 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2843 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2844 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2845 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2846 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2847 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2848 Ignition Cable: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2849 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2850 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2851 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2852 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2853 Ignition Cable: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Carefully remove the ignition wires by pulling on the rubber boots. Do not bend the wires; you might break them inside. 1. Check the condition of the ignition wire terminals. If any terminal is corroded, clean it, and if it is broken or distorted, replace the ignition wire. 2. Connect ohmmeter probes and measure resistance. 3. If resistance exceeds 25 K Ohm, replace the ignition wire. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Locations Distributor: Locations Right Side of D16Y8 Engine (Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Exploded Views Distributor: Exploded Views HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Exploded Views > Page 2859 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2860 Distributor: Service and Repair Removal: 1. Disconnect the connector from the distributor. 2. Disconnect the ignition wires from the distributor ignition (DI) cap. 3. Remove the mounting bolts from the distributor, then remove the distributor from the cylinder head. Installation: NOTE: Before you install the distributor, bring the No.1 piston to compression stroke TDC. 1. Coat a new O-ring with engine oil, then install it. 2. Slip the distributor into position. NOTE: The lug on the end of the distributor and its mating grooves in the camshaft end are both offset to eliminate the possibility of installing the distributor 180° out of time. 3. Install the mounting bolts, and tighten them lightly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2861 4. Connect the ignition wires to the distributor ignition (DI) cap as shown. 5. Connect the connector to the distributor. 6. Set the ignition timing. 7. After setting the ignition timing, tighten the mounting bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Plug Gap Spark Plug: Specifications GAP GAP Spark Plug Air Gap D16Y5-D16Y7-D16Y8 Engines 0.039-0.043 (In.) SPark Plug Air Gap B16A2-Engine 0.047-0.051 (In.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Plug Gap > Page 2866 Spark Plug: Specifications Spark Plug Torque 13 ft lb (18 Nm) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2867 Spark Plug: Application and ID Spark Plug ID D16Y5 Engine NGK ............................................................................................................................. .......................................................................................ZFR4F-11 Denso .......................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ......KJ14CR-L11 DY16Y7-DY16Y8 Engine NGK ............................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................ZFR5F-11 Denso ......................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................KJ16CR-L11 BA16A2 Engine NGK .......................................................................................................................... ..........................................................................................PFR6L-13 Denso ....................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .........PK20PR-L13 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2868 Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection 1. Inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator for: Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Advanced ignition timing - Loose spark plug - Plug heat range too low - Insufficient cooling Fouled plugs may be caused by: Retarded ignition timing - Oil in combustion chamber - Incorrect spark plug gap - Plug heat range too high - Excessive idling/low speed running - Clogged air cleaner element - Deteriorated ignition coil or ignition wires 2. D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engine: - Adjust the gap with a suitable gapping tool, and replace the plug if the center electrode is rounded as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2869 3. B16A2 engine: - Do not adjust the gap of a platinum tip plug: replace the spark plug if the center electrode is rounded or if the gap is not within the specifications. NOTE: Use only the spark plugs listed. 4. Apply a small quantity of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head finger-tight. Then torque them to 18 N.m (1.8 kg.m, 13 lb.ft). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Compression Check: Specifications Compression [1] Nominal ............................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 1,270 kPa (184 psi) Minimum .............................................................. .................................................................................................................................. 930 kPa (135 psi) Maximum Variation ....................................................................................................................... .......................................................... 200 kPa (28 psi) [1] At 250 rpm and wide open throttle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Clearance Intake ................................................................................................................................................... .......................................... 0.007-0.009 inches Exhaust ................................................................................................................................................ .......................................... 0.009-0.011 inches Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2876 Valve Clearance: Adjustments NOTE: Valves should be adjusted only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F (38°C). - After adjusting, retorque the crankshaft pulley bolt. 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. The "UP" mark on the cam-shaft pulley should be at top, and the TDC marks should align with the cylinder head surface. 4. Adjust valves on No. 1 cylinder. Intake: 0.18 - 0.22 mm (0.007 - 0.009 inch) Exhaust: 0.23 - 0.27 mm (0.009 - 0.011 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2877 5. Loosen the locknut, and turn the adjustment screw until the feeler gauge slides back and forth with a slight amount of drag. 6. Tighten the locknut, and check the clearance again. Repeat the adjustment if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2878 7. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90°). The "UP" mark should be on the exhaust side. Adjust valves on No. 3 cylinder. 8. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise to bring No. 4 piston to TDC. Both TDC grooves are once again visible. Adjust valves on No. 4 cylinder. 9. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counterclockwise to bring No. 2 piston to TDC. The "UP" mark should be on the intake side. Adjust valves on No. 2 cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > A/C Signal > Component Information > Description and Operation A/C Signal: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when there is a demand for cooling from the air conditioning system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > A/C Signal > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2883 A/C Signal: Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > A/C Signal > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2884 This signals the ECM/PCM when there is a demand for cooling from the air conditioning system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2889 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2890 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2891 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2892 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2893 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2894 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2895 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2896 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2897 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2898 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2899 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2900 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2901 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2902 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2903 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2904 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2908 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Top Left Side of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2909 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Description and Operation DESCRIPTION The IAT Sensor is a temperature dependant resistor (thermistor). The resistance of the thermistor decreases as the intake air temperature increases as shown above. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Barometric Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Barometric Pressure Sensor: Locations The Barometric Pressure Sensor (BARO) is built into the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Integrated Control Unit: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2917 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2918 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2919 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2920 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2921 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2922 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2923 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2924 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2925 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2926 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2927 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2928 Integrated Control Unit: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2929 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2930 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2931 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2932 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Brake Signal > Component Information > Description and Operation Brake Signal: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when the brake pedal is depressed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Brake Signal > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2936 Brake Signal: Testing and Inspection This signals the ECM/PCM when the brake pedal is depressed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2940 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2944 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Cranking Signal > Component Information > Description and Operation Cranking Signal: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when the engine is cranking. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Cranking Signal > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2948 Cranking Signal: Testing and Inspection This signals the ECM/PCM when the engine is cranking. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2952 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2953 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2956 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2957 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2958 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2959 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2960 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2961 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2962 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2963 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2964 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2965 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2966 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2967 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2968 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2969 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2970 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2971 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2972 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 3. Remove the upper cover and dipstick/tube. 4. Remove the lower cover and idler pulley bracket. 5. Disconnect the CKF sensor connector, then remove the CKF sensor. 6. Install the CKF sensor in reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations Data Link Connector: Locations Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Data Link Connector: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2978 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2979 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2980 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2981 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2982 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2983 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2984 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2985 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2986 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2987 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2988 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2989 Data Link Connector: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2990 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2991 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2992 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2993 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2994 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Diagnostic Mode Switch/Connector > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) > Page 3002 EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3003 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Electric Load Sensor: Component Locations Engine Compartment Picture View Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 3008 Starter Cables/Battery Ground Cable/Engine Ground Cable A, Engine Compartment Overview Of Power Terminals (T) And Grounds (G) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 3009 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 3010 Electric Load Sensor: Connector Locations Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) 03-001 January 28, 2003 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P1457: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve Failure SYMPTOM The MIL is on, and DTC P1457 [leak detected in EVAP control system (EVAP control canister system)] is set. PROBABLE CAUSE The EVAP bypass solenoid valve can fail due to corrosion. The solenoid valve may get water inside. If the water contains road salt, the solenoid windings could corrode, causing the valve to fail. In a few rare instances, the corrosion could be severe enough to cause an internal short in the solenoid valve, which could damage the ECM/PCM. If this happens, both the bypass solenoid valve and the ECM/PCM would need to be replaced. Vehicles driven in the Northeastern part of the U.S. are more likely to have this problem because of the salting of roads during the winter months. Vehicles driven where salt is not used on the roads are much less likely to have this problem. VEHICLES AFFECTED 1998-02 Accord 1998-00 Civic 1998-01 CR-V 2000-02 Insight 1999-03 Odyssey 2003 Pilot 2000-03 S2000 CORRECTIVE ACTION Test and, if necessary, replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Replace the ECM/PCM if needed. PARTS INFORMATION Refer to the parts catalog for the appropriate part number and Honda code. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 3019 P/N 17012-S01-A00 H/C 5999016 ECM/PCM: P/N 37820-P2P-A12 H/C 6104426 Defect Code: 072 Contention Code: C01 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Connect the PGM Tester to the 16P data link connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn on the PGM Tester. 3. From the PROGRAM MENU screen, select HONDA SYSTEMS. 4. From the SYSTEM SELECT screen, select 1: PGM-FI. 5. From the TEST MODE MENU screen, select 6: INSPECTION. 6. From the INSPECTION MENU screen, select 2: EVAP TEST. 7. From the EVAP TEST MENU, select 1: SINGLE SOLENOIDS. 8. From the SINGLE SOLENOIDS MENU, activate the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Listen for a click and feel for a light tap from the solenoid valve as you activate it. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, disregard this service bulletin, and look for other possible causes. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 9. 9. Replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 10. Test the new solenoid valve with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 11. 11. Check the wire harness and the connectors for damage. ^ If you find any damage, repair it, then go to step 12. ^ If you find no damage in the wire harness or connectors, go to step 13. 12. Test the solenoid valve again with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 13. 13. Replace the ECM/PCM (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 14. Use the PGM Tester to retest the solenoid valve. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 3020 ^ If you still cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, continue with normal troubleshooting. 15. Insight only: Disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. 16. All other affected models: Use the PGM Tester to run the EVAP system function test (see S/B 02-007, EVAP System Function Testing and Diagnostics With the PGM Tester). ^ If the EVAP system passes the function test, disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. ^ If the EVAP system fails the function test, continue with normal troubleshooting. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3026 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3027 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3028 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3029 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3030 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3031 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3032 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3033 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3034 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3035 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3036 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3037 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3038 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) 03-001 January 28, 2003 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P1457: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve Failure SYMPTOM The MIL is on, and DTC P1457 [leak detected in EVAP control system (EVAP control canister system)] is set. PROBABLE CAUSE The EVAP bypass solenoid valve can fail due to corrosion. The solenoid valve may get water inside. If the water contains road salt, the solenoid windings could corrode, causing the valve to fail. In a few rare instances, the corrosion could be severe enough to cause an internal short in the solenoid valve, which could damage the ECM/PCM. If this happens, both the bypass solenoid valve and the ECM/PCM would need to be replaced. Vehicles driven in the Northeastern part of the U.S. are more likely to have this problem because of the salting of roads during the winter months. Vehicles driven where salt is not used on the roads are much less likely to have this problem. VEHICLES AFFECTED 1998-02 Accord 1998-00 Civic 1998-01 CR-V 2000-02 Insight 1999-03 Odyssey 2003 Pilot 2000-03 S2000 CORRECTIVE ACTION Test and, if necessary, replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Replace the ECM/PCM if needed. PARTS INFORMATION Refer to the parts catalog for the appropriate part number and Honda code. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 3043 P/N 17012-S01-A00 H/C 5999016 ECM/PCM: P/N 37820-P2P-A12 H/C 6104426 Defect Code: 072 Contention Code: C01 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Connect the PGM Tester to the 16P data link connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn on the PGM Tester. 3. From the PROGRAM MENU screen, select HONDA SYSTEMS. 4. From the SYSTEM SELECT screen, select 1: PGM-FI. 5. From the TEST MODE MENU screen, select 6: INSPECTION. 6. From the INSPECTION MENU screen, select 2: EVAP TEST. 7. From the EVAP TEST MENU, select 1: SINGLE SOLENOIDS. 8. From the SINGLE SOLENOIDS MENU, activate the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Listen for a click and feel for a light tap from the solenoid valve as you activate it. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, disregard this service bulletin, and look for other possible causes. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 9. 9. Replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 10. Test the new solenoid valve with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 11. 11. Check the wire harness and the connectors for damage. ^ If you find any damage, repair it, then go to step 12. ^ If you find no damage in the wire harness or connectors, go to step 13. 12. Test the solenoid valve again with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 13. 13. Replace the ECM/PCM (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 14. Use the PGM Tester to retest the solenoid valve. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 3044 ^ If you still cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, continue with normal troubleshooting. 15. Insight only: Disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. 16. All other affected models: Use the PGM Tester to run the EVAP system function test (see S/B 02-007, EVAP System Function Testing and Diagnostics With the PGM Tester). ^ If the EVAP system passes the function test, disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. ^ If the EVAP system fails the function test, continue with normal troubleshooting. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3050 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3051 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3052 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3053 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3054 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3055 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3056 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3057 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3058 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3059 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3060 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3061 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3062 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View > Page 3065 Engine Control Module: Locations Picture View Behind Right Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Engine Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3068 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3069 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3070 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3071 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3072 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3074 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3075 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3076 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3077 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3078 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3079 Engine Control Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3080 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3081 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3082 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3083 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3084 Engine Control Module: Connector Views Part 1 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3085 Part 2 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3086 Part 3 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3087 Part 4 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Programming and Relearning Engine Control Module: Programming and Relearning Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. - Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. - Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customer's presets so you can reset them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3090 Engine Control Module: Service and Repair Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. - Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. - Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customer's presets so you can reset them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations Behind Back Seat Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3094 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair For access and replacement of the sensor refer to Fuel Tank / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Ignition Hall Effect Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Ignition Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Specifications Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Specifications Torque 2.5 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3102 Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3105 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3106 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3107 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3108 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3109 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3110 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3111 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3112 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3113 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3114 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3115 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3116 Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3117 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3118 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3119 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3120 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3121 Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Description and Operation Idle Air Control Idle Air Control Valve (IAC Valve) When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is depressed, the P/S load is high, or the alternator Is charging, the ECM/PCM controls current to the IAC Valve to maintain the correct idle speed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Information Bus: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3126 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3127 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3128 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3129 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3130 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3131 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3132 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3133 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3134 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3135 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3136 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3137 Information Bus: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3138 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3139 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3140 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3141 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Relay Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay > Page 3152 PGM-FI Main Relay: Locations Main Relay (PGM-FI) Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3155 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3156 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3157 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3158 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3159 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3160 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3161 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3162 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3163 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3164 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3165 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3166 PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3167 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3168 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3169 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3170 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3171 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3172 PGM-FI Main Relay: Description and Operation Description The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON (II), and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3173 PGM-FI Main Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3174 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3175 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Customer Interest Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 3184 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: All Technical Service Bulletins Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 3190 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3191 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Does Not Come ON 96-98 All and 99-00 SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission NOTE: If this symptom is intermittent, check for a loose fuse No.25 (METER 7.5 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box, a poor connection at ECM/PCM terminal A18, or an intermittent open in the GRN/ORN wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly. 99-00 All Except SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 3194 Part 1 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 3195 Part 2 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) NOTE: - When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS service connector is connected and the ignition switch is on. - If this symptom is intermittent, check for: A loose No.25 (METER) (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box - A loose FIE/M (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box - A loose No.13 FUEL PUMP fuse (15 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C19) and the MAP sensor - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C28), the TP sensor, the EGR valve lift sensor (D16Y5 engine) and/or the Fuel tank pressure sensor ('96 D16Y5 engine (coupe), '97 D16Y7 engine (coupe: KL model, sedan: KL (LX) model), '97 D16Y8 engine (coupe: all models, sedan: KL model), '98-all models, '99-all models, '00-all models. - PGM-FI main relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 3196 - See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 3197 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Stays ON 96-98 All and 99-00 SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission Part 1 Of 3 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 3198 Part 2 Of 3 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 3199 Part 3 Of 3 NOTE: - When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS service connector is connected and the ignition switch is on. - If this symptom is intermittent, check for: A loose FIE/M (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box - A loose No.13 FUEL PUMP fuse (15 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C7) and the service check connector - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (D4) and the MAP sensor - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (D10), the TP sensor, the EGR valve lift sensor (D16Y5 engine) and/or the Fuel tank pressure sensor ('96 D16Y8 engine (coupe), '97 D16Y7 engine (coupe: KL model, sedan: KL (LX model), '97 D16Y8 engine (coupe: all models, sedan: KL model), '98-all models) - PGM-FI main relay See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. 99-00 All Except SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 3200 Part 1 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 3201 Part 2 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) NOTE: - When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS service connector is connected and the ignition switch is ON (II). - If this symptom is intermittent, check for: An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A10) and the service check connector - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly - See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3202 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Service and Repair ECM/PCM (MIL) RESET PROCEDURE I. How to Begin Troubleshooting. ^ When the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) has been reported on, or there is a driveability problem, use the appropriate procedure below to diagnose and repair the problem. A. When the MIL has come on: 1. Connect the Honda PGM tester or an OBD II scan tool to the 16P data link Connector (DLC) located near the left kick panel. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (Position II). 3. Check the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and note it. Also check and note the freeze frame data. NOTE: ^ See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. ^ The scan tool or tester can read the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), freeze frame data, current data and other Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Nodule (PCM) data. ^ Freeze data indicates the engine conditions when the fist malfunction. misfire or fuel trim malfunction was detected. It can be useful information when troubleshooting. B. When the MIL has not come on, but there is a driveability problem refer to Symptom Chart. See: Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3203 C. DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) with the SCS service connector connected. Connect the SCS service connector to Service Check Connector as shown. (The 2P service Check Connector is located under the dash on the passenger's side of the vehicle.) Turn the ignition switch ON (Position II). II. Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure. NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. ^ Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. ^ Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customers so you can reset them. III. Final procedure (this procedure must be done after any troubleshooting). 1. Remove the SCS service connector is connected and there are no DTCs stored in the ECM/PCM, the MIL will stay on when the ignition switch is turned ON (Position II). NOTE: If the SCS service connector is connected and there are no DTCs stored in the ECM/PCM, the MIL will stay on when the ignition switch is turned ON (Position II). 2. Do the ECM/PCM Reset Procedure. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Specifications Sensor Torque/Voltage Sensor Torque/Voltage Torque 1.5 ft.lb With 5 in.Hg. applied 2.4 - 2.5 V With 15 in.Hg. applied 1.4 - 1.5 V With 25 in.Hg. applied 0.5 - 0.6 V Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3207 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3208 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Description and Operation PURPOSE The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals and inputs the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Oxygen Sensor: Customer Interest Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 3220 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Oxygen Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 3226 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 3229 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 2 Below Rear of D16Y5 Eng. Below Rear of D16Y5 Eng. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 3230 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Underside of Vehicle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 3231 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 2 Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Oxygen Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3234 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3235 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3236 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3237 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3238 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3239 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3240 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3241 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3242 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3243 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3244 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3245 Oxygen Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3246 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3247 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3248 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3249 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3250 Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas and signals the ECM/PCM. In operation, the ECM/PCM receives the signals from the sensor and varies the duration during which fuel is injected. To stabilize the sensor's output, the sensor has an internal heater. The Primary HO2S (Sensor 1) is installed in the exhaust manifold. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3251 Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair PRIMARY H02S: 1. Remove the primary H02S. D16Y5, D16Y7 Engines: a. Disconnect the primary H02S connector, then remove the cover. b. Remove the primary H02S. B16A2, D16Y8 Engines: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3252 a. Disconnect the primary H02S connector then remove the primary H02S. 2. Install the primary H02S in reverse order of removal. SECONDARY H02S: 1. Remove the secondary H02S. D16Y5, D16Y7 Engines: a. Disconnect the secondary H02S connector, then remove the secondary H02S. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3253 B16A2, D16Y8 Engines: a. Remove the grommet, and pull out the secondary H02S connector, then disconnect the secondary H02S connector. b. Remove the secondary H02S. 2. Install the secondary H02S in reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Pressure Switch: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Switch .................................................................................................................................................. ............................................ 12 Nm (108 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3257 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations Lower Left Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3258 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3259 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3260 Part 2 Of 2 This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Integrated Control Unit: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3266 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3267 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3268 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3269 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3270 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3271 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3272 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3273 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3274 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3275 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3276 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3277 Integrated Control Unit: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3278 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3279 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3280 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3281 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) 03-001 January 28, 2003 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P1457: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve Failure SYMPTOM The MIL is on, and DTC P1457 [leak detected in EVAP control system (EVAP control canister system)] is set. PROBABLE CAUSE The EVAP bypass solenoid valve can fail due to corrosion. The solenoid valve may get water inside. If the water contains road salt, the solenoid windings could corrode, causing the valve to fail. In a few rare instances, the corrosion could be severe enough to cause an internal short in the solenoid valve, which could damage the ECM/PCM. If this happens, both the bypass solenoid valve and the ECM/PCM would need to be replaced. Vehicles driven in the Northeastern part of the U.S. are more likely to have this problem because of the salting of roads during the winter months. Vehicles driven where salt is not used on the roads are much less likely to have this problem. VEHICLES AFFECTED 1998-02 Accord 1998-00 Civic 1998-01 CR-V 2000-02 Insight 1999-03 Odyssey 2003 Pilot 2000-03 S2000 CORRECTIVE ACTION Test and, if necessary, replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Replace the ECM/PCM if needed. PARTS INFORMATION Refer to the parts catalog for the appropriate part number and Honda code. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 3290 P/N 17012-S01-A00 H/C 5999016 ECM/PCM: P/N 37820-P2P-A12 H/C 6104426 Defect Code: 072 Contention Code: C01 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Connect the PGM Tester to the 16P data link connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn on the PGM Tester. 3. From the PROGRAM MENU screen, select HONDA SYSTEMS. 4. From the SYSTEM SELECT screen, select 1: PGM-FI. 5. From the TEST MODE MENU screen, select 6: INSPECTION. 6. From the INSPECTION MENU screen, select 2: EVAP TEST. 7. From the EVAP TEST MENU, select 1: SINGLE SOLENOIDS. 8. From the SINGLE SOLENOIDS MENU, activate the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Listen for a click and feel for a light tap from the solenoid valve as you activate it. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, disregard this service bulletin, and look for other possible causes. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 9. 9. Replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 10. Test the new solenoid valve with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 11. 11. Check the wire harness and the connectors for damage. ^ If you find any damage, repair it, then go to step 12. ^ If you find no damage in the wire harness or connectors, go to step 13. 12. Test the solenoid valve again with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 13. 13. Replace the ECM/PCM (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 14. Use the PGM Tester to retest the solenoid valve. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 3291 ^ If you still cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, continue with normal troubleshooting. 15. Insight only: Disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. 16. All other affected models: Use the PGM Tester to run the EVAP system function test (see S/B 02-007, EVAP System Function Testing and Diagnostics With the PGM Tester). ^ If the EVAP system passes the function test, disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. ^ If the EVAP system fails the function test, continue with normal troubleshooting. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3297 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3298 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3299 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3300 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3301 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3302 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3303 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3304 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3305 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3306 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3307 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3308 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3309 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) 03-001 January 28, 2003 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P1457: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve Failure SYMPTOM The MIL is on, and DTC P1457 [leak detected in EVAP control system (EVAP control canister system)] is set. PROBABLE CAUSE The EVAP bypass solenoid valve can fail due to corrosion. The solenoid valve may get water inside. If the water contains road salt, the solenoid windings could corrode, causing the valve to fail. In a few rare instances, the corrosion could be severe enough to cause an internal short in the solenoid valve, which could damage the ECM/PCM. If this happens, both the bypass solenoid valve and the ECM/PCM would need to be replaced. Vehicles driven in the Northeastern part of the U.S. are more likely to have this problem because of the salting of roads during the winter months. Vehicles driven where salt is not used on the roads are much less likely to have this problem. VEHICLES AFFECTED 1998-02 Accord 1998-00 Civic 1998-01 CR-V 2000-02 Insight 1999-03 Odyssey 2003 Pilot 2000-03 S2000 CORRECTIVE ACTION Test and, if necessary, replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Replace the ECM/PCM if needed. PARTS INFORMATION Refer to the parts catalog for the appropriate part number and Honda code. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: EVAP Bypass Solenoid Valve: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 3314 P/N 17012-S01-A00 H/C 5999016 ECM/PCM: P/N 37820-P2P-A12 H/C 6104426 Defect Code: 072 Contention Code: C01 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Connect the PGM Tester to the 16P data link connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn on the PGM Tester. 3. From the PROGRAM MENU screen, select HONDA SYSTEMS. 4. From the SYSTEM SELECT screen, select 1: PGM-FI. 5. From the TEST MODE MENU screen, select 6: INSPECTION. 6. From the INSPECTION MENU screen, select 2: EVAP TEST. 7. From the EVAP TEST MENU, select 1: SINGLE SOLENOIDS. 8. From the SINGLE SOLENOIDS MENU, activate the EVAP bypass solenoid valve. Listen for a click and feel for a light tap from the solenoid valve as you activate it. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, disregard this service bulletin, and look for other possible causes. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 9. 9. Replace the EVAP bypass solenoid valve (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 10. Test the new solenoid valve with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 11. 11. Check the wire harness and the connectors for damage. ^ If you find any damage, repair it, then go to step 12. ^ If you find no damage in the wire harness or connectors, go to step 13. 12. Test the solenoid valve again with the PGM Tester. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. ^ If you cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 13. 13. Replace the ECM/PCM (see section 11 of the appropriate service manual). 14. Use the PGM Tester to retest the solenoid valve. ^ If you can hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, go to step 15 or 16 as appropriate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-001 > Jan > 03 > Emissions/Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1457 (EVAP) > Page 3315 ^ If you still cannot hear the solenoid valve click or feel it tap when activated, continue with normal troubleshooting. 15. Insight only: Disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. 16. All other affected models: Use the PGM Tester to run the EVAP system function test (see S/B 02-007, EVAP System Function Testing and Diagnostics With the PGM Tester). ^ If the EVAP system passes the function test, disconnect the PGM Tester, and return the vehicle to your customer. ^ If the EVAP system fails the function test, continue with normal troubleshooting. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3321 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3322 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3323 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3324 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3325 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3326 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3327 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3328 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3329 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3330 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3331 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3332 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3333 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View > Page 3336 Engine Control Module: Locations Picture View Behind Right Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Engine Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3339 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3340 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3341 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3342 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3343 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3344 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3345 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3346 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3347 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3348 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3349 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3350 Engine Control Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3351 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3352 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3353 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3354 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3355 Engine Control Module: Connector Views Part 1 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3356 Part 2 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3357 Part 3 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3358 Part 4 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Programming and Relearning Engine Control Module: Programming and Relearning Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. - Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. - Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customer's presets so you can reset them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3361 Engine Control Module: Service and Repair Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. - Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. - Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customer's presets so you can reset them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Integrated Control Relay Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay > Page 3369 PGM-FI Main Relay: Locations Main Relay (PGM-FI) Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3372 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3373 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3374 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3375 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3376 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3377 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3378 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3379 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3380 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3381 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3382 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3383 PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3384 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3385 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3386 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3387 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3388 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3389 PGM-FI Main Relay: Description and Operation Description The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON (II), and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3390 PGM-FI Main Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3391 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3392 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3398 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3399 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3400 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3401 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3402 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3403 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3404 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3405 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3406 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3407 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3408 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3409 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3410 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3411 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3412 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3413 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Barometric Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Barometric Pressure Sensor: Locations The Barometric Pressure Sensor (BARO) is built into the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3420 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3424 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3428 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3429 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3432 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3433 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3434 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3435 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3436 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3437 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3438 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3439 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3440 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3441 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3442 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3443 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3444 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3445 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3446 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3447 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3448 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 3. Remove the upper cover and dipstick/tube. 4. Remove the lower cover and idler pulley bracket. 5. Disconnect the CKF sensor connector, then remove the CKF sensor. 6. Install the CKF sensor in reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) > Page 3453 EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3454 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Electric Load Sensor: Component Locations Engine Compartment Picture View Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 3459 Starter Cables/Battery Ground Cable/Engine Ground Cable A, Engine Compartment Overview Of Power Terminals (T) And Grounds (G) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 3460 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 3461 Electric Load Sensor: Connector Locations Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations Behind Back Seat Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3465 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair For access and replacement of the sensor refer to Fuel Tank / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Ignition Hall Effect Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Ignition Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Specifications Resistance 5 K ohms at 32 deg F 3 K ohms at 68 deg F 1 K ohms at 104 deg F 0.7 K ohms at 140 deg F 0.5 K ohms at 176 deg F 0.2 K ohms at 212 deg F Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3473 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Top Left Side of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3474 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Description and Operation DESCRIPTION The IAT Sensor is a temperature dependant resistor (thermistor). The resistance of the thermistor decreases as the intake air temperature increases as shown above. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Specifications Sensor Torque/Voltage Sensor Torque/Voltage Torque 1.5 ft.lb With 5 in.Hg. applied 2.4 - 2.5 V With 15 in.Hg. applied 1.4 - 1.5 V With 25 in.Hg. applied 0.5 - 0.6 V Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3481 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3482 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Description and Operation PURPOSE The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals and inputs the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Oxygen Sensor: Customer Interest Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 3494 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Oxygen Sensor: All Technical Service Bulletins Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oxygen Sensor: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 3500 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 3503 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 2 Below Rear of D16Y5 Eng. Below Rear of D16Y5 Eng. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 3504 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 Underside of Vehicle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 1 > Page 3505 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) - 2 Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Front of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5/D16Y7 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Oxygen Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3508 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3509 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3510 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3511 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3512 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3513 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3514 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3515 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3516 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3517 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3518 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3519 Oxygen Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3520 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3521 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3522 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3523 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3524 Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas and signals the ECM/PCM. In operation, the ECM/PCM receives the signals from the sensor and varies the duration during which fuel is injected. To stabilize the sensor's output, the sensor has an internal heater. The Primary HO2S (Sensor 1) is installed in the exhaust manifold. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3525 Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair PRIMARY H02S: 1. Remove the primary H02S. D16Y5, D16Y7 Engines: a. Disconnect the primary H02S connector, then remove the cover. b. Remove the primary H02S. B16A2, D16Y8 Engines: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3526 a. Disconnect the primary H02S connector then remove the primary H02S. 2. Install the primary H02S in reverse order of removal. SECONDARY H02S: 1. Remove the secondary H02S. D16Y5, D16Y7 Engines: a. Disconnect the secondary H02S connector, then remove the secondary H02S. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3527 B16A2, D16Y8 Engines: a. Remove the grommet, and pull out the secondary H02S connector, then disconnect the secondary H02S connector. b. Remove the secondary H02S. 2. Install the secondary H02S in reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Pressure Switch: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Switch .................................................................................................................................................. ............................................ 12 Nm (108 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3531 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations Lower Left Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3532 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3533 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3534 Part 2 Of 2 This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3539 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3540 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3541 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3542 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3543 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3544 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3545 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3546 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3547 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3548 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3549 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3550 Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3551 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3552 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3553 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3554 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 > Page 3559 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3560 Throttle Position Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The TP Sensor is a potentiometer. It is connected to the throttle valve shaft. As the throttle position changes, the throttle position sensor varies the voltage signal to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3566 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3567 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3568 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3569 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3570 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3571 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3572 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3573 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3574 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3575 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3576 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3577 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3578 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3579 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3580 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3581 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3582 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3583 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3584 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Vehicle Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View > Page 3591 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Locations Picture View Lower Right Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3594 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3595 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3596 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3597 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3598 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3599 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3600 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3601 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3602 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3603 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3604 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3605 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3606 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3607 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3608 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3609 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3610 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 15 and the BLK/WHT and BLK/YEL wire to the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). The sensor is grounded by the BLK wire to G101. The speedometer and other control units in the circuit supply about 5 volts to the BLU/WHT wire. The vehicle speed sensor (VSS) intermittently grounds the BLU/WHT wire which generates a pulsed signal in it. The number of pulses per minute increases/decreases with the speed of the car. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3611 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3612 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3617 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3618 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3619 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3620 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3621 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3622 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3623 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3624 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3625 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3626 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3627 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3628 Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3629 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3630 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3631 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3632 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 > Page 3637 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3638 Throttle Position Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The TP Sensor is a potentiometer. It is connected to the throttle valve shaft. As the throttle position changes, the throttle position sensor varies the voltage signal to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3644 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3645 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3646 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3647 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3648 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3649 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3650 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3651 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3652 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3653 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3654 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3655 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3656 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3657 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3658 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3659 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3660 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3661 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3662 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3667 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3668 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3669 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3670 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3671 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3672 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3673 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3674 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3675 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3676 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3677 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3678 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3679 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3680 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3681 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3682 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Testing and Inspection INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the 1P connector from the VTEC solenoid valve. 2. Measure resistance between the terminal and body ground. Resistance: 14 - 30 ohms 3. If the resistance is within specifications, remove the VTEC solenoid valve assembly from the cylinder head, and check the VTEC solenoid valve filter for clogging. - If there is clogging, replace the engine oil filter and the engine oil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3686 4. If the filter is not clogged, push the VTEC solenoid valve with your finger and check its movement. - If the VTEC solenoid valve is normal, check the engine oil pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Vehicle Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Vehicle View > Page 3693 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Locations Picture View Lower Right Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3696 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3697 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3698 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3699 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3700 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3701 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3702 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3703 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3704 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3705 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3706 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3707 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3708 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3709 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3710 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3711 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3712 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 15 and the BLK/WHT and BLK/YEL wire to the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). The sensor is grounded by the BLK wire to G101. The speedometer and other control units in the circuit supply about 5 volts to the BLU/WHT wire. The vehicle speed sensor (VSS) intermittently grounds the BLU/WHT wire which generates a pulsed signal in it. The number of pulses per minute increases/decreases with the speed of the car. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3713 Vehicle Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3714 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Voltage Signal > Component Information > Description and Operation Voltage Signal: Description and Operation DESCRIPTION This signals the ECM/PCM when the Alternator (ALT) is charging. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Voltage Signal > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3718 Voltage Signal: Testing and Inspection This signals the ECM/PCM when the Alternator (ALT) is charging. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Exhaust System - Catalytic Converter Noise Catalytic Converter: Technical Service Bulletins Exhaust System - Catalytic Converter Noise SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Catalytic Converter Noise? Check the Heat Shield APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Got a vehicle in your shop that buzzes or rattles, and you suspect the catalytic converter is the culprit? Before you start replacing the converter, first check the heat shield area. If there any stones or debris trapped inside, they can cause buzzing or rattling. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Exhaust System - Catalytic Converter Noise > Page 3724 Catalytic Converter: Technical Service Bulletins Catalytic Converter - Rotten Egg Smell SOURCE: Honda Service News July 2003 TITLE: Rotten Egg Smell? Could Be the Catalytic Converter APPLIES TO: All Models SERVICE TIP: Are customers complaining of a rotten egg smell, but you can't find anything wrong with their vehicles to account for it [there's no DTC(s) set, no driveability problems reported, nothing damaged or broken]? Then it could well be coming from the catalytic converter. That smell is a release of built up hydrogen sulfide (H2S) from the reaction of organic sulfur compounds in the gasoline with the catalyst in the converter. Almost all gasoline contains some amount of organic sulfur compounds, and that amount varies by region. The more sulfur there is in the gasoline, the more H2S is built up and released by the catalytic converter, so the stronger the smell. In California, where low-sulfur gasoline is actually required by state law, sulfur smell complaints are few and far between. The folks at the Environmental Protection Agency have issued a requirement for the phasing-in of low-sulfur gasoline nationwide between 2004 and 2006. This low-sulfur gasoline should go a long way toward making complaints of rotten egg smell a thing of the past. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3725 Catalytic Converter: Description and Operation DESCRIPTION The Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) is used to convert hydrocarbons (HC), carbon monoxide (CO), and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the exhaust gas to carbon dioxide (CO 2), dinitrogen (N2) and water vapor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3726 Catalytic Converter: Testing and Inspection 1. Using a flashlight, make a visual check for plugging, melting and cracking of the catalyst. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Description and Operation Canister Purge Control Valve: Description and Operation Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Control Solenoid Valve*9 When the engine coolant temperature is above 154 °F (68 °C), the ECM/PCM controls the EVAP purge control solenoid valve which controls vacuum to the EVAP purge control canister. Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Control Solenoid Valve*4 When the engine coolant temperature above 154 °F (68 °C), intake air temperature above 32 °F (0 °C) and vehicle speed above 0 mile (0 kph) or [A/C compressor clutch on and intake air temperature above 160 °F (41 °C)], the ECM/PCM controls the EVAP purge control solenoid valve which controls vacuum to the EVAP purge control canister. *9 '96 D16Y5 engine, '96 D16Y7 engine, '96 D16Y8 engine (Sedan), '97 D16Y5 engine, '97 D16Y7 engine (Coupe: KA, KC models, Sedan: KA, KC, KL, (LX) models, Hatchback: all models), '97 D16Y8 engine (Sedan: KA, KC model) *4 '96 D16Y8 engine (Coupe), '97 D16Y7 engine (Coupe: KL model, Sedan: KL, (LX) model), '97 D16Y8 engine (Coupe: all models, sedan:KL model), '98 all models, '99 all models, '00 all models. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Canister Purge Solenoid: Locations Top Right Side of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Canister Purge Solenoid: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3736 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3737 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3738 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3739 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3740 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3741 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3742 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3743 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3744 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3745 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3746 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3747 Canister Purge Solenoid: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3748 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3749 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3750 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3751 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Check Valve > Component Information > Specifications Evaporative Check Valve: Specifications Stabilization Pressure Stabilization Pressure With vacuum applied 0.2 - 0.6 in Hg With pressure applied 0.3 in Hg Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Check Valve > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3755 Evaporative Check Valve: Testing and Inspection Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Two Way Valve Testing 1. Remove the fuel tank. 2. Remove the vapor line from the EVAP two way valve (located above the EVAP control canister), and connect it to a T-fitting from vacuum gauge and vacuum pump as shown. 3. Apply vacuum slowly and continuously while watching the gauge. The vacuum should stabilize momentarily at 0.8-2.1 kPa (6-16 mmHg, 0.2-0.6 in.Hg). If the vacuum stabilizes (valve opens) below 0.8 kPa (6 mmHg, 0.2 in.Hg) or above 2.1 kPa (16 mmHg, 0.6 in.Hg), install a new valve and retest. 4. Move the vacuum pump hose from the vacuum fitting to the pressure fitting, and move the vacuum gauge hose from the vacuum side to the pressure side as shown. 5. Slowly pressurize the vapor line while watching the gauge. The pressure should be stabilize momentarily above 1.0 kPa (8 mmHg, 0.3 in.Hg). If the pressure momentarily stabilizes (valve opens) above 1.0 kPa (8 mmHg, 0.3 in.Hg), the valve is OK. - If the pressure stabilizes below 1.0 kPa (8 mmHg, 0.3 in.Hg), install a new valve and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Evaporative Emission Control Canister: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3760 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3761 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3762 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3763 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3764 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3765 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3766 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3767 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3768 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3769 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3770 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3771 Evaporative Emission Control Canister: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3772 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3773 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3774 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3775 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Shut Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Evaporative Shut Valve: Testing and Inspection Float Test 1. Make sure the fuel tank is less than half full. 2. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the fuel tank pressure, then reinstall the cap. 3. Remove the fuel hose joint protector. Disconnect the ORVR vapor recirculation hose, and connect a vacuum pump to the vapor recirculation hose. 4. Plug the hose port. 5. Apply vacuum to the ORVR vapor recirculation hose. - If the vacuum holds, replace the ORVR vent shut valve. - If the vacuum does not hold, the float is OK. Valve Test 1. Make sure the fuel tank is less than half full. 2. Remove the fuel fill cap. 3. Remove the fuel hose joint protector. Disconnect the ORVR signal hose Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Shut Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3779 4. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EVAP control canister, and then plug the port with a plug. 5. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EVAP control canister vent shut valve, and connect a vacuum pump to the vacuum hose. 6. Pump the vacuum pump 80 times. - If the vacuum holds, go to step 7. - If the vacuum does not hold, go to step 9. 7. Connect a second vacuum pump to the ORVR signal hose. 8. Apply vacuum (1 pump) to the ORVR signal hose, then check the vacuum on the pump in step 6. - If the vacuum holds, replace the ORVR vent shut valve. - If the vacuum is released, the 0RVR vent shut valve is OK. 9. Disconnect the ORVR quick disconnect from the EVAP canister, then plug the port on the canister. Reapply vacuum (80 pumps). - If the vacuum holds, replace the ORVR vent shut valve. - If the vacuum does not hold, inspect the EVAP canister vent shut valve O-ring. If the O-ring is OK, replace the EVAP canister and repeat step 4. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Shut Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3780 Evaporative Shut Valve: Service and Repair 1. Remove the fuel tank. 2. Remove the ORVR vent shut valve from the fuel tank. 3. Install parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Leak Detection Solenoid, Evaporative System > Component Information > Locations Leak Detection Solenoid: Locations Right Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Refueling Vapor Recovery System > Refueling Control Valve, Evaporative System > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Float Test Refueling Control Valve: Testing and Inspection Float Test Float Test 1. Make sure the fuel tank is less than half full. 2. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the fuel tank pressure, then reinstall the cap. 3. Remove the fuel hose joint protector. Disconnect the ORVR vapor recirculation hose, and connect a vacuum pump to the vapor recirculation hose. 4. Plug the hose port. 5. Apply vacuum to the ORVR vapor recirculation hose. - If the vacuum holds, replace the ORVR vent shut valve. - If the vacuum does not hold, the float is OK. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Refueling Vapor Recovery System > Refueling Control Valve, Evaporative System > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Float Test > Page 3789 Refueling Control Valve: Testing and Inspection Valve Test Valve Test 1. Make sure the fuel tank is less than half full. 2. Remove the fuel fill cap. 3. Remove the fuel hose joint protector. Disconnect the ORVR signal hose. 4. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EVAP control canister, and then plug the port with a plug. 5. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EVAP control canister vent shut valve, and connect a vacuum pump to the vacuum hose. 6. Pump the vacuum pump 80 times. - If the vacuum holds, go to step 7. - If the vacuum does not hold, go to step 9. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Refueling Vapor Recovery System > Refueling Control Valve, Evaporative System > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Float Test > Page 3790 7. Connect a second vacuum pump to the ORVR signal hose. 8. Apply vacuum (1 pump) to the ORVR signal hose, then check the vacuum on the pump in step 6. - If the vacuum holds, replace the ORVR vent shut valve. - If the vacuum is released, the 0RVR vent shut valve is OK. 9. Disconnect the ORVR quick disconnect from the EVAP canister, then plug the port on the canister. Reapply vacuum (80 pumps). - If the vacuum holds, replace the ORVR vent shut valve. - If the vacuum does not hold, inspect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 0-ring. If the O-ring is OK, replace the EVAP canister and repeat step 4. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Refueling Vapor Recovery System > Refueling Control Valve, Evaporative System > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3791 Refueling Control Valve: Service and Repair Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank. 2. Remove the ORVR vent shut valve from the fuel tank. 3. Install parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Solenoid <--> [EGR Control Solenoid] > Component Information > Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Solenoid: Locations Rear of Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Solenoid <--> [EGR Control Solenoid] > Component Information > Locations > Page 3796 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Solenoid: Description and Operation Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Solenoid Valve*7 When EGR is required for control of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) emissions, the ECM controls the EGR control solenoid valve which supplies regulated vacuum to the EGR valve. *7 CVT (D16Y5 engine) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) > Page 3801 EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3802 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve: Testing and Inspection 1. Check the PCV hoses and connections for leaks and clogging. 2. At idle, make sure there is a clicking sound from the PCV valve when the hose between PCV valve and intake manifold in lightly pinched with your fingers or pliers. If there is no clicking sound, check the PCV valve grommet for cracks and damage. If the grommet is OK, replace the PCV valve and recheck. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (ext CVT) > Page 3812 EGR Valve Position Sensor: Locations Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve and Lift Sensor (CVT) Right Side of D16Y5 Engine (D16B5 Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3813 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose disconnected Pressure should be: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm; 38 - 46 psi) Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose connected Pressure should be: 200 - 250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm; 28 - 36 psi) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 3818 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Inspection 1. Relieve fuel pressure. 2. Remove the 12 mm banjo bolt from the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. Attach the special tools. 3. Start the engine. Measure the fuel pressure with the engine idling and the vacuum hose of the fuel pressure regulator disconnected from the fuel pressure regulator and pinched. If the engine will not start, turn the ignition switch ON (II), wait for two seconds, turn it off, then back on again and read the fuel pressure. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm, 38 - 46 psi) B16A2 engine: 270 - 320 kPa (2.8 - 3.3 kg/Sq.cm, 40 - 47 psi) 4. Reconnect vacuum hose to the fuel pressure regulator. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 200-250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm, 28 - 36 psi) B16A2 engine: 210 - 260 kPa (2.1 - 2.6 kg/Sq.cm, 30 - 37 psi) If the fuel pressure is not as specified, first check the fuel pump. If the fuel pump is OK, check the following: If the fuel pressure is higher than specified, inspect for: Pinched or clogged fuel return hose or line. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - If the fuel pressure is lower than specified, inspect for: Clogged fuel filter. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - Fuel line leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Relieving Before disconnecting fuel pipes or hoses, release pressure from the system by loosening the 12 mm banjo bolt on top of the fuel filter. WARNING: - Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames or sparks away from your work area. - Be sure to relieve fuel pressure while the ignition switch is off. 1. Write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the battery negative terminal. 3. Remove the fuel fill cap. 4. Use a box end wrench on the 12 mm banjo bolt at the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. 5. Place a rag or shop towel over the 12 mm banjo bolt. 6. Slowly loosen the 12 mm banjo bolt one complete turn. NOTE: Replace all the washers whenever the 12 mm banjo bolt is loosened or removed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester Idle Speed: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester 03-016 May 19, 2006 Applies To: 1998-02 Accord -ALL 1996-00 Civic -ALL 1997-01 CR-V - ALL 1997-01 Prelude - ALL *1999-04 Odyssey - ALL* Inspecting Idle Speed With the PGM Tester or Honda Diagnostic System (Supersedes 03-016, dated March 25, 2003, to update the information marked by asterisks) BACKGROUND The ECM/PCM controls the vehicle's idle speed with the idle air control (IAC) valve. The IAC valve and the air bleed screw (idle adjusting screw) work together to allow the proper amount of air into the intake manifold when the throttle valve is closed (the accelerator pedal is released). The ECM/PCM "learns" to work the IAC valve based on the total amount of air entering the intake manifold. Air can enter the intake manifold from several sources, including the air bleed screw, but only the air bleed screw is adjustable. If any changes are made that alter this airflow, specifically with the air bleed screw, the ECM/PCM must learn new idle parameters. When the air bleed screw is properly set, the ECM/PCM controls the engine's idle speed seamlessly. But when the air bleed screw is not properly set, either of these symptoms may be present: ^ Idle speed dips and then quickly recovers. ^ Engine stalls intermittently when it is just "off-idle." Here are the criteria for this symptom: - The accelerator pedal is released but the driver's right foot rests over the pedal, causing just enough pressure for the ECM/PCM to detect an input, yet there is little or no throttle valve opening (the throttle valve is either not allowing any airflow or it is opened so slightly that more air supply is needed). - The engine speed is about 1,250 rpm or less. - The lockup clutch (A/T models) or the clutch (M/T models) is disengaged. - All during this time, the driver's foot does not move and stays resting over the accelerator pedal. - The air bleed screw is not set properly and does not allow enough airflow. - The amount of "air leakage" into the intake manifold is very low. (The normal amount of air let into the intake manifold by sources other than the IAC valve, the air bleed screw, and normal operation of the throttle body can vary slightly from vehicle to vehicle.) NOTE: "Air leakage" cannot be easily checked. If the first four criteria are met when the vehicle stalls, you can assume the last two criteria are met as well. CORRECTIVE ACTION L4 Models and 1999-00 Odyssey: Inspect the idle speed with the PGM Tester or Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) (see INSPECTION PROCEDURE A). V6 Models except 1999-00 Odyssey: Inspect the idle speed with the PGM Tester or HDS, and clean out the throttle body if needed (see INSPECTION PROCEDURE B). PARTS INFORMATION Throttle Body Gasket (use only if needed): Refer to the parts catalog. TOOL INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 3826 PGM Tester with SN 320 or Honda Diagnostic System with 1.006.004 or later software REQUIRED MATERIALS Carburetor Cleaner: P/N 08732-0006, H/C 4713673 or Throttle Plate and Induction Cleaner: P/N 08732-9009, H/C 6204945 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Inspect Idle Speed (L4 and V6 Models) Operation Number: 120301 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 16400-PAA-A61 H/C 5429006 *Defect Code: 07403 Symptom Code: 08901* Skill Level: Repair Technician Clean Throttle Body (V6 Models Except 1999-00 Odyssey) Operation Number: 216001 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 16400-PAA-A61 H/C 5429006 *Defect Code: 08103 Symptom Code: 08901* Skill Level: Repair Technician NOTE: Warranty claims for these labor operations must be submitted separately. Do not combine them on the same claim. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. INSPECTION PROCEDURE A 1. Access the air bleed screw on the throttle body. 2. Record the current setting of the screw: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 3827 ^ Turn the screw clockwise, and count the number of turns (both full and partial) it takes to fully seat the screw. ^ Turn the screw counterclockwise back to its original setting. ^ Subtract the number of clockwise turns it took to seat the screw from 3-1/2. Record that number. Example: If it took two full turns to seat the screw, subtracting 3-1/2 from that gives you 1-1/2. 3. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). 4. Turn off all electrical items (A/C, audio unit defogger, lights, etc.). Center the steering wheel so there is no power steering load. 5. Connect the PGM Tester or HDS to the 16P data link connector (DLC). 6. Turn on the PGM Tester or HDS. Enter the VIN and odometer reading. 7. Follow the screen prompts on the PGM Tester or HDS to get to DATA LIST. Scroll down the list to IAC. 8. While watching the IAC counts on the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw (either counterclockwise or clockwise) until the IAC count reaches 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey) or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. (Count the number of counterclockwise turns you have made, and add that number to the screw setting you recorded in step 2.) ^ If you see an IAC count of 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey), turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 9. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 1 (or 7 for '99-00 Odyssey), and you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns, leave the screw set where it is. Go to step 9. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 9. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes to allow the ECM/PCM to learn the new idle parameters. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn off and disconnect the PGM Tester or HDS. INSPECTION PROCEDURE B 1. Access the air bleed screw on the throttle body. 2. Record the current setting of the screw: ^ Turn the screw clockwise, and count the number of turns (both full and partial) it takes to fully seat the screw. ^ Turn the screw counterclockwise back to its original setting. ^ Subtract the number of clockwise turns it took to seat the screw from 3-1/2. Record that number. Example: If it took two full turns to seat the screw, subtracting 3-1/2 from that gives you 1-1/2. 3. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature (the cooling fan cycles twice). 4. Turn off all electrical items (A/C, audio unit, defogger, lights, etc.). Center the steering wheel so there is no power steering load. 5. Connect the PGM Tester or HDS to the 16P data link connector (DLC). 6. Turn on the PGM Tester or HDS. Enter the VIN and odometer reading. 7. Follow the screen prompts on the PGM Tester or HDS to get to DATA LIST. Scroll down the list to IAC. 8. While watching the IAC counts on the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw (either counterclockwise or clockwise) until the IAC count reaches 7 or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. (Count the number of counterclockwise turns you have made, and add that number to the screw setting you recorded in step 2.) ^ If you see an IAC count of 7, turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 14. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 7, and you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns, leave the screw set where it is. Go to step 9. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Remove the throttle body (see the Fuel and Emissions section of the appropriate service manual). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Idle Speed Inspection With PGM Tester > Page 3828 10. Open the throttle. Spray carburetor cleaner or throttle plate and induction cleaner into the throttle body to clean out any contaminants. Make sure you spray the cleaner through the back of the throttle body not the front, to avoid damaging the IAC valve. 11. Inspect the throttle body gasket, and replace it if needed. Reinstall the throttle body, making sure all cables are properly adjusted, the accelerator pedal works properly, and all hoses and cables are correctly routed. 12. Start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature. Make sure all electrical items are turned off and the steering wheel is centered. 13. While watching the PGM Tester or HDS, slowly turn the air bleed screw until the IAC count reaches 7 or you have turned the screw counterclockwise a total of 3-1/2 turns. ^ If you see an IAC count of 7, turn the screw clockwise 1/2 turn, and then go to step 14. ^ If you do not see an IAC count of 7, leave the screw set at 3-1/2 turns. Go to step 14. You should never set the air bleed screw counterclockwise more than 3-1/2 turns from its seated position. If you set the screw further it could work itself out of the throttle body over time. 14. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes to allow the ECM/PCM to learn the new idle parameters. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn off and disconnect the PGM Tester or HDS. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3829 Idle Speed: Specifications IDLE SPEED IDLE SPEED Curb Idle Speed Man. Trans. Curb Idle Speed Auto Trans (N). 670 RPM 700RPM Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3830 Idle Speed: Testing and Inspection Adjust the idle speed using a Honda PGM Tester if possible. If not, use the following procedure: NOTE: - Leave the IAC valve connected. - Before setting the idle speed, check the following items: The MIL has not been reported on. - Ignition timing - Spark plugs - Air cleaner - PCV system 1. Connect a tachometer. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 3. Check the idle speed with no-load conditions: headlights, blower fan, rear defogger, radiator fan, and air conditioner are not operating. Idle speed should be: USA: D16Y5 engine with CVT, D16Y7 engine with A/T, D16Y8 engine with A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) D16Y7 engine with M/T: 670 ± 50 rpm Canada: D16Y8 engine, D16Y7 engine: M/T 750 ± 50 rpm A/T 750 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) 4. Adjust the idle speed, if necessary, by removing the cap and turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn clockwise or counterclockwise. NOTE: When you remove the ACL housing, do not disconnect the IAT sensor connector. 5. After turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn, check the idle speed again. If it is out of spec, turn the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn again. NOTE: Do not turn the idle adjusting screw more than 1/2-turn without checking the idle speed. 6. Idle the engine for one minute with heater fan switch at HI and air conditioner on, then check the idle speed. Idle speed should be: M/T 810 ± 50 rpm A/T,CVT 810 ± 50 rpm (in [N] or [P] position) NOTE: Do not turn the idle adjusting screw when the air conditioner is on. - If the idle speed is not within specification, see Symptom Chart. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Symptom Related Diagnostic Procedures Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Service and Repair Air Filter Element: Service and Repair 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC, 1.6L DOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC Air Cleaner (ACL) NOTE: Do not clean the ACL element it with compressed air (except dry type). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3839 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3840 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3841 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3842 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3843 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3844 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3845 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3846 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3847 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3848 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3849 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3850 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3851 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3852 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3853 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3854 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel > Component Information > Service Precautions Fuel: Service Precautions CAUTION: Your vehicle must use unleaded fuel only. Using leaded fuel will damage the catalytic converter and affect the warranty coverage validity. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Relieving Before disconnecting fuel pipes or hoses, release pressure from the system by loosening the 12 mm banjo bolt on top of the fuel filter. WARNING: - Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames or sparks away from your work area. - Be sure to relieve fuel pressure while the ignition switch is off. 1. Write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the battery negative terminal. 3. Remove the fuel fill cap. 4. Use a box end wrench on the 12 mm banjo bolt at the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. 5. Place a rag or shop towel over the 12 mm banjo bolt. 6. Slowly loosen the 12 mm banjo bolt one complete turn. NOTE: Replace all the washers whenever the 12 mm banjo bolt is loosened or removed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Specifications Fuel Injector: Specifications INJECTOR RESTANCE INJECTOR RESTANCE Information Not Supplied By Manufactuer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Locations > Fuel Injectors Fuel Injector: Locations Fuel Injectors Top Center of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Locations > Fuel Injectors > Page 3867 Fuel Injector: Locations Injector Control Unit Behind Left Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Injector: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3870 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3871 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3872 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3873 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3874 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3875 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3876 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3877 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3878 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3879 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3880 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3881 Fuel Injector: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3882 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3883 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3884 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3885 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3886 Fuel Injector: Description and Operation Fuel injector Timing and Duration The ECM/PCM contains memories for the basic discharge durations at various engine speeds and manifold air flow rates. The basic discharge duration, after being read out from the memory, is further modified by signals sent from various sensors to obtain the final discharge duration. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3887 Fuel Injector: Service and Repair Replacement WARNING: Do not smoke when working on the fuel system. Keep open flames away from your work area. 1. Relieve the fuel pressure. 2. Disconnect the connectors from the fuel injectors. 3. Disconnect the vacuum hoses from the fuel pressure regulator. Place a shop towel over the fuel return hose, then disconnect it from the fuel pressure regulator. Disconnect the vacuum hoses and 2P connector from the EVAP purge control solenoid valve. 4. Remove the retainer nuts on the fuel rail. 5. Disconnect the fuel rail. 6. Remove the fuel injectors from the intake manifold. 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3888 1.6L DOHC VTEC 7. Slide new cushion rings onto the fuel injectors. 8. Coat new O-rings with clean engine oil, and put them on the fuel injectors. 9. Insert the fuel injectors into the fuel rail first. 10. Coat new seal rings with clean engine oil, and press them into the intake manifold. 11. To prevent damage to the 0-rings, install the fuel injectors in the fuel rail first, then install them in the intake manifold. 12. Install and tighten the retainer nuts. 13. Connect the vacuum hoses and fuel return hose to the fuel pressure regulator. Connect the vacuum hoses and 2P connector to the EVAP purge control solenoid valve. 14. Install the connectors on the fuel injectors. 15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not operate the starter. After the fuel pump runs for approximately two seconds, the fuel pressure in the fuel line rises. Repeat this two or three times, then check whether there is any fuel leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Line Coupler > Component Information > Service Precautions Fuel Line Coupler: Service Precautions WARNING: Do not smoke while working on the fuel system Keep open flames away from your work area. The fuel tube/quick-connect fittings assembly connects the in-tank fuel pump with the fuel feed pipe. For removing or installing the fuel pump and fuel tank, it is necessary to disconnect or connect the quick-connect fittings. Pay attention to following: - The fuel tube/quick-connect fittings assembly is not heat-resistant; be careful not to damage it during welding or other heat-generating procedures. - The fuel tube/quick-connect fittings assembly is not acid-proof; do not touch it with a shop towel which was used for wiping battery electrolyte. Replace the fuel tube/quick-connect fittings assembly if it came into contact with electrolyte or something similar. - When connecting or disconnecting the fuel tube/quick-connect fittings assembly, be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. Replace it if damaged. A disconnected quick-connect fitting can be reconnected, but the retainer on the mating pipe cannot be reused once it has been removed from the pipe. Replace the retainer when - Replacing the fuel pump. - Replacing the fuel feed pipe. - It has been removed from the pipe. - It is damaged. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Line Coupler > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 3892 Fuel Line Coupler: Service and Repair Disconnection WARNING: Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames away from your work area. 1. Relieve fuel pressure. 2. Check the fuel quick-connect fittings for dirt, and clean if necessary. 3. Hold the connector with one hand and press down the retainer tabs with the other hand, then pull the connector off. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the pipe or other parts. Do not use tools. - If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. - Do not remove the retainer from the pipe; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. 4. Check the contact area of the pipe for dirt and damage. - If the surface is dirty, clean it. - If the surface is rusty or damaged, replace the fuel pump or fuel feed pipe. 5. To prevent damage and keep out foreign matter, cover the disconnected connector and pipe end with plastic bags. Connection WARNING: Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames away from your work area. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Line Coupler > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 3893 1. Check the pipe contact area for dirt and damage, and clean if necessary. 2. Insert a new retainer into the connector if the retainer is damaged, or after - replacing the fuel pump. - replacing the fuel feed pipe. - removing the retainer from the pipe. Before connecting a new fuel tube/quick-connect fitting assembly, remove the old retainer from the mating pipe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Line Coupler > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 3894 3. Align the quick-connect fittings with the pipe, and align the retainer locking pawls with the connector grooves. Then press the quick-connect fittings onto the pipe until both retainer pawls lock with a clicking sound. NOTE: If it is hard to connect, put a small amount of new engine oil on the pipe end. 4. Make sure the connection is secure and the pawls are firmly locked into place; check visually and by pulling the connector. 5. Reconnect the battery negative cable, and turn the ignition switch ON (II). The fuel pump will run for about two seconds, and fuel pressure will rise. Repeat two or three times, and check that there is no leakage in the fuel supply system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid: Locations Right Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3900 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3901 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3902 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3903 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3904 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3905 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3906 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3907 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3908 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3909 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3910 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3911 Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3912 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3913 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3914 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3915 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator > Component Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure Regulator: Specifications Regulator Torque Regulator Torque Torque 8.7 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3919 Fuel Pressure Regulator: Testing and Inspection Testing WARNING: Do not smoke during the test. Keep open flames away from your work area. 1. Attach the special tool(s) to the service port on the fuel filter. Pressure should be: Except 1.6L DOHC VTEC : 260-310 kPa (2.7-3.2 kg/Sq.cm, 38-46 psi) 1.6L DOHC VTEC : 270-320 kPa (2.8-3.3 kg/Sq.cm, 40-47 psi) (with the fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose disconnected and pinched) 2. Reconnect the vacuum hose to the fuel pressure regulator. 3. Check that the fuel pressure rises when the vacuum hose from the fuel pressure regulator is disconnected again. If the fuel pressure did not rise, replace the fuel pressure regulator. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3920 Fuel Pressure Regulator: Service and Repair Replacement WARNING: Do not smoke while working on fuel system. Keep open flame away from your work area. 1. Place a shop towel under the fuel pressure regulator, then relieve fuel pressure. 2. Disconnect the vacuum hose and fuel return hose. 3. Remove the two 6 mm retainer bolts and the fuel pressure regulator. 4. Apply clean engine oil to a new O-ring, and carefully install it into its proper position. 5. Install the fuel pressure regulator in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations Right Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose disconnected Pressure should be: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm; 38 - 46 psi) Condition: engine idling, regulator vacuum hose connected Pressure should be: 200 - 250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm; 28 - 36 psi) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 3928 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Inspection 1. Relieve fuel pressure. 2. Remove the 12 mm banjo bolt from the fuel filter while holding the fuel filter with another wrench. Attach the special tools. 3. Start the engine. Measure the fuel pressure with the engine idling and the vacuum hose of the fuel pressure regulator disconnected from the fuel pressure regulator and pinched. If the engine will not start, turn the ignition switch ON (II), wait for two seconds, turn it off, then back on again and read the fuel pressure. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 260 - 310 kPa (2.7 - 3.2 kg/Sq.cm, 38 - 46 psi) B16A2 engine: 270 - 320 kPa (2.8 - 3.3 kg/Sq.cm, 40 - 47 psi) 4. Reconnect vacuum hose to the fuel pressure regulator. Pressure should be: except B16A2 engine: 200-250 kPa (2.0 - 2.5 kg/Sq.cm, 28 - 36 psi) B16A2 engine: 210 - 260 kPa (2.1 - 2.6 kg/Sq.cm, 30 - 37 psi) If the fuel pressure is not as specified, first check the fuel pump. If the fuel pump is OK, check the following: If the fuel pressure is higher than specified, inspect for: Pinched or clogged fuel return hose or line. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - If the fuel pressure is lower than specified, inspect for: Clogged fuel filter. - Faulty fuel pressure regulator. - Fuel line leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Pump Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3933 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3934 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3935 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3936 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3937 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3938 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3939 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3940 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3941 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3942 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3943 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3944 Fuel Pump Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3945 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3946 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3947 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3948 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3949 Fuel Pump Relay: Description and Operation PURPOSE AND OPERATION The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON, and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3950 Fuel Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3951 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3952 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Rail > Component Information > Specifications Fuel Rail: Specifications Rail Torque Rail Torque Torque 8.7 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Return Line > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Return Line > Component Information > Locations > Page 3959 Fuel Return Line: Diagrams NOTE: Check all hose clamps and retighten if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Return Line > Component Information > Locations > Page 3960 Fuel Return Line: Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Return Line > Component Information > Locations > Page 3961 Fuel Lines Check fuel system lines, hoses, fuel filter, and other components for damage, leaks and deterioration, and replace if necessary. NOTE: Check all hose clamps and retighten if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Supply Line: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3967 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3968 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3969 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3970 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3971 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3972 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3973 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3974 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3975 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3976 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3977 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3978 Fuel Supply Line: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3979 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3980 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3981 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3982 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3983 Fuel Supply Line: Exploded Views NOTE: Check all hose clamps and retighten if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3984 Fuel Supply Line: Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3985 Fuel Lines Check fuel system lines, hoses, fuel filter, and other components for damage, leaks and deterioration, and replace if necessary. NOTE: Check all hose clamps and retighten if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Evaporative Shut Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Evaporative Shut Valve: Testing and Inspection Float Test 1. Make sure the fuel tank is less than half full. 2. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the fuel tank pressure, then reinstall the cap. 3. Remove the fuel hose joint protector. Disconnect the ORVR vapor recirculation hose, and connect a vacuum pump to the vapor recirculation hose. 4. Plug the hose port. 5. Apply vacuum to the ORVR vapor recirculation hose. - If the vacuum holds, replace the ORVR vent shut valve. - If the vacuum does not hold, the float is OK. Valve Test 1. Make sure the fuel tank is less than half full. 2. Remove the fuel fill cap. 3. Remove the fuel hose joint protector. Disconnect the ORVR signal hose Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Evaporative Shut Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3990 4. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EVAP control canister, and then plug the port with a plug. 5. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EVAP control canister vent shut valve, and connect a vacuum pump to the vacuum hose. 6. Pump the vacuum pump 80 times. - If the vacuum holds, go to step 7. - If the vacuum does not hold, go to step 9. 7. Connect a second vacuum pump to the ORVR signal hose. 8. Apply vacuum (1 pump) to the ORVR signal hose, then check the vacuum on the pump in step 6. - If the vacuum holds, replace the ORVR vent shut valve. - If the vacuum is released, the 0RVR vent shut valve is OK. 9. Disconnect the ORVR quick disconnect from the EVAP canister, then plug the port on the canister. Reapply vacuum (80 pumps). - If the vacuum holds, replace the ORVR vent shut valve. - If the vacuum does not hold, inspect the EVAP canister vent shut valve O-ring. If the O-ring is OK, replace the EVAP canister and repeat step 4. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Evaporative Shut Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3991 Evaporative Shut Valve: Service and Repair 1. Remove the fuel tank. 2. Remove the ORVR vent shut valve from the fuel tank. 3. Install parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications Fuel Gauge Sender: Specifications Float Position E 1/2 F USA,Canada Produced (ceramic Board Type) 105 - 108 ohms 29.5 - 35.5 ohms 3.5 - 5 ohms Japan Produced (wire -Wound Type) 105 - 110 ohms 29.5 - 39.5 ohms 2 - 5 ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3995 Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3996 Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection WARNING: Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flame away from your work area. NOTE: Refer to fuel gauge system circuit. 1. Check the No.25 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fusel relay box before testing. 2. Remove the access panel from the floor. 3. Disconnect the 3P connector from the fuel gauge sending unit. 4. Connect the voltmeter positive probe to the No.2 terminal and the negative probe to the No.1 terminal, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). There should be between 5 and 8 V. If the voltage is as specified, go to step 5. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: an open in the YEL/BLK or BLK wire. - poor ground (G552). 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Attach a jumper wire between the No.1 and No.2 terminals, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge starts moving toward the "F" mark. CAUTION: Turn the ignition switch OFF before the pointer reaches "F" on the gauge dial. Failure to do so may damage the fuel gauge. NOTE: The fuel gauge is a bobbin (cross-coil) type, hence the fuel level is continuously indicated even when the ignition switch is OFF, and the pointer moves more slowly than that of a bimetal type. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not move at all, replace the gauge. - If the gauge is OK, inspect the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3997 8. Remove the fuel gauge sending unit as shown. 9. Measure the resistance between the No.1 and No.2 terminals at E (EMPTY), 1/2 (HALF FULL) and F (FULL) by moving the float. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 3998 If the resistance readings are beyond the range, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Tank Drain Plug > Component Information > Specifications Fuel Tank Drain Plug: Specifications Drain Bolt 36 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Locations Fuel Tank Unit: Locations Below Center of Rear Seat Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Temperature Sensor: Locations Top Center of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Idle Speed Control (Linkage): Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4012 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4013 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4014 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4015 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4016 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4017 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4018 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4019 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4020 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4021 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4022 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4023 Idle Speed Control (Linkage): Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4024 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4025 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4026 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed Control (Linkage) > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4027 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Specifications Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Specifications Torque 2.5 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4031 Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4034 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4035 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4036 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4037 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4038 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4039 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4040 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4041 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4042 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4043 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4044 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4045 Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4046 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4047 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4048 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4049 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator Electronic > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4050 Idle Speed/Throttle Actuator - Electronic: Description and Operation Idle Air Control Idle Air Control Valve (IAC Valve) When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is depressed, the P/S load is high, or the alternator Is charging, the ECM/PCM controls current to the IAC Valve to maintain the correct idle speed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Integrated Control Relay Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay > Page 4058 PGM-FI Main Relay: Locations Main Relay (PGM-FI) Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4061 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4062 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4063 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4064 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4065 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4066 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4067 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4068 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4069 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4070 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4071 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4072 PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4073 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4074 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4075 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4076 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4077 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4078 PGM-FI Main Relay: Description and Operation Description The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON (II), and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4079 PGM-FI Main Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4080 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4081 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Pump Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4087 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4088 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4089 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4090 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4091 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4092 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4093 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4094 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4095 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4096 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4097 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4098 Fuel Pump Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4099 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4100 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4101 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4102 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4103 Fuel Pump Relay: Description and Operation PURPOSE AND OPERATION The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON, and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4104 Fuel Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4105 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4106 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Integrated Control Relay Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Locations > PGM-FI Mail Relay > Page 4114 PGM-FI Main Relay: Locations Main Relay (PGM-FI) Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4117 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4118 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4119 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4120 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4121 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4122 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4123 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4124 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4125 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4126 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4127 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4128 PGM-FI Main Relay: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4129 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4130 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4131 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4132 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4133 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4134 PGM-FI Main Relay: Description and Operation Description The PGM-FI main relay actually contains two individual relays. This relay is located at the right side of the cowl. One relay is energized whenever the ignition is on which supplies the battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the fuel injectors, and power for the second relay. The second relay is energized for two seconds when the ignition is switched ON (II), and when the engine is running, to supply power to the fuel pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4135 PGM-FI Main Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay Testing NOTE: - If the engine starts and continues to run, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. - Use the terminal numbers below; ignore the terminal numbers molded into the relay. 1. Remove the PGM-FI main relay. 2. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.2 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check for continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, go on to step 3. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 3. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.5 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.3 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.7 terminal and No.6 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. - If there is continuity, go on to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. 4. Attach the battery positive terminal to the No.6 terminal and the battery negative terminal to the No.1 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. Then check that there is continuity between the No.5 terminal and No.4 terminal of the PGM-FI main relay. If there is continuity, the PGM-FI main relay is OK. If the fuel pump still does not work, go to Harness Testing. - If there is no continuity, replace the PGM-FI main relay and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4136 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > PGM-FI Main Relay <--> [Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4137 Part 2 Of 2 Troubleshooting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4143 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4144 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4145 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4146 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4147 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4148 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4149 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4150 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4151 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4152 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4153 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4154 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4155 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4156 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4157 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4158 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations Right Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Temperature Sensor: Locations Top Center of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4169 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4170 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4171 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4172 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4173 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4174 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4175 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4176 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4177 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4178 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4179 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4180 Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4181 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4182 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4183 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4184 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor 1 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor 1 > Page 4189 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4190 Throttle Position Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The TP Sensor is a potentiometer. It is connected to the throttle valve shaft. As the throttle position changes, the throttle position sensor varies the voltage signal to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Specifications Throttle Body: Specifications Throttle Body Torque Throttle Body Torque Torque 16 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4194 Throttle Body: Description and Operation Description The throttle body is either a single-barrel side-draft type (D16Y5, D16Y8, B16A2 engine) or a down-draft type (D16Y7 engine). The lower portion of the throttle valve is heated by engine coolant from the cylinder head. The idle adjusting screw which regulates the bypass air is located on the top of the throttle body. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4195 Throttle Body: Testing and Inspection Inspection 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC 1.6L DOHC VTEC 1. Check that the throttle cable operates smoothly without binding or sticking. If there are any abnormalities, check for. Excessive wear or play in the throttle valve shaft. - Sticky or binding throttle lever at the fully closed position. - Clearance between throttle stop screw and throttle lever at the fully closed position. Replace the throttle body if there is excessive play in the throttle valve shaft or if the shaft is binding or sticking. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal Throttle Body: Service and Repair Removal 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC, 1.6L DOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC NOTE: - Do not adjust the throttle stop screw. - After reassembly, adjust the throttle cable. - The TP sensor is not removable. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4198 Throttle Body: Service and Repair Disassembly 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4199 1.6L DOHC VTEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Cable/Linkage > Component Information > Specifications Throttle Cable/Linkage: Specifications Cable Deflection 10 - 12 mm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Cable/Linkage > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4203 Throttle Cable/Linkage: Testing and Inspection Inspection/Adjustment 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 2. Check that the throttle cable operates smoothly with no binding or sticking. Repair as necessary. 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC 1.6L DOHC VTEC 3. Check cable free play at the throttle linkage. Cable deflection should be 10-12 mm (3/8-1/2 in.). 4. If deflection is not within specs, loosen the locknut, turn the adjusting nut until the deflection is as specified, then retighten the locknut. 5. With the cable properly adjusted, check the throttle valve to be sure it opens fully when you push the accelerator pedal to the floor. Also check the Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Cable/Linkage > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4204 throttle valve to be sure it returns to the idle position whenever you release the accelerator pedal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Cable/Linkage > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4205 Throttle Cable/Linkage: Adjustments Inspection/Adjustment 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 2. Check that the throttle cable operates smoothly with no binding or sticking. Repair as necessary. 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC 1.6L DOHC VTEC 3. Check cable free play at the throttle linkage. Cable deflection should be 10-12 mm (3/8-1/2 in.). 4. If deflection is not within specs, loosen the locknut, turn the adjusting nut until the deflection is as specified, then retighten the locknut. 5. With the cable properly adjusted, check the throttle valve to be sure it opens fully when you push the accelerator pedal to the floor. Also check the Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Cable/Linkage > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4206 throttle valve to be sure it returns to the idle position whenever you release the accelerator pedal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Cable/Linkage > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4207 Throttle Cable/Linkage: Service and Repair Installation 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC, 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC: 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC 1. Open the throttle valve fully, then install the throttle cable in the throttle linkage, and install the cable housing in the cable bracket. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 3. Hold the cable sheath, removing all slack from the cable. 4. Set the locknut on the cable bracket. Adjust the adjusting nut so that its free play is 0 mm. 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E, 1.6L SOHC VTEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Cable/Linkage > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4208 1.6L SOHC Non-VTEC 5. Remove the cable sheath from the throttle bracket, reset the adjusting nut and tighten the locknut. 1.6L DOHC VTEC: 1. Open the throttle valve fully, then install the throttle cable in the throttle linkage, and install the cable housing in the cable bracket. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 3. Hold the throttle link to the throttle lever; there should be no clearance. 4. Hold the cable sheath, removing all slack from the cable. 5. Turn the adjusting nut until it is 3 mm (1/8 in.) away from the cable bracket. 6. Tighten the locknut. The cable deflection should now be 10 - 12 mm (3/8 - 1/2 in.). If not, see Inspection/Adjustment. See: Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4213 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4214 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4215 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4216 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4217 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4218 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4219 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4220 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4221 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4222 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4223 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4224 Throttle Full Open Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4225 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4226 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4227 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Full Open Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4228 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 / Rear of D16Y8 Engine Rear of D16Y8 Engine Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1 > Page 4233 Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - 1.2 / Top of D16Y7 Engine Top of D16Y7 Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4234 Throttle Position Sensor: Description and Operation OPERATION The TP Sensor is a potentiometer. It is connected to the throttle valve shaft. As the throttle position changes, the throttle position sensor varies the voltage signal to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications Firing Order: Specifications FIRING ORDER FIRING ORDER 1-3-4-2 Distributor rotates clockwise Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Timing > Number One Cylinder > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Timing > Timing Marks and Indicators > System Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4249 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Locations Distributor: Locations Right Side of D16Y8 Engine (Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Exploded Views Distributor: Exploded Views HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Exploded Views > Page 4255 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4256 Distributor: Service and Repair Removal: 1. Disconnect the connector from the distributor. 2. Disconnect the ignition wires from the distributor ignition (DI) cap. 3. Remove the mounting bolts from the distributor, then remove the distributor from the cylinder head. Installation: NOTE: Before you install the distributor, bring the No.1 piston to compression stroke TDC. 1. Coat a new O-ring with engine oil, then install it. 2. Slip the distributor into position. NOTE: The lug on the end of the distributor and its mating grooves in the camshaft end are both offset to eliminate the possibility of installing the distributor 180° out of time. 3. Install the mounting bolts, and tighten them lightly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4257 4. Connect the ignition wires to the distributor ignition (DI) cap as shown. 5. Connect the connector to the distributor. 6. Set the ignition timing. 7. After setting the ignition timing, tighten the mounting bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Hall Effect Sensor, Ignition > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Cable: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4266 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4267 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4268 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4269 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4270 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4271 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4272 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4273 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4274 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4275 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4276 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4277 Ignition Cable: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4278 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4279 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4280 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4281 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Cable > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4282 Ignition Cable: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Carefully remove the ignition wires by pulling on the rubber boots. Do not bend the wires; you might break them inside. 1. Check the condition of the ignition wire terminals. If any terminal is corroded, clean it, and if it is broken or distorted, replace the ignition wire. 2. Connect ohmmeter probes and measure resistance. 3. If resistance exceeds 25 K Ohm, replace the ignition wire. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Ignition Coil: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips > Page 4287 Ignition Coil: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - DTC P1381 Set SOURCE: Honda Service News July 2004 TITLE: DTC P1381 Set? Check the Ignition Coil Shield. APPLIES TO: 1998-02 Accord L4 or 1996-00 Civic SERVICE TIP: Troubleshooting a DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then remove the distributor cap, and make sure the coil shield is in place and it's correctly installed as shown. If the coil shield installation looks OK, then the ignition coil is the probably faulty and should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4288 Ignition Coil: Specifications HITACHI TEC NOTE: Resistance will vary with the coil temperature; specifications are at 68°F (20°C). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Coil: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4291 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4292 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4293 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4294 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4295 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4296 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4297 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4298 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4299 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4300 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4301 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4302 Ignition Coil: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4303 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4304 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4305 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4306 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4307 Ignition Coil: Testing and Inspection HITACHI TEC Using an ohmmeter, measure resistance between the terminals. If the resistance is not within specifications, replace the ignition coil. NOTE: Resistance will vary with the coil temperature; specifications are at 68°F (20°C). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4312 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4313 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4314 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4315 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4316 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4317 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4318 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4319 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4320 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4321 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4322 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4323 Ignition Control Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4324 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4325 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4326 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4327 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4328 Ignition Control Module: Testing and Inspection NOTE: - See Malfunction Indicator Lamp when the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is turned ON. - Perform the following input test for the ignition control module (ICM) after finishing the fundamental tests for the ignition system and the fuel and emissions systems. INPUT TEST FOR THE IGNITION CONTROL MODULE (ICM) 1. Remove the distributor ignition (DI) cap, the distributor ignition (DI) rotor and the leak cover (TEC). 2. Disconnect the wires from the ICM. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage between the BLK/YEL wire and body ground. There should be battery voltage. If there is no battery voltage, check the BLK/YEL wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the ICM. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage between the wire*1 and body ground. There should be battery voltage. If there is no battery voltage, check: the ignition coil. - the wire*1 between the ignition coil and the ICM. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 5. *1: BLU2 wire (HITACHI) WHT/BLU wire (TEC) 5. Disconnect the ECM/PCM connector A (32P). Check for continuity on the YEL/GRN wire between the ECM/PCM and the ICM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4329 - There should be continuity. 6. Check for continuity on the YEL/GRN wire to body ground. - There should be no continuity. 7. Check for continuity on the BLU1 wire between the test tachometer connector and the ICM. - There should be continuity. 8. Check for continuity on the BLU1 wire to body ground. - There should be no continuity. 9. If all the tests are normal, replace the ICM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4338 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4339 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4340 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4341 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4342 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4343 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4344 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4345 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4346 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4347 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4348 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4349 Ignition Control Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4350 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4351 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4352 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4353 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4354 Ignition Control Module: Testing and Inspection NOTE: - See Malfunction Indicator Lamp when the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is turned ON. - Perform the following input test for the ignition control module (ICM) after finishing the fundamental tests for the ignition system and the fuel and emissions systems. INPUT TEST FOR THE IGNITION CONTROL MODULE (ICM) 1. Remove the distributor ignition (DI) cap, the distributor ignition (DI) rotor and the leak cover (TEC). 2. Disconnect the wires from the ICM. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage between the BLK/YEL wire and body ground. There should be battery voltage. If there is no battery voltage, check the BLK/YEL wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the ICM. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage between the wire*1 and body ground. There should be battery voltage. If there is no battery voltage, check: the ignition coil. - the wire*1 between the ignition coil and the ICM. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 5. *1: BLU2 wire (HITACHI) WHT/BLU wire (TEC) 5. Disconnect the ECM/PCM connector A (32P). Check for continuity on the YEL/GRN wire between the ECM/PCM and the ICM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4355 - There should be continuity. 6. Check for continuity on the YEL/GRN wire to body ground. - There should be no continuity. 7. Check for continuity on the BLU1 wire between the test tachometer connector and the ICM. - There should be continuity. 8. Check for continuity on the BLU1 wire to body ground. - There should be no continuity. 9. If all the tests are normal, replace the ICM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations HITACHI Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4360 TEC Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Hall Effect Sensor, Ignition > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Hall Effect Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Ignition Hall Effect Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Ignition System - DTC P1381 Diagnostic Tips Troubleshooting Tips for DTC P1381 Troubleshooting a '98-02 Accord L4 or '96-00 Civic with DTC P1381 (CYP sensor intermittent interruption)? If you can't find anything wrong after following the procedure in the appropriate S/M, then try this: 1. Remove the distributor cap, and make sure the ignition coil shield is there and it's correctly installed. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation is right, go to step 2. ^ If the ignition coil shield installation isn't right, properly install the coil shield. 2. Unplug the 4P connector from the alternator 3. Test-drive the vehicle. ^ If DTC P1381 comes back with the alternator unplugged, replace the distributor housing. ^ If DTC P1381 doesn't come back, go to step 4. 4. Plug the 4P connector into the alternator, and use the HDS to do a charging system test. Look at the alternator diode pattern on the display screen. ^ If the diode pattern doesn't look right, replace the alternator. A faulty diode can cause electrical interference that sets this DTC. ^ If the diode pattern looks OK, press on with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Starting System Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder: Technical Service Bulletins Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Can't Turn Ignition Switch? Check for Locked Steering Got a service customer complaining he or she can't turn the ignition switch to start the engine? The reason could just be the steering column lock pin is engaged with the front wheels turned. Here's what typically happens: Some folks use the steering wheel to help support themselves while climbing in or out of the vehicle. This is very common among elderly or disabled drivers. Doing this turns the front wheels, which twists the tires against the ground. The twisted tires apply torque to the steering column. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), the steering column lock pin is engaged. But the applied torque on the steering column binds the lock pin, making it tough to turn the ignition switch. The ignition switch won't turn to ON (II) if the lock pin isn't disengaged from the steering column. Tell your customer there's nothing wrong with the ignition switch itself. All he or she needs to do is turn the steering wheel from side to side while turning the switch. This usually releases the lock pin so the engine can be started. In some cases, though, your customer may need to give a good tug on the wheel. This could easily happen when parking on a hill and the wheels are turned sharply before the engine is shut off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Underside of Vehicle, Rear of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Plug Gap Spark Plug: Specifications GAP GAP Spark Plug Air Gap D16Y5-D16Y7-D16Y8 Engines 0.039-0.043 (In.) SPark Plug Air Gap B16A2-Engine 0.047-0.051 (In.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Plug Gap > Page 4381 Spark Plug: Specifications Spark Plug Torque 13 ft lb (18 Nm) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4382 Spark Plug: Application and ID Spark Plug ID D16Y5 Engine NGK ............................................................................................................................. .......................................................................................ZFR4F-11 Denso .......................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ......KJ14CR-L11 DY16Y7-DY16Y8 Engine NGK ............................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................ZFR5F-11 Denso ......................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................KJ16CR-L11 BA16A2 Engine NGK .......................................................................................................................... ..........................................................................................PFR6L-13 Denso ....................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .........PK20PR-L13 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4383 Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection 1. Inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator for: Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Advanced ignition timing - Loose spark plug - Plug heat range too low - Insufficient cooling Fouled plugs may be caused by: Retarded ignition timing - Oil in combustion chamber - Incorrect spark plug gap - Plug heat range too high - Excessive idling/low speed running - Clogged air cleaner element - Deteriorated ignition coil or ignition wires 2. D16Y5, D16Y7, D16Y8 engine: - Adjust the gap with a suitable gapping tool, and replace the plug if the center electrode is rounded as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4384 3. B16A2 engine: - Do not adjust the gap of a platinum tip plug: replace the spark plug if the center electrode is rounded or if the gap is not within the specifications. NOTE: Use only the spark plugs listed. 4. Apply a small quantity of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head finger-tight. Then torque them to 18 N.m (1.8 kg.m, 13 lb.ft). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 7P connector from the main wire harness. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each key position according to the table. 4. Check that the key cannot be removed with power and ground connected to the No.7 and No.8 terminals. - If the key cannot be removed, the key interlock solenoid is OK. - If the key can be removed, replace the steering lock assembly (the interlock solenoid is not available separately). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test > Page 4393 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Lock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid 2P connector. 3. Connect battery power to the No.1 terminal and ground to the No.2 terminal of the solenoid momentarily. NOTE: Do not connect power to the No.2 (-) terminal (reverse polarity) or you will damage the diode inside the solenoid. 4. Check that the shift lock releases when the release lever is pushed, and check that it locks when the release lever is released. 5. If the solenoid does not work, replace the solenoid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Customer Interest A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4402 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4403 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4409 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4410 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4411 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Lower Front of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4412 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Shift control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and shift control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the shift control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new shift control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket and the clamp bracket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Throttle Valve Solenoid: Electrical Specifications Resistance ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................ 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 4417 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Mechanical Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolts ..................................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View > Page 4420 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Locations Photo 30 Lower Front Of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4421 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Testing and Inspection 1. Disconnect the linear solenoid connector. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and the No. 2 terminals of the linear solenoid connector. STANDARD: 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms 3. If the resistance is out of specification, replace the linear solenoid assembly. 4. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. A clicking sound should be heard. 5. If not, remove the linear solenoid assembly. 6. Check that the linear solenoid fluid passage for dust or dirt. 7. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. Check that the valve moves. 8. Disconnect one of the battery terminals and check that the valve releases. NOTE: You can see the valve movement through the fluid passage in the mounting surface of the linear solenoid assembly. 9. If the valve binds, or moves sluggishly, or the linear solenoid does not operate, replace the linear solenoid assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4422 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Service and Repair 1. Remove the mounting bolts and the linear solenoid assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage of the linear solenoid assembly and transmission housing. 3. Install a new linear solenoid assembly with a new gasket. NOTE: Do not pinch the gasket when installing the linear solenoid; make sure that the gasket is installed properly in the mounting groove of the linear solenoid. 4. Check the linear solenoid connector for rust, dirt or oil, and connect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Electrical Specifications Without CVT Solenoid Valve A Between terminal 2 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Solenoid Valve B Between terminal 1 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 4427 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Mechanical Specifications Without CVT Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ....................................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft.lb.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4428 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4429 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Testing and Inspection Without CVT 1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal (solenoid valve A) of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector and body ground, and between the No. 1 terminal (solenoid valve B) and body ground. STANDARD: 14 - 25 Ohms 3. Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if the resistance is out of specification. 4. If the resistance is within the standard, connect the No. 1 terminal of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Connect the No. 2 terminal to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if no clicking sound is heard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4430 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Lock-up control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new lock-up control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations Shift Indicator: Locations SRS components are located in this area Review the SRS component locations precautions and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4438 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4439 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4440 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4441 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4442 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4443 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4444 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4445 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4446 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4447 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4448 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4449 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4450 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4451 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4452 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4453 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4454 Shift Indicator: Electrical Diagrams CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4455 Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4456 Shift Indicator: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes ON. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come ON. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the Powertrain (except HX) or Transmission (HX) Control Module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for HX) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Indicator Input Test 1. Remove the gauge assembly from the dashboard, and disconnect the 14P connector from the gauge assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 4459 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the 14P connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, but the indicator is faulty, replace the printed circuit board. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 4460 Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Switch Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 4461 Shift Indicator: Adjustments 1. Shift to the [P] position, and loosen the nuts. 2. Slide the switch in the direction of [D4] or [D4] position [within 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)] so that there is continuity between the No.1 and No.7 terminals in the range of free play of the shift lever. 3. Recheck for continuity between each of the terminals. NOTE: If adjustment is not possible, check for damage to the shift lever detent and/or the bracket. If there is no damage, replace the console switch. - The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [N] in the range of free play. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 4462 Shift Indicator: Service and Repair 1. Remove the front console, then disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 2. Remove the two mounting nuts. 3. Position the switch slider to "Neutral". 4. Move the shift lever to "Neutral", then slip the switch into position. 5. Attach the switch with the two mounting nuts. 6. Test the switch in the [P] and [N] position of the shift lever. The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [P] anywhere in the range of free play. 7. Connect the 14P connector, clamp the harness, and install the front console. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4468 Control Module: Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Control Module: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4472 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4473 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4474 Shift Interlock Control Module: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock System Shift Lock System 1. Disconnect the 8P connector from the interlock control unit. 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4475 - If all the input tests prove OK, substitute a known-good control unit, and recheck the system. If the check is OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. NOTE: If the shift lock solenoid clicks when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and you step on the brake pedal (with the shift lever in [P]), the shift lock system is electronically normal; if the shift lever cannot be shifted from [P], test the A/T gear position switch, park pin switch. Reconnect the 8P connector to the interlock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Brake Switch - TCC > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Mainshaft Sensor: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolt ...................................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4484 Mainshaft Sensor: Locations Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations Park Pin Switch: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 4488 Park Pin Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the park pin switch. 3. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with: - the shift lever any position other than [P], or - the push button pushed in [P]. There should be continuity. 4. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with the shift lever in [P] and the push button released. There should be no continuity. If necessary, replace the park pin switch. NOTE: Park pin switch 4P connector No.1 and No.2 terminals are for A/T gear position console light. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4494 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4495 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4496 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4497 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4498 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4499 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4500 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4501 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4502 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4503 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4504 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4505 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4506 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4507 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4508 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4509 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4510 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4511 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4512 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Top of Transmission (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4519 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Drive Pulley Speed Sensor Right Side Lower Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4520 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Mainshaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4521 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Countershaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Side of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4522 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Secondary Gear Shaft Speed Sensor Right Side Rear of Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4523 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair 1. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the countershaft speed sensor from the right side cover. 2. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the mainshaft speed sensor from the transmission housing. 3. Replace the 0-ring with a new one before installing the countershaft speed sensor or the mainshaft speed sensor. NOTE: Install the mainshaft speed sensor washer on the mainshaft speed sensor. The mainshaft speed sensor washer is used on models with the D16Y7 engine. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4529 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4530 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4531 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4532 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4533 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4534 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4535 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4536 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4537 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4538 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4539 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4540 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4541 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4542 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4543 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4544 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4545 CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Speed Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 7P connector from the main wire harness. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each key position according to the table. 4. Check that the key cannot be removed with power and ground connected to the No.7 and No.8 terminals. - If the key cannot be removed, the key interlock solenoid is OK. - If the key can be removed, replace the steering lock assembly (the interlock solenoid is not available separately). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test > Page 4558 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Lock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid 2P connector. 3. Connect battery power to the No.1 terminal and ground to the No.2 terminal of the solenoid momentarily. NOTE: Do not connect power to the No.2 (-) terminal (reverse polarity) or you will damage the diode inside the solenoid. 4. Check that the shift lock releases when the release lever is pushed, and check that it locks when the release lever is released. 5. If the solenoid does not work, replace the solenoid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Customer Interest A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4567 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4568 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4574 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4575 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4576 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Lower Front of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4577 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Shift control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and shift control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the shift control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new shift control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket and the clamp bracket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Throttle Valve Solenoid: Electrical Specifications Resistance ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................ 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 4582 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Mechanical Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolts ..................................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View > Page 4585 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Locations Photo 30 Lower Front Of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4586 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Testing and Inspection 1. Disconnect the linear solenoid connector. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and the No. 2 terminals of the linear solenoid connector. STANDARD: 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms 3. If the resistance is out of specification, replace the linear solenoid assembly. 4. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. A clicking sound should be heard. 5. If not, remove the linear solenoid assembly. 6. Check that the linear solenoid fluid passage for dust or dirt. 7. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. Check that the valve moves. 8. Disconnect one of the battery terminals and check that the valve releases. NOTE: You can see the valve movement through the fluid passage in the mounting surface of the linear solenoid assembly. 9. If the valve binds, or moves sluggishly, or the linear solenoid does not operate, replace the linear solenoid assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4587 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Service and Repair 1. Remove the mounting bolts and the linear solenoid assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage of the linear solenoid assembly and transmission housing. 3. Install a new linear solenoid assembly with a new gasket. NOTE: Do not pinch the gasket when installing the linear solenoid; make sure that the gasket is installed properly in the mounting groove of the linear solenoid. 4. Check the linear solenoid connector for rust, dirt or oil, and connect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Electrical Specifications Without CVT Solenoid Valve A Between terminal 2 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Solenoid Valve B Between terminal 1 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 4592 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Mechanical Specifications Without CVT Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ....................................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft.lb.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4593 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4594 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Testing and Inspection Without CVT 1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal (solenoid valve A) of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector and body ground, and between the No. 1 terminal (solenoid valve B) and body ground. STANDARD: 14 - 25 Ohms 3. Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if the resistance is out of specification. 4. If the resistance is within the standard, connect the No. 1 terminal of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Connect the No. 2 terminal to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if no clicking sound is heard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4595 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Lock-up control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new lock-up control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 7P connector from the main wire harness. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each key position according to the table. 4. Check that the key cannot be removed with power and ground connected to the No.7 and No.8 terminals. - If the key cannot be removed, the key interlock solenoid is OK. - If the key can be removed, replace the steering lock assembly (the interlock solenoid is not available separately). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test > Page 4603 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Lock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid 2P connector. 3. Connect battery power to the No.1 terminal and ground to the No.2 terminal of the solenoid momentarily. NOTE: Do not connect power to the No.2 (-) terminal (reverse polarity) or you will damage the diode inside the solenoid. 4. Check that the shift lock releases when the release lever is pushed, and check that it locks when the release lever is released. 5. If the solenoid does not work, replace the solenoid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Customer Interest A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4612 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4613 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4619 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4620 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4621 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Lower Front of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4622 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Shift control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and shift control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the shift control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new shift control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket and the clamp bracket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Throttle Valve Solenoid: Electrical Specifications Resistance ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................ 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 4627 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Mechanical Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolts ..................................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View > Page 4630 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Locations Photo 30 Lower Front Of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4631 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Testing and Inspection 1. Disconnect the linear solenoid connector. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and the No. 2 terminals of the linear solenoid connector. STANDARD: 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms 3. If the resistance is out of specification, replace the linear solenoid assembly. 4. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. A clicking sound should be heard. 5. If not, remove the linear solenoid assembly. 6. Check that the linear solenoid fluid passage for dust or dirt. 7. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. Check that the valve moves. 8. Disconnect one of the battery terminals and check that the valve releases. NOTE: You can see the valve movement through the fluid passage in the mounting surface of the linear solenoid assembly. 9. If the valve binds, or moves sluggishly, or the linear solenoid does not operate, replace the linear solenoid assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4632 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Service and Repair 1. Remove the mounting bolts and the linear solenoid assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage of the linear solenoid assembly and transmission housing. 3. Install a new linear solenoid assembly with a new gasket. NOTE: Do not pinch the gasket when installing the linear solenoid; make sure that the gasket is installed properly in the mounting groove of the linear solenoid. 4. Check the linear solenoid connector for rust, dirt or oil, and connect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Electrical Specifications Without CVT Solenoid Valve A Between terminal 2 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Solenoid Valve B Between terminal 1 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 4637 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Mechanical Specifications Without CVT Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ....................................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft.lb.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4638 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4639 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Testing and Inspection Without CVT 1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal (solenoid valve A) of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector and body ground, and between the No. 1 terminal (solenoid valve B) and body ground. STANDARD: 14 - 25 Ohms 3. Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if the resistance is out of specification. 4. If the resistance is within the standard, connect the No. 1 terminal of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Connect the No. 2 terminal to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if no clicking sound is heard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4640 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Lock-up control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new lock-up control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Bell Housing, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Bell Housing: Specifications DIMENSIONS Set Ring, 80 mm Thickness P/N# 90414-689-000 ........................................................................................................................... ...................................... 2.50 mm (0.098 inch) P/N# 90415-689-000 ................................................. ................................................................................................................ 2.60 mm (0.102 inch) P/N# 90416-689-000 .................................................................................................................................... ............................. 2.70 mm (0.106 inch) P/N# 90417-689-000 .......................................................... ....................................................................................................... 2.80 mm (0.110 inch) P/N# 90418-689-000 .................................................................................................................................... ............................. 2.90 mm (0.114 inch) P/N# 90419-PH8-000 ......................................................... ....................................................................................................... 3.00 mm (0.118 inch) Set Ring And Outer Race Clearance Standard .............................................................................................................................................. ................................ 0-0.15 mm (0-0.006 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Bell Housing, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Torque Converter Housing Bearing Bell Housing: Service and Repair Torque Converter Housing Bearing TOOL REQUIRED - 07736-A01000A Adjustable Bearing Puller, 25-40 mm - 07749-0010000 Driver - 07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm - Or Equivalent MAINSHAFT BEARING/OIL SEAL 1. Remove the mainshaft bearing and oil seal using the special tools as shown. 2. Drive in the new mainshaft bearing until it bottoms in the housing using the special tools as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Bell Housing, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Torque Converter Housing Bearing > Page 4646 3. Install the new oil seal flush with the housing using the special tools as shown. COUNTERSHAFT BEARING 1. Remove the countershaft bearing using the special tools as shown. 2. Install the ATF guide plate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Bell Housing, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Torque Converter Housing Bearing > Page 4647 3. Drive the new bearing into the housing using the special tools as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Bell Housing, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Torque Converter Housing Bearing > Page 4648 Bell Housing: Service and Repair Torque Converter Oil Seal Replacement TOOL REQUIRED - 07746-0030100 Driver 40 mm I.D. - 07JAD-PH80200 Pilot, 26 x 30 mm - 07749-0010000 Driver - 07947-6110501 Driver Attachment, 68 mm - 07JAD-PH80101 Driver Attachment - Or Equivalent REMOVAL 1. Remove the differential assembly. 2. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing. 3. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter housing. INSTALLATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Bell Housing, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Torque Converter Housing Bearing > Page 4649 1. Install a 2.50 mm (0.098 inch) set ring, 80 mm in transmission housing. NOTE: Do not install the oil seal yet. 2. Install the differential assembly into the torque converter housing using the special tool as shown. 3. Install the transmission housing and tighten the bolts. 4. Tap on the transmission housing side of the differential assembly with the special tool to seat the differential assembly in the torque converter Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Bell Housing, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Torque Converter Housing Bearing > Page 4650 housing. 5. Measure the clearance between the 80 mm set ring and outer race of the ball bearing in the transmission housing. Standard: 0 - 0.15 mm (0 - 0.006 inch) 6. If the clearance is more than the standard, select a new 80 mm set ring from the following table and install. NOTE: If the 80 mm set ring-to-ball bearing outer race clearance measured in step 5 is less than the specification, it is not necessary to perform steps 7 and 8. 7. Remove the transmission housing. 8. Replace the 2.50 mm (0.098 inch) 80 mm set ring with the one of the correct thickness selected in step 5. 9. Install the new oil seal flush with the transmission housing using the special tools as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Bell Housing, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Torque Converter Housing Bearing > Page 4651 10. Install the new oil seal flush with the torque converter housing using the special tools as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Brake Switch - TCC > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Case, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Case: Service and Repair 1. To remove the mainshaft and countershaft bearings from the transmission housing, expand each snap ring with snap ring pliers, then push the bearing out using the special tools and a press as shown. NOTE: Do not remove the snap rings unless it's necessary to clean the grooves in the housing. Mainshaft Bearing installation use: ATTACHMENT, 72 x 75 mm 07746 - 0010600. Countershaft Bearing installation use: ATTACHMENT, 62 x 68 mm 07746 - 0010500. 2. Expand each snap ring with snap ring pliers, insert the new bearing part-way into the housing using the special tools and a press as shown. Install the bearing with the groove facing outside the housing. NOTE: Coat all parts with ATF. 3. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down into the housing until the ring snaps in place around it. NOTE: Mainshaft Bearing Removal use: ATTACHMENT, 72 x 75 mm 07746 - 0010600. Countershaft Bearing Removal use: ATTACHMENT, Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Case, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 4658 62 x 68 mm 07746 - 0010500 4. After installing the bearing verify the following: - The snap ring is seated in the bearing and housing grooves. - The snap ring operates properly. - The ring end gap is correct. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Clutch, A/T > Component Information > Description and Operation Clutch: Description and Operation GENERAL Clutches The four-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engage or disengage the transmission gears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch drum, the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction discs and steel plates together, locking them so they don't slip. Power is then transmitted through the engaged clutch pack to its hub-mounted gear. Likewise, when the hydraulic pressure is bled from the clutch pack, the piston releases the friction discs and the steel plates, and they are free to slide past each other. This allows the gear to spin independently on its shaft, transmitting no power. 1ST CLUTCH The 1st clutch engages/disengages 1st gear, and is located at the end of the mainshaft, just behind the right side cover. The 1st clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the mainshaft. 2ND CLUTCH The 2nd clutch engages/disengages 2nd gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 2nd clutch is joined back-to-back to the 4th clutch. The 2nd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure through the mainshaft by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit. 3RD CLUTCH The 3rd clutch engages/disengages 3rd gear, and is located at the end of the countershaft. The 3rd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the countershaft. 4TH CLUTCH The 4th clutch engages/disengages 4th gear, as well as reverse gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 4th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 2nd clutch. The 4th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the mainstay. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Clutch, A/T > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 4662 ONE-WAY CLUTCH The one-way clutch is positioned between the countershaft 1st gear and the parking gear, with the parking gear splined to the countershaft. The 1st gear provides the outer race surface, and the parking gear provides the inner race surface. The one-way clutch locks up when power is transmitted from the mainshaft 1st gear to the countershaft 1st gear. The 1st clutch and gears remain engaged in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gear ranges in the D3, D4 or 2 position. However, the one-way clutch disengages when the 2nd, 3rd, or 4th clutches/gears are applied in the D4, D3, or 2 position. This is because the increased rotational speed of the gears on the countershaft overrides the locking "speed range" of the one-way clutch. Thereafter, the one-way clutch free-wheels with the 1st clutch still engaged. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Clutch, A/T > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 4663 Clutch: Service and Repair One-Way Clutch, A/T For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Automatic Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4667 Control Module: Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Countershaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Countershaft: Specifications DIMENSIONS Distance Collar, 28 mm Thickness 1-P/N# 90503-PC9-000 ........................................................................................................................................................... 39.00 mm (1.535 inch) 2-P/N# 90504-PC9-000 ........................................................................................................................................................... 39.10 mm (1.539 inch) 3-P/N# 90505-PC9-000 ........................................................................................................................................................... 39.20 mm (1.543 inch) 4-P/N# 90507-PC9-000 ........................................................................................................................................................... 39.30 mm (1.547 inch) 5-P/N# 90508-PC9-000 ........................................................................................................................................................... 39.05 mm (1.537 inch) 6-P/N# 90509-PC9-000 ........................................................................................................................................................... 39.15 mm (1.541 inch) 7-P/N# 90510-PC9-000 ........................................................................................................................................................... 39.25 mm (1.545 inch) 8-P/N# 90511-PC9-000 ........................................................................................................................................................... 38.90 mm (1.531 inch) 9-P/N# 90512-PC9-000 ........................................................................................................................................................... 38.95 mm (1.533 inch) TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Locknut ................................................................................................................................................ ............................................ 103 Nm (75.9 ft. lbs.) Speed Sensor ...................................................... ................................................................................................................................. 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Countershaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4671 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Countershaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4672 Countershaft: Testing and Inspection CLEARANCE MEASUREMENT NOTE: Lubricate all parts with ATF during assembly. 1. Remove the countershaft bearing from the transmission housing. 2. Install the parts below on the countershaft using the special tool and a press as described. NOTE: Do not assemble the O-rings during inspection. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Countershaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4673 3. Install the parts below on the countershaft subassembly, then torque the locknut to 29 Nm (22 ft. lbs.). NOTE: Countershaft locknut has left-hand threads. 4. Measure the clearance between the 2nd gear and the 28 mm distance collar with a feeler gauge. NOTE: Take measurements in at least three places and use the average as the actual clearance. Standard: 0.10 - 0.18 mm (0.004 - 0.007 inch). 5. If the clearance is out of tolerance, remove the 28 mm distance collar and measure the width. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Countershaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4674 6. Select and install a new distance collar, then recheck. 7. After selecting a new distance collar, recheck the clearance and make sure it is within tolerance. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Countershaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4675 Countershaft: Service and Repair One-Way Clutch, A/T For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Automatic Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Data Link Connector, A/T > Component Information > Locations Data Link Connector, A/T: Locations Below Right Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Differential, Automatic Transaxle > Differential Carrier Assembly, A/T > Carrier Bearings, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Carrier Bearings: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT TOOL REQUIRED - 07746-0030100 Driver 40 mm I.D. - Or Equivalent NOTE: Check bearings for wear and rough rotation. If bearings are OK, removal is not necessary. 1. Remove bearings using a bearing puller. 2. Install new bearings using the special tool as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Differential, Automatic Transaxle > Ring Gear, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Ring Gear: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolts ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................... 101 Nm (74.5 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination Fluid - A/T: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Avoiding Comebacks From A/T Contamination APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Installing a reman A/T? Here are some important tips to keep in mind to ensure a first-time fix and to avoid any come-backs: - If the vehicle has an ATF cooler, make sure you clean the cooler with the ATF Cooler Cleaner (P/N GHTTTCF6H). See S/B 89-022, ATF Cooler Cleaner, for details. - If the reman A/T kit includes an in-line filter, don't forget to install it. If the vehicle already has an in-line filter from an earlier A/T replacement, then remove the existing filter, and install the new one. - Spray the driveshaft splines with solvent and compressed air before installing them in the reman A/T. If the failed A/T had a speed sensor, make sure it's clean before you install it. Debris from the failed A/T can catch in the driveshaft splines or on the speed sensor and contaminate the reman A/T. - If the reman A/T comes with a heater/cooler, make sure you install the reman A/T with that heater/cooler. Never install the heater/cooler from the failed A/T; you could contaminate the reman A/T. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications Transmission Fluid Dry Fill ................................................................................................................................................. ............................................... 5.9 liters (6.2 US qts.) Drain and Fill .................................................... .................................................................................................................................. 2.7 liters (2.9 US qts.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 4693 Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications Transmission Fluid Genuine Honda Premium Formula Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) is preferred, a Dexron III ATF can be used as a temporary replacement. However, continued use can affect shift quality drain and refill with Genuine Honda Premium Formula Automatic Transmission Fluid as soon as it is convenient. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4694 Fluid - A/T: Testing and Inspection FLUID LEVEL CHECK CAUTION: Keep all of the foreign particles out of the transmission. NOTE: Check the fluid level with the engine at normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 1. Park the vehicle on level ground. Turn off the engine. 2. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) from the transmission, and wipe it with a clean cloth. 3. Insert the dipstick into the transmission. 4. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. 5. If the level is below the lower mark, pour the recommended fluid* into the filler hole to bring it to the upper mark. 6. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission in the direction shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4695 Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair CHECKING NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Park the vehicle on the level ground, then turn off the engine. 3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) from the transmission, and wipe it with a clean cloth. 4. Insert the dipstick into the transmission. 5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. It should be between the upper mark and lower marks. 6. If the level is below the lower mark, pour the recommended fluid into the filler hole to bring it to the upper mark. Always use Genuine Honda Premium Formula Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. 7. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission in the direction shown. CHANGING NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Bring the transmission up to operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on) by driving the vehicle. 2. Park the vehicle on the level ground, and turn the engine off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4696 3. Remove the drain plug, and drain the Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). NOTE: If a cooler flusher is to be used, refer to cooler flushing. 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer, then refill the transmission with the recommended fluid into the filler hole to the upper mark on the dipstick. Always use Genuine Honda Premium Formula Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity: 2.7 L (2.4 Imp qt.) at changing 5.9 L ( 5.2 Imp qt.) at overhaul Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Line/Hose, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Fixing Banjo Bolt Leaks Fluid Line/Hose: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Fixing Banjo Bolt Leaks SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Fixing A/T Banjo Bolt Leaks APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Got ATF leaking from any of the A/T banjo bolts? The first thing you need to do is replace the sealing washers. Next, start threading the banjo and line bracket bolts in their holes. Finally, torque the banjo bolt to 31 Nm (22 lb-ft) and the line bracket bolt to 9.8 Nm (7.2 lb-ft.). NOTE: The banjo bolt torque spec we're recommending is slightly higher than what's listed in the S/M. This is intentional. If you torque just the banjo bolt, you won't really fix the leak. ATF leaks at the banjo bolt stem from the line bracket getting tightened before the banjo bolt. This can misalign the banjo joint, causing the banjo bolt sealing washers not to contact their mating surfaces evenly. Once the sealing washers have been used, you must replace them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Line/Hose, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4701 Fluid Line/Hose: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Attaching Brackets ............................................................................................................................... ................................................ 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Joint Bolt .............................................................. ................................................................................................................................ 28 Nm (21 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Line/Hose, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4702 Fluid Line/Hose: Service and Repair CONNECTION 1. Connect the Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) cooler hoses to the ATF cooler lines and ATF cooler, and secure them with the clips as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Pump, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Fluid Pump: Specifications DIMENSIONS Drive Gear ........................................................................................................................................... ...................... 0.105-0.133 mm (0.004-0.005 inch) Driven Gear ......................................................... ...................................................................................................... 0.035-0.063 mm (0.001-0.002 inch) Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial) Clearance: Standard .............................................................................................................................................. .................... 0.03-0.05 mm (0.001-0.002 inch) Service Limit .............................................................. ............................................................................................................... 0.07 mm (0.003 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Pump, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4706 Fluid Pump: Testing and Inspection With A/T 1. Install the ATF pump gears and ATF pump driven gear shaft in the main valve body. NOTE: Lubricate all parts with ATF during inspection. - Install the ATF pump driven gear with its grooved and chamfered side facing up as shown. 2. Measure the side clearance of the ATF pump drive and driven gears. ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance: Standard (New): - ATF Pump Drive Gear: 0.105 - 0.1325 mm (0.004 - 0.005 inch) - ATF Pump Driven Gear: 0.035 - 0.0625 mm (0.0014 - 0.0025 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Pump, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4707 3. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft. Measure the thrust clearance of the ATF pump driven gear to-valve body. ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial) Clearance: Standard (New): 0.03 - 0.05 mm (0.001 - 0.002 inch) - Service Limit: 0.07 mm (0.003 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Idler Gear, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Idler Gear: Service and Repair One-Way Clutch, A/T For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Automatic Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations Shift Indicator: Locations SRS components are located in this area Review the SRS component locations precautions and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4717 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4718 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4719 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4720 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4721 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4722 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4723 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4724 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4725 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4726 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4727 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4728 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4729 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4730 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4731 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4732 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4733 Shift Indicator: Electrical Diagrams CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4734 Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4735 Shift Indicator: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes ON. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come ON. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the Powertrain (except HX) or Transmission (HX) Control Module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for HX) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Indicator Input Test 1. Remove the gauge assembly from the dashboard, and disconnect the 14P connector from the gauge assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 4738 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the 14P connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, but the indicator is faulty, replace the printed circuit board. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 4739 Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Switch Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 4740 Shift Indicator: Adjustments 1. Shift to the [P] position, and loosen the nuts. 2. Slide the switch in the direction of [D4] or [D4] position [within 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)] so that there is continuity between the No.1 and No.7 terminals in the range of free play of the shift lever. 3. Recheck for continuity between each of the terminals. NOTE: If adjustment is not possible, check for damage to the shift lever detent and/or the bracket. If there is no damage, replace the console switch. - The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [N] in the range of free play. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 4741 Shift Indicator: Service and Repair 1. Remove the front console, then disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 2. Remove the two mounting nuts. 3. Position the switch slider to "Neutral". 4. Move the shift lever to "Neutral", then slip the switch into position. 5. Attach the switch with the two mounting nuts. 6. Test the switch in the [P] and [N] position of the shift lever. The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [P] anywhere in the range of free play. 7. Connect the 14P connector, clamp the harness, and install the front console. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Mainshaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Mainshaft: Specifications DIMENSIONS Thrust Washer 36.5 x 55 mm Thickness 1-P/N# 90441-P4P-010 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.00 mm (0.157 inch) 2-P/N# 90442-P4P-010 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.05 mm (0.159 inch) 3-P/N# 90443-P4P-010 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.10 mm (0.161 inch) 4-P/N# 90444-P4P-010 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.15 mm (0.163 inch) 5-P/N# 90445-P4P-010 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.20 mm (0.165 inch) 6-P/N# 90446-P4P-010 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.25 mm (0.167 inch) 7-P/N# 90447-P4P-010 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.30 mm (0.169 inch) 8-P/N# 90448-P4P-010 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.35 mm (0.171 inch) 9-P/N# 90449-P4P-010 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.40 mm (0.173 inch) 10-P/N# 90450-P4P-000 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4.45 mm (0.175 inch) TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Locknut ................................................................................................................................................ ................................................. 78 Nm (58 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Mainshaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4745 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Mainshaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4746 Mainshaft: Testing and Inspection A/T Only CLEARANCE MEASUREMENT NOTE: Lubricate all parts with ATF during assembly. 1. Remove the mainshaft bearing from the transmission housing. 2. Assemble the parts below on the mainshaft. NOTE: Do not assemble the O-rings during inspection. 3. Torque the mainshaft locknut to 29 Nm (22 ft. lbs.). NOTE: Mainshaft locknut has left-hand threads. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Mainshaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4747 4. Hold 2nd gear against the 2nd clutch, then measure the clearance between 2nd gear and 3rd gear with a feeler gauge. NOTE: Take measurements in at least three places, and use the average as the actual clearance. Standard: 0.05 - 0.13 mm (0.002 - 0.005 inch) 5. If the clearance is out of tolerance, remove the thrust washer and measure the thickness. 6. Select and install a new washer, then recheck. 7. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure the clearance is within tolerance. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Mainshaft, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4748 Mainshaft: Service and Repair One-Way Clutch, A/T For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Automatic Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Mainshaft Sensor: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolt ...................................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4752 Mainshaft Sensor: Locations Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4757 Control Module: Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Control Module: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4761 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4762 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4763 Shift Interlock Control Module: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock System Shift Lock System 1. Disconnect the 8P connector from the interlock control unit. 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4764 - If all the input tests prove OK, substitute a known-good control unit, and recheck the system. If the check is OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. NOTE: If the shift lock solenoid clicks when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and you step on the brake pedal (with the shift lever in [P]), the shift lock system is electronically normal; if the shift lever cannot be shifted from [P], test the A/T gear position switch, park pin switch. Reconnect the 8P connector to the interlock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Seals and Gaskets, A/T > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Torque Converter Oil Seal - Installation Tool Seals and Gaskets: Technical Service Bulletins Torque Converter Oil Seal - Installation Tool 00-022 March 7, 2000 Applies To: ALL Models With L4 or V6 Engine and A/T With 44 mm I.D. Torque Converter Oil Seal Torque Converter Oil Seal Installation Tool The service manual procedure for installing the torque converter oil seal requires you to disassemble the transmission. A new required special tool, which attaches to your existing 40 mm l.D. driver, lets you install this seal without removing the main shaft or disassembling the transmission. REQUIRED SPECIAL TOOLS Seal Driver Attachment: T/N O7XAD-001000A (Shipped to all dealers March 2000 as a required special tool) 40 mm I.D. Driver: T/N 07746-0030100 ORDERING INFORMATION Additional seal driver attachments are available from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. PROCEDURE 1. Remove the transmission (see section 14 of the appropriate service manual). 2. Remove and discard the torque converter oil seal. Be careful not to damage the torque converter housing. 3. Select the appropriate replacement seal. 4. Press the long end of the seal driver attachment into the driver. Press the new seal onto the short end. Do not apply any type of sealer to the seal or Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Seals and Gaskets, A/T > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Torque Converter Oil Seal - Installation Tool > Page 4769 the torque converter housing; you must install the seal dry. 5. Slide the tool over the mainshaft as far as it will go. 6. With a soft-face hammer, lightly tap the driver until the seal is fully seated in the torque converter housing. 7. Reinstall the transmission. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Brake Switch - TCC > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Mainshaft Sensor: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolt ...................................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4777 Mainshaft Sensor: Locations Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations Park Pin Switch: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 4781 Park Pin Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the park pin switch. 3. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with: - the shift lever any position other than [P], or - the push button pushed in [P]. There should be continuity. 4. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with the shift lever in [P] and the push button released. There should be no continuity. If necessary, replace the park pin switch. NOTE: Park pin switch 4P connector No.1 and No.2 terminals are for A/T gear position console light. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4787 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4788 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4789 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4790 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4791 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4792 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4793 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4794 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4795 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4796 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4797 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4798 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4799 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4800 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4801 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4802 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4803 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4804 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4805 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Top of Transmission (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4812 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Drive Pulley Speed Sensor Right Side Lower Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4813 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Mainshaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4814 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Countershaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Side of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4815 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Secondary Gear Shaft Speed Sensor Right Side Rear of Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4816 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair 1. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the countershaft speed sensor from the right side cover. 2. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the mainshaft speed sensor from the transmission housing. 3. Replace the 0-ring with a new one before installing the countershaft speed sensor or the mainshaft speed sensor. NOTE: Install the mainshaft speed sensor washer on the mainshaft speed sensor. The mainshaft speed sensor washer is used on models with the D16Y7 engine. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Control Module: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4821 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4822 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4823 Shift Interlock Control Module: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock System Shift Lock System 1. Disconnect the 8P connector from the interlock control unit. 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4824 - If all the input tests prove OK, substitute a known-good control unit, and recheck the system. If the check is OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. NOTE: If the shift lock solenoid clicks when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and you step on the brake pedal (with the shift lever in [P]), the shift lock system is electronically normal; if the shift lever cannot be shifted from [P], test the A/T gear position switch, park pin switch. Reconnect the 8P connector to the interlock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 7P connector from the main wire harness. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each key position according to the table. 4. Check that the key cannot be removed with power and ground connected to the No.7 and No.8 terminals. - If the key cannot be removed, the key interlock solenoid is OK. - If the key can be removed, replace the steering lock assembly (the interlock solenoid is not available separately). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test > Page 4830 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Lock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid 2P connector. 3. Connect battery power to the No.1 terminal and ground to the No.2 terminal of the solenoid momentarily. NOTE: Do not connect power to the No.2 (-) terminal (reverse polarity) or you will damage the diode inside the solenoid. 4. Check that the shift lock releases when the release lever is pushed, and check that it locks when the release lever is released. 5. If the solenoid does not work, replace the solenoid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations Park Pin Switch: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 4834 Park Pin Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the park pin switch. 3. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with: - the shift lever any position other than [P], or - the push button pushed in [P]. There should be continuity. 4. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with the shift lever in [P] and the push button released. There should be no continuity. If necessary, replace the park pin switch. NOTE: Park pin switch 4P connector No.1 and No.2 terminals are for A/T gear position console light. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Customer Interest A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4843 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4844 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4850 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 4851 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4852 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Lower Front of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4853 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Shift control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and shift control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the shift control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new shift control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket and the clamp bracket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4857 Shifter A/T: Description and Operation The shift lever has six positions: P PARK, R REVERSE, N NEUTRAL, D4 1st through 4th gear ranges, D3 1st through 3rd gear ranges, 2-2nd gear. Starting is possible only in P and N positions through the use of a slide-type, neutral-safety switch. The A/T gear position indicator in the instrument panel shows which gear has been selected without having to look down at the console. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4858 Shifter A/T: Adjustments ADJUSTMENT 1. Check that the index mark on the indicator aligns with the [N] mark on the shift indicator panel when the transmission is in NEUTRAL. 2. If not aligned, remove the front console. 3. Remove the shift indicator panel mounting screws and adjust by moving the panel. NOTE: Whenever the shift indicator panel is removed, reinstall the panel as described above. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Cable: > 97-009 > Feb > 00 > Ignition Switch - Key Cannot Be Removed Shift Cable: Customer Interest Ignition Switch - Key Cannot Be Removed 97-009 February 8, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - All with Automatic Transmission Key Cannot Be Removed From the Ignition Switch (Supersedes 97-009, dated January 26, 1999) SYMPTOM The ignition switch sometimes will not turn to the LOCK (0) position, and the key cannot be removed. PROBABLE CAUSE The shift cable is out of adjustment, preventing the shift lever pin from engaging the key lock switch. CORRECTIVE ACTION Adjust the shift cable. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 214305 Flat Rate Time: 0.5 hour Failed Part: P/N 54315-504-A81 H/C 4778643 Defect Code: 074 Contention Code: B99 Template ID: 97-009A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS 1. Make sure the shift lever is in Park. 2. Remove the center console. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Cable: > 97-009 > Feb > 00 > Ignition Switch - Key Cannot Be Removed > Page 4868 3. Inspect the key lock switch. If the pin is not in the switch, jiggle the shift lever back and forth without taking it out of Park. ^ If the pin does not return and the key cannot be removed, continue with normal troubleshooting. ^ If the pin returns and the key can be removed, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Move the shift lever to Neutral. 2. Remove the lock pin from the shift cable adjuster. 3. Check the alignment of the hole in the adjuster with the hole in the shift cable. The holes should exactly align. 4. Loosen the locknut on the adjuster. Turn the adjuster in or out until the holes exactly align. Torque the locknut to 7 N.m (5 lb-ft). 5. Reinstall the lock pin. If the lock pin binds as you install it, the shift cable is still out of adjustment. 6. Move the shift lever to all the gear positions. Make sure the shift lever position indicator shows each gear position. 7. Move the shift lever to Park. Make sure the key can be removed from the ignition switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Cable: > 97-009 > Feb > 00 > Ignition Switch - Key Cannot Be Removed > Page 4869 8. Insert the key in the shift lock release slot, and make sure the shift lever releases. 9. Reinstall the center console. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Cable: > 97-009 > Feb > 00 > Ignition Switch - Key Cannot Be Removed Shift Cable: All Technical Service Bulletins Ignition Switch - Key Cannot Be Removed 97-009 February 8, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - All with Automatic Transmission Key Cannot Be Removed From the Ignition Switch (Supersedes 97-009, dated January 26, 1999) SYMPTOM The ignition switch sometimes will not turn to the LOCK (0) position, and the key cannot be removed. PROBABLE CAUSE The shift cable is out of adjustment, preventing the shift lever pin from engaging the key lock switch. CORRECTIVE ACTION Adjust the shift cable. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 214305 Flat Rate Time: 0.5 hour Failed Part: P/N 54315-504-A81 H/C 4778643 Defect Code: 074 Contention Code: B99 Template ID: 97-009A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS 1. Make sure the shift lever is in Park. 2. Remove the center console. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Cable: > 97-009 > Feb > 00 > Ignition Switch - Key Cannot Be Removed > Page 4875 3. Inspect the key lock switch. If the pin is not in the switch, jiggle the shift lever back and forth without taking it out of Park. ^ If the pin does not return and the key cannot be removed, continue with normal troubleshooting. ^ If the pin returns and the key can be removed, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Move the shift lever to Neutral. 2. Remove the lock pin from the shift cable adjuster. 3. Check the alignment of the hole in the adjuster with the hole in the shift cable. The holes should exactly align. 4. Loosen the locknut on the adjuster. Turn the adjuster in or out until the holes exactly align. Torque the locknut to 7 N.m (5 lb-ft). 5. Reinstall the lock pin. If the lock pin binds as you install it, the shift cable is still out of adjustment. 6. Move the shift lever to all the gear positions. Make sure the shift lever position indicator shows each gear position. 7. Move the shift lever to Park. Make sure the key can be removed from the ignition switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Cable: > 97-009 > Feb > 00 > Ignition Switch - Key Cannot Be Removed > Page 4876 8. Insert the key in the shift lock release slot, and make sure the shift lever releases. 9. Reinstall the center console. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4877 Shift Cable: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Adjuster Locknut .................................................................................................................................. ............................................... 7 Nm (60 inch lbs.) Shift Cable Bracket Bolt ....................................... ........................................................................................................................ 9.8 Nm (86.4 inch lbs.) Shift Cable Cover Bolt ......................................................................................................................... ................................................ 22 Nm (16 Ft. lbs.) Control Lever Bolt ................................................ ................................................................................................................................ 14 Nm (10 ft. lbs.) Shift Cable Holder Bolt ........................................................................................................................ ........................................ 12 Nm (104.4 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4878 Shift Cable: Service and Repair REMOVAL / INSTALLATION WARNING: Make sure lifts are placed properly. 1. Remove the front console. 2. Shift to [N] position, then remove the lock pin from the adjuster. 3. Remove the shift cable bracket. 4. Remove the shift cable holder. 5. Remove the shift cable cover. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4879 6. Remove the control lever from the control shaft, then remove the shift cable. Take care not to bend the cable when removing/installing it. 7. Install the shift cable in the reverse order of removal. 8. Check the cable adjustment on reassembly. ADJUSTMENT WARNING: Make sure lifts are placed properly. 1. Remove the front console. 2. Shift to [N] position, then remove the lock pin from the adjuster. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4880 3. Check that the hole in the adjuster is perfectly aligned with the hole in the shift cable. There are two holes in the adjuster. They are positioned 90, apart to allow cable adjustment in 1/4 turn increments. 4. If the hole is not perfectly aligned, loosen the locknut on the adjuster and adjust as required. 5. Tighten the locknut to 7 Nm (5 ft. lbs.). 6. Install the lock pin on the adjuster. If you feel the lock pin binding as you reinstall it, the cable is still out of adjustment and must be readjusted. 7. Make sure the lock pin is seated in the adjuster securely. 8. Move the shift lever to each gear, and verify that the shift position indicator follows the automatic transaxle gear position switch. 9. Start the engine, and check the shift lever in all gears. If any gear does not work properly, refer to troubleshooting. 10. Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder on the A/T gear position indicator panel, and verify that the shift lock lever is released. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Throttle Valve Assembly, A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Throttle Valve Solenoid: Electrical Specifications Resistance ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................ 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Throttle Valve Assembly, A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 4886 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Mechanical Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolts ..................................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Throttle Valve Assembly, A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Throttle Valve Assembly, A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View > Page 4889 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Locations Photo 30 Lower Front Of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Throttle Valve Assembly, A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4890 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Testing and Inspection 1. Disconnect the linear solenoid connector. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and the No. 2 terminals of the linear solenoid connector. STANDARD: 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms 3. If the resistance is out of specification, replace the linear solenoid assembly. 4. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. A clicking sound should be heard. 5. If not, remove the linear solenoid assembly. 6. Check that the linear solenoid fluid passage for dust or dirt. 7. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. Check that the valve moves. 8. Disconnect one of the battery terminals and check that the valve releases. NOTE: You can see the valve movement through the fluid passage in the mounting surface of the linear solenoid assembly. 9. If the valve binds, or moves sluggishly, or the linear solenoid does not operate, replace the linear solenoid assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Throttle Valve Assembly, A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4891 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Service and Repair 1. Remove the mounting bolts and the linear solenoid assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage of the linear solenoid assembly and transmission housing. 3. Install a new linear solenoid assembly with a new gasket. NOTE: Do not pinch the gasket when installing the linear solenoid; make sure that the gasket is installed properly in the mounting groove of the linear solenoid. 4. Check the linear solenoid connector for rust, dirt or oil, and connect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Torque Converter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Do Not Remove Torque Converter From Mainshaft Torque Converter: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Do Not Remove Torque Converter From Mainshaft SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Keep Torque Converter on Mainshaft to Avoid Damage APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: We can't emphasize enough how important it is to keep the torque converter in place when you're handling or installing a reman A/T. If the torque converter slips off the mainshaft, and you don't put it back on the shaft exactly right, you could cut the O-ring. This could result in loss of lock-up control and ATF leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Electrical Specifications Without CVT Solenoid Valve A Between terminal 2 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Solenoid Valve B Between terminal 1 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 4900 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Mechanical Specifications Without CVT Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ....................................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft.lb.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4901 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4902 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Testing and Inspection Without CVT 1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal (solenoid valve A) of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector and body ground, and between the No. 1 terminal (solenoid valve B) and body ground. STANDARD: 14 - 25 Ohms 3. Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if the resistance is out of specification. 4. If the resistance is within the standard, connect the No. 1 terminal of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Connect the No. 2 terminal to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if no clicking sound is heard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4903 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Lock-up control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new lock-up control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information Transmission Cooler: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information Use Worm-Style Clamps With the ATF Cooler Cleaner The spring-style clamps used on the ATF cooler lines are made to hold the cooler lines to the ATF cooler under normal operating conditions. The ATF Cooler Cleaner (P/N GHTTTCF6H) uses high pressure (100 psi) to do its job. With the pump motor running, the spring-style clamps can walk off or disconnect, and you'll wind up with a real mess to clean up in your shop. In March of this year, we sent each Honda dealership a pair of high-quality worm-style clamps to replace the original spring-style clamps. These clamps were part of a cooler cleaner update kit, and securely hold the cooler line in place. They've got a blue cap for easy identification. Need some more? Just call G-TFC, Inc. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information > Page 4908 Transmission Cooler: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information 89-022 May 16, 2008 Applies To: Vehicles With an In-Radiator ATF Cooler - ALL ATF Cooler Cleaner (Supersedes 89-022, dated June 18, 2004, to update the information marked by asterisks) Before installing an overhauled or remanufactured A/T, you must thoroughly clean the ATF cooler to prevent system contamination. Failure to do so could cause a repeat A/T failure. The ATF Cooler Cleaner (PIN GTHTTCF6H) is a portable, electrically operated special tool that cleans the ATF cooler with high- pressure, heated ATF. This cleaning action melts down waxy varnish residue left by burnt ATF and purges metal particles, clutch material, and other contaminants. The ATF Cooler Cleaner has these features: ^ Quick-connect fittings and color-coded hoses for easy hookup. ^ Uses about 9.5 gallons of Honda ATF-Z1, which gets filtered and recirculated. ^ Heats ATF to a temperature of 1400 to 150°F and then pumps it through the ATF cooler at high pressure (100 psi) using a pulsating action and air purging. Switching the hoses cleans the ATF cooler in the reverse direction. ^ Two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters to trap purged contaminants. ^ Built-in tool tray. This service bulletin gives you information for ordering and servicing this special tool, and guides you through the entire ATF cooler cleaning process. *REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001 Magnetic Nonbypass Spin-On Filter: T/N GTHNBP12 (12-pack) T/N GTHNBP2 (6-pack) T/N GTHGNBP22 (2-pack) ORDERING INFORMATION Additional ATF cooler cleaners or magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters can be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. To order on the iN, click on SERVICE, then Service Bay, then Tool and Equipment Program. From the Tool and Equipment Program menu, click on the Online Catalog tab, and then search for the desired filter pack by part number.* Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information > Page 4909 TOOL DESCRIPTION CLEANING PROCEDURE The cleaning procedure involves hot fluid under high pressure. Check the security of all hoses and connections. Always wear safety glasses or a face shield, gloves, and protective clothing. If you get ATF in your eyes or on your skin, rinse with water immediately. Improper use of the ATF cooler cleaner can result in burns and other serious injuries. Always wear eye protection and protective clothing, and follow all instructions in this bulletin. 1. Plug the ATF cooler cleaner into a 110 V grounded electrical outlet. NOTICE Make sure the outlet has no other appliances (light fixtures, drop lights, extension cords) plugged into it. Also, never plug the cooler cleaner into an extension cord or drop light cord; you would damage the unit. 2. Flip the HEAT toggle switch to ON. Wait 1 hour for the cooler cleaner to reach its operating temperature. (The cooler cleaner is ready to use when the temperature gauge reads 140° to 150°F.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information > Page 4910 3. Connect the appropriate fittings to the ATF cooler inlet and outlet lines. Connect the red hose to the cooler outlet line (the line going to the external filter). Connect the blue hose to the cooler inlet line. 4. Connect a shop air hose to the air purge valve. NOTICE The quick connect fitting has a one-way check valve to keep ATF from entering your shop's air system. Do not remove or replace the fitting. Attach the coupler provided with the cooler cleaner to your shop air line if your coupler is not compatible. 5. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, open and close the air purge valve periodically to cause agitation and improve the cleaning process. 6. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to OFF with the air purge valve open. Leave the air purge valve open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines of residual ATF. 7. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF cooler, then connect the red hose to the cooler inlet line. 8. Connect the blue hose to the cooler outlet line. 9. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, open and close the air purge valve periodically. 10. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to OFF with the air purge valve open. Leave the air purge valve open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines of residual ATF. 11. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF cooler lines. Connect the red and blue hoses to each other. 12. Disconnect the shop air from the air purge valve. Disconnect and stow the coupler if used. 13. Disconnect and stow the fittings from the ATF cooler inlet and outlet lines. 14. Unplug the cooler cleaner from the 110 V outlet. TOOL MAINTENANCE Follow these instructions to keep the ATF cooler cleaner working properly: *^ Replace the two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters every 20 hours, based on hour meter reading. For more information on filter replacement, see the January 2008 Honda ServiceNews article, Hour Meter Tells You When to Replace ATF Cooler Cleaner Filters.* ^ Fill the tank so the ATF is 4.5 inches from the top of the filler hole; do not overfill. NOTE: If the fluid level is low, the red indicator above the HEAT toggle switch comes on and the tank heater will not work. ^ Replace the ATF in the tank when it looks dark or dirty. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information > Page 4911 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information > Page 4912 Transmission Cooler: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Avoiding Comebacks From A/T Contamination APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Installing a reman A/T? Here are some important tips to keep in mind to ensure a first-time fix and to avoid any come-backs: - If the vehicle has an ATF cooler, make sure you clean the cooler with the ATF Cooler Cleaner (P/N GHTTTCF6H). See S/B 89-022, ATF Cooler Cleaner, for details. - If the reman A/T kit includes an in-line filter, don't forget to install it. If the vehicle already has an in-line filter from an earlier A/T replacement, then remove the existing filter, and install the new one. - Spray the driveshaft splines with solvent and compressed air before installing them in the reman A/T. If the failed A/T had a speed sensor, make sure it's clean before you install it. Debris from the failed A/T can catch in the driveshaft splines or on the speed sensor and contaminate the reman A/T. - If the reman A/T comes with a heater/cooler, make sure you install the reman A/T with that heater/cooler. Never install the heater/cooler from the failed A/T; you could contaminate the reman A/T. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4913 Transmission Cooler: Service and Repair COOLER FLUSHING WARNING: To prevent injury to face and eyes, always wear safety glasses or a face shield when using the transmission flusher. NOTE: This procedure should be performed before reinstalling the transmission. 1. Check the tool and hoses for wear and cracks before using. If wear or cracks are found, replace the hoses before using. 2. Using the measuring cup fill the tank with 21 ounces (approximately 2/3 full) of biodegradable flushing fluid (J35944-20). Do not substitute with any other fluid. Follow the handling procedure on the fluid container. 3. Secure the flusher filler cap, and pressurize the tank with compressed air to between 550 - 829 kpa (80 - 120 psi). NOTE: The air line should be equipped with a water trap to ensure a dry air system. 4. Hang the tool under the vehicle. 5. Attach the tank's discharge hose to the return line of the transmission cooler using a clamp. 6. Connect the drain hose to the inlet line on the transmission cooler using a clamp. IMPORTANT: Securely clamp the opposite end of the drain hose to a bucket or floor drain. 7. With the water and air valves off, attach the water and air supplies to the flusher. (Hot water if available.) 8. Turn on the flusher water valve so water will flow through the cooler for 10 seconds. NOTE: If water does not flow through the cooler, it is completely plugged, cannot be flushed, and must be replaced. 9. Depress the trigger to mix the flushing fluid into the water flow. Use the wire clip to hold the trigger down. 10. While flushing with the water and flushing fluid for two minutes, turn the air valve on for five seconds every 15 - 20 seconds to create a surging action. AIR PRESSURE: MAX 845 kpa (120 psi) 11. Turn the water valve off. Release the trigger, then reverse the hoses to the cooler so you can flush in the opposite direction. Repeat steps 8 through 10. 12. Release the trigger, and rinse the cooler with water only for one minute. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4914 13. Turn the water valve off, and turn off the water supply. 14. Turn the air valve on to dry the system out with air for two full minutes or until no moisture is visible leaving the drain hose. CAUTION: Residual moisture in the cooler or pipes can damage the transmission. 15. Remove the flusher from the cooler line. Attach the drain hose to a container. 16. Install the transmission, and leave the drain hose attached to the cooler line. 17. Make sure the transmission is in the [P] position. Fill the transmission with Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF), and run the engine for 30 seconds or until approximately 0.95 L (0.8 Imp qt.) is discharged. 18. Remove the drain hose, and reconnect the cooler return hose to the transmission. 19. Refill the transmission with ATF to the proper level. Tool Maintenance 1. Empty and rinse after each use. Fill the can with water and pressurize the can. Flush the discharge line to ensure that the unit is clean. 2. If discharge liquid does not foam, the orifice may be blocked. 3. To clean, disconnect the plumbing from the tank at the large coupling nut. 4. Remove the in-line filter from the discharge side and clean if necessary. 5. The fluid orifice is located behind the filter. Clean it with the pick stored in the bottom of the tank handle, or blow it clean with air. Securely reassemble all parts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4920 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4921 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4922 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4923 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4924 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4925 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4926 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4927 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4928 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4929 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4930 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4931 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4932 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4933 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4934 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4935 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4936 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4937 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4938 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Top of Transmission (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4945 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Drive Pulley Speed Sensor Right Side Lower Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4946 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Mainshaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4947 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Countershaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Side of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 4948 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Secondary Gear Shaft Speed Sensor Right Side Rear of Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4949 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair 1. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the countershaft speed sensor from the right side cover. 2. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the mainshaft speed sensor from the transmission housing. 3. Replace the 0-ring with a new one before installing the countershaft speed sensor or the mainshaft speed sensor. NOTE: Install the mainshaft speed sensor washer on the mainshaft speed sensor. The mainshaft speed sensor washer is used on models with the D16Y7 engine. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Valve Body: Specifications DIMENSIONS Relief Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 1.1 mm (0.043 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 8.6 mm (0.342 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 37.1 mm (1.461 inch) Modulator Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 1.4 mm (0.055 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 9.4 mm (0.374 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 35.0 mm (1.378 inch) CPB Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.9 mm (0.035 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 8.1 mm (0.322 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 47.2 mm (1.858 inch) 1-2 Shift Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.9 mm (0.035 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 7.6 mm (0.302 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 41.3 mm (1.626 inch) 2nd Orifice Control Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.7 mm (0.028 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 6.6 mm (0.262 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 34.8 mm (1.370 inch) Servo Control Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 1.0 mm (0.039 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 8.1 mm (0.322 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 52.1 mm (2.051 inch) 3-4 Shift Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ........................................ 0.9 mm (0.035 inch) O.D. ........................................................................... .................................................................................................................. 7.6 mm (0.302 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 57.0 mm (2.244 inch) 2-3 Shift Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.9 mm (0.035 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 7.6 mm (0.302 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 57.0 mm (2.244 inch) 4th Exhaust Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.9 mm (0.035 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 6.1 mm (0.242 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 36.4 mm (1.433 inch) 3-4 Orifice Control Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.7 mm (0.028 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 6.6 mm (0.262 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 37.5 mm (1.476 inch) Regulator Valve Spring A Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 1.8 mm (0.071 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ............................................................................................................... 14.7 mm (0.584 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 87.8 mm (3.457 inch) Regulator Valve Spring B Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 1.8 mm (0.071 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 9.6 mm (0.381 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 44.0 mm (1.732 inch) Stator Reaction Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 4.5 mm (0.177 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ............................................................................................................... 35.4 mm (1.407 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4953 Free Length ......................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 30.3 mm (1.193 inch) Cooler Relief Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 1.0 mm (0.039 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 8.4 mm (0.334 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 33.8 mm (1.331 inch) Torque Converter Check Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 1.0 mm 90.039 inch) O.D. ........................................................................... .................................................................................................................. 8.4 mm (0.334 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. ............................. 33.8 mm 91.331 inch) Lock-Up Control Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.7 mm (0.028 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 6.6 mm (0.262 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 38.0 mm (1.496 inch) 1st Accumulator Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 2.1 mm (0.083 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ............................................................................................................... 16.0 mm (0.636 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 89.1 mm (3.508 inch) 4th Accumulator Spring A Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 2.6 mm (0.102 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ............................................................................................................... 17.0 mm (0.676 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 87.0 mm (3.508 inch) 4th Accumulator Spring B Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 2.3 mm (0.091 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ............................................................................................................... 10.2 mm (0.402 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 51.6 mm (2.031 inch) 3rd Accumulator Spring A Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 2.8 mm (0.110 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ............................................................................................................... 17.5 mm (0.695 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 89.3 mm (3.516 inch) 3rd Accumulator Spring B Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 2.2 mm (0.087 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ............................................................................................................... 31.0 mm (1.220 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 35.1 mm (1.382 inch) 2nd Accumulator Spring C Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 2.2 mm (0.087 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ............................................................................................................... 14.5 mm (0.576 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 68.0 mm (2.677 inch) 2nd Accumulator Spring A Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 2.4 mm (0.094 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ............................................................................................................... 29.0 mm (1.152 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 39.0 mm (1.535 inch) 2nd Accumulator Spring B Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 9.0 mm (0.358 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 20.7 mm (0.815 inch) Lock-Up Shift Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.9 mm (0.035 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 7.6 mm (0.302 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 73.7 mm (2.902 inch) Lock-Up Timing Valve Spring Wire Diameter ...................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.9 mm (0.035 inch) O.D. ............................................................................ ................................................................................................................. 8.1 mm (0.319 inch) Free Length .................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 80.7 mm (3.177 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4954 TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Lock-Up Bolts ...................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Regulator Bolts ..................................................... ............................................................................................................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Main Bolts ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Secondary Bolts .................................................... ............................................................................................................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Servo Bolts .......................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Main Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Main > Page 4957 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Main > Page 4958 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Main > Page 4959 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Main > Page 4960 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal Valve Body: Service and Repair Removal NOTE: Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Blow out all passages. When removing the valve body, replace the O-ring. 1. Remove the ATF feed pipes from the servo body, secondary valve body and main valve body. 2. Remove the ATF strainer and servo detent base (two bolts). 3. Remove the servo body and servo separator plate (seven bolts). 4. Remove the secondary valve body, shaft stop and secondary separator plate (three bolts). 5. Remove the lock-up valve body and separator plate (seven bolts). 6. Remove the regulator valve body (one bolt). 7. Remove the stator shaft and stop shaft. 8. Remove the detent spring from the detent arm, then remove the control shaft from the torque converter housing. 9. Remove the detent arm and detent arm shaft from the main valve body. 10. Remove the main valve body (five bolts). NOTE: Do not let the eight check balls fall out of the main valve body when removing the main valve body. 11. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft, then remove the ATF pump gears. 12. Remove the main separator plate and two dowel pins. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4963 13. Clean the inlet opening of the ATF strainer thoroughly with compressed air, then check that it is in good condition, and the inlet opening is not clogged. 14. Test the filter by pouring clean ATF fluid through the inlet opening. Replace the ATF strainer if it is clogged or damaged. NOTE: The ATF strainer can be reused if it is not clogged. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4964 Valve Body: Service and Repair Repair NOTE: This repair is only necessary if one or more of the valves in a valve body do not slide smoothly in their bores. You may use this procedure to free the valves in the valve bodies. 1. Soak a sheet of #600 abrasive paper in ATF for about 30 minutes. 2. Carefully tap the valve body so the sticking valve drops out of its bore. CAUTION: It may be necessary to use a small screwdriver to pry the valve free. Be careful not to scratch the bore with the screwdriver. 3. Inspect the valve for any scuff marks. Use the ATF soaked #600 paper to polish off any burrs that are on the valve, then wash the valve in solvent and dry it with compressed air. 4. Roll up half a sheet of ATF soaked paper, and insert it in the valve bore of the sticking valve. Twist the paper slightly, so that it unrolls and fits the bore tightly, then polish the bore by twisting the paper as you push it in and out. CAUTION: The valve body is aluminum and doesn't require much polishing to remove any burrs. 5. Remove the #600 paper and thoroughly wash the entire valve body in solvent, then dry it with compressed air. 6. Coat the valve with ATF, then drop it into its bore. It should drop to the bottom of the bore under its own weight. If not, repeat step 4, then retest. 7. Remove the valve, then thoroughly clean it and the valve body with solvent. Dry all parts with compressed air, then reassemble using ATF as a lubricant. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4965 Valve Body: Service and Repair Overhaul ATF Pump With A/T 1. Install the ATF pump gears and ATF pump driven gear shaft in the main valve body. NOTE: Lubricate all parts with ATF during inspection. - Install the ATF pump driven gear with its grooved and chamfered side facing up as shown. 2. Measure the side clearance of the ATF pump drive and driven gears. ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance: Standard (New): - ATF Pump Drive Gear: 0.105 - 0.1325 mm (0.004 - 0.005 inch) - ATF Pump Driven Gear: 0.035 - 0.0625 mm (0.0014 - 0.0025 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4966 3. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft. Measure the thrust clearance of the ATF pump driven gear to-valve body. ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial) Clearance: Standard (New): 0.03 - 0.05 mm (0.001 - 0.002 inch) - Service Limit: 0.07 mm (0.003 inch) Main Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4967 Part 2 Of 2 NOTE: - Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Blow out all passages. - Replace the valve body as an assembly if any parts are worn or damaged. - Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, see Valve Body Repair. - Coat all parts with ATF during assembly. CAUTION: Do not use a magnet to remove the check balls; it may magnetize the balls. Secondary Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4968 NOTE: - Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Blow out all passages. - Replace the secondary valve body kit, P/N 27700 - P4R - 305 (The secondary valve body kit includes the linear solenoid assembly) if any parts are worn or damaged. - Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, see Valve Body Repair. - Coat all parts with ATF during assembly. - The CPC valve is installed in the secondary valve body, held in place by the lock bolt. Regulator Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4969 NOTE: - Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Blow out all passages. - Replace the valve body as an assembly if any parts are worn or damaged. - Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, see Valve Body Repair. 1. Hold the regulator spring cap in place while removing the stop bolt. Once the stop bolt is removed, release the spring cap slowly. CAUTION: The regulator spring cap can pop out when the stop bolt is removed. 2. Reassembly is the reverse order of the disassembly procedure. NOTE: Coat all parts with ATF during assembly. - Align the hole in the regulator spring cap with the hole in the valve body, then press the spring cap into the valve body, and tighten the stop bolt. Lock-Up Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4970 NOTE: - Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Blow out all passages. - Replace the valve body as an assembly if any parts are worn or damaged. - Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, see Valve Body Repair. - Coat all parts with ATF during assembly. Servo Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4971 NOTE: - Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Blow out all passages - Replace the valve body as an assembly if any parts are worn or damaged. - Coat all parts with ATF during assembly. - Replace the O-rings. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4972 Valve Body: Service and Repair Assembly NOTE: Coat all parts with ATF before assembly. 1. Install the valve, valve spring and cap in the valve body and secure with the roller. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4973 2. Set the spring in the valve and install it in the valve body. Push the spring in with a screwdriver, then install the spring seat. 3. Install the valve, spring and cap in the valve body. Push the cap, then install the clip. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4974 Valve Body: Service and Repair Lower Valve Body Replacement REPLACEMENT WARNING: Make sure lifts, jacks, and safety stands are placed properly. CAUTION: While removing and installing the lower valve body assembly, be sure not to allow dust and other foreign particles to enter into the transmission. 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands. 2. Set the parking brake, and block both rear wheels securely. 3. Remove the drain plug, and drain the Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer. CAUTION: Keep all of other foreign particles out of the transmission. 4. Disconnect the 8P connector from the solenoid harness connector. 5. Remove the Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) cooler hoses at the ATF cooler lines. Turn the ends of the ATF cooler hoses up to prevent ATF from flowing out, then plug the ATF cooler hoses. CAUTION: Keep all of other foreign particles out of the transmission. 6. Remove the right front mount/bracket. 7. Remove the ATF cooler outlet line. 8. Remove the ATF cooler line bracket bolt. 9. Remove the ATF pan (fourteen bolts). 10. Remove the ATF strainer (two bolts). 11. Remove the one bolt securing the solenoid harness connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Valve Body, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 4975 12. Remove the lower valve body assembly (eight bolts). 13. Install the new lower valve body in the reverse order of the removal procedure. CAUTION: Keep all of other foreign particles out of the transmission. NOTE: Replace the following parts: - O-rings on the solenoid harness connector and the ATF strainer - ATF pan gasket - Sealing washers - If the ATF cooler inlet line bracket is bent or warped, put it back to the original position. 14. Perform the start clutch calibration procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Disc, M/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Clutch Disc: Testing and Inspection REMOVAL / INSPECTION 1. Remove the clutch disc and special tools. 2. Inspect lining of the clutch disc for signs of slipping or oil. If it is burned black or oil soaked, replace it. 3. Measure the clutch disc thickness. If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace the clutch disc. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Disc, M/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 4980 4. Measure the depth from the lining surface to the rivets, on both sides. If the depth is less than the service limit, replace the clutch disc. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Clutch Fluid: Specifications Clutch Fluid .......................................................................................................................................... ....................... Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Master Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair Clutch Master Cylinder: Service and Repair REMOVAL / INSTALLATION CAUTION: Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Plug the end of the clutch line and reservoir hose with a shop towel to prevent brake fluid from coming out. 1. The brake fluid can be removed from the clutch master cylinder reservoir with a syringe. 2. Disconnect the clutch line and reservoir hose from the clutch master cylinder. 3. Pry out the lock pin, and pull the pedal pin out of the yoke. Remove the nuts. 4. Remove the clutch master cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Master Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 4988 5. Install the clutch master cylinder in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Bleed the clutch hydraulic system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Slave Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair Clutch Slave Cylinder: Service and Repair REMOVAL / INSTALLATION CAUTION: Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Plug the end of the clutch line with a shop towel to prevent brake fluid from coming out. GREASE: Super High Temp Urea Grease (P/N 08798-9002) Brake Assembly Lube or equivalent rubber grease 1. Disconnect the clutch line from the slave cylinder. 2. Remove the slave cylinder from the clutch housing. 3. Install the slave cylinder in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the boot is installed on the slave cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Slave Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 4992 4. Bleed the clutch hydraulic system. - Attach a hose to the bleeder screw, and suspend the hose in a container of brake fluid. - Make sure there is an adequate supply of fluid at the clutch master cylinder, then slowly pump the clutch pedal until no more bubbles appear at the bleeder hose. - Refill the clutch master cylinder with fluid when done. - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid, Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. - Confirm clutch operation, and check for leaking fluid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Pedal Assembly > Component Information > Adjustments Clutch Pedal Assembly: Adjustments ADJUSTMENT NOTE: The clutch is self-adjusting to compensate for wear. CAUTION: If there is no clearance between the master cylinder piston and push rod, the release bearing is hold against the diaphragm spring, which can result in clutch slippage or other clutch problems. 1. Loosen locknut A, and back off the clutch switch (or adjusting bolt) until it no longer touches the clutch pedal. 2. Loosen locknut C, and turn the push rod in or out to get the specified stroke (A) and height (C) at the clutch pedal. 3. Tighten locknut C. 4. Thread in the clutch switch (or adjusting bolt) until it contacts the clutch pedal. 5. Turn the clutch switch (or adjusting bolt) in an additional 3/4 to 1 full turn. 6. Tighten locknut A. 7. Loosen locknut B on the clutch interlock switch. 8. Measure the clearance between the floor board and clutch pedal with the clutch pedal fully depressed. 9. Release the clutch pedal 15 - 20 mm (0.59 - 0.79 inch) from the fully depressed position and hold it there. Adjust the position of the clutch interlock switch so that the engine will start with the clutch pedal in this position. 10. Thread the clutch interlock switch an additional in 3/4 to 1 full turn. 11. Tighten locknut Be. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Clutch Switch Clutch Switch: Locations Clutch Switch Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Clutch Switch > Page 5000 Clutch Switch: Locations Clutch Interlock Switch Behind Left Side of Dash Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Release Bearing, M/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Clutch Release Bearing: Service and Repair REMOVAL / INSPECTION 1. Remove the release fork boot from the clutch housing. 2. Remove the release fork from the clutch housing by squeezing the release fork set spring with pliers. Remove the release bearing. 3. Check the release bearing for play by spinning it by hand. CAUTION: The release bearing is packed with grease. Do not wash it in solvent. If there is excessive play, replace the release bearing with a new one. INSTALLATION NOTE: Use only Super High Temp Urea Grease (P/N 08798 - 9002). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Release Bearing, M/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 5004 1. With the release fork slid between the release bearing pawls, install the release bearing on the mainshaft while inserting the release fork through the hole in the clutch housing. 2. Align the detent of the release fork with the release fork bolt, then press the release fork over the release fork bolt squarely. 3. Move the release fork right and left to make sure that it fits properly against the release bearing, and that the release bearing slides smoothly. 4. Install the release fork boot; make sure the boot seals around the release fork and clutch housing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Pressure Plate > Component Information > Specifications Pressure Plate: Specifications DIMENSIONS Pressure Plate Standard (New) ................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 0.03 mm (0.001 inch) Service Limit ............................................................. ................................................................................................................ 0.15 mm (0.006 inch) Diaphragm Spring Fingers Standard (New) ................................................................................................................................... ........................................... 0.6 mm (0.02 inch) Service Limit ............................................................. .................................................................................................................... 1.0 mm (0.04 inch) TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Attaching Bolt ...................................................................................................................................... ................................................. 25 Nm (19 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Pressure Plate > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5008 Pressure Plate: Testing and Inspection REMOVAL / INSPECTION 1. Inspect the fingers of the diaphragm spring for wear at the release bearing contact area. 2. Check the diaphragm spring fingers for height using the special tools and a feeler gauge. If the height exceeds the service limit, replace the pressure plate. 3. Install the special tools. 4. To prevent warping, unscrew the pressure plate mounting bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps, then remove the pressure plate. 5. Inspect the pressure plate surface for wear, cracks, and burning. 6. Inspect for warpage using a straight edge and feeler gauge. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Pressure Plate > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5009 NOTE: Measure across the pressure plate at three points. If the warpage exceeds the service limit, replace the pressure plate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Fluid CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination Fluid - CVT: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Avoiding Comebacks From A/T Contamination APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Installing a reman A/T? Here are some important tips to keep in mind to ensure a first-time fix and to avoid any come-backs: - If the vehicle has an ATF cooler, make sure you clean the cooler with the ATF Cooler Cleaner (P/N GHTTTCF6H). See S/B 89-022, ATF Cooler Cleaner, for details. - If the reman A/T kit includes an in-line filter, don't forget to install it. If the vehicle already has an in-line filter from an earlier A/T replacement, then remove the existing filter, and install the new one. - Spray the driveshaft splines with solvent and compressed air before installing them in the reman A/T. If the failed A/T had a speed sensor, make sure it's clean before you install it. Debris from the failed A/T can catch in the driveshaft splines or on the speed sensor and contaminate the reman A/T. - If the reman A/T comes with a heater/cooler, make sure you install the reman A/T with that heater/cooler. Never install the heater/cooler from the failed A/T; you could contaminate the reman A/T. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Fluid Line/Hose, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Fixing Banjo Bolt Leaks Fluid Line/Hose: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Fixing Banjo Bolt Leaks SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Fixing A/T Banjo Bolt Leaks APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Got ATF leaking from any of the A/T banjo bolts? The first thing you need to do is replace the sealing washers. Next, start threading the banjo and line bracket bolts in their holes. Finally, torque the banjo bolt to 31 Nm (22 lb-ft) and the line bracket bolt to 9.8 Nm (7.2 lb-ft.). NOTE: The banjo bolt torque spec we're recommending is slightly higher than what's listed in the S/M. This is intentional. If you torque just the banjo bolt, you won't really fix the leak. ATF leaks at the banjo bolt stem from the line bracket getting tightened before the banjo bolt. This can misalign the banjo joint, causing the banjo bolt sealing washers not to contact their mating surfaces evenly. Once the sealing washers have been used, you must replace them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5024 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5025 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5026 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5027 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5028 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5029 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5030 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5031 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5032 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5033 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5034 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5035 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5036 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5037 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5038 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5039 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5040 CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Speed Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Torque Converter, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Do Not Remove Torque Converter From Mainshaft Torque Converter: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Do Not Remove Torque Converter From Mainshaft SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Keep Torque Converter on Mainshaft to Avoid Damage APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: We can't emphasize enough how important it is to keep the torque converter in place when you're handling or installing a reman A/T. If the torque converter slips off the mainshaft, and you don't put it back on the shaft exactly right, you could cut the O-ring. This could result in loss of lock-up control and ATF leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Cooler, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information Transmission Cooler: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information Use Worm-Style Clamps With the ATF Cooler Cleaner The spring-style clamps used on the ATF cooler lines are made to hold the cooler lines to the ATF cooler under normal operating conditions. The ATF Cooler Cleaner (P/N GHTTTCF6H) uses high pressure (100 psi) to do its job. With the pump motor running, the spring-style clamps can walk off or disconnect, and you'll wind up with a real mess to clean up in your shop. In March of this year, we sent each Honda dealership a pair of high-quality worm-style clamps to replace the original spring-style clamps. These clamps were part of a cooler cleaner update kit, and securely hold the cooler line in place. They've got a blue cap for easy identification. Need some more? Just call G-TFC, Inc. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Cooler, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - ATF Cooler Cleaner Information > Page 5053 Transmission Cooler: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Avoiding Fluid Contamination SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Avoiding Comebacks From A/T Contamination APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: Installing a reman A/T? Here are some important tips to keep in mind to ensure a first-time fix and to avoid any come-backs: - If the vehicle has an ATF cooler, make sure you clean the cooler with the ATF Cooler Cleaner (P/N GHTTTCF6H). See S/B 89-022, ATF Cooler Cleaner, for details. - If the reman A/T kit includes an in-line filter, don't forget to install it. If the vehicle already has an in-line filter from an earlier A/T replacement, then remove the existing filter, and install the new one. - Spray the driveshaft splines with solvent and compressed air before installing them in the reman A/T. If the failed A/T had a speed sensor, make sure it's clean before you install it. Debris from the failed A/T can catch in the driveshaft splines or on the speed sensor and contaminate the reman A/T. - If the reman A/T comes with a heater/cooler, make sure you install the reman A/T with that heater/cooler. Never install the heater/cooler from the failed A/T; you could contaminate the reman A/T. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5058 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5059 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5060 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5061 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5062 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5063 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5064 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5065 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5066 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5067 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5068 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5069 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5070 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5071 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5072 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5073 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5074 CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Transmission Speed Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Service Precautions Fluid - Differential: Service Precautions DO NOT over fill differential beyond normal fluid level. Fluid foaming and damage may occur. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle Axle Shaft: Service and Repair Front Axle INSPECTION Driveshaft Boot Check the boots on the driveshaft for cracks, damage, leaking grease and loose boot bands. If any damage is found, replace the boot and boot bands. Loose Splines Turn the driveshaft by hand and make sure the splines and joint are not excessively loose. If any damage is found, replace the inboard joint. Twisted or Cracked Make sure the driveshaft is not twisted or cracked. Replace it if necessary. REMOVAL 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. 2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the wheel nuts and front wheels. 4. Drain the transmission fluid. 5. Raise the locking tab on the spindle nut, then remove the nut. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5089 6. Remove the self-locking nut and flange bolts. 7. Remove the damper fork. 8. Remove the coffer pin from the lower arm ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 9. Install a 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the special tool. 10. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and lower arm. Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 11. Pry the driveshaft assembly with a screwdriver, as shown, to force the set ring at the driveshaft end past the groove. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5090 12. Pull the inboard joint, and remove the driveshaft from the differential case as an assembly. Do not pull on the driveshaft; the inboard joint may come apart. Use care when prying out the assembly, and pull it straight to avoid damaging the differential oil seal. 13. Pull the knuckle outward, and remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the front wheel hub using a plastic hammer. DISASSEMBLY Inboard Joint Side: 1. Carefully clamp the driveshaft in a vise with soft jaws, then remove the set ring from the inboard joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5091 2. Remove the boot bands. Take care not to damage the boot. - If the boot band is a locking tab type, pry up the locking tabs with a screwdriver, and raise the end of the band. - If the boot band is a welded type, cut the boot band. - If the boot band is a crimping type, pry up the end of the band with a screwdriver. - If the boot band is a double loop type, lift up the band bend. 3. Mark each roller and inboard joint to identify the locations of rollers and grooves in the inboard joint. Then remove the inboard joint on the shop towel, Be careful not to drop the rollers when separating them from the inboard joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5092 4. Mark the rollers and spider to identify the locations of the rollers on the spider, then remove the rollers. 5. Remove the circlip if applicable. 6. Mark the spider and driveshaft to identify the position of the spider on the shaft. 7. Remove the spider using a bearing remover. 8. Remove the stop ring (applicable to 98 models and Brazil-produced driveshafts). 9. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape to prevent damage to the boot and dynamic damper. 10. Remove the inboard boot, and if necessary, the dynamic damper. Outboard Joint Side: 1. Lift up the three tabs with a screwdriver, then remove the boot bands. Take care not to damage the boot. NOTE: If the boot band is a double loop type, lift up the band bend. - If the boot band is a welded type, cut the boot band. - If the boot band is a locking tabs type, pry up the tabs with a screwdriver, and lift up the end of the band. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5093 2. Slide the outboard boot to the inboard joint side. 3. Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and the outboard joint inner race. 4. Mark the driveshaft at the same position of the out board joint end with paint. 5. Carefully clamp the driveshaft in a vise. 6. Remove the outboard joint using a special tool as shown. 7. Remove the driveshaft from the vise. 8. Remove the stop ring from the driveshaft. REASSEMBLY U.S. and Canada-Produced Driveshafts Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5094 Note these items during reassembly: Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them thoroughly with compressed air. Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. GREASE: Thoroughly pack the inboard joint and both joint boots with the joint grease included in the new driveshaft set. - The '98 Canage model and all '99 models uses a TPE (Thermoplastic Polyester Elastomer) outboard joint boot. Use the ear clamp type boot band in the outboard joint boot set. Brazil-Produced Driveshafts Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5095 Note these items during reassembly: Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them thoroughly with compressed air. Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. - GREASE: Thoroughly pack the inboard joint and both joint boots with the joint grease included in the new driveshaft set. Japan-Produced Driveshafts Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5096 Note these items during reassembly: Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them thoroughly with compressed air. Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. - GREASE: Thoroughly pack the inboard joint and both joint boots with the joint grease included in the new driveshaft set. Inboard Joint Side: 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape to prevent damage to the boots and dynamic damper. 2. Install the dynamic damper and inboard boot to the driveshaft, then remove the vinyl tape. Take care not to damage the boots. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5097 3. Install the stop ring into the driveshaft groove (Applicable to 98 models and Brazil - produced driveshafts). Always rotate the stop ring in its groove to be sure it is fully seated. 4. Install the spider on the driveshaft by aligning the marks on the spider and end of the driveshaft. 5. Fit the circlip into the driveshaft groove. Always rotate the circlip in its groove to be sure it is fully seated. 6. Fit the rollers to the spider with their high shoulders facing outward, and note these items: - Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on the spider by aligning the marks. - Hold the driveshaft pointed up to prevent the rollers from failing off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5098 7. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease included in the new driveshaft set. 8. Fit the inboard joint onto the driveshaft, and note these items: - Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks on the inboard joint with the marks on the rollers. - Hold the driveshaft so that the inboard joint points up to prevent it from falling off. 9. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to the figure, then adjust the boots to halfway between full compression and full extension. The ends of the boots seat in the groove of the driveshaft and joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5099 10. If necessary position the dynamic damper as shown. - Install a new dynamic damper band, and bend down both sets of locking tabs. - Lightly tap on the doubled-over portion of the band to reduce its height. 11. Set the double loop band onto the boot and dynamic damper with the band end toward to front of the vehicle. 12. Pull up the slack in the band by hand. 13. Mark a position on the band 10 - 14 mm (0.4 - 0.6 inch) from the clip. 14. Thread the free end of the band through the nose section of the boot band tool and into the slot on the winding mandrel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5100 15. Place a wrench on the winding mandrel of the boot band tool, and tighten the band until the mark you made on the band meets the edge of the clip. 16. Lift up the boot band tool to bend the free end of the band 90 degrees, then center-punch the clip. 17. Unwind the boot band tool, and cut off the excess 5-10 mm (0.2-0.4 inch) from the clip. 18. Secure the end of the boot band by tapping it down with a hammer. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5101 19. Install the new set ring. Note these items after reassembly: Make sure the band and clip does not interfere with anything and the band does not move. - Remove any grease remaining on the surrounding surfaces. Outboard Joint Side: 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape to prevent damage to the boot. 2. Install the boot band and outboard boot, then remove the vinyl tape. Take care not to damage the boot. 3. Install the stop ring into the driveshaft groove. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5102 4. Insert the driveshaft into the outboard joint until the stop ring is close on the joint. 5. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the driveshaft and joint, and drop them from about 10 cm (4 to 5 inches) onto a hard surface. Do not use a hammer as excessive force may damage the driveshaft. 6. Check the alignment of the paint mark with the out board joint end. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5103 7. Pack the outboard joint with the joint grease included in the new joint boot set. 8. Install the outboard boot and the boot bands. - If the boot is the rubber type, go to step 13. - If the boot is the TPE type, go to step 9. 9. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and outboard joint. 10. Set the ear clamp band by threading the tab into the holes of the band. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5104 11. Close the ear portion of the band with a commercially available boot band pincers. 12. Check the clearance between the closed ear portion of the band. If the clearance is not within the standard, close the ear portion of the band further. 13. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the outboard joint 14. Fit the double loop boot bands onto the boot ends. 15. Pull up the slack in the band by hand. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5105 16. Mark a position on the band 10 - 14 mm (0.4 - 0.6 inch) from the clip. 17. Thread the free end of the band through the nose section of a commercially available boot band tool KD-3191 or equivalent and into the slot on the winding mandrel. 18. Place a wrench on the winding mandrel of the band tightening tool, and tighten the band until the marked spot on the band meets the edge of the clip. 19. Lift up the band tightening tool to bend the free end of the band 900 to the clip. Center-punch the clip, then fold over the remaining tail onto the clip. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5106 20. Unwind the band tightening tool, and cut off the excess free end of the band to leave a 5 - 10 mm (0.2 - 0.4 inch) from the clip. 21. Bend the band by tapping it down with a hammer. NOTE: Make sure that the band and the clip does not interfere with anything, and that the band does not move. Remove any grease remaining in the surrounding surfaces. INSTALLATION 1. Install the new set ring onto the driveshaft groove. Always use a new set ring whenever the driveshaft is being installed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5107 2. Install the outboard joint into the knuckle. 3. Insert the inboard end of the driveshaft into the differential or intermediate shaft until the set ring locks in the groove. NOTE: Clean the areas where the driveshaft contact the transmission (differential) thoroughly with solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. 4. Install the knuckle on the lower arm, then tighten the castle nut and install a new cotter pin. NOTE: Wipe off the grease before tightening the nut at the ball joint. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot. - Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5108 5. Install the damper fork over the driveshaft and onto the lower arm. Install the damper in the damper fork so the aligning tab is aligned with the slot in the damper fork. 6. Loosely install the flange bolts and the new self locking nut. 7. Apply oil to the seating surface of the new spindle nut. 8. Install a new spindle nut, then tighten the nut. 9. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the wheel, then install the front wheel with the wheel nuts. 10. Tighten the flange bolts and the new self-locking nut with the vehicle's weight on the damper. 11. Refill the transmission with recommended fluid. 12. Check the front wheel alignment and adjust if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5109 Axle Shaft: Service and Repair Intermediate Shaft REMOVAL 1. Drain the transmission oil or fluid. 2. Remove the left driveshaft. 3. Remove the three dowel bolts. 4. Remove the intermediate shaft from the differential. CAUTION: Hold the intermediate shaft horizontal until it is clear of the differential to prevent damage to the differential oil seal. DISASSEMBLY NOTE: Be careful not to damage the metal rings on the intermediate shaft during disassembly. 1. Remove the set ring. 2. Remove the intermediate shaft outer seal from the bearing support. 3. Remove the external circlip. 4. Press the intermediate shaft out of the shaft bearing using the special tools and a press as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5110 5. Remove the internal circlip. 6. Press the intermediate shaft bearing out of the bearing support using the special tools and a press as shown. REASSEMBLY NOTE: Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them thoroughly with compressed air. Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. - Be careful not to damage the metal rings on the intermediate shaft during reassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5111 1. Press the intermediate shaft bearing into the bearing support using the special tools and a press as shown. 2. Seat the internal circlip in the groove of the bearing support. 3. Press the intermediate shaft into the shaft bearing using the special tools and a press. 4. Seat the external circlip in the groove of the intermediate shaft. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5112 5. Install the outer seal into the bearing support using the special tools as shown. NOTE: Install the seal flush with the bearing support. 6. Install the new set ring in the intermediate shaft groove. INSTALLATION 1. Insert the intermediate shaft assembly into the differential. CAUTION: Hold the intermediate shaft horizontal to prevent damage to the differential oil seal. NOTE: Clean the areas where the intermediate shaft contacts the transmission (differential) thoroughly with solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Axle > Page 5113 2. Install the three dowel bolts, then tighten them. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Axle Shaft > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 5114 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Constant Velocity Joint: > 91-029 > Jan > 99 > Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns Constant Velocity Joint: Customer Interest Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns 91-029 January 26, 1999 Applies To: ALL 1988 and later Models* Clicking Noise While Turning (Supersedes 91-029, dated April 17, 1992) Updated information is shown with asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM A clicking noise is heard while making right or left turns at 10 mph or less. PROBABLE CAUSE Worn outboard driveshaft joint. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the noisy outboard driveshaft joint. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. Defect code: 042 Contention code: B07 Failed part: Use the replacement Part Number Skill level: Repair Technician PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED SPECIAL TOOLS DIAGNOSIS (Driving method) 1. Drive the car in a circle in an open parking lot at approximately 10 mph with the brakes slightly applied. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Constant Velocity Joint: > 91-029 > Jan > 99 > Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns > Page 5123 2. Have an assistant stand in the center of the circle and listen for the clicking noise. 3. Drive the car in the opposite direction. The assistant should be able to tell which axle is making the noise. DIAGNOSIS (On-hoist method) 1. Raise the car on a hoist and start the engine. 2. With the transmission in first gear (manual transmission) or D4 (automatic transmission), increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm. 3. Apply the brakes to load the engine speed to 1,500 rpm while maintaining the same throttle position. 4. Turn the wheels slowly to full left and full right positions. Have an assistant listen to determine which axle is making the noise. NOTE: A driveshaft with a light degree of noise may not be detected by this on-hoist method. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the driveshaft as described in Section 16 of the appropriate service manual. 2. Use diagonal cutters to cut the two boot bands and the outboard joint boot, then remove them from the driveshaft. 3. Wipe off the grease to expose the outboard joint. Measure and record distance "A" (from the splined end of the driveshaft to the inner race) as a reference for reassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Constant Velocity Joint: > 91-029 > Jan > 99 > Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns > Page 5124 4. Carefully clamp the driveshaft in a vise. 5. *Remove the outboard joint using the threaded adapter (see REQUIRED SPECIAL TOOLS) and a commercially available 5/8" x 18 slide hammer.* 6. Remove and discard the "C" clip from the driveshaft. Clean and inspect the driveshaft splines and ring groove for burrs or other defects. 7. Install the new outboard joint boot provided in the kit. Slide it slowly onto the driveshaft to avoid damaging the boot. 8. Install the new "C" clip onto the ring groove of the driveshaft. 9. Insert the driveshaft in the new outboard joint. Make sure the "C" clip is centered on the shaft and is resting against the chamfered edge of the inner race. 10. Remove the driveshaft from the vise. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Constant Velocity Joint: > 91-029 > Jan > 99 > Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns > Page 5125 11. To drive the outboard joint on the rest of the way, pick up the assembly and let it fall from about 10 cm (4 to 5 in.) onto a hard surface. NOTICE Do not use a hammer; excessive force may damage the driveshaft. 12. Measure distance "A" (from the splines to the inner race of the joint). If the distance is more than your measurement in Step 3, repeat Step 11. 13. When distance "A" equals your measurement in Step 3, the "C" clip should be seated in the joint. Tap on the inner race with a plastic hammer to make sure the joint does not move on the driveshaft. 14. Fit the small end of the boot into the boot groove on the driveshaft. 15. Install the small boot band provided in the kit. Bend both sets of locking tabs over, then lightly tap them flat. 16. Pack the outboard boot with the grease included in the kit. Pack the outboard joint with the remaining grease, then fit the boot over the outboard joint. 17. Install the large boot band provided in the kit. Bend both sets of locking tabs over, then lightly tap them flat. 18. Reinstall the driveshaft assembly into the car. Refer to Section 16 of the appropriate service manual. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Constant Velocity Joint: > 91-029 > Jan > 99 > Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns Constant Velocity Joint: All Technical Service Bulletins Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns 91-029 January 26, 1999 Applies To: ALL 1988 and later Models* Clicking Noise While Turning (Supersedes 91-029, dated April 17, 1992) Updated information is shown with asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM A clicking noise is heard while making right or left turns at 10 mph or less. PROBABLE CAUSE Worn outboard driveshaft joint. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the noisy outboard driveshaft joint. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. Defect code: 042 Contention code: B07 Failed part: Use the replacement Part Number Skill level: Repair Technician PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED SPECIAL TOOLS DIAGNOSIS (Driving method) 1. Drive the car in a circle in an open parking lot at approximately 10 mph with the brakes slightly applied. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Constant Velocity Joint: > 91-029 > Jan > 99 > Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns > Page 5131 2. Have an assistant stand in the center of the circle and listen for the clicking noise. 3. Drive the car in the opposite direction. The assistant should be able to tell which axle is making the noise. DIAGNOSIS (On-hoist method) 1. Raise the car on a hoist and start the engine. 2. With the transmission in first gear (manual transmission) or D4 (automatic transmission), increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm. 3. Apply the brakes to load the engine speed to 1,500 rpm while maintaining the same throttle position. 4. Turn the wheels slowly to full left and full right positions. Have an assistant listen to determine which axle is making the noise. NOTE: A driveshaft with a light degree of noise may not be detected by this on-hoist method. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the driveshaft as described in Section 16 of the appropriate service manual. 2. Use diagonal cutters to cut the two boot bands and the outboard joint boot, then remove them from the driveshaft. 3. Wipe off the grease to expose the outboard joint. Measure and record distance "A" (from the splined end of the driveshaft to the inner race) as a reference for reassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Constant Velocity Joint: > 91-029 > Jan > 99 > Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns > Page 5132 4. Carefully clamp the driveshaft in a vise. 5. *Remove the outboard joint using the threaded adapter (see REQUIRED SPECIAL TOOLS) and a commercially available 5/8" x 18 slide hammer.* 6. Remove and discard the "C" clip from the driveshaft. Clean and inspect the driveshaft splines and ring groove for burrs or other defects. 7. Install the new outboard joint boot provided in the kit. Slide it slowly onto the driveshaft to avoid damaging the boot. 8. Install the new "C" clip onto the ring groove of the driveshaft. 9. Insert the driveshaft in the new outboard joint. Make sure the "C" clip is centered on the shaft and is resting against the chamfered edge of the inner race. 10. Remove the driveshaft from the vise. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Constant Velocity Joint: > 91-029 > Jan > 99 > Drivetrain - Clicking Noise On Low Speed Turns > Page 5133 11. To drive the outboard joint on the rest of the way, pick up the assembly and let it fall from about 10 cm (4 to 5 in.) onto a hard surface. NOTICE Do not use a hammer; excessive force may damage the driveshaft. 12. Measure distance "A" (from the splines to the inner race of the joint). If the distance is more than your measurement in Step 3, repeat Step 11. 13. When distance "A" equals your measurement in Step 3, the "C" clip should be seated in the joint. Tap on the inner race with a plastic hammer to make sure the joint does not move on the driveshaft. 14. Fit the small end of the boot into the boot groove on the driveshaft. 15. Install the small boot band provided in the kit. Bend both sets of locking tabs over, then lightly tap them flat. 16. Pack the outboard boot with the grease included in the kit. Pack the outboard joint with the remaining grease, then fit the boot over the outboard joint. 17. Install the large boot band provided in the kit. Bend both sets of locking tabs over, then lightly tap them flat. 18. Reinstall the driveshaft assembly into the car. Refer to Section 16 of the appropriate service manual. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint Boot > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Drivetrain - Revised CV Joint Boot Band/Installation Constant Velocity Joint Boot: Technical Service Bulletins Drivetrain - Revised CV Joint Boot Band/Installation 98-018 July 22, 2003 Applies To: ALL Models Driveshaft Boot Band Tool (Supersedes 98-018, Boot Band Tool, dated April 14, 1998) Updated information is shown by asterisks. The replacement boot bands for the driveshaft CV joint boots have changed. The replacement bands are a double loop type that require a special tool for proper installation. * TOOL INFORMATION Boot Band Tool: T/N KD-3191 This tool is already at your dealership. To order additional tools, call the Honda Tool and Equipment Program at 1-888-424-6857. Phone lines are open Monday through Friday from 7:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. CT.* REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the old boot band(s). Take care not to damage the boot. 2. Remove and inspect the boot. Replace the boot if it is worn or damaged. 3. Install the boot, and fill it with the specified amount and type of grease. Refer to section 16 of the appropriate service manual for the grease amount and type. 4. Adjust the driveshaft to the proper length. Refer to section 16 of the appropriate service manual. 5. Install the replacement boot band onto the large end of the boot with the end of the band facing toward the front of the vehicle. 6. Take up the slack in the boot band by hand, and hold the boot band in place. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint Boot > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Drivetrain - Revised CV Joint Boot Band/Installation > Page 5138 7. Measure and mark the band with a felt-tip pen at the specified distance from the clip: ^ If you are installing a new boot, mark the band approximately 10 to 14 mm (0.4 to 0.6 in.) from the clip. ^ If you are reinstalling the original boot, mark the band 10 mm (0.4 in.) from the clip. 8. Thread the free end of the band through the nose section of the boot band tool and into the slot on the winding mandrel. 9. Take up the slack in the boot band by hand, then slowly turn the winding mandrel with a wrench. Tighten the band until the mark you made in step 7 meets the edge of the clip. 10. Raise up the boot band tool to bend the free end of the band 90 degrees, then center-punch the clip to hold the band temporarily. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Constant Velocity Joint Boot > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Drivetrain - Revised CV Joint Boot Band/Installation > Page 5139 11. Unwind the boot band tool, and cut off the excess 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.4 in.) from the clip. 12. Secure the end of the boot band by tapping it down over the clip with a hammer. 13. Make sure that the boot band and clip do not interfere with anything and that the band does not move. 14. If necessary, repeat steps 5 through 13 to install the boot band on the small end of the boot. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications Wheel Bearing: Specifications End Play End Play End Play Front 0.0 to 0.5 mm Rear 0.0 to 0.5 mm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5143 Wheel Bearing: Service Precautions Use only a grease that is recommended for wheel bearing applications. Use of the improper grease can cause bearing damage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5144 Wheel Bearing: Testing and Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle off the ground, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheels, then reinstall the wheel nuts. 3. Attach the dial gauge as shown. 4. Measure the bearing end play by moving the disc in or outward. Front/Rear: Standard: 0 - 0.05 mm (0 - 0.002 inch) 5. If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard, replace the wheel bearing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Suspension TOOL REQUIRED - 07MAC-SL00200 Ball Joint remover, 28 mm - 07JAF-SH20110 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Pilot, 38 mm - 07JAF-SH20120 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Shaft, 22.4 x 25.4 mm - 07749-0010000 Driver - 07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm - 07GAF-SE00401 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Base - 07947-6340201 Driver Attachment 58 x 72 mm - 07965-SD90100 Support Base - 07GAF-SE00200 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Guide Attachment CAUTION: - Replace the self-locking nuts after removal. - The vehicle should be on the ground before any bolts or nuts connected to rubber mounts or bushings are tightened. - Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. NOTE: - Use only genuine Honda wheel weights for aluminum wheels. Non-genuine wheel weights may corrode and damage the aluminum wheels. - On the aluminum wheels, remove the center cap from the inside of the wheel after removing the wheel. - Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and brake disc. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and wheel. - Wipe off the grease before tightening the nut at the ball joint. 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 5147 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the wheel nuts and wheel. 4. Raise the locking tab on the spindle nut, then remove the nut. 5. Remove the brake hose mounting bolts. 6. Remove the caliper mounting bolts and hang the caliper assembly to one side. CAUTION: To prevent accidental damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper from the undercarriage. 7. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws. 8. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts into the disc to push it away from the wheel hub. NOTE: Turn each bolt two turns at a time to prevent cocking the disc excessively. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 5148 9. Remove the brake disc from the knuckle. 10. Check the front wheel hub for damage and cracks. 11. Remove the wheel sensor from the knuckle (for cars with ABS). NOTE: Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. Use the special tool to separate the ball joints from the suspension or steering arm. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot. 12. Clean any dirt or grease off the ball joint. 13. Remove the cotter pin from the steering arm and remove the nut. 14. Apply grease to the special tool on the areas shown. This will ease installation of the tool and prevent damage to the pressure bolt threads. 15. Install a 10 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end to prevent damage to the threaded end of the ball joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 5149 16. Install the special tool as shown. Insert the jaws carefully, making sure you do not damage the ball joint boot. Adjust the jaw spacing by turning the pressure bolt. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 17. Once the special tool is in place, turn the adjusting bolt as necessary to make the jaws parallel. Then hand-tighten the pressure bolt, and recheck the jaws to make sure they are still Parallel. NOTE: After making the adjustment to the adjusting bolt, be sure the head of the adjusting bolt is in this position to the allow the jaw to pivot. 18. With a wrench, tighten the pressure bolt until the ball joint shaft pops loose from the steering arm. Wear eye protection. The ball joint can break loose suddenly and scatter dirt or other debris in your eyes. 19. Remove the tool, then remove the nut from the end of the ball joint and pull the ball joint out of the steering/suspension arm. Inspect the ball joint boot and replace it if damaged. 20. Remove the cotter pin from the lower arm ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 21. Install a 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 22. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and lower arm. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 5150 23. Remove the cotter pin from the upper ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 24. Install the 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 25. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and knuckle. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 26. Pull the knuckle outward and remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the knuckle by tapping the driveshaft end with a plastic hammer, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one after removal. 27. Separate the wheel hub from the knuckle using the special tools and a hydraulic press. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. - Hold onto the wheel hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear. - To prevent damage to the tool, make sure the threads are fully engaged before pressing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 5151 28. Remove the circlip and the splash guard from the knuckle. 29. Press the wheel bearing out of the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. 30. Press the wheel bearing inner race from the wheel hub using the special tools, a bearing separator, and a press as shown. NOTE: Wash the knuckle and wheel hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 5152 31. Press a new wheel bearing into the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. NOTE: Place the wheel bearing on the knuckle with the pack seal (metal color) toward the inside. Be careful not to damage the sleeve of the pack seal. 32. Install the circlip securely in the knuckle groove. 33. Install the splash guard and tighten the screws. 34. Install the wheel hub on the knuckle using the special tools shown and a hydraulic press as shown. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 5153 35. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and pay particular attention to the following items: a. Be careful not to damage the ball joint boots when installing the knuckle. b. Torque all mounting hardware to the specified torque values. c. Torque the castle nuts to the lower torque specifications, then tighten them only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening. d. Install new cotter pins on the castle nuts after torquing. e. Avoid twisting the sensor wires when installing the wheel sensor. f. Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and the inside of the brake disc. g. Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. h. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 5154 Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Suspension The rear bearing is to be serviced with the wheel wheel hub as one unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information > Specifications Axle Nut: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Front Spindle Nut .......................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 181 Nm (134 ft. lbs.) Rear Spindle Nut .......................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 181 Nm (134 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Flex Plate > Component Information > Specifications Flex Plate: Specifications Drive Plate Bolts .................................................................................................................................. ...................................................... 74 Nm (54 ft.lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Flex Plate > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5162 Flex Plate: Service and Repair Remove the six drive plate bolts, then separate the drive plate from the crankshaft flange. After installation, tighten the bolts in a crisscross pattern. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Flywheel > Component Information > Specifications Flywheel: Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Flywheel > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5166 Flywheel: Service and Repair INSPECTION 1. Inspect the ring gear teeth for wear and damage. 2. Inspect the clutch disc mating surface on the flywheel for wear, cracks, and burning. 3. Measure the flywheel runout using a dial indicator through at least two full turns. Push against the flywheel each time you turn it to take up the crankshaft thrust washer clearance. NOTE: The runout can be measured with engine installed. If the runout exceeds the service limit, replace the flywheel. 4. Turn the inner race of the ball bearing with your finger. The ball bearing should turn smoothly and quietly. If the inner race does not turn smoothly and quietly, replace the bearing. Check that the ball bearing outer race fits tightly in the flywheel. If it is loose, replace the ball bearing. REPLACEMENT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Flywheel > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5167 1. Install the special tool. 2. Remove the flywheel mounting bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps as shown, and remove the flywheel. 3. Remove the ball bearing from the flywheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Flywheel > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5168 4. Drive the new ball bearing into the flywheel using the special tools as shown. 5. Align the hole in the flywheel with the crankshaft dowel pin and install the flywheel. Install the mounting bolts finger-tight. 6. Install special tool, then torque the flywheel mounting bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations Shift Indicator: Locations SRS components are located in this area Review the SRS component locations precautions and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5176 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5177 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5178 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5179 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5180 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5181 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5182 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5183 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5184 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5185 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5186 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5187 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5188 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5189 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5190 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5191 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5192 Shift Indicator: Electrical Diagrams CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5193 Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5194 Shift Indicator: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes ON. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come ON. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the Powertrain (except HX) or Transmission (HX) Control Module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for HX) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Indicator Input Test 1. Remove the gauge assembly from the dashboard, and disconnect the 14P connector from the gauge assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 5197 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the 14P connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, but the indicator is faulty, replace the printed circuit board. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 5198 Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Switch Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5199 Shift Indicator: Adjustments 1. Shift to the [P] position, and loosen the nuts. 2. Slide the switch in the direction of [D4] or [D4] position [within 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)] so that there is continuity between the No.1 and No.7 terminals in the range of free play of the shift lever. 3. Recheck for continuity between each of the terminals. NOTE: If adjustment is not possible, check for damage to the shift lever detent and/or the bracket. If there is no damage, replace the console switch. - The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [N] in the range of free play. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5200 Shift Indicator: Service and Repair 1. Remove the front console, then disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 2. Remove the two mounting nuts. 3. Position the switch slider to "Neutral". 4. Move the shift lever to "Neutral", then slip the switch into position. 5. Attach the switch with the two mounting nuts. 6. Test the switch in the [P] and [N] position of the shift lever. The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [P] anywhere in the range of free play. 7. Connect the 14P connector, clamp the harness, and install the front console. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Countershaft, M/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Countershaft: Service and Repair For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Manual Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Differential, Manual Transaxle > Ring Gear, M/T > Component Information > Specifications Ring Gear: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolts ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................... 101 Nm (74.5 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications Fluid - M/T: Specifications Transmission/Transaxle Fluid S40 Fluid At Oil Change ...................................................................................................................... ............................................................. 1.8 l (1.9 US qt.) Fluid At Overhaul ........................................ ................................................................................................................................................ 1.9 l 2.0 US qt.) S4C Fluid At Oil Change ......................................................................................................... .......................................................................... 2.2 l (2.3 US qt.) Fluid At Overhaul ........................... ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.3 l (2.4 US qt.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5212 Fluid - M/T: Service Precautions DO NOT over fill transmission beyond normal fluid level markings. Fluid foaming and transmission damage may occur. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5213 Fluid - M/T: Service and Repair TRANSMISSION OIL NOTE: Check the transmission oil with the engine OFF and the vehicle on level ground. 1. Remove the oil filler plug, then check the level and condition of the oil. 2. The oil level must be up to the filler hole. If it is below the hole, add oil until it runs out, then reinstall the oil filler plug with a new washer. 3. If the transmission oil is dirty, remove the drain plug and drain the oil. 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer, and refill the transmission with the recommended oil to the proper level. NOTE: The drain plug washer should be replaced at every oil change. 5. Reinstall the oil filler plug with a new washer. Oil Capacity: 1.8 L (1.6 Imp qt.) at oil change 1.9 L (1.7 Imp qt.) at overhaul Always use Genuine Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF). Using motor oil can cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Gear, M/T > Synchronizer Hub, M/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Synchronizer Hub: Service and Repair For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Manual Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Gear, M/T > Synchronizer Ring, M/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Synchronizer Ring: Service and Repair For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Manual Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Mainshaft, M/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Mainshaft: Service and Repair For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Manual Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Reverse Idler Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair Reverse Idler Gear: Service and Repair For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Manual Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Fork, M/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Shift Fork: Service and Repair For information regarding the service and repair of this components, and the system that it is a part of, please refer to Manual Transmission/Transaxle; Service and Repair; Transmission Overhaul. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, M/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Shift Linkage: Service and Repair OVERHAUL NOTE: Inspect rubber parts for wear and damage when disassembling; replace any worn or damaged parts. - Install the clip as shown. - Turn the boot so the hole is facing down as shown. - Make sure the boot is installed on the shift rod. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5238 Control Module: Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Control Module: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5242 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5243 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5244 Shift Interlock Control Module: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock System Shift Lock System 1. Disconnect the 8P connector from the interlock control unit. 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5245 - If all the input tests prove OK, substitute a known-good control unit, and recheck the system. If the check is OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. NOTE: If the shift lock solenoid clicks when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and you step on the brake pedal (with the shift lever in [P]), the shift lock system is electronically normal; if the shift lever cannot be shifted from [P], test the A/T gear position switch, park pin switch. Reconnect the 8P connector to the interlock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Brake Switch - TCC > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Mainshaft Sensor: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolt ...................................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5254 Mainshaft Sensor: Locations Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations Park Pin Switch: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 5258 Park Pin Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the park pin switch. 3. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with: - the shift lever any position other than [P], or - the push button pushed in [P]. There should be continuity. 4. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with the shift lever in [P] and the push button released. There should be no continuity. If necessary, replace the park pin switch. NOTE: Park pin switch 4P connector No.1 and No.2 terminals are for A/T gear position console light. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5264 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5265 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5266 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5267 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5268 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5269 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5270 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5271 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5272 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5273 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5274 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5275 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5276 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5277 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5278 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5279 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5280 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5281 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5282 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Top of Transmission (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 5289 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Drive Pulley Speed Sensor Right Side Lower Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 5290 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Mainshaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 5291 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Countershaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Side of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 5292 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Secondary Gear Shaft Speed Sensor Right Side Rear of Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5293 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair 1. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the countershaft speed sensor from the right side cover. 2. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the mainshaft speed sensor from the transmission housing. 3. Replace the 0-ring with a new one before installing the countershaft speed sensor or the mainshaft speed sensor. NOTE: Install the mainshaft speed sensor washer on the mainshaft speed sensor. The mainshaft speed sensor washer is used on models with the D16Y7 engine. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5299 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5300 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5301 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5302 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5303 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5304 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5305 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5306 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5307 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5308 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5309 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5310 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5311 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5312 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5313 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5314 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5315 CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Speed Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 7P connector from the main wire harness. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each key position according to the table. 4. Check that the key cannot be removed with power and ground connected to the No.7 and No.8 terminals. - If the key cannot be removed, the key interlock solenoid is OK. - If the key can be removed, replace the steering lock assembly (the interlock solenoid is not available separately). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Key Interlock Solenoid Test > Page 5328 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Lock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid 2P connector. 3. Connect battery power to the No.1 terminal and ground to the No.2 terminal of the solenoid momentarily. NOTE: Do not connect power to the No.2 (-) terminal (reverse polarity) or you will damage the diode inside the solenoid. 4. Check that the shift lock releases when the release lever is pushed, and check that it locks when the release lever is released. 5. If the solenoid does not work, replace the solenoid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Customer Interest A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 5337 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 5338 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set Shift Control Solenoid Valves: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set 00-012 June 26, 2001 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED 1997-99 CR-V - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Harsh Shifting Automatic Transmission (Supersedes 00-012, dated June 20, 2000) Updated information is shown by asterisks and black bars. SYMPTOM *The transmission shifts harshly, or it may stay in first gear. The harsh shifting is more noticeable on the 1-2 and 2-3 upshifts under light throttle. It is not affected by operating temperature. The MIL may be on with DTC P0730 or P0715 stored.* PROBABLE CAUSE *Contamination of the linear solenoid and its associated passages inside the transmission, or a broken spring internal to the transmission.* VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION *Flush the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1, then replace the linear solenoid. If shift feel is not affected, replace the transmission.* PARTS INFORMATION Linear Solenoid Assembly: P/N 28250-P4R-315, H/C 5317219 Drain Bolt Washer: P/N 90471-PX4-000, H/C 3300936 REQUIRED MATERIALS Genuine Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001, H/C 6512628 Civic and 2WD CR-V - 11.6 quarts required 4WD CR-V - 12.4 quarts required WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 5344 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. 2. Drain the transmission. Refill it with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. 3. Start the engine. 4. With your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transmission to D4 5. Release the brake pedal. Press on the accelerator, and bring the speedometer up to 50 mph. Make sure the transmission shifts through the first three lower gears and into fourth, and that the torque converter locks up. 6. Apply the brakes to stop the front wheels. 7. Shift to reverse, and then to neutral. 8. Repeat the shifting procedure (steps 4 through 7) four more times. 9. Turn off the engine. 10. Repeat the above drain, refill, and shifting procedure (steps 2 through 9) two more times. 11. Drain the transmission. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer. Refill the transmission with Genuine Honda ATF-Z1. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Control Solenoid Valves: > 00-012 > Jun > 01 > A/T - Harsh Shifts/Stays in 1st Gear/MIL ON/DTC's Set > Page 5345 12. Disconnect the linear solenoid electrical connector. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the linear solenoid. 13. Inspect the linear solenoid mounting surface on the transmission. Remove any contamination. 14. Install the new linear solenoid. Reconnect the electrical connector. 15. Use the PGM Tester to erase any DTCs in the powertrain control module (PCM). *16. Test-drive the vehicle to check the shift feel. If it still shifts harshly, install a remanufactured transmission.* DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5346 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Lower Front of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Shift Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5347 Shift Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Shift control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and shift control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the shift control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new shift control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket and the clamp bracket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Throttle Valve Solenoid: Electrical Specifications Resistance ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................ 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 5352 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Mechanical Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolts ..................................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Alternative View > Page 5355 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Locations Photo 30 Lower Front Of Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5356 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Testing and Inspection 1. Disconnect the linear solenoid connector. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and the No. 2 terminals of the linear solenoid connector. STANDARD: 4.0 - 9.0 Ohms 3. If the resistance is out of specification, replace the linear solenoid assembly. 4. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. A clicking sound should be heard. 5. If not, remove the linear solenoid assembly. 6. Check that the linear solenoid fluid passage for dust or dirt. 7. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the linear solenoid connector to the battery positive terminal and connect the No. 1 terminal to the battery negative terminal. Check that the valve moves. 8. Disconnect one of the battery terminals and check that the valve releases. NOTE: You can see the valve movement through the fluid passage in the mounting surface of the linear solenoid assembly. 9. If the valve binds, or moves sluggishly, or the linear solenoid does not operate, replace the linear solenoid assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Throttle Valve Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5357 Throttle Valve Solenoid: Service and Repair 1. Remove the mounting bolts and the linear solenoid assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage of the linear solenoid assembly and transmission housing. 3. Install a new linear solenoid assembly with a new gasket. NOTE: Do not pinch the gasket when installing the linear solenoid; make sure that the gasket is installed properly in the mounting groove of the linear solenoid. 4. Check the linear solenoid connector for rust, dirt or oil, and connect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Electrical Specifications Without CVT Solenoid Valve A Between terminal 2 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Solenoid Valve B Between terminal 1 and ground .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 - 25 Ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 5362 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Mechanical Specifications Without CVT Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ....................................................... 12 Nm (8.7 ft.lb.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5363 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Locations Without CVT Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5364 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Testing and Inspection Without CVT 1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal (solenoid valve A) of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector and body ground, and between the No. 1 terminal (solenoid valve B) and body ground. STANDARD: 14 - 25 Ohms 3. Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if the resistance is out of specification. 4. If the resistance is within the standard, connect the No. 1 terminal of the lock-up control solenoid valve connector to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Connect the No. 2 terminal to the battery positive terminal. - A clicking sound should be heard. - Replace the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly if no clicking sound is heard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves <--> [Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, A/T] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5365 Lock Up Control Solenoid Valves: Service and Repair Without CVT NOTE: Lock-up control solenoid valves A and B must be removed/replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the mounting bolts and lock-up control solenoid valve A/B assembly. 2. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly, and install a new lock-up control solenoid valve A/B with a new filter/gasket. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt or oil, and reconnect it securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations Shift Indicator: Locations SRS components are located in this area Review the SRS component locations precautions and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5373 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5374 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5375 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5376 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5377 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5378 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5379 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5380 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5381 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5382 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5383 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5384 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5385 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5386 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5387 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5388 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5389 Shift Indicator: Electrical Diagrams CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5390 Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5391 Shift Indicator: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes ON. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come ON. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the Powertrain (except HX) or Transmission (HX) Control Module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for HX) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Indicator Input Test 1. Remove the gauge assembly from the dashboard, and disconnect the 14P connector from the gauge assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 5394 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the 14P connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, but the indicator is faulty, replace the printed circuit board. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 5395 Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Switch Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5396 Shift Indicator: Adjustments 1. Shift to the [P] position, and loosen the nuts. 2. Slide the switch in the direction of [D4] or [D4] position [within 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)] so that there is continuity between the No.1 and No.7 terminals in the range of free play of the shift lever. 3. Recheck for continuity between each of the terminals. NOTE: If adjustment is not possible, check for damage to the shift lever detent and/or the bracket. If there is no damage, replace the console switch. - The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [N] in the range of free play. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5397 Shift Indicator: Service and Repair 1. Remove the front console, then disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 2. Remove the two mounting nuts. 3. Position the switch slider to "Neutral". 4. Move the shift lever to "Neutral", then slip the switch into position. 5. Attach the switch with the two mounting nuts. 6. Test the switch in the [P] and [N] position of the shift lever. The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [P] anywhere in the range of free play. 7. Connect the 14P connector, clamp the harness, and install the front console. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5403 Control Module: Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations Shift Interlock Control Module: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5407 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5408 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5409 Shift Interlock Control Module: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock System Shift Lock System 1. Disconnect the 8P connector from the interlock control unit. 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5410 - If all the input tests prove OK, substitute a known-good control unit, and recheck the system. If the check is OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. NOTE: If the shift lock solenoid clicks when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and you step on the brake pedal (with the shift lever in [P]), the shift lock system is electronically normal; if the shift lever cannot be shifted from [P], test the A/T gear position switch, park pin switch. Reconnect the 8P connector to the interlock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Brake Switch - TCC > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Mainshaft Sensor: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Bolt ...................................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 12 Nm (8.7 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Mainshaft Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5419 Mainshaft Sensor: Locations Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations Park Pin Switch: Locations Left Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Park Pin Switch <--> [Shift Interlock Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 5423 Park Pin Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the park pin switch. 3. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with: - the shift lever any position other than [P], or - the push button pushed in [P]. There should be continuity. 4. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals with the shift lever in [P] and the push button released. There should be no continuity. If necessary, replace the park pin switch. NOTE: Park pin switch 4P connector No.1 and No.2 terminals are for A/T gear position console light. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5429 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5430 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5431 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5432 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5433 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5434 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5435 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5436 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5437 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5438 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5439 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5440 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5441 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5442 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5443 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5444 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5445 All Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5446 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes on. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come on. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the powertrain (all except '96-'98 CVT) or transmission ('96-'98 CVT) control module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for CVT) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5447 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Driven Pulley Speed Sensor Top of Transmission (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 5454 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Drive Pulley Speed Sensor Right Side Lower Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 5455 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Mainshaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Front of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 5456 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Countershaft Speed Sensor Lower Right Side of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Driven Pulley Speed Sensor > Page 5457 Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Secondary Gear Shaft Speed Sensor Right Side Rear of Engine Compartment (CVT) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5458 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair 1. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the countershaft speed sensor from the right side cover. 2. Remove the 6 mm bolt and the mainshaft speed sensor from the transmission housing. 3. Replace the 0-ring with a new one before installing the countershaft speed sensor or the mainshaft speed sensor. NOTE: Install the mainshaft speed sensor washer on the mainshaft speed sensor. The mainshaft speed sensor washer is used on models with the D16Y7 engine. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5464 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5465 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5466 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5467 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5468 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5469 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5470 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5471 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5472 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5473 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5474 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5475 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5476 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5477 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5478 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5479 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5480 CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - CVT > Transmission Speed Sensor, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Transmission Speed Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Vehicle Speed Sensor Installation Precautions Install VSS Properly to Avoid Reman A/T Damage We can't emphasize enough how important it is to follow, to the letter, the installation instructions that come with a reman A/T. These instructions help ensure that you avoid damaging the A/T and score a successful repair. This is particularly true when it comes to installing the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). Step 6 of the instructions tells you to make sure its gear is fully engaged and the VSS is fully seated before you tighten the retaining bolt. If you don't install the VSS properly, the speed sensor gear will get stripped and the A/T will be seriously damaged. So don't take risks with your customer's vehicle. Always follow these instructions to the letter. You can rest assured you're doing the job right. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > ABS Light > Component Information > Description and Operation ABS Light: Description and Operation 1. The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) indicator light comes on when the ABS control unit detects a problem in the system. However, even though the system is normal, the ABS indicator light can come on, too, under the following conditions: Signal disturbance - Wheel spin - Only drive wheels rotate - Battery voltage fluctuates 2. When a problem is detected and the ABS indicator light comes on, the indicator light can stay on until the ignition switch is turned off, or it can automatically go off, depending on the mode. Light stays on until the ignition switch is turned off: When the system is in the system down mode. - Light automatically goes off: When the system is in the control inhibition mode. 3. The ABS indicator light stays on when the system is reactivated without erasing the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC), but it goes off after starting the vehicle. When the wheel sensor system is faulty and the ABS indicator light comes on, the algorithm of the system automatically turns off the ABS indicator light after the wheel speed signal returns to the normal speed. Also, when the DTC is erased, the CPU is reset and the ABS indicator light goes off when the system checked out normal by the initial diagnosis. Therefore, test-drive the vehicle after servicing the wheel sensor system, and be sure that the ABS indicator light does not come on. 4. When the ABS control unit outputs battery voltage to gauge assembly, the ABS indicator light goes off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Brake Fluid Pump > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Pump: Locations Right Side of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Brake Fluid Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Pump Relay: Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Brake Fluid Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5496 Engine Compartment Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Brake Fluid Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5497 Brake Fluid Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. ABS pump motor relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Braking Sensor/Switch: Locations Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Diagnostic Connector - ABS > Component Information > Locations Diagnostic Connector - ABS: Locations SCS Service Connector Below Right Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Specifications Electronic Brake Control Module: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Attaching Torx Bolts ............................................................................................................................ ............................................ 9.8 Nm (84 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5509 Electronic Brake Control Module: Connector Locations Connector A Behind Right Kick Panel Connector B Behind Right Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5510 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Main Control Electronic Brake Control Module: Description and Operation Main Control ABS Operation The ABS control unit detects the wheel speed based on the wheel sensor signal it received, then it calculates the vehicle speed based on the detected wheel speed. The control unit detects the vehicle speed during deceleration based on the rate of deceleration. The ABS control unit calculates the slip rate of each wheel, and it transmits the control signal to the modulator unit solenoid valve when the slip rate is high. The pressure reduction control is a three-mode system, that is pressure reduction, pressure retaining and pressure intensifying modes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Main Control > Page 5513 Electronic Brake Control Module: Description and Operation Diagnosis Function SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Since the anti-lock brake system modulates the braking pressure when a wheel is about to lock, regardless of the driver's intention, the system operation and the braking power will be impaired if there is a malfunction in the system. To prevent this possibility, the self-diagnosis function monitors the main system functions. The ABS control unit is equipped with a main CPU and a sub CPU The CPUs check each other and the circuits of the system. When the CPUs detect failure, they shift to the "system down mode" or the "control inhibition mode". When an abnormality is detected, the ABS indicator light goes on. CHECK MODE/BULB CHECK There is also a check mode of the self-diagnosis system itself; when the ignition switch is first turned on, the ABS indicator light comes on and stays on for a few seconds after the engine starts to signify that the self-diagnosis system and indicator light are functional. FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION When an abnormality is detected in the ABS control system by the self-diagnosis, the solenoid operations are suspended to inhibit anti-lock brake system operation. Under these conditions, the braking system functions just as an ordinary one, maintaining the necessary braking function. When the ABS indicator light is turned on, it means the fail-safe is functioning. SELF TEST - FAULT DETECTION - The self-diagnosis can be classified into these four categories. Initial Diagnosis - Performed right after the engine starts and until the ABS indicator light goes off. Except ABS Control - Performed when the ABS is not functioning. During ABS Control - Performed when the ABS is functioning. During Warning - Performed when the ABS indicator light is ON. ABS Self-diagnosis - The system performs the following controls when a problem is detected by the self-diagnosis. > ABS indicator light ON > Memory of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) > Mode change to the "system down mode" or the "control inhibition mode". 1. A Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is memorized when a problem is detected and the ABS indicator light does not go off, or when the ABS indicator light comes on. The DTC is not memorized when the ABS indicator light comes on unless the CPU is activated. 2. The memory can hold any number of DTCs. However, when the same DTC is detected twice or more, the later one is written over the old one. Therefore, when the same problem is detected repeatedly, it is recorded as one DTC. 3. The DTCs are indicated in the order of ascending number, not in the order they occur. 4. The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM (non-volatile memory). Therefore, the memorized DTCs cannot be canceled by disconnecting the battery. Perform the specified procedures to erase. See: Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 5514 Electronic Brake Control Module: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 5515 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 5516 Electronic Brake Control Module: Service and Repair 1. Remove the right side kick panel. 2. Disconnect the ABS control unit connectors. 3. Remove the ABS control unit. 4. Install the ABS control unit in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Specifications MODULATOR * Flare Nuts ............................................................................................................................................ .............................................. 15 Nm (11 lb.ft.) Torx Bolts ................................................................... ....................................................................................................................... 9.8 Nm (7 lb.ft.) 8 mm Bolts ..................................................................................................................................................... ................................... 22 Nm (16 lb.ft.) * For EX with optional ABS Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5520 Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Locations Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5521 Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Service Precautions CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Take care not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. - To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. WARNING: - Accumulator retains brake fluid under high pressure. Relieve high pressure through maintenance bleeder prior to performing service on the ABS Modulator or Power unit, otherwise personal injury may result. - The ABS Accumulator contains high pressure nitrogen gas. Do not puncture, expose to the flame, or attempt to disassemble the accumulator or it may explode, resulting in severe personal injury. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5522 Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Description and Operation MODES OF OPERATION The ABS modulator consists of the inlet solenoid valve, outlet solenoid valve, reservoir, pump, pump motor and the damping chamber. The modulator reduces the caliper fluid pressure directly, and it is also referred to as a circulating type because the brake fluid circulates through the caliper, reservoir and the master cylinder. The hydraulic control has three modes: pressure reduction, pressure retaining and pressure intensifying. The hydraulic circuit is the independent four channel type, one channel for each wheel. ABS Modulator Schematic Pressure Intensifying Mode - Inlet valve open, outlet valve closed Master cylinder fluid is pumped out to the caliper. Pressure Retaining Mode - Inlet valve closed, outlet valve closed Caliper fluid is retained by the inlet valve and outlet valve. Pressure Reduction Mode - Inlet valve closed, outlet valve open Caliper fluid flows through the outlet valve to the reservoir. Motor Operation Mode - When starting the pressure reduction mode, the pump motor is ON. When stopping ABS operation, the pump motor is OFF. The reservoir fluid is pumped out by the pump, through the damping chamber, to the master cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5523 Wheel Speed And Modulator Control Schematic WHEEL SPEED AND MODULATOR CONTROL When the wheel speed drops sharply below the vehicle speed, the inlet valve closes to retain the caliper fluid pressure. When the wheel speed drops further, the outlet valve opens momentarily to reduce the caliper fluid pressure. The pump motor starts at this time. As the wheel speed is restored, the inlet valve opens momentarily to increase the caliper fluid pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5524 Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Service and Repair CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Take care not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. - To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. NOTE: Tighten the flare nuts to 15 Nm (1.5 kgf.m, 11 ft. lbs.) . REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the modulator unit 10P and pump motor 2P connectors. 2. Disconnect the brake lines, then remove the modulator unit. INSTALLATION 1. Install the modulator unit, then connect the brake lines. 2. Connect the modulator unit 10P and pump motor 2P connectors. 3. Bleed the brake system. 4. Start the engine, and check that the ABS indicator light goes off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Wheel Speed Sensor Wheel Speed Sensor: Specifications Sensor Lock Bolts 7 ft.lb Air Gap Front & Rear 0.02 - 0.04 in For EX with optional ABS Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Wheel Speed Sensor > Page 5529 Wheel Speed Sensor: Specifications Toothed Ring PULSER/WHEEL SENSOR AIR GAP * Front & Rear Standard ........................................................................................................................ .................................................. 0.4 - 1.0 mm (0.02 - 0.04 in) * For EX with optional ABS Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Front Inside of Left Front Wheel (Right Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front > Page 5532 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Rear Inside of Left Rear Wheel (Right Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5533 Wheel Speed Sensor: Description and Operation WHEEL SPEED SENSOR Wheel Sensor AC Current The wheel sensors are the magnetic contactless type. As the gear pulser teeth rotate past the wheel sensor's magnetic coil, AC current is generated. The AC frequency changes in accordance with the wheel speed. The ABS control unit detects the wheel sensor signal frequency and thereby detects the wheel speed. There are four wheel sensors, one for each wheel. The gear pulser has 50 teeth. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Toothed Ring Wheel Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Toothed Ring INSPECTION OF THE TOOTHED RING 1. Check the front and rear pulser for chipped or damaged teeth. 2. Measure the air gap between the wheel sensor and pulser all the way around while rotating the pulser. Standard: 0.4 - 1.0 mm (0.02 - 0.04 inch) NOTE: If the gap exceeds 1.0 mm (0.04 inch), the probability is a distorted suspension arm which should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Toothed Ring > Page 5536 Wheel Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Wheel Speed Sensor TESTING THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Check the front and rear pulser for chipped or damaged teeth. 2. Measure the air gap between the wheel sensor and pulser all the way around while rotating the pulser. Standard: 0.4 - 1.0 mm (0.02 - 0.04 inch) NOTE: If the gap exceeds 1.0 mm (0.04 inch) , the probability is a distorted suspension arm which should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5537 Wheel Speed Sensor: Service and Repair NOTE: - Be careful when installing the sensors to avoid twisting the wires. - The torque value of the bolts is 9.8 Nm (1.0 kgf.m, 7 ft. lbs.). FRONT REAR 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Remove the four backing plate bolts. 3. Pull the backing plate away from the trailing arm, then remove the wheel sensor. It is not necessary to disconnect the brake line. NOTE: This illustration is drum brake type. The torque value of the disk type is same as drum type. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Without Anti-Lock Brakes Brake Bleeding: Service and Repair Without Anti-Lock Brakes CAUTION: - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. NOTE: The reservoir on the master cylinder must be at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the bleeding procedure and checked after bleeding each brake caliper. Add fluid as required. 1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir is at the MAX (upper) level line. 2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply steady pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Without Anti-Lock Brakes > Page 5542 3. Loosen the brake bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed screw securely. Brake Bleeding Sequence 4. Repeat the procedure for each wheel in the sequence shown until air bubbles no longer appear in the fluid. 5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Pedal Assy > Component Information > Specifications Brake Pedal Assy: Specifications Standard Pedal Height (with carpet removed) M/T ...................................................................................................................................................... .......................................... 156.5 mm (6.16 in) A/T ............................................................................. ...................................................................................................................... 161 mm (6.33 in) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Pedal Assy > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5546 Brake Pedal Assy: Testing and Inspection PEDAL FREE PLAY 1. With the engine off, inspect the play on the pedal pad by pushing the pedal by hand. Free Play: 1 - 5 mm (1/16 - 3/16 inch) Pedal Free Play 2. If the pedal free play is out of specification, adjust the brake switch. CAUTION: If the pedal free play is insufficient, it may result in brake drag. PEDAL HEIGHT 1. Disconnect the brake switch connector, loosen the brake switch locknut, and back off the brake switch until it is no longer touching the brake pedal. 2. At the carpet cutout, measure the pedal height from the right side center of the pedal pad. Standard Pedal Height (with carpet removed): M/T: 156.5 mm (6.16 inch) A/T, CVT: 161 mm (6 5/16 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Pedal Assy > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5547 Brake Pedal Assy: Adjustments PEDAL HEIGHT 1. Disconnect the brake switch connector, loosen the brake switch locknut, and back off the brake switch until it is no longer touching the brake pedal. 2. At the carpet cutout, measure the pedal height from the right side center of the pedal pad. Standard Pedal Height (with carpet removed): M/T: 156.5 mm (6.16 inch) A/T, CVT: 161 mm (6 5/16 inch) 3. Loosen the pushrod locknut, and screw the pushrod in or out with pliers until the standard pedal height from the floor is reached. After adjustment, tighten the locknut firmly. NOTE: Do not adjust the pedal height with the pushrod depressed. 4. Screw in the brake switch until its plunger is fully depressed (threaded end touching the pad on the pedal arm). Then back off the switch 1/4 turn to Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Pedal Assy > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5548 make 0.3 mm (0.01 inch) of clearance between the threaded end and pad. Tighten the locknut firmly. Connect the brake switch connector. CAUTION: Make sure that the brake lights go off when the pedal is released. 5. Check the brake pedal free play as described below. PEDAL FREE PLAY 1. With the engine off, inspect the play on the pedal pad by pushing the pedal by hand. Free Play: 1 - 5 mm (1/16 - 3/16 inch) Pedal Free Play 2. If the pedal free play is out of specification, adjust the brake switch. CAUTION: If the pedal free play is insufficient, it may result in brake drag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Specifications Brake Caliper: Specifications Front 5410 Type * Mounting Bolt 80 ft.lb Model No. stamped on caliper body Bleeder Screw 78 in.lb Attaching Bolts 24 ft.lb Banjo Bolt 25 ft.lb 2056 Type * Mounting Bolt 80 ft.lb Model No. stamped on caliper body Bleeder Screw 78 in.lb Attaching Bolts 20 ft.lb Banjo Bolt 25 ft.lb Rear Arm Attaching Bolts 17 ft.lb Mounting Bolts 17 ft.lb Bracket Mounting Bolts 28 ft.lb Bleed Screw 78 in.lb Parking Nut 20 ft.lb Banjo Bolt 25 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Brake Caliper: Diagrams Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Diagrams > Front > Page 5555 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Diagrams > Front > Page 5556 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service Precautions > Technician Safety Information Brake Caliper: Technician Safety Information WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service Precautions > Technician Safety Information > Page 5559 Brake Caliper: Vehicle Damage Warnings CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 5560 Brake Caliper: Application and ID Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers. The Calipers can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body. Check the type of brake caliper before servicing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Brake Caliper: Service and Repair Front Type 5410 Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers: The caliper types can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body as shown. Check the type of the brake caliper before servicing. WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. 1. Remove the banjo bolt, and disconnect the brake hose from the caliper. 2. Remove the caliper bolts, then remove the caliper from the bracket. 3. Remove the caliper pins and pin boots from the caliper bracket. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5563 4. If necessary, apply compressed air to the caliper fluid inlet to get the piston out. Place a shop rag or wooden block as shown to cushion the piston when it is expelled. Use low pressure air in short spurts. WARNING: Do not place your fingers in front of the piston. - Do not use high air pressure; use an OSHA approved 30 PSI nozzle. 5. Remove the piston from the caliper, and check the piston for scoring. 6. Remove the boot clip, piston boot and piston seal. CAUTION: Take care not to damage the cylinder bore. Type 2056 Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers: The caliper types can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body as shown. Check the type of the brake caliper before servicing. WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5564 1. Remove the banjo bolt, and disconnect the brake hose from the caliber. 2. Remove caliper bolt B. pivot the caliper up out of the way, then remove the caliper from the bracket. 3. Remove the guide pin boot from sleeve A on the caliper bracket. 4. Remove the pin boot, sleeve B and sleeve boot from the caliber body. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5565 5. If necessary, apply compressed air to the caliper fluid inlet to get the piston out. Place a shop rag or wooden block as shown to cushion the piston when it is expelled. Use low pressure air in short spurts. WARNING: Do not place your fingers in front of the piston. - Do not use high air pressure; use an OSHA approved 30 PSI nozzle. 6. Remove the piston from the caliper, and check the piston for scoring. Removing Clip, Boot And Seal 7. Remove the boot clip, piston boot and piston seal. CAUTION: Take care not to damage the cylinder bore. Type 5410 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5566 WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. - When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. - Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dust and other foreign particles. - Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. 1. Clean the piston and caliper bore with brake fluid, and inspect for wear and damage. 2. Coat the new piston seal with the recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set, and install the seal in the cylinder groove. 3. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sealing lips and inside of a new piston boot, and secure install it in the caliper with the new boot clip. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the caliper cylinder wall. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5567 4. Lubricate the caliper and piston with brake fluid, then install the piston in the cylinder with the dished end facing in. 5. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sliding surface of the pins and the inside of the new pin boots. 6. Install the pin boots into the grooves in the caliper bracket properly. 7. Insert pin A and pin B into the caliper bracket. 8. Install the pin boots into the grooves in the pins properly. 9. Install the brake pads in their original positions. 10. Push in the piston so that the caliper will fit over the pads, and install the caliper. 11. Tighten the caliper bolts. 12. Connect the brake hose to the caliper with new sealing washers, and tighten the banjo bolt. 13. Fill the brake reservoir and bleed the brake system. 14. Perform the following checks. - Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. - Check for brake hoses for interference and twisting. Type 2056 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5568 WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. - When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow Out all passages with compressed air. - Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dust and Other foreign particles. - Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. - Make sure no dirt or Other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. NOTE: - Coat the piston, piston seal, and caliper bore with clean brake fluid. - Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled. 1. Clean the piston and caliper bore with brake fluid, and inspect for wear and damage. 2. Coat a new piston seal with the recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set, and install the seal in the cylinder groove. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5569 3. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sealing lips and inside of a new piston boot, and secure install it in the caliper with a new boot clip. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the caliper cylinder wall. 4. Lubricate the caliper and piston with brake fluid, then install the piston in the cylinder with the dished end facing in. 5. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sliding surface of sleeve B and the inside of the new pin and sleeve boots. 6. Install the new sleeve and pin boots and sleeve B on the caliper. NOTE: Be sure to install the boots into the grooves in the caliper and sleeve B properly. 7. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sliding surface of sleeve A and the inside of a new guide pin boot. 8. Install the guide pin boot into the groove in the sleeve A. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5570 9. Make sure that the brake pad retainers and brake pads are in their original positions. 10. Install the caliper onto sleeve A, and pivot it down into position. NOTE: Install the guide pin boot into the groove in the caliper properly. 11. Connect the brake hose to the caliper with new sealing washers, and tighten the banjo bolt. 12. Tighten the caliper bolt B. 13. Fill the brake reservoir and bleed the brake system. 14. Perform the following checks. - Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. - Check for brake hoses for interference and twisting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5571 Brake Caliper: Service and Repair Rear Disassembly WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. 1. Remove the caliper shield. 2. Remove the lock pin and clevis pin. Remove the cable clip, and disconnect the cable from the arm. 3. Remove the banjo bolt and two sealing washers. 4. Remove the two caliper mounting bolts and caliper body from the bracket. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5572 5. Remove the pins and pin boots from the caliper bracket. 6. Remove the pad spring from the caliper body. 7. Remove the piston by rotating the piston counterclockwise with the tool, and remove the piston boot. CAUTION: Avoid damaging the piston. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5573 8. Remove the piston seal. CAUTION: Take care not to damage the cylinder bore. 9. Install the special tool between the caliper body and spring cover. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the inside of the caliper cylinder during caliper disassembly. 10. Position the locknuts as shown, then turn the shaft until the plate just contacts the caliper body. NOTE: Do not compress the spring under the spring cover. 11. Turn the shaft clockwise 1/4 - 1/2 turn to compress adjusting spring B in the caliper body. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5574 CAUTION: To prevent damage to the inner components, do not turn the shaft more than 1/2 turn. 12. Lower the locknuts fully, and tighten them securely. NOTE: Keep the locknuts in this position until you reinstall the circlip. 13. Remove the circlip with snap ring pliers. Removing Adjusting Bolt 14. Hold the plate with your fingers, and turn the shaft counterclockwise. Remove the special tool from the caliper. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5575 15. Remove the adjusting bolt. 16. Remove the spring cover, adjusting spring B. spacer, bearing A, and cup from the adjusting bolt. 17. Remove the sleeve piston, and remove the pin from the cam in the caliper body. 18. Remove the return spring. 19. Remove the parking lever and cam as an assembly from the caliper body. CAUTION: Do not loosen the parking nut with the cam installed in the caliper body. If the lever and shaft must be separated, hold the lever in a vise, and loosen the parking nut. 20. Remove the cam boot. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5576 Assembly WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. - When reusing the pads, install them in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; It may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. - Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dust and other foreign particles. - Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. 1. Pack all cavities of the needle bearing with the recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5577 2. Coat a new cam boot with recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set, and install it in the caliper body. 3. Apply recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set to the pin contacting area of the cam, and install the cam and lever assembly into the caliper body. 4. Install the return spring. CAUTION: When the cam and lever were separated, be sure to assemble them before installing the cam in the caliper body. Install the lever and spring washer, apply locking agent to the threads, and tighten the parking nut while holding the lever with a vise. - Avoid damaging the cam boot since it must be installed before the cam. - When installing the cam, do not allow the cam boot lips to turn outside in. 5. Install the pin in the cam. 6. Install a new O-ring on the sleeve piston. 7. Install the sleeve piston so that the hole in the bottom of the piston is aligned with the pin in the cam, and the two pins on the piston are aligned with the holes in the caliper. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5578 8. Coat a new cup with recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set, and install it with its groove facing the bearing A side of the adjusting bolt. 9. Fit the bearing A, spacer, adjusting spring B. and spring cover on the adjusting bolt, and install them in the caliper cylinder. 10. Install the special tool onto the spring cover, and turn the shaft until the locknut contacts the plate. 11. Check that the flared end of the spring cover is below the circlip groove. 12. Install the circlip into the groove, then remove the special tool. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5579 NOTE: Check that the circlip is seated in the groove properly. 13. Coat a new piston seal with recommended silicone grease in the caliper seal set, and install it in the caliper. 14. Apply recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set to the sealing lips and inside of a new piston boot, and install it in the caliper. 15. Coat the outside of the piston with brake fluid, and install it onto the adjusting bolt while rotating it clockwise with the tool. CAUTION: Avoid damaging the piston and piston boot. 16. Install the pad spring onto the caliper. 17. Apply the recommended pin grease in the caliper seal set to the sliding surface of the pins and inside of the new pin boots. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5580 18. Install the pin boots into the grooves in the caliper bracket properly. 19. Insert pin A and pin B into the caliper bracket. 20. Install the pin boots into the grooves in the pins properly. 21. Install the brake pad retainers and brake pads. 22. Align the cutout in the piston with the tab on the inner pad. 23. Install the caliper onto the caliper bracket, and tighten the caliper mounting bolts. 24. Connect the brake hose to the caliper with new sealing washers, and tighten the banjo bolt. 25. Insert the cable through the arm, and connect the cable to the lever with the clevis pin and lock pin. Install the cable clip securely. 26. Install the caliper shield. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5581 27. Fill the brake reservoir, and bleed the brake system. 28. Operate the brake pedal several times, then adjust the parking brake. 29. After installation, perform the following checks: - Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. - Check the parking brake lever for operation, and adjust it if necessary. - Check for brake hose for interference or twisting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Specifications > With Rear Disc Brakes Brake Pad: Specifications Front Pad 5410 Stamped On The Caliper Body: Standard 9.5 - 10.5 mm Service Limit 1.6 mm 2056 Stamped On The Caliper Body: Standard 8.5 - 9.5 mm Service Limit 1.6 mm Rear Pad Standard 7.0 - 8.0 mm Service Limit 1.6 mm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Specifications > With Rear Disc Brakes > Page 5586 Brake Pad: Specifications Pad Thickness 5410 Stamped On The Caliper Body: Standard 9.5 - 10.5 mm Service Limit 1.6 mm 2056 Stamped On The Caliper Body: Standard 8.5 - 9.5 mm Service Limit 1.6 mm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service Precautions > Customer Safety Information Brake Pad: Customer Safety Information WARNING: When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease off the discs and pads . Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service Precautions > Customer Safety Information > Page 5589 Brake Pad: Technician Safety Information WARNING: Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front Brake Pad: Testing and Inspection Front Type 2056 Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers: The caliper types can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body as shown. Check the type of the brake caliper before servicing. WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. 1. Loosen the front wheel nuts slightly, then raise the vehicle, and support it on safety stands. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the brake hose bracket from the knuckle. 3. Remove the caliper bolt B, and pivot the caliper up out of the way. NOTE: Check the hoses and pin boots for damage and deterioration. 4. Remove the pad shim, pad retainers, and pads. NOTE: When replacing the pads, replace the shim together with the pads as a set. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5592 5. Using vernier calipers, measure the thickness of each brake pad lining. The measurement does not include the pad backing plate thickness. Brake Pad Thickness: Standard: 8.5 - 9.5 mm (0.33 - 0.37 inch) Service Limit: 1.6 mm (0.06 inch) 6. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the front pads as a set. 7. Clean the caliper thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. 8. Check the brake disc for damage and cracks. 9. Install the pad retainers. 10. Apply grease to the points indicated by the arrows in the following illustration: NOTE: Use the pad grease included in the pad set or Molykote M77 grease, and apply a thin coat of grease evenly to the designated points. - Piston end and inner pad contact surface - Pad and caliper bracket contact surface - Outer pad and caliper body contact surface Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5593 - Outer pad shim and outer pad contact surface - Outer pad shim and caliper body contact surface 11. Install the brake pads and pad shim correctly. WARNING: When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease off the discs and pads. NOTE: Install the pad with the wear indicator on the inside. 12. Push in the piston so that the caliper will fit over the pads. Make sure that the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when pivoting the caliper down. 13. Pivot the caliper down into position, then install caliper bolt B and tighten it. 14. Install the brake hose bracket on the knuckle. NOTE: Inspect the brake hose for interference and twisting. 15. Depress the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work, then road-test. NOTE: Engagement of the brake may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 16. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. Type 5410 Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers: The caliper types can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body as shown. Check the type of the brake caliper before servicing. WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. 1. Loosen the front wheel nuts slightly, then raise the vehicle, and support it on safety stands. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the brake hose bracket from the knuckle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5594 3. Remove the caliper bolt, and pivot the caliper up out of the way. NOTE: Check the hoses and pin boots for damage and deterioration. 4. Remove the pad shim, pad retainers, and pads. NOTE: When the caliper is equipped with an outer pad shim, replace the shim together with the pads as a set. 5. Using vernier calipers, measure the thickness of each brake pad lining. The measurement does not include the pad backing plate thickness. Brake Pad Thickness: Standard: 9.5 - 10.5 mm (0.37 - 0.41 inch) Service Limit: 1.6 mm (0.06 inch) 6. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the front pads as a set. 7. Clean the caliper thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5595 8. Check the brake disc for damage and cracks. 9. Install the pad retainers. 10. Apply grease to the points indicated by the arrows in the following illustration: NOTE: Use the pad grease included in the pad set or Molykote M77 grease, and apply a thin coat of grease evenly to the designated points. - Piston end and inner pad contact surface - Pad and caliper bracket contact surface - Outer pad and caliper body contact surface - Outer pad shim and outer pad contact surface - Outer pad shim and caliper body contact surface 11. Install the brake pads and pad shim correctly. WARNING: When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease off the discs and pads. NOTE: Install the pad with the wear indicator on the inside. 12. Push in the piston so that the caliper will fit over the pads. Make sure that the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when pivoting the Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5596 caliper down. 13. Pivot the caliper down into position, then install the caliper bolt and tighten it. CAUTION: Be careful not damage the pin boot when pivoting the caliper down. 14. Install the brake hose bracket on the knuckle. NOTE: Inspect the brake hose for interference or twisting. 15. Depress the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work, then test-drive. NOTE: Engagement of the brake may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 16. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints or connections, and retighten if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5597 Brake Pad: Testing and Inspection Rear WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. 1. Block the front wheels, loosen the rear wheel nuts slightly, support the rear of the vehicle on safety stands, then remove the rear wheels. Caliper Shield Removal 2. Release the parking brake, and remove the caliper shield. 3. Remove the brake hose clamp bolt from the trailing arm first, then remove the two caliper mounting bolts and the caliper from the bracket. CAUTION: Thoroughly clean the outside of the caliper to prevent dust and dirt from entering inside. - Support the caliper with a piece of wire so that it does not hang from the brake hose. NOTE: Check the hoses and pin boots for damage or deterioration. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5598 4. Remove the outer pad shim, pads, and pad retainers. Checking Pad Thickness 5. Using vernier calipers, measure the thickness of each brake pad lining. The measurement does not include the pad backing plate thickness. 6. If the pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the pads and shims together as a set. 7. Clean the caliper thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. 8. Check the brake disc for damage and cracks. 9. Make sure that the pad retainers are installed in their correct positions. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5599 10. Apply grease to the points indicated by the arrow in the following drawing: NOTE: Use the pad grease included in the pad set or Molykote M77 grease, and apply a thin coat of grease evenly to the designated points. - Piston end and inner pad contact surface - Pad and caliper bracket contact surface - Outer pad shim and outer pad contact surface - Outer pad shim and caliper body contact surface 11. Install the brake pads and outer pad shim on the caliper bracket. Install the inner pad with its wear indicator facing downward. WARNING: When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease off the discs and pads. 12. Rotate the caliper piston clockwise into the cylinder, then align the cutout in the piston with the tab on the inner pad by turning the piston back. CAUTION: Lubricate the boot with rubber grease to avoid twisting the piston boot. If the piston boot is twisted, back it out so it sits properly. 13. Install the brake hose clamp on the trailing arm. 14. Install and tighten the caliper mounting bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5600 Removing Caliper Shield 15. Install the caliper shield. 16. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. 17. Depress the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work, then test-drive. NOTE: Engagement of the brake may require greater pedal travel immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several light applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal travel. Greater than normal pedal travel may damage the master cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Brake Pad: Service and Repair Front Type 2056 Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers: The caliper types can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body as shown. Check the type of the brake caliper before servicing. WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. 1. Loosen the front wheel nuts slightly, then raise the vehicle, and support it on safety stands. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the brake hose bracket from the knuckle. 3. Remove the caliper bolt B, and pivot the caliper up out of the way. NOTE: Check the hoses and pin boots for damage and deterioration. 4. Remove the pad shim, pad retainers, and pads. NOTE: When replacing the pads, replace the shim together with the pads as a set. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5603 5. Using vernier calipers, measure the thickness of each brake pad lining. The measurement does not include the pad backing plate thickness. Brake Pad Thickness: Standard: 8.5 - 9.5 mm (0.33 - 0.37 inch) Service Limit: 1.6 mm (0.06 inch) 6. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the front pads as a set. 7. Clean the caliper thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. 8. Check the brake disc for damage and cracks. 9. Install the pad retainers. 10. Apply grease to the points indicated by the arrows in the following illustration: NOTE: Use the pad grease included in the pad set or Molykote M77 grease, and apply a thin coat of grease evenly to the designated points. - Piston end and inner pad contact surface - Pad and caliper bracket contact surface - Outer pad and caliper body contact surface Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5604 - Outer pad shim and outer pad contact surface - Outer pad shim and caliper body contact surface 11. Install the brake pads and pad shim correctly. WARNING: When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease off the discs and pads. NOTE: Install the pad with the wear indicator on the inside. 12. Push in the piston so that the caliper will fit over the pads. Make sure that the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when pivoting the caliper down. 13. Pivot the caliper down into position, then install caliper bolt B and tighten it. 14. Install the brake hose bracket on the knuckle. NOTE: Inspect the brake hose for interference and twisting. 15. Depress the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work, then road-test. NOTE: Engagement of the brake may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 16. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. Type 5410 Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers: The caliper types can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body as shown. Check the type of the brake caliper before servicing. WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. 1. Loosen the front wheel nuts slightly, then raise the vehicle, and support it on safety stands. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the brake hose bracket from the knuckle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5605 3. Remove the caliper bolt, and pivot the caliper up out of the way. NOTE: Check the hoses and pin boots for damage and deterioration. 4. Remove the pad shim, pad retainers, and pads. NOTE: When the caliper is equipped with an outer pad shim, replace the shim together with the pads as a set. 5. Using vernier calipers, measure the thickness of each brake pad lining. The measurement does not include the pad backing plate thickness. Brake Pad Thickness: Standard: 9.5 - 10.5 mm (0.37 - 0.41 inch) Service Limit: 1.6 mm (0.06 inch) 6. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the front pads as a set. 7. Clean the caliper thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5606 8. Check the brake disc for damage and cracks. 9. Install the pad retainers. 10. Apply grease to the points indicated by the arrows in the following illustration: NOTE: Use the pad grease included in the pad set or Molykote M77 grease, and apply a thin coat of grease evenly to the designated points. - Piston end and inner pad contact surface - Pad and caliper bracket contact surface - Outer pad and caliper body contact surface - Outer pad shim and outer pad contact surface - Outer pad shim and caliper body contact surface 11. Install the brake pads and pad shim correctly. WARNING: When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease off the discs and pads. NOTE: Install the pad with the wear indicator on the inside. 12. Push in the piston so that the caliper will fit over the pads. Make sure that the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when pivoting the Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5607 caliper down. 13. Pivot the caliper down into position, then install the caliper bolt and tighten it. CAUTION: Be careful not damage the pin boot when pivoting the caliper down. 14. Install the brake hose bracket on the knuckle. NOTE: Inspect the brake hose for interference or twisting. 15. Depress the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work, then test-drive. NOTE: Engagement of the brake may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 16. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints or connections, and retighten if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5608 Brake Pad: Service and Repair Rear WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. 1. Block the front wheels, loosen the rear wheel nuts slightly, support the rear of the vehicle on safety stands, then remove the rear wheels. Caliper Shield Removal 2. Release the parking brake, and remove the caliper shield. 3. Remove the brake hose clamp bolt from the trailing arm first, then remove the two caliper mounting bolts and the caliper from the bracket. CAUTION: Thoroughly clean the outside of the caliper to prevent dust and dirt from entering inside. - Support the caliper with a piece of wire so that it does not hang from the brake hose. NOTE: Check the hoses and pin boots for damage or deterioration. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5609 4. Remove the outer pad shim, pads, and pad retainers. Checking Pad Thickness 5. Using vernier calipers, measure the thickness of each brake pad lining. The measurement does not include the pad backing plate thickness. 6. If the pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the pads and shims together as a set. 7. Clean the caliper thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. 8. Check the brake disc for damage and cracks. 9. Make sure that the pad retainers are installed in their correct positions. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5610 10. Apply grease to the points indicated by the arrow in the following drawing: NOTE: Use the pad grease included in the pad set or Molykote M77 grease, and apply a thin coat of grease evenly to the designated points. - Piston end and inner pad contact surface - Pad and caliper bracket contact surface - Outer pad shim and outer pad contact surface - Outer pad shim and caliper body contact surface 11. Install the brake pads and outer pad shim on the caliper bracket. Install the inner pad with its wear indicator facing downward. WARNING: When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease off the discs and pads. 12. Rotate the caliper piston clockwise into the cylinder, then align the cutout in the piston with the tab on the inner pad by turning the piston back. CAUTION: Lubricate the boot with rubber grease to avoid twisting the piston boot. If the piston boot is twisted, back it out so it sits properly. 13. Install the brake hose clamp on the trailing arm. 14. Install and tighten the caliper mounting bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5611 Removing Caliper Shield 15. Install the caliper shield. 16. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. 17. Depress the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work, then test-drive. NOTE: Engagement of the brake may require greater pedal travel immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several light applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal travel. Greater than normal pedal travel may damage the master cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information Brake Rotor/Disc: Technical Service Bulletins Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information 00-088 July 14, 2010 Applies To: ALL Models Brake Disc Refinishing Guidelines (Supersedes 00-088, dated October 6, 2006, to revise the information marked with the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY The requirement to refinish new brake discs was removed.* American Honda does not allow replacement of brake discs under warranty unless the brake disc is beyond its service limit for refinishing. If the brake disc is within its service limit, you must refinish it. Maximum refinishing limits may be found in the Conventional Brakes section of the appropriate service manual. *Refinish brake discs only when they are scored or out of specification for runout or parallelism. See the appropriate service manual for the specifications.* American Honda requires refinishing of the front brake discs with an on-car brake lathe that mounts to the steering knuckle. Use of an on-car, steering knuckle- mounted lathe is critical because it corrects runout of the hub and disc as an assembly. Experience has shown that very small amounts of runout, not felt as brake pulsation initially, will grow and become noticeable as the discs are subjected to heat and wear over time and mileage. Two on-car brake lathes are recommended. The Kwik-Lathe, model number KWY-108000501, is supported with automatic shipments of adapters for new models, when required. The Accu-turn On-car Brake Lathe, model ACCHONOCLPKG, is also recommended. A power driver is required for the 82000 and is highly recommended for all other models. The Kwik-Lathe power driver model number is KWY-108012005; the Accu-turn lathe includes a power driver. Here are some advantages of using power drivers: ^ The disc is rotated at the optimum speed for a smooth and consistent cut. ^ There is no need to climb in and out of the vehicle to start and stop the engine or to shift the transmission. ^ Securing the opposite wheel with a tie-down strap is not required. ^ There is no waiting for the engine to return to idle and no concern about engine speed changes that can adversely affect brake disc cut and finish. ^ The Traction Control System (TCS) is not involved. ^ Consistent cutting speed increases cutting tool life. ORDERING INFORMATION Order brake lathes and power drivers through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. To place an order, call or use the fax order form provided in your Honda Tool and Equipment Program Catalog. Phone lines are open Monday thru Friday from 7:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Central Time. You can also order online through the Interactive Network (iN). Click on Service, Tool and Equipment, and then Online Catalog. Click on Alignment, Wheel, and Brake Equipment, and then On-Car Brake Lathes. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None, this bulletin is for information only. FRONT BRAKE DISCS The following guidelines show the Kwik-Way lathe setup, the Accu-turn lathe setup is similar. Setting Up the Vehicle Put the transmission in Neutral. If you are not using the power drive system, start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature so the idle speed will stabilize to its lowest rpm. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5616 Raise the vehicle on a lift. Check for loose wheel bearings. You must replace loose wheel bearings before you refinish the brake discs. If you do not, the brake lathe will not correct for brake disc runout, resulting in an uneven finish and brake pulsation. Remove the front wheels, then reinstall the wheel nuts with flat washers to compensate for the removed wheel. Torque the wheel nuts to the required specification (see the appropriate service manual). Remove the caliper assembly. Use a wire or a S-hook to hold the caliper to the spring or damper tower. Do not kink the brake hose or use it to support the caliper. If you are not using the power drive system and the vehicle has ICS or VSA, make sure you install a brake pad spreader between the pads on the hanging caliper. Also, make sure the ICS or VSA is turned off anytime the engine is started. If the system is not turned off, the brakes could activate, causing the brake pads on the hanging caliper to hit each other or the caliper pistons to fall out. Install the vibration damper on the brake disc. If you are not using the power drive system, make sure you install the protective band around the wheel nuts. If you are not using the power drive system, use a fabric tie-down strap to secure the brake disc that is opposite to the one you are refinishing. If you are working on a Prelude with ATTS, do not use a tie-down strap; let both wheels turn freely. Mounting the Brake Lathe Remove the tool bed from the brake lathe, then mount the brake lathe to the steering knuckle with a Honda 1-piece speed mount. These mounts provide quicker, more accurate mounting, and can be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program (see ORDERING INFORMATION). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5617 Honda 1-Piece Speed Mounts P/N KWY-108006000 (for most models), P/N KWY-108007500 (Odysseys, Pilots, and Ridgelines with two-piston calipers) Attaching the Power Drive System 1. Make sure the drive motor assembly on the power drive system is level with the brake disc. 2. Attach the mounting yoke to the brake disc, and secure it with one of the wheel nuts. Torque the wheel nut to the required specification (see the appropriate service manual). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5618 3. Attach the driveshaft on the drive motor assembly to the mounting yoke, making sure the center line of the driveshaft is level with the spindle nut on the wheel hub. 4. Set the lower toggle switch on the drive motor assembly to FWD (counterclockwise rotation) or REV (clockwise rotation). Setting Up and Adjusting the Brake Lathe Use Kwik-Way cutting bits, P/N KWY-109109223, and the holding screws that come with them. These bits are stamped KW and are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program (see ORDERING INFORMATION). Before you use the brake lathe, inspect the tips of the cutting bits with a magnifying glass to make sure the tips are not worn out. Each bit has three tips. If a tip is worn, rotate the bit, and use a new tip. A worn tip produces a poor finish and may cause chattering. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5619 Reinstall the tool bed on the brake lathe with the top of the cutting bits facing up and the feed knobs facing down. Adjust the tool bed until the brake disc is centered between the cutting bits. For proper refinishing, the brake disc must turn toward the top of the cutting bits. Do not set the cutting depth on the brake lathe to more than 0.2 mm (0.008 in.). This is two divisions on the cutting knob. Make sure you start your cut at least 3 mm (0.12 in.) beyond the worn area on the brake disc. If you are cutting larger diameter brake discs, make sure you use the 150 cutting bit holders. These bit holders, available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program (see ORDERING INFORMATION), supersede the original bit holders and provide better cutting coverage for larger diameter brake discs. Each bit holder is clearly marked for proper installation on the tool holder. Cutting the Brake Disc To get the smoothest cut and the best brake disc finish, always use the slowest feed speed on the tool bed feed motor. Place the drive belt on the smallest pulley of the feed motor and on the largest pulley of the hand wheel. Make sure the lower toggle switch on the power drive system drive motor assembly is set to the proper rotation to turn the brake disc toward the top of the cutting bits. Plug the tool bed feed motor into the power outlet on the drive motor assembly, then turn on the drive motor with the upper toggle switch on the assembly. If you are not using the power drive system, make sure the transmission is in 1st gear (2nd gear on Preludes with ATTS) or Reverse and the engine is idling, but not at a fast idle. If the transmission and engine are at higher gears and speeds, you will damage the cutting bits. Turn on the tool bed feed motor, and snap it into place; there should be tension on the feed belt. Cut the brake disc until the cutting bits clear the outer edge of the disc. The cutting bits should produce a smooth, consistent finish with no chatter marks or grooves. If the disc did not clean up entirely on the first pass, reset the brake lathe and make a second pass. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5620 Finishing the Job Remove the vibration damper and the protective band (if used). Use a micrometer to measure the thickness of the brake disc. Make sure the thickness is within the service manual specifications. Clean the brake disc with soapy water or brake cleaner, then wipe it dry. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove any dust or chips, but do not use compressed air. Unplug the tool bed feed motor from the drive motor assembly, and remove the mounting yoke from the brake disc. Remove the speed mount from the steering knuckle. Apply a small amount of Molykote 77 grease to the brake pad shims. Reinstall the caliper assembly. (If you did not use the power drive system, use the brake pad spreader to push the pistons back into the caliper.) Torque the nuts and bolts to the required specification (see the appropriate service manual). Refinish the other front brake disc using the same guidelines. Check the brake fluid level, then test-drive the vehicle to make sure the brake pedal is firm and does not pulsate. Lightly apply the brakes about 20 times during the test-drive to seat the brake pads. REAR BRAKE DISCS It is possible to use an on-car lathe on some models if the rear caliper mounts are low enough to clear the vehicle body. A power driver is needed for front drive models. Refinish rear brake discs on bench-mounted equipment if necessary. Follow the same guidelines you used for refinishing front brake discs, noting these differences: ^ Mount the brake lathe to the rear knuckle with the Honda 2-Piece Adapter (P/N KWY-1 08102504). You can order the 2-piece adapter through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program (see ORDERING INFORMATION). Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5621 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front Brake Rotor/Disc: Testing and Inspection Front ROTOR INSPECTION 1. Loosen the front wheel nuts slightly, then raise the vehicle, and support it on safety stands. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the brake pads. 3. Inspect the disc surface for damage and cracks. Clean the disc thoroughly and remove all rust. 4. Use wheel nuts and suitable plain washers to hold the disc securely against the hub, then mount a dial indicator as shown, and measure the runout at 10 mm (0.4 inch) from the outer edge of the disc. Brake Disc Runout: Service Limit: 0.10 mm (0.004 inch) 5. Using a micrometer, measure disc thickness at eight points, approximately 45° apart and 10 mm (0.4 inch) in from the outer edge of the disc. Brake Disc Thickness: Standard: 20.9 - 21.8 mm (0.82 - 0.86 inch) Max. Refinishing Limit: 19.0 mm (0.75 inch) NOTE: Replace the brake disc if the smallest measurement is less than the max. refinishing limit. Brake Disc Parallelism: 0.015 mm (0.0006 inch) max. NOTE: This is the maximum allowable difference between the thickness measurements. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5624 6. If the disc is beyond the service limit, refinish the brake disc with an on-car brake lathe. The Kwik-Lathe produced by Kwik-way manufacturing Co. and the Front Brake Disc Lathe" offered by Snap-on Tools Co. are approved for this operation. Max. Refinish Limit: 19.0 mm (0.75 inch) NOTE: A new disc should be refinished if its runout is greater than 0.10 mm (0.004 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5625 Brake Rotor/Disc: Testing and Inspection Rear ROTOR INSPECTION 1. Loosen the front wheel nuts slightly, then raise the vehicle, and support it on safety stands. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the brake pads. 3. Inspect the disc surface for damage and cracks. Clean the disc thoroughly, and remove all rust. 4. Use wheel nuts and suitable plain washers to hold the disc securely against the hub, then mount a dial indicator as shown, and measure the runout at 10 mm (0.4 inch) from the outer edge of the disc. NOTE: A new disc should be refinished if its runout is greater than 0.10 mm (0.004 inch). 5. Using a micrometer, measure disc thickness at eight points, approximately 45° apart and 10 mm (0.4 inch) in from the outer edge of the disc. Replace the brake disc if the smallest measurement is less than the max. refinishing limit. Brake Disc Thickness: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front > Page 5626 Standard: 8.9 - 9.1 mm (0.350 - 0.358 inch) Max. Refinishing Limit: 8.0 mm (0.31 inch) Brake Disc Parallelism: 0.015 mm (0.0006 inch) Max. NOTE: This is the maximum allowable difference between the thickness measurements. 6. If the disc is beyond the service limit, refinish the brake disc. Max. Refinishing Limit: 8.0 mm (0.31 inch) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Brake Rotor/Disc: Service and Repair Front Removal 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the wheel nuts and wheel. 4. Remove the brake hose mounting bolts. 5. Remove the caliper mounting bolts and hang the caliper assembly to one side. CAUTION: To prevent accidental damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper from the undercarriage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5629 6. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws. 7. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts into the disc to push it away from the hub. NOTE: Turn each bolt two turns at a time to prevent cocking the disc excessively. 8. Remove the brake disc from the knuckle. Installation 1. Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5630 Brake Rotor/Disc: Service and Repair Rear Removal 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the wheel nuts and wheel. 4. Remove the 6 mm flange bolts and the caliper shield. 5. Remove the brake hose mounting bolts. 6. Remove the caliper mounting bolts and hang the caliper assembly to one side. CAUTION: To prevent accidental damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper from the undercarriage. 7. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws. 8. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts into the disc to push it away from the hub. NOTE: Turn each bolt two turns at a time to prevent cocking the disc excessively. 9. Remove the brake disc. Installation 1. Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Backing Plate > Component Information > Specifications Backing Plate: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Backing Plate ....................................................................................................................................... ................................................. 64 Nm (47 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Drum > Component Information > Specifications Brake Drum: Specifications Drum Inside Diameter: Standard 7.870 - 7.874 in Service Limit 7.913 in Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Drum > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5638 Brake Drum: Testing and Inspection 1. Check the wheel cylinder for leakage. 2. Check the brake linings for cracking, glazing, wear, and contamination. 3. Measure the brake lining thickness. Brake Lining Thickness: Standard: 4.0 mm (0.157 inch) Service Limit: 2.0 mm (0.08 inch) NOTE: Measurement does not include brake shoe thickness. 4. If the brake lining thickness is less than the service limit, replace the brake shoes as a set. 5. Check the bearings in the hub unit for smooth operation. 6. Measure the inside diameter of the brake drum using the inside vernier calipers. Drum Inside Diameter: Standard: 199.9 - 200.0 mm (7.870 - 7.874 inch) Service Limit: 201.0 mm (7.913 inch) 7. If the inside diameter of the brake drum is more than the service limit, replace the brake drum. 8. Check the brake drum for scoring, grooves, and cracks. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Drum > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5639 Brake Drum: Service and Repair WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake linings or drums reduce stopping ability. - Block the front wheels before jacking up the rear of the vehicle. 1. Block the front wheels, loosen the rear wheel nuts slightly, support the rear of the vehicle on safety stands, then remove the rear wheels. 2. Release the parking brake, and remove the rear brake drum. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Specifications Brake Shoe: Specifications Lining Thickness Standard 0.157 in Service Limit 0.08 in Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5643 Brake Shoe: Testing and Inspection Rear Drum Brakes Components WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake linings or drums reduce stopping ability. - Block the front wheels before jacking up the rear of the vehicle. NOTE: - Block the front wheels, loosen the rear wheel nuts slightly, support the rear of vehicle on safety stands, then remove the rear wheels. - Release the parking brake, and remove the rear brake drum. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5644 Wheel Cylinder & Linings - Measure the brake lining thickness. Specs: Brake Lining Thickness* Standard 4.0 mm (0.157 in) Service Limit 2.0 mm (0.08 in) - If the brake lining thickness is less than service limit, replace the brake shoes as a set. - Check the bearings in the hub unit for smooth operation. * Measurement does not include brake shoe thickness. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly Brake Shoe: Service and Repair Disassembly Tension Pin Removal 1. Remove the tension pins by pushing the retainer springs and turning them. 2. Lower the brake shoe assembly, and remove the lower return spring. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the dust cover on the wheel cylinder. 3. Remove the brake shoe assembly. 4. Disconnect the parking brake cable from the parking brake lever. 5. Remove the upper return spring, self-adjuster lever, and self-adjuster spring, and separate the brake shoes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 5647 6. Remove the wave washer, parking brake lever, and pivot pin from the brake shoe by removing the U-clip. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 5648 Brake Shoe: Service and Repair Assembly 1. Apply brake cylinder grease (P/N: 08733 - B020E) or equivalent rubber grease to the sliding surface of the pivot pin, and insert the pin into the brake shoe. 2. Install the parking brake lever and wave washer on the pivot pin and secure them with the U-clip. NOTE: Pinch the U-clip securely to prevent the pivot pin from coming out of the brake shoe. 3. Connect the parking brake cable to the parking brake lever. 4. Apply grease on each sliding surface. WARNING: Contaminated brake linings reduce stopping ability. Keep grease or oil off the brake linings. Wipe any excess grease off the parts. Lubricating Sliding Surfaces - Apply brake cylinder grease (P/N: 08733 - B020E) or equivalent rubber grease to the sliding surfaces as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Service and Repair > Disassembly > Page 5649 Brake Shoe Lubrication Points - Apply Molykote 44MA to the brake shoe ends and opposite edges of the shoes as shown. 5. Clean the threaded portions of clevises A and B. Coat the threads of the Devises with grease. To shorten the clevises, turn the adjuster bolt. 6. Hook the self-adjuster spring to the self-adjuster lever first, then to the brake shoe. 7. Install the clevises and upper return spring, noting the installation direction. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the wheel cylinder dust covers. 8. Install the lower return spring. 9. Install the tension pins and retaining springs. 10. Install the brake drum. 11. If the wheel cylinder has been removed, bleed the brake system, and check for leaks at brake line connections, and retighten if necessary. 12. Depress the brake pedal several times to set the self-adjusting brake. 13. Adjust the parking brake. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications Wheel Cylinder: Specifications Bleeder Screw 60 in.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5653 Wheel Cylinder: Service Precautions CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible. - Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean DOT 3 or 4 brake fluid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5654 Wheel Cylinder: Testing and Inspection Wheel Cylinder Assemblies CAUTION: Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. NOTE: - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. - Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dust and other foreign particles. - Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not reuse the drained fluid. - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. Coat the piston, piston cup, and wheel cylinder bore with clean brake fluid. Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5655 Wheel Cylinder: Service and Repair CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible. - Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean DOT 3 or 4 brake fluid. Removing Wheel Cylinder From Backing Plate 1. Remove the brake shoes. See: Brake Shoe/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the brake line from the wheel cylinder. 3. Remove the wheel cylinder mounting bolts and the wheel cylinder from the backing plate. 4. Apply sealant between the wheel cylinder and backing plate and install the wheel cylinder. Specs: Bleed Screw 7 Nm (5.1 lb.ft.) Brake Line Nut 15 Nm (11 lb.ft.) Wheel Cylinder Bolts 9 Nm (6.5 lb.ft.) 5. Install the brake shoes. See: Brake Shoe/Service and Repair 6. Bleed brakes. See: Brake Bleeding/Service and Repair Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Without Anti-Lock Brakes Brake Bleeding: Service and Repair Without Anti-Lock Brakes CAUTION: - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. NOTE: The reservoir on the master cylinder must be at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the bleeding procedure and checked after bleeding each brake caliper. Add fluid as required. 1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir is at the MAX (upper) level line. 2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply steady pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Without Anti-Lock Brakes > Page 5661 3. Loosen the brake bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed screw securely. Brake Bleeding Sequence 4. Repeat the procedure for each wheel in the sequence shown until air bubbles no longer appear in the fluid. 5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Specifications Brake Caliper: Specifications Front 5410 Type * Mounting Bolt 80 ft.lb Model No. stamped on caliper body Bleeder Screw 78 in.lb Attaching Bolts 24 ft.lb Banjo Bolt 25 ft.lb 2056 Type * Mounting Bolt 80 ft.lb Model No. stamped on caliper body Bleeder Screw 78 in.lb Attaching Bolts 20 ft.lb Banjo Bolt 25 ft.lb Rear Arm Attaching Bolts 17 ft.lb Mounting Bolts 17 ft.lb Bracket Mounting Bolts 28 ft.lb Bleed Screw 78 in.lb Parking Nut 20 ft.lb Banjo Bolt 25 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Brake Caliper: Diagrams Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Diagrams > Front > Page 5667 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Diagrams > Front > Page 5668 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service Precautions > Technician Safety Information Brake Caliper: Technician Safety Information WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service Precautions > Technician Safety Information > Page 5671 Brake Caliper: Vehicle Damage Warnings CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 5672 Brake Caliper: Application and ID Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers. The Calipers can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body. Check the type of brake caliper before servicing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Brake Caliper: Service and Repair Front Type 5410 Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers: The caliper types can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body as shown. Check the type of the brake caliper before servicing. WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. 1. Remove the banjo bolt, and disconnect the brake hose from the caliper. 2. Remove the caliper bolts, then remove the caliper from the bracket. 3. Remove the caliper pins and pin boots from the caliper bracket. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5675 4. If necessary, apply compressed air to the caliper fluid inlet to get the piston out. Place a shop rag or wooden block as shown to cushion the piston when it is expelled. Use low pressure air in short spurts. WARNING: Do not place your fingers in front of the piston. - Do not use high air pressure; use an OSHA approved 30 PSI nozzle. 5. Remove the piston from the caliper, and check the piston for scoring. 6. Remove the boot clip, piston boot and piston seal. CAUTION: Take care not to damage the cylinder bore. Type 2056 Front Brake Calipers NOTE: There are two types of front brake calipers: The caliper types can be identified by the "5410" or "2056" stamped on the caliper body as shown. Check the type of the brake caliper before servicing. WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5676 1. Remove the banjo bolt, and disconnect the brake hose from the caliber. 2. Remove caliper bolt B. pivot the caliper up out of the way, then remove the caliper from the bracket. 3. Remove the guide pin boot from sleeve A on the caliper bracket. 4. Remove the pin boot, sleeve B and sleeve boot from the caliber body. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5677 5. If necessary, apply compressed air to the caliper fluid inlet to get the piston out. Place a shop rag or wooden block as shown to cushion the piston when it is expelled. Use low pressure air in short spurts. WARNING: Do not place your fingers in front of the piston. - Do not use high air pressure; use an OSHA approved 30 PSI nozzle. 6. Remove the piston from the caliper, and check the piston for scoring. Removing Clip, Boot And Seal 7. Remove the boot clip, piston boot and piston seal. CAUTION: Take care not to damage the cylinder bore. Type 5410 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5678 WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. - When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. - Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dust and other foreign particles. - Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. 1. Clean the piston and caliper bore with brake fluid, and inspect for wear and damage. 2. Coat the new piston seal with the recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set, and install the seal in the cylinder groove. 3. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sealing lips and inside of a new piston boot, and secure install it in the caliper with the new boot clip. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the caliper cylinder wall. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5679 4. Lubricate the caliper and piston with brake fluid, then install the piston in the cylinder with the dished end facing in. 5. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sliding surface of the pins and the inside of the new pin boots. 6. Install the pin boots into the grooves in the caliper bracket properly. 7. Insert pin A and pin B into the caliper bracket. 8. Install the pin boots into the grooves in the pins properly. 9. Install the brake pads in their original positions. 10. Push in the piston so that the caliper will fit over the pads, and install the caliper. 11. Tighten the caliper bolts. 12. Connect the brake hose to the caliper with new sealing washers, and tighten the banjo bolt. 13. Fill the brake reservoir and bleed the brake system. 14. Perform the following checks. - Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. - Check for brake hoses for interference and twisting. Type 2056 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5680 WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. - When reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow Out all passages with compressed air. - Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dust and Other foreign particles. - Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. - Make sure no dirt or Other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. NOTE: - Coat the piston, piston seal, and caliper bore with clean brake fluid. - Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled. 1. Clean the piston and caliper bore with brake fluid, and inspect for wear and damage. 2. Coat a new piston seal with the recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set, and install the seal in the cylinder groove. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5681 3. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sealing lips and inside of a new piston boot, and secure install it in the caliper with a new boot clip. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the caliper cylinder wall. 4. Lubricate the caliper and piston with brake fluid, then install the piston in the cylinder with the dished end facing in. 5. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sliding surface of sleeve B and the inside of the new pin and sleeve boots. 6. Install the new sleeve and pin boots and sleeve B on the caliper. NOTE: Be sure to install the boots into the grooves in the caliper and sleeve B properly. 7. Apply the recommended seal grease in the caliper seal set to the sliding surface of sleeve A and the inside of a new guide pin boot. 8. Install the guide pin boot into the groove in the sleeve A. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5682 9. Make sure that the brake pad retainers and brake pads are in their original positions. 10. Install the caliper onto sleeve A, and pivot it down into position. NOTE: Install the guide pin boot into the groove in the caliper properly. 11. Connect the brake hose to the caliper with new sealing washers, and tighten the banjo bolt. 12. Tighten the caliper bolt B. 13. Fill the brake reservoir and bleed the brake system. 14. Perform the following checks. - Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. - Check for brake hoses for interference and twisting Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5683 Brake Caliper: Service and Repair Rear Disassembly WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. 1. Remove the caliper shield. 2. Remove the lock pin and clevis pin. Remove the cable clip, and disconnect the cable from the arm. 3. Remove the banjo bolt and two sealing washers. 4. Remove the two caliper mounting bolts and caliper body from the bracket. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5684 5. Remove the pins and pin boots from the caliper bracket. 6. Remove the pad spring from the caliper body. 7. Remove the piston by rotating the piston counterclockwise with the tool, and remove the piston boot. CAUTION: Avoid damaging the piston. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5685 8. Remove the piston seal. CAUTION: Take care not to damage the cylinder bore. 9. Install the special tool between the caliper body and spring cover. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the inside of the caliper cylinder during caliper disassembly. 10. Position the locknuts as shown, then turn the shaft until the plate just contacts the caliper body. NOTE: Do not compress the spring under the spring cover. 11. Turn the shaft clockwise 1/4 - 1/2 turn to compress adjusting spring B in the caliper body. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5686 CAUTION: To prevent damage to the inner components, do not turn the shaft more than 1/2 turn. 12. Lower the locknuts fully, and tighten them securely. NOTE: Keep the locknuts in this position until you reinstall the circlip. 13. Remove the circlip with snap ring pliers. Removing Adjusting Bolt 14. Hold the plate with your fingers, and turn the shaft counterclockwise. Remove the special tool from the caliper. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5687 15. Remove the adjusting bolt. 16. Remove the spring cover, adjusting spring B. spacer, bearing A, and cup from the adjusting bolt. 17. Remove the sleeve piston, and remove the pin from the cam in the caliper body. 18. Remove the return spring. 19. Remove the parking lever and cam as an assembly from the caliper body. CAUTION: Do not loosen the parking nut with the cam installed in the caliper body. If the lever and shaft must be separated, hold the lever in a vise, and loosen the parking nut. 20. Remove the cam boot. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5688 Assembly WARNING: - Never use an air hose or dry brush to clean brake assemblies. - Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner to avoid breathing brake dust. - Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability. - When reusing the pads, install them in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; It may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. - Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dust and other foreign particles. - Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. 1. Pack all cavities of the needle bearing with the recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5689 2. Coat a new cam boot with recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set, and install it in the caliper body. 3. Apply recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set to the pin contacting area of the cam, and install the cam and lever assembly into the caliper body. 4. Install the return spring. CAUTION: When the cam and lever were separated, be sure to assemble them before installing the cam in the caliper body. Install the lever and spring washer, apply locking agent to the threads, and tighten the parking nut while holding the lever with a vise. - Avoid damaging the cam boot since it must be installed before the cam. - When installing the cam, do not allow the cam boot lips to turn outside in. 5. Install the pin in the cam. 6. Install a new O-ring on the sleeve piston. 7. Install the sleeve piston so that the hole in the bottom of the piston is aligned with the pin in the cam, and the two pins on the piston are aligned with the holes in the caliper. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5690 8. Coat a new cup with recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set, and install it with its groove facing the bearing A side of the adjusting bolt. 9. Fit the bearing A, spacer, adjusting spring B. and spring cover on the adjusting bolt, and install them in the caliper cylinder. 10. Install the special tool onto the spring cover, and turn the shaft until the locknut contacts the plate. 11. Check that the flared end of the spring cover is below the circlip groove. 12. Install the circlip into the groove, then remove the special tool. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5691 NOTE: Check that the circlip is seated in the groove properly. 13. Coat a new piston seal with recommended silicone grease in the caliper seal set, and install it in the caliper. 14. Apply recommended rubber grease in the caliper seal set to the sealing lips and inside of a new piston boot, and install it in the caliper. 15. Coat the outside of the piston with brake fluid, and install it onto the adjusting bolt while rotating it clockwise with the tool. CAUTION: Avoid damaging the piston and piston boot. 16. Install the pad spring onto the caliper. 17. Apply the recommended pin grease in the caliper seal set to the sliding surface of the pins and inside of the new pin boots. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5692 18. Install the pin boots into the grooves in the caliper bracket properly. 19. Insert pin A and pin B into the caliper bracket. 20. Install the pin boots into the grooves in the pins properly. 21. Install the brake pad retainers and brake pads. 22. Align the cutout in the piston with the tab on the inner pad. 23. Install the caliper onto the caliper bracket, and tighten the caliper mounting bolts. 24. Connect the brake hose to the caliper with new sealing washers, and tighten the banjo bolt. 25. Insert the cable through the arm, and connect the cable to the lever with the clevis pin and lock pin. Install the cable clip securely. 26. Install the caliper shield. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front > Page 5693 27. Fill the brake reservoir, and bleed the brake system. 28. Operate the brake pedal several times, then adjust the parking brake. 29. After installation, perform the following checks: - Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. - Check the parking brake lever for operation, and adjust it if necessary. - Check for brake hose for interference or twisting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Brake Fluid: Specifications Fluid type DOT 3 or 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5697 Brake Fluid: Service Precautions SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING: Brake fluid may be irritating to the skin or eyes. In case of contact, take the following actions: * Eye Contact - rinse eyes thoroughly with water. * Skin Contact - wash skin with soap and water. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Photo 22 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Photo 22 Left Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Photo 22 > Page 5702 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Additional Image SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures in the SRS, before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5703 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Description and Operation The brake system indicator light comes on to alert the driver that the parking brake is applied, or that the brake fluid level is low. It also comes on as a bulb test when the engine is cranked. Brake Fluid Level With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied through fuse 25 to the brake system light. If the brake fluid level is low, the brake fluid level switch closes, providing ground to the circuit. The brake system light then comes on, alerting the driver to a low brake fluid level in the brake master cylinder. (Check brake pad wear before you add fluid). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5704 Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Hose/Line > Component Information > Specifications Brake Hose/Line: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Line-to-Hose ........................................................................................................................................ ................................................. 15 Nm (11 ft. lbs.) Line-to-ABS Modulator Unit ................................. ............................................................................................................................... 19 Nm (14 ft. lbs.) Proportioning Control Valve-to-Line ................................................................................................................................................... 15 Nm (11 ft. lbs.) Master Cylinder-to-Line ............................................................................................... ........................................................................ 15 Nm (11 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Hose/Line > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5708 Brake Hose/Line: Testing and Inspection 1. Inspect the brake hoses for damage, deterioration, leaks, interference, and twisting. 2. Check the brake lines for damage, rusting, and leakage. Also check for bent brake lines. 3. Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. 4. Check the master cylinder and ABS modulator unit for damage and leakage. CAUTION: Replace the brake hose din whenever the brake hose is serviced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Hose/Line > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5709 Brake Hose/Line: Service and Repair CAUTION: - Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dust and other foreign particles. - Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. 1. Replace the brake hose if the hose is twisted, cracked, or if it leaks. 2. Disconnect the brake hose from the brake line using a 10 mm flare nut wrench. 3. Remove and discard the brake hose clip from the brake hose. 4. Remove the banjo bolt, and disconnect the brake hose from the caliper. 5. Remove the brake hose bracket from the knuckle. 6. Install the brake hose bracket and brake hose onto the knuckle first, then connect the brake hose to the caliper with the banjo bolt and new sealing washers. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Hose/Line > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5710 7. Install the brake hose onto the upper brake hose bracket with a new brake hose clip. 8. Connect the brake line to the brake hose. 9. After installing the brake hose, bleed the brake system. 10. Perform the following checks: - Check the brake hose and line joint for leaks, and tighten if necessary. - Check the brake hoses for interference and twisting. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Proportioning/Combination Valve > Component Information > Specifications Brake Proportioning/Combination Valve: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Brake Line ........................................................................................................................................... ................................................. 15 Nm (11 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Hydraulic Control Assembly Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Specifications MODULATOR * Flare Nuts ............................................................................................................................................ .............................................. 15 Nm (11 lb.ft.) Torx Bolts ................................................................... ....................................................................................................................... 9.8 Nm (7 lb.ft.) 8 mm Bolts ..................................................................................................................................................... ................................... 22 Nm (16 lb.ft.) * For EX with optional ABS Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Hydraulic Control Assembly Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5717 Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Locations Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Hydraulic Control Assembly Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5718 Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Service Precautions CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Take care not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. - To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. WARNING: - Accumulator retains brake fluid under high pressure. Relieve high pressure through maintenance bleeder prior to performing service on the ABS Modulator or Power unit, otherwise personal injury may result. - The ABS Accumulator contains high pressure nitrogen gas. Do not puncture, expose to the flame, or attempt to disassemble the accumulator or it may explode, resulting in severe personal injury. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Hydraulic Control Assembly Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5719 Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Description and Operation MODES OF OPERATION The ABS modulator consists of the inlet solenoid valve, outlet solenoid valve, reservoir, pump, pump motor and the damping chamber. The modulator reduces the caliper fluid pressure directly, and it is also referred to as a circulating type because the brake fluid circulates through the caliper, reservoir and the master cylinder. The hydraulic control has three modes: pressure reduction, pressure retaining and pressure intensifying. The hydraulic circuit is the independent four channel type, one channel for each wheel. ABS Modulator Schematic Pressure Intensifying Mode - Inlet valve open, outlet valve closed Master cylinder fluid is pumped out to the caliper. Pressure Retaining Mode - Inlet valve closed, outlet valve closed Caliper fluid is retained by the inlet valve and outlet valve. Pressure Reduction Mode - Inlet valve closed, outlet valve open Caliper fluid flows through the outlet valve to the reservoir. Motor Operation Mode - When starting the pressure reduction mode, the pump motor is ON. When stopping ABS operation, the pump motor is OFF. The reservoir fluid is pumped out by the pump, through the damping chamber, to the master cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Hydraulic Control Assembly Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5720 Wheel Speed And Modulator Control Schematic WHEEL SPEED AND MODULATOR CONTROL When the wheel speed drops sharply below the vehicle speed, the inlet valve closes to retain the caliper fluid pressure. When the wheel speed drops further, the outlet valve opens momentarily to reduce the caliper fluid pressure. The pump motor starts at this time. As the wheel speed is restored, the inlet valve opens momentarily to increase the caliper fluid pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Hydraulic Control Assembly Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5721 Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Service and Repair CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Take care not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. - To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. NOTE: Tighten the flare nuts to 15 Nm (1.5 kgf.m, 11 ft. lbs.) . REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the modulator unit 10P and pump motor 2P connectors. 2. Disconnect the brake lines, then remove the modulator unit. INSTALLATION 1. Install the modulator unit, then connect the brake lines. 2. Connect the modulator unit 10P and pump motor 2P connectors. 3. Bleed the brake system. 4. Start the engine, and check that the ABS indicator light goes off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-078 > Oct > 03 > Brakes - Brake Indicator Comes ON/Goes OFF Brake Master Cylinder: Customer Interest Brakes - Brake Indicator Comes ON/Goes OFF 03-078 October 28, 2003 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - ALL 1997-01 CR-V-ALL 1997-01 Prelude - ALL *1998-02 Accord ALL* Brake System Indicator Comes On and Goes Off (Supersedes 03-078, dated October 17, 2003) Updated information is shown with asterisks. SYMPTOM The brake system indicator comes on after a cold start, then goes off after a few minutes of driving. PROBABLE CAUSE The master cylinder reservoir filter is not allowing the cap to vent properly, causing the fluid level in the filter to change. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the master cylinder reservoir filter. PARTS INFORMATION Master Cylinder Reservoir Filter: P/N 46666-S04-J02, H/C 7602899 Float: P/N 46662-S84-999, H/C 5896766 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 46666-S04-J02 H/C 7602899 Defect Code: 05401 Symptom Code: 03205 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS 1. Make sure the brake master cylinder fluid is at its proper level. 2. Release the parking brake. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 03-078 > Oct > 03 > Brakes - Brake Indicator Comes ON/Goes OFF > Page 5730 3. Check the movement of the float in the reservoir: ^ If the float moves up and down freely, go to step 4. ^ If the float does not move freely, replace the cap and recheck the symptom. 4. Check that the float does float in brake fluid: ^ If it floats, go to step 5. ^ If it sinks, replace the float and recheck the symptom. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals of the cap. You should find no continuity when the float is up, and continuity when the float is down. ^ If continuity is correct, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If continuity is not correct, replace the cap and recheck the symptom. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the brake master cylinder cap. 2. Remove and discard the old filter. 3. Install the new filter in the master cylinder. 4. Reinstall the brake master cylinder cap. 5. Check that the brake system indicator is off. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Brake Master Cylinder: > SN041214 > Dec > 04 > Brake System - Don't Skip Diagnosis Steps in 03-078 Brake Master Cylinder: All Technical Service Bulletins Brake System - Don't Skip Diagnosis Steps in 03-078 SOURCE: Honda Service News December 2004 TITLE: Don't Skip DIAGNOSIS Steps in S/B 03-078 APPLIES TO: All Models SERVICE TIP: We can't emphasize enough how important it is to do all the steps called out in DIAGNOSIS for S/B 03-078, Brake System Indicator Comes On and Goes Off. It's particularly important that you're checking the movement of the float in the master cylinder reservoir and you're doing the continuity check for the reservoir cap. If you skip these steps, it could lead to needless replacement of the float and cap, and a future come-back from your customer. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Brake Master Cylinder: > 03-078 > Oct > 03 > Brakes - Brake Indicator Comes ON/Goes OFF Brake Master Cylinder: All Technical Service Bulletins Brakes - Brake Indicator Comes ON/Goes OFF 03-078 October 28, 2003 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - ALL 1997-01 CR-V-ALL 1997-01 Prelude - ALL *1998-02 Accord ALL* Brake System Indicator Comes On and Goes Off (Supersedes 03-078, dated October 17, 2003) Updated information is shown with asterisks. SYMPTOM The brake system indicator comes on after a cold start, then goes off after a few minutes of driving. PROBABLE CAUSE The master cylinder reservoir filter is not allowing the cap to vent properly, causing the fluid level in the filter to change. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the master cylinder reservoir filter. PARTS INFORMATION Master Cylinder Reservoir Filter: P/N 46666-S04-J02, H/C 7602899 Float: P/N 46662-S84-999, H/C 5896766 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 46666-S04-J02 H/C 7602899 Defect Code: 05401 Symptom Code: 03205 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS 1. Make sure the brake master cylinder fluid is at its proper level. 2. Release the parking brake. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Brake Master Cylinder: > 03-078 > Oct > 03 > Brakes - Brake Indicator Comes ON/Goes OFF > Page 5740 3. Check the movement of the float in the reservoir: ^ If the float moves up and down freely, go to step 4. ^ If the float does not move freely, replace the cap and recheck the symptom. 4. Check that the float does float in brake fluid: ^ If it floats, go to step 5. ^ If it sinks, replace the float and recheck the symptom. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals of the cap. You should find no continuity when the float is up, and continuity when the float is down. ^ If continuity is correct, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If continuity is not correct, replace the cap and recheck the symptom. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the brake master cylinder cap. 2. Remove and discard the old filter. 3. Install the new filter in the master cylinder. 4. Reinstall the brake master cylinder cap. 5. Check that the brake system indicator is off. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Master Cylinder: > SN041214 > Dec > 04 > Brake System - Don't Skip Diagnosis Steps in 03-078 Brake Master Cylinder: All Technical Service Bulletins Brake System - Don't Skip Diagnosis Steps in 03-078 SOURCE: Honda Service News December 2004 TITLE: Don't Skip DIAGNOSIS Steps in S/B 03-078 APPLIES TO: All Models SERVICE TIP: We can't emphasize enough how important it is to do all the steps called out in DIAGNOSIS for S/B 03-078, Brake System Indicator Comes On and Goes Off. It's particularly important that you're checking the movement of the float in the master cylinder reservoir and you're doing the continuity check for the reservoir cap. If you skip these steps, it could lead to needless replacement of the float and cap, and a future come-back from your customer. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Master Cylinder Brake Master Cylinder: Specifications Master Cylinder TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Attaching Nuts ..................................................................................................................................... ................................................. 15 Nm (11 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Master Cylinder > Page 5748 Brake Master Cylinder: Specifications Master Cylinder Push Rod GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Piston-to-Pushrod Clearance ..................................................................................................................................................... 0 0.4 mm (0 - 0.02 inch) TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Locknut ................................................................................................................................................ ................................................. 15 Nm (11 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5749 Brake Master Cylinder: Adjustments NOTE: - The master cylinder pushrod-to-piston clearance must be checked and adjustments made, if necessary, before installing the master cylinder. - ABS type is shown, conventional brake type is similar. 1. Set the special tool on the master cylinder body; push in the center shaft until the top of it contacts the end of the secondary piston by turning the adjusting nut. 2. Without disturbing the center shaft's position, install the special tool upside down on the booster. 3. Install the master cylinder nuts, and tighten to the specified torque. 4. Connect the booster in-line with a vacuum gauge 0 - 101 kPa (0 - 760 mmHg, 30 in.Hg) to the booster's engine vacuum supply, and maintain an engine speed that will deliver 66 kPa (500 mmHg, 20 in.Hg) vacuum. 5. With a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the gauge body and the adjusting nut as shown. Clearance: 0 - 0.4 mm (0 - 0.02 inch) NOTE: If the clearance between the gauge body and adjusting nut is 0.4 mm (0.02 inch), the pushrod-to-piston clearance is 0 mm. However, if the clearance between the gauge body and adjusting nut is 0 mm, the pushrod-to-piston clearance is 0.4 mm (0.02 inch) or more. Therefore, it must be adjusted and rechecked. 6. If clearance is incorrect, loosen the star locknut, and turn the adjuster in or out to adjust. NOTE: Adjust the clearance while the specified vacuum is applied to the booster. - Hold the clevis while adjusting. 7. Tighten the star locknut securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5750 8. Remove the special tool. Brake Booster Length With Booster Removed 9. Adjust the pushrod length as shown if the booster is removed. 10. Install the master cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5751 Brake Master Cylinder: Service and Repair CAUTION: - Be careful not to bend or damage the brake lines when removing the master cylinder. - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. 1. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch connectors. 2. Remove the reservoir cap from the master cylinder. 3. The brake fluid may be sucked out through the top of the master cylinder reservoir with a syringe. 4. Disconnect the brake lines from the master cylinder. 5. Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts and washers. 6. Remove the master cylinder from the brake booster. 7. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the brake booster. 8. Remove the cotter pin and clevis pin from the clevis. CAUTION: Do not disconnect the clevis by removing it from the operating rod of the brake booster. If the clevis is loosened, adjust the pushrod length before installing the brake booster. 9. Remove the four booster mounting nuts. 10. Pull the brake booster forward until the clevis is clear of the bulkhead. 11. Remove the brake booster from the engine compartment. 12. Install the brake booster and master cylinder in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: - When connecting the brake lines, make sure that there is no interference between the brake lines and other parts. - Be careful not to bend or damage the brake lines when installing the master cylinder. NOTE: If replacing the master cylinder or brake booster, check and adjust the pushrod clearance before installing the master cylinder. 13. Fill the master cylinder reservoir, and bleed the brake system. 14. After installation, check the brake pedal height and brake pedal free play and adjust if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications Wheel Cylinder: Specifications Bleeder Screw 60 in.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5755 Wheel Cylinder: Service Precautions CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible. - Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean DOT 3 or 4 brake fluid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5756 Wheel Cylinder: Testing and Inspection Wheel Cylinder Assemblies CAUTION: Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. NOTE: - Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. - Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dust and other foreign particles. - Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not reuse the drained fluid. - Always use Genuine Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. Coat the piston, piston cup, and wheel cylinder bore with clean brake fluid. Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5757 Wheel Cylinder: Service and Repair CAUTION: - Do not spill brake fluid on the car; it may damage the paint if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible. - Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean DOT 3 or 4 brake fluid. Removing Wheel Cylinder From Backing Plate 1. Remove the brake shoes. See: Drum Brake System/Brake Shoe/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the brake line from the wheel cylinder. 3. Remove the wheel cylinder mounting bolts and the wheel cylinder from the backing plate. 4. Apply sealant between the wheel cylinder and backing plate and install the wheel cylinder. Specs: Bleed Screw 7 Nm (5.1 lb.ft.) Brake Line Nut 15 Nm (11 lb.ft.) Wheel Cylinder Bolts 9 Nm (6.5 lb.ft.) 5. Install the brake shoes. See: Drum Brake System/Brake Shoe/Service and Repair 6. Bleed brakes. See: Brake Bleeding/Service and Repair Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Cable > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Parking Brake Cable: Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Cable > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5762 CAUTION: The parking brake cables must not be bent or distorted. This will lead to stiff operation and premature cable failure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Cable > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5763 Parking Brake Cable: Adjustments 1. Pull the parking brake lever with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbs.) force to fully apply the parking brake. The parking brake lever should be locked within the specified notches. Lever Locked Notches: 6 - 9 2. Adjust the parking brake if the lever notches are out of specification. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Cable > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5764 Parking Brake Cable: Service and Repair Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Cable > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5765 CAUTION: The parking brake cables must not be bent or distorted. This will lead to stiff operation and premature cable failure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Lever > Component Information > Specifications Parking Brake Lever: Specifications GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Play In Stroke [1] ................................................................................................................................. .................................................... 6 - 9 Notches[2] TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Parking Nut .......................................................................................................................................... ................................................. 27 Nm (20 ft. lbs.) [1] At 196 N (20 kgf, 44 ft. lbs.) lever force. [2] To be locked when pulled. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Pedal > Component Information > Specifications > Automatic Transmission Parking Brake Pedal: Specifications Automatic Transmission Pedal Height [1] ................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 161 mm (6 5/16 inch) Free Play ......................................................... ............................................................................................................................ 1 - 5 mm (1/16 3/16 inch) [1] With floor mat removed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Pedal > Component Information > Specifications > Automatic Transmission > Page 5773 Parking Brake Pedal: Specifications Manual Transmission Pedal Height [1] ................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 156.5 mm (6.16 inch) Free Play ......................................................... ............................................................................................................................ 1 - 5 mm (1/16 3/16 inch) [1] With floor mat removed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Release Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Release Switch: Locations Below Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Specifications Vacuum Brake Booster: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Attaching Nuts ..................................................................................................................................... ............................................ 13 Nm (108 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5784 Vacuum Brake Booster: Testing and Inspection FUNCTIONAL TEST 1. With the engine stopped, depress the brake pedal several times to deplete the vacuum reservoir, then depress the pedal hard and hold it for 15 seconds. If the pedal sinks, either the master cylinder is bypassing internally, or the brake system (master cylinder, lines, modulator, proportioning control valve, or caliper) is leaking. 2. Start the engine with the pedal depressed. If the pedal sinks slightly, the vacuum booster is operating normally. If the pedal height does not vary, the booster or check valve is faulty. 3. With the engine running, depress the brake pedal lightly. Apply just enough pressure to hold back automatic transmission creep. If the brake pedal sinks more than 25 mm (1.0 inch) in three minutes, the master cylinder is faulty. A slight change in pedal height when the A/C compressor cycles on and off if normal. (The A/C compressor load changes the vacuum available to the booster.) LEAK TEST 1. Depress the brake pedal with the engine running, then stop the engine. If the pedal height does not vary while depressed for 30 seconds, the vacuum booster is OK. If the pedal rises, the booster is faulty. 2. With the engine stopped, depress the brake pedal several times using normal pressure. When the pedal is first depressed, it should be low. On consecutive applications, the pedal height should gradually rise. If the pedal position does not vary, check the booster check valve. BOOSTER CHECK VALVE TEST 1. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose at the booster. 2. Start the engine and let it idle. There should be vacuum. If no vacuum is available, the check valve is not working properly. Replace the brake booster vacuum hose and check valve, and retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5785 Vacuum Brake Booster: Adjustments NOTE: - The master cylinder pushrod-to-piston clearance must be checked and adjustments made, if necessary, before installing the master cylinder. - ABS type is shown, conventional brake type is similar. 1. Set the special tool on the master cylinder body; push in the center shaft until the top of it contacts the end of the secondary piston by turning the adjusting nut. 2. Without disturbing the center shaft's position, install the special tool upside down on the booster. 3. Install the master cylinder nuts, and tighten to the specified torque. 4. Connect the booster in-line with a vacuum gauge 0 - 101 kPa (0 - 760 mmHg, 30 in.Hg) to the booster's engine vacuum supply, and maintain an engine speed that will deliver 66 kPa (500 mmHg, 20 in.Hg) vacuum. 5. With a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the gauge body and the adjusting nut as shown. Clearance: 0 - 0.4 mm (0 - 0.02 inch) NOTE: If the clearance between the gauge body and adjusting nut is 0.4 mm (0.02 inch), the pushrod-to-piston clearance is 0 mm. However, if the clearance between the gauge body and adjusting nut is 0 mm, the pushrod-to-piston clearance is 0.4 mm (0.02 inch) or more. Therefore, it must be adjusted and rechecked. 6. If clearance is incorrect, loosen the star locknut, and turn the adjuster in or out to adjust. NOTE: Adjust the clearance while the specified vacuum is applied to the booster. - Hold the clevis while adjusting. 7. Tighten the star locknut securely. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5786 8. Remove the special tool. Brake Booster Length With Booster Removed 9. Adjust the pushrod length as shown if the booster is removed. 10. Install the master cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5787 Vacuum Brake Booster: Service and Repair CAUTION: - Be careful not to bend or damage the brake lines when removing the master cylinder. - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. 1. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch connectors. 2. Remove the reservoir cap from the master cylinder. 3. The brake fluid may be sucked out through the top of the master cylinder reservoir with a syringe. 4. Disconnect the brake lines from the master cylinder. 5. Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts and washers. 6. Remove the master cylinder from the brake booster. 7. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the brake booster. 8. Remove the cotter pin and clevis pin from the clevis. CAUTION: Do not disconnect the clevis by removing it from the operating rod of the brake booster. If the clevis is loosened, adjust the pushrod length before installing the brake booster. 9. Remove the four booster mounting nuts. 10. Pull the brake booster forward until the clevis is clear of the bulkhead. 11. Remove the brake booster from the engine compartment. 12. Install the brake booster and master cylinder in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: - When connecting the brake lines, make sure that there is no interference between the brake lines and other parts. - Be careful not to bend or damage the brake lines when installing the master cylinder. NOTE: If replacing the master cylinder or brake booster, check and adjust the pushrod clearance before installing the master cylinder. 13. Fill the master cylinder reservoir, and bleed the brake system. 14. After installation, check the brake pedal height and brake pedal free play and adjust if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve: Testing and Inspection Brake Booster Vacuum Hose - Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose at the booster or at the booster side of the valve. - Start the engine and let it idle. There should be vacuum. If no vacuum is available, the check valve is not working properly. Replace the brake booster vacuum hose and check valve, then retest. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Pump Relay: Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5795 Engine Compartment Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5796 Brake Fluid Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. ABS pump motor relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Specifications Electronic Brake Control Module: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Attaching Torx Bolts ............................................................................................................................ ............................................ 9.8 Nm (84 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5802 Electronic Brake Control Module: Connector Locations Connector A Behind Right Kick Panel Connector B Behind Right Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5803 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Main Control Electronic Brake Control Module: Description and Operation Main Control ABS Operation The ABS control unit detects the wheel speed based on the wheel sensor signal it received, then it calculates the vehicle speed based on the detected wheel speed. The control unit detects the vehicle speed during deceleration based on the rate of deceleration. The ABS control unit calculates the slip rate of each wheel, and it transmits the control signal to the modulator unit solenoid valve when the slip rate is high. The pressure reduction control is a three-mode system, that is pressure reduction, pressure retaining and pressure intensifying modes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Main Control > Page 5806 Electronic Brake Control Module: Description and Operation Diagnosis Function SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Since the anti-lock brake system modulates the braking pressure when a wheel is about to lock, regardless of the driver's intention, the system operation and the braking power will be impaired if there is a malfunction in the system. To prevent this possibility, the self-diagnosis function monitors the main system functions. The ABS control unit is equipped with a main CPU and a sub CPU The CPUs check each other and the circuits of the system. When the CPUs detect failure, they shift to the "system down mode" or the "control inhibition mode". When an abnormality is detected, the ABS indicator light goes on. CHECK MODE/BULB CHECK There is also a check mode of the self-diagnosis system itself; when the ignition switch is first turned on, the ABS indicator light comes on and stays on for a few seconds after the engine starts to signify that the self-diagnosis system and indicator light are functional. FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION When an abnormality is detected in the ABS control system by the self-diagnosis, the solenoid operations are suspended to inhibit anti-lock brake system operation. Under these conditions, the braking system functions just as an ordinary one, maintaining the necessary braking function. When the ABS indicator light is turned on, it means the fail-safe is functioning. SELF TEST - FAULT DETECTION - The self-diagnosis can be classified into these four categories. Initial Diagnosis - Performed right after the engine starts and until the ABS indicator light goes off. Except ABS Control - Performed when the ABS is not functioning. During ABS Control - Performed when the ABS is functioning. During Warning - Performed when the ABS indicator light is ON. ABS Self-diagnosis - The system performs the following controls when a problem is detected by the self-diagnosis. > ABS indicator light ON > Memory of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) > Mode change to the "system down mode" or the "control inhibition mode". 1. A Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is memorized when a problem is detected and the ABS indicator light does not go off, or when the ABS indicator light comes on. The DTC is not memorized when the ABS indicator light comes on unless the CPU is activated. 2. The memory can hold any number of DTCs. However, when the same DTC is detected twice or more, the later one is written over the old one. Therefore, when the same problem is detected repeatedly, it is recorded as one DTC. 3. The DTCs are indicated in the order of ascending number, not in the order they occur. 4. The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM (non-volatile memory). Therefore, the memorized DTCs cannot be canceled by disconnecting the battery. Perform the specified procedures to erase. See: Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 5807 Electronic Brake Control Module: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 5808 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 5809 Electronic Brake Control Module: Service and Repair 1. Remove the right side kick panel. 2. Disconnect the ABS control unit connectors. 3. Remove the ABS control unit. 4. Install the ABS control unit in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Photo 22 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Photo 22 Left Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Photo 22 > Page 5815 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Additional Image SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures in the SRS, before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5816 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Description and Operation The brake system indicator light comes on to alert the driver that the parking brake is applied, or that the brake fluid level is low. It also comes on as a bulb test when the engine is cranked. Brake Fluid Level With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied through fuse 25 to the brake system light. If the brake fluid level is low, the brake fluid level switch closes, providing ground to the circuit. The brake system light then comes on, alerting the driver to a low brake fluid level in the brake master cylinder. (Check brake pad wear before you add fluid). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5817 Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Braking Sensor/Switch: Locations Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Release Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Release Switch: Locations Below Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Wheel Speed Sensor Wheel Speed Sensor: Specifications Sensor Lock Bolts 7 ft.lb Air Gap Front & Rear 0.02 - 0.04 in For EX with optional ABS Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Wheel Speed Sensor > Page 5831 Wheel Speed Sensor: Specifications Toothed Ring PULSER/WHEEL SENSOR AIR GAP * Front & Rear Standard ........................................................................................................................ .................................................. 0.4 - 1.0 mm (0.02 - 0.04 in) * For EX with optional ABS Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Front Inside of Left Front Wheel (Right Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front > Page 5834 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Rear Inside of Left Rear Wheel (Right Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5835 Wheel Speed Sensor: Description and Operation WHEEL SPEED SENSOR Wheel Sensor AC Current The wheel sensors are the magnetic contactless type. As the gear pulser teeth rotate past the wheel sensor's magnetic coil, AC current is generated. The AC frequency changes in accordance with the wheel speed. The ABS control unit detects the wheel sensor signal frequency and thereby detects the wheel speed. There are four wheel sensors, one for each wheel. The gear pulser has 50 teeth. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Toothed Ring Wheel Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Toothed Ring INSPECTION OF THE TOOTHED RING 1. Check the front and rear pulser for chipped or damaged teeth. 2. Measure the air gap between the wheel sensor and pulser all the way around while rotating the pulser. Standard: 0.4 - 1.0 mm (0.02 - 0.04 inch) NOTE: If the gap exceeds 1.0 mm (0.04 inch), the probability is a distorted suspension arm which should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Toothed Ring > Page 5838 Wheel Speed Sensor: Testing and Inspection Wheel Speed Sensor TESTING THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Check the front and rear pulser for chipped or damaged teeth. 2. Measure the air gap between the wheel sensor and pulser all the way around while rotating the pulser. Standard: 0.4 - 1.0 mm (0.02 - 0.04 inch) NOTE: If the gap exceeds 1.0 mm (0.04 inch) , the probability is a distorted suspension arm which should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5839 Wheel Speed Sensor: Service and Repair NOTE: - Be careful when installing the sensors to avoid twisting the wires. - The torque value of the bolts is 9.8 Nm (1.0 kgf.m, 7 ft. lbs.). FRONT REAR 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Remove the four backing plate bolts. 3. Pull the backing plate away from the trailing arm, then remove the wheel sensor. It is not necessary to disconnect the brake line. NOTE: This illustration is drum brake type. The torque value of the disk type is same as drum type. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Clutch Switch Clutch Switch: Locations Clutch Switch Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Clutch Switch > Page 5846 Clutch Switch: Locations Clutch Interlock Switch Behind Left Side of Dash Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder: Technical Service Bulletins Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Can't Turn Ignition Switch? Check for Locked Steering Got a service customer complaining he or she can't turn the ignition switch to start the engine? The reason could just be the steering column lock pin is engaged with the front wheels turned. Here's what typically happens: Some folks use the steering wheel to help support themselves while climbing in or out of the vehicle. This is very common among elderly or disabled drivers. Doing this turns the front wheels, which twists the tires against the ground. The twisted tires apply torque to the steering column. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), the steering column lock pin is engaged. But the applied torque on the steering column binds the lock pin, making it tough to turn the ignition switch. The ignition switch won't turn to ON (II) if the lock pin isn't disengaged from the steering column. Tell your customer there's nothing wrong with the ignition switch itself. All he or she needs to do is turn the steering wheel from side to side while turning the switch. This usually releases the lock pin so the engine can be started. In some cases, though, your customer may need to give a good tug on the wheel. This could easily happen when parking on a hill and the wheels are turned sharply before the engine is shut off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations Starter Relay: Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5856 Starting System Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5857 Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Starter cut relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - Battery Replacement Precautions Battery Cable: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Battery Replacement Precautions Replacing a Battery? Don't Disconnect the Cables With the Engine Running When replacing a battery, many service techs disconnect the battery cables with the engine running to keep the data alive in volatile memory. This practice worked fine back in the day when vehicles were pretty much a box on wheels, but with so many of today's vehicles sporting a impressive array of cool, high tech hardware, it's not recommended. Here's why: ^ The battery works as a capacitor to prevent sudden swings in voltage. With the battery cables disconnected, the alternator voltage regulator tries to stabilize the system voltage, but it can only do so by turning the alternator on and off. ^ When solenoids or relays are turned on and of{ they produce a very high voltage spike that travels through the 12-volt system. This voltage spike can fry sensitive solid state components or corrupt the data that's stored in volatile memory for such components as the gauge control module, the radio, and the various control units. The best way to keep data alive in volatile memory when replacing a battery is to hook up a Honda Computer Memory Saver to the 16P data link connector (DLC). This portable tool works as a secondary 12-volt source. It saves you the hassle of writing down your customer's audio presets, resetting the clock, or even doing the idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - Battery Replacement Precautions > Page 5863 The Honda Computer Memory Saver is indeed a real time saver, but here's a word of caution: Don't let the positive battery cable touch any body ground. It will cause a short that will either blow the fuse in the tool or cause a drop in system voltage resulting in the loss of any data that 5 in volatile memory. The Honda Computer Memory Saver is available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. To order one, just call and ask for FZRMS4000H. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Alternator Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair Alternator Bearing: Service and Repair Removing The Alternator Rear Bearing 1. Pull off the rear bearing. - Make sure the tips of the bearing puller jaws are thin enough to fit between the bearing and the slip rings. - Do not reuse the bearing. 2. Use a hand press to install the new bearing. Apply pressure only on the inner race to avoid damaging the bearing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Rectifier Diode / Bridge, Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair Rectifier Diode / Bridge: Service and Repair 1. Remove the four through bolts. 2. Heat the rear bearing seat with a 1,000 W hair drier for about five minutes (120 - 140 °F, 50 - 60 °C). 3. Separate the rear housing from the drive-end housing by inserting a flat tip screwdriver into the openings and prying them a part. Be careful not to damage the stator with the tip of the screwdriver. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Rectifier Diode / Bridge, Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 5872 4. Separate the rear housing and drive-end housing with the stator attached to the rear housing. 5. Separate the rear housing from the stator/rectifier assembly by removing the four screws and the terminal nut. 6. Unsolder the rectifier from the stator leads. - To avoid damaging the diodes with heat, pinch the stator leads between pliers to carry heat off, and apply the soldering iron only long enough to separate the leads from the rectifier. - Use a 100 W soldering iron. 7. Install the new rectifier in the reverse order of removal. - Apply the soldering iron only long enough to ensure a good connection so the heat will not damage the diodes. - Use only a rosin core type solder or solder joints will corrode. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Clutch Switch Clutch Switch: Locations Clutch Switch Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Clutch Switch > Page 5878 Clutch Switch: Locations Clutch Interlock Switch Behind Left Side of Dash Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Ignition Lock: Technical Service Bulletins Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Can't Turn Ignition Switch? Check for Locked Steering Got a service customer complaining he or she can't turn the ignition switch to start the engine? The reason could just be the steering column lock pin is engaged with the front wheels turned. Here's what typically happens: Some folks use the steering wheel to help support themselves while climbing in or out of the vehicle. This is very common among elderly or disabled drivers. Doing this turns the front wheels, which twists the tires against the ground. The twisted tires apply torque to the steering column. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), the steering column lock pin is engaged. But the applied torque on the steering column binds the lock pin, making it tough to turn the ignition switch. The ignition switch won't turn to ON (II) if the lock pin isn't disengaged from the steering column. Tell your customer there's nothing wrong with the ignition switch itself. All he or she needs to do is turn the steering wheel from side to side while turning the switch. This usually releases the lock pin so the engine can be started. In some cases, though, your customer may need to give a good tug on the wheel. This could easily happen when parking on a hill and the wheels are turned sharply before the engine is shut off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5883 Ignition Lock: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 7P connector from the main wire harness. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each key position according to the table. 4. Check that the key cannot be removed with power and ground connected to the No.7 and No.6 terminals. - If the key cannot be removed, the key interlock solenoid is OK. - If the key can be removed, replace the steering lock assembly (the interlock solenoid is not available separately). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5884 Ignition Lock: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Remove: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then wire down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. ('99 model) 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 4. Disconnect the 5P connector from the under-dash fuse/relay box and the 7P connector from the main wire harness. 5.Remove the steering column covers, then remove the mounting bolts and nuts from the steering column. 6. Lower the steering column assembly. 7. Center-punch each of the two shear bolts, then drill their heads off with a 5 mm (3/16 in) drill bit. CAUTION: Do not damage the steering lock body. 8. Remove the shear bolts and the steering lock assembly. Installation: 1. Install the new steering lock assembly without the key inserted. 2. Loosely tighten the new shear bolts. 3. Insert the ignition key, and check for proper operation of the steering wheel lock and that the ignition key turns freely. 4. Tighten the shear bolts until the hex heads twist off. 5. Install in the reverse order of removal. 6. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder: Technical Service Bulletins Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Can't Turn Ignition Switch? Check for Locked Steering Got a service customer complaining he or she can't turn the ignition switch to start the engine? The reason could just be the steering column lock pin is engaged with the front wheels turned. Here's what typically happens: Some folks use the steering wheel to help support themselves while climbing in or out of the vehicle. This is very common among elderly or disabled drivers. Doing this turns the front wheels, which twists the tires against the ground. The twisted tires apply torque to the steering column. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), the steering column lock pin is engaged. But the applied torque on the steering column binds the lock pin, making it tough to turn the ignition switch. The ignition switch won't turn to ON (II) if the lock pin isn't disengaged from the steering column. Tell your customer there's nothing wrong with the ignition switch itself. All he or she needs to do is turn the steering wheel from side to side while turning the switch. This usually releases the lock pin so the engine can be started. In some cases, though, your customer may need to give a good tug on the wheel. This could easily happen when parking on a hill and the wheels are turned sharply before the engine is shut off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Key > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Key: Technical Service Bulletins Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Can't Turn Ignition Switch? Check for Locked Steering Got a service customer complaining he or she can't turn the ignition switch to start the engine? The reason could just be the steering column lock pin is engaged with the front wheels turned. Here's what typically happens: Some folks use the steering wheel to help support themselves while climbing in or out of the vehicle. This is very common among elderly or disabled drivers. Doing this turns the front wheels, which twists the tires against the ground. The twisted tires apply torque to the steering column. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), the steering column lock pin is engaged. But the applied torque on the steering column binds the lock pin, making it tough to turn the ignition switch. The ignition switch won't turn to ON (II) if the lock pin isn't disengaged from the steering column. Tell your customer there's nothing wrong with the ignition switch itself. All he or she needs to do is turn the steering wheel from side to side while turning the switch. This usually releases the lock pin so the engine can be started. In some cases, though, your customer may need to give a good tug on the wheel. This could easily happen when parking on a hill and the wheels are turned sharply before the engine is shut off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Locations Starter Motor: Locations Lower Right Side of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Inspection Starter Motor: Testing and Inspection Starter Inspection NOTE: The air temperature must be between 59 and 100 °F (15 and 38 °C) before testing. Recommended Procedure: - Use a starter system tester. - Connect and operate the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. - Test and troubleshoot as described. Alternate Procedure: - Use the following equipment: Ammeter, 0 - 400 A - Voltmeter, 0 - 20 V (accurate within 0.1 volt) - Tachometer, 0 - 1,200 rpm - Hook up a voltmeter and ammeter as shown. NOTE: After this test, or any subsequent repair, reset the ECM/PCM to clear any codes. Check the Starter Engagement: 1. Remove the No.44 (15A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 2. Turn the ignition switch to START (III) with the shift lever in [N] or [P] position (A/T) or with the clutch pedal depressed (M/T). The starter should crank the engine. If the starter does not crank the engine, go to step 3. - If it cranks the engine erratically or too slowly, go to "Check for Wear and Damage". 3. Check the battery, battery positive cable, ground, starter cut relay, and the wire connections for looseness and corrosion. Test again. If the starter still does not crank the engine, go to step 4. 4. Unplug the connector (BLK/WHT wire and solenoid terminal) from the starter. 5. Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive (+) terminal to the solenoid terminal. The starter should crank the engine. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Inspection > Page 5899 - If the starter still does not crank the engine, remove it, and diagnose its internal problem. - If the starter cranks the engine, go to step 6. 6. Check the ignition switch. 7. Check the starter cut relay and clutch interlock switch. 8. Check the A/T gear position switch. 9. Check for an open in the wire between the ignition switch and starter. Check for Wear and Damage The starter should crank the engine smoothly and steadily, If the starter engages, but cranks the engine erratically, remove it, and inspect the starter drive gear and torque converter or flywheel ring gear for damage. - Check the drive gear overrunning clutch for binding or slipping when the armature is rotated with the drive gear held. If damaged, replace the gears. Check Cranking Voltage and Current Draw Cranking voltage should be no less than 8.5 volts. Current draw should be no more than 350 amperes. If cranking voltage is too low, or current draw too high, check for: - dead or low battery. - open circuit in starter armature commutator segments. - starter armature dragging. - shorted armature winding. - excessive drag in engine. Check Cranking rpm Engine speed during cranking should be above 100 rpm. If speed is too low, check for: - loose battery or starter terminals. - excessively worn starter brushes. - open circuit in commutator segments. - dirty or damaged helical spline or drive gear. - defective drive gear overrunning clutch. Check Starter Disengagement With the shift lever in [N] or [P] position (A/T) or with the clutch pedal depressed (M/T), turn the ignition switch to START (III), and release to ON (II). The starter drive gear should disengage from the torque converter or flywheel ring gear when you release the key. If the drive gear hangs up on the torque converter or flywheel ring gear, check for: - solenoid plunger and switch malfunction. - dirty drive gear assembly or damaged overrunning clutch. Starter Solenoid Test Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Inspection > Page 5900 1. Check the hold-in coil for continuity between the S terminal and the armature housing (ground). The coil is OK if there is continuity. 2. Check the pull-in coil for continuity between the S and M terminals. The coil is OK if there is continuity. Armature Inspection and Test Armature Inspection 1. Inspect the armature for wear or damage due to contact with the permanent magnet or field winding. - If there is wear or damage, replace the armature. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Inspection > Page 5901 Checking The Commutator Diameter 2. Check commutator surface and diameter. - If the surface is dirty or burnt, resurface with emery cloth or a lathe within the following specifications, or recondition with #500 or #600 sandpaper. - If commutator diameter is below the service limit, replace the armature. 3. Measure the commutator runout. - If the commutator runout is within the service limit, check the commutator for carbon dust or brass chips between the segments. - If the commutator runout is not within the service limit, replace the armature. 4. Check for mica depth. If necessary, undercut mica with a hacksaw blade to achieve proper depth. If service limit cannot be maintained, replace the Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Inspection > Page 5902 armature. Checking For Continuity 5. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If an open circuit exists between any segments, replace the armature. 6. Place the armature on an armature tester. Hold a hacksaw blade on the armature core. - If the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while the core is turned, the armature is shorted. Replace the armature. Commutator And Armature Continuity Check 7. Check with an ohmmeter that no continuity exists between the commutator and armature coil core, and between the commutator and armature shaft. If there is continuity, replace the armature. Brush Holder Test Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Inspection > Page 5903 1. Check that there is no continuity between the (+) and (-) brush holders. If there is continuity, replace the brush holder assembly. 2. Insert the brush into the brush holder, and bring the brush into contact with the commutator, then attach a spring scale to the spring. Measure the spring tension at the moment the spring lifts off the brush. Brush Inspection Measure the brush length. If not within the service limit, replace the brush (or brush holder assembly). NOTE: To seat new brushes after installing them in their holders, slip a strip of #500 or #600 sandpaper, with the grit side up, over the commutator and smoothly rotate the armature. The contact surface of the brushes will be sanded to the same contour as the commutator. Overrunning Clutch Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Inspection > Page 5904 1. Slide the overrunning clutch along the shaft. Does it move freely? If not, replace it. Overrunning Clutch Inspection 2. Rotate the overrunning clutch both ways. Does it lock in one direction and rotate smoothly in reverse? If it does not lock in either direction or it locks in both directions, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Inspection > Page 5905 Starter Motor: Testing and Inspection Starter Performance Test NOTE: Before starting the following checks, disconnect the wire from terminal M, and make a connection as described below using as heavy a wire as possible (preferably equivalent to the wire used for the car). Pull-In Coil Test Pull-in Coil Test: Connect the battery as shown. If the starter pinion pops out, it is working properly. CAUTION: Do not leave the battery connected for more than 10 seconds. Hold-In Coil Test Hold-in Coil Test: Disconnect the battery from the M terminal. If the pinion does not retract, the hold-in coil is working properly. CAUTION: Do not leave the battery connected for more than 10 seconds. Retracting Test: Disconnect the battery also from the body. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is working properly. CAUTION: Do not leave the battery connected for more than 10 seconds. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Inspection > Page 5906 Starter No-load Test: 1. Clamp the starter firmly in a vise. Starter No-Load Test 2. Connect the starter to the battery as described in the diagram and confirm that the motor starts and keeps rotating. 3. If the electric current and motor speed meet the specifications when the battery voltage is at 11.5 V, the starter is working properly. Specifications: 80 A or less (Electric current), 2,600 rpm or more (Motor-speed) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation Starter Motor: Service and Repair Removal and Installation 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable. 3. Disconnect the starter cable from the B terminal on the solenoid, then disconnect the BLK/WHT wire from the S terminal. 4. Remove the two bolts holding the starter, then remove the starter. Starter Cable Installation 5. Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: When installing the starter cable, make sure that the crimped side of the ring terminal is facing out. 6. Connect the battery positive cable and negative cable to the battery. 7. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 5909 Starter Motor: Service and Repair Disassembly and Reassembly Starter Brush Holder Assembly 1. Pry back each brush spring with a screwdriver, then position the brush about halfway out of its holder, and release the spring to hold it there. Installation Of Brush Housing Onto The Armature 2. Install the armature in the housing. Next, pry back each brush spring again, and push the brush down until it seats against the commutator, then release the spring against the end of the brush. 3. Install the end cover on the brush holder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations Starter Relay: Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5913 Starting System Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5914 Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Starter cut relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Solenoid > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Starter Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Starter Solenoid Test 1. Check the hold-in coil for continuity between the S terminal and the armature housing (ground). The coil is OK if there is continuity. 2. Check the pull-in coil for continuity between the S and M terminals. The coil is OK if there is continuity. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations Auxiliary Power Outlet: Locations Behind Front Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5924 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5925 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5926 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5927 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5928 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5929 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5930 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5931 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5932 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5933 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5934 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5935 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5936 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5937 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5938 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5939 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5940 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5945 Fuse: Locations Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5946 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5947 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box Fuse: Application and ID Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5950 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5951 Fuse: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5952 Fuse: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5953 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5954 Fuse: Application and ID Fuse-to-Component Index Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5955 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 5956 Fuse: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Removal: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the airbag connectors. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 5. Remove the two mounting nuts, and pull the under-dash fuse/relay box out from under the dash. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-dash fuse/relay box, and take out the under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation: 1. Connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/ relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Connect the airbag connectors. 4. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off Fuse Block: Customer Interest Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off 00-007 February 15, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Fuse Box Cover Falls Off PROBLEM The cover for the under-dash fuse box (to the left of the steering column) falls off. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the spring clip on the cover. VEHICLES AFFECTED PARTS INFORMATION Spring Clip: P/N 90666-SD4-003, H/C 2601532 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 841125 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 90666-SD4-003 H/C 2601532 Defect Code: 004 Contention Code: A02 Template ID: 00-007A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the fuse box cover from the dashboard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off > Page 5965 2. Use a small screwdriver to remove the clip from the fuse box cover. Discard the clip. 3. Install the new spring clip on the cover. 4. Install the cover in the dashboard and check that it fits securely. If it does not, bend the arm on the spring clip up slightly. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off Fuse Block: All Technical Service Bulletins Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off 00-007 February 15, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Fuse Box Cover Falls Off PROBLEM The cover for the under-dash fuse box (to the left of the steering column) falls off. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the spring clip on the cover. VEHICLES AFFECTED PARTS INFORMATION Spring Clip: P/N 90666-SD4-003, H/C 2601532 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 841125 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 90666-SD4-003 H/C 2601532 Defect Code: 004 Contention Code: A02 Template ID: 00-007A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the fuse box cover from the dashboard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off > Page 5971 2. Use a small screwdriver to remove the clip from the fuse box cover. Discard the clip. 3. Install the new spring clip on the cover. 4. Install the cover in the dashboard and check that it fits securely. If it does not, bend the arm on the spring clip up slightly. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Fuse Block: Component Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5974 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5975 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5976 Fuse Block: Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5977 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5978 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5979 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5980 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5981 Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5984 Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5985 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5986 Fuse Block: Application and ID Fuse-to-Component Index Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5987 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5993 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5994 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5995 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5996 Relay Box: Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5997 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5998 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5999 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6000 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6001 Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6004 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6005 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 6006 Relay Box: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Removal: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the airbag connectors. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 5. Remove the two mounting nuts, and pull the under-dash fuse/relay box out from under the dash. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-dash fuse/relay box, and take out the under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation: 1. Connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/ relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Connect the airbag connectors. 4. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6011 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6012 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6013 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6014 Relay Box: Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6015 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6016 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6017 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6018 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6019 Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6022 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6023 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 6024 Relay Box: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Removal: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the airbag connectors. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 5. Remove the two mounting nuts, and pull the under-dash fuse/relay box out from under the dash. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-dash fuse/relay box, and take out the under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation: 1. Connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/ relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Connect the airbag connectors. 4. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations Auxiliary Power Outlet: Locations Behind Front Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6031 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6032 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6033 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6034 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6035 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6036 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6037 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6038 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6039 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6040 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6041 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6042 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6043 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6044 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6045 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6046 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6047 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6052 Fuse: Locations Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6053 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6054 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box Fuse: Application and ID Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6057 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6058 Fuse: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6059 Fuse: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6060 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6061 Fuse: Application and ID Fuse-to-Component Index Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6062 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 6063 Fuse: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Removal: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the airbag connectors. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 5. Remove the two mounting nuts, and pull the under-dash fuse/relay box out from under the dash. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-dash fuse/relay box, and take out the under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation: 1. Connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/ relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Connect the airbag connectors. 4. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off Fuse Block: Customer Interest Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off 00-007 February 15, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Fuse Box Cover Falls Off PROBLEM The cover for the under-dash fuse box (to the left of the steering column) falls off. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the spring clip on the cover. VEHICLES AFFECTED PARTS INFORMATION Spring Clip: P/N 90666-SD4-003, H/C 2601532 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 841125 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 90666-SD4-003 H/C 2601532 Defect Code: 004 Contention Code: A02 Template ID: 00-007A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the fuse box cover from the dashboard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off > Page 6072 2. Use a small screwdriver to remove the clip from the fuse box cover. Discard the clip. 3. Install the new spring clip on the cover. 4. Install the cover in the dashboard and check that it fits securely. If it does not, bend the arm on the spring clip up slightly. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off Fuse Block: All Technical Service Bulletins Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off 00-007 February 15, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Fuse Box Cover Falls Off PROBLEM The cover for the under-dash fuse box (to the left of the steering column) falls off. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the spring clip on the cover. VEHICLES AFFECTED PARTS INFORMATION Spring Clip: P/N 90666-SD4-003, H/C 2601532 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 841125 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 90666-SD4-003 H/C 2601532 Defect Code: 004 Contention Code: A02 Template ID: 00-007A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the fuse box cover from the dashboard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuse Block: > 00-007 > Feb > 00 > Fuse Box Cover - Falls Off > Page 6078 2. Use a small screwdriver to remove the clip from the fuse box cover. Discard the clip. 3. Install the new spring clip on the cover. 4. Install the cover in the dashboard and check that it fits securely. If it does not, bend the arm on the spring clip up slightly. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Fuse Block: Component Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6081 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6082 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6083 Fuse Block: Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6084 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6085 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6086 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6087 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6088 Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6091 Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6092 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6093 Fuse Block: Application and ID Fuse-to-Component Index Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6094 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6100 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6101 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6102 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6103 Relay Box: Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6104 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6105 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6106 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6107 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6108 Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6111 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6112 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 6113 Relay Box: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Removal: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the airbag connectors. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 5. Remove the two mounting nuts, and pull the under-dash fuse/relay box out from under the dash. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-dash fuse/relay box, and take out the under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation: 1. Connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/ relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Connect the airbag connectors. 4. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6118 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6119 Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6120 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6121 Relay Box: Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6122 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6123 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6124 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6125 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6126 Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6129 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6130 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 6131 Relay Box: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Removal: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the airbag connectors. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 5. Remove the two mounting nuts, and pull the under-dash fuse/relay box out from under the dash. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-dash fuse/relay box, and take out the under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation: 1. Connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/ relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Connect the airbag connectors. 4. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right Alignment: Customer Interest Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6141 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6142 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6143 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6144 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6145 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6146 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6147 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6148 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6149 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right Alignment: All Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6155 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6156 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6157 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6158 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6159 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6160 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6161 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6162 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6163 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6164 Alignment: By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 06-068 Date: 090502 Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6165 Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6166 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6167 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6168 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6169 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6170 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6171 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6172 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6173 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Technical Service Bulletin # 06-068 Date: 090502 Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6174 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6175 to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6176 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6177 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6178 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6179 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6180 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6181 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6182 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6183 Alignment: Specifications Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6184 Alignment: Service Precautions CAUTION: When fasteners are removed, always reinstall them at the same location from which they were removed. If a fastener needs to be replaced, use the correct part number fastener for that application. If the correct part number fastener is not available, a fastener of equal size and strength (or stronger) may be used. Fasteners that are not reused, and those requiring thread locking compound will be called out. The correct torque value must be used when installing fasteners that require it. If the above conditions are not followed, parts or system damage could result. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description Alignment: Description and Operation General Description GENERAL DESCRIPTION "Front End Alignment" refers to the angular relationship between the front wheels, the front suspension attaching parts and the ground. Proper front end alignment must be maintained in order to insure efficient steering, good directional stability and to prevent abnormal tire wear. The most important factors of front end alignment are wheel toe-in, wheel camber and axle caster. CAMBER: Camber is the vertical tilting inward or outward of the front wheels. When the wheels tilt outward at the top, the camber is positive (+). When the wheels tilt inward at the top, the camber is negative (-). The amount of tilt measured in degrees from the vertical is called the camber angle (1). If camber is extreme or unequal between the wheels, improper steering and excessive tire wear will result. Negative camber causes wear on the inside of the tire, while positive camber causes wear to the outside. CASTER: This illustration shows view from the side of the vehicle. Caster (1) is the vertical tilting of the wheel axis either forward or backward (when viewed from the side of the vehicle). A backward tilt is positive (+) and a forward tilt is negative (-). On the short and long arm type suspension you cannot see a caster angle without a special instrument, but if you look straight down from the top of the upper control arm to the ground, the ball joints do not line up (fore and aft) when a caster angle other than 0 degree is present. With a positive angle, the lower ball joint would be slightly ahead (toward the front of the vehicle) of the upper ball joint center line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description > Page 6187 TOE-IN: This illustration shows view from the top of the vehicle. Toe-in is the measured amount the front wheels are turn in. The actual amount of toe-in is normally a fraction of a degree. Toe-in is measured from the center of the tire treads or from the inside of the tires. The purpose of toe-in is to insure parallel rolling of the front wheels and to offset any small deflections of the wheel support system which occurs when the vehicle is rolling forward. Incorrect toe-in results in excessive toe-in and unstable steering. Toe-in is the last alignment to be set in the front end alignment procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description > Page 6188 Alignment: Description and Operation Camber Camber is the inward or outward tilting of the front wheels from the vertical. When the wheels tilt outward at the top, the camber is positive (+). When the wheels tilt inward at the top, the camber is negative (-). The amount of tilt measured in degrees from the vertical is called the camber angle. If camber is extreme or unequal between the wheels, improper steering and excessive tire wear will result. Negative camber causes wear on the inside of the tire, while positive camber causes wear to the outside. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description > Page 6189 Alignment: Description and Operation Caster Caster is the tilting of the wheel axis either forward or backward from the vertical (when viewed from the side of the vehicle). A backward tilt is positive (+) and a forward tilt is negative (-). On the short and long arm type suspension you cannot see a caster angle without a special instrument, but if you look straight down from the top of the upper control arm to the ground, the ball joints do not line up (fore and aft) when a caster angle other than 0 degree is present. With a positive angle, the lower ball joint would be slightly ahead (toward the front of the vehicle) of the upper ball joint center line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > General Description > Page 6190 Alignment: Description and Operation Toe-In Toe-in is the turning of the front wheels. The actual amount of toe-in is normally a fraction of a degree. Toe-in is measured from the center of the tire treads or from the inside of the tires. The purpose of toe-in is to insure parallel rolling of the front wheels and to offset any small deflections of the wheel support system which occurs when the vehicle is rolling forward. Incorrect toe-in results in excessive toe-in and unstable steering. Toe-in is the last alignment to be set in the front end alignment procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6191 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Preliminary Checks Alignment: Service and Repair Preliminary Checks INSPECTION Before making any adjustments affecting caster, camber or toe-in, the following front end inspection should be made. 1. Inspect the tires for proper inflation pressure. 2. Inspect the front wheel bearings for proper adjustment. 3. inspect the ball joints and tie rod ends. If excessive looseness is noted, correct before adjusting. 4. Inspect the wheel and tires for run-out. 5. Inspect the trim height. If not within specifications, the correction must be made before adjusting caster. 6. Inspect the steering unit for looseness at the frame. 7. Inspect shock absorbers for leaks or any noticeable noise. 8. Inspect the control arms or stabilizer bar attachment for looseness. 9. Inspect the front end alignment using alignment equipment. Follow the manufacturer's instructions. 10. Alignment must be performed on a level surface. - Check that the suspension is not modified. - Check the tire size and tire pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Preliminary Checks > Page 6194 Alignment: Service and Repair Alignment Preliminary Checks For proper inspection/adjustment of the wheel alignment check and adjust the following before checking the alignment. Check that the suspension is not modified. - Check the tire size and tire pressure. - Check the runout of the wheels and tires. - Check the suspension ball joints. (Hold a wheel with your hands and move it up and down and right and left to check for wobbling.) NOTE: Use commercially-available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Caster 1. Check the caster angle. Caster angle: (1°40' ± 1°) +0.67° to +2.67°. 2. If out of specification, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Camber 1. Check the camber angle. Camber angle: - Front: (0°00' ± 1) -1° to +1°. - Rear: (-1° ± 1°) -2° to 0°. 2. If out of specification, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Front Toe 1. Check the tire pressure. 2. Center steering wheel spokes. 3. Check the toe with the wheels pointed straight ahead. Front toe: (IN 1 ± 2 mm /IN 0.04 ± 0.08 inch) -0.12 to +0.04 inch a. If adjustment is required, go on to step 4. b. If no adjustment is required, remove alignment equipment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Preliminary Checks > Page 6195 4. Loosen the tie-rod locknuts, and turn both tie-rods in the same direction until the front wheels are in straight ahead position. 5. Turn both tie-rods equally until the toe reading on the turning radius gauge is correct. 6. After adjusting, tighten the tie-rod locknuts. NOTE: Reposition the tie-rod boot if it is twisted or displaced. Rear Toe 1. Release parking brake. NOTE: Measure difference in toe measurements with the wheels pointed straight ahead. - If the parking brake is engaged, you may get an incorrect reading. Rear toe-in: (2 minus 1 or plus 2 mm /0.08 minus 0.04 or plus 0.08 inch) -0.12 to 0 inch. - If adjustment is required, go to step 2. - If no adjustment is required, remove alignment equipment. 2. Before adjustment, note the locations of adjusting bolts on the right and left compensator arms. 3. Loosen the adjusting bolts, and slide the compensator arm in or out, as shown, to adjust the toe. 4. Tighten the adjusting bolts. Example: After the rear toe inspection, the wheel is 2 mm (0.08 inch) out of the specification. a. Move the arm so the adjusting bolt moves 2 mm (0.08 inch) inward from the position recorded before the adjustment. b. The distance the adjusting bolt is moved should be equal to the amount out-of-specification. Turning Angle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Preliminary Checks > Page 6196 1. Turn the wheel right and left while applying the brake, and measure the turning angle of both wheels. Turning angle: Inward wheel: (39°50') 39.83°. - Outward wheel (reference): (33°10') 33.17°. 2. If the turning angle is not within the specifications, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Pressure Switch: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Switch .................................................................................................................................................. ............................................ 12 Nm (108 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6202 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations Lower Left Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6203 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6204 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6205 Part 2 Of 2 This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications Front Steering Knuckle: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Knuckle to Upper Arm ........................................................................................................................................... ................................ 39-47 Nm (29-35 ft. lbs.) Lower Arm .................................................................. ......................................................................................................... 49-59 Nm (36-43 ft. lbs.) Splash Guard ....................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 4.9 Nm (3.6 ft. lbs.) Caliper Mounting Bolts ......................................... ............................................................................................................................. 108 Nm (80 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6210 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6211 Front Steering Knuckle: Service and Repair CAUTION: - Replace the self-locking nuts after removal. - The vehicle should be on the ground before any bolts or nuts connected to rubber mounts or bushings are tightened. - Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. NOTE: - Use only genuine Honda wheel weights for aluminum wheels. Non-genuine wheel weights may corrode and damage the aluminum wheels. - On the aluminum wheels, remove the center cap from the inside of the wheel after removing the wheel. - Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and brake disc. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and wheel. - Wipe off the grease before tightening the nut at the ball joint. 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6212 3. Remove the wheel nuts and wheel. 4. Raise the locking tab on the spindle nut, then remove the nut. 5. Remove the brake hose mounting bolts. 6. Remove the caliper mounting bolts and hang the caliper assembly to one side. CAUTION: To prevent accidental damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper from the undercarriage. 7. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws. 8. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts into the disc to push it away from the wheel hub. NOTE: Turn each bolt two turns at a time to prevent cocking the disc excessively. 9. Remove the brake disc from the knuckle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6213 10. Check the front wheel hub for damage and cracks. 11. Remove the wheel sensor from the knuckle (for cars with ABS). NOTE: Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. Use the special tool to separate the ball joints from the suspension or steering arm. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot. 12. Clean any dirt or grease off the ball joint. 13. Remove the cotter pin from the steering arm and remove the nut. 14. Apply grease to the special tool on the areas shown. This will ease installation of the tool and prevent damage to the pressure bolt threads. 15. Install a 10 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end to prevent damage to the threaded end of the ball joint. 16. Install the special tool as shown. Insert the jaws carefully, making sure you do not damage the ball joint boot. Adjust the jaw spacing by turning the pressure bolt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6214 NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 17. Once the special tool is in place, turn the adjusting bolt as necessary to make the jaws parallel. Then hand-tighten the pressure bolt, and recheck the jaws to make sure they are still Parallel. NOTE: After making the adjustment to the adjusting bolt, be sure the head of the adjusting bolt is in this position to the allow the jaw to pivot. 18. With a wrench, tighten the pressure bolt until the ball joint shaft pops loose from the steering arm. Wear eye protection. The ball joint can break loose suddenly and scatter dirt or other debris in your eyes. 19. Remove the tool, then remove the nut from the end of the ball joint and pull the ball joint out of the steering/suspension arm. Inspect the ball joint boot and replace it if damaged. 20. Remove the cotter pin from the lower arm ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 21. Install a 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 22. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and lower arm. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 23. Remove the cotter pin from the upper ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 24. Install the 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6215 25. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and knuckle. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 26. Pull the knuckle outward and remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the knuckle by tapping the driveshaft end with a plastic hammer, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one after removal. 27. Separate the wheel hub from the knuckle using the special tools and a hydraulic press. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. - Hold onto the wheel hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear. - To prevent damage to the tool, make sure the threads are fully engaged before pressing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6216 28. Remove the circlip and the splash guard from the knuckle. 29. Press the wheel bearing out of the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. 30. Press the wheel bearing inner race from the wheel hub using the special tools, a bearing separator, and a press as shown. NOTE: Wash the knuckle and wheel hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6217 31. Press a new wheel bearing into the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. NOTE: Place the wheel bearing on the knuckle with the pack seal (metal color) toward the inside. Be careful not to damage the sleeve of the pack seal. 32. Install the circlip securely in the knuckle groove. 33. Install the splash guard and tighten the screws. 34. Install the wheel hub on the knuckle using the special tools shown and a hydraulic press as shown. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6218 35. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and pay particular attention to the following items: a. Be careful not to damage the ball joint boots when installing the knuckle. b. Torque all mounting hardware to the specified torque values. c. Torque the castle nuts to the lower torque specifications, then tighten them only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening. d. Install new cotter pins on the castle nuts after torquing. e. Avoid twisting the sensor wires when installing the wheel sensor. f. Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and the inside of the brake disc. g. Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. h. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair Power Steering Bleeding: Service and Repair When a power steering pump or gear has been installed, or an oil line has been disconnected, the air that has entered the system must be bled out before the vehicle is operated. If air is allowed to remain in the power steering fluid system, noisy and unsatisfactory operation of the system may result. When bleeding the system, and any time fluid is added to the power steering system, be sure to use only automatic transmission fluid labeled "DEXRON-IIE". 1. Fill the pump fluid reservoir to the proper label and let the fluid settle for at least two minutes. 2. Start the engine and let it run for a few seconds. Do not turn the steering wheel. Then turn the engine off. 3. Add fluid if necessary. 4. Repeat the above procedure until the fluid level remains constant after running the engine. 5. Raise the front end of the vehicle so that the front wheels are off the ground. 6. Start the engine. Slowly turn the steering wheel right and left, lightly contacting the wheel stops. 7. Add power steering fluid if necessary. 8. Bring down the vehicle, set the steering wheel at the straight forward position after turning it to its full steer positions 2 or 3 times, and stop the engine. 9. Stop the engine. Check the fluid level and refill as required. 10. If the fluid is extremely foamy, allow the vehicle to stand a few minutes and repeat the above procedure. 11. Inspect: a. Belt for tightness. b. Pulley for looseness or damage. The pulley should not wobble with the engine running. c. Hoses so they are not touching any other parts of the vehicle. d. Fluid level and fill to the proper level. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Power Steering Fluid: Capacity Specifications Correct Fluid/Capacity Correct Fluid/Capacity Type Honda Power Steering Fluid Note: Another brand of power steering fluid may be used as a replacement. DO NOT use Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). System Capacity 0.90 qt (US) Reservoir Capacity 0.42 qt (US) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 6227 Power Steering Fluid: Fluid Type Specifications Fluid Type ............................................................................................................................................ ..................................... Honda Power Steering Fluid If Genuine Honda Power Steering Fluid is not available, you may use another brand as an emergency replacement. However, continued use can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather. Flush and refill with Genuine Honda Power Steering Fluid as soon as possible. Do not use ATF. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6228 Power Steering Fluid: Service Precautions Use Genuine Honda Power Steering Fluid, or another brand of power steering fluid as a temporary replacement. DO NOT use automatic transmission fluid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6229 Power Steering Fluid: Service and Repair FLUID REPLACEMENT NOTE: Check the reservoir at regular intervals, and add fluid as necessary. CAUTION: Always use Genuine Honda Power Steering Fluid-V or S. Using any other type of power steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather. 1. Raise the reservoir, then disconnect the return hose. 2. Connect a hose of suitable diameter to the disconnected return hose, and put the hose end in a suitable container. CAUTION: Take care not to spill the fluid on the body and parts. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. 3. Start the engine, let it run at idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times. When fluid stops running out of the hose, shut off the engine. Discard the fluid. 4. Refit the return hose on the reservoir. 5. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line. 6. Start the engine and run it at fast idle, then turn the steering from lock-to-lock several times to bleed air from the system. 7. Recheck the fluid level and add some if necessary. CAUTION: Do not fill the reservoir beyond the upper level line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Line/Hose: Specifications Power Steering Lines Power Steering Lines Outlet Hose to Pump 8 ft.lb Cylinder Housing to Cylinder Lines 20 ft.lb Valve Body Unit to Cylinder Lines 12 ft.lb Valve Body Unit to Feed Line 27 ft.lb Valve Body Unit to Return Line 20 ft.lb Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6233 Power Steering Line/Hose: Testing and Inspection - Inspect hoses for damage, leaks, interference or twisting. - Inspect fluid lines for damage, rusting and leakage. - Inspect for leaks at hose and line joints and connections. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6234 Power Steering Line/Hose: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. Connect each hose to the corresponding pipe securely until it contacts the stop on the line. Install the clamp or adjustable clamp at the specified distance from the hose end as shown. 2. Add the power steering fluid to the specified level on the reservoir and check for leaks. ADJUSTABLE HOSE CLAMP 1. Position the adjustable hose clamps at the points indicated (a) in the drawing above. 2. Slide the hose over the line until it contacts the stop. CAUTION: Check all clamps for deterioration or deformation; replace with the clamps new ones if necessary. HOSE CLAMP 1. Position the hose clamps at the points indicated (b) in the drawing above. 2. Slide the hose over the line until it contacts the stop. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications Power Steering Pump: Mechanical Specifications Mounting bolts 17 ft.lb Pulley Nut 47 ft.lb Flow Control Valve Cap 36 ft.lb Flange Bolts 14 ft.lb Outlet Line 8 ft.lb Inlet Joint Flange Bolts 8 ft.lb Operating pressure at idle 213 psi Or less. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications > Page 6239 Power Steering Pump: Pressure, Vacuum and Temperature Specifications Mounting bolts 17 ft.lb Pulley Nut 47 ft.lb Flow Control Valve Cap 36 ft.lb Flange Bolts 14 ft.lb Outlet Line 8 ft.lb Inlet Joint Flange Bolts 8 ft.lb Operating pressure at idle 213 psi Or less. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6240 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6241 Power Steering Pump: Description and Operation CONSTRUCTION The pump is a vane-type incorporating a flow control valve (with an integrated relief valve) and is driven by a POLY-V-belt from the crank pulley. The pump features 10 vanes. Each vane performs two intake/discharge operations for every rotation of the rotor. This means that the hydraulic fluid pressure pulse becomes extremely small during discharge. OPERATION The belt-driven pulley rotates the rotor through the drive shaft. As the rotor rotates, the hydraulic pressure is applied to the vane chamber of the rotor and the vanes will rotate while being pushed onto the inner circumference of the cam ring. The inner circumference of the cam ring has an extended portion with respect to the center of the shaft, so the vanes move downward in the axial direction as the rotor rotates. As a result of this roller movement, the internal volume of the vane chamber will change, resulting in fluid intake and discharge. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6242 The flow control valve and sub-valve in the pump performs the following steps 1 through 4 to control the flow of fluid, that is to increase the discharge volume when engine speed is low, and to decrease it when the engine speed increases. The assistance thrust of the steering gearbox changes in compliance with the change in the discharge volume. 1. When the engine starts, fluid discharged from the discharge port starts to flow through oil passage A, the fixed orifice and the variable orifice to the steering gearbox. When the engine speed is extremely low, the return port is closed by the flow control valve. Fluid pressure discharged from the discharge port is applied to the top of the sub-valve, and the fluid pressure that passed through oil passage A is applied to the bottom of the sub-valve. When this happens, the pressure difference between the ends of oil passage A, which is caused by the resistance oil passage A when the fluid flows through the passage, is applied to the sub-valve. However, the pressure difference applied to the sub-valve, that is the force that pushes the sub-valve down, is too small to overcome the spring force, and the variable orifice is fully open when the engine speed is extremely low. 2. Because the fluid volume flowing through the fixed orifice and variable orifice increases, a pressure difference is created between the ends of these orifices, and it increases in proportion to the engine speed. As the fluid pressure that passed the fixed orifice and variable orifice is directed to the bottom of the flow control valve, a pressure difference is created between the top and bottom of the valve, which pushes down the flow control valve and opens the return port. As a result, part of the fluid discharged from the discharge port returns to the pump suction port, keeping the discharge volume constant. In this condition, the sub-valve does not move, and the variable orifice stays fully open. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6243 3. The fluid volume that flows thorough oil passage A and the pressure difference applied to the sub-valve increase in proportion to the engine speed. The sub-valve lowers overcoming the spring force, and it starts to close the variable orifice to regulate the discharge volume. When this happens, the fluid volume flowing to the steering gearbox decreases as the engine speed increases. At the same time, the flow control valve continues to control the fluid volume to the return port. 4. As the engine speed increases further, the pressure difference at the sub-valve increases further as well. The sub-valve then closes the variable orifice completely, regulating the discharge volume further. When this happens, the fluid volume discharged from the pump to the steering gearbox is regulated and maintained at a given level until the engine speed reaches the high speed range. The flow control valve functions continues to control the fluid volume to the return port. PRESSURE RELIEF Pressure at the discharge side of the fixed orifice is directed to the bottom of the flow control valve. When the pressure builds up, the relief valve in the flow control valve opens to release the pressure at the bottom of the valve. This allows the flow control valve to be pushed back by the pressure Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6244 difference, and the fluid volume to the pump return port increases. As explained above, the system keeps the pump discharge pressure (relief pressure) from exceeding the given level by controlling the volume of the fluid to the pump return port. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6245 Power Steering Pump: Testing and Inspection Pump Pressure Check Check the fluid pressure as follows to determine whether the trouble is in the pump or gearbox. NOTE: First check the power steering fluid level and pump belt tension. CAUTION: Disconnect the high pressure hose with care so as not to spill the power steering fluid on the frame and other parts. 1. Disconnect the outlet line from the pump outlet fitting, then install the P/S joint adaptor (pump) on the pump outlet. 2. Connect the P/S joint adaptor (hose) to the power steering pressure gauge, then connect the outlet hose to the adaptor. 3. Install the power steering pressure gauge to the P/S joint adaptor (pump) as shown. 4. Open the shut off valve fully. 5. Open the pressure control valve fully. 6. Start the engine and let it idle. 7. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm the fluid to operating temperature. 8. Measure steady-state fluid pressure while idling. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should read less than 1500 kPa (15 kgf/cm2, 213 psi). If it reads high, check the outlet line or valve body unit (see General Troubleshooting 17-22). 9. Close the pressure control valve, then close the shut-off valve gradually until the pressure gauge needle is stable. Read the pressure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6246 10. Immediately open the pressure control valve fully. CAUTION: Do not keep the pressure control valve closed more then 5 seconds or the pump could be damaged by over-heating. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 6,400 - 7,400 kPa (65 - 75 kgf/cm2, 920 - 1,070 psi). A low reading means pump output is too low for full assist. Repair or replace the pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation Power Steering Pump: Service and Repair Removal and Installation Removal/Installation NOTE: Before disconnecting the hoses from the pump, place a suitable container under the vehicle. 1. Remove the belt by loosening the pump mounting bolts and adjusting bolt ('99-'00 models: B16A2 Engine Type only). 2. Cover the A/C compressor with several shop towels to protect it from spilled power steering fluid. 3. Disconnect the inlet hose and the outlet line from the pump, and plug them. NOTE: Take care not to spill the fluid on the body or parts. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. 4. Remove the pump mounting bolts and adjusting bolt ('99-'00 models: B16A2 Engine Type only), then remove the pump. NOTE: Do not turn the steering wheel with the pump removed. - Wrap the opening of the pump with a piece of tape to prevent foreign material from entering the pump. 5. Connect the inlet hose and the outlet line. Tighten the pump fittings securely. 6. Loosely install the pump in the pump bracket with mounting bolts and adjusting bolt ('99-'00 models: B16A2 Engine Type only). 7. Install the pump belt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6249 CAUTION: Make sure that the power steering belt is properly positioned on the pulleys. - Do not get power steering fluid or grease in the power steering belt or pulley faces. Clean off any fluid or grease before installation. 8. Adjust the pump belt. 9. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6250 Power Steering Pump: Service and Repair Overhaul Disassembly CAUTION: The power steering components are made of aluminum. Avoid damaging the components during assembly. NOTE: Clean the disassembled parts with a solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Do not dip the rubber parts in a solvent. - Always replace the O-rings and rubber seals with new ones before assembly. - Apply recommended power steering fluid to the parts indicated in the assembly procedures. - Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the power steering system. - Replace the pump as an assembly if the parts indicated with asterisk (*) are worn or damaged. 1. Drain the fluid from the pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6251 2. Hold the steering pump in a vise with soft jaws, hold the pulley with the special tool, and remove the pulley nut and pulley. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the pump housing with the jaws of the vise and extension bar. 3. Loosen the flow control valve cap with a hex wrench and remove it. 4. Remove the O-ring, flow control valve and spring. 5. Remove the inlet joint and O-ring. 6. Remove the pump cover and pump cover seal. 7. Remove the outer side plate, pump cam ring, pump rotor, pump vanes, side plate and O-rings. 8. Remove the snap ring, then remove the sub-valve from the pump housing. 9. Remove the circlip, then remove the pump drive shaft by tapping the shaft end with the plastic hammer. 10. Remove the pump seal spacer and pump seal. Inspection Flow Control Valve: 1. Check the flow control valve for wear, burrs, and other damage to the edges of the grooves in the valve. 2. Inspect the bore the flow control valve for scratches or wear. 3. Slip the valve back in the pump, and check that it moves in and out smoothly. If OK, go on step 4; if not, replace the pump as an assembly. The flow control valve is not available separately. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6252 4. Attach a hose to the end of the valve as shown. 5. Submerge the valve in a container of power steering fluid or solvent, and blow in the hose. If air bubbles leak through the valve at less than 98 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm2, 14.2 psi), repair it as follows. 6. Hold the bottom end of the valve with an open end wrench. 7. Unscrew the seat in the top end of the valve, and remove any shims, the relief check ball, relief valve and relief valve spring. 8. Clean all the parts in solvent, dry them off, then reassemble and retest the valve. If the flow control valve tests OK, reinstall it in the pump. If the flow control valve still leaks air, replace the pump as an assembly. The flow control valve is not available separately. NOTE: If necessary, relief pressure is adjusted at the factory by adding shims under the check ball seat. If you found shims in your valve, be sure you reinstall as many as you took out. Ball Bearing: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6253 1. Inspect the ball bearing by rotating the outer race slowly. If any play or roughness is felt, replace the ball bearing. 2. Remove and discard the ball bearing using a press as shown. 3. Install the new ball bearing using a press as shown. Ball Bearing Replacement: Reassembly 1. Align the pin of the sub-valve with the oil passage in pump housing, and push down the sub-valve. Install the snap ring properly. 2. Install the new pump seal in the pump housing by hand, then install the pump seal spacer. NOTE: Insert the pump seal with its grooved side facing in. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6254 3. Position the pump drive shaft in the pump housing, then drive it in using a special tool as shown. 4. Install the 40 mm circlip with its radiused side facing out. 5. Coat the pump cover seal and the cover bushing with the power steering fluid, then install the pump cover seal into the groove in the pump cover. 6. Install the outer side plate over the two rollers. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6255 7. Set the pump cam ring over the two rollers with the " - " mark on the cam ring upward. 8. Assemble pump rotor to the pump cover with the " - " marks on the rotor facing down. 9. Set the 10 vanes in the grooves in the rotor. NOTE: Be sure that the round ends of the vanes are in contact with the sliding surface of the cam ring. 10. Coat the O-ring with power steering fluid, and install it into the grooves in the side plate. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6256 11. Install the side plate on the cam ring by aligning the roller set holes in the side plate with the rollers. 12. Coat the O-ring with power steering fluid, and position it into the pump housing. 13. Install the pump cover assembly in the pump housing. 14. Coat the flow control valve with power steering fluid. 15. Install the flow control valve and spring on the pump housing. 16. Coat the O-ring with power steering fluid, and install it on the flow control valve cap. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6257 17. Install the flow control valve cap on the pump housing and tighten it. 18. Coat the O-ring with power steering fluid, and install it into the grooves in the inlet joint. 19. Install the inlet joint on the pump housing. 20. Install the pulley as shown below, then loosely install the pulley nut. Hold the steering pump in a vise with soft jaws. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the pump housing with the jaws of the vise. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6258 21. Hold the pulley with the special tool, and tighten the pulley nut. 22. Check that the pump turns smoothly by turning the pulley by hand. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Description and Operation > Pressure Control Power Steering Valve: Description and Operation Pressure Control LOW ASSIST AT HIGHER SPEEDS When steering resistance is low, such as when driving at high speeds, or when driving straight ahead, the input shaft is near or in the neutral position, so there is little or no flow to any of the power cylinder orifices. Most of the feed pressure from the pump is bypassed to the reservoir. Because of this, the pressure stays the same in both sides of the power cylinder, resulting in low or no assist. HIGH ASSIST AT LOWER SPEEDS When steering resistance is high, such as when driving at low speeds, or when turning the wheel with the vehicle stopped, the difference in angle created between the input shaft and the valve opens the fluid passage on one side, and closes the fluid passage on the other side, at each pair of orifices. The fluid pressure increases in the side of the power cylinder fed by the larger fluid passage. This increased pressure pushes on the rack piston, allowing the steering wheel to be turned with light effort. On the other side of the power cylinder, the return passage opens allowing the steering fluid to return through the input shaft to the reservoir. The fluid passages to the power cylinder automatically change in size, increasing as the steering resistance increases. In other words, the passages become larger and power assist increases when the steering effort would normally be high, (for example, when parking or making low speed turns), and the passages become smaller and power assist decreases when the steering effort would normally be low, (for example, when driving at high speeds or straight ahead). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Description and Operation > Pressure Control > Page 6263 Power Steering Valve: Description and Operation Valve Body Inside the valve body unit is the valve, which is coaxial with the pinion shaft, controls the steering fluid pressure. The valve housing is connected with the fluid line from the pump, the return line to the reservoir, and the two cylinder lines from the respective power cylinder. The pinion shaft is double structured with the input shaft connected to the pinion gear, both of which are interconnected with the torsion bar. The pin inserted in the valve and the pinion shaft groove engage; this allows the pinion shaft to rotate together with the valve. Because of this construction, the difference in angle in the circumferential direction between the input shaft and the valve becomes larger according to the torsional strength of the pinion or steering resistance. However, maximum torsion between the shafts is regulated by the engaged splines of the shafts at the pin engagement section to hold the torsion bar within the set value. This allows the steering system to function as an ordinary rack-and-pinion type steering if the steering fluid is not pressurized because of a faulty pump. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal Power Steering Valve: Service and Repair Removal TOOL REQUIRED - 07MAC-SL00200 Ball Joint Remover, 28 mm NOTE: Using solvent and a brush, wash any oil and dirt off the valve body unit its lines, and the end if the gearbox. Blow dry with compressed air. 1. Drain the power steering fluid. 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it on safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the front wheels. 4. Remove the driver's airbag assembly, and steering wheel. 5. Remove the steering joint cover. 6. Remove the steering joint lower bolt, and disconnect the steering joint by moving the joint toward the column. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6266 7. Remove the cotter pin from the castle nut and remove the nut. 8. Install the 10 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the 10 mm hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the special tool. NOTE: Remove the ball joint using the special tool. 9. Separate the tie-rod ball joint and knuckle using the special tool. CAUTION: Avoid damaging the ball joint boot. 10. Remove the left tie-rod end, then slide the rack all the way to the right. 11. Separate the exhaust pipe A or TWC. 12. Disconnect the shift linkage. 13. Loosen the 14 mm flare nut and disconnect the feed line. 14. Loosen the adjustable hose clamp and disconnect the return hose. 15. Loosen the 16 mm flare nut and remove the return hose joint from the valve body unit. CAUTION: After disconnecting the hose and line, plug or seal the hose and line with a piece of tape or equivalent to prevent foreign Materials from entering the valve body unit. NOTE: Do not loosen the cylinder line A and B between the valve body unit and cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6267 16. Remove the stiffener plate. NOTE: Some stiffener plate attaching bolts are also used as gearbox mounting bolts. The gearbox will tilt to side when these bolts are removed. 17. Remove the mounting brackets. 18. Pull the steering gearbox all the way down to clear the pinion shaft from the bulkhead, then remove the pinion shaft grommet. 19. Move the steering gearbox to right so the left rack end clears the rear beam, then tilt the left side down to remove it from the vehicle. CAUTION: Be careful not to bend or damage the feed line and cylinder lines when removing the gearbox. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6268 20. Remove air tube and clips. 21. Remove cylinder lines A and B from the gearbox. 22. Drain the fluid from the cylinder fittings by slowly moving the steering rack back and forth. 23. Remove the two flange bolts, then remove the valve body unit from the gearbox. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6269 Power Steering Valve: Service and Repair Disassembly TOOL REQUIRED - 07NAD-SR3020A Cylinder End Seal Remover Attachment - 07GAF-PH70100 Pilot Collar NOTE: - Clean the disassembled parts with a solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Do not dip the rubber parts in a solvent. - Always replace the Wrings and rubber seals with new ones before assembly. 1. Before removing the valve housing, apply vinyl tape to splines of the pinion shaft. 2. Separate the valve housing from the pinion shaft/valve using a press. 3. Check the inner wall of the valve housing where the seal ring slides with your finger. If there is a step in the wall, the valve housing is worn. Replace the valve housing. NOTE: There may be the sliding marks from the seal ring on the wall of the valve housing. Replace the valve housing only if the wall is stepped. - When the valve housing is replaced, install new shim(s) on the bearing surface of the housing to adjust the thickness. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6270 4. Check for wear, burrs and other damage to the edges of the grooves in the sleeve. NOTE: The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precision matched set. If either the pinion shaft or sleeve must be replaced, replace both parts as a set. 5. Remove the circlip and pinion shaft sleeve from the pinion shaft. 6. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut and remove the four seal rings from the sleeve. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the edges of the sleeve grooves and outer surface when removing the seal rings. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6271 7. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut the valve seal ring and O-ring at the groove the pinion shaft. Remove the valve seal ring and O-ring. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the edges of the pinion shaft groove and outer surface when removing the valve seal ring and O-ring. 8. Remove the valve oil seal and backup ring from the pinion shaft. NOTE: Inspect the ball bearing by rotating the outer race slowly. If there is any excessive play, replace the pinion shaft and sleeve as an assembly. - The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precise fit; do not intermix old and new pinion shafts and sleeves. 9. Press the valve oil seal and roller bearing out of the valve housing using a hydraulic press and special tool shown below. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6272 Power Steering Valve: Service and Repair Assembly TOOL REQUIRED - 07NAG-SR30900 Piston Seal Ring - 07974-SA50200 Sleeve Seal Ring Sizing Tool - 07749-0010000 Driver - 07746-0010100 Attachment, 32 x 35 mm - 07GAG-SD40100 Piston Seal Ring Guide - 07GAG-SD40200 Piston Seal Ring Sizing Tool NOTE: - Clean the disassembled parts with a solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Do not dip the rubber parts in a solvent. - Always replace the Wrings and rubber seals with new ones before assembly. - Apply the recommended power steering fluid to the parts indicated in the assembly procedures. - Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the power steering system. - Use the appropriate special tools where necessary. 1. Apply vinyl tape to the stepped portion of the pinion shaft, and coat the surface of the vinyl tape with the power steering fluid. 2. Install the backup ring with its tapered side as shown below. 3. Coat the inside surface of the new valve oil seal with power steering fluid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6273 4. Slide the valve oil seal over the pinion shaft, being careful not to damage the sealing lip. CAUTION: Install the valve oil seal with its grooved side facing opposite the hearing. 5. Apply vinyl tape to the splines and stepped portion of the shaft, and coat the surface of the vinyl tape with the power steering fluid. 6. Fit the new O-ring in the groove of the pinion shaft. Then slide the new valve seal ring over the shaft and the groove in on the pinion shaft. 7. Remove the vinyl tape from the pinion shaft. 8. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the valve seal ring that was installed on the pinion shaft. 9. Apply power steering fluid to the inside of the special tool. Set the larger diameter end of the special tool over the valve seal ring. 10. Move the special tool up and down several times to make the valve seal ring fit in the pinion shaft. 11. Remove the special tool. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6274 12. Turn the special tool over, and set the smaller diameter end of the special tool over the valve seal ring. Move the special tool up and down several times to make the valve seal ring fit snugly in the pinion shaft. 13. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the special tool. Set the new seal rings over the special tool from the smaller diameter end of the tool, and expand the seal rings. Do two rings at a time from each end of the sleeve. NOTE: Do not over-expand the seal ring. Install the resin seal rings with care so as not to damage them. After installation, be sure to contract the seal rings using the special tool (sizing tool). - There are two types of sleeve seal rings: black and brown. Do not mix the different types of sleeve seal rings as they are not compatible. 14. Set the special tool in the grooves in the sleeve, and set each ring in each groove securely. NOTE: After installation, compress the seal rings with your fingers temporarily. 15. Apply power steering fluid to the seal rings on the sleeve, and to the entire inside surface of the special tool. 16. Insert the sleeve into the special tool slowly. 17. Move the sleeve each direction several times to make the seal rings snugly fit in the sleeve. NOTE: Be sure that the seal rings are not turned up. 18. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the pinion shaft. Assemble the sleeve over the pinion shaft by aligning the locating pin on the inside of the sleeve with the cutout in the shaft. Then install the new circlip securely in the pinion shaft groove. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the valve seal ring when inserting the sleeve. - Install the circlip with its radiused side toward the sleeve. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6275 19. Apply power steering fluid to the seal ring lip of the valve oil seal, then install the seal in the valve housing using a hydraulic press and special tools as shown. CAUTION: Install the valve oil seal with its grooved side facing the tool. 20. Press the new bearing into the valve housing using a hydraulic press and special tool as shown. NOTE: Place the roller bearing on the valve housing with the stamped letter facing up towards the valve side. 21. Apply vinyl tape to the pinion shaft, then coat the vinyl tape with power steering fluid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6276 22. Insert the pinion shaft into the valve housing. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the valve seal rings. 23. Remove the vinyl tape from the pinion shaft. 24. Press the pinion shaft/sleeve using a hydraulic press as shown. NOTE: Check that the pinion shaft/sleeve turns smoothly by turning the pinion shaft. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6277 Power Steering Valve: Service and Repair Installation CAUTION: Be careful not to bend or damage the feed line and cylinder lines when installing the gearbox. 1. Select the 32 mm shim(s). NOTE: Only reinstall the original 32 mm shim(s) when the steering gearbox is reassembled without replacing the pinion shaft, valve housing, and gearbox housing with new ones. If the pinion shaft, valve housing, and gearbox housing are replaced, select the new shim(s) as follows. Shim Selection: a. Set the four 32 mm shims on the bearing surface of the gearbox housing. Total thickness of the four shims should equal no more than 0.70 mm. Shim set: four 32 mm shims (Thickness: 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm respectively) CAUTION: The four 32 mm shims do not have thickness identification marks. Measure the thickness of each shim using a micrometer, and mark the shim for identification. b. Install the valve body unit on the gearbox, and tighten the flange bolts to the specified torque. c. Measure the clearance between the gearbox and valve body unit using a feeler gauge as shown. NOTE: Measure the clearance at the point midway between the two mounting bolts. d. Determine the required thickness-of the 32 mm shims by subtracting the clearance obtained in the step "c" from the total thickness of the four shims. (Total thickness of the 4 shims) - (Clearance) = Required thickness of the shims NOTE: Select the shims so that the total thickness is close to, but less than, the required thickness. Example: Measurement is 0.28 mm (0.011 inch): 0.70 - 0.28 = 0.42 mm (0.028 - 0.011 = 0.017 inch). The selected shims should be 0.25 mm (0.010 inch) and 0.15 mm (0.006 inch) in thickness. If the required shim thickness is 0.10 mm or less, no shims are necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6278 2. Set the selected 32 mm shims on the bearing surface of the gearbox housing. 3. Coat the new O-ring with grease, and carefully fit it on the valve housing. 4. Apply grease to the needle bearing in the gearbox housing. 5. Install the valve body unit on the gearbox housing by engaging the gears. NOTE: Note the valve body unit installation position (direction of line connection). 6. Tighten the flange bolts to the specified torque. 7. Install the cylinder lines A and B. 8. Before installing the gearbox, slide the rack ail the way to right. 9. Install the mounting cushion on the steering gearbox. 10. Install the pinion shaft grommet, then insert the pinion shaft up through the bulkhead. NOTE: Align the notch in the pinion shaft grommet with the tab on the valve housing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6279 11. Install the mounting bracket over the mounting cushion, then install two gearbox mounting bolts. 12. Install the stiffener plate with the two gearbox mounting bolts arid stiffener plate attaching bolts. CAUTION: Be sure the air tube is not caught or pinched by stiffener plate. NOTE: Install the bolts loosely first, then tighten them securely. 13. Install the return hose joint by tightening the 16 mm flare nut. 14. Connect the return hose securely, and tighten the adjustable hose clamp from the engine compartment. 15. Connect the feed line and tighten the 14 mm flare nut. NOTE: Make sure that there is no interference between the fluid lines, the rear beam or any other parts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6280 16. Center the steering rack within its stroke. 17. Slip the lower end of the steering joint onto the pinion shaft (line up the bolt hole with the groove around the shaft), and tighten the lower bolt. NOTE: Connect the steering shaft and pinion with the cable reel and steering rack centered. - Be sure that the lower steering joint bolt is securely in the groove in the steering gearbox pinion. - If the steering wheel and rack are not centered, reposition the serrations at lower end of the steering joint. 18. Center the cable reel by first rotating it clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise (approximately two turns) until the arrow mark on the label points straight up. Reinstall the steering wheel. 19. Install the steering joint cover with the clamps and a clip. 20. Reconnect the tie-rod ends to the steering knuckles, tighten the castle nut to the specified torque, and install new cotter pins. NOTE: Before connecting the tie-rod ends, wipe off any grease contamination from the ball joint tapered section and threads. CAUTION: Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6281 21. Install the exhaust pipe A or TWC. 22. Connect the shift linkage. 23. Install the front wheels. 24. Fill the system with power steering fluid, and bleed air from the system. 25. After installation, perform the following checks. a. Start the engine, allow it to idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm up the fluid. Check the gearbox for leaks. b. Adjust the front toe. See: Alignment c. Check the steering wheel spoke angle. Adjust by turning the right and left tie-rods, if necessary. NOTE: Turn the right and left tie-rods equally. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Pressure Switch: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Switch .................................................................................................................................................. ............................................ 12 Nm (108 inch lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6286 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations Lower Left Rear of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6287 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation OPERATION This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6288 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6289 Part 2 Of 2 This signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Locations With Front Passenger's Airbag Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations > Page 6294 Without Front Passenger's Airbag (Part Of Canada Model) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 6297 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Wiring Precautions Never attempt to modify, splice or repair SRS wiring. NOTE: SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer protective covering. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to- metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 6298 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Radio "Code" Theft Protection NOTE: The original radio has a coded theft protection circuit. Be sure to get the customer's code number before a. Disconnecting the battery. b. Removing the fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. c. Removing the radio. d. After service, reconnect power to the radio and turn it on. When the word "CODE" is displayed, enter the customer's 5-digit code to restore radio operation. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact The driver's airbag (and front passenger's) airbag has (have) a spring-loaded lock connector with a built-in short contact. When this connector is disconnected, the power terminal and the ground terminal in the airbag connector are automatically shorted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact > Page 6301 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation System Description The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6302 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair To prevent accidental airbag deployment, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait three minutes before disconnecting any SRS connectors. - Before disconnecting the SRS main harness (A) from the SRS unit, disconnect both airbags (C,D). - Before disconnecting the cable reel 2P connector (B), disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector (C). 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s). Driver's 2p Connector Driver's Side: Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector and cable reel 2P connector. Passenger's 2p Connector Front Passenger's Side: Remove the glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 2P connector and SRS main harness 2P connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Key Reminder Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6307 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6308 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6309 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6310 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6311 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6312 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6313 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6314 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6315 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6316 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6317 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6318 Key Reminder Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6319 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6320 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6321 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6322 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6323 Seat Belt & Ignition Key Reminders Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6324 Key Reminder Switch: Description and Operation Ignition Key Warning Battery voltage is supplied at all times to the seat belt reminder/key-on beeper circuit in the integrated control unit. When you turn on the ignition key switch the integrated control unit senses ground. If you open the driver's door, the door switch closes, causing the beeper to sound until the door is closed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Lock > Component Information > Locations Steering Column Lock: Locations Right Side of Steering Column Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Lock > Component Information > Locations > Page 6328 Steering Column Lock: Testing and Inspection Key Interlock Solenoid Test 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 7P connector from the main wire harness. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each key position according to the table. 4. Check that the key cannot be removed with power and ground connected to the No.7 and No.6 terminals. - If the key cannot be removed, the key interlock solenoid is OK. - If the key can be removed, replace the steering lock assembly (the interlock solenoid is not available separately). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Lock > Component Information > Locations > Page 6329 Steering Column Lock: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. Remove: 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then wire down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. ('99 model) 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 4. Disconnect the 5P connector from the under-dash fuse/relay box and the 7P connector from the main wire harness. 5.Remove the steering column covers, then remove the mounting bolts and nuts from the steering column. 6. Lower the steering column assembly. 7. Center-punch each of the two shear bolts, then drill their heads off with a 5 mm (3/16 in) drill bit. CAUTION: Do not damage the steering lock body. 8. Remove the shear bolts and the steering lock assembly. Installation: 1. Install the new steering lock assembly without the key inserted. 2. Loosely tighten the new shear bolts. 3. Insert the ignition key, and check for proper operation of the steering wheel lock and that the ignition key turns freely. 4. Tighten the shear bolts until the hex heads twist off. 5. Install in the reverse order of removal. 6. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Specifications Steering Gear: Specifications Steering Rack Steering Rack Steering Effort 15 Nm Front wheels off ground. Tightening Torque Rack guide locknut 25 Nm Mounting brackets 39 Nm Stiffener plate attaching bolts 38 Nm Steering joint lower bolt 22 Nm Tie-rod end nut 44 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6333 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6334 Steering Gear: Service Precautions WARNING: - To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of severe frontal collision, all SRS service work must be performed by an authorized mechanic. - Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the air bags. - Do not bump the SRS unit. Otherwise, the system may fail in cause of a collision, or the ai bags may deploy when the ignition switch is ON (II). - All SRS electrical wiring harnesses are covered with yellow insulation. Related components are located in the steering column, front console, dashboard lower panel, and in the dashboard above the glove box. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6335 Steering Gear: Description and Operation The rack-and-pinion type steering gearbox has a valve body unit incorporated with the pinion to control the steering fluid pressure. Steering fluid from the pump is regulated by a rotary valve in the valve body unit and is sent through the cylinder line to the power cylinder, where hydraulic pressure is applied. The steering fluid in the other side of the power cylinder returns through the cylinder line and valve body unit to the reservoir. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Adjustments > Manual Steering Steering Gear: Adjustments Manual Steering NOTE: Perform the rack guide adjustment with the wheels in the straight ahead position. 1. Loosen the rack guide screw locknut with the special tool, then loosen the rack guide screw. 2. Tighten the rack guide screw until it compresses the spring and seats against the rack guide, then loosen it. 3. Retighten the rack guide screw to 4 Nm (2.9 ft. lbs.), then back it off to specified angle. Specified Return Angle: 30° max. 4. Tighten the locknut while holding the rack guide screw. 5. Check for tight or loose steering through the complete turning travel. 6. Recheck steering effort. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Steering Operation Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Adjustments > Manual Steering > Page 6338 Steering Gear: Adjustments Power-Assisted Rack Guide Adjustment NOTE: Perform rack guide adjustment with the wheels in the straight ahead position. 1. Loosen the rack guide screw locknut with the special tool. '96-'97 models: Loosen the rack guide screw. '98-'00 models: Remove the rack guide screw and remove the old sealant off of the threaded section. Apply new sealant all around the threads. Loosely install the rack guide screw. 2. Tighten the rack guide screw to 25 Nm (2.5 kgf-m, 18 ft. lbs.), then loosen it. 3. Retighten the rack guide screw to 3.9 Nm (0.4 kgf-m, 2.9 ft. lbs.), then back it off to specified angle. Specified Return Angle: 20° max. 4. Tighten the locknut while holding the rack guide screw. 5. Check for tight or loose steering through the complete turning travel. 6. Perform following inspections: - Steering operation. - Power assist with vehicle parked. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering Steering Gear: Service and Repair Power Steering Removal TOOL REQUIRED - 07MAC-SL00200 Ball Joint Remover, 28 mm NOTE: Using solvent and a brush, wash any oil and dirt off the valve body unit its lines, and the end if the gearbox. Blow dry with compressed air. 1. Drain the power steering fluid. 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it on safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the front wheels. 4. Remove the driver's airbag assembly, and steering wheel. 5. Remove the steering joint cover. 6. Remove the steering joint lower bolt, and disconnect the steering joint by moving the joint toward the column. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6341 7. Remove the cotter pin from the castle nut and remove the nut. 8. Install the 10 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the 10 mm hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the special tool. NOTE: Remove the ball joint using the special tool. 9. Separate the tie-rod ball joint and knuckle using the special tool. CAUTION: Avoid damaging the ball joint boot. 10. Remove the left tie-rod end, then slide the rack all the way to the right. 11. Separate the exhaust pipe A or TWC. 12. Disconnect the shift linkage. 13. Loosen the 14 mm flare nut and disconnect the feed line. 14. Loosen the adjustable hose clamp and disconnect the return hose. 15. Loosen the 16 mm flare nut and remove the return hose joint from the valve body unit. CAUTION: After disconnecting the hose and line, plug or seal the hose and line with a piece of tape or equivalent to prevent foreign Materials from entering the valve body unit. NOTE: Do not loosen the cylinder line A and B between the valve body unit and cylinder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6342 16. Remove the stiffener plate. NOTE: Some stiffener plate attaching bolts are also used as gearbox mounting bolts. The gearbox will tilt to side when these bolts are removed. 17. Remove the mounting brackets. 18. Pull the steering gearbox all the way down to clear the pinion shaft from the bulkhead, then remove the pinion shaft grommet. 19. Move the steering gearbox to right so the left rack end clears the rear beam, then tilt the left side down to remove it from the vehicle. CAUTION: Be careful not to bend or damage the feed line and cylinder lines when removing the gearbox. Steering Gear Disassembly TOOL REQUIRED - 07NAD-SR3020A Cylinder End Seal Remover Attachment - 07GAF-PH70100 Pilot Collar NOTE: - Before disassemble the gearbox, wash it off with solvent and a brush. - Do not dip seals and O-rings in solvent. 1. Remove the steering gearbox. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6343 2. Remove the tie-rod end and locknut. 3. Remove air tube and clips. 4. Remove the boot bands and tie-rod clips. Pull the boots away from the ends of the gearbox. 5. Hold the steering rack with a wrench, and unscrew the rack end with another wrench. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the rack surface with the wrench. 6. Loosen the locknut, then remove the rack guide screw and O-ring. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6344 7. Remove the spring and the rack guide from the gear housing. 8. Remove cylinder lines A and B from the gearbox. 9. Drain the fluid from the cylinder fittings by slowly moving the steering rack back and forth. 10. Remove the two flange bolts, then remove the valve body unit from the gearbox. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6345 11. Drill a 3 mm (0.12 inch) diameter hole approximately 2.5 - 3.0 mm (0.10 - 0.12 inch) in depth in the staked point on the cylinder. CAUTION: Do not allow metal shavings to enter the cylinder housing. - After removing the cylinder end, remove any burrs at the staked point. 12. Hold the steering gearbox using a C-clamp as shown. 13. Loosen and remove the cylinder end. 14. Assemble a 12 x 1.25 mm flange nut onto a 12 x 175 mm grade 10 flange bolt as shown. NOTE: Wrap the flange portion of the bolt with vinyl tape to protect the cylinder. 15. Install the flange bolt into the end of the steering rack until it bottoms in the hole, then back the flange bolt out 1/4 turn. Hold the flange bolt, and tighten the flange nut against the rack by hand. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6346 16. Install the bearing separator on the gearbox housing as shown. 17. Set the gearbox in a press so the gear housing point upward, then press the cylinder end seal and steering rack out of the gearbox. NOTE: Hold the steering rack to keep it from falling when pressed clear. CAUTION: Be careful not damage to inner surface of the cylinder housing with the flange bolt. - Do not place your fingers under the steering rack. 18. Remove the 12 mm bolt and nut from the steering rack. 19. Remove the cylinder end seal from the steering rack. 20. Insert a 24" long, 3/8" drive extension and the special tool into the cylinder from the gearbox side. NOTE: Make sure that the special tool is securely positioned on the backup ring edges. CAUTION: Be careful not damage to inner surface of the cylinder housing with the special tool. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6347 21. Set the gearbox in a press, then press out the cylinder end seal and backup ring from the gearbox. CAUTION: Keep the tool straight to avoid damaging the cylinder wall. Check the tool angle, and correct it if necessary, when removing the cylinder end seal. - Use a press to remove the cylinder end seal. Do not try to remove the seal by striking the tool. It will break the backup ring, and the cylinder end seal will remain in the gearbox. 22. Carefully pry the piston seal ring and O-ring off the piston rack. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the inside of seal ring groove and piston edges when removing the seal ring. 23. Before removing the valve housing, apply vinyl tape to splines of the pinion shaft. 24. Separate the valve housing from the pinion shaft/valve using a press. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6348 25. Check the inner wall of the valve housing where the seal ring slides with your finger. If there is a step in the wall, the valve housing is worn. Replace the valve housing. NOTE: There may be the sliding marks from the seal ring on the wall of the valve housing. Replace the valve housing only if the wall is stepped. - When the valve housing is replaced, install new shim(s) on the bearing surface of the housing to adjust the thickness. 26. Check for wear, burrs and other damage to the edges of the grooves in the sleeve. NOTE: The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precision matched set. If either the pinion shaft or sleeve must be replaced, replace both parts as a set. 27. Remove the circlip and pinion shaft sleeve from the pinion shaft. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6349 28. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut and remove the four seal rings from the sleeve. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the edges of the sleeve grooves and outer surface when removing the seal rings. 29. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut the valve seal ring and O-ring at the groove the pinion shaft. Remove the valve seal ring and O-ring. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the edges of the pinion shaft groove and outer surface when removing the valve seal ring and O-ring. 30. Remove the valve oil seal and backup ring from the pinion shaft. NOTE: Inspect the ball bearing by rotating the outer race slowly. If there is any excessive play, replace the pinion shaft and sleeve as an assembly. - The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precise fit; do not intermix old and new pinion shafts and sleeves. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6350 31. Press the valve oil seal and roller bearing out of the valve housing using a hydraulic press and special tool shown below. Steering Gear Assembly TOOL REQUIRED - 07NAG-SR30900 Piston Seal Ring - 07974-SA50800 Ball Joint Boot Clip Guide - 07974-SA50200 Sleeve Seal Ring Sizing Tool - 07749-0010000 Driver - 07746-0010100 Attachment, 32 x 35 mm - 07GAG-SD40100 Piston Seal Ring Guide - 07GAG-SD40200 Piston Seal Ring Sizing Tool Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6351 NOTE: - Clean the disassembled parts with a solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Do not dip the rubber parts in a solvent. - Always replace the Wrings and rubber seals with new ones before assembly. - Apply the recommended power steering fluid to the parts indicated in the assembly procedures. - Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the power steering system. - Use the appropriate special tools where necessary. 1. Apply vinyl tape to the stepped portion of the pinion shaft, and coat the surface of the vinyl tape with the power steering fluid. 2. Install the backup ring with its tapered side as shown below. 3. Coat the inside surface of the new valve oil seal with power steering fluid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6352 4. Slide the valve oil seal over the pinion shaft, being careful not to damage the sealing lip. CAUTION: Install the valve oil seal with its grooved side facing opposite the hearing. 5. Apply vinyl tape to the splines and stepped portion of the shaft, and coat the surface of the vinyl tape with the power steering fluid. 6. Fit the new O-ring in the groove of the pinion shaft. Then slide the new valve seal ring over the shaft and the groove in on the pinion shaft. 7. Remove the vinyl tape from the pinion shaft. 8. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the valve seal ring that was installed on the pinion shaft. 9. Apply power steering fluid to the inside of the special tool. Set the larger diameter end of the special tool over the valve seal ring. 10. Move the special tool up and down several times to make the valve seal ring fit in the pinion shaft. 11. Remove the special tool. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6353 12. Turn the special tool over, and set the smaller diameter end of the special tool over the valve seal ring. Move the special tool up and down several times to make the valve seal ring fit snugly in the pinion shaft. 13. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the special tool. Set the new seal rings over the special tool from the smaller diameter end of the tool, and expand the seal rings. Do two rings at a time from each end of the sleeve. NOTE: Do not over-expand the seal ring. Install the resin seal rings with care so as not to damage them. After installation, be sure to contract the seal rings using the special tool (sizing tool). - There are two types of sleeve seal rings: black and brown. Do not mix the different types of sleeve seal rings as they are not compatible. 14. Set the special tool in the grooves in the sleeve, and set each ring in each groove securely. NOTE: After installation, compress the seal rings with your fingers temporarily. 15. Apply power steering fluid to the seal rings on the sleeve, and to the entire inside surface of the special tool. 16. Insert the sleeve into the special tool slowly. 17. Move the sleeve each direction several times to make the seal rings snugly fit in the sleeve. NOTE: Be sure that the seal rings are not turned up. 18. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the pinion shaft. Assemble the sleeve over the pinion shaft by aligning the locating pin on the inside of the sleeve with the cutout in the shaft. Then install the new circlip securely in the pinion shaft groove. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the valve seal ring when inserting the sleeve. - Install the circlip with its radiused side toward the sleeve. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6354 19. Apply power steering fluid to the seal ring lip of the valve oil seal, then install the seal in the valve housing using a hydraulic press and special tools as shown. CAUTION: Install the valve oil seal with its grooved side facing the tool. 20. Press the new bearing into the valve housing using a hydraulic press and special tool as shown. NOTE: Place the roller bearing on the valve housing with the stamped letter facing up towards the valve side. 21. Apply vinyl tape to the pinion shaft, then coat the vinyl tape with power steering fluid. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6355 22. Insert the pinion shaft into the valve housing. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the valve seal rings. 23. Remove the vinyl tape from the pinion shaft. 24. Press the pinion shaft/sleeve using a hydraulic press as shown. NOTE: Check that the pinion shaft/sleeve turns smoothly by turning the pinion shaft. 25. Coat the piston seal ring guide with power steering fluid, then slide it onto the rack, big end first. 26. Position the new O-ring and new piston seal ring on the special tool, then slide them down toward the big end of the tool. NOTE: Do not over expand the resin seal rings. Install the resin seal rings with care so as not to damage them. After installation, be sure to contract the seal ring using the special tool (sizing tool). - Replace the piston's O-ring and seal ring as a set. 27. Pull the O-ring off into the piston groove, then pull the piston seal ring off into the piston groove on top of the O-ring. 28. Coat the piston seal ring and the inside of the special tool with power steering fluid. 29. Carefully slide the tool onto the rack and over the piston seal ring. 30. Move the special tool back and forth several times to make the piston seal ring fit snugly in the piston. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6356 31. Wrap vinyl tape around the rack teeth and rack end edges, then coat the surface of the tape with the power steering fluid. NOTE: Make sure that the vinyl tape is wrapped carefully so that there is no stepped portion. 32. Coat the inside surface of the new cylinder end seal with power steering fluid. 33. Install the cylinder end seal onto the steering rack with its grooved side toward the piston. CAUTION: When installing the cylinder end seal, be careful not damage the sealing lip face of the seal with the edges or teeth of the steering rack. 34. Remove the vinyl tape from the steering rack. NOTE: Remove any residue of take adhesive. 35. Install the new backup ring on the steering rack, then place the cylinder end seal to piston. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6357 36. Grease the steering rack teeth, then insert the steering rack into the gear housing. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage to inner surface of the cylinder housing with the rack edges. 37. Install the flange bolt into the end of the steering rack until it bottoms in the hole, then back the flange bolt out 1/4 turn. Hold the flange bolt and tighten the flange nut against the rack by hand. 38. Install the cylinder end seal into the bottom of the cylinder by pressing on the bolt with a press as shown. CAUTION: Do not push on the bolt with excessive force as it may damage the cylinder end seal. 39. Remove the flange bolt, and center the steering rack. 40. Wrap vinyl tape around the rack end edges, and coat the surface of the tape with the power steering fluid. NOTE: Make sure that the vinyl tape is wrapped carefully so that there is no stepped portion. 41. Coat the inside surface of the new cylinder end seal with power steering fluid. 42. Install the cylinder end seal onto the steering rack with its grooved side toward the piston. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6358 43. Push in the cylinder end seal with your finger. CAUTION: When installing the cylinder end seal, be careful not damage the sealing face of the seal with the threads and burrs at the staked position of the cylinder housing. 44. Remove the vinyl tape from the steering rack. NOTE: Remove any residue of tape adhesive. 45. Hold the steering gearbox using a C-clamp as shown. 46. Coat the inside surface of the cylinder end with power steering fluid, then install the cylinder end by screwing it into the cylinder housing. 47. Remove the C-clamp from the steering gearbox. 48. After tightening the cylinder end, stake the point of the cylinder housing shown below. NOTE: Stake the cylinder in the position opposite from where the stake was removed during disassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6359 49. Select the 32 mm shim(s). NOTE: Only reinstall the original 32 mm shim(s) when the steering gearbox is reassembled without replacing the pinion shaft, valve housing, and gearbox housing with new ones. If the pinion shaft, valve housing, and gearbox housing are replaced, select the new shim(s) as follows. Shim Selection: a. Set the four 32 mm shims on the bearing surface of the gearbox housing. Total thickness of the four shims should equal no more than 0.70 mm. Shim set: four 32 mm shims (Thickness: 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm respectively) CAUTION: The four 32 mm shims do not have thickness identification marks. Measure the thickness of each shim using a micrometer, and mark the shim for identification. b. Install the valve body unit on the gearbox, and tighten the flange bolts to the specified torque. c. Measure the clearance between the gearbox and valve body unit using a feeler gauge as shown. NOTE: Measure the clearance at the point midway between the two mounting bolts. d. Determine the required thickness-of the 32 mm shims by subtracting the clearance obtained in the step "c" from the total thickness of the four shims. (Total thickness of the 4 shims) - (Clearance) = Required thickness of the shims NOTE: Select the shims so that the total thickness is close to, but less than, the required thickness. Example: Measurement is 0.28 mm (0.011 inch): 0.70 - 0.28 = 0.42 mm (0.028 - 0.011 = 0.017 inch). The selected shims should be 0.25 mm (0.010 inch) and 0.15 mm (0.006 inch) in thickness. If the required shim thickness is 0.10 mm or less, no shims are necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6360 50. Set the selected 32 mm shims on the bearing surface of the gearbox housing. 51. Coat the new O-ring with grease, and carefully fit it on the valve housing. 52. Apply grease to the needle bearing in the gearbox housing. 53. Install the valve body unit on the gearbox housing by engaging the gears. NOTE: Note the valve body unit installation position (direction of line connection). 54. Tighten the flange bolts to the specified torque. 55. Install the cylinder lines A and B. NOTE: Clean the joints of the cylinder lines A and B thoroughly. The joints must be free of foreign material. - Install the cylinder lines A and B by fighting the flare nuts by hand first, then tighten the flare nuts to the specified torque. 56. Grease the sliding surface of the rack guide, and install it onto the gear housing. 57. Apply a thin coat of grease to the new O-ring, and install it on the rack guide screw. 58. Install the spring, rack guide screw and locknut on the gear housing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6361 59. Adjust the rack guide screw. NOTE: After adjusting, check that the rack moves smoothly by sliding the rack right and left. 60. Install the new lockwasher in the groove in the steering rack. 61. Screw each rack ends into the rack. 62. Hold the steering rack with a wrench, and tighten the rack ends. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the rack surface with the wrench. 63. After tightening the rack ends, stake the four sections of lock washer with a drift and a mallet. a. Place the wood block on the press table, then set the lock washer section of the rack end on the wood block securely. b. Be sure the tool is aligned with the flat sections of the steering rack end before pressing. c. Stake the lock washer in the center of the flat section of the steering rack end. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6362 64. Apply grease to the circumference of the rack end housing. 65. Apply a light coat of silicone grease to the boot grooves on the rack ends. 66. Install the boots in the rack end with the tie-rod clips. NOTE: Install the boots with the rack in the straight ahead position (right and left tie-rods are equal in length). 67. Adjust the air hose fitting position of the boots by turning it as shown below. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6363 68. Install new boot bands on the boot, and bend both sets of locking tabs. CAUTION: Stake the band locking tabs firmly. 69. Lightly tap on the doubled-over portions to reduce their height. 70. Slide the rack right and left to be certain that the boots are not deformed or twisted. 71. Connect the air tube between the right and left boot. 72. Install the clips on the cylinder lines, then clamp the air tube with the clips. Installation CAUTION: Be careful not to bend or damage the feed line and cylinder lines when installing the gearbox. 1. Before installing the gearbox, slide the rack ail the way to right. 2. Install the mounting cushion on the steering gearbox. 3. Install the pinion shaft grommet, then insert the pinion shaft up through the bulkhead. NOTE: Align the notch in the pinion shaft grommet with the tab on the valve housing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6364 4. Install the mounting bracket over the mounting cushion, then install two gearbox mounting bolts. 5. Install the stiffener plate with the two gearbox mounting bolts arid stiffener plate attaching bolts. CAUTION: Be sure the air tube is not caught or pinched by stiffener plate. NOTE: Install the bolts loosely first, then tighten them securely. 6. Install the return hose joint by tightening the 16 mm flare nut. 7. Connect the return hose securely, and tighten the adjustable hose clamp from the engine compartment. 8. Connect the feed line and tighten the 14 mm flare nut. NOTE: Make sure that there is no interference between the fluid lines, the rear beam or any other parts. 9. Center the steering rack within its stroke. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6365 10. Slip the lower end of the steering joint onto the pinion shaft (line up the bolt hole with the groove around the shaft), and tighten the lower bolt. NOTE: Connect the steering shaft and pinion with the cable reel and steering rack centered. - Be sure that the lower steering joint bolt is securely in the groove in the steering gearbox pinion. - If the steering wheel and rack are not centered, reposition the serrations at lower end of the steering joint. 11. Center the cable reel by first rotating it clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise (approximately two turns) until the arrow mark on the label points straight up. Reinstall the steering wheel. 12. Install the steering joint cover with the clamps and a clip. 13. Reconnect the tie-rod ends to the steering knuckles, tighten the castle nut to the specified torque, and install new cotter pins. NOTE: Before connecting the tie-rod ends, wipe off any grease contamination from the ball joint tapered section and threads. CAUTION: Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. 14. Install the exhaust pipe A or TWC. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6366 15. Connect the shift linkage. 16. Install the front wheels. 17. Fill the system with power steering fluid, and bleed air from the system. 18. After installation, perform the following checks. a. Start the engine, allow it to idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm up the fluid. Check the gearbox for leaks. b. Adjust the front toe. c. Check the steering wheel spoke angle. Adjust by turning the right and left tie-rods, if necessary. NOTE: Turn the right and left tie-rods equally. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6367 Steering Gear: Service and Repair Manual Steering Removal and Installation TOOL REQUIRED - 07MAC-SL00200 Ball Joint Remover, 28 mm NOTE: Using solvent and a brush, to wash any oil and dirt off the gearbox. Blow dry with compressed air. REMOVAL 1. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it on safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Remove the steering wheel. 4. Remove the steering joint cover. 5. Remove the steering joint lower bolt, and disconnect the steering joint by moving the joint toward the column. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6368 6. Remove the cotter pin from the castle nut and remove the newt 7. Install the 10 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the 10 mm hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. NOTE: Remove the ball joint using the special tool. Refer to section 18 for how to use the ball joint remover. 8. Separate the tie-rod ball joint and knuckle using the special tool. CAUTION: Avoid damaging the ball joint boot. 9. Remove the left tie-rod end, then slide the rack all the way to the right. 10. Separate the exhaust pipe A or TWC. 11. Disconnect the shift linkage. 12. Remove the stiffener plate. 13. Remove the mounting bracket. 14. Pull the steering gearbox all the way down to clear the pinion shaft from the bulkhead, then remove the pinion shaft grommet. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6369 15. Move the steering gearbox to right so the left rack end clears the rear beam, then tilt the left side down to remove it from the car. INSTALLATION 1. Slide the rack all the way to the right. 2. Install the pinion shaft grommet, and insert the pinion shaft up through the bulkhead. NOTE: Align the notch in the pinion shaft grommet with the tab on the gear housing. 3. Install the mounting brackets with the two gearbox mounting bolts on the cushion. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6370 4. Install the stiffener plate with the two gearbox mounting bolts and stiffener plate attaching bolts. NOTE: Install the bolts loosely first, then tighten them securely. 5. Center the steering rack within its stroke. 6. Slip the lower end of the steering joint onto the pinion shaft (line up the bolt hole with the groove around the shaft), and tighten the lower bolt. NOTE: Connect the steering shaft and pinion with the steering wheel and steering rack centered. - Be sure that the lower steering joint bolt is securely in the groove in the steering gearbox pinion. - If the steering wheel and rack are not centered, reposition the serrations at lower end of the steering joint. 7. Center the cable reel by first rotating it clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise (approximately two turns) until the arrow mark on the label points straight up. Reinstall the steering wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6371 8. Install the steering joint cover with the clamps and clips. 9. Reconnect the tie-rod ends to the steering knuckles, then tighten the castle nut to the specified torque, and install new cotter pins. NOTE: Before connecting the tie-rod ends, wipe off any grease contamination from the ball joint tapered section and threads. CAUTION: Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. 10. Install the exhaust pipe A or TWC. 11. Connect the shift linkage. 12. Install the front wheels. 13. After installation, perform the following checks. a. Adjust the front toe. b. Check the steering wheel spoke angle. Adjust by turning the right and led tie-rods, if necessary. NOTE: Turn the right and left tie-rods equally. Overhaul TOOL REQUIRED - 07746-0020100 Driver, 22 mm I.D. - Roll Pin Drift DISASSEMBLE 1. Place the gearbox in a vise with a soft jaws, then clamp the gearbox at the mount bracket or gear housing. CAUTION: Be careful not to distort the gear housing by clamping it too tight in the vise incorrectly. 2. Remove the tie-rod end and locknut. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6372 3. Remove the boot bands and tie-rod clips. Pull the boots away from the ends of the gearbox. 4. Hold the steering rack with one wrench, and unscrew the rack end with another wrench. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the rack surface with the wrench. 5. Push the right end of the rack back into the cylinder housing so the smooth surface that rides against the seal won't be damaged. 6. Loosen the locknut, and remove the rack guide screw. 7. Remove the disc washer, spring and rack guide from the gear housing. 8. Remove the pinion dust seal and the 35 mm snap ring. 9. Hold the pinion shaft with a vise securely. Remove the pinion by tapping evenly around the flanged section of the gearbox with a plastic hammer. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6373 CAUTION: Do not tap on the steering rack. NOTE: Do not reuse the removed pinion. 10. Slide the steering rack out of the cylinder housing. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the bushing in the cylinder housing. 11. Remove the rack end bushing. 12. Replace the gearbox mounting cushion if necessary: a. To remove the cushion, use a sharp knife and make a cut down the length of the cushion. Be careful not to damage the paint on the outside of the cylinder housing. Remove the old cushion. b. Apply weatherstrip adhesive to the inside of the new cushion. Install the cushion onto the cylinder housing and position it 20 - 22 mm (0.79 0.87 inch) from the end of the cylinder housing as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6374 NOTE: After installing the cushion, wipe off any excess adhesive that may have dripped into the inside of the cylinder housing. ASSEMBLE NOTE: Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Do not dip the rubber parts in solvent. - Always replace the non-reuseable parts with new ones before assembly. - Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the steering gearbox. 1. Apply a thin coat of grease to the inside surface of the rack end bushing. Grease quantity: 1 - 3g (0.04 - 0.1 oz). CAUTION: Do not fill the slots with grease; they must remain open to serve as air passages. 2. Install the rack end bushing by aligning the round projection on the bushing with the hole in the cylinder housing 3. Grease the steering rack teeth. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6375 4. Install the steering rack into the cylinder housing carefully to avoid damaging the rack end bushing. 5. Drive in the steering pinion in the gear housing with the special tools. 6. Install the 35 mm snap ring securely in the gear housing groove. 7. Apply vinyl tape to the pinion shaft, then coat the vinyl tape with grease. 8. Install the pinion dust seal on the gear housing until it seats properly, then remove the tape. 9. Grease the sliding surface of the rack guide, and install it on to the gear housing. 10. Install the spring, disc washer and rack guide screw on the gear housing. NOTE: Install the disc washer with its convex side facing in. 11. Adjust the rack guide screw. 12. Install the new lock washer in the groove in the steering rack. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6376 13. Install the steering rack end into the rack. 14. Hold the steering rack with a wrench and tighten the rack end with another. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the rack surface with the wrench. 15. After tightening the rack ends, stake the four sections of the lock washer with a roll pin drift and a mallet. a. Place the wood block on the press table, then set the lock washer section of the rack end on the wood block securely. Be sure the tool is aligned with the flat sections of the steering rack end before pressing. b. Stake the lock washer in the center of the flat section of the steering rack end. 16. Apply grease to the circumference of the rack end housing. 17. Apply a light coat of silicone grease to the boot grooves on the rack ends. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6377 18. Install the boots in the rack end with the tie-rod clips. NOTE: Install the boot band with the rack in the straight ahead position (right and led tie-rods are equal in length). 19. Install the boot band so that the locking tabs of the band (stake points) are in the range shown below. (Tabs should face up and slightly forward.) 20. Bend both sets of locking tabs. 21. Lightly tap on the doubled-over portions to reduce their height. CAUTION: Stake the band locking tabs firmly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Steering > Page 6378 22. Slide the rack right and left to be certain that the boots are not deformed or twisted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Specifications Steering Wheel: Specifications Free play 0 to 10 mm Steering Wheel Nut 49 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6382 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage Steering Wheel: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not disassemble the airbags. it has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag during service, please observe the following precautions. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury. Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put any things on the removed airbag. Keep free from any oil, grease, detergent, or water to prevent damage to the airbag. Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200° F / 93° C). Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 6385 Do not position yourself in front of the airbag assembly during removal, inspection, or replacement. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal Procedures (see "Damaged Airbag Special Procedure") for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 6386 Steering Wheel: Service Precautions Deployed Air Bag Put on a pair of shop gloves and safety glasses to protect your hands and eyes from possible irritation and heat when handling the deployed air bag assembly. Driver Airbag Assembly After the air bag assembly has been deployed, the surface of the air bag may contain a powdery residue. This powder consists primarily of cornstarch (used to lubricate the bag as it inflates) and by products of the chemical reaction. Sodium hydroxide dust (similar to lye soap) is produced as a by product of the deployment reaction. The sodium hydroxide then quickly reacts with atmospheric moisture and is converted to sodium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate (baking soda). Therefore, it is unlikely that sodium hydroxide will be present after deployment. Passenger Airbag Assembly The passenger inflator requires no special precaution after deployment. 95% of the particulate emission are potassium chloride (KCL), which is commonly sold as an edible salt-substitutes. even if water is applied. Post deployment products are relatively pH neutral. Disposing the inflator by burying it in a landfill will not products any hazardous products. As with any dusty environment, safety goggles, dust mask and gloves should be worn. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 6387 Steering Wheel: Service Precautions Undeployed Air Bag During the course of a vehicle's useful life, certain situations may arise which will necessitate the disposal of a live (undeployed) air bag assembly. This information covers proper procedures for disposing of a live air bag assembly. Before a live air bag assembly can be disposed of, it must be deployed. A live air bag assembly must not be disposed of through normal refuse channels. Special care is necessary when handling and storing a live (undeployed) air bag assembly. The rapid gas generation produced during deployment of the air bag could cause the air bag assembly, or an object in front of the air bag assembly, to be thrown through the air in the unlikely event of an accidental deployment. WARNING: FAILURE TO FOLLOW PROPER SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) AIR BAG ASSEMBLY DISPOSAL PROCEDURES CAN RESULT IN AIR BAG DEPLOYMENT WHICH MAY CAUSE PERSONAL INJURY. AN UNDEPLOYED AIR BAG ASSEMBLY MUST NOT BE DISPOSED OF THROUGH NORMAL REFUSE CHANNELS. THE UNDEPLOYED AIR BAG ASSEMBLY CONTAINS SUBSTANCES THAT CAN CAUSE SEVERE ILLNESS OR PERSONAL INJURY IF THE SEALED CONTAINER IS DAMAGED DURING DISPOSAL. DISPOSAL IN ANY MANNER INCONSISTENT WITH PROPER PROCEDURES MAY BE A VIOLATION OF FEDERAL, STATE, AND / OR LOCAL LAW. In situations which require deployment of a live air bag assembly, deployment may be accomplished inside or outside the vehicle. The method employed Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 6388 depends upon the final disposition of the particular vehicle, as noted in "Deployment Outside Vehicle" and "Deployment Inside Vehicle". WARNING: WHEN CARRYING A LIVE AIR BAG ASSEMBLY, MAKE SURE THE BAG OPENING IS POINTED AWAY FROM YOU. IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT, THE BAG WILL THEN DEPLOY WITH MINIMAL CHANCE OF INJURY. NEVER CARRY THE AIR BAG ASSEMBLY BY THE WIRES OR CONNECTOR ON THE UNDERSIDE OF THE MODULE. Handling/Installation/Diagnosis 1. Air bag assembly should not be subjected to temperatures above 65° C (150° F). 2. Air bag assembly, and SDM should not be used if they have been dropped from a height of 100 centimeters (3.28 feet) or more. 3. When a SDM is replaced, it must be oriented with the arrow on the SDM pointing toward the front of the vehicle. It is very important for the SDM to be located flat on the mounting surface, parallel to the vehicle datum line. It is important that the SDM mounting surface is free of any dirt or other foreign material. 4. Do not apply power to the SRS unless all components are connected or a diagnostic chart requests it, as this will set a diagnostic trouble code. 5. The "SRS Diagnostic System Check" must be the starting point of any SRS diagnostics. The "SRS Diagnostic System Check" will verify proper "AIR BAG" warning lamp operation and will lead you to the correct chart to diagnose any SRS malfunctions. Bypassing these procedures may result in extended diagnostic time, incorrect diagnosis, and incorrect parts replacements. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 6389 Steering Wheel: Service Precautions Steering Wheel and Cable Reel Alignment Steering Wheel and Cable Reel Alignment NOTE: To avoid misalignment of the steering wheel or airbag on reassembly, make sure the wheels are turned straight ahead before removing the steering wheel. Rotate the cable reel clockwise unit it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise (approximately two and a half turns) until the arrow mark on the cable reel label points straight up. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 6390 Steering Wheel: Adjustments Steering Wheel and Cable Reel Alignment NOTE: To avoid misalignment of the steering wheel or airbag on reassembly, make sure the wheels are turned straight ahead before removing the steering wheel. Rotate the cable reel clockwise unit it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise (approximately two and a half turns) until the arrow mark on the cable reel label points straight up. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal Steering Wheel: Service and Repair Removal NOTE: Before removing the steering wheel, align the front wheels straight ahead. REMOVAL 1. Remove the driver's airbag assembly from the steering wheel. Refer to Air Bags and Seat Belts. 2. Disconnect the horn connector and cruise control switches connector. 3. Remove the steering wheel nut. 4. Remove the steering wheel by rocking it slightly from side-to-side as you pull steadily with both hands. CAUTION: Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering column shaft when installing the steering wheel. NOTE: Before installing the steering wheel, align the front wheels straight ahead. . Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal > Page 6393 Steering Wheel: Service and Repair Installation INSTALLATION 1. Before installing the steering wheel, center the cable reel. Do this by first rotating the cable reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise approximately two turns. The arrow mark on the cable reel label should points straight up. 2. Install the steering wheel with the steering wheel nut. NOTE: Be sure the steering wheel shaft engages the cable reel and canceling sleeve. 3. Attach the cruise control switches connector to the steering wheel clip. 4. Connect the horn connector. 5. Install the driver's airbag assembly, and confirm proper system operation. 6. Check the horn and cruise control switches for proper operations. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Tie Rod > Tie Rod Boot > Component Information > Service and Repair Tie Rod Boot: Service and Repair TOOL REQUIRED - 07974-SA50800 Ball Joint Boot Clip Guide REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the boot set ring and the boot. CAUTION: Do not contaminate the boot installation section with grease. 2. Pack the interior of the boot and lip with grease. 3. Wipe the grease off the sliding surface of the ball pin, then pack the lower area with fresh grease. CAUTION: Keep grease off the boot installation section and the tapered section of the ball pin. - Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the boot. 4. Install the boot in the groove of the boot installation section securely, then bleed the air from the boot. 5. Adjust the special tool with the adjusting bolt until the end of the tool aligns with the groove on the boot. Slide the set ring over the tool and into position. CAUTION: After installing the boot, check the ball pin tapered section for grease contamination and wipe it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Tie Rod > Tie Rod End > Component Information > Specifications Tie Rod End: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Attaching Nut ....................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 44 Nm (33 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Specifications > Lower Ball Joint: Specifications Lower TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Castle Nut ............................................................................................................................................ ................................... 49 - 59 Nm (36 - 43 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Specifications > Lower > Page 6406 Ball Joint: Specifications Upper TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Castle Nut Upper.................................................................................................................................. ................................... 39 - 47 Nm (29 - 35 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Service and Repair > Dust Cover, Wheel Hub Ball Joint: Service and Repair Dust Cover, Wheel Hub TOOL REQUIRED - 07GAG-SD40700 Upper Ball Joint Boot Clip Guide - 07974-SA50700 Lower Ball Boot Clip Guide 1. Remove the set ring and the boot. CAUTION: Do not contaminate the boot installation section with grease. 2. Pack the interior of the boot and lip with grease. 3. Wipe the grease off the sliding surface of the ball pin and pack with fresh grease. CAUTION: Keep grease off the boot installation section and the tapered section of the ball pin. - Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the boot. 4. Install the boot in the groove of the boot installation section securely, then bleed air. 5. Install the upper and lower ball joint boot set rings using the special tools as follows: Lower ball joint: Adjust the special tool with the adjusting bolt until the end of the tool aligns with the groove on the boot. Slide the set ring over the tool and into position. CAUTION: After installing the boot, check the ball pin tapered section for grease contamination and wipe it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Service and Repair > Dust Cover, Wheel Hub > Page 6409 Ball Joint: Service and Repair Lower Ball Joint TOOL REQUIRED - 07974-SA50700 Ball Joint Boot Clip Guide - 07965-SB00100 Ball Joint Remover/Installer - 07965-SB00200 Ball Joint Installer Base 1. Remove the knuckle. 2. Remove the boot by prying the set ring off. 3. Check the boot for deterioration and damage, replace if necessary. 4. Install the special tools on the ball joint and tighten the castle nut. 5. Position the special tools over the ball joint as shown, then set the assembly in a vise. Press the ball joint out of the knuckle. 6. Place the ball joint in position by hand. 7. Install the special tools over the ball joint as shown, then press the ball joint in. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Service and Repair > Dust Cover, Wheel Hub > Page 6410 8. Install the ball joint boot and set ring using the special tool. 9. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and pay particular attention to the following items: a. Be careful not to damage the ball joint boots when installing the knuckle. b. Torque all mounting hardware to the specified torque values. c. Torque the castle nuts to the lower torque specifications, then tighten them only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening. d. Install new cotter pins on the castle nuts after torquing. e. Avoid twisting the sensor wires when installing the wheel sensor. f. Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and the inside of the brake disc. g. Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. h. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Service and Repair > Dust Cover, Wheel Hub > Page 6411 Ball Joint: Service and Repair Upper Ball Joint TOOL REQUIRED - 07GAG-SD40700 Upper Ball Joint Boot Clip Guide - 07974-SA50700 Lower Ball Boot Clip Guide 1. Remove the set ring and the boot. CAUTION: Do not contaminate the boot installation section with grease. 2. Pack the interior of the boot and lip with grease. 3. Wipe the grease off the sliding surface of the ball pin and pack with fresh grease. CAUTION: Keep grease off the boot installation section and the tapered section of the ball pin. - Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the boot. 4. Install the boot in the groove of the boot installation section securely, then bleed air. 5. Install the upper and lower ball joint boot set rings using the special tools as follows: Lower ball joint: Adjust the special tool with the adjusting bolt until the end of the tool aligns with the groove on the boot. Slide the set ring over the tool and into position. CAUTION: After installing the boot, check the ball pin tapered section for grease contamination and wipe it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Control Arm > Control Arm Bushing > Component Information > Service and Repair Control Arm Bushing: Service and Repair Upper Control Arms, Rear 1. Remove the upper arm bushing and inner bushing as shown. 2. Mark a scribe line on the upper arm inner bushing so that it is in line with the bolt mounting surface. 3. Mark on the upper arm at two points so that they are in line and make a right angle with the arm as shown. 4. Drive in the upper arm inner bushing with the marks aligned. 5. Drive the upper arm bushing into the upper arm. NOTE: Drive in the upper arm bushing and inner bushing until their leading edges are flush with the upper arm. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Rear Cross-Member > System Information > Description and Operation Rear Cross-Member: Description and Operation Description The rear floor cross-member position is critical for rear wheel alignment. During replacement, check the position of the rear beam and the rear damper base, and position the rear floor cross-member properly. Weld securely following the welder manufacturer's instructions to maintain rigidity. Use of the positioning jig is recommended. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications Front Steering Knuckle: Specifications TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Knuckle to Upper Arm ........................................................................................................................................... ................................ 39-47 Nm (29-35 ft. lbs.) Lower Arm .................................................................. ......................................................................................................... 49-59 Nm (36-43 ft. lbs.) Splash Guard ....................................................................................................................................... ............................................... 4.9 Nm (3.6 ft. lbs.) Caliper Mounting Bolts ......................................... ............................................................................................................................. 108 Nm (80 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6423 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6424 Front Steering Knuckle: Service and Repair CAUTION: - Replace the self-locking nuts after removal. - The vehicle should be on the ground before any bolts or nuts connected to rubber mounts or bushings are tightened. - Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. NOTE: - Use only genuine Honda wheel weights for aluminum wheels. Non-genuine wheel weights may corrode and damage the aluminum wheels. - On the aluminum wheels, remove the center cap from the inside of the wheel after removing the wheel. - Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and brake disc. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and wheel. - Wipe off the grease before tightening the nut at the ball joint. 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6425 3. Remove the wheel nuts and wheel. 4. Raise the locking tab on the spindle nut, then remove the nut. 5. Remove the brake hose mounting bolts. 6. Remove the caliper mounting bolts and hang the caliper assembly to one side. CAUTION: To prevent accidental damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper from the undercarriage. 7. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws. 8. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts into the disc to push it away from the wheel hub. NOTE: Turn each bolt two turns at a time to prevent cocking the disc excessively. 9. Remove the brake disc from the knuckle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6426 10. Check the front wheel hub for damage and cracks. 11. Remove the wheel sensor from the knuckle (for cars with ABS). NOTE: Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. Use the special tool to separate the ball joints from the suspension or steering arm. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot. 12. Clean any dirt or grease off the ball joint. 13. Remove the cotter pin from the steering arm and remove the nut. 14. Apply grease to the special tool on the areas shown. This will ease installation of the tool and prevent damage to the pressure bolt threads. 15. Install a 10 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end to prevent damage to the threaded end of the ball joint. 16. Install the special tool as shown. Insert the jaws carefully, making sure you do not damage the ball joint boot. Adjust the jaw spacing by turning the pressure bolt. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6427 NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 17. Once the special tool is in place, turn the adjusting bolt as necessary to make the jaws parallel. Then hand-tighten the pressure bolt, and recheck the jaws to make sure they are still Parallel. NOTE: After making the adjustment to the adjusting bolt, be sure the head of the adjusting bolt is in this position to the allow the jaw to pivot. 18. With a wrench, tighten the pressure bolt until the ball joint shaft pops loose from the steering arm. Wear eye protection. The ball joint can break loose suddenly and scatter dirt or other debris in your eyes. 19. Remove the tool, then remove the nut from the end of the ball joint and pull the ball joint out of the steering/suspension arm. Inspect the ball joint boot and replace it if damaged. 20. Remove the cotter pin from the lower arm ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 21. Install a 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 22. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and lower arm. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 23. Remove the cotter pin from the upper ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 24. Install the 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6428 25. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and knuckle. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 26. Pull the knuckle outward and remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the knuckle by tapping the driveshaft end with a plastic hammer, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one after removal. 27. Separate the wheel hub from the knuckle using the special tools and a hydraulic press. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. - Hold onto the wheel hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear. - To prevent damage to the tool, make sure the threads are fully engaged before pressing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6429 28. Remove the circlip and the splash guard from the knuckle. 29. Press the wheel bearing out of the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. 30. Press the wheel bearing inner race from the wheel hub using the special tools, a bearing separator, and a press as shown. NOTE: Wash the knuckle and wheel hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6430 31. Press a new wheel bearing into the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. NOTE: Place the wheel bearing on the knuckle with the pack seal (metal color) toward the inside. Be careful not to damage the sleeve of the pack seal. 32. Install the circlip securely in the knuckle groove. 33. Install the splash guard and tighten the screws. 34. Install the wheel hub on the knuckle using the special tools shown and a hydraulic press as shown. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6431 35. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and pay particular attention to the following items: a. Be careful not to damage the ball joint boots when installing the knuckle. b. Torque all mounting hardware to the specified torque values. c. Torque the castle nuts to the lower torque specifications, then tighten them only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening. d. Install new cotter pins on the castle nuts after torquing. e. Avoid twisting the sensor wires when installing the wheel sensor. f. Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and the inside of the brake disc. g. Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. h. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Stabilizer Bar, Sway Control > Component Information > Specifications Stabilizer Bar: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Bracket Attaching Bolts ....................................................................................................................... ................................................. 22 Nm (16 ft. lbs.) End Self-Locking Nut ........................................... ................................................................................................................................ 22 Nm (16 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation Front Strut / Shock Tower: Description and Operation Description The front wheelhouse component is constructed as a unit with the front damper housing. Therefore, replacement of the component affects the front wheel alignment. When assembling it, either use a positioning jig or follow dimensions on the frame repair chart for positioning. Weld carefully. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6439 Front Strut / Shock Tower: Service and Repair Replacement 1. Remove the related parts. - Parts to be removed when removing the front bulkhead - Parts on passenger side of lower dashboard which are especially flammable - Electrical accessories in engine compartment and wire harnesses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6440 2. Pull out and straighten the damaged area to approximately the original shape. - Attach the car to the frame straightener by tightening the underbody clamps at the horizontal pinch weld points. - Before cutting off the damaged sections, pull them out so that they are restored to the original shape. - Do not pull out more than necessary. - Pull out and straighten the damaged area of the lower dashboard, front pillar, and other parts. - After pulling, check the damper housing position using the body dimensional drawings and positioning jig. NOTE: Check the condition of the door and hinges. 3. Peel off the undercoat. Heat the undercoat at the weld areas of the wheelhouse and front side frame with a gas torch, and peel off the undercoat with a metal spatula. CAUTION: Be careful not to burn the fittings inside the passenger compartment and dashboard insulator when heating. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6441 4. When replacing the front wheelhouse. - Center punch around the spot weld imprints on the front side frame and damper housing. - Drill holes in the center punched areas using a spot cutter. - Using a chisel, pry off the welded flange. - Level and finish the burrs on the welding surfaces with a sander. 5. When replacing the damper housing and front wheelhouse as an assembly. -1 Remove the wheelhouse upper member. - Center punch around the spot weld imprints. - Use the special spot cutter to drill holes at the spot weld nuggets. - Remove the MIG weld flange with a disc sander. WARNING: To prevent eye injury, wear goggles or safety glasses whenever sanding, cutting or grinding. - Using a chisel, pry off the welded flange from the front pillar and damper housing. NOTE: Remove the wheelhouse upper member carefully so they can be reused. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6442 -2 Using a spot cutter, drill holes in the spot welded area on the front side frame and dashboard upper side member. -3 From the passenger compartment side, drill holes in the spot welded area with as mm (0.2 in). NOTE: Drill holes completely through the parts since the replacement damper housing will be welded by MIG welding. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6443 6. Mold the related parts. - Level and finish the burrs left on the welding surfaces with a sander. - Fill all drilled holes by MIG or gas welding. - Use a hammer and dolly to even out the welded areas of the lower dashboard, front side frame and dashboard upper side member. 7. Set the new front wheelhouse and damper housing. - Apply body paint to both sides of the new front wheelhouse and damper housing. - See Paint Repair section. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Remove the undercoat from both sides of the welding section and expose the steel plate using a disc sander WARNING: To prevent eye injury, wear goggles or safety glasses whenever sanding, cutting or grinding - Clamp to the front side frame with vise-grips and squill vises. NOTE: Apply the spot sealer to the welding surface when spot welding. - Clamp the front bulkhead with vise-grips. - Measure the front compartment diagonally. NOTE: Use of a positioning jig is recommended. - Spot weld several points in the clamped sections, and temporarily attach the front wheelhouse and damper housing WARNING: To prevent eye injury and bums when welding, wear an approved welding helmet, gloves and safety shoes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6444 8. Check the dimensions, temporarily install the hood, front fender and headlight, and check for differences in level and clearance. - Check the engine and transmission mount brackets position. 9. Perform the main welding. - Weld as much as possible with the jig still mounted. WARNING: To prevent eye injury and bums when welding, wear an approved welding helmet, gloves and safety shoes. - Make 20% to 30% more spot welds than there were holes drilled. - Plug weld the holes areas of the dashboard lower and damper housing with a MIG welder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6445 10. Weld the wheelhouse upper member. When the upper member is to be reused, make MIG welds at the drilled holes. 11. Finish the welded area. Use a hammer and dolly to even out the side bulkhead and front side frame flanges for close fit with the surface of the front wheelhouse and damper housing. 12. Apply the sealer. Apply sealer to the mating surfaces of the lower dashboard and front side frame, etc. 13. Apply the paint. See Paint Repair section. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. 14. Apply the undercoat. Undercoat the front floor, etc, and apply anti-rust agent to the inside of the welding section of the front side frame, lower dashboard, and upper member. 15. Install the related parts. Install in the reverse order in which they were removed. 16. Inspect, check and make adjustment. - Measure the front wheel alignment. - Inspect the brake system. - Adjust the headlight aim. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Coil Spring Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ): Service and Repair Front Coil Spring TOOL REQUIRED - Spring Strut Compressor REMOVAL 1. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the damper pinch bolt from the top of damper fork. 3. Remove the damper fork bolt and self-locking nut from the bottom of the damper fork, then remove damper fork. 4. Remove the damper by removing the two nuts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Coil Spring > Page 6450 5. Compress the damper spring with the spring compressor according to the manufacturer's instructions, then remove the self-locking nut. CAUTION: Do not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the nut. 6. Release the pressure from the spring compressor. INSTALLATION 1. Install the damper unit on a spring compressor. 2. Assemble the damper in reverse order of removal except the damper mounting washer and self locking nut. NOTE: Align the bottom of damper spring and spring lower seat as shown. 3. Position the damper mounting base on the damper unit as shown. 4. Compress the damper spring. 5. Install the damper mounting rubber, damper mounting washer and a new 10 mm self-locking nut. 6. Hold the damper shaft and tighten the 10 mm self-locking nut. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Coil Spring > Page 6451 7. Loosely install the damper on the frame with the aligning tab facing inside, then loosely install the two flange nuts. 8. Install the damper fork over the driveshaft and onto the lower arm. Install the front damper in the damper fork so the aligning tab is aligned with the slot in the damper fork. 9. Loosely install the damper pinch bolt on the top of the damper fork. 10. Loosely install the damper fork bolt and a new self-locking nut on the bottom of the damper fork. 11. Raise the knuckle with a floor jack until the vehicle just lifts off the safety stand. The floor jack must be securely positioned or personal injury may result. 12. Tighten the damper pinch bolt. 13. Tighten the damper fork bolt and self-locking nut. 14. Tighten the flange nuts on top of the damper. 15. Install the brake hose mounts with the brake hose mounting bolts. 16. Install the front wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Coil Spring > Page 6452 Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ): Service and Repair Rear Coil Spring REMOVAL 1. Remove the rear wheels. 2. Remove the speaker cover and speaker (Hatchback) Sedan and Coupe: Remove the trunk side pane. 3. Remove the two flange nuts. 4. Remove the flange bolt from the damper. 5. Remove the flange bolt that connects the lower arm to the trailing arm. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Coil Spring > Page 6453 6. Lower the rear suspension, and remove the damper. 7. Compress the damper spring with the spring compressor according to the manufacturer's instructions, then remove the self-locking nut. CAUTION: Do not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the self-locking nut. 8. Release the pressure from the spring compressor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Coil Spring > Page 6454 INSTALLATION 1. Install the damper unit on a spring compressor. NOTE: Follow the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Assemble the rear damper in reverse order of disassembly except the damper mounting washer and self-locking nut. NOTE: Align the bottom of damper spring and spring lower seat as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Coil Spring > Page 6455 3. Position the damper mounting base on the damper unit as shown. 4. Compress the damper spring with the spring compressor. 5. Install the damper mounting washer, and loosely install a new self-locking nut. 6. Hold the damper shaft with a hex wrench and tighten the self-locking nut. 7. Lower the rear suspension, and position the damper with the spring stop pointed toward the left side of the vehicle. 8. Loosely install the two flange nuts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Coil Spring > Page 6456 9. Loosely install the flange bolt. 10. Raise the rear suspension with a floor jack until the vehicle just lifts off the safety stand. WARNING: The floor jack must be securely positioned or personal injury may result. 11. Tighten the flange bolt. 12. Tighten the two flange nuts on top of the damper to the specified torque. 13. Check the rear wheel alignment and adjust if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Specifications > Strut Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber: Specifications Strut TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Upper Bolt ............................................................................................................................................ ................................................ 43 Nm (32 ft. lbs.) Lower Bolt ............................................................. ............................................................................................................................... 64 Nm (47 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Specifications > Strut > Page 6461 Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber: Specifications Shock TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Upper Self-Locking Nut ....................................................................................................................... ................................................ 29 Nm (22 ft. lbs.) Upper Flange Nut .................................................. ............................................................................................................................... 49 Nm (36 ft. lbs.) Rear Lower Bolt ................................................................................................................................... ................................................ 54 Nm (40 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6462 Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber: Application and ID Type ..................................................................................................................................................... ............... Telescopic, Hydraulic Nitrogen Gas Filled Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber: Service and Repair Removal and Replacement Strut Front Strut REMOVAL 1. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the damper pinch bolt from the top of damper fork. 3. Remove the damper fork bolt and self-locking nut from the bottom of the damper fork, then remove damper fork. 4. Remove the damper by removing the two nuts. DISASSEMBLE Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6465 1. Compress the damper spring with the spring compressor according to the manufacturer's instructions, then remove the self-locking nut. CAUTION: Do not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the nut. 2. Release the pressure from the spring compressor, then disassemble the damper as shown in the next column. INSPECTION 1. Reassemble all parts, except the spring. 2. Push on the damper assembly as shown. 3. Check for smooth operation through a full stroke, both compression and extension. NOTE: The damper should move smoothly. If it does not (no compression or no extension), the gas is leaking, and the damper should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6466 4. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises or binding during these tests. ASSEMBLE 1. Install the damper unit on a spring compressor. 2. Assemble the damper in reverse order of removal except the damper mounting washer and self locking nut. NOTE: Align the bottom of damper spring and spring lower seat as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6467 3. Position the damper mounting base on the damper unit as shown. 4. Compress the damper spring. 5. Install the damper mounting rubber, damper mounting washer and a new 10 mm self-locking nut. 6. Hold the damper shaft and tighten the 10 mm self-locking nut. INSTALLATION 1. Loosely install the damper on the frame with the aligning tab facing inside, then loosely install the two flange nuts. 2. Install the damper fork over the driveshaft and onto the lower arm. Install the front damper in the damper fork so the aligning tab is aligned with the slot in the damper fork. 3. Loosely install the damper pinch bolt on the top of the damper fork. 4. Loosely install the damper fork bolt and a new self-locking nut on the bottom of the damper fork. 5. Raise the knuckle with a floor jack until the vehicle just lifts off the safety stand. The floor jack must be securely positioned or personal injury may result. 6. Tighten the damper pinch bolt. 7. Tighten the damper fork bolt and self-locking nut. 8. Tighten the flange nuts on top of the damper. 9. Install the brake hose mounts with the brake hose mounting bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6468 10. Install the front wheel. Rear Strut REMOVAL 1. Remove the rear wheels. 2. Remove the speaker cover and speaker (Hatchback) Sedan and Coupe: Remove the trunk side pane. 3. Remove the two flange nuts. 4. Remove the flange bolt from the damper. 5. Remove the flange bolt that connects the lower arm to the trailing arm. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6469 6. Lower the rear suspension, and remove the damper. DISASSEMBLE 1. Compress the damper spring with the spring compressor according to the manufacturer's instructions, then remove the self-locking nut. CAUTION: Do not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the self-locking nut. 2. Release the pressure from the spring compressor, then disassemble. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6470 INSPECTION 1. Reassemble all parts, except the spring. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6471 2. Push on the damper as shown. 3. Check for smooth operation through a full stroke, both compression and extension. NOTE: The damper should move smoothly. If it does not (no compression or no extension), the gas is leaking, and the damper should be replaced. 4. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises and binding during these tests. ASSEMBLE 1. Install the damper unit on a spring compressor. NOTE: Follow the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Assemble the rear damper in reverse order of disassembly except the damper mounting washer and self-locking nut. NOTE: Align the bottom of damper spring and spring lower seat as shown. 3. Position the damper mounting base on the damper unit as shown. 4. Compress the damper spring with the spring compressor. 5. Install the damper mounting washer, and loosely install a new self-locking nut. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6472 6. Hold the damper shaft with a hex wrench and tighten the self-locking nut. INSTALLATION 1. Lower the rear suspension, and position the damper with the spring stop pointed toward the left side of the vehicle. 2. Loosely install the two flange nuts. 3. Loosely install the flange bolt. 4. Raise the rear suspension with a floor jack until the vehicle just lifts off the safety stand. WARNING: The floor jack must be securely positioned or personal injury may result. 5. Tighten the flange bolt. 6. Tighten the two flange nuts on top of the damper to the specified torque. 7. Check the rear wheel alignment and adjust if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6473 Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber: Service and Repair Removal and Replacement Shock Front Shock REMOVAL 1. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the damper pinch bolt from the top of damper fork. 3. Remove the damper fork bolt and self-locking nut from the bottom of the damper fork, then remove damper fork. 4. Remove the damper by removing the two nuts. DISASSEMBLE Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6474 1. Compress the damper spring with the spring compressor according to the manufacturer's instructions, then remove the self-locking nut. CAUTION: Do not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the nut. 2. Release the pressure from the spring compressor, then disassemble the damper as shown in the next column. INSPECTION 1. Reassemble all parts, except the spring. 2. Push on the damper assembly as shown. 3. Check for smooth operation through a full stroke, both compression and extension. NOTE: The damper should move smoothly. If it does not (no compression or no extension), the gas is leaking, and the damper should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6475 4. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises or binding during these tests. ASSEMBLE 1. Install the damper unit on a spring compressor. 2. Assemble the damper in reverse order of removal except the damper mounting washer and self locking nut. NOTE: Align the bottom of damper spring and spring lower seat as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6476 3. Position the damper mounting base on the damper unit as shown. 4. Compress the damper spring. 5. Install the damper mounting rubber, damper mounting washer and a new 10 mm self-locking nut. 6. Hold the damper shaft and tighten the 10 mm self-locking nut. INSTALLATION 1. Loosely install the damper on the frame with the aligning tab facing inside, then loosely install the two flange nuts. 2. Install the damper fork over the driveshaft and onto the lower arm. Install the front damper in the damper fork so the aligning tab is aligned with the slot in the damper fork. 3. Loosely install the damper pinch bolt on the top of the damper fork. 4. Loosely install the damper fork bolt and a new self-locking nut on the bottom of the damper fork. 5. Raise the knuckle with a floor jack until the vehicle just lifts off the safety stand. The floor jack must be securely positioned or personal injury may result. 6. Tighten the damper pinch bolt. 7. Tighten the damper fork bolt and self-locking nut. 8. Tighten the flange nuts on top of the damper. 9. Install the brake hose mounts with the brake hose mounting bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6477 10. Install the front wheel. Rear Shock REMOVAL 1. Remove the rear wheels. 2. Remove the speaker cover and speaker (Hatchback) Sedan and Coupe: Remove the trunk side pane. 3. Remove the two flange nuts. 4. Remove the flange bolt from the damper. 5. Remove the flange bolt that connects the lower arm to the trailing arm. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6478 6. Lower the rear suspension, and remove the damper. DISASSEMBLE 1. Compress the damper spring with the spring compressor according to the manufacturer's instructions, then remove the self-locking nut. CAUTION: Do not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the self-locking nut. 2. Release the pressure from the spring compressor, then disassemble. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6479 INSPECTION 1. Reassemble all parts, except the spring. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6480 2. Push on the damper as shown. 3. Check for smooth operation through a full stroke, both compression and extension. NOTE: The damper should move smoothly. If it does not (no compression or no extension), the gas is leaking, and the damper should be replaced. 4. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises and binding during these tests. ASSEMBLE 1. Install the damper unit on a spring compressor. NOTE: Follow the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Assemble the rear damper in reverse order of disassembly except the damper mounting washer and self-locking nut. NOTE: Align the bottom of damper spring and spring lower seat as shown. 3. Position the damper mounting base on the damper unit as shown. 4. Compress the damper spring with the spring compressor. 5. Install the damper mounting washer, and loosely install a new self-locking nut. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Strut > Page 6481 6. Hold the damper shaft with a hex wrench and tighten the self-locking nut. INSTALLATION 1. Lower the rear suspension, and position the damper with the spring stop pointed toward the left side of the vehicle. 2. Loosely install the two flange nuts. 3. Loosely install the flange bolt. 4. Raise the rear suspension with a floor jack until the vehicle just lifts off the safety stand. WARNING: The floor jack must be securely positioned or personal injury may result. 5. Tighten the flange bolt. 6. Tighten the two flange nuts on top of the damper to the specified torque. 7. Check the rear wheel alignment and adjust if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Trailing Arm > Trailing Arm Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Trailing Arm Bushing: > 00-006 > Mar > 06 > Suspension Rear Suspension Clunk/Squeak On Bumps Trailing Arm Bushing: Customer Interest Suspension - Rear Suspension Clunk/Squeak On Bumps 00-006 March 31, 2006 Applies To: *1988-00 Civic - ALL 1997-01 CR-V-ALL 1993-97 Del Sol - ALL* Clunk or Squeak From Rear Suspension (Supersedes 00-006, dated December 11, 2001, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) SYMPTOM A clunk or squeak from the rear suspension when going over rough or bumpy roads. PROBABLE CAUSE Broken rear trailing arm bushing(s). CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the rear trailing arm bushing(s). PARTS INFORMATION *Rear Trailing Arm Bushing: 1988-00 Civic and 1993-97 Del Sol P/N 52385-SR3-000, H/C 4098299 1997-01 CR-V: P/N 52385-SR3-003, H/C 7424773 TOOL INFORMATION Trailing Arm Bushing Installation Set: T/N 07AAF-SK7A130, H/C 8283822 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: 1988-00 Civic and 1993-97 Del Sol: P/N 52385-SR3-000 H/C 4098299 1997-01 CR-V: P/N 52385-SR3-003 H/C 7424773 Defect Code: 01801 Symptom Code: 04205* Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Trailing Arm > Trailing Arm Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Trailing Arm Bushing: > 00-006 > Mar > 06 > Suspension Rear Suspension Clunk/Squeak On Bumps > Page 6491 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE *NOTE: ISIS online service manual information is only available for vehicles 1990 and newer. 1. Remove the rear trailing arm: ^ Refer to the suspension section of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword REAR SUSPENSION, then select Suspension Arms Replacement from the list.* 2. Mark the trailing arm at the arrow on the bottom of the bushing. 3. Place the arm on a hydraulic press, supported by the hub base, with the spindle facing up. 4. With the hub driver, press the old bushing out of the trailing arm. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Trailing Arm > Trailing Arm Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Trailing Arm Bushing: > 00-006 > Mar > 06 > Suspension Rear Suspension Clunk/Squeak On Bumps > Page 6492 5. Install the new bushing with the short end toward the outside of the vehicle. Align the arrow with the mark you made on the trailing arm. 6. Press the new bushing into the trailing arm until its edge is 10 to 12 mm above the surface of the arm. 7. Reinstall the trailing arm. 8. If necessary, repeat steps 1 thru 7 to install a new bushing in the other rear trailing arm. 9. Bleed the brake system: * ^ Refer to the brakes section of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword BLEED, then select Brake System Bleeding from the list. 10. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if needed: ^ Refer to the suspension section of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword WHEEL ALIGNMENT, then select Wheel Alignment - Rear Toe Inspection/Adjustment from the list.* Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Trailing Arm > Trailing Arm Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Trailing Arm Bushing: > 00-006 > Mar > 06 > Suspension - Rear Suspension Clunk/Squeak On Bumps Trailing Arm Bushing: All Technical Service Bulletins Suspension - Rear Suspension Clunk/Squeak On Bumps 00-006 March 31, 2006 Applies To: *1988-00 Civic - ALL 1997-01 CR-V-ALL 1993-97 Del Sol - ALL* Clunk or Squeak From Rear Suspension (Supersedes 00-006, dated December 11, 2001, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) SYMPTOM A clunk or squeak from the rear suspension when going over rough or bumpy roads. PROBABLE CAUSE Broken rear trailing arm bushing(s). CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the rear trailing arm bushing(s). PARTS INFORMATION *Rear Trailing Arm Bushing: 1988-00 Civic and 1993-97 Del Sol P/N 52385-SR3-000, H/C 4098299 1997-01 CR-V: P/N 52385-SR3-003, H/C 7424773 TOOL INFORMATION Trailing Arm Bushing Installation Set: T/N 07AAF-SK7A130, H/C 8283822 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: 1988-00 Civic and 1993-97 Del Sol: P/N 52385-SR3-000 H/C 4098299 1997-01 CR-V: P/N 52385-SR3-003 H/C 7424773 Defect Code: 01801 Symptom Code: 04205* Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Trailing Arm > Trailing Arm Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Trailing Arm Bushing: > 00-006 > Mar > 06 > Suspension - Rear Suspension Clunk/Squeak On Bumps > Page 6498 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE *NOTE: ISIS online service manual information is only available for vehicles 1990 and newer. 1. Remove the rear trailing arm: ^ Refer to the suspension section of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword REAR SUSPENSION, then select Suspension Arms Replacement from the list.* 2. Mark the trailing arm at the arrow on the bottom of the bushing. 3. Place the arm on a hydraulic press, supported by the hub base, with the spindle facing up. 4. With the hub driver, press the old bushing out of the trailing arm. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Trailing Arm > Trailing Arm Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Trailing Arm Bushing: > 00-006 > Mar > 06 > Suspension - Rear Suspension Clunk/Squeak On Bumps > Page 6499 5. Install the new bushing with the short end toward the outside of the vehicle. Align the arrow with the mark you made on the trailing arm. 6. Press the new bushing into the trailing arm until its edge is 10 to 12 mm above the surface of the arm. 7. Reinstall the trailing arm. 8. If necessary, repeat steps 1 thru 7 to install a new bushing in the other rear trailing arm. 9. Bleed the brake system: * ^ Refer to the brakes section of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword BLEED, then select Brake System Bleeding from the list. 10. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if needed: ^ Refer to the suspension section of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword WHEEL ALIGNMENT, then select Wheel Alignment - Rear Toe Inspection/Adjustment from the list.* Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications Wheel Bearing: Specifications End Play End Play End Play Front 0.0 to 0.5 mm Rear 0.0 to 0.5 mm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6503 Wheel Bearing: Service Precautions Use only a grease that is recommended for wheel bearing applications. Use of the improper grease can cause bearing damage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6504 Wheel Bearing: Testing and Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle off the ground, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheels, then reinstall the wheel nuts. 3. Attach the dial gauge as shown. 4. Measure the bearing end play by moving the disc in or outward. Front/Rear: Standard: 0 - 0.05 mm (0 - 0.002 inch) 5. If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard, replace the wheel bearing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Suspension TOOL REQUIRED - 07MAC-SL00200 Ball Joint remover, 28 mm - 07JAF-SH20110 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Pilot, 38 mm - 07JAF-SH20120 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Shaft, 22.4 x 25.4 mm - 07749-0010000 Driver - 07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm - 07GAF-SE00401 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Base - 07947-6340201 Driver Attachment 58 x 72 mm - 07965-SD90100 Support Base - 07GAF-SE00200 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Guide Attachment CAUTION: - Replace the self-locking nuts after removal. - The vehicle should be on the ground before any bolts or nuts connected to rubber mounts or bushings are tightened. - Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. NOTE: - Use only genuine Honda wheel weights for aluminum wheels. Non-genuine wheel weights may corrode and damage the aluminum wheels. - On the aluminum wheels, remove the center cap from the inside of the wheel after removing the wheel. - Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and brake disc. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and wheel. - Wipe off the grease before tightening the nut at the ball joint. 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6507 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the wheel nuts and wheel. 4. Raise the locking tab on the spindle nut, then remove the nut. 5. Remove the brake hose mounting bolts. 6. Remove the caliper mounting bolts and hang the caliper assembly to one side. CAUTION: To prevent accidental damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper from the undercarriage. 7. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws. 8. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts into the disc to push it away from the wheel hub. NOTE: Turn each bolt two turns at a time to prevent cocking the disc excessively. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6508 9. Remove the brake disc from the knuckle. 10. Check the front wheel hub for damage and cracks. 11. Remove the wheel sensor from the knuckle (for cars with ABS). NOTE: Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. Use the special tool to separate the ball joints from the suspension or steering arm. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot. 12. Clean any dirt or grease off the ball joint. 13. Remove the cotter pin from the steering arm and remove the nut. 14. Apply grease to the special tool on the areas shown. This will ease installation of the tool and prevent damage to the pressure bolt threads. 15. Install a 10 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end to prevent damage to the threaded end of the ball joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6509 16. Install the special tool as shown. Insert the jaws carefully, making sure you do not damage the ball joint boot. Adjust the jaw spacing by turning the pressure bolt. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 17. Once the special tool is in place, turn the adjusting bolt as necessary to make the jaws parallel. Then hand-tighten the pressure bolt, and recheck the jaws to make sure they are still Parallel. NOTE: After making the adjustment to the adjusting bolt, be sure the head of the adjusting bolt is in this position to the allow the jaw to pivot. 18. With a wrench, tighten the pressure bolt until the ball joint shaft pops loose from the steering arm. Wear eye protection. The ball joint can break loose suddenly and scatter dirt or other debris in your eyes. 19. Remove the tool, then remove the nut from the end of the ball joint and pull the ball joint out of the steering/suspension arm. Inspect the ball joint boot and replace it if damaged. 20. Remove the cotter pin from the lower arm ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 21. Install a 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 22. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and lower arm. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6510 23. Remove the cotter pin from the upper ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 24. Install the 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 25. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and knuckle. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 26. Pull the knuckle outward and remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the knuckle by tapping the driveshaft end with a plastic hammer, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one after removal. 27. Separate the wheel hub from the knuckle using the special tools and a hydraulic press. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. - Hold onto the wheel hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear. - To prevent damage to the tool, make sure the threads are fully engaged before pressing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6511 28. Remove the circlip and the splash guard from the knuckle. 29. Press the wheel bearing out of the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. 30. Press the wheel bearing inner race from the wheel hub using the special tools, a bearing separator, and a press as shown. NOTE: Wash the knuckle and wheel hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6512 31. Press a new wheel bearing into the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. NOTE: Place the wheel bearing on the knuckle with the pack seal (metal color) toward the inside. Be careful not to damage the sleeve of the pack seal. 32. Install the circlip securely in the knuckle groove. 33. Install the splash guard and tighten the screws. 34. Install the wheel hub on the knuckle using the special tools shown and a hydraulic press as shown. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6513 35. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and pay particular attention to the following items: a. Be careful not to damage the ball joint boots when installing the knuckle. b. Torque all mounting hardware to the specified torque values. c. Torque the castle nuts to the lower torque specifications, then tighten them only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening. d. Install new cotter pins on the castle nuts after torquing. e. Avoid twisting the sensor wires when installing the wheel sensor. f. Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and the inside of the brake disc. g. Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. h. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6514 Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Suspension The rear bearing is to be serviced with the wheel wheel hub as one unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information > Specifications Axle Nut: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Front Spindle Nut .......................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 181 Nm (134 ft. lbs.) Rear Spindle Nut .......................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 181 Nm (134 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tires - Tubless Tire Repair Information Tires: Technical Service Bulletins Tires - Tubless Tire Repair Information 06-082 December 15, 2006 Applies To: ALL Tubeless Tire Repair Information This service bulletin provides the resource information required to repair tubeless tires on Honda automobiles and light trucks. To properly repair a tire, follow the Rubber Manufacturers Association (RMA) "Puncture Repair Procedures for Passenger and Light Truck Tires" outlined on the RMA wall poster. One wall poster has been provided to your dealership. Additional posters can be ordered through Helm, the RMA website, www.rma.org, or the tire manufacturers. Michelin(R) PAX System(TM), tires can be repaired using the same repair procedures described on the RMA poster. Whenever you repair a PAX System tire, you must inspect the support ring. Refer to the PAX System support ring section of this service bulletin for inspection procedures. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Refer to the tire manufacturer for warranty information. REQUIRED MATERIALS ^ 1/8 inch Patch-plug with lead wire ^ 1/4 inch Patch-plug with lead wire ^ 1/8 inch Plugs (stem)* ^ 1/4 inch Plugs (stem)* ^ 1/4 inch Patches* ^ 3/4 inch Patches* ^ Chemical cement ^ Liquid buffer ^ Rim-bead sealer ^ Inner liner sealer REQUIRED TOOLS ^ Tire stitcher, 1-1/2 inch wheel ^ Tire crayons ^ Tire test tank ^ Awl or probe ^ Flexible blade skiving knife ^ 1/8 inch Carbide tire tool with adapter ^ 1/4 inch Carbide tire tool with adapter ^ Low speed buffer with quick release chuck and exhaust hose ^ Carbide buffing wheel with adapter Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tires - Tubless Tire Repair Information > Page 6524 ^ Reversible drill motor (800 RPM MAX) ^ Tire spreader ^ Inspection lamp * For repairable injuries that exceed 25 degrees TIRE REPAIR GUIDELINES Never repair tires worn below 2/32 inch of tread. Never repair a tire without removing the tire from the wheel for internal inspection. Never repair a tire with a tread injury larger than 1/4 inch (6 mm). Never use only a plug (stem) or a patch only to repair a tire injury. NOTE: If the angle of the tire injury exceeds 25 degrees, you must use the two-piece repair system as recommended by the RMA. MICHELIN PAX SYSTEM SUPPORT RING INSPECTION PAX System support rings are not repairable, under any circumstances, but they can be reused if no damage is found during a thorough inspection. If a PAX System tire ran flat or underinflated, dismount the tire from the wheel and inspect the wheel, tire, and support ring for damage. Refer to the Michelin PAX Support Rings Technical Bulletin in ISIS. Enter SEARCH BY PUBLICATION, select Job Aids, then select Michelin PAX Support Rings Technical Bulletin from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service Precautions > Technician Safety Information Tires: Technician Safety Information WARNING: This vehicle has a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). Refer to the SRS component and wiring location view in order to determine whether you are performing service on or near the SRS components or the SRS wiring. when you are performing service on or near the SRS components or the SRS wiring, refer to the SRS service information. failure to follow warnings could result in possible air bag deployment, personal injury, or otherwise unneeded SRS system repairs. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service Precautions > Technician Safety Information > Page 6527 Tires: Vehicle Damage Warnings CAUTION: Always use the correct fastener in the proper location. When you replace a fastener, use ONLY the exact part number for that application. Honda will call out those fasteners that require a replacement after removal. Honda will also call out the fasteners that require thread lockers or thread sealant. Unless otherwise specified, do not use supplemental coatings (Paints, greases, or other corrosion inhibitors) on threaded fasteners or fastener joint interfaces. Generally, such coatings adversely affect the fastener torque and the joint clamping force, and may damage the fastener. When you install fasteners, use the correct tightening sequence and specifications. Following these instructions can help you avoid damage to parts and systems. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Application and ID > Tire Tires: Application and ID Tire Size ...................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................... P185/65R14 85S Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Application and ID > Tire > Page 6530 Tires: Application and ID Spare Tire Sizes .................................................................................................................................................... ..................................... T105/80D13 or T125/70D14 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Application and ID > Page 6531 Tires: Description and Operation GENERAL DESCRIPTION Replacement wheels or tires must be equivalent to the originals in load capacity, specified dimension and mounting configuration. Improper size or type may affect bearing life, brake performance, speedometer/odometer calibration, vehicle ground clearance and tire clearance to the body and chassis. All model are equipped with metric sized tubeless steel belted radial tires. Correct tire pressures and driving habits have an important influence on tire life. Heavy cornering, excessively rapid acceleration and unnecessary sharp braking increase premature and uneven wear. TREAD WEAR INDICATORS The original equipment tires have built-in tread wear indicators (1) to show when tires need replacement. These indicators may appear as wide bands. When the indicators appear in two or more grooves at three locations, tire replacement is recommended. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes Tires: Testing and Inspection Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes TYPICAL EXAMPLES OF ABNORMAL TIRE AHEAD WEAR AND MAJOR CAUSES: CAUTION: Similar wear patterns can be caused by worn suspension parts, misalignment of wheels and tires, and other suspension related problems. Spotty Wear Wear localized on shoulder sections, and in an extreme cases, the tire becomes polygonal in shape. 1. Tire or wheel out of round or distorted. 2. Hub or knuckle out of round or distorted. 3. Play in hub bearings or ball joint. 4. Rotating parts out of balance. Tread Wear One-Sided 1. Rotating parts out of balance. 2. Tire or wheel out of round. 3. Hub or knuckle out of round or distorted. Localized Tread Wear Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6534 1. Once spotty wear develops in tread due to hard braking or abrupt starting, localized wear tends to be promoted. Shoulder Wear (Generally Wear Develops In Outer Shoulder): 1. Camber or toe-in incorrect. 2. Shoulder wear caused by repeated hard-cornering. Wear In Shoulders At Points Opposed To Each Other 1. Tire or wheel out of round or distorted. 2. Play in bearings or ball joint. Premature Wear In Shoulders 1. Flexing of tire excessive due to under-inflation. One Sided Feather Edging 1. Wear caused by repeated hard cornering. 2. Camber or toe-in incorrect. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6535 Tires: Testing and Inspection Diagnosis By Symptom Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6536 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6537 Tires: Testing and Inspection Diagnosis List If the following conditions are noted, rotation is required. 1. Front tire wear is different from rear. 2. Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. 3. Left and right front tire wear is unequal. 4. Left and right rear tire wear is unequal. If the following conditions are noted, check the wheel alignment. 1. Left and right front tire wear is unequal. 2. Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. 3. Front tire treads have scuffed appearance with "feather" edges on one side of tread ribs or blocks. 4. There is cupping, flat spotting etc. Higher than recommended pressure can cause: 1. Hard ride. 2. Poor steering stability. 3. Rapid and uneven wear at center of the tread. Lower than recommended pressure can cause: 1. Tire squeal on turns. 2. Hard steering. 3. Rapid and uneven wear on the edges of the tread. 4. Tire rim bruises and rupture. 5. Tire cord breakage. 6. High tire temperatures. 7. Reduced handling. 8. Reduced fuel economy. Unequal pressure on same axle can cause: 1. Uneven braking. 2. Steering lead. 3. Reduced handling. 4. Swerve on acceleration. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6538 Tires: Testing and Inspection Irregular and Premature Wear Irregular and/or premature wear has many causes. Some of them are incorrect inflation pressures, lack of tire rotation, poor driving habits or improper wheel alignment. Incorrect inflation is common cause of tire premature wear. NOTE: Due to their design, radial tires tend to wear faster in the shoulder area, particularly on the front tires. This makes regular rotation especially necessary. After rotation, be sure to check wheel nut torque, and set tire pressures. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6539 Tires: Testing and Inspection Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes TYPICAL EXAMPLES OF ABNORMAL TIRE AHEAD WEAR AND MAJOR CAUSES: CAUTION: Similar wear patterns can be caused by worn suspension parts, misalignment of wheels and tires, and other suspension related problems. Spotty Wear Wear localized on shoulder sections, and in an extreme cases, the tire becomes polygonal in shape. 1. Tire or wheel out of round or distorted. 2. Hub or knuckle out of round or distorted. 3. Play in hub bearings or ball joint. 4. Rotating parts out of balance. Tread Wear One-Sided 1. Rotating parts out of balance. 2. Tire or wheel out of round. 3. Hub or knuckle out of round or distorted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6540 Localized Tread Wear 1. Once spotty wear develops in tread due to hard braking or abrupt starting, localized wear tends to be promoted. Shoulder Wear (Generally Wear Develops In Outer Shoulder): 1. Camber or toe-in incorrect. 2. Shoulder wear caused by repeated hard-cornering. Wear In Shoulders At Points Opposed To Each Other 1. Tire or wheel out of round or distorted. 2. Play in bearings or ball joint. Premature Wear In Shoulders 1. Flexing of tire excessive due to under-inflation. One Sided Feather Edging 1. Wear caused by repeated hard cornering. 2. Camber or toe-in incorrect. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6541 Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6542 Part 2 Of 2 Diagnosis List If the following conditions are noted, rotation is required. 1. Front tire wear is different from rear. 2. Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. 3. Left and right front tire wear is unequal. 4. Left and right rear tire wear is unequal. If the following conditions are noted, check the wheel alignment. 1. Left and right front tire wear is unequal. 2. Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. 3. Front tire treads have scuffed appearance with "feather" edges on one side of tread ribs or blocks. 4. There is cupping, flat spotting etc. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6543 Higher than recommended pressure can cause: 1. Hard ride. 2. Poor steering stability. 3. Rapid and uneven wear at center of the tread. Lower than recommended pressure can cause: 1. Tire squeal on turns. 2. Hard steering. 3. Rapid and uneven wear on the edges of the tread. 4. Tire rim bruises and rupture. 5. Tire cord breakage. 6. High tire temperatures. 7. Reduced handling. 8. Reduced fuel economy. Unequal pressure on same axle can cause: 1. Uneven braking. 2. Steering lead. 3. Reduced handling. 4. Swerve on acceleration. Irregular and Premature Wear Irregular and/or premature wear has many causes. Some of them are incorrect inflation pressures, lack of tire rotation, poor driving habits or improper wheel alignment. Incorrect inflation is common cause of tire premature wear. NOTE: Due to their design, radial tires tend to wear faster in the shoulder area, particularly on the front tires. This makes regular rotation especially necessary. After rotation, be sure to check wheel nut torque, and set tire pressures. Radial Tire Lead/Pull "Lead/Pull" is vehicle deviation from a straight path, on a level road with no pressure on the steering wheel. Lead is usually caused by: 1. Poorly manufactured radial tires. 2. Uneven brake adjustment. 3. Wheel alignment. The way in which a tire is built can produce lead in a car. An example of this is placement of the belt. Off-center belts on radial tires can cause the tire to develop a side force while rolling straight down the road and the tire will tend to roll like a cone. The "Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction" chart should be used to make sure that front wheel alignment is not mistaken for tire lead. Rear tires will not cause lead/pull. Radial Tire Waddle Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Abnormal Tire Ahead Wear and Major Causes > Page 6544 Waddle is side-to-side movement at the front and/or rear of the car. It can be caused by the steel belt not being straight within the tire, or by excessive lateral runout of the tire or wheel. It is most noticeable at low speed, about 8 to 48 km/h (5 to 30 mph). It may also cause rough ride at 80 to 113 km/h (50 to 70 mph). The car can be road tested to see which end of the car has the faulty tire. If the tire causing the waddle is on the rear, the rear end of the car will "waddle". From the driver's seat, it feels as if someone is pushing on the side of the car. If the faulty tire is on the front, the waddle is more easily seen. The front sheet metal appears to be moving back and forth. It feels as if the driver's seat is the pivot point in the car. Another more time-consuming method of determining the faulty tire is substituting tire and wheel assemblies that are known to be good. Follow these steps: 1. Drive the car to determine if the waddle is coming from the front or rear. 2. Install tire and wheel assemblies known to be good (from a similar car) in place of those on the end of the car which is waddling. If the waddle cannot be isolated to front or rear, start with the rear tires. 3. Road test again. If improvement is noted, install the original tire and wheel assemblies one at a time until the faulty tire is found. If no improvement is noted, install tires known to be good in place of all four. Then, install the originals one at a time until the faulty tire is found. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel Tires: Service and Repair Separating the Tire From the Wheel Use a tire changing machine to demount tires. Do not use hand tools or tire irons alone to remove the tire from the wheel. Damage to the tire beads or wheel rim could result. Follow the tire changing machine manufacturer's instructions to properly separate the tire from the wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 6547 Tires: Service and Repair Mounting the Tire on the Wheel CAUTION: Recommended vehicle tire mounting and inflation procedures are especially important with radial tires. Failure to follow these procedures can cause bead deformation in both tube type and tubeless tires due to incorrect bead seating. Bead deformation may lead to chafing, lower sidewall and bead area cracking, eccentric wear, ride vibration and nonretreadable casings. Only use rims approved for radial tire usage by the rim manufacture. 1. Clean the rim. Remove all rust and other foreign material. 2. Lubricate tire beads and rim bead seats with an approved rubber lubricant. CAUTION: Do not use silicon base lubricants. This could cause the tire to slip on the wheel. 3. Attach the tire to the wheel. a. Use a tire changing machine. b. Align air valve and tire balancing match marks (about 8 mm diameter paint mark). Hold in this position and inflate the until the tire beads are firmly seated on the rim against the flanges (steel wheel model only). 4. Inflate the tire to operating pressure. 5. Check the bead seating. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 6548 Tires: Service and Repair Balancing Deposits of mud, etc. must be cleaned from the inside of the rim. The tire should be inspected for the following: match mount paint marks, bent rims, bulges, irregular tire wear, proper wheel size and inflation pressure. Then balance according to the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. There are two types of wheel and tire balance: a. Static balance is the equal distribution of weight around the wheel. Assemblies that are statically unbalanced cause a bouncing action called tramp. This condition will eventually cause uneven tire wear. b. Dynamic balance is the equal distribution of weight on each side of the wheel center-line so that when the tire spins there is no tendency for the assembly to move from side to side. Assemblies that are dynamically unbalanced may cause shimmy. WARNING: Stones should be removed from the tread to avoid operator injury during spin balancing and to obtain a good balance. NOTE: Using wheel balancing equipment. Follow the tire balancing machine manufacturer's instructions to properly balance wheel and tire. Balance weight for the wheel should not exceed 170 g in total, and 140 g is the maximum amount for either side. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 6549 Tires: Service and Repair Tire Rotation Tire rotation is recommended to equalize wear for longer life. If the following conditions are noted, rotate the tires: - Front tire wear is different from rear. - Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. - Left and right front tire wear is unequal. - Left and right rear tire wear is unequal. Check wheel alignment if the following conditions are noted: - Left and right front tire wear is unequal. - Wear is uneven across the tread of any front tire. - Front tire treads have a scuffed appearance with "feather" edges on one side of the tread ribs or blocks. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 6550 Tires: Service and Repair Separating the Tire From the Wheel Use a tire changing machine to demount tires. Do not use hand tools or tire irons alone to remove the tire from the wheel. Damage to the tire beads or wheel rim could result. Follow the tire changing machine manufacturer's instructions to properly separate the tire from the wheel. Mounting the Tire on the Wheel CAUTION: Recommended vehicle tire mounting and inflation procedures are especially important with radial tires. Failure to follow these procedures can cause bead deformation in both tube type and tubeless tires due to incorrect bead seating. Bead deformation may lead to chafing, lower sidewall and bead area cracking, eccentric wear, ride vibration and nonretreadable casings. Only use rims approved for radial tire usage by the rim manufacture. 1. Clean the rim. Remove all rust and other foreign material. 2. Lubricate tire beads and rim bead seats with an approved rubber lubricant. CAUTION: Do not use silicon base lubricants. This could cause the tire to slip on the wheel. 3. Attach the tire to the wheel. a. Use a tire changing machine. b. Align air valve and tire balancing match marks (about 8 mm diameter paint mark). Hold in this position and inflate the until the tire beads are firmly seated on the rim against the flanges (steel wheel model only). 4. Inflate the tire to operating pressure. 5. Check the bead seating. Balancing Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 6551 Deposits of mud, etc. must be cleaned from the inside of the rim. The tire should be inspected for the following: match mount paint marks, bent rims, bulges, irregular tire wear, proper wheel size and inflation pressure. Then balance according to the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. There are two types of wheel and tire balance: a. Static balance is the equal distribution of weight around the wheel. Assemblies that are statically unbalanced cause a bouncing action called tramp. This condition will eventually cause uneven tire wear. b. Dynamic balance is the equal distribution of weight on each side of the wheel center-line so that when the tire spins there is no tendency for the assembly to move from side to side. Assemblies that are dynamically unbalanced may cause shimmy. WARNING: Stones should be removed from the tread to avoid operator injury during spin balancing and to obtain a good balance. NOTE: Using wheel balancing equipment. Follow the tire balancing machine manufacturer's instructions to properly balance wheel and tire. Balance weight for the wheel should not exceed 170 g in total, and 140 g is the maximum amount for either side. Tire Rotation Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 6552 Tire rotation is recommended to equalize wear for longer life. If the following conditions are noted, rotate the tires: - Front tire wear is different from rear. - Uneven wear exists across the tread of any tire. - Left and right front tire wear is unequal. - Left and right rear tire wear is unequal. Check wheel alignment if the following conditions are noted: - Left and right front tire wear is unequal. - Wear is uneven across the tread of any front tire. - Front tire treads have a scuffed appearance with "feather" edges on one side of the tread ribs or blocks. Inflation of Tires Tire pressure, in cold condition (after vehicle has set for three hours or more, and driven less than one mile) should be checked monthly or before any extended trip. Tire pressure increases approximately 15% when the tires become hot during driving. Tire pressure specification is shown on the label located on the left door lock pillar. NOTE: Check the tire pressure whenever irregular wear is found. Tire inflation greatly affects tire wear. If the alignment check does not reveal any alignment problems, check the condition of the shock absorbers and wheel/tire balance. Tire Replacement TIRE REPLACEMENT When replacement is necessary, the original metric the size should be used. Most metric tire sizes do not have exact corresponding alphanumeric tire sizes. It is recommended that new tires be installed in pairs on the same axle. If necessary to replace only one tire, it should be paired with tire having the most tread, to equalize braking traction. CAUTION: Do not mix different types of tires such as radial, bias and bias-belted tires except in emergencies, because vehicle handling may be seriously affected and may result in loss of control. Tire Dismounting Remove valve cap on valve step and deflate the tire. Then use a tire changing machine to mount or dismount tires. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instruction. Do not use hand tools or tire lever alone to change tires as they may damage the tire beads or wheel rim. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 6553 Tire Mounting Rim bead seats should be cleaned with a wire brush or coarse steel wool to remove lubricants, and light rust. Before mounting a tire, the bead area should be well lubricated with an approved tire lubricant. After mounting, inflate the tire to 196 kPa (28 psi) so that beads are completely seated. Inflate the air to specified pressure and install valve cap to the stem. WARNING: Never stand over tire when inflating. bead may break when bead snaps over rim's safety hump and cause serious personal injury. never exceed 240 kPa (35 psi) pressure when inflating. if 240 kPa (35 psi) pressure will not seat beads, deflate, re-lubricate and re-inflate. over inflation may cause the bead to break and cause serious personal injury. Tire Repair There are many different materials on the market used to repair tires. Manufacturers have published detailed instructions on how and when to repair tires. These instructions can be obtained from the tire manufacturer if they are not included with the repair kit. Wheel Inspection Damaged wheels and wheels with excessive run-out must be replaced. Wheel run out at rim (Base on hub Bore): General Balance Procedure Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Service and Repair > Separating the Tire From the Wheel > Page 6554 Deposits of mud, etc. must be cleaned from the inside of the rim. The tire should be inspected for the following: match mount paint marks, bent rims, bulges, irregular tire wear, proper wheel size and inflation pressure. Then balance according to the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. There are two types of wheel and tire balance. Static balance is the equal distribution of weight around the wheel. Assemblies that are statically unbalanced cause a bouncing action called tramp. This condition will eventually cause uneven tire wear. Dynamic balance is the equal distribution of weight on each side of the wheel center-line so that when the tire spins there is no tendency for the assembly to move from side to side. Assemblies that are dynamically unbalanced may cause shimmy. WARNING: Stones should be removed from the tread to avoid operator injury during spin balancing and to obtain a good balance. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Specifications Wheels: Specifications Wheel Runout Wheel Runout Axial Runout Steel Wheel 0.0 to 1.0 mm Aluminum Wheel 0.0 to 0.7 mm Service Limit 2.0 mm Maximum Radial Runout Steel Wheel 0.0 to 1.0 mm Aluminum Wheel 0.0 to 0.7 mm Service Limit 1.5 mm Maximum Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6558 Wheels: Testing and Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle off the ground, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Check for bent or deformed wheels. 3. Attach the dial gauge as shown. 4. Measure the wheel runout by turning the wheel. Front And Rear Wheel Axial Runout: Standard: Steel Wheel: 0 -1.0 mm 10 - 0.04 inch) - Aluminum Wheel: 0 - 0.7 mm (0 - 0.03 inch) Service Limit: 2.0 mm (0.08 inch) Front And Rear Wheel Radial Runout: Standard: Steel Wheel: 0 -1.0 mm (0 - 0.04 inch) - Aluminum Wheel: 0 - 0.7 mm (0 - 0.03 inch) Service Limit: 1.5 mm (0.06 inch) 5. If the wheel runout is more than the service limit, replace the wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications Wheel Bearing: Specifications End Play End Play End Play Front 0.0 to 0.5 mm Rear 0.0 to 0.5 mm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6562 Wheel Bearing: Service Precautions Use only a grease that is recommended for wheel bearing applications. Use of the improper grease can cause bearing damage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6563 Wheel Bearing: Testing and Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle off the ground, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheels, then reinstall the wheel nuts. 3. Attach the dial gauge as shown. 4. Measure the bearing end play by moving the disc in or outward. Front/Rear: Standard: 0 - 0.05 mm (0 - 0.002 inch) 5. If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard, replace the wheel bearing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Suspension TOOL REQUIRED - 07MAC-SL00200 Ball Joint remover, 28 mm - 07JAF-SH20110 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Pilot, 38 mm - 07JAF-SH20120 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Shaft, 22.4 x 25.4 mm - 07749-0010000 Driver - 07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm - 07GAF-SE00401 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Base - 07947-6340201 Driver Attachment 58 x 72 mm - 07965-SD90100 Support Base - 07GAF-SE00200 Wheel Hub Dis/Assembly Guide Attachment CAUTION: - Replace the self-locking nuts after removal. - The vehicle should be on the ground before any bolts or nuts connected to rubber mounts or bushings are tightened. - Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the nut by loosening. NOTE: - Use only genuine Honda wheel weights for aluminum wheels. Non-genuine wheel weights may corrode and damage the aluminum wheels. - On the aluminum wheels, remove the center cap from the inside of the wheel after removing the wheel. - Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and brake disc. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and wheel. - Wipe off the grease before tightening the nut at the ball joint. 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6566 2. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the wheel nuts and wheel. 4. Raise the locking tab on the spindle nut, then remove the nut. 5. Remove the brake hose mounting bolts. 6. Remove the caliper mounting bolts and hang the caliper assembly to one side. CAUTION: To prevent accidental damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper from the undercarriage. 7. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws. 8. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts into the disc to push it away from the wheel hub. NOTE: Turn each bolt two turns at a time to prevent cocking the disc excessively. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6567 9. Remove the brake disc from the knuckle. 10. Check the front wheel hub for damage and cracks. 11. Remove the wheel sensor from the knuckle (for cars with ABS). NOTE: Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. Use the special tool to separate the ball joints from the suspension or steering arm. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot. 12. Clean any dirt or grease off the ball joint. 13. Remove the cotter pin from the steering arm and remove the nut. 14. Apply grease to the special tool on the areas shown. This will ease installation of the tool and prevent damage to the pressure bolt threads. 15. Install a 10 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end to prevent damage to the threaded end of the ball joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6568 16. Install the special tool as shown. Insert the jaws carefully, making sure you do not damage the ball joint boot. Adjust the jaw spacing by turning the pressure bolt. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 17. Once the special tool is in place, turn the adjusting bolt as necessary to make the jaws parallel. Then hand-tighten the pressure bolt, and recheck the jaws to make sure they are still Parallel. NOTE: After making the adjustment to the adjusting bolt, be sure the head of the adjusting bolt is in this position to the allow the jaw to pivot. 18. With a wrench, tighten the pressure bolt until the ball joint shaft pops loose from the steering arm. Wear eye protection. The ball joint can break loose suddenly and scatter dirt or other debris in your eyes. 19. Remove the tool, then remove the nut from the end of the ball joint and pull the ball joint out of the steering/suspension arm. Inspect the ball joint boot and replace it if damaged. 20. Remove the cotter pin from the lower arm ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 21. Install a 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 22. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and lower arm. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6569 23. Remove the cotter pin from the upper ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut. 24. Install the 12 mm hex nut on the ball joint. Be sure that the hex nut is flush with the ball joint pin end, or the threaded section of the ball joint pin might be damaged by the ball joint remover. 25. Use the special tool to separate the ball joint and knuckle. NOTE: If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint. 26. Pull the knuckle outward and remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the knuckle by tapping the driveshaft end with a plastic hammer, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one after removal. 27. Separate the wheel hub from the knuckle using the special tools and a hydraulic press. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. - Hold onto the wheel hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear. - To prevent damage to the tool, make sure the threads are fully engaged before pressing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6570 28. Remove the circlip and the splash guard from the knuckle. 29. Press the wheel bearing out of the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. 30. Press the wheel bearing inner race from the wheel hub using the special tools, a bearing separator, and a press as shown. NOTE: Wash the knuckle and wheel hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6571 31. Press a new wheel bearing into the knuckle using the special tools and a press as shown. NOTE: Place the wheel bearing on the knuckle with the pack seal (metal color) toward the inside. Be careful not to damage the sleeve of the pack seal. 32. Install the circlip securely in the knuckle groove. 33. Install the splash guard and tighten the screws. 34. Install the wheel hub on the knuckle using the special tools shown and a hydraulic press as shown. CAUTION: Take care not to distort the splash guard. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6572 35. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and pay particular attention to the following items: a. Be careful not to damage the ball joint boots when installing the knuckle. b. Torque all mounting hardware to the specified torque values. c. Torque the castle nuts to the lower torque specifications, then tighten them only far enough to align the slot with the pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening. d. Install new cotter pins on the castle nuts after torquing. e. Avoid twisting the sensor wires when installing the wheel sensor. f. Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front wheel hub and the inside of the brake disc. g. Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. h. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6573 Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Suspension The rear bearing is to be serviced with the wheel wheel hub as one unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information > Specifications Axle Nut: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Front Spindle Nut .......................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 181 Nm (134 ft. lbs.) Rear Spindle Nut .......................................................................................................................................... ....................................... 181 Nm (134 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications Wheel Fastener: Specifications TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Nut ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................... 108 Nm (80 ft. lbs.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Conditioning Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Air Mix Control Motor Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Air Mix Control Motor Below Right Side of Center Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Air Mix Control Motor > Page 6590 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Mode Control Motor Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Air Mix Control Motor > Page 6591 Behind Left Side of Front Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Air Mix Control Motor > Page 6592 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Recirculation Control Motor Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6593 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Mode Control Motor Air Door Actuator / Motor: Testing and Inspection Mode Control Motor 1. Disconnect the 7P connector from the mode control motor. 2. Connect battery power to the No.1 terminal, and ground the No.7 terminal. CAUTION: Never connect the battery in the opposite direction. 3. Using a jumper wire, connect the No. terminal individually to the No.2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 terminals in that order. Each time the connection is made, the mode control motor should run smoothly and stop. NOTE: If the mode control motor does not run when jumping the first terminal, jump that terminal again after jumping the other terminals. The mode control motor is OK if it runs when jumping the first terminal again. 4. If the mode control motor does not run in step 3, remove it, then check the mode control linkage and doors for smooth movement. If they move smoothly, replace the mode control motor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Mode Control Motor > Page 6596 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Testing and Inspection Recirculation Control Motor 1. Disconnect the 4P connector from the recirculation control motor. 2. Connect battery power to the No.1 terminal, and ground the No.2 and No.4 terminals; the recirculation control motor should run smoothly. CAUTION: Never connect the battery in the opposite direction. 3. Disconnect the No.2 or No.4 terminals from ground; the recirculation control motor should stop at FRESH or RECIRCULATE. NOTE: Don't cycle the recirculation control motor for a long time. 4. If the recirculation control motor does not run in step 2, remove it, then check the recirculation control linkage and door for smooth movement. If they move smoothly, replace the recirculation control motor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Air Mix Control Motor Air Door Actuator / Motor: Service and Repair Air Mix Control Motor 1. Disconnect the 5P connector from the air mix control motor. Remove the self-tapping screws, the air mix control motor and the flange collar. 2. Install in the reverse order of removal. After installation, make sure the air mix control motor runs smoothly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Air Mix Control Motor > Page 6599 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Service and Repair Fresh Air/Recirculation Actuator 1. Disconnect the 4P connector from the recirculation control motor, and remove the wire harness clip from it. 2. Remove the two self-tapping screws and the recirculation control motor. 3. Install in the reverse order of removal. After installation, make sure the recirculation control motor rung smoothly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Air Mix Control Motor > Page 6600 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Service and Repair Mode Control Motor 1. Disconnect the 7P connector from the mode control motor. 2. Remove the rod from the arm of the mode control motor. 3. Remove the two self-tapping screws and the mode control motor. 4. Install in the reverse order of removal. After installation, make sure the mode control motor runs smoothly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Cable, HVAC > Component Information > Adjustments Air Door Cable: Adjustments 1. From under the hood, open the cable clamp, then disconnect the heater valve cable from the heater valve arm. 2. From under the dash, disconnect the heater valve cable housing from the cable clamp, and disconnect the heater valve cable from the air mix control arm. 3. Set the temperature control dial on MAX COOL with the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Attach the heater valve cable to the air mix control arm as shown above. Hold the end of the heater valve cable housing against the stop, then snap the heater valve cable housing into the cable clamp. 5. From under the hood, turn the heater valve arm to the fully closed position as shown, and hold it. Attach the heater valve cable to the heater valve arm, and gently pull on the heater valve cable housing to take up any slack, then install the heater valve cable housing into the cable clamp. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Cable, HVAC > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 6604 Air Door Cable: Service and Repair 1. Cut the inner cable on the lever side of the cable holder, then remove both pieces of the inner cable. 2. Using a sharp knife, cut completely through the end of the cable housing at the two locations. 3. Slide the large section of the cable housing out of the cable holder, being careful not to damage the cable stops. 4. Carefully remove the cut pieces of the cable housing with a small flat tip screwdriver. 5. Hook the tip of the new air mix control cable to the temperature control lever, then push the cable housing into the cable holder until it locks into place. NOTE: After assembly, check that the temperature control lever slides smoothly through the full stroke from right to left. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Photo 82 Behind Right Side Of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6608 Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the A/C thermostat. 2. Connect battery power to the No.3 terminal, ground the No.2 terminal, and connect a test light between the No.1 and No.3 terminals. NOTE: Use a 12 V, 3W - 18W test light. 3. Dip the A/C thermostat into a cup filled with ice water, and check the test light. Serpentine-type evaporator The light should go off at 36 - 39 °F (2 - 4 °C) or less, and should come on at 39 - 41 °F (4 - 5 °C) or more. Laminate-type evaporator The light should go off at 39 - 43 °F (4 - 6 °C) or less, and should come on at 43 - 45 °F (6 - 7 °C) or more. If the light doesn't come on and go off as specified, replace the A/C thermostat. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Blower (Heater) Motor Gets Hot and Blows A Fuse Blower Motor: Technical Service Bulletins Blower (Heater) Motor Gets Hot and Blows A Fuse SOURCE: Honda Service News November 2003 TITLE: Heater Blower Motor Gets Hot or Blows a Fuse APPLIES TO: 1990-04 Accords, 1992-04 Civics, 1997-04 CR-Vs, 2003 Elements, 2000-04 Insights, 1995-04 Odysseys, 1996-02 Passports, 2003-04 Pilots, 1997-01 Preludes, and 2000-04 S2000s SERVICE TIP: A blocked cooling hose for the heater blower motor can cause the motor to overheat, draw more current, blow a fuse, or even melt its plastic impeller. Before you order a replacement blower motor, make sure the cooling hose isn't blocked. On some models, you'll find the cooling hose molded into the blower motor housing; on other models, it's a separate piece. Check the S/M for the vehicle you're working on to determine the actual location of the cooling hose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor Blower Motor: Locations Blower Motor Below Right Side Of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor > Page 6615 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Blower Motor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6618 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6619 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6620 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6621 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6622 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6623 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6624 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6625 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6626 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6627 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6628 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6629 Blower Motor: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6630 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6631 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6632 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6633 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6634 Blower Motor: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor (Part 1 Of 4) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6635 Blower Motor (Part 2 Of 4) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6636 Blower Motor (Part 3 Of 4) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6637 Blower Motor (Part 4 Of 4) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation Blower Motor: Service and Repair Removal and Installation NOTE: The blower motor, recirculation control motor and blower resistor can be replaced without removing the blower unit. 1. Move the temperature control to "HOT." '96-98: Slide the temperature control lever. '99-00: Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then turn the temperature control knob. Turn the ignition switch off. 2. Remove the glove box. 3. Remove the self-tapping screw and the passenger's dashboard lower cover. Remove the bolt, the nut and the knee bolster, then remove the five bolts and the glove box frame. Without Air Conditioning 4-a. Remove the wire harness from the heater duct, then remove the two self-tapping screws and the heater duct. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6640 With Air Conditioning 4-b. Remove the evaporator. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the blower motor, blower resistor ('96 - 98 models), power transistor ('99 - 00 models), blower motor high relay ('99 - 00 models) and recirculation control motor. Remove the wire harness clip from the recirculation control motor, and release the wire harness from the clamp on the blower unit. Remove the two mounting bolts, the mounting nut and the blower unit. 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. Make sure that there is no air leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6641 Blower Unit Components Replacement Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor High Relay Blower Motor Relay: Locations Blower Motor High Relay Below Right Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor High Relay > Page 6646 Blower Motor Relay: Locations Blower Motor Relay Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor High Relay > Page 6647 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Blower Motor Relay Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. Blower motor relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Blower Motor Relay > Page 6650 Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor High Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. Blower motor high relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Blower Motor Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6656 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6657 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6658 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6659 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6660 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6661 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6662 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6663 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6664 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6665 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6666 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6667 Blower Motor Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6668 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6669 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6670 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6671 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Specifications Compressor Clutch: Specifications Clutch Air Gap 0.5 +/-0.15 mm (0.020 +/- 0.006 in) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Compressor Clutch: Component Locations Left Front Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6678 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Nippondenso Compressor Compressor Clutch: Testing and Inspection Nippondenso Compressor - Check the plated parts of the pressure plate for color changes, peeling or other damage. If there is damage, replace the clutch set. - Check the pulley bearing play and drag by rotating the pulley by hand. Replace the clutch set with a new one if it is noisy or has excessive play/drag. - Measure the clearance between the pulley and the pressure plate all the way around. If the clearance is not within specified limits, the pressure plate must be removed and shims added or removed as required, following the procedure. Clearance: 0.5 ± 0.15 mm (0.020 ± 0.006 in) NOTE: The shims are available in three thicknesses: 0.1 mm, 0.3 mm and 0.5 mm. - Check resistance of the field coil. If resistance is not within specifications, replace the field coil. Field Coil Resistance: 3.4 to 3.8 Ohms at 20 °C (68 °F) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Nippondenso Compressor > Page 6681 Compressor Clutch: Testing and Inspection Sanden Compressor - Check the plated parts of the armature plate for color changes, peeling or other damage. If there is damage, replace the clutch set. - Check the rotor pulley bearing play and drag by rotating the rotor pulley by hand. Replace the clutch set with a new one if it is noisy or has excessive play/drag. - Measure the clearance between the rotor pulley and the armature plate all the way around. If the clearance is not within specified limits, the armature plate must be removed and shims added or removed as required, following the procedure. Clearance: 0.5 ± 0.15 mm (0.020 ± 0.006 in) NOTE: The shims are available in four thicknesses: 0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.4 mm and 0.5 mm - Release the field coil connector from the holder, then disconnect it. Check the thermal protector for continuity. If there is no continuity, replace the Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Nippondenso Compressor > Page 6682 thermal protector. NOTE: The thermal protector will have no continuity above 251.6 to 262.4 °F (122 to 128 °C). When the temperature drops below 240.8 to 219.8 °F (116 to 104 °C), the thermal protector will have continuity. - Check resistance of the field coil. Field Coil Resistance: 3.05 to 3.35 Ohms at 68 °F (20 °C) If resistance is not within specifications, replace the field coil. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Nippondenso Compressor Compressor Clutch: Service and Repair Nippondenso Compressor 1. Remove the center bolt while holding the pressure plate with the special tool. 2. Remove the pressure plate and shims, taking care not to lose the shims. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Nippondenso Compressor > Page 6685 3. Remove the snap ring B with snap ring pliers, then remove the pulley. Be careful not to damage the pulley and compressor. 4. Remove the screw from the field coil ground terminal. Remove the snap ring A with snap ring pliers, then remove the field coil. Be careful not to damage the field coil and compressor. 5. Reassemble the compressor clutch in the reverse order of disassembly, and note these items: - Install the field coil with the wire side facing down. - Clean the pulley and compressor sliding surfaces with non-petroleum solvent. - Install new snap rings, and make sure they are fully seated in the groove. - Make sure that the pulley turns smoothly after it's reassembled. - Route and clamp the wires properly or they can be damaged by pulley. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Nippondenso Compressor > Page 6686 Compressor Clutch: Service and Repair Sanden Compressor 1. Remove the center nut while holding the armature plate with the tool. 2. Remove the armature plate by pulling it up by hand. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Nippondenso Compressor > Page 6687 3. Remove snap ring B with snap ring pliers. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the rotor pulley and compressor during removal/installation. - Once snap ring B is removed, replace it with a new one. 4. Remove the rotor pulley from the shaft with a puller and the special tool. NOTE: Place the claws of the puller on the back of the rotor pulley, not on the belt area; otherwise the rotor pulley can be damaged. 5. Remove the screw from the field coil ground terminal then disconnect the field coil connector. Remove snap ring A with snap ring pliers, then remove the field coil. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the field coil and compressor during remove/installation. - Once snap ring A is removed, replace it with a new one. - When installing the field coil, align the boss on the field coil with the hole in the compressor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Nippondenso Compressor > Page 6688 6. Position the rotor pulley squarely over the field coil. Press the rotor pulley onto the compressor boss with the special tool. If the rotor pulley does not press on straight, remove it, and check the rotor pulley and compressor boss for burrs or damage. CAUTION: Maximum press load: 39,200 kPa 1400 kg/sq.cm, 5,690 psi) 7. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Make note of the following items. - Install the field coil with the wire side facing down. - Clean the rotor pulley and compressor sliding surfaces with non-petroleum solvent. - Make sure the snap rings are fully seated in the groove. - Make sure that the rotor pulley turns smoothly after it's reassembled. - Route and clamp the wires properly or they can be damaged by the rotor pulley. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Component Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6693 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6694 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6695 Compressor Clutch Relay: Description and Operation A/C Compressor Clutch Relay When the ECM/PCM receives a demand for cooling from the air conditioning system, it delays the compressor from being energized, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C mode. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6696 Compressor Clutch Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 A/C compressor clutch relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair Condenser HVAC: Service and Repair 1. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station. 2. Disconnect the condenser fan connector from the A/C wire harness, then remove the A/C wire harness from the condenser fan shroud. 3. Remove the bolts, then disconnect the discharge and condenser lines from the condenser. NOTE: Plug or cap the lines immediately after disconnecting them to avoid moisture and dust contamination. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6700 4. Remove the bolt from the suction hose bracket, and remove the two bolts and the upper mount bracket. Remove the condenser assembly by lifting it up. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the condenser fins when removing the condenser assembly. 5. Install in the reverse order of removal. Make note of the following items. - If you're installing a new condenser, add refrigerant oil (SANDEN, SP-10 or DENSO, ND-OIL 8). - Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them. NOTE: Be sure to use the right O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. - Be careful not to damage the condenser fins when installing the condenser assembly. - Charge the system and test its performance. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Locations Condenser Fan: Locations Lower Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Condenser Fan: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6706 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6707 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6708 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6709 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6710 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6711 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6712 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6713 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6714 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6715 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6716 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6717 Condenser Fan: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6718 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6719 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6720 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6721 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6722 Condenser Fan: Description and Operation Radiator Fan Voltage is provided at all times to the radiator fan relay (contacts) through fuse 57. With the ignition switch in ON (II), voltage is provided to the coil of the relay through fuse 17. The radiator fan relay can be grounded through either the engine coolant temperature switch or the engine control module (ECM) or Powertrain Control Module (PCM). The engine coolant temperature switch grounds the radiator fan relay (coil) when the engine coolant temperature exceeds 199 °F (83 °C). The switch opens when coolant temperature decreases 3 ° - 8 °C. Condenser Fan Voltage is provided at all times to the condenser fan relay (contacts) through fuse 56. With the ignition switch in ON (II), voltage is provided to the coil of the relay through fuse 17. When you push the A/C switch and put the heater fan switch in 1, 2, 3, or 4 position, the A/C thermostat comes on, the condenser fan relay energizes, and the condenser fan motor runs. A/C Thermostat The A/C thermostat is located on the evaporator housing. The A/C thermostat turns off the A/C compressor clutch if the temperature at the evaporator goes below 3 °C (37 °F). This prevents condensation from freezing on the evaporator fins and blocking the air delivery into the passenger compartment. If the temperature goes below 3 °C (37 °F) turning off the A/C thermostat, ground will be removed from the condenser fan relay. This will deenergize the relay and remove voltage from the condenser fan motor causing the fan to stop running. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6723 Condenser Fan: Testing and Inspection Condenser Fan (Part 1 Of 3) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6724 Condenser Fan (Part 2 Of 3) Condenser Fan(Part 3 Of 3) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Component Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6729 Fan Controls Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6730 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6731 Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Condenser fan relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6736 Control Assembly: Connector Locations Behind Center Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Control Assembly: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6739 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6740 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6741 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6742 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6743 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6744 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6745 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6746 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6747 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6748 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6749 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6750 Control Assembly: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6751 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6752 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6753 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6754 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6755 Control Assembly: Connector Views Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6756 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6757 Control Assembly: Description and Operation The air delivery system directs the flow of air used by the heater and air conditioner systems. Mode Selection Mode selection is controlled by the mode switches in the heater control panel and the mode control motor. When you select a specific mode, voltage is applied through the dimming circuit to the LED, which comes ON, indicating the mode selected. Ground is provided to the mode control motor through that mode switch. The motor then runs until the air control door reaches the proper position. Fresh/Recirculation Selection When you press the fresh or recirculation button, a ground signal is sent from the heater control panel to the recirculation control motor. The motor then runs until the recirculation door reaches the proper position. Battery voltage is also applied through the dimming circuit to the corresponding LED, and the LED comes ON. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6758 Control Assembly: Service and Repair 1. Remove the center panel together with the heater control panel. 2. Remove the self-tapping screws and the heater control panel from the center panel. 3. Install in the reverse order of removal. After installation, operate the heater control panel to see whether it works properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Control Module HVAC: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6763 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6764 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6765 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6766 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6767 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6768 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6769 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6770 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6771 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6772 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6773 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6774 Control Module HVAC: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6775 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6776 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6777 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6778 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6779 Control Module HVAC: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor Speed (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6780 Blower Motor Speed (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Right Side of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation Evaporator Case: Service and Repair Removal and Installation 1. Move the temperature control to "HOT." '96-98: Slide the temperature control lever. '99-00: Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then turn the temperature control knob. Turn the ignition switch off. 2. Remove the battery. 3. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station . 4. Remove the bolts, then disconnect the suction and receiver lines from the evaporator. NOTE: Plug or cap the lines immediately after disconnecting them to avoid moisture and dust contamination. 5. Remove the glove box . 6. Remove the self-tapping screw and the passenger's dashboard lower cover. Remove the bolt, the nut and the knee bolster, then remove the five bolts and the glove box frame. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6788 7. Disconnect the connector from the A/C thermostat, and remove the wire harness from the evaporator. Remove the four self-tapping screws, the mounting bolt and the mounting nut. Disconnect the drain hose, then remove the evaporator. 8. Install in the reverse order of removal. Make note of the following items. - If you're installing a new evaporator, add refrigerant oil (SANDEN, SP-10 or DENSO, ND-OIL 8). - Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them. NOTE: Be sure to use the right O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. - Apply sealant to the grommets. - Make sure that there is no air leakage. - Charge the system and test its performance. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6789 Evaporator Case: Service and Repair Overhaul 1. Pull out the A/C thermostat sensor from the evaporator fins. 2. Remove the self-tapping screws and clamps from the housings. 3. Carefully separate the housings, then remove the evaporator. 4. If necessary, remove the expansion valve. NOTE: When loosening the expansion valve nuts, use a second wrench to hold the expansion valve or the evaporator pipe. Otherwise, they can be damaged. 5. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Make note of following items. - Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them. NOTE: Be sure to use the right O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. - Install the expansion valve capillary tube so that it is in direct contact with the suction line. Then wrap with tape. - Reinstall the A/C thermostat sensor to its original location. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Core > Component Information > Specifications Evaporator Core: Specifications SANDEN Lubricant type SP - 10 (P/N 38897 - P13 - A01AH or 38899 -P13 -A01) (For Refrigerant: HFC-134a (R-134a)) Lubricant capacity 45 Nm NIPPONDENSO Lubricant type ND - OIL 8 (P/N 38899 - PR7 - 003 (For Refrigerant: HFC-134a (R-134a)) Lubricant capacity 60 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Photo 82 Behind Right Side Of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6796 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Description and Operation The A/C thermostat is located on the evaporator housing. The A/C thermostat turns OFF the A/C compressor clutch if the temperature at the evaporator goes below 3°C (37°F). This prevents condensation from freezing on the evaporator fins and blocking the air delivery into the passenger compartment. The blower motor will keep running when the sensor turns OFF the compressor. If the temperature goes below 3°C (37°F) turning OFF the A/C thermostat, ground will be removed from the condenser fan relay. This will deenergize the relay and remove voltage from voltage from the condenser fan motor causing the fan to stop running. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6797 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the A/C thermostat. 2. Connect battery power to the No.3 terminal, ground the No.2 terminal, and connect a test light between the No.1 and No.3 terminals. NOTE: Use a 12 V,3 W-18 W test light. 3. Dip the A/C thermostat into a cup filled with ice water, and check the test light. Serpentine-type evaporator The light should go off at 36 - 39°F (2 - 4°C) or less, and should come on at 39 - 41°F (4 - 5°C) or more. Laminate-type evaporator The light should go off at 39 - 43°F (4 - 5°C) or less, and should come on at 43 - 45°F (6 - 7°C) or more. If the light doesn't come on and go off as specified, replace the A/C thermostat. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Expansion Valve > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Expansion Valve > Component Information > Locations > Page 6801 Expansion Valve: Service and Repair The expansion valve is located on the evaporator core. Refer to the Evaporator Core/Case for service and repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Heater Blows Cold Air/A/C Blows Hot Air Heater Control Valve Cable: Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Heater Blows Cold Air/A/C Blows Hot Air Heater Blows Cold Air; A/C Blows Warm Air NOTE: This article applies to all A/C-equipped Honda models that use a heater valve cable. Got a vehicle in your shop that blows cold air from the heater or warm air from the A/C? The problem could just be the heater valve cable has slipped off the heater valve arm. There's a real easy fix for this problem. Slip the heater valve cable back onto the heater valve arm. Then cut yourself a 10 mm length of 3.5 mm vacuum hose (P/N 95005-35008-10M, H/C 2325058), and slide it onto the arm. This holds the cable on the arm nice and snug so it won't slip off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Heater Blows Cold Air/A/C Blows Hot Air > Page 6807 Heater Control Valve Cable: Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Heater Blows Cold Air, A/C Blows Warm Air SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Heater Blows Cold Air, A/C Blows Warm Air APPLIES TO: all A/C-equipped Honda models that use a heater valve cable. SERVICE TIP: Got a vehicle in your shop that blows cold air from the heater or warm air from the A/C ? The problem could just be the heater valve cable has slipped off the heater valve arm. There's a real easy fix for this problem. Slip the heater valve cable back onto the heater valve arm. Then cut yourself a 10 mm length of 3.5 mm vacuum hose and slide it onto the arm. This holds the cable on the arm nice and snug so it won't slip off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6808 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6809 Heater Control Valve Cable: Adjustments 1. From under the hood, disconnect the heater valve cable from the heater valve. 2. From under the dash, disconnect air mix control cable housing from the cable housing from the cable clamp. 3. Set the temperature control lever to MAX. COOL. 4. With the air mix control cable attached to the air mix control arm, gently pull on the outer cable housing to fully close the door and to remove any slack in the cable. Don't pull to hard, or the temperature control lever will move. 5. Hold the air mix control arm against the stop, then snap the air mix control cable housing into the cable clamp. 6. From under the hood, move the heater valve arm to the fully closed position, then attach the heater valve cable to the heater valve arm. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Control Valve > Heater Control Valve Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6810 7. Hold the heater valve arm in the closed position, and gently pull on the heater cable outer housing to take up any slack, then install the heater valve cable housing into the cable clamp. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Locations Heater Core: Locations 99 Model SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Heater Core: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6816 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6817 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6818 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6819 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6820 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6821 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6822 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6823 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6824 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6825 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6826 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6827 Heater Core: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6828 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6829 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6830 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6831 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6832 Heater Core: Service and Repair SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 2. From under the hood, open the clamp, then disconnect the heater valve cable from the heater valve arm. Turn the heater valve arm to the fully opened position as shown. 3. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator. - Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot, the engine coolant is under pressure and could severely scald you. 4. Disconnect the heater hoses from the heater unit. CAUTION: Engine coolant will damage paint. Quickly rinse any spilled engine coolant from painted surfaces. NOTE: Engine coolant will run out when the hoses are disconnected; drain it into a clean drip pan. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6833 5. Remove the mounting nut from the heater unit. NOTE: When removing the mounting nut, take care not to damage or bend the fuel lines, the brake lines, etc. 6. Remove the dashboard. 7. Remove the heater duct or evaporator. 8. Disconnect the connectors from the mode control motor and air mix control motor ('99 model), then remove the wire harness clips and wire harness from the heater unit. Remove the clip from the heater duct, then remove the two mounting nuts and the heater unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6834 9. Remove the two self-tapping screws and the heater core cover. 10. Pull out the grommet from the heater core pipes. 11. Remove the self-tapping screw and the clamp. 12. Pull out the heater core from the heater unit. NOTE: Be careful not to bend the inlet and outlet pipes during heater core removal. 13. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. 14. Install in the reverse order of removal. Make note of the following items. - Apply sealant to the grommets. - Do not interchange the inlet and outlet heater hoses. Make sure that the clamps are secure. - Refill the cooling system with engine coolant. - Connect all cables, and make sure they are properly adjusted ('96 - 98 models) or ('99 model)). - Make sure that there is no air leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation Heater Core Case: Service and Repair Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 2. From under the hood, open the clamp, then disconnect the heater valve cable from the heater valve arm. Turn the heater valve arm to the fully opened position as shown. 3. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator. WARNING: Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot; the engine coolant is under pressure and could severely scald you. 4. Disconnect the heater hoses from the heater unit. CAUTION: Engine coolant will damage paint. Quickly rinse any spilled engine coolant from painted surfaces. NOTE: Engine coolant will run out when the hoses are disconnected; drain it into a clean drip pan. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6839 5. Remove the mounting nut from the heater unit. NOTE: When removing the mounting nut, take care not to damage or bend the fuel lines, the brake lines, etc. 6. Remove the dashboard. 7. Remove the heater duct or evaporator. 8. Disconnect the connectors from the mode control motor and air mix control motor ('99 - 00 models), then remove the wire harness clips and wire harness from the heater unit. Remove the clip from the heater duct, then remove the two mounting nuts and the heater unit. 9. Install in the reverse order of removal. Make note of the following items. - Apply sealant to the grommets. - Do not interchange the inlet and outlet heater hoses. Make sure that the clamps are secure. - Refill the cooling system with engine coolant. - Connect all cables, and make sure they are properly adjusted. - Make sure that there is no air leakage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Installation > Page 6840 Heater Core Case: Service and Repair Overhaul 1. Remove the two self-tapping screws and the heater core cover. 2. Pull out the grommet from the heater core pipes. 3. Remove the self-tapping screw and the clamp. 4. Pull out the heater core from the heater unit. NOTE: Be careful not to bend the inlet and outlet pipes during heater core removal. 5. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > High Pressure Safety Valve HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Compressor (Nippondenso) High Pressure Safety Valve HVAC: Service and Repair Compressor (Nippondenso) 1. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station. 2. Remove the relief valve and the O-ring. Plug the opening to keep foreign matter from entering the system and the compressor oil from running out. 3. Clean the mating surfaces. 4. Replace the O-ring with a new one at the relief valve, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing it. 5. Remove the plug, and install and tighten the relief valve. 6. Charge the system and test its performance. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > High Pressure Safety Valve HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Compressor (Nippondenso) > Page 6845 High Pressure Safety Valve HVAC: Service and Repair Compressor (Sanden) 1. Remove the relief valve and the O-ring. NOTE: Do not let the compressor oil run out. - Make sure that no foreign matter enters the system. 2. Clean the mating surfaces. 3. Replace the O-ring with a new one at the relief valve, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing it. NOTE: To avoid contamination, do not return the oil to the container once dispensed, and never mix it with other refrigerant oils. - Immediately after using the oil, replace the cap on the container, and seal it to avoid moisture absorption. - Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if the refrigerant oil contacts the paint, wash it off immediately. 4. Install and tighten the relief valve. 5. Charge the system and test its performance. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications Hose/Line HVAC: Mechanical Specifications Discharge hose to the compressor 9.8 Nm 6 x 1.00 mm Discharge hose to the condenser 9.8 Nm Condenser pipe to the condenser 9.8 Nm Condenser pipe to the receiver/dryer 9.8 Nm Receiver pipe A to the receiver/dryer 9.8 Nm Receiver pipe B to the receiver pipe A 13 Nm Receiver pipe C to the receiver pipe B 13 Nm Receiver pipe C to the Evaporator 9.8 Nm Suction pipe B to the Evaporator 9.8 Nm Suction pipe A to the Suction pipe B 31 Nm Suction hose to the Suction pipe A 31 Nm Suction hose to the Compressor 9.8 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications > Page 6850 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications > Page 6851 Hose/Line HVAC: Capacity Specifications SANDEN Line or hose 10 mL NIPPONDENSO Line or hose 10 mL Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Power Transistor HVAC > Component Information > Locations Power Transistor HVAC: Locations Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Power Transistor HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6855 Power Transistor HVAC: Testing and Inspection 1. Disconnect the 3P connector from the power transistor. 2. Carefully release the lock tab on the No.2 terminal in the 3P connector, then remove the terminal and insulate it from body ground. 3. Connect a 1.2 - 3.4 W bulb between the No.1 and the No.2 cavity on the 3P connector. 4. Reconnect the 3P connector to the power transistor. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the blower motor runs. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Receiver Dryer > Component Information > Specifications Receiver Dryer: Specifications SANDEN Lubricant Capacity 10 mL NIPPONDENSO Lubricant Capacity 10 mL Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection Refrigerant: Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection 07-030 October 12, 2007 Applies To: ALL Vehicles With Conventional A/C Compressors A/C Leak Detection (Supersedes 07-030, dated June 15, 2007, to update the information marked by asterisks) The OPTIMAX Jr. (TM)A/C Leak Detection Kit for Honda vehicles, P/N TRP124893, is a new required tool. The kit is used to add small amounts of dye to A/C systems to help locate smaller leaks that an electronic leak detector might not find. When searching for leaks, always begin by using an electronic leak detector. Refer to Service Bulletin 97-027, Denso HLD-100 Halogen Leak Detector; for tips on using this tool, then follow up with the OPTIMAX Jr. This new detection kit complements but does not replace the electronic detector. The kit contains: ^ TRP8640CS, OPTIMAX Jr. (TM) cordless, fluorescent leak detection flashlight lamp (includes 3 standard AA batteries) ^ TRP38600601, (6) 0.06 oz. (1.7 g) Tracer-Stick(R) R134a/PAG A/C dye capsules with ID labels ^ TRP3887, R-134a Universal Connect Set(TM) ^ TRP120884, GLO-AWAY(TM) dye cleaner ^ TRP9940, fluorescence-enhancing glasses ^ TRP1143, (1) empty Tracer-Stick dye capsule ORDERING INFO *One OPTIMAX Jr. A/C Leak Detection Kit was shipped to each current dealer as a required special tool. Additional kits and replacement capsules may be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. On the iN, click on Service, Service Bay, Tool and Equipment Program, Online Catalog tab, and Air Conditioning Equipment, or call.* NOTICE ^ Do not use leak-trace dye in any Honda hybrid vehicle equipped with a dual-scroll compressor This can increase the chance of electric shock. The compressor is easily identified by the orange high-voltage cable that is connected to the compressor body. ^ Only Tracer-Stick single-dose fluorescent dye capsules from Tracer Products (Tracerline(R)) are approved for use in Honda vehicles. Other dyes contain solvents that may contaminate the system's refrigerant oil, leading to component failure. ^ Adding excessive amounts of dye can lead to compressor damage and failure. USING THE OPTIMAX JR. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 6863 1. Before adding any leak-detection dye, check to see if there is dye in the system now. ^ Check for a label in the engine compartment indicating that fluorescent leak-detection dye has been added to the system. ^ Dye may have been added even though no label is present. To confirm this: - Put on the fluorescence-enhancing glasses, and remove the low-side service port sealing cap. - Direct the ultraviolet lamp into the valve stem area. If dye has been previously added, the lubricant traces will have a bright yellow fluorescent glow. You may need to press the port's valve stem briefly to release some lubricant and dye from the system. ^ If there is no dye in the system, go to step 2. ^ If there is dye in the system, go to step 5. Do not add more dye. 2. Add the dye. NOTE: Air and moisture must be evacuated from the universal connect set if it is being used for the first time, or if it has been stored with the control valve open. If the air and moisture have been evacuated, go to step 3; otherwise do the following: (a) Attach the empty dye capsule (provided in the dye kit) to the control valve fitting. (b) Attach the service valve fitting (provided in the kit) to the empty dye capsule. (c) Attach the low-side hose of the A/C recovery and charging station, and open the quick coupler's hand-wheel valve. Then open the control valve (black knob) on the universal connect set. (d) Following the manufacturer's instructions for your recovery and charging station, evacuate the universal connect set for approximately 3 minutes. (e) When evacuation is complete, be sure the set's control valve is closed (finger tight), and disconnect the NC recovery and charging station. (f) Remove the service valve fitting and the empty dye capsule from the set, and store them for future use. NOTE: ^ Check the refrigerant charge level. There must be enough refrigerant in the system to operate the A/C compressor and to circulate refrigerant oil. ^ If the refrigerant charge is too low, recover the remaining amount and recharge the system before adding any dye. (g) Start the vehicle and operate the A/C system. Follow your A/C refrigerant recovery and charging station's operating instructions for low-side charging to install the dye. * NOTE: Only 0.05 lb (0.02 kg) of refrigerant is needed to push the dye into the A/C system.* (h) Once the refrigerant charge is programmed, open the control valve on the set to allow the dye to enter the system. (i) After the dye capsule clears, allow the low-side of the A/C system to reach its lowest operating pressure, then quickly close both the service equipment's low-side coupler valve and the control valve on the set. (j) Remove the set from the vehicle by releasing its quick coupler. Remove the empty dye capsule from the service valve fitting. Return the hose, control valve, and service-valve fitting to the storage case. * NOTE: Store the hose with the control valve closed. This will retain a small amount of refrigerant in the hose so it does not have to be evacuated the next time you use it.* (k) Fill out an identification label (provided in the kit), and attach it to a location near the A/C charge label. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 6864 3. Connect the universal connect set and the Tracer- Stick dye capsule: (a) Be sure the quick coupler and control valves on the set are closed. (b) Remove the low-side service port sealing cap, and connect the set to the low-side service port using the quick coupler. (c) Hold a new dye capsule so that the embossed arrow is pointing up. Remove the black end cap, and carefully attach the capsule to the control valve fitting. NOTE: The capsule must be held with the embossed arrow pointing up or the dye will leak out of the capsule. (d) Turn the capsule so the embossed arrow is pointing down. Remove the orange end cap, and carefully attach the service valve fitting provided in the kit (finger tight). NOTE: The capsule must be held with the embossed arrow pointing down or the dye will leak out. 4. Connect the NC service equipment: With the universal connect set and dye capsule attached to the vehicle's low-side service port, connect the A/C refrigerant recovery and charging station's low-side hose quick coupler to the service valve fitting. Open the blue hand-wheel valves on both quick couplers. Leave the control valve (black knob) on the universal connect set closed. NOTE: * ^ If you have recovered refrigerant to weigh it as part of your diagnostics, or if there is a low charge, it is more efficient to recharge the system using normal procedures before installing the universal connect set. Dye can then be added using approximately 0.05 lb (0.02 kg) of refrigerant.* ^ You do not need to connect the service equipment's high-side hose to the vehicle to install the dye. If the high-side hose is connected, make sure its coupler valve is closed before proceeding. ^ Do not use the A/C recovery and charging station to recover or evacuate the A/C system when a full dye capsule is attached. The dye will be drawn into the service equipment instead of being added to the vehicle's A/C system. 5. Inspect the A/C system for leaks: (a) Run the A/C system for at least 15 minutes to circulate the dye through the system. Large leaks will be seen immediately as a fluorescent yellow glow. Smaller leaks may require at least 24 hours of vehicle operation before they become visible. Operate the A/C system as much as possible during this time to keep the dye circulating. (b) Stop the vehicle's engine and inspect the system for leaks using the ultraviolet (UV) lamp and fluorescence-enhancing glasses from the kit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 6865 Low ambient light conditions (a dark work area) will aid in locating the leak. NOTE: Not all UV lamps work well with all types of fluorescent dye. Use only the lamp provided in the kit to inspect for leaks. (c) Inspect the entire system. Be sure to check these locations: ^ damaged and corroded areas ^ fittings ^ hose-to-line couplings ^ refrigerant controls ^ service ports ^ brazed or welded areas ^ areas near attachment points (d) Check for evaporator leaks by illuminating the evaporator drain tube area with the UV lamp and glasses. (e) After repairing a leak, remove any fluorescent residue using the GLO-AWAY dye cleaner from the kit and hot water (follow the instructions on the bottle). Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant: Capacity Specifications R-134a Capacity 600 - 650 g (21.1 - 22.9 oz) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 6868 Refrigerant: Fluid Type Specifications HFC-134a R-134a Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant Oil: Capacity Specifications Condenser 25 ml (0.85 oz) Evaporator 40 ml (1.35 oz) Line or Hose 10 ml (0.34 oz) Receiver/Dryer 10 ml (0.34 oz) Leakage Repair 25 ml (0.85 oz) Compressor 130 ml (4.40 oz) Volume of old compressor should equal oil drain from new compressor, but not more than 50 ml. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 6873 Refrigerant Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Polyalkleneglycol (PAG) SP-10 Oil Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Component Locations Left Front Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6878 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6879 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Description and Operation Battery voltage is supplied through fuse 56 to the A/C compressor clutch relay contacts at all times. With the ignition switch in ON (II), voltage is applied to the coil of the A/C compressor clutch relay through fuse 17. When you push the A/C switch ON , and the heater fan switch is in position 1, 2, 3, or 4, a "ground" input is provided to the engine control module (ECM) or powertrain control module (PCM) through the A/C thermostat and the A/C pressure switch. The A/C compressor clutch relay is grounded by the engine control module (ECM) or Powertrain Control Module (PCM). When energized, the A/C compressor clutch relay allows battery voltage to turn on the A/C compressor clutch. The A/C ON indicator light comes on when the A/C system is requested. A/C Pressure Switch The A/C pressure switch is located in the condenser outlet line where refrigerant is in a high temperature/high pressure liquid state. The switch will sense abnormally high or low pressure, and open the circuit. This removes ground, and the compressor will stop running. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor High Relay Blower Motor Relay: Locations Blower Motor High Relay Below Right Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor High Relay > Page 6885 Blower Motor Relay: Locations Blower Motor Relay Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Blower Motor High Relay > Page 6886 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Blower Motor Relay Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. Blower motor relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Blower Motor Relay > Page 6889 Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor High Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. Blower motor high relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Component Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6894 Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6895 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6896 Compressor Clutch Relay: Description and Operation A/C Compressor Clutch Relay When the ECM/PCM receives a demand for cooling from the air conditioning system, it delays the compressor from being energized, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C mode. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6897 Compressor Clutch Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 A/C compressor clutch relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Component Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6902 Fan Controls Right Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6903 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6904 Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Condenser fan relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Control Module HVAC: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6909 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6910 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6911 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6912 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6913 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6914 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6915 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6916 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6917 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6918 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6919 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6920 Control Module HVAC: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6921 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6922 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6923 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6924 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6925 Control Module HVAC: Testing and Inspection Blower Motor Speed (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6926 Blower Motor Speed (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Air Conditioning Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Photo 82 Behind Right Side Of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6934 Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the A/C thermostat. 2. Connect battery power to the No.3 terminal, ground the No.2 terminal, and connect a test light between the No.1 and No.3 terminals. NOTE: Use a 12 V, 3W - 18W test light. 3. Dip the A/C thermostat into a cup filled with ice water, and check the test light. Serpentine-type evaporator The light should go off at 36 - 39 °F (2 - 4 °C) or less, and should come on at 39 - 41 °F (4 - 5 °C) or more. Laminate-type evaporator The light should go off at 39 - 43 °F (4 - 6 °C) or less, and should come on at 43 - 45 °F (6 - 7 °C) or more. If the light doesn't come on and go off as specified, replace the A/C thermostat. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Blower Motor Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6940 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6941 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6942 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6943 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6944 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6945 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6946 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6947 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6948 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6949 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6950 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6951 Blower Motor Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6952 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6953 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6954 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6955 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Right Side of Engine Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Photo 82 Behind Right Side Of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6962 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Description and Operation The A/C thermostat is located on the evaporator housing. The A/C thermostat turns OFF the A/C compressor clutch if the temperature at the evaporator goes below 3°C (37°F). This prevents condensation from freezing on the evaporator fins and blocking the air delivery into the passenger compartment. The blower motor will keep running when the sensor turns OFF the compressor. If the temperature goes below 3°C (37°F) turning OFF the A/C thermostat, ground will be removed from the condenser fan relay. This will deenergize the relay and remove voltage from voltage from the condenser fan motor causing the fan to stop running. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6963 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the A/C thermostat. 2. Connect battery power to the No.3 terminal, ground the No.2 terminal, and connect a test light between the No.1 and No.3 terminals. NOTE: Use a 12 V,3 W-18 W test light. 3. Dip the A/C thermostat into a cup filled with ice water, and check the test light. Serpentine-type evaporator The light should go off at 36 - 39°F (2 - 4°C) or less, and should come on at 39 - 41°F (4 - 5°C) or more. Laminate-type evaporator The light should go off at 39 - 43°F (4 - 5°C) or less, and should come on at 43 - 45°F (6 - 7°C) or more. If the light doesn't come on and go off as specified, replace the A/C thermostat. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Component Locations Left Front Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6968 Wiring/Connector Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6969 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Description and Operation Battery voltage is supplied through fuse 56 to the A/C compressor clutch relay contacts at all times. With the ignition switch in ON (II), voltage is applied to the coil of the A/C compressor clutch relay through fuse 17. When you push the A/C switch ON , and the heater fan switch is in position 1, 2, 3, or 4, a "ground" input is provided to the engine control module (ECM) or powertrain control module (PCM) through the A/C thermostat and the A/C pressure switch. The A/C compressor clutch relay is grounded by the engine control module (ECM) or Powertrain Control Module (PCM). When energized, the A/C compressor clutch relay allows battery voltage to turn on the A/C compressor clutch. The A/C ON indicator light comes on when the A/C system is requested. A/C Pressure Switch The A/C pressure switch is located in the condenser outlet line where refrigerant is in a high temperature/high pressure liquid state. The switch will sense abnormally high or low pressure, and open the circuit. This removes ground, and the compressor will stop running. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ventilation Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Thermal Limiting Fuse > Component Information > Locations Thermal Limiting Fuse: Locations Left Front Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Thermal Limiting Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Page 6976 Thermal Limiting Fuse: Description and Operation Battery voltage is supplied through fuse 56 to the A/C compressor clutch relay contacts at all times. With the ignition switch in ON (II), voltage is applied to the coil of the A/C compressor clutch relay through fuse 17. When you push the A/C switch ON , and the heater fan switch is in position 1, 2, 3, or 4, a "ground" input is provided to the engine control module (ECM) or powertrain control module (PCM) through the A/C thermostat and the A/C pressure switch. The A/C compressor clutch relay is grounded by the engine control module (ECM) or Powertrain Control Module (PCM). When energized, the A/C compressor clutch relay allows battery voltage to turn on the A/C compressor clutch. The A/C ON indicator light comes on when the A/C system is requested. Thermal Protector The thermal protector, located on the A/C compressor, opens and turns the compressor off if it senses high temperature. Once the compressor cools, the switch will close and the compressor will begin running again. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Thermal Limiting Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Page 6977 Thermal Limiting Fuse: Service and Repair 1. Remove the bolt, the ground terminal and the holder. Disconnect the field coil connector, then remove the thermal protector. 2. Replace the thermal protector with a new one, and apply silicone sealant to the top of the thermal protector. 3. Install in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ventilation Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Locations With Front Passenger's Airbag Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations > Page 6986 Without Front Passenger's Airbag (Part Of Canada Model) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 6989 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Wiring Precautions Never attempt to modify, splice or repair SRS wiring. NOTE: SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer protective covering. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to- metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 6990 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Radio "Code" Theft Protection NOTE: The original radio has a coded theft protection circuit. Be sure to get the customer's code number before a. Disconnecting the battery. b. Removing the fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. c. Removing the radio. d. After service, reconnect power to the radio and turn it on. When the word "CODE" is displayed, enter the customer's 5-digit code to restore radio operation. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact The driver's airbag (and front passenger's) airbag has (have) a spring-loaded lock connector with a built-in short contact. When this connector is disconnected, the power terminal and the ground terminal in the airbag connector are automatically shorted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact > Page 6993 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation System Description The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 6994 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair To prevent accidental airbag deployment, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait three minutes before disconnecting any SRS connectors. - Before disconnecting the SRS main harness (A) from the SRS unit, disconnect both airbags (C,D). - Before disconnecting the cable reel 2P connector (B), disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector (C). 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s). Driver's 2p Connector Driver's Side: Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector and cable reel 2P connector. Passenger's 2p Connector Front Passenger's Side: Remove the glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 2P connector and SRS main harness 2P connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Driver's Air Bag - Replace Torx Bolts Properly Air Bag: Technical Service Bulletins Driver's Air Bag - Replace Torx Bolts Properly SOURCE: Honda Service News September 2004 TITLE: Replace Drivers Air Bag Torx Bolts Properly APPLIES TO: All Models SERVICE TIP: When replacing a drivers's side air bag, make sure you replace the torx bolts properly. When removing the bolts, use a high-quality bit, making sure the bit is aligned. DON'T USE AIR TOOLS. When installing bolts, always start the bolts by hand to avoid cross-treading, and torque the bolts to the value listed in the service manual. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6999 Air Bag: Specifications Airbag Assembly Airbag Assembly Drivers Side Torx Bolt(s) 9.8 Nm Passengers Side Lower Mounting Nut(s) 9.8 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7000 Air Bag: Locations Behind Right Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage Air Bag: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 7003 Air Bag: Service Precautions Precautions For Electrical Inspections When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. Inserting the probe into the terminal side of the connector, and tampering the connector could cause malfunction of the SRS system or an error in inspection. Use a probe with a tapered tip. Do not insert the probe forcibly. Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using tools which are not specified standard design could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 7004 Air Bag: Service Precautions Wiring Precautions Never attempt to modify, splice or repair SRS wiring. NOTE: SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer protective covering. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to- metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 7005 Air Bag: Description and Operation SRS Airbag The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement Air Bag: Service and Repair Driver Airbag Replacement After a collision in which the airbags were deployed, the airbag assemblies and the SRS unit must be replaced. WARNING: Store a removed airbag with the pad surface up. If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury. CAUTION: - Always disconnect the airbag connector(s) when the harness is disconnected. - Do not disassemble or tamper with the airbag. NOTE: - Do not install used SRS parts from another vehicle. When repairing, use only new SRS parts. Carefully inspect the airbag before you install it. Do not install an airbag that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable from the battery, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s): Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the 2P connector between the driver's airbag and cable reel. NOTE: When disconnected, the airbag connector is automatically shorted. 3. Remove the airbag(s): Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7008 Remove the two Torx bolts using a Torx T30 bit, then remove the driver's airbag. CAUTION: Be sure to install the SRS wiring so that it is not pinched or interfering with other parts. 4. Install the new airbag(s): Place the driver's airbag into the steering wheel, and secure it with new Torx bolts. 5. Reconnect the airbag connector(s). Connect the driver's airbag 2P connector to the cable reel 2P connector, then install the access panel on the steering wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7009 6. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 7. After installing the airbag, confirm proper system operation: - Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. - Make sure both horn buttons work. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7010 Air Bag: Service and Repair Passenger Airbag Replacement After a collision in which the airbags were deployed, the airbag assemblies and the SRS unit must be replaced. WARNING: Store a removed airbag with the pad surface up. If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury. CAUTION: - Always disconnect the airbag connector(s) when the harness is disconnected. - Do not disassemble or tamper with the airbag. NOTE: - Do not install used SRS parts from another vehicle. When repairing, use only new SRS parts. Carefully inspect the airbag before you install it. Do not install an airbag that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable from the battery, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s): Disconnect the 2P connector between the front passenger's airbag and SRS main harness. NOTE: When disconnected, the airbag connector is automatically shorted. 3. Remove the airbag(s): Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7011 - Remove the three mounting nuts from the bracket, then remove the harness clip. - Lift the front passenger's airbag out of the dashboard by covering the lid and dashboard with a cloth, and prying carefully with a flat-tip screwdriver. NOTE: The lid of the airbag has pawls on its side which attach it to the dashboard. CAUTION: Be sure to install the SRS wiring so that it is not pinched or interfering with other parts. 4. Install the new airbag(s): - Place the front passenger's airbag into the dashboard. - Tighten the front passenger's airbag mounting nuts 5. Reconnect the airbag connector(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7012 Attach the airbag connector to the connector holder, then reinstall the glove box. 6. Connect the battery positive cable, then connect the negative cable. 7. After installing the airbag, confirm proper system operation: - Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. - Make sure both horn buttons work. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7013 Air Bag: Service and Repair Airbag Assembly Disposal and Deployment Damaged Airbag/Tensioner Special Procedure Before scrapping any airbags (including those in a whole vehicle to be scrapped), the airbags must be deployed. If the vehicle is still within the warranty period, before you deploy the airbags, the Honda District Service Manager must give approval and/or special instructions. Only after the airbags have been deployed (as the result of vehicle collision, for example), can they be scrapped. If the airbags appear intact (not deployed), treat them with extreme caution. Follow this procedure: Damaged Airbag Special Procedure WARNING: If an airbag cannot be deployed, it should not be treated as normal scrap; it should still be considered a potentially explosive device that can cause serious injury. 1. If installed in a vehicle, follow the removal procedure . 2. In all cases, make a short circuit by twisting together the two airbag inflator wires. 3. Package the airbag in exactly the same packaging that the new replacement part came in. 4. Mark the outside of the box "DAMAGED AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED" so it does not get confused with your parts stock. 5. Contact your Honda District Service Manager for how and where to return it for disposal. Deployed Air Bag Handling When handling a deployed air bag assembly, a face shield and rubber gloves should be worn. Vehicle interior and A/C, vent, defroster and heater ducts should be vacuumed. If sinus or throat irritation is encountered during air bag removal, exit vehicle and breathe fresh air. If skin irritation is encountered, flush effected area with cool water. If sinus, throat, skin or any other type of irritation continues, consult a physician. After handling a deployed air bag assembly, wash hands and rinse thoroughly with water. An air bag that has been deployed should be removed from the vehicle. Prior to removing a deployed air bag assembly, place tape over air bag exhaust vents. After unit has been removed, it should be placed in a heavy duty plastic bag and sealed securely. The sealed plastic bag should then be placed with automotive scrap. An air bag assembly that has not been deployed, must be deployed prior to disposal. Driver's Air Bag Before scrapping any airbags (including those in a whole vehicle to be scrapped), the airbags must be deployed. If the vehicle is still within the warranty period, before you deploy the airbags, the Honda District Service Manager must give approval and/or special instructions. Only after the airbags have been deployed (as the result of vehicle collision, for example), can they be scrapped. If the airbags appear intact (not deployed), treat them with extreme caution. Follow this procedure: Deploying the Airbags: In-vehicle NOTE: If an SRS vehicle is to be entirely scrapped, its airbags should be deployed while still in the vehicle. The airbags should not be considered as salvageable parts and should never be installed in another vehicle. WARNING: Confirm that each airbag assembly is securely mounted; otherwise, severe personal injury could result from deployment. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable. 2. Confirm that the special tool is functioning properly by following the check procedure on the tool label. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7014 3. Remove the access panel, then disconnect the 2P connector between the driver's airbag and the cable reel. 4. Cut off the airbag connector, strip the ends of the airbag wires, and connect the deployment tool alligator clips to the airbag. Place the deployment tool at least thirty feet (10 meters) away from the airbag. 5. Connect a 12 volt battery to the tool: - If the green light on the tool comes on, the air-bag igniter circuit is defective and cannot deploy the airbag. Go to Damaged Airbag Special Procedure. - If the red light on the tool comes on, the airbag is ready to be deployed. 6. Push the tool's deployment switch. The airbag should deploy (deployment is both highly audible and visible; a loud noise and rapid inflation of the bag, followed by slow deflation). If the airbags deploy and the green light on the tool comes on, continue with this procedure. - If an airbag doesn't deploy, yet the green light comes ON, its igniter is defective. Go to Damaged Airbag Special Procedure. WARNING: During deployment, the airbag assembly can become hot enough to burn you. Wait thirty minutes after deployment before touching the assembly. 7. Dispose of the complete airbag assembly. No part of it can be reused. Place it in a sturdy plastic bag, and seal it securely. CAUTION: Wear a face shield and gloves when handling a deployed airbag. - Wash your hands and rinse them well with water after handling a deployed airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7015 Passenger's Air Bag Before scrapping any airbags (including those in a whole vehicle to be scrapped), the airbags must be deployed. If the vehicle is still within the warranty period, before you deploy the airbags, the Honda District Service Manager must give approval and/or special instructions. Only after the airbags have been deployed (as the result of vehicle collision, for example), can they be scrapped. If the airbags appear intact (not deployed), treat them with extreme caution. Follow this procedure: Deploying the Airbags: In-vehicle NOTE: If an SRS vehicle is to be entirely scrapped, its airbags should be deployed while still in the vehicle. The airbags should not be considered as salvageable parts and should never be installed in another vehicle. WARNING: Confirm that each airbag assembly is securely mounted; otherwise, severe personal injury could result from deployment. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable. 2. Confirm that the special tool is functioning properly by following the check procedure on the tool label. 3. Remove the glove box, then disconnect the 2P connector between the front passenger's airbag and SRS main harness. 4. Cut off the airbag connector, strip the ends of the airbag wires, and connect the deployment tool alligator clips to the airbag. Place the deployment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7016 tool at least thirty feet (10 meters) away from the airbag. 5. Connect a 12 volt battery to the tool: - If the green light on the tool comes on, the air- bag igniter circuit is defective and cannot deploy the airbag. Go to Damaged Airbag Special Procedure. - If the red light on the tool comes on, the airbag is ready to be deployed. 6. Push the tool's deployment switch. The airbag should deploy (deployment is both highly audible and visible; a loud noise and rapid inflation of the bag, followed by slow deflation). If the airbags deploy and the green light on the tool comes on, continue with this procedure. - If an airbag doesn't deploy, yet the green light comes ON, its igniter is defective. Go to Damaged Airbag Special Procedure. WARNING: During deployment, the airbag assembly can become hot enough to burn you. Wait thirty minutes after deployment before touching the assembly. 7. Dispose of the complete airbag assembly. No part of it can be reused. Place it in a sturdy plastic bag, and seal it securely. CAUTION: Wear a face shield and gloves when handling a deployed airbag. - Wash your hands and rinse them well with water after handling a deployed airbag. Deploying Airbags/Tensioner (Outside Vehicle) Before scrapping any airbags (including those in a whole vehicle to be scrapped), the airbags must be deployed. If the vehicle is still within the warranty period, before you deploy the airbags, the Honda District Service Manager must give approval and/or special instructions. Only after the airbags have been deployed (as the result of vehicle collision, for example), can they be scrapped. If the airbags appear intact (not deployed), treat them with extreme caution. Follow this procedure: Deploying the Airbag: Out-of-Vehicle NOTE: If an intact airbag has been removed from a scrapped vehicle, or has been found defective or damaged during transit, storage or service, it should be deployed as follows: WARNING: Position the airbag face up, outdoors on flat ground at least thirty feet (10 m) from any obstacles or people. 1. Confirm that the special tool is functioning properly by following the check procedure listed or on the tool label. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7017 2. Cut off the airbag connector, strip the ends of the airbag wires, and connect the deployment tool alligator clips to the airbag. Place the deployment tool at least thirty feet (10 meters) away from the airbag. 3. Connect a 12 volt battery to the tool: - If the green light on the tool comes on, the air-bag igniter circuit is defective and cannot deploy the airbag. Go to Damaged Airbag Special Procedure. - If the red light on the tool comes on, the airbag is ready to be deployed. 4. Push the tool's deployment switch. The airbag should deploy (deployment is both highly audible and visible; a loud noise and rapid inflation of the bag, followed by slow deflation). If the airbags deploy and the green light on the tool comes on, continue with this procedure. - If an airbag doesn't deploy, yet the green light comes ON, its igniter is defective. Go to Damaged Airbag Special Procedure. WARNING: During deployment, the airbag assembly can become hot enough to burn you. Wait thirty minutes after deployment before touching the assembly. 5. Dispose of the complete airbag assembly. No part of it can be reused. Place it in a sturdy plastic bag, and seal it securely. CAUTION: Wear a face shield and gloves when handling a deployed airbag. - Wash your hands and rinse them well with water after handling a deployed airbag. Deployment Tool Check Procedure Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7018 Deployment Tool: Check Procedure 1. Connect the yellow clips to both switch protector handles on the tool; connect the tool to a battery. 2. Push the operation switch: green means the tool is OK; red means the tool is faulty. 3. Disconnect the battery and the yellow clips. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver Airbag Replacement > Page 7019 Air Bag: Service and Repair Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications Air Bag Control Module: Specifications SRS Unit SRS Unit Torx Bolt(s) 9.8 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7023 Air Bag Control Module: Locations Dashboard/Door Behind Left Side of Front Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7024 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7025 Air Bag Control Module: Service Precautions Take extra care when painting or doing body work in the area below the dashboard. Avoid direct exposure of the SRS unit or wiring to heat guns, welding, or spraying equipment. Disconnect the airbag connector(s) before disconnecting SRS harness connectors. After any degree of frontal body damage, or after a collision without airbag deployment, inspect the SRS unit for physical damage. If it is dented, cracked, or deformed, replace it. Be sure the SRS unit is installed securely. Do not disassemble the SRS unit. Store the SRS unit in a cool (less than about 104 °F / 40 °C) and dry (less than 80% humidity, no moisture) place. Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit, and keep it away from dust. During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit. The airbag(s) could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7026 98 - 00 Model SRS Units Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7027 Air Bag Control Module: Description and Operation The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7028 Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair CAUTION: Before disconnecting any part of the SRS wire harness, disconnect the airbag connector(s). - During installation or replacement, do not bump (impact wrench, hammer etc.) the area near the SRS unit. NOTE: Do not damage the SRS unit terminals or connectors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit; it has no serviceable parts. - Store the SRS unit in a clean, dry area. - Do not use any SRS unit which has been subjected to water or shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable from the battery, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s): NOTE: When disconnected, the airbag connector is automatically shorted. Driver's Side Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the 2P connector between the driver's airbag and cable reel. Front Passenger's Side Disconnect the 2P connector between the front passenger's airbag and SRS main harness. 3. Remove the right side cover from the SRS unit. 4. Remove the left side cover from the SRS unit, then disconnect the SRS main harness 18P connector from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7029 5. Remove the four Torx bolts from the SRS unit, then pull out the SRS unit from the driver's side. 6. Install the new SRS unit. NOTE: Do not reuse a torx bolt that has red threads. Replace the bolt with a new one. 7. Connect the SRS main harness 8P connector to the SRS unit; push it into position until it clicks. 8. Install the SRS unit covers (right and left). Make sure the covers snap together in the middle. 9. Reconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector to the cable reel 2P connector, then reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 10. Reconnect the front passenger's airbag connector to the SRS main harness. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7030 12. After installing the SRS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Specifications Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Specifications Cable Reel Cable Reel Airbag Assembly Torx Bolt(s) 9.8 Nm Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Nut 50 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > General Precautions Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Service Precautions General Precautions WARNING: To avoid accidental deployment and possible injury, always disconnect the driver's and front passenger's airbag connectors (automatically shorted) before working near any SRS wiring. CAUTION: Whenever the ignition switch is ON(II) , or has been turned OFF for less than three minutes, be careful not to bump the SRS unit; the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. WARNING: Do not use test equipment on the yellow SRS wires and connectors in the steering column, console, dashboard, and floor. You could unintentionally set off the airbags, which could cause injury to you and others. While working on other systems, be careful not to damage SRS wiring or components. Damage could make the airbags inoperative, which could lead to the driver's or the passenger's injury or death it the car were in a severe frontal collision. NOTE: - If an intact airbag assembly has been removed from a scrapped vehicle or has been found defective or damaged during transit, storage or service, it should be deployed. - Before removing the steering gearbox, remove the driver's airbag assembly and steering wheel. After installing the steering gearbox, check the wheel alignment and adjust if necessary. - SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures in Air Bags and Seat Belts before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > General Precautions > Page 7036 Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > General Precautions > Page 7037 Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Service Precautions Wiring Precautions Never attempt to modify, splice or repair SRS wiring. NOTE: SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer protective covering. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to- metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > General Precautions > Page 7038 Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Service Precautions Precautions For Electrical Inspections When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. Inserting the probe into the terminal side of the connector, and tampering the connector could cause malfunction of the SRS system or an error in inspection. Use a probe with a tapered tip. Do not insert the probe forcibly. Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using tools which are not specified standard design could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > General Precautions > Page 7039 Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Service Precautions Steering-Related Precautions Steering Column Removal Steering Column Removal CAUTION: Before removing the steering column, disconnect the connector between the cable reel and the SRS main harness. - If the steering column is going to be removed with-out dismounting the steering wheel, lock the steering by turning the ignition key to 0-LOCK position, or remove the key from the ignition switch so that the steering wheel will not turn. NOTE: When the airbag and cable reel are disconnected, don't reconnect the battery cable. If the battery is reconnected and the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the SRS unit will store this as an open in the driver's airbag inflator, and the SRS indicator light will come on. - For disconnecting the spring-loaded lock type connector. Do not replace the original steering wheel with any other design because it will make it impossible to properly install the airbag (only use genuine Honda replacement parts). After reassembly, confirm the wheels are still turned straight ahead and that the steering wheel spoke angle is correct. If minor spoke angle adjustment is necessary, do so only by adjusting the tie-rods, not by removing and repositioning the steering wheel. Steering Wheel and Cable Reel Alignment Steering Wheel and Cable Reel Alignment NOTE: To avoid misalignment of the steering wheel on reassembly, make sure the wheels are turned straight ahead before removing the steering wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > General Precautions > Page 7040 Rotate the cable reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise (approximately two and a half turns) until the arrow mark on the cable reel label points straight up. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 7041 Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Adjustments Steering Wheel and Cable Reel Alignment NOTE: To avoid misalignment of the steering wheel on reassembly, make sure the wheels are turned straight ahead before removing the steering wheel. Rotate the cable reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise (approximately two and a half turns) until the arrow mark on the cable reel label points straight up. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 7042 Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Service and Repair WARNING: Store a remove airbag assembly with the pad surface up. If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury. CAUTION: - Always disconnect the airbag connector(s) when the harness is disconnected. - Do not disassemble or tamper with the airbag. NOTE: Carefully inspect the airbag assembly before installing it. Do not install an airbag that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable from the battery, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the 2P connector between the driver's airbag and cable reel. NOTE: When disconnected, the airbag connector is automatically shorted. 3. Make sure the wheels are aligned straight ahead. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Remove the two Torx bolts from the steering wheel, and disconnect the horn connector. Then remove the driver's airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 7043 6. Disconnect the connectors from the horn and cruise control set/resume switches, then remove the steering wheel nut. 7. Remove the steering wheel using a steering wheel puller. 8. Remove the column covers. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 7044 9. Disconnect the 3P connector between the main wire harness and cable reel sub-harness, and the 2P connector between the cable reel and SRS main harness. 10. Remove the cable reel from the column. NOTE: Before installing the steering wheel, the front wheels should be aligned straight ahead. - Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. - After reassembly, confirm that the wheels are still turned straight ahead and that the steering wheel spoke angle is correct (road test). If minor spoke angle adjustment is necessary, do so only by adjusting the tie-rods, not by removing and repositioning the steering wheel. 11. Set the cancel sleeve so that the projections are aligned vertically. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 7045 12. Carefully install the cable reel on the steering column shaft. Then connect the 3P connector to the cable reel sub-harness, and connect the 2P connector to the SRS main harness. 13. Install the steering column covers. 14. If necessary, center the cable reel. (New replacement cable reels come centered.) Do this by first rotating the cable reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise (approximately two and a half turns) until the arrow mark on the cable reel label points straight up. 15. Install the steering wheel, then connect the horn connector and cruise control set/resume switch connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 7046 16. Install the steering wheel nut, and connect the horn connector to the steering wheel. Then install the driver's airbag. 17. Attach the cable reel 2P and 3P connector to the connector holder. Then install the driver's dashboard lower cover. 18. Reconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector to the cable reel 2P connector and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 19. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. 20. After installing the cable reel, confirm proper system operation: - Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. - Make sure both horn buttons work. - Make sure the headlight and wiper switches work. - Go for a test drive, and make sure the cruise control switches work. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Diagnostic Connector, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Photo 50 Diagnostic Connector: Locations Photo 50 Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Diagnostic Connector, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Photo 50 > Page 7051 Diagnostic Connector: Locations Photo 111 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations Impact Sensor: Locations The impact sensor is located inside the SRS Unit, refer to SRS Unit / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Safing Sensor: Locations The safing sensor is located inside the SRS Unit, refer to SRS Unit / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Malfunction Lamp / Indicator: Locations SRS Indicator Light Power Circuit SRS Indicator Light Power Circuit SRS Indicator Light Control Circuit SRS Indicator Light Control Circuit Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Malfunction Lamp / Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7063 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7064 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7065 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7066 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7067 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7068 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7069 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7070 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7071 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7072 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7073 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7074 Malfunction Lamp / Indicator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7075 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7076 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7077 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7078 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7079 Malfunction Lamp / Indicator: Electrical Diagrams SRS Indicator Light Power Circuit SRS Indicator Light Power Circuit SRS Indicator Light Control Circuit SRS Indicator Light Control Circuit Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7080 Malfunction Lamp / Indicator: Description and Operation Self-diagnosis System A self-diagnosis circuit is built into the SRS unit; when the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the SRS indicator light comes on and goes off after about six seconds if the system is operating normally. If the light does not come on, or does not go off after six seconds, or if it comes on while driving, it indicates an abnormality in the system. The system must be inspected and repaired as soon as possible. For better serviceability, the memory will store the cause of the malfunction, and the data link circuit passes on the information from the memory to the data link connector (DLC). This information can be read with the Honda PGM Tester connected to the DLC (16P). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On Malfunction Lamp / Indicator: Testing and Inspection SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On. The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On (Part 1 Of 3) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On > Page 7083 The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On (Part 2 Of 3) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On > Page 7084 The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On (Part 3 Of 3) CAUTION: Whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or has been turned OFF for less than three minutes, be careful not to bump the SRS unit; the airbag(s) could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On > Page 7085 Malfunction Lamp / Indicator: Testing and Inspection SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Go Off The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Go Off 98 - 00 Models CAUTION: Whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or has been turned OFF for less than three minutes, be careful not to bump the SRS unit; the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Go Off - '98 - 00 Models (Part 1 Of 5) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On > Page 7086 The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Go Off - '98 - 00 Models (Part 2 Of 5) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On > Page 7087 The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Go Off - '98 - 00 Models (Part 3 Of 5) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On > Page 7088 The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Go Off - '98 - 00 Models (Part 4 Of 5) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Malfunction Lamp / Indicator, Air Bag > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Come On > Page 7089 The SRS Indicator Light Doesn't Go Off - '98 - 00 Models (Part 5 Of 5) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Knee Diverter > Component Information > Locations Knee Bolster / Dashboard Lower Cover Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Knee Diverter > Component Information > Locations > Page 7093 Knee Diverter: Description and Operation Knee Bolster The knee bolsters are used to absorb energy to protect knees and control the forward movement of the vehicle's front seat occupants during a frontal crash, by limiting leg movement. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications Air Bag Control Module: Specifications SRS Unit SRS Unit Torx Bolt(s) 9.8 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7098 Air Bag Control Module: Locations Dashboard/Door Behind Left Side of Front Console Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7099 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7100 Air Bag Control Module: Service Precautions Take extra care when painting or doing body work in the area below the dashboard. Avoid direct exposure of the SRS unit or wiring to heat guns, welding, or spraying equipment. Disconnect the airbag connector(s) before disconnecting SRS harness connectors. After any degree of frontal body damage, or after a collision without airbag deployment, inspect the SRS unit for physical damage. If it is dented, cracked, or deformed, replace it. Be sure the SRS unit is installed securely. Do not disassemble the SRS unit. Store the SRS unit in a cool (less than about 104 °F / 40 °C) and dry (less than 80% humidity, no moisture) place. Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit, and keep it away from dust. During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit. The airbag(s) could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7101 98 - 00 Model SRS Units Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7102 Air Bag Control Module: Description and Operation The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7103 Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair CAUTION: Before disconnecting any part of the SRS wire harness, disconnect the airbag connector(s). - During installation or replacement, do not bump (impact wrench, hammer etc.) the area near the SRS unit. NOTE: Do not damage the SRS unit terminals or connectors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit; it has no serviceable parts. - Store the SRS unit in a clean, dry area. - Do not use any SRS unit which has been subjected to water or shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable from the battery, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s): NOTE: When disconnected, the airbag connector is automatically shorted. Driver's Side Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the 2P connector between the driver's airbag and cable reel. Front Passenger's Side Disconnect the 2P connector between the front passenger's airbag and SRS main harness. 3. Remove the right side cover from the SRS unit. 4. Remove the left side cover from the SRS unit, then disconnect the SRS main harness 18P connector from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7104 5. Remove the four Torx bolts from the SRS unit, then pull out the SRS unit from the driver's side. 6. Install the new SRS unit. NOTE: Do not reuse a torx bolt that has red threads. Replace the bolt with a new one. 7. Connect the SRS main harness 8P connector to the SRS unit; push it into position until it clicks. 8. Install the SRS unit covers (right and left). Make sure the covers snap together in the middle. 9. Reconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector to the cable reel 2P connector, then reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 10. Reconnect the front passenger's airbag connector to the SRS main harness. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7105 12. After installing the SRS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Locations With Front Passenger's Airbag Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations > Page 7110 Without Front Passenger's Airbag (Part Of Canada Model) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 7113 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Wiring Precautions Never attempt to modify, splice or repair SRS wiring. NOTE: SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer protective covering. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to- metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 7114 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Radio "Code" Theft Protection NOTE: The original radio has a coded theft protection circuit. Be sure to get the customer's code number before a. Disconnecting the battery. b. Removing the fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. c. Removing the radio. d. After service, reconnect power to the radio and turn it on. When the word "CODE" is displayed, enter the customer's 5-digit code to restore radio operation. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact The driver's airbag (and front passenger's) airbag has (have) a spring-loaded lock connector with a built-in short contact. When this connector is disconnected, the power terminal and the ground terminal in the airbag connector are automatically shorted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact > Page 7117 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation System Description The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7118 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair To prevent accidental airbag deployment, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait three minutes before disconnecting any SRS connectors. - Before disconnecting the SRS main harness (A) from the SRS unit, disconnect both airbags (C,D). - Before disconnecting the cable reel 2P connector (B), disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector (C). 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s). Driver's 2p Connector Driver's Side: Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector and cable reel 2P connector. Passenger's 2p Connector Front Passenger's Side: Remove the glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 2P connector and SRS main harness 2P connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Child Restraint > Child Seat Tether Attachment > Component Information > Specifications Child Seat Tether Attachment: Specifications Child Restraint Child Restraint Anchor Plate 22 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Child Restraint > Child Seat Tether Attachment > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7123 Child Seat Tether Attachment: Description and Operation Attachment points are provided for a rear seat mounted child restraint system which uses a top tether. The attachment points are located on the rear shelf, just behind the rear seat-back. When using a child seat with a top tether, install the child seat anchor plates securely. WARNING: Do not use the child seat anchor plate for any other purpose; it is designed exclusively for installation of a child seat. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Child Restraint > Child Seat Tether Attachment > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7124 Child Seat Tether Attachment: Service and Repair 2 Door / 4 Door Child Seat Anchor Plate Attachment points are provided for a rear seat mounted child restraint system which uses a top tether. The attachment points are located on the rear shelf or rear trim panel, just behind the rear seat-back. When using a child seat with a top tether, install the child seat anchor plates securely. NOTE: Remove the plug covers from the attachment points of the rear shelf. NOTE: - Do not remove the toothed washer from the child seat anchor plate. Use the child seat anchor plate with the toothed washer attached to it. - When installing a child seat on the rear seat, follow the instructions of the manufacturer of the child seat. - Additional anchor plates are available. - Do not use the child seat anchor plate for any other purpose, it is designed exclusively for installation of a child seat - Make sure the rear seat-back is locked firmly when installing a child seat. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Seat Belt: > 03-062 > Sep > 03 > Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract Seat Belt: Customer Interest Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract 03-062 September 16, 2003 Applies To: ALL Seat Belt Slow to Retract (Replaces 91-030, dated January 22, 1996) SYMPTOM The seat belt will not retract all the way, or retracts slowly. PROBABLE CAUSE Dirt on the seat belt webbing and guide. CORRECTIVE ACTION Clean the seat belts and guides with a mild soap and water solution, or isopropyl alcohol. This applies only to three-point active and passive seat belt systems, not to motorized systems. REQUIRED MATERIALS Required only for three-point passive seat belts. Teflon Tape (ten pieces per package): P/N 81496-SH3-505, H/C 4008041 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION This repair is covered by the Lifetime Seat Belt Limited Warranty. Failed Part: P/N 818AD-SM1-A05ZB H/C 3478047 Defect Code: L11 Contention Code: B99 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Three-Point Active Seat Belts 1. Use either isopropyl alcohol, or prepare a solution of 5 ounces of mild dishwashing liquid in a gallon of warm water. NOTICE Do not use strong cleaning solutions, upholstery cleaners or commercial automotive interior cleaners. They can affect the durability of the webbing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Seat Belt: > 03-062 > Sep > 03 > Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract > Page 7133 2. Soak a clean cloth in the cleaner. Insert the cloth between the seat belt and metal loop on the upper anchor. Use a credit card or similar item to help insert the cloth into the loop. Work the cloth back and forth to clean the dirt out of the inside of the loop. 3. Pull the seat belt out fully. Soak a clean cloth in the cleaner, and clean both sides of the seat belt webbing. Dry the webbing thoroughly with a clean cloth. Do not use a hair dryer or similar device. 4. Test the belt for proper retraction by pulling the latch plate down to the floor of the vehicle and then releasing it. The belt should retract fully in 4 seconds or less. Three-Point Passive Seat Belts 1. Clean the metal loop in the upper anchor as described for Three-Point Active Seat Belts. 2. Remove the door panel and the seat belt guide. Refer to the appropriate service manual. 3. Soak a clean cloth in the cleaner, and clean both sides of the seat belt webbing. Dry the webbing thoroughly with a clean cloth. Do not use a hair dryer or similar device. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Seat Belt: > 03-062 > Sep > 03 > Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract > Page 7134 4. Clean and dry the seat belt guide, then put a piece of teflon tape on the inside. Use the teflon tape specified in this service bulletin; other brands or types of tape may eventually peel off and restrict seat belt movement. 5. Install the seat belt guide and the door panel. 6. Test the belt for proper retraction by pulling the latch plate down to the floor of the vehicle and then releasing it. The belt should retract fully in four seconds or less. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Seat Belt: > 03-062 > Sep > 03 > Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract Seat Belt: All Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract 03-062 September 16, 2003 Applies To: ALL Seat Belt Slow to Retract (Replaces 91-030, dated January 22, 1996) SYMPTOM The seat belt will not retract all the way, or retracts slowly. PROBABLE CAUSE Dirt on the seat belt webbing and guide. CORRECTIVE ACTION Clean the seat belts and guides with a mild soap and water solution, or isopropyl alcohol. This applies only to three-point active and passive seat belt systems, not to motorized systems. REQUIRED MATERIALS Required only for three-point passive seat belts. Teflon Tape (ten pieces per package): P/N 81496-SH3-505, H/C 4008041 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION This repair is covered by the Lifetime Seat Belt Limited Warranty. Failed Part: P/N 818AD-SM1-A05ZB H/C 3478047 Defect Code: L11 Contention Code: B99 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Three-Point Active Seat Belts 1. Use either isopropyl alcohol, or prepare a solution of 5 ounces of mild dishwashing liquid in a gallon of warm water. NOTICE Do not use strong cleaning solutions, upholstery cleaners or commercial automotive interior cleaners. They can affect the durability of the webbing. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Seat Belt: > 03-062 > Sep > 03 > Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract > Page 7140 2. Soak a clean cloth in the cleaner. Insert the cloth between the seat belt and metal loop on the upper anchor. Use a credit card or similar item to help insert the cloth into the loop. Work the cloth back and forth to clean the dirt out of the inside of the loop. 3. Pull the seat belt out fully. Soak a clean cloth in the cleaner, and clean both sides of the seat belt webbing. Dry the webbing thoroughly with a clean cloth. Do not use a hair dryer or similar device. 4. Test the belt for proper retraction by pulling the latch plate down to the floor of the vehicle and then releasing it. The belt should retract fully in 4 seconds or less. Three-Point Passive Seat Belts 1. Clean the metal loop in the upper anchor as described for Three-Point Active Seat Belts. 2. Remove the door panel and the seat belt guide. Refer to the appropriate service manual. 3. Soak a clean cloth in the cleaner, and clean both sides of the seat belt webbing. Dry the webbing thoroughly with a clean cloth. Do not use a hair dryer or similar device. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Seat Belt: > 03-062 > Sep > 03 > Interior - Seat Belts Slow to Retract > Page 7141 4. Clean and dry the seat belt guide, then put a piece of teflon tape on the inside. Use the teflon tape specified in this service bulletin; other brands or types of tape may eventually peel off and restrict seat belt movement. 5. Install the seat belt guide and the door panel. 6. Test the belt for proper retraction by pulling the latch plate down to the floor of the vehicle and then releasing it. The belt should retract fully in four seconds or less. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7142 Seat Belt: Specifications Seat Belt Replacement Seat Belt Replacement Front Seat Belts Seat Belt Guide Bolts 9.8 Nm Upper Anchor Bolt 32 Nm Retractor Bolt 32 Nm Retractor Mounting Bolt 9.8 Nm Lower Anchor Bolt 32 Nm Seat Belt Buckle Center Anchor Bolt 32 Nm Rear Seat Belts Center Anchor Bolts 32 Nm Retractor Bolt 32 Nm Retractor Mounting Bolt 9.8 Nm Seat Belt Buckle Center Anchor Bolt 32 Nm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7143 Seat Belt: Testing and Inspection In-vehicle: 1. Check that the seat belt is not twisted or caught on anything. 2. After installing the anchors, check for free movement on the anchor bolts. If necessary, remove the anchor bolts and check that the washers and other parts are not damaged or improperly installed. 3. Check the seat belts for damage or discoloration. Clean with a shop towel if necessary. Use only soap and water to clean. NOTE: Dirt build-up in the metal loops of the upper anchors can cause the seat belts to retract slowly. Wipe the inside of the loops with a clean cloth dampened in isopropyl alcohol. 4. Check that the seat belt does not lock when pulled Out slowly. The seat belt is designed to lock only during a sudden stop or impact. 5. Make sure that the seat belt will retract automatically when released. 6. For each passenger's seat belt, make sure that the locking mechanism in the seat belt retractor will engage when the seat belt is pulled all the way out. 7. Replace the seat belt with a new one if there is any abnormality. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Buckle Seat Belt Buckle: Service and Repair Front Seat Belt Buckle 1. Remove the front seat through the door opening. 2. Remove the center cover. 3. Remove the center anchor bolt, then remove the seat belt buckle. 4. Driver's: Detach the seat belt switch connector and harness clip from the seat cushion. Remove the seat cushion mounting bolts from the inner seat track, and move the inner seat track, then pull the seat belt switch harness out. NOTE: Take care not to damage the hinge bracket. 5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Make sure you assemble the washers and bearing on the center anchor bolt as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Buckle > Page 7148 Seat Belt Buckle: Service and Repair Rear Seat Belt Buckle 2 Door / 4 Door Coupe-Sedan Seat Belt Buckle / Center Belt Tongue 1. Remove the rear seat cushion. 2. Remove the center anchor bolts, then remove the seat belt buckles and center belt tongue. 3. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Before attaching the seat-back and seat cushion, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the center belts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Retractor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Seat Belt Retractor: Testing and Inspection 4 Door 2 Door / 4 Door Retractor Inspection 1. Before installing the retractor, check that the seat belt can be pulled out freely. 2. Make sure that the seat belt does not lock when the retractor is leaned slowly up to 150 from the mounted position. The seat belt should lock when the retractor is leaned over 400. CAUTION: Do not attempt to disassemble the retractor. 3. Replace the seat belt with a new one if there is any abnormality. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations Impact Sensor: Locations The impact sensor is located inside the SRS Unit, refer to SRS Unit / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Safing Sensor: Locations The safing sensor is located inside the SRS Unit, refer to SRS Unit / Service and Repair. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna Mast > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Antenna Mast: > 99-094 > Nov > 99 > Poor Radio Reception Antenna Mast: Customer Interest Poor Radio Reception 99-094 November 23, 1999 Applies To: 1999-00 Civic - 2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ8...YL003373 - 3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6...YH108385 Poor Radio Reception SYMPTOM Poor radio reception with static noticed on both the AM and FM bands. PROBABLE CAUSE The center conductor in the mast antenna lead is touching the shielding. CORRECTIVE ACTION Clean the mast antenna mounting screws, or replace the mast antenna. PARTS INFORMATION Mast Antenna: P/N 39150-S01-A02, H/C 5522248 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed part: P/N 39150-S01-A02 H/C 5522248 Defect code: 018 Contention code: F02 Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Make sure the customer has the mast antenna fully extended; if not, extend the antenna to its full length (36 inches). 2. Remove the antenna mounting screws, and pull the antenna up slightly from the A-pillar. 3. Use a 4 x 0.7 mm tap to clean the mounting screws. 4. Reinstall the antenna, then turn on the radio. ^ If the radio reception is now good, the repair is complete. ^ If the radio reception remains poor, go to step 5. 5. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio if applicable, then write down your customer's radio station presets. 6. Remove the center panel from the dashboard (see the appropriate service manual). 7. Remove the audio unit from the center panel (4 screws), and unplug the 20P connector and the sub-antenna lead. If equipped with the optional player, CD changer, or cassette player, unplug the 14P bus connector. 8. Obtain a new antenna for testing purposes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna Mast > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Antenna Mast: > 99-094 > Nov > 99 > Poor Radio Reception > Page 7169 9. Plug the 20P connector into the audio unit. Plug the antenna lead from the new antenna into the audio unit. 10. Extend the new antenna to its full length, and attach a jumper wire (6 inches maximum length) from the ground strap under the antenna base to one of the antenna mounting screws on the A-pillar. Turn on the radio. ^ If the radio reception remains poor, stop here, and continue with normal troubleshooting procedures. ^ If the radio reception improves, turn off the radio, unplug the antenna lead, and remove the jumper wire. Reinstall the audio unit and the CD player, CD changer, or cassette player if applicable. Reinstall the center panel, then go to step 11. 11. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see the appropriate service manual). 12. Unplug the antenna lead from the sub-antenna lead near the under-dash fuse/relay box. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna Mast > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Antenna Mast: > 99-094 > Nov > 99 > Poor Radio Reception > Page 7170 13. Tie a long piece of string to the end of the antenna lead. 14. Remove and discard the antenna mounting screws. Pull the antenna lead with the string attached out through the A-pillar opening. 15. Untie the string from the end of the antenna lead, then discard the entire antenna assembly. 16. Tie the string to the end of the new antenna lead. From inside the vehicle, pull the string to draw the new antenna lead down through the A-pillar and into the passenger compartment. 17. Plug the new antenna lead into the sub-antenna lead. 18. Reinstall the driver's dashboard lower cover. 19. Install the new antenna on the A-pillar. 20. Enter the anti-theft code if applicable, and your customer's radio station presets. Reset the clock. 21. Make sure the radio works properly, and check that the reception is clear and free of static. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna Mast > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Antenna Mast: > 99-094 > Nov > 99 > Poor Radio Reception Antenna Mast: All Technical Service Bulletins Poor Radio Reception 99-094 November 23, 1999 Applies To: 1999-00 Civic - 2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ8...YL003373 - 3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6...YH108385 Poor Radio Reception SYMPTOM Poor radio reception with static noticed on both the AM and FM bands. PROBABLE CAUSE The center conductor in the mast antenna lead is touching the shielding. CORRECTIVE ACTION Clean the mast antenna mounting screws, or replace the mast antenna. PARTS INFORMATION Mast Antenna: P/N 39150-S01-A02, H/C 5522248 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed part: P/N 39150-S01-A02 H/C 5522248 Defect code: 018 Contention code: F02 Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Make sure the customer has the mast antenna fully extended; if not, extend the antenna to its full length (36 inches). 2. Remove the antenna mounting screws, and pull the antenna up slightly from the A-pillar. 3. Use a 4 x 0.7 mm tap to clean the mounting screws. 4. Reinstall the antenna, then turn on the radio. ^ If the radio reception is now good, the repair is complete. ^ If the radio reception remains poor, go to step 5. 5. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio if applicable, then write down your customer's radio station presets. 6. Remove the center panel from the dashboard (see the appropriate service manual). 7. Remove the audio unit from the center panel (4 screws), and unplug the 20P connector and the sub-antenna lead. If equipped with the optional player, CD changer, or cassette player, unplug the 14P bus connector. 8. Obtain a new antenna for testing purposes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna Mast > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Antenna Mast: > 99-094 > Nov > 99 > Poor Radio Reception > Page 7176 9. Plug the 20P connector into the audio unit. Plug the antenna lead from the new antenna into the audio unit. 10. Extend the new antenna to its full length, and attach a jumper wire (6 inches maximum length) from the ground strap under the antenna base to one of the antenna mounting screws on the A-pillar. Turn on the radio. ^ If the radio reception remains poor, stop here, and continue with normal troubleshooting procedures. ^ If the radio reception improves, turn off the radio, unplug the antenna lead, and remove the jumper wire. Reinstall the audio unit and the CD player, CD changer, or cassette player if applicable. Reinstall the center panel, then go to step 11. 11. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see the appropriate service manual). 12. Unplug the antenna lead from the sub-antenna lead near the under-dash fuse/relay box. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna Mast > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Antenna Mast: > 99-094 > Nov > 99 > Poor Radio Reception > Page 7177 13. Tie a long piece of string to the end of the antenna lead. 14. Remove and discard the antenna mounting screws. Pull the antenna lead with the string attached out through the A-pillar opening. 15. Untie the string from the end of the antenna lead, then discard the entire antenna assembly. 16. Tie the string to the end of the new antenna lead. From inside the vehicle, pull the string to draw the new antenna lead down through the A-pillar and into the passenger compartment. 17. Plug the new antenna lead into the sub-antenna lead. 18. Reinstall the driver's dashboard lower cover. 19. Install the new antenna on the A-pillar. 20. Enter the anti-theft code if applicable, and your customer's radio station presets. Reset the clock. 21. Make sure the radio works properly, and check that the reception is clear and free of static. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna Mast > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7178 Antenna Mast: Service and Repair 1. Disconnect the connector between the antenna lead and sub antenna lead. 2. Remove the two mounting screws, then remove the mast antenna. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Diagrams > USA Security Control Unit Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Diagrams > USA > Page 7184 Security Control Unit Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm System Transmitter > Component Information > Service and Repair Alarm System Transmitter: Service and Repair Storing transmitter codes: The codes of up to three transmitters can be read into the keyless receiver unit memory. (If a fourth code is stored, the code which was input first will be erased.) NOTE: It is important to maintain the time limits between the steps. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 3. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 6. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Within 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 9. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Within 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 12. Confirm you can hear the sound of the door lock actuators. 13. Within 8 sec., aim the transmitters (up to three) whose codes you want to store at the receiver, and press the transmitter lock or unlock buttons. Confirm that you can hear the sound of the door lock actuators after each transmitter code is stored. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and pull out the key. 15. Confirm proper operation with the new codes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Antitheft Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations Antitheft Lighting Relay: Locations Upper Left Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Antitheft Relay > Component Information > Locations Antitheft Relay: Locations Upper Left Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Antitheft Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 7194 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 Keyless Entry Module: Locations Photo 134 Behind Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 > Page 7200 Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7201 Keyless Entry Module: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 18P connector from the control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7202 CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 18P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Receiver > Component Information > Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Receiver > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7206 Keyless Entry Receiver: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the audio unit, then disconnect the A and B connectors. 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Receiver > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7207 Disconnect the A and B connectors from the audio unit. Reconnect the B connector only to the audio unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information Technical Service Bulletin # 98-011 Date: 040220 Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information 98-011 February 20, 2004 Applies To: ALL Keyless Remote Transmitter Information (Supersedes 98-011, dated February 6, 2003) Updated information is shown by asterisks and a black bar. This service bulletin gives you information about keyless remote transmitters for most Honda vehicles. Each procedure describes transmitter programming (if applicable), transmitter ordering, and transmitter batteries. A remote transmitter quick reference guide is shown below. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7212 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7213 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7214 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7215 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7216 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7217 Remote Transmitter Quick Reference Guide 90-93 Accord, 92-93 Civic & Prelude, 93 Del SOL 1990-93 Accord (2-door and 4-door) with dealer-installed security system 1992-93 Civic with dealer-installed security system 1993 del Sol with dealer-installed security system 1992-93 Prelude with dealer-installed security system Programming the Transmitter NOTE: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7218 This system uses ROM chips that match the transmitter to the security system control unit. When replacing a lost or stolen transmitter, you need to use the three ROM chips (provided with the new transmitter) to match the old transmitter with the new transmitter and the control unit. 1. Remove the rear cover from the old transmitter and the new one. 2. Remove the ROM chip from the old transmitter by sliding its socket holder toward the ROM chip. 3. Insert a new ROM chip into the socket holder, then slide the socket holder toward the socket to lock the chip in place. 4. Repeat step 3 to install a ROM chip into the new transmitter. 5. Reinstall the rear covers on the transmitters. 6. Remove the security system control unit from under the driver's seat. 7. Open the access cover on the control unit, and replace the ROM chip. (Use the same procedure as in steps 2 and 3.) 8. Press the reset button next to the ROM chip. 9. Close the access cover, and reinstall the control unit. If you are replacing a damaged transmitter, don't replace the ROM chips in the transmitters and the control unit; just remove the chip from the old transmitter and install it in the new one. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. If your customer wants to add a third transmitter to the system, you need to order a four ROM chip set directly from Alpine Electronics of America. The Alpine part number for the four ROM chip set is 5319. This ROM chip set does not come with a transmitter. Order the additional transmitter from American Honda. If you have questions about how to order a four ROM chip set, call Alpine's parts department at (800) 421-2284, extension 8885. Batteries for the Transmitter Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7219 The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 94-95 Accord, Civic, Del SOL, Prelude & 95 Odyssey 1994-95 Accord with dealer-installed security system 1994-95 Civic with dealer-installed security system 1994-95 del Sol with dealer-installed security system 1994-95 Prelude with dealer-installed security system 1995 Odyssey with dealer-installed security system Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system uses a stacking-type memory that accepts up to four transmitters. If you program a fifth transmitter, the system's memory for the first transmitter is pushed out, and it will no longer work. ^ To clear a lost or stolen transmitter from the system's memory, program a transmitter four times. This will remove the missing transmitter from memory, since only four transmitter codes can be accepted. ^ Another way to clear a lost or stolen transmitter is to erase all transmitter codes, and then reprogram them. To do this, refer to the security system owner's manual. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press and hold the Valet-Disarm button on the dashboard lower cover. (Continue to hold the button during this procedure, or programming will be cancelled.) The LED on the upper steering column cover flashes when the system is in programming mode. 3. Press the top button on the transmitter. Check that the parking lights flash to confirm that the transmitter's code was accepted. 4. Press the top button on each of the remaining transmitters. Check that the parking lights flash after each transmitter code is accepted. 5. Release the Valet-Disarm button to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 96-98 Civic EX & Except EX, Civic 1996-98 Civic EX with factory-installed keyless entry system 1996-98 Civic (except EX) with dealer-installed keyless entry system 1996-98 Civic with dealer-installed security system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7220 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to four transmitters. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all the transmitters once you're in the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press and hold the Valet-Disarm button on the radio (between the AM/FM and CD/TAPE buttons) to enter the programming mode. (Continue to hold the button during this procedure, or programming will be cancelled.) Check that the power door locks cycle to confirm that you're in the programming mode. 3. Within 5 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the transmitter. Check that the power door locks cycle to confirm that the code was accepted. 4. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each of the remaining transmitters. 5. After all the transmitters have been programmed, release the Valet-Disarm button to exit programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 99-04 Civic, 03-04 Accord, Element, Pilot 1999-00 Civic Value Package with factory-installed keyless entry system 1999-04 Civic EX with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system *1999-03 Civic (except EX) with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system 2002-04 Civic Si with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system 2003-04 Civic Hybrid with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system 2004 Civic (except LX & EX) with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system 2004 Civic LX with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7221 2003-04 Accord DX with dealer-installed security system 2003-04 Element with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system 2004 Element EX with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system 2003-04 Pilot EX models with factory-installed security system* Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 91-93 Accord 5-D00R EX Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7222 1991-93 Accord 5-door EX with factory-installed keyless entry or dealer-installed security system Programming the Transmitter The transmitter is not programmable. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. To order a transmitter, you need the vehicle's VIN, the code number from the power door lock control unit, and the ignition key code number. The power door lock code number is a five-digit number etched into the plastic case of the control unit (mounted under the driver's seat). The ignition key code number is a four-digit number stamped on the metal shank of all five original keys delivered with the car. Replacement transmitters are manufactured to match the code of the keyless entry system. The new ignition key is cut to match the vehicle's ignition switch, front door locks, tailgate lock, and glove compartment lock. To order this transmitter, use the controlled parts ordering screen on the iN system. The transmitters are manufactured in Japan; delivery takes 4 to 6 weeks. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery is not replaceable. 91-93 Accord 5-Door LX 1991-93 Accord 5-door LX with dealer-installed security system Programming the Transmitter This transmitter is not programmable. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered directly from Kenwood USA only by authorized Honda dealers. Send a completed order form (copy it from the Accessory Replacement Parts section of the Dealer Parts Price List) along with a dealer check for $30.00 (payable to Kenwood U.S.A. Corp.) to this address: Kenwood Service Corp. P.O. Box 22745 Long Beach, CA 90501-5745 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7223 On the order form, you must include the serial number of the keyless control unit or the number from one of the original transmitters. If you need a transmitter shipped overnight, fill out the order form, then call Kenwood at (500) 552-4690, or fax them at (310) 595-1029 (weekdays from 5:30A.M. thru 4:00 P.M. Pacific time). You will need to give the information on the order form to the Kenwood representative. The transmitter will be sent to your dealership COD. Additional shipping and handling charges will be applied to the order. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR1220. Each transmitter uses two batteries. 94-97 Accord 5-Door EX, 95-98 Odyssey EX 1994-97 Accord 5-door EX with factory-installed keyless entry system 1995-98 Odyssey EX with factory-installed keyless entry system Programming the Transmitter NOTE: ^ The system accepts up to two transmitters. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. 1. Open the driver's door. 2. Push the driver's power door lock switch to the unlock position and hold it. (Continue to hold the switch during this procedure.) 3. Insert the key into the ignition switch, then remove it. Repeat this four more times (five times total) within 10 seconds. (You must complete steps 3 and 4 within 10 seconds or the system will exit the programming mode.) 4. Insert the key into the ignition switch. After you insert the key, make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in the programming mode. 5. Press the "LOCK" or "UNLOCK" button on the transmitter. All the power door locks (except the driver's door) should cycle to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 6. To program a second transmitter, press its "LOCK" or "UNLOCK" button within 10 seconds of programming the first transmitter. 7. Release the master power door lock switch to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2016. Each transmitter uses two batteries. 96-04 Accord, CRV, DelSOL, Ody., Prelude, S2000, Insight, Pilot 1996-02 Accord with dealer-installed security system 1998-02 Accord DX & LX with dealer-installed keyless entry system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7224 1997-01 CR-V with dealer-installed security system 1996-97 del Sol with dealer-installed security system 1996-98 Odyssey with dealer-installed security system *1999-04 Odyssey LX with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system* 1996-01 Prelude with dealer-installed security system *2000-04 S2000 with dealer-installed security system 2000-04 Insight with dealer-installed security system 2003-04 Pilot LX with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system* Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7225 1997 Accord SE With Factory-Installed Security System 1997 Accord SE with factory-installed security system Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 98-02 Accord EX & 00-02 Accord SE 1998-02 Accord EX with factory-installed security system 2000 and 2002 Accord SE with factory-installed security system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7226 (Not interchangeable with CR-V and S2000 remote transmitter) Transmitter Identification The transmitter for the 1995-99 Accord and the 2000-02 Accord look identical, but they are not interchangeable. The 1995-99 transmitter works the doors of a 2000-02 Accord, but it does not open the trunk. If you are not sure which transmitter you have, press and hold the trunk release button while looking at the LED. The LED on the 1995-99 transmitter comes on in about 1.1 seconds. The LED on the 2000-02 transmitter comes on in about 0.5 second. Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 03-04 Accord LX and EX 2003-04 Accord LX and EX with factory-installed keyless entry system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7227 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR1616. Each transmitter uses one battery. 97-04 CR-V & 00-04 S2000 *1997-04 CR-V LX with dealer-installed keyless entry system 1998-04 CR-V EX with factory-installed keyless entry system 2000-01 CR-V SE with factory-installed keyless entry system 2000-04 S2000 with factory-installed keyless entry system 2002-04 CR-V with dealer-installed security system* Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7228 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete each step within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. Program the transmitters within 10 seconds. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 99-04 Odyssey EX 1999-00 Odyssey EX with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system *2001-04 Odyssey EX models with factory- installed security system* *Transmitter Identification Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7229 The 1999-00 transmitter is not interchangeable with the 2001-04 transmitter. To tell them apart, look at the FCC ID on the back. 1999-00 - FCC ID: E4EG8DN 2001-04 - FCC ID: OUCG8D-440H-A* Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 99-01 Prelude With Factory-Installed Keyless Entry System 1999-01 Prelude with factory-installed keyless entry system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7230 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 88-91 Prelude With Dealer-Installed Security System 1988-91 Prelude with dealer-installed security system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7231 Programming the Transmitter This transmitter is not programmable. Ordering a Transmitter This transmitter is no longer available. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses two batteries. 97-99 EV Plus With Factory-Installed Security System 1997-99 EV Plus with factory-installed security system Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only through Tech Line. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 00-04 Insight With Factory-Installed Keyless Entry System 2000-04 Insight with factory-installed keyless entry system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7232 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 94-95 Passport (Except 1995-1/2) 1994-95 Passport (except 19951A) with dealer-installed security system NOTES: ^ The system uses a stacking-type memory that accepts up to four transmitters. If you program a fifth transmitter, the memory for the first transmitter is pushed out, and it will no longer work. ^ To clear a lost or stolen transmitter from the system's memory, program a transmitter four times. This will remove the missing transmitter from memory, since only four transmitters can be accepted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7233 Programming the Transmitter 1. Locate the security system control unit under the driver's seat. 2. Rub your finger over the label on the top of the control unit until you find the depression. Once you find it, push your finger through the label to expose the hole underneath. Inside the hole is a square, yellow button; this is the programming button. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON, then turn it to LOCK. 4. Press and hold the programming button. Check that the security siren emits four separate chirps followed by a five-chirp burst. This confirms that the system is in programming mode. The siren then emits prompting chirps at 3-second intervals. 5. Release the programming button. 6. After a prompting chirp, press the "LOCK" button on the transmitter. Verify that the siren emits a confirmation chirp to confirm that the transmitter's code was accepted by the control unit. If you wait more than 30 seconds after the prompting chirp before programming a transmitter, or wait more than 30 seconds between programming transmitters, the siren emits three chirps and the system exits the programming mode. 7. To program additional transmitters, wait for another prompting chirp, then press the "LOCK" button. (You can program up to four transmitters per vehicle.) 8. To exit the programming mode, turn the ignition switch to ON, then turn it to LOCK. 9. Test all the transmitters. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is 23-144 (Radio Shack), A-23 (Eveready), or MS-21/MN-21 (Duracell). Each transmitter uses one battery. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7234 96-97 Passport With Dealer-Installed Security System 1996-97 Passport with dealer-installed security system NOTES: ^ The system uses a stacking-type memory that accepts up to two transmitters. If you program a third transmitter, the memory for the first transmitter is pushed out, and it will no longer work. ^ To clear a lost or stolen transmitter from the system's memory, program a transmitter two times. This will remove the missing transmitter from memory, since only two transmitter codes can be accepted. ^ Another way to clear a lost or stolen transmitter is to erase all transmitter codes and then reprogram them. To do this, refer to the security system owner's manual. Programming the Transmitter 1. Move the driver's seat forward. Locate the security system control unit mounted on the floor underneath the seat. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON. 3. Use a pen or pencil to press and hold the green programming button on the side of the control unit. When the security system LED on the instrument panel comes on, release the programming button. (Steps 3 and 4 must be done within 5 seconds of each other.) 4. Press and release the top button on the transmitter. Verify that the LED goes out, the siren chirps once, and the front sidemarker lights flash to confirm that the transmitter's code was accepted by the control unit. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, then to ON. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7235 6. Press and hold the green programming button on the side of the control unit until the LED on the instrument panel begins to flash, then release the button. (Steps 6 and 7 must be done within 5 seconds of each other.) 7. Press and release the bottom button on the transmitter. Verify that the LED goes out, the siren chirps twice, and the front sidemarker lights flash twice to confirm that the transmitter's code was accepted by the control unit. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK. Test the transmitter you just programmed. If it doesn't work repeat steps 2 thru 7. 9. If you have another transmitter to program, repeat steps 2 thru 7. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 98-02 Passport With Factory-Installed Security System 1998-02 Passport with factory-installed security system Programming the Transmitter To program the transmitters, use one of these two procedures: ^ Procedure One cancels all learned transmitter codes and adds one new transmitter. None of the previously programmed transmitters will work. Use this programming procedure only if all transmitters were lost or stolen, or if a new control unit has been installed. ^ Procedure Two adds additional transmitters without cancelling any of the previously learned codes. The system will accept up to four transmitters. Procedure One (cancels all codes, adds one new transmitter) 1. Open the driver's door. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position and then to the LOCK position three times. (This step must be completed within 10 seconds, or the system will not enter the programming mode.) 3. Within 10 seconds, close and open the door two times. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position and then to the LOCK position five times. Close and open the door. (Complete this process within 10 seconds.) Verify that the power door locks cycle once to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 5. Within 20 seconds, press the "LOCK" button on the transmitter you are programming. Verify that the door locks cycle once. 6. Within 20 seconds, press the "UNLOCK" button on the transmitter. Verify that the door locks cycle once to confirm that the system has accepted the transmitter's code. Procedure Two (adds transmitters) 1. Open the driver's door. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position and then to the LOCK position three times. (This step must be completed within 10 seconds, or the Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7236 system will not enter the programming mode.) 3. Within 10 seconds, close and open the door two times. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position and then to the LOCK position three times. Close and open the door. (Complete this process within 10 seconds.) Verify that the power door locks cycle once to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 5. Within 20 seconds, press the "LOCK" button on the transmitter you are programming. Verify that the door locks cycle once. 6. Within 20 seconds, press the "UNLOCK" button on the transmitter. Verify that the door locks cycle once to confirm that the system has accepted the transmitter's code. Turning the Audible Chirp On/Off (1998-99 only) NOTE: On '00-02 Passports, the audible chirp sounds only when you push the LOCK button on the transmitter a second time. 1. Open the driver's door, then insert the key in the driver's door lock. 2. Turn the key to the "LOCK" position, then to the "UNLOCK" position. Repeat this two more times. (Complete this procedure within 10 seconds.) 3. Within 10 seconds, close and open the door two times. 4. Within 10 seconds, turn the key to the "LOCK" position, and then to the "UNLOCK" position, three times. Close and open the door once. Verify that the power door locks cycle once to confirm that the chirp has been turned on/off. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2016. Each transmitter uses two batteries. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7237 Keyless Entry Transmitter: Testing and Inspection NOTE: - If the doors unlock or lock with the transmitter, but the LED on the transmitter does not come on, the LED is faulty; replace the transmitter. - If any door is open, you cannot lock or unlock the door with the transmitter. - If you unlocked the doors with the transmitter, but do not open any of the doors within 30 seconds, the doors relock automatically. - The doors do not lock or unlock with the transmitter if the ignition key is inserted in the ignition switch. 1. Using a keyless entry checker (07MAJ - SP00300): - Place the transmitter on the keyless entry checker, and press the transmitter button. If the indicator light does not come on, check for: a dead or low battery - Faulty transmitter - If the ray indicator light comes on, the transmitter is OK. NOTE: After a transmitter battery has been replaced, aim the transmitter at the receiver, and press the transmitter button six times. Confirm you can hear the sound of the door lock actuators when you press the sixth time. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7238 Keyless Entry Transmitter: Service and Repair Storing transmitter codes: The codes of up to three transmitters can be read into the keyless receiver unit memory. (If a fourth code is stored, the code which was input first will be erased.) NOTE: It is important to maintain the time limits between the steps. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 3. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 6. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Within 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 9. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Within 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 12. Confirm you can hear the sound of the door lock actuators. 13. Within 8 sec., aim the transmitters (up to three) whose codes you want to store at the receiver, and press the transmitter lock or unlock buttons. Confirm that you can hear the sound of the door lock actuators after each transmitter code is stored. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and pull out the key. 15. Confirm proper operation with the new codes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Security Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Security Lamp/Indicator: > 98-089 > Dec > 98 > Security System - LED Is Not Working Security Lamp/Indicator: Customer Interest Security System - LED Is Not Working 98-089 December 21, 1998 Applies To: 1999 Civic - ALL with security system Security System LED Is Not Working SYMPTOM The security system LED on top of the steering column is not working. PROBABLE CAUSE Some of the security system attachment kits for the 1999 Civic were shipped without the sub-harness that is required for proper installation. If the sub-harness is not installed with the security system, the LED could burn out with use. American Honda has updated its inventory of security system attachment kits to include this new sub-harness. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the LED, and install the security system sub-harness. PARTS INFORMATION Security System Sub-Harness: P/N 08E55-501-100W, H/C 6108872 Security System LED kit: P/N 08E51-5T7-200R1, H/C 4349379 (Kit contains one LED, one push nut, and one 2P connector) REQUIRED MATERIALS Wire Tie, 6" (2 required), commercially available WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 050125 Flat rate time: 0.4 hour Failed part: P/N 08E51-5T7-200R1 H/C 4349379 Defect code: 068 Contention code: B01 Template ID: 98-089A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Security Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Security Lamp/Indicator: > 98-089 > Dec > 98 > Security System - LED Is Not Working > Page 7247 1. Remove the lower steering column cover (three self-tapping screws and six clips). 2. Lift up the upper steering column cover. Use a pair of diagonal cutters to remove the two wire ties holding the LED lead to the vehicle harness. 3. Unplug the LED 2P connector from the vehicle harness, and remove the steering column cover. 4. Use a pair of diagonal cutters to cut the 2P connector oft of the LED lead. Discard the connector. 5. Remove and discard the push nut and the LED from the steering column cover. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Security Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Security Lamp/Indicator: > 98-089 > Dec > 98 > Security System - LED Is Not Working > Page 7248 6. Route the terminals of the new LED through the hole in the steering column cover, and secure the LED to the cover with the new push nut. 7. Carefully push the LED terminals into the back of the new 2P connector until they click into place. 8. Lock the 2P connector by inserting the lock tabs into the grooves, sliding the lock toward the front of the connector, and pressing down firmly on the lock until it clicks into place. 9. Position the upper steering column cover on the steering column. 10. Plug one end of the security system sub-harness into the vehicle harness and the other end into the LED 2P connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Security Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Security Lamp/Indicator: > 98-089 > Dec > 98 > Security System - LED Is Not Working > Page 7249 11. Use electrical tape to secure the sub-harness to the vehicle harness. Secure the LED lead to the vehicle harness with two wire ties as shown. 12. Reinstall the lower steering column cover; take care not to pinch the LED lead with the cover. 13. Check the operation of the security system, and verify the LED is working. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Security Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Security Lamp/Indicator: > 98-089 > Dec > 98 > Security System - LED Is Not Working Security Lamp/Indicator: All Technical Service Bulletins Security System - LED Is Not Working 98-089 December 21, 1998 Applies To: 1999 Civic - ALL with security system Security System LED Is Not Working SYMPTOM The security system LED on top of the steering column is not working. PROBABLE CAUSE Some of the security system attachment kits for the 1999 Civic were shipped without the sub-harness that is required for proper installation. If the sub-harness is not installed with the security system, the LED could burn out with use. American Honda has updated its inventory of security system attachment kits to include this new sub-harness. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the LED, and install the security system sub-harness. PARTS INFORMATION Security System Sub-Harness: P/N 08E55-501-100W, H/C 6108872 Security System LED kit: P/N 08E51-5T7-200R1, H/C 4349379 (Kit contains one LED, one push nut, and one 2P connector) REQUIRED MATERIALS Wire Tie, 6" (2 required), commercially available WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 050125 Flat rate time: 0.4 hour Failed part: P/N 08E51-5T7-200R1 H/C 4349379 Defect code: 068 Contention code: B01 Template ID: 98-089A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Security Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Security Lamp/Indicator: > 98-089 > Dec > 98 > Security System - LED Is Not Working > Page 7255 1. Remove the lower steering column cover (three self-tapping screws and six clips). 2. Lift up the upper steering column cover. Use a pair of diagonal cutters to remove the two wire ties holding the LED lead to the vehicle harness. 3. Unplug the LED 2P connector from the vehicle harness, and remove the steering column cover. 4. Use a pair of diagonal cutters to cut the 2P connector oft of the LED lead. Discard the connector. 5. Remove and discard the push nut and the LED from the steering column cover. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Security Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Security Lamp/Indicator: > 98-089 > Dec > 98 > Security System - LED Is Not Working > Page 7256 6. Route the terminals of the new LED through the hole in the steering column cover, and secure the LED to the cover with the new push nut. 7. Carefully push the LED terminals into the back of the new 2P connector until they click into place. 8. Lock the 2P connector by inserting the lock tabs into the grooves, sliding the lock toward the front of the connector, and pressing down firmly on the lock until it clicks into place. 9. Position the upper steering column cover on the steering column. 10. Plug one end of the security system sub-harness into the vehicle harness and the other end into the LED 2P connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Security Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Security Lamp/Indicator: > 98-089 > Dec > 98 > Security System - LED Is Not Working > Page 7257 11. Use electrical tape to secure the sub-harness to the vehicle harness. Secure the LED lead to the vehicle harness with two wire ties as shown. 12. Reinstall the lower steering column cover; take care not to pinch the LED lead with the cover. 13. Check the operation of the security system, and verify the LED is working. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions DVD Player: Technical Service Bulletins Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions Adhesive Labels or Protective Disc Covers on CDs or DVDs: A Big Taboo NOTE: This article applies to all Honda models with a factory- or dealer-installed CD/DVD player or changer. We can't emphasize this enough: Never put adhesive labels or protective disc covers on recordable CDs or DVDs to be used in automotive CD/DVD players or changers. Here's why: ^ Recordable CDs and DVDs are actually thicker than their pre-recorded brethern. Automotive players and changers use rollers to draw the disc into the unit. The added thickness of an adhesive label or a protective disc cover can cause the disc to jam when it's loaded into or ejected from the unit. ^ CD/DVD players or changers are exposed to high temperatures inside the vehicle. High temperature can cause the label adhesive to soften. This can cause the label to curl on the edges and even form bubbles. Curled edges can catch on the rollers and bubbles add thickness to the disc. Either one can cause the disc to jam. To cut down on customer-caused damage, all '05 and later 0/Ms include this notice: Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can curl up and cause the CD to jam in the unit. Anytime a service customer comes in with a loading or ejecting problem for a CD/DVD player or changer, ask if he or she used any discs with adhesive labels or protective disc covers. If the answer is yes, contact your DPSM for possible goodwill assistance. If the answer is no, then replace the audio unit under normal warranty. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7263 DVD Player: Technical Service Bulletins Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair 06-001 February 26, 2010 Applies To: 1998 and Later Models - ALL Audio, Navigation, and RES Unit In-Warranty Exchange and Out-of-Warranty Repair (Supersedes 06-601, dated March 4, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR, the address for Pioneer Electronics Service was changed.* COVERAGE This bulletin applies to all Honda audio units, CD players/changers, cassette tape players, navigation units, and rear entertainment system (RES) units, both in warranty and out of warranty. COMPONENT REPLACEMENT POLICY Use only remanufactured components for warranty repairs on customer vehicles. Follow the warranty information and procedures given in this service bulletin. ^ Remanufactured audio, navigation, and RES units are not available for non-warranty repairs. ^ Use new components to repair new, unsold vehicles. ^ A new component may be used to repair a customer's vehicle only if the remanufactured component is currently unavailable from American Honda. ^ You must receive authorization from your District Parts and Service Manager (DPSM) before ordering a new component. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: From the Flat Rate Manual Flat Rate Time: From the Flat Rate Manual Failed Part: Use the RM part number from the repair order without the RM (example: 08A06-341-110) Defect Code: From the Flat Rate Manual Symptom Code: From Audio Customer Contention Codes in the Flat Rate Manual Part used for repair: Use the RM part number from the repair order (example: 08A06-341-110RM) IN-WARRANTY DIAGNOSIS Service Advisor: Interview the customer to get as much information as possible. Information like where and when the problem occurs is vital to your diagnosis. This information also helps you to determine if the audio, navigation, or RES system is operating normally, or if a problem exists. Write the complaint on the repair order. NOTE: For CD/DVD related problems, you must verify if the customer used discs with adhesive labels. Service Technician: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7264 1. Print out the appropriate system worksheet from an Interactive Network (iN) workstation. ^ From the iN main menu, click on SERVICE. ^ Click on (ISIS) Service Publications. ^ Click on SEARCH BY PUBLICATION. ^ Click on Job Aids. ^ Click on Audio System Worksheet, Navigation System Worksheet, or Rear Entertainment System Worksheet. 2. Duplicate and confirm the problem using the customer information written on the repair order or have the customer demonstrate the problem, then write down the results on the worksheet. Using the SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX or the DTC INDEX (if applicable) in the applicable service manual, find the symptom that matches the customers complaint, and follow the diagnostic procedure: ^ Refer to the appropriate section in the service manual, or ^ From the iN main menu: - Click on SERVICE. - Click on ISIS (Service Publications). - Click on SEARCH BY VEHICLE. - Enter the model and the model year. - Enter a keyword: AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES, and the DTC (if applicable) - Select the appropriate Service Bulletin, ServiceNews article, or Symptom Troubleshooting from the list. 3. Repair the vehicle according to your diagnosis, then confirm the repair by trying to duplicate the customer's original complaint, or check to see if the DTC returns: ^ If the problem is gone, return the vehicle to the customer. ^ If the problem is still there, go to step 4. 4. Replace the audio/navigation/RES unit with a remanufactured unit: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7265 ^ For warranty repairs, go to the IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE procedure. ^ For vehicle service contract (VSC) and certified used car (CUC) repairs, call. ^ For goodwill repairs, contact your dealership's District Parts and Service Manager (DPSM). IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE Service Technician: NOTE: ^ Use the iN to order a remanufactured audio, navigation, or RES unit. Do not call the Remanufactured Parts Dealer Service Group. ^ A Tech Line reference number is not required to submit the order. Check Yes, and enter the Reference Number only when there is a preexisting Tech Line contact. 1. With your completed Audio/Navigation/RES Worksheet, go to an iN workstation. 2. From the iN main menu, click on SERVICE, then click on AUDIO, then select Warranty Audio Order. 3. Select the model, year, and keyword (AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES) for the vehicle you are working on, then click on Search. 4. Review all displayed publications for additional repair information. If you cannot repair the problem, go to step 5. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7266 5. Click Warranty Audio Order to view the Warranty Audio Order form. 6. Enter the VIN and the mileage, then click the Submit button to view the Warranty Audio Order form. Use the completed Audio/Navigation/RES Worksheet to help you answer the questions on the Warranty Audio Order form. Questions with a red asterisk (*) are required fields that you must answer to submit the form. Make sure the information is complete (17-digit VIN, etc.). This information is critical to the remanufacturing process. Screen # 2 of the form contains the problem description, condition information, and shared functions. Fill this section out with as much information as possible. Select one part number from the list provided, then click Submit. It is your responsibility to ensure the correct part number is selected based on color and application information. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7267 NOTE: Once you submit your order, you can track it using the Warranty Audio VIN Inquiry screen on the iN. For details, go to WARRANTY AUDIO ORDER PROGRAM FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS in this service bulletin. 7. You will receive a remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit packed in a reusable shipping box. Save this box and the packing materials. You must return the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core in this box. Otherwise your dealership risks being billed a core loss charge, ranging from $800 to $2,500, depending on the unit. 8. Remove the failed audio/navigation/RES unit: ^ Refer to the appropriate component section of the service manual or, ^ Online, enter a keyword: AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES. Select the appropriate removal procedure from the list. 9. Install the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit: ^ Refer to the appropriate component section of the service manual or ^ Online, enter a keyword: AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES. Select the appropriate installation procedure from the list. 10. If the remanufactured unit has a shipping cover and shipping screws, make sure you transfer them to the faulty unit being returned. Also be sure to transfer all of the mounting brackets to the replacement unit. Failure to do this may result in dash squeaks and rattles. NOTE: If the customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, cassette tape, etc.) is stuck in the unit, leave it there for these reasons: ^ The manufacturer needs it for diagnosis and testing. ^ Any failed audio/navigation/RES unit core that is returned disassembled is considered an unusable core. Customer media (CDs, CD magazines, DVDs, DVD-As, cassette tapes, etc.) will be properly removed by the supplier at the point of tear down and inspection of the failed unit, and mailed to your dealer. Make sure the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core is not disassembled! If the core is disassembled, your dealership will be debited a core loss charge ranging from $800 to $2,500, depending on the unit. 11. Put the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core in the same box that the remanufactured unit came in. NOTE: If you do not return the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core in this same box, your warranty claim will be debited and the core will be sent back to your dealership. Parts Manager: 12. The Warranty Audio/Navigation/RES Unit Order form you submitted is kept on the iN for 60 days. Print out a copy to put in the box with your core return: ^ From the iN main menu, click on SERVICE. ^ Click on Transactions. ^ Click on Advanced Search, and enter a date range. ^ Click on Filtered by Service. ^ Under Transaction Description, click on Warranty Audio Order, then go back to the top of the page and click on Search. ^ Scroll down to the appropriate VIN, then select it to view the form. ^ Review the form, then print out a copy by clicking on the printer icon. 13. Print out a copy of the Core Return Update Acknowledgement to put in the box with your core return: ^ From the iN main menu, click on PARTS. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7268 ^ Click on Returns and Surplus. ^ Click on Audio Core Return. ^ Select the appropriate VIN to view the Update Core Return information screen. ^ Review the form, then print out a copy by clicking on the printer icon. 14. Place the printed copies of the Warranty Audio/Navigation/RES Unit Order form and the Core Return Update Acknowledgement into the core return box with the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core. NOTE: If you return a failed audio/navigation/RES core without the proper forms, your warranty claim will be debited and the core will be sent back to your dealership. 15. Ship the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core to the appropriate location by using the prepaid shipping label that came with the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit. NOTE: If the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core is not received at the specified address within 30 days from the order date of the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit, your warranty claim will be debited, and your dealership will be issued a core loss charge ranging between $800 and $2,500. If you know that you cannot return the core within 30 days, call the Remanufactured Parts Dealer Service Group, and ask for an extension. ^ If you call for an extension and the core is not received within 60 days from the order date, you will be debited the full amount of the warranty claim. ^ If you do not call for an extension, and the core is received between 31 and 60 days from the order date of the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit, a $250 late core charge will be assessed. WARRANTY AUDIO ORDER PROGRAM FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Here is a list of answers to the most frequently asked questions about the warranty audio order program: Question: When do I use the warranty audio order program? Answer: Use the program when you are replacing an audio/navigation/RES unit under warranty (including goodwill) that has an internal failure. NOTE: The customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, cassette tape, etc.) is removed by the supplier at tear down and inspection of the failed unit, and mailed to your dealership. Any failed audio/navigation/RES unit core that is returned disassembled is considered an unusable core, and your dealership will be issued a core loss charge ranging between $800 and $2,500. Remanufactured audio/navigation/RES units are not available for non-warranty repairs. New components should be used to repair new, unsold vehicles. A new component may be used to repair a customer's vehicle only if the remanufactured component is currently unavailable from American Honda. Your DPSM must authorize ordering a new component. Question: How do I order a remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit? Answer: For a warranty replacement, use the ordering information IN WARRANTY EXCHANGE. For goodwill repair, contact your DPSM. For a non-warranty repair, see OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR. Question: Who do I call for questions on the Warranty Audio Order Program? Answer: For administrative questions, call the Remanufactured Parts Dealer Service Group. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7269 Question: Who do I call if I need help diagnosing the problem or if I have technical questions about the unit? Answer: If you cannot find the answers in the appropriate service manual, service bulletins, or ServiceNews articles on iN, create a Tech Line access code, then call Tech Line: 1. From the iN main menu, select SERVICE. 2. Select Tech Line. A dropdown menu appears, then select Tech Line. The ISIS main screen appears. 3. Select SEARCH BY VEHICLE, and enter any vehicle with any keyword like NAVI, AUDIO, or RES. 4. At the top of the screen you will see this statement: If you cannot resolve the problem with the information below, then click Tech Line. Select Tech Line. 5. The Tech Line access code screen appears. Fill in all the required fields, then select SUBMIT. 6. Have the access number ready when you call Tech Line. Question: Do I need a Tech Line reference number to order a remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit? Answer: No. Question: What year and model audio/navigation/RES unit can I order through the warranty audio order program? Answer: Most current models are available through the vehicle's standard warranty period. If your application is not available, you will receive a message instructing you to call the Re manufactured Parts Dealer Service Group at 888-997-7278. Question: How can I track my order once I submit it? Answer: To track your order, go the Warranty Audio Order VIN Inquiry screen on the iN. 1. From the iN main menu, click on PARTS. 2. Click on Parts Ordering. 3. Click on Audio VIN Inquiry. 4. Enter a date in the All Orders Accepted Since box, then click on Submit. The AUDIO VIN INQUIRY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT screen appears, listing orders by VIN, ORD REF (Order Reference), STAT (Status), SHIP DATE, SHIPPER, and PART NUMBER. The status of your order is displayed by one of these codes: Codes generated by RPO Tech Line: ^ PEND - Your order is waiting to be processed by RPO Tech Line. ^ HOLD - Your order is waiting for additional dealer diagnosis. ^ ERR - Your order caused an error; call. ^ DENY - RPO Tech Line denied your order; call. ^ APPR - RPO Tech Line approved your order and forwarded it to AHM Parts. Codes generated by AHM Parts Division: ^ BO/TOS - Your order is on back order or is temporarily out of stock. ^ CAN/BOC - Your order has been cancelled contact your assigned parts center. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7270 ^ ALO/BOA - Your order has been allocated, but not released for shipment. ^ REL/BOR - Your order has been picked, packed, and shipped. ^ INV - Your order has been invoiced to your dealer parts account. CORE RETURN INFORMATION Service Technician: 1. If the customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, or cassette tape) is stuck inside the faulty unit, fill out a Customer Media Return Label (reorder number Y0325), and attach it to the unit. The manufacturer will remove the media, and mail it back to your dealership. 2. Use the pre paid shipping label. Each audio supplier provides a prepaid shipping label with the remanufactured audio unit. Return the core using this label to ensure it is received at the appropriate location for credit. Use the pre paid shipping labels to return audio cores to authorized locations only; do not use them for any other purpose. If you need additional prepaid shipping labels, contact Remanufactured Parts Operations. ^ Complete the shipping label with your dealership information. ^ Pack one audio unit per box, and use a separate shipping label for each one. ^ On the line requesting Your Internal Reference Information, enter YOUR DEALER NUMBER and the WARRANTY CLAIM NUMBER. 3. On the repair order, write down the warranty claim number, the original part number, the serial numbers from both the faulty and remanufactured units, and the return tracking number. 4. Ship the faulty unit in the same box the remanufactured unit came in. Make sure you include this required paperwork: ^ A copy of the Core Return Update Acknowledgement from the iN. ^ A copy of the warranty audio order. NOTE: When the Remanufacturing Center gets the faulty unit, your warranty audio order will be updated to indicate that the core was received. If the core is received 31-60 days from the order date, and you have been debited a core loss charge, your dealership will be credited back, less a $250 late fee. OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR (AUDIO, NAVIGATION, AND RES UNITS PRODUCED IN 1998 OR LATER) NOTE: If you are making a repair or exchange because of a service bulletin or service campaign, do not use OUT-OF-WARRANTY procedures. Refer to IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE for more information. Service Advisor: 1. Give your customer an estimate for repairing the unit (see step 6), plus the labor cost to replace it. For an Alpine unit, your customer has the option of contacting Alpine Electronics directly. Alpine's customer service number is 800-421-2284, Ext. 860304. Service Technician: 2. Remove the failed unit: ^ Refer to the appropriate component section of the service manual or, Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7271 ^ Online, enter keyword AUDIO, NAVI, or RES, and select the appropriate removal procedure from the list. NOTE: If the customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, cassette tape, navigation DVD, etc.) is stuck in the unit, leave it there. The manufacturer will remove and return it. 3. Obtain an Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement component repair form, and complete the Technician section.To obtain the form, do this: ^ On ISIS, click on Technical Library, then click on Job Aids. ^ Select the applicable form from the list, and print it out: - Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement Audio System Component Repair Form - Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement Navigation System Component Repair Form - Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement Rear Entertainment System Component Repair Form Parts Manager: 4. Complete the parts manager's section of the Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement component repair form. Make sure you include your name, department, and dealership phone number on the form. 5. Identify the manufacturer. Units sent to the wrong manufacturer may not be shipped back within the usual 5-7 days. ^ Look for the number code on the face of the unit. ^ If the unit has no number code on its face, check the label on the unit housing, and compare the first two or three letters of the radio reference number (or the audio unit model number) to this list: Alpine - CM, CD, MR, or MF Clarion - PH Fujitsu Ten - CE or SD Panasonic - CQ or CR Pioneer KEH or DEH 6. Contact the manufacturer (see step 9) to request an estimate for the cost of the repair plus shipping. 7. Complete the required paperwork: ^ Paying by check - Make a dealership check out to the manufacturer for the cost of repair and return shipping. Make sure to include the check number on the form. NOTE: For all Panasonic products, make your check out to Komtec Electronics. ^ Paying by credit card (Visa or Mastercard only) - When you use a credit card, fill in all of these fields on the component repair form: - Credit card number - Credit card expiration date Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7272 - The name as it appears on the credit card - Signature (authorized card holder) - Phone number - Authorized charge amount NOTE: If you send in a faulty unit without a check or complete credit card information, the manufacturer may send it back to you unrepaired, or they may repair it and send it back to you C.O.D. ^ Print two copies of the completed Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement component repair form. Keep one copy with the repair order, and include the other copy with the faulty unit when you send it to the manufacturer. 8. Carefully pack the faulty unit and the paperwork in a suitable box, and label the box clearly. You are responsible for lost or damaged units; keep all shipping documents and insurance receipts. 9. Ship the faulty unit to the appropriate manufacturer via UPS. Alpine Electronics of America c/o Standard Radio Engineering Corp. 2012 Abalone Ave., Unit D Torrance, CA 90501 800-421-2284, Ext. 860304 Bose Corporation Automotive Systems Division-Service Framingham, MA 01701-9168 800-231-2673 S3 Clarion Factory Service Center 241 Beaver Rd. Walton, KY 41094 800-347-8667 (You must get authorization from Clarion before shipping units) Fujitsu Ten 19600 5. Vermont Ave. Torrance, CA 90502 800-237-5413 FTH Group Inc. (Kenwood Accessory Parts) 16685 E. Johnson Dr. City of Industry, CA 91745 626-333-2435 (You must get an RMA authorization number from www.fthgroupinc.com; from the home page, select Consumer Products) Komtec Electronics (Panasonic) 6590 Darin Way Cypress, CA 90630 714-903-3300 (Make sure your check is made out to Komtec) * Pioneer Electronics Service, Inc. 1925 E. Dominguez St. Long Beach, CA 90801 800-553-3756* Visteon c/o Model Electronics 615 E. Crescent Ave. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7273 Ramsey, NJ 07446 800-433-9657 (Visteon offers an open line of credit. Call their 800 number to establish an account.) NOTE: ^ The manufacturer will repair the unit and ship it back within 5-7 working days, via UPS ground prepaid or 2nd Day Air (whichever you requested). Do not forget to include the shipping cost in your dealership payment. Units damaged by misuse or mishandling cannot be shipped back within the usual 5-7 days. ^ Each manufacturer's guarantee for the repair differs. To confirm the repair guarantee, contact the manufacturer using the phone number listed above. 10. To check on the status of your repair order, call the manufacturer. If your customer has any further questions or concerns, have them call Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009. NOTE: A damaged unit may need extra repair. If so, the manufacturer will call you with an estimate of any added charges. ^ If you accept the estimate, mail a dealership check for the additional amount to the manufacturer, authorize the increased amount to be applied to the credit card payment, or have the manufacturer ship the unit back to you, and you pay the difference upon arrival (C.O.D.). ^ If you reject the estimate, the faulty unit will be returned to you along with a refund. However, you will be charged $30.00 (C.O.D.) for diagnosis, shipping, and handling. The unit will be shipped back to you, via UPS Ground. COMPLETING THE OUT-OF-WARRANTY/NEW REPLACEMENT AUDIO SYSTEM COMPONENT REPAIR FORM Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7274 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7275 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions > Page 7276 NOTE: It is very important that you fill out this form fully and accurately. An accurate explanation of the problem and conditions helps the manufacturer to duplicate the problem, speeding the repair, and reducing the number of No Trouble Found" (NTF) units. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Locations General Module: Locations Rear of Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions General Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7282 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7283 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7284 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7285 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7286 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7287 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7288 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7289 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7290 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7291 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7292 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7293 General Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7294 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7295 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7296 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7297 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7298 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7299 General Module: Electrical Diagrams Integrated Control Unit Part 1 0f 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7300 Integrated Control Unit Part 2 0f 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7301 Integrated Control Unit (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7302 Integrated Control Unit (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7303 General Module: Testing and Inspection SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 10P connector from the integrated control unit. 3. Remove the integrated control unit from the under-dash fuse/relay box. All Systems Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7304 Intermittent Wiper System 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector and the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair Navigation System: Technical Service Bulletins Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair 06-001 February 26, 2010 Applies To: 1998 and Later Models - ALL Audio, Navigation, and RES Unit In-Warranty Exchange and Out-of-Warranty Repair (Supersedes 06-601, dated March 4, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR, the address for Pioneer Electronics Service was changed.* COVERAGE This bulletin applies to all Honda audio units, CD players/changers, cassette tape players, navigation units, and rear entertainment system (RES) units, both in warranty and out of warranty. COMPONENT REPLACEMENT POLICY Use only remanufactured components for warranty repairs on customer vehicles. Follow the warranty information and procedures given in this service bulletin. ^ Remanufactured audio, navigation, and RES units are not available for non-warranty repairs. ^ Use new components to repair new, unsold vehicles. ^ A new component may be used to repair a customer's vehicle only if the remanufactured component is currently unavailable from American Honda. ^ You must receive authorization from your District Parts and Service Manager (DPSM) before ordering a new component. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: From the Flat Rate Manual Flat Rate Time: From the Flat Rate Manual Failed Part: Use the RM part number from the repair order without the RM (example: 08A06-341-110) Defect Code: From the Flat Rate Manual Symptom Code: From Audio Customer Contention Codes in the Flat Rate Manual Part used for repair: Use the RM part number from the repair order (example: 08A06-341-110RM) IN-WARRANTY DIAGNOSIS Service Advisor: Interview the customer to get as much information as possible. Information like where and when the problem occurs is vital to your diagnosis. This information also helps you to determine if the audio, navigation, or RES system is operating normally, or if a problem exists. Write the complaint on the repair order. NOTE: For CD/DVD related problems, you must verify if the customer used discs with adhesive labels. Service Technician: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7309 1. Print out the appropriate system worksheet from an Interactive Network (iN) workstation. ^ From the iN main menu, click on SERVICE. ^ Click on (ISIS) Service Publications. ^ Click on SEARCH BY PUBLICATION. ^ Click on Job Aids. ^ Click on Audio System Worksheet, Navigation System Worksheet, or Rear Entertainment System Worksheet. 2. Duplicate and confirm the problem using the customer information written on the repair order or have the customer demonstrate the problem, then write down the results on the worksheet. Using the SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX or the DTC INDEX (if applicable) in the applicable service manual, find the symptom that matches the customers complaint, and follow the diagnostic procedure: ^ Refer to the appropriate section in the service manual, or ^ From the iN main menu: - Click on SERVICE. - Click on ISIS (Service Publications). - Click on SEARCH BY VEHICLE. - Enter the model and the model year. - Enter a keyword: AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES, and the DTC (if applicable) - Select the appropriate Service Bulletin, ServiceNews article, or Symptom Troubleshooting from the list. 3. Repair the vehicle according to your diagnosis, then confirm the repair by trying to duplicate the customer's original complaint, or check to see if the DTC returns: ^ If the problem is gone, return the vehicle to the customer. ^ If the problem is still there, go to step 4. 4. Replace the audio/navigation/RES unit with a remanufactured unit: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7310 ^ For warranty repairs, go to the IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE procedure. ^ For vehicle service contract (VSC) and certified used car (CUC) repairs, call. ^ For goodwill repairs, contact your dealership's District Parts and Service Manager (DPSM). IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE Service Technician: NOTE: ^ Use the iN to order a remanufactured audio, navigation, or RES unit. Do not call the Remanufactured Parts Dealer Service Group. ^ A Tech Line reference number is not required to submit the order. Check Yes, and enter the Reference Number only when there is a preexisting Tech Line contact. 1. With your completed Audio/Navigation/RES Worksheet, go to an iN workstation. 2. From the iN main menu, click on SERVICE, then click on AUDIO, then select Warranty Audio Order. 3. Select the model, year, and keyword (AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES) for the vehicle you are working on, then click on Search. 4. Review all displayed publications for additional repair information. If you cannot repair the problem, go to step 5. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7311 5. Click Warranty Audio Order to view the Warranty Audio Order form. 6. Enter the VIN and the mileage, then click the Submit button to view the Warranty Audio Order form. Use the completed Audio/Navigation/RES Worksheet to help you answer the questions on the Warranty Audio Order form. Questions with a red asterisk (*) are required fields that you must answer to submit the form. Make sure the information is complete (17-digit VIN, etc.). This information is critical to the remanufacturing process. Screen # 2 of the form contains the problem description, condition information, and shared functions. Fill this section out with as much information as possible. Select one part number from the list provided, then click Submit. It is your responsibility to ensure the correct part number is selected based on color and application information. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7312 NOTE: Once you submit your order, you can track it using the Warranty Audio VIN Inquiry screen on the iN. For details, go to WARRANTY AUDIO ORDER PROGRAM FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS in this service bulletin. 7. You will receive a remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit packed in a reusable shipping box. Save this box and the packing materials. You must return the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core in this box. Otherwise your dealership risks being billed a core loss charge, ranging from $800 to $2,500, depending on the unit. 8. Remove the failed audio/navigation/RES unit: ^ Refer to the appropriate component section of the service manual or, ^ Online, enter a keyword: AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES. Select the appropriate removal procedure from the list. 9. Install the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit: ^ Refer to the appropriate component section of the service manual or ^ Online, enter a keyword: AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES. Select the appropriate installation procedure from the list. 10. If the remanufactured unit has a shipping cover and shipping screws, make sure you transfer them to the faulty unit being returned. Also be sure to transfer all of the mounting brackets to the replacement unit. Failure to do this may result in dash squeaks and rattles. NOTE: If the customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, cassette tape, etc.) is stuck in the unit, leave it there for these reasons: ^ The manufacturer needs it for diagnosis and testing. ^ Any failed audio/navigation/RES unit core that is returned disassembled is considered an unusable core. Customer media (CDs, CD magazines, DVDs, DVD-As, cassette tapes, etc.) will be properly removed by the supplier at the point of tear down and inspection of the failed unit, and mailed to your dealer. Make sure the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core is not disassembled! If the core is disassembled, your dealership will be debited a core loss charge ranging from $800 to $2,500, depending on the unit. 11. Put the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core in the same box that the remanufactured unit came in. NOTE: If you do not return the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core in this same box, your warranty claim will be debited and the core will be sent back to your dealership. Parts Manager: 12. The Warranty Audio/Navigation/RES Unit Order form you submitted is kept on the iN for 60 days. Print out a copy to put in the box with your core return: ^ From the iN main menu, click on SERVICE. ^ Click on Transactions. ^ Click on Advanced Search, and enter a date range. ^ Click on Filtered by Service. ^ Under Transaction Description, click on Warranty Audio Order, then go back to the top of the page and click on Search. ^ Scroll down to the appropriate VIN, then select it to view the form. ^ Review the form, then print out a copy by clicking on the printer icon. 13. Print out a copy of the Core Return Update Acknowledgement to put in the box with your core return: ^ From the iN main menu, click on PARTS. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7313 ^ Click on Returns and Surplus. ^ Click on Audio Core Return. ^ Select the appropriate VIN to view the Update Core Return information screen. ^ Review the form, then print out a copy by clicking on the printer icon. 14. Place the printed copies of the Warranty Audio/Navigation/RES Unit Order form and the Core Return Update Acknowledgement into the core return box with the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core. NOTE: If you return a failed audio/navigation/RES core without the proper forms, your warranty claim will be debited and the core will be sent back to your dealership. 15. Ship the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core to the appropriate location by using the prepaid shipping label that came with the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit. NOTE: If the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core is not received at the specified address within 30 days from the order date of the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit, your warranty claim will be debited, and your dealership will be issued a core loss charge ranging between $800 and $2,500. If you know that you cannot return the core within 30 days, call the Remanufactured Parts Dealer Service Group, and ask for an extension. ^ If you call for an extension and the core is not received within 60 days from the order date, you will be debited the full amount of the warranty claim. ^ If you do not call for an extension, and the core is received between 31 and 60 days from the order date of the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit, a $250 late core charge will be assessed. WARRANTY AUDIO ORDER PROGRAM FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Here is a list of answers to the most frequently asked questions about the warranty audio order program: Question: When do I use the warranty audio order program? Answer: Use the program when you are replacing an audio/navigation/RES unit under warranty (including goodwill) that has an internal failure. NOTE: The customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, cassette tape, etc.) is removed by the supplier at tear down and inspection of the failed unit, and mailed to your dealership. Any failed audio/navigation/RES unit core that is returned disassembled is considered an unusable core, and your dealership will be issued a core loss charge ranging between $800 and $2,500. Remanufactured audio/navigation/RES units are not available for non-warranty repairs. New components should be used to repair new, unsold vehicles. A new component may be used to repair a customer's vehicle only if the remanufactured component is currently unavailable from American Honda. Your DPSM must authorize ordering a new component. Question: How do I order a remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit? Answer: For a warranty replacement, use the ordering information IN WARRANTY EXCHANGE. For goodwill repair, contact your DPSM. For a non-warranty repair, see OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR. Question: Who do I call for questions on the Warranty Audio Order Program? Answer: For administrative questions, call the Remanufactured Parts Dealer Service Group. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7314 Question: Who do I call if I need help diagnosing the problem or if I have technical questions about the unit? Answer: If you cannot find the answers in the appropriate service manual, service bulletins, or ServiceNews articles on iN, create a Tech Line access code, then call Tech Line: 1. From the iN main menu, select SERVICE. 2. Select Tech Line. A dropdown menu appears, then select Tech Line. The ISIS main screen appears. 3. Select SEARCH BY VEHICLE, and enter any vehicle with any keyword like NAVI, AUDIO, or RES. 4. At the top of the screen you will see this statement: If you cannot resolve the problem with the information below, then click Tech Line. Select Tech Line. 5. The Tech Line access code screen appears. Fill in all the required fields, then select SUBMIT. 6. Have the access number ready when you call Tech Line. Question: Do I need a Tech Line reference number to order a remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit? Answer: No. Question: What year and model audio/navigation/RES unit can I order through the warranty audio order program? Answer: Most current models are available through the vehicle's standard warranty period. If your application is not available, you will receive a message instructing you to call the Re manufactured Parts Dealer Service Group at 888-997-7278. Question: How can I track my order once I submit it? Answer: To track your order, go the Warranty Audio Order VIN Inquiry screen on the iN. 1. From the iN main menu, click on PARTS. 2. Click on Parts Ordering. 3. Click on Audio VIN Inquiry. 4. Enter a date in the All Orders Accepted Since box, then click on Submit. The AUDIO VIN INQUIRY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT screen appears, listing orders by VIN, ORD REF (Order Reference), STAT (Status), SHIP DATE, SHIPPER, and PART NUMBER. The status of your order is displayed by one of these codes: Codes generated by RPO Tech Line: ^ PEND - Your order is waiting to be processed by RPO Tech Line. ^ HOLD - Your order is waiting for additional dealer diagnosis. ^ ERR - Your order caused an error; call. ^ DENY - RPO Tech Line denied your order; call. ^ APPR - RPO Tech Line approved your order and forwarded it to AHM Parts. Codes generated by AHM Parts Division: ^ BO/TOS - Your order is on back order or is temporarily out of stock. ^ CAN/BOC - Your order has been cancelled contact your assigned parts center. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7315 ^ ALO/BOA - Your order has been allocated, but not released for shipment. ^ REL/BOR - Your order has been picked, packed, and shipped. ^ INV - Your order has been invoiced to your dealer parts account. CORE RETURN INFORMATION Service Technician: 1. If the customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, or cassette tape) is stuck inside the faulty unit, fill out a Customer Media Return Label (reorder number Y0325), and attach it to the unit. The manufacturer will remove the media, and mail it back to your dealership. 2. Use the pre paid shipping label. Each audio supplier provides a prepaid shipping label with the remanufactured audio unit. Return the core using this label to ensure it is received at the appropriate location for credit. Use the pre paid shipping labels to return audio cores to authorized locations only; do not use them for any other purpose. If you need additional prepaid shipping labels, contact Remanufactured Parts Operations. ^ Complete the shipping label with your dealership information. ^ Pack one audio unit per box, and use a separate shipping label for each one. ^ On the line requesting Your Internal Reference Information, enter YOUR DEALER NUMBER and the WARRANTY CLAIM NUMBER. 3. On the repair order, write down the warranty claim number, the original part number, the serial numbers from both the faulty and remanufactured units, and the return tracking number. 4. Ship the faulty unit in the same box the remanufactured unit came in. Make sure you include this required paperwork: ^ A copy of the Core Return Update Acknowledgement from the iN. ^ A copy of the warranty audio order. NOTE: When the Remanufacturing Center gets the faulty unit, your warranty audio order will be updated to indicate that the core was received. If the core is received 31-60 days from the order date, and you have been debited a core loss charge, your dealership will be credited back, less a $250 late fee. OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR (AUDIO, NAVIGATION, AND RES UNITS PRODUCED IN 1998 OR LATER) NOTE: If you are making a repair or exchange because of a service bulletin or service campaign, do not use OUT-OF-WARRANTY procedures. Refer to IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE for more information. Service Advisor: 1. Give your customer an estimate for repairing the unit (see step 6), plus the labor cost to replace it. For an Alpine unit, your customer has the option of contacting Alpine Electronics directly. Alpine's customer service number is 800-421-2284, Ext. 860304. Service Technician: 2. Remove the failed unit: ^ Refer to the appropriate component section of the service manual or, Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7316 ^ Online, enter keyword AUDIO, NAVI, or RES, and select the appropriate removal procedure from the list. NOTE: If the customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, cassette tape, navigation DVD, etc.) is stuck in the unit, leave it there. The manufacturer will remove and return it. 3. Obtain an Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement component repair form, and complete the Technician section.To obtain the form, do this: ^ On ISIS, click on Technical Library, then click on Job Aids. ^ Select the applicable form from the list, and print it out: - Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement Audio System Component Repair Form - Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement Navigation System Component Repair Form - Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement Rear Entertainment System Component Repair Form Parts Manager: 4. Complete the parts manager's section of the Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement component repair form. Make sure you include your name, department, and dealership phone number on the form. 5. Identify the manufacturer. Units sent to the wrong manufacturer may not be shipped back within the usual 5-7 days. ^ Look for the number code on the face of the unit. ^ If the unit has no number code on its face, check the label on the unit housing, and compare the first two or three letters of the radio reference number (or the audio unit model number) to this list: Alpine - CM, CD, MR, or MF Clarion - PH Fujitsu Ten - CE or SD Panasonic - CQ or CR Pioneer KEH or DEH 6. Contact the manufacturer (see step 9) to request an estimate for the cost of the repair plus shipping. 7. Complete the required paperwork: ^ Paying by check - Make a dealership check out to the manufacturer for the cost of repair and return shipping. Make sure to include the check number on the form. NOTE: For all Panasonic products, make your check out to Komtec Electronics. ^ Paying by credit card (Visa or Mastercard only) - When you use a credit card, fill in all of these fields on the component repair form: - Credit card number - Credit card expiration date Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7317 - The name as it appears on the credit card - Signature (authorized card holder) - Phone number - Authorized charge amount NOTE: If you send in a faulty unit without a check or complete credit card information, the manufacturer may send it back to you unrepaired, or they may repair it and send it back to you C.O.D. ^ Print two copies of the completed Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement component repair form. Keep one copy with the repair order, and include the other copy with the faulty unit when you send it to the manufacturer. 8. Carefully pack the faulty unit and the paperwork in a suitable box, and label the box clearly. You are responsible for lost or damaged units; keep all shipping documents and insurance receipts. 9. Ship the faulty unit to the appropriate manufacturer via UPS. Alpine Electronics of America c/o Standard Radio Engineering Corp. 2012 Abalone Ave., Unit D Torrance, CA 90501 800-421-2284, Ext. 860304 Bose Corporation Automotive Systems Division-Service Framingham, MA 01701-9168 800-231-2673 S3 Clarion Factory Service Center 241 Beaver Rd. Walton, KY 41094 800-347-8667 (You must get authorization from Clarion before shipping units) Fujitsu Ten 19600 5. Vermont Ave. Torrance, CA 90502 800-237-5413 FTH Group Inc. (Kenwood Accessory Parts) 16685 E. Johnson Dr. City of Industry, CA 91745 626-333-2435 (You must get an RMA authorization number from www.fthgroupinc.com; from the home page, select Consumer Products) Komtec Electronics (Panasonic) 6590 Darin Way Cypress, CA 90630 714-903-3300 (Make sure your check is made out to Komtec) * Pioneer Electronics Service, Inc. 1925 E. Dominguez St. Long Beach, CA 90801 800-553-3756* Visteon c/o Model Electronics 615 E. Crescent Ave. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7318 Ramsey, NJ 07446 800-433-9657 (Visteon offers an open line of credit. Call their 800 number to establish an account.) NOTE: ^ The manufacturer will repair the unit and ship it back within 5-7 working days, via UPS ground prepaid or 2nd Day Air (whichever you requested). Do not forget to include the shipping cost in your dealership payment. Units damaged by misuse or mishandling cannot be shipped back within the usual 5-7 days. ^ Each manufacturer's guarantee for the repair differs. To confirm the repair guarantee, contact the manufacturer using the phone number listed above. 10. To check on the status of your repair order, call the manufacturer. If your customer has any further questions or concerns, have them call Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009. NOTE: A damaged unit may need extra repair. If so, the manufacturer will call you with an estimate of any added charges. ^ If you accept the estimate, mail a dealership check for the additional amount to the manufacturer, authorize the increased amount to be applied to the credit card payment, or have the manufacturer ship the unit back to you, and you pay the difference upon arrival (C.O.D.). ^ If you reject the estimate, the faulty unit will be returned to you along with a refund. However, you will be charged $30.00 (C.O.D.) for diagnosis, shipping, and handling. The unit will be shipped back to you, via UPS Ground. COMPLETING THE OUT-OF-WARRANTY/NEW REPLACEMENT AUDIO SYSTEM COMPONENT REPAIR FORM Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7319 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7320 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7321 NOTE: It is very important that you fill out this form fully and accurately. An accurate explanation of the problem and conditions helps the manufacturer to duplicate the problem, speeding the repair, and reducing the number of No Trouble Found" (NTF) units. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes Compact Disc Player (CD): Customer Interest Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes 00-015 March 14, 2000 Applies To: All with CD Player/Changer Audio Unit Error Codes (Replaces 91-007, dated October 6, 1997) *If the audio unit displays an error code, use the troubleshooting tables in this service bulletin to troubleshoot the problem. Refer to service bulletin 98-019 for CD Player/Changer exchange information.* Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7331 CD Changer Troubleshooting (All except Passport) CD Player Troubleshooting (All except Passport) Radio Troubleshooting (All except Passport) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7332 CD Player/Changer Troubleshooting (Passport only) Manually Removing a Jammed Magazine (All except Passport) One-piece door model: 1. Remove the changer from the vehicle. 2. Remove the rear cover plate from the changer, and look for a jammed disc. 3. If a disc is jammed between the player and the magazine, turn the loading gear until the disc returns to the player mechanism. Do not attempt to reload the disc back into the magazine. 4. After the disc is loaded into the player mechanism, turn the changer so that the front is facing you. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7333 5. Insert a thin stainless steel ruler or a "Slim Jim" under the magazine, about 1-1/2" from the right side of the opening. 6. Push the ruler in until it presses against the eject lever at the back of the unit. 7. Slowly remove the ruler and magazine at the same time. Two-piece door model: 1. Remove the changer from the vehicle. 2. Remove the top cover plate from the changer, and look for a jammed tray. 3. If a tray is stuck in the player, reinstall the cover and replace the changer. If all the trays are in the magazine, insert a thin stainless steel ruler or a "Slim Jim" under the magazine, about 1/2" from the right side of the opening. 4. Push the ruler in until it presses against the eject lever at the back of the unit. 5. Slowly remove the ruler and magazine at the same time. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7334 Manually Removing a Jammed Magazine (Passport only) One-piece door model: 1. Open the changer door. 2. Check to see if all the trays are in the magazine. ^ If a tray is stuck in the changer, replace the changer. ^ If all the trays are in the magazine, place the changer in a horizontal position, and insert a thin stainless steel ruler or a "Slim Jim" under the magazine, about 1/2" from the right side of the opening. 3. Push the ruler in until it presses against the eject lever at the back of the unit. 4. Slowly remove the ruler and magazine at the same time. Two-piece door model: 1. Remove the changer from the vehicle. 2. Remove the top cover plate from the changer, and inspect for a jammed tray. ^ If a tray is stuck in the changer, replace the changer. ^ If all the trays are in the magazine, place the changer in a horizontal position, and insert a thin stainless steel ruler or a "Slim Jim" under the magazine, about 1/2" from the right side of the opening. 3. Push the ruler in until it presses against the eject lever at the back of the unit. 4. Slowly remove the ruler and magazine at the same time. Handling and Inspecting Compact Discs Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7335 ^ Handle a CD by its edges; never touch the flat surfaces. Contamination from fingerprints, liquids, felt-tip pens, and labels can cause the CD to not play properly, or possibly jam in the drive. ^ When cleaning a disc, use a clean soft cloth. Wipe across the disc from the center to the outside. Do not wipe the disc in a circular motion. ^ A new CD may be rough on the inner and outer edges. The small plastic pieces causing this roughness can flake off and fall on the recording surface of the disc, causing skipping or other problems. Remove these pieces by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pencil or pen. ^ Various accessories are available to protect CDs and improve the sound quality of CDs. These accessories increase the thickness or diameter of the discs, and should not be used in CD changers. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compact Disc Player (CD): > SN051000-07 > Oct > 05 > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions Compact Disc Player (CD): All Technical Service Bulletins Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions Adhesive Labels or Protective Disc Covers on CDs or DVDs: A Big Taboo NOTE: This article applies to all Honda models with a factory- or dealer-installed CD/DVD player or changer. We can't emphasize this enough: Never put adhesive labels or protective disc covers on recordable CDs or DVDs to be used in automotive CD/DVD players or changers. Here's why: ^ Recordable CDs and DVDs are actually thicker than their pre-recorded brethern. Automotive players and changers use rollers to draw the disc into the unit. The added thickness of an adhesive label or a protective disc cover can cause the disc to jam when it's loaded into or ejected from the unit. ^ CD/DVD players or changers are exposed to high temperatures inside the vehicle. High temperature can cause the label adhesive to soften. This can cause the label to curl on the edges and even form bubbles. Curled edges can catch on the rollers and bubbles add thickness to the disc. Either one can cause the disc to jam. To cut down on customer-caused damage, all '05 and later 0/Ms include this notice: Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can curl up and cause the CD to jam in the unit. Anytime a service customer comes in with a loading or ejecting problem for a CD/DVD player or changer, ask if he or she used any discs with adhesive labels or protective disc covers. If the answer is yes, contact your DPSM for possible goodwill assistance. If the answer is no, then replace the audio unit under normal warranty. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compact Disc Player (CD): > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes Compact Disc Player (CD): All Technical Service Bulletins Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer Error Codes 00-015 March 14, 2000 Applies To: All with CD Player/Changer Audio Unit Error Codes (Replaces 91-007, dated October 6, 1997) *If the audio unit displays an error code, use the troubleshooting tables in this service bulletin to troubleshoot the problem. Refer to service bulletin 98-019 for CD Player/Changer exchange information.* Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compact Disc Player (CD): > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7345 CD Changer Troubleshooting (All except Passport) CD Player Troubleshooting (All except Passport) Radio Troubleshooting (All except Passport) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compact Disc Player (CD): > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7346 CD Player/Changer Troubleshooting (Passport only) Manually Removing a Jammed Magazine (All except Passport) One-piece door model: 1. Remove the changer from the vehicle. 2. Remove the rear cover plate from the changer, and look for a jammed disc. 3. If a disc is jammed between the player and the magazine, turn the loading gear until the disc returns to the player mechanism. Do not attempt to reload the disc back into the magazine. 4. After the disc is loaded into the player mechanism, turn the changer so that the front is facing you. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compact Disc Player (CD): > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7347 5. Insert a thin stainless steel ruler or a "Slim Jim" under the magazine, about 1-1/2" from the right side of the opening. 6. Push the ruler in until it presses against the eject lever at the back of the unit. 7. Slowly remove the ruler and magazine at the same time. Two-piece door model: 1. Remove the changer from the vehicle. 2. Remove the top cover plate from the changer, and look for a jammed tray. 3. If a tray is stuck in the player, reinstall the cover and replace the changer. If all the trays are in the magazine, insert a thin stainless steel ruler or a "Slim Jim" under the magazine, about 1/2" from the right side of the opening. 4. Push the ruler in until it presses against the eject lever at the back of the unit. 5. Slowly remove the ruler and magazine at the same time. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compact Disc Player (CD): > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7348 Manually Removing a Jammed Magazine (Passport only) One-piece door model: 1. Open the changer door. 2. Check to see if all the trays are in the magazine. ^ If a tray is stuck in the changer, replace the changer. ^ If all the trays are in the magazine, place the changer in a horizontal position, and insert a thin stainless steel ruler or a "Slim Jim" under the magazine, about 1/2" from the right side of the opening. 3. Push the ruler in until it presses against the eject lever at the back of the unit. 4. Slowly remove the ruler and magazine at the same time. Two-piece door model: 1. Remove the changer from the vehicle. 2. Remove the top cover plate from the changer, and inspect for a jammed tray. ^ If a tray is stuck in the changer, replace the changer. ^ If all the trays are in the magazine, place the changer in a horizontal position, and insert a thin stainless steel ruler or a "Slim Jim" under the magazine, about 1/2" from the right side of the opening. 3. Push the ruler in until it presses against the eject lever at the back of the unit. 4. Slowly remove the ruler and magazine at the same time. Handling and Inspecting Compact Discs Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compact Disc Player (CD): > 00-015 > Mar > 00 > Audio Unit with CD Player/Changer - Error Codes > Page 7349 ^ Handle a CD by its edges; never touch the flat surfaces. Contamination from fingerprints, liquids, felt-tip pens, and labels can cause the CD to not play properly, or possibly jam in the drive. ^ When cleaning a disc, use a clean soft cloth. Wipe across the disc from the center to the outside. Do not wipe the disc in a circular motion. ^ A new CD may be rough on the inner and outer edges. The small plastic pieces causing this roughness can flake off and fall on the recording surface of the disc, causing skipping or other problems. Remove these pieces by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pencil or pen. ^ Various accessories are available to protect CDs and improve the sound quality of CDs. These accessories increase the thickness or diameter of the discs, and should not be used in CD changers. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Compact Disc Player (CD): > SN051000-07 > Oct > 05 > Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions Compact Disc Player (CD): All Technical Service Bulletins Audio System - CD/DVD Precautions Adhesive Labels or Protective Disc Covers on CDs or DVDs: A Big Taboo NOTE: This article applies to all Honda models with a factory- or dealer-installed CD/DVD player or changer. We can't emphasize this enough: Never put adhesive labels or protective disc covers on recordable CDs or DVDs to be used in automotive CD/DVD players or changers. Here's why: ^ Recordable CDs and DVDs are actually thicker than their pre-recorded brethern. Automotive players and changers use rollers to draw the disc into the unit. The added thickness of an adhesive label or a protective disc cover can cause the disc to jam when it's loaded into or ejected from the unit. ^ CD/DVD players or changers are exposed to high temperatures inside the vehicle. High temperature can cause the label adhesive to soften. This can cause the label to curl on the edges and even form bubbles. Curled edges can catch on the rollers and bubbles add thickness to the disc. Either one can cause the disc to jam. To cut down on customer-caused damage, all '05 and later 0/Ms include this notice: Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can curl up and cause the CD to jam in the unit. Anytime a service customer comes in with a loading or ejecting problem for a CD/DVD player or changer, ask if he or she used any discs with adhesive labels or protective disc covers. If the answer is yes, contact your DPSM for possible goodwill assistance. If the answer is no, then replace the audio unit under normal warranty. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Locations Radio/Stereo: Locations Dashboard/Door Behind Center Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Radio/Stereo: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7360 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7361 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7362 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7363 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7364 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7365 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7366 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7367 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7368 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7369 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7370 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7371 Radio/Stereo: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7372 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7373 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7374 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7375 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7376 Radio/Stereo: Connector Views Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7377 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7378 Stereo Radio Tuner Terminals Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7379 Radio/Stereo: Electrical Diagrams Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7380 Part 2 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7381 Radio/Stereo: Service and Repair 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. 2. Remove the center panel. Center panel removal: a. Remove: - Center dashboard lower cover - Radio b. Remove the rear window defogger switch and hazard warning switch, then disconnect the connectors. c. Disconnect the air mix control cable, and remove the screws, then pull out the center panel. d. Disconnect the connectors from the heater control unit. e. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Make sure the connectors are connected properly. Adjust the air mix control cable. 3. Remove the four mounting screws, and disconnect the 20P connector and antenna lead, then remove the stereo radio/cassette player. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Service and Repair Speaker: Service and Repair Front speaker: 1. Remove the speaker cover. 2. Remove the three screws from the speaker. 3. Disconnect the 2P connector, and remove the door speaker. Tweeter: 1. Remove the door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the tweeter. 3. Remove the mirror garnish. 4. Remove the two screws, then remove the tweeter. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7385 Hatchback/Coupe/Sedan Rear speaker: 1. Remove the rear side shelf or rear shelf. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the speaker. 3. Remove the four screws, then remove the speaker. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Diagrams > USA Security Control Unit Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Diagrams > USA > Page 7391 Security Control Unit Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations Antitheft Lighting Relay: Locations Upper Left Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft Relay > Component Information > Locations Antitheft Relay: Locations Upper Left Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 7398 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Locations General Module: Locations Rear of Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions General Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7404 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7405 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7406 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7407 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7408 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7409 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7410 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7411 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7412 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7413 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7414 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7415 General Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7416 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7417 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7418 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7419 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7420 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7421 General Module: Electrical Diagrams Integrated Control Unit Part 1 0f 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7422 Integrated Control Unit Part 2 0f 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7423 Integrated Control Unit (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7424 Integrated Control Unit (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7425 General Module: Testing and Inspection SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 10P connector from the integrated control unit. 3. Remove the integrated control unit from the under-dash fuse/relay box. All Systems Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > General Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7426 Intermittent Wiper System 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector and the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 Keyless Entry Module: Locations Photo 134 Behind Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 > Page 7431 Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7432 Keyless Entry Module: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 18P connector from the control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7433 CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 18P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Integrated Control Unit: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7440 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7441 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7442 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7443 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7444 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7445 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7446 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7447 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7448 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7449 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7450 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7451 Integrated Control Unit: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7452 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7453 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7454 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Integrated Control Unit <--> [Body Control Module] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7455 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Front Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation Front Bumper: Description and Operation Bumper and Door Reinforcement Beams Bumper and door reinforcement beams used on Honda automobiles are made from high strength steel. Should high strength steel be heated, the strength of the steel will be reduced. If high strength steel is damaged, as in an accident where the bumper or door reinforcement beams are bent, the beams may crack should any attempt be made to straighten them. For this reason, bumper and door reinforcement beams should never be repaired; they should be replaced if they become damaged. NOTE: If a door beam is damaged, the whole door panel assembly should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Front Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7460 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Rear Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation Rear Bumper: Description and Operation Bumper and Door Reinforcement Beams Bumper and door reinforcement beams used on Honda automobiles are made from high strength steel. Should high strength steel be heated, the strength of the steel will be reduced. If high strength steel is damaged, as in an accident where the bumper or door reinforcement beams are bent, the beams may crack should any attempt be made to straighten them. For this reason, bumper and door reinforcement beams should never be repaired; they should be replaced if they become damaged. NOTE: If a door beam is damaged, the whole door panel assembly should be replaced. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Rear Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7464 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation Cowl: Description and Operation Description Impact damage to the windshield lower area may spread to the back of the panel and wiper mounting area, calling for replacement of the affected skins. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 7468 Cowl: Service and Repair Replacement 1. Remove the related parts. - Wiper arm and motor - Windshield - Right and left front fenders - Right and left front door opening trims - Front pillar trim - Hood - Wire harnesses and electrical accessories - Steering column - Dashboard, etc Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 7469 2. Cut the windshield lower and separate the welded flange. - Center punch around the spot weld imprints. - Drill holes with a spot cutter through the nuggets. - Peel off the welding flange using a chisel. - Level off and finish the burrs of the pried-off spot welds with a sander WARNING: To prevent eye injury, wear goggles or safety glasses whenever sanding, cuffing or grinding. 3. Set the new windshield lower. - Apply an undercoat and body paint to the inside. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Sand off the undercoat down to the metal from both flanges to be welded. - Clamp the new windshield lower in place with vise- grips and squill vises. NOTE: Apply the spot sealer to the welding surface when spot welding. - Install the new windshield and check for proper installation and alignment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 7470 4. Tack weld the new windshield lower. WARNING: To prevent eye injury and burns when welding, wear an approved welding helmet, gloves and safety shoes. - Remove the vise-grips and install the fender and hood. Check for differences in level and clearance. 5. Perform the main welding. - Make 20% to 30% more spot welds than there were holes drilled. WARNING: To prevent eye injury and bums when welding, wear an approved welding helmet, gloves and safety shoes. 6. Finish the welding section. Smooth the mating surface with the windshield with a hammer and dolly. 7. Apply the sealer. Apply sealer to the upper dashboard, pillars, etc. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 7471 8. Install the front fender and hood. Check the front fender and hood for differences in level and clearance. 9. Apply the paint. See Paint Repair section. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. 10. Apply anti-rust agent to the inside of the windshield lower and dashboard upper. 11. Install the related parts. Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Take care not damage the windshield and the paint finishes. 12. Inspect and clean. - Check the windshield for water leaks. - After installing the dashboard, check the lights, gauges, etc. for proper operation. - Clean the interior. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Handle > Front Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair Front Door Exterior Handle: Service and Repair NOTE: Raise the glass fully. 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Pull out the retainer clip. 3. Remove the bolts, then remove the cylinder protector, lock cylinder and outer handle. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Handle > Front Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7479 4. Pull out the outer handle. Pry the outer handle rod out of its joint using diagonal cutters. NOTE: To ease reassembly, note location (A) of the outer handle rod on the joint before disconnecting it. - Take care not to bend the outer handle rod. - Use a shop towel to protect the opening in the door. 5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Make sure the door locks and opens properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair Front Door Panel: Service and Repair Front Door Index - 4 Door (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7483 Front Door Index - 4 Door (Part 2 Of 2) Door Panel Replacement CAUTION: Take care not to scratch the door panel and other parts. 1. Remove: - Inner handle. - Mirror mount cover panel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7484 2. If applicable, remove the regulator handle by pulling the clip out with a wire hook. 3. Remove the door grip cover and speaker cover, then remove the screws. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7485 4. Release the clips that hold the door panel. Remove the door panel by pulling it upward. NOTE: Remove the door panel with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing or breaking it. 5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments Front Door Window Glass: Adjustments Glass Adjustment NOTE: - Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface when adjusting the glass. - Check the weatherstrips and glass run channel for damage or deterioration, and replace them if necessary. 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Adjust the glass. 4D: a. Raise the glass fully. b. Loosen the glass mounting bolts (front door) and regulator mounting bolts. c. Push the glass rearward (front door glass) or forward (rear door glass). Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7489 Rear d. Tighten the glass mounting bolts (front door) and regulator mounting bolts. e. Loosen the front channel mounting bolts (front door) or rear channel mounting bolt (rear door). f. Lower the glass. Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7490 Rear g. Push the front or rear channels against the glass, then tighten the mounting bolts. 2D/3D: a. Raise the glass as far up as possible, and hold it against the glass run channel. b. Loosen the roller guide bolts, and adjust the glass so it is parallel with the glass run channel. c. Tighten the roller guide bolts. d. Loosen the front channel bolts. e. Lower the glass. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7491 f. Push the front channel against the glass, then tighten the mounting bolts. 3. Check that the glass moves smoothly. 4. Raise the glass fully and check for gaps. 5. Check the glass operation. NOTE: Check that the glass contacts the glass run channel evenly. 6. Check for water leaks. Spray water over the roof and on the sealing area as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7492 NOTE: Adjust the water pressure as shown. - Do not squeeze the tip of the hose. 7. Attach the plastic cover, then install the door panel. 8. Install the regulator handle so it points forward and up at a 45 degree angle with the glass closed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7493 Front Door Window Glass: Service and Repair 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. Carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7494 3. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. 4. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. 5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7495 NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Motor > Component Information > Locations Front Door Window Motor: Locations Front of Driver's Door (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver Side Front Door Window Motor: Testing and Inspection Driver Side Motor Test: 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the motor. 3. Test the motor in each direction by connecting battery power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Pulser Test: 5. Connect the test leads of an analog ohmmeter to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. 6. Run the motor by connecting power and ground to the No.1 and No.2 terminals. The ohmmeter needle should move back and forth alternately. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver Side > Page 7501 Front Door Window Motor: Testing and Inspection Passenger Side Front: 1. Remove the passenger's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the window motor. 3. Check window motor operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Rear: 1. Remove the passenger's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the window motor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver Side > Page 7502 NOTE: The illustration shows the right rear window motor; the left rear window motor is symmetrical. 3. Check window motor operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair Front Door Window Regulator: Service and Repair Glass/Regulator Replacement 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. Carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7506 3. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. 4. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. 5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7507 NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Handle > Rear Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Exterior Handle: Service and Repair NOTE: Raise the glass fully. 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Remove the screws. 3. Move the latch down, and remove the bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Handle > Rear Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7513 4. Pull out the outer handle. Pry the outer handle rod out of its joint using diagonal cutters. NOTE: To ease reassembly, note location (A) of the outer handle rod on the joint before disconnecting it. - Take care not to bend the outer handle rod. - Use a shop towel to protect the opening in the door 5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Make sure the door locks and opens properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Panel: Service and Repair Front Door Index - 4 Door (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7517 Front Door Index - 4 Door (Part 2 Of 2) Door Panel Replacement CAUTION: Take care not to scratch the door panel and other parts. 1. Remove: - Inner handle. - Mirror mount cover panel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7518 2. If applicable, remove the regulator handle by pulling the clip out with a wire hook. 3. Remove the door grip cover and speaker cover, then remove the screws. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7519 4. Release the clips that hold the door panel. Remove the door panel by pulling it upward. NOTE: Remove the door panel with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing or breaking it. 5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments Rear Door Window Glass: Adjustments Glass Adjustment NOTE: - Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface when adjusting the glass. - Check the weatherstrips and glass run channel for damage or deterioration, and replace them if necessary. 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Adjust the glass. 4D: a. Raise the glass fully. b. Loosen the glass mounting bolts (front door) and regulator mounting bolts. c. Push the glass rearward (front door glass) or forward (rear door glass). Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7523 Rear d. Tighten the glass mounting bolts (front door) and regulator mounting bolts. e. Loosen the front channel mounting bolts (front door) or rear channel mounting bolt (rear door). f. Lower the glass. Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7524 Rear g. Push the front or rear channels against the glass, then tighten the mounting bolts. 2D/3D: a. Raise the glass as far up as possible, and hold it against the glass run channel. b. Loosen the roller guide bolts, and adjust the glass so it is parallel with the glass run channel. c. Tighten the roller guide bolts. d. Loosen the front channel bolts. e. Lower the glass. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7525 f. Push the front channel against the glass, then tighten the mounting bolts. 3. Check that the glass moves smoothly. 4. Raise the glass fully and check for gaps. 5. Check the glass operation. NOTE: Check that the glass contacts the glass run channel evenly. 6. Check for water leaks. Spray water over the roof and on the sealing area as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7526 NOTE: Adjust the water pressure as shown. - Do not squeeze the tip of the hose. 7. Attach the plastic cover, then install the door panel. 8. Install the regulator handle so it points forward and up at a 45 degree angle with the glass closed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7527 Rear Door Window Glass: Service and Repair 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 3. Carefully lower the glass. Remove the bolts and screw from the rear channel, then remove the glass from the rear channel. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7528 4. Carefully remove the glass from the window slot. 5. Remove the outer molding, then remove the quarter glass. 6. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 7529 7. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. NOTE: If necessary, remove the power window motor from the regulator. - Before removing the power window motor, scribe a line across the sector gear and regulator. 8. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary . Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Motor > Component Information > Locations Rear Door Window Motor: Locations Front of Left Rear Door (Right Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7533 Rear Door Window Motor: Testing and Inspection Front: 1. Remove the passenger's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the window motor. 3. Check window motor operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Rear: 1. Remove the passenger's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the window motor. NOTE: The illustration shows the right rear window motor; the left rear window motor is symmetrical. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7534 3. Check window motor operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Window Regulator: Service and Repair Glass/Regulator Replacement Rear Door 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 3. Carefully lower the glass. Remove the bolts and screw from the rear channel, then remove the glass from the rear channel. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7538 4. Carefully remove the glass from the window slot. 5. Remove the outer molding, then remove the quarter glass. 6. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7539 7. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. NOTE: If necessary, remove the power window motor from the regulator. - Before removing the power window motor, scribe a line across the sector gear and regulator. 8. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary . Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Hood Latch: > 00-004 > Mar > 01 > Hood - Rattles on Rough Roads Hood Latch: Customer Interest Hood - Rattles on Rough Roads 00-004 March 6, 2001 *Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - ALL 2001 Civic 4-door from VIN 1HGES....1L000001 thru VIN 1HGES....1L041276 - 4-door from VIN 2HGES....1L000001 thru VIN 2HGES....1L511373 - 2-door from VIN 1HGES....1L000001 thru VIN 1HGES....1L035953* Rattle From the Hood (Supersedes 00-004, dated January 25, 2000) SYMPTOM A rattle from the front of the vehicle when driving over rough roads or small bumps. PROBABLE CAUSE Excessive striker-to-latch clearance. CORRECTIVE ACTION Adjust the hood edge cushions and the hood latch. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Adjust each hood edge cushion so only one thread is showing and the "80" on the top is in the position shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Hood Latch: > 00-004 > Mar > 01 > Hood - Rattles on Rough Roads > Page 7549 2. Loosen the hood latch mounting bolts, and adjust the latch so it is flush with the top of the bulkhead. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Hood Latch: > 00-004 > Mar > 01 > Hood - Rattles on Rough Roads Hood Latch: All Technical Service Bulletins Hood - Rattles on Rough Roads 00-004 March 6, 2001 *Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - ALL 2001 Civic 4-door from VIN 1HGES....1L000001 thru VIN 1HGES....1L041276 - 4-door from VIN 2HGES....1L000001 thru VIN 2HGES....1L511373 - 2-door from VIN 1HGES....1L000001 thru VIN 1HGES....1L035953* Rattle From the Hood (Supersedes 00-004, dated January 25, 2000) SYMPTOM A rattle from the front of the vehicle when driving over rough roads or small bumps. PROBABLE CAUSE Excessive striker-to-latch clearance. CORRECTIVE ACTION Adjust the hood edge cushions and the hood latch. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Adjust each hood edge cushion so only one thread is showing and the "80" on the top is in the position shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Hood Latch: > 00-004 > Mar > 01 > Hood - Rattles on Rough Roads > Page 7555 2. Loosen the hood latch mounting bolts, and adjust the latch so it is flush with the top of the bulkhead. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch Release > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Hood Latch Release: > 99-089 > Nov > 99 > Hood Release Handle - Broken Hood Latch Release: Customer Interest Hood Release Handle - Broken 99-089 November 23, 1999 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - 2-Door thru VIN 1HGEJ6...YL028945 - 4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ8...YL022085 - 3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6...YH102606 - 4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6...YH525584 Hood Release Handle Breaks PROBLEM The hood release handle is broken. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the hood opener cable with an improved part. PARTS INFORMATION Hood Opener Cable: P/N 74130-S01-A01, H/C 4797486 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 812125 Flat rate time: 0.8 hour Failed part: P/N 74130-S01-A01 H/C 4797486 Defect code: 018 Contention code: B01 Template ID: 99-089A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the front bumper (see the appropriate service manual). 2. Remove the left inner fender (see the appropriate service manual). 3. Remove the power steering reservoir. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch Release > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Hood Latch Release: > 99-089 > Nov > 99 > Hood Release Handle - Broken > Page 7564 4. Release the four clips that attach the hood opener cable to the front bulkhead. Remove the clips from the opener cable; retain the clips. 5. Detach the opener cable from the electrical harness clip behind the left front headlight. 6. Release the two clips that attach the opener cable to the frame. Remove the clips from the cable; retain the clips. 7. Remove the driver's kick panel, then remove the hood release handle (two bolts). 8. '98-00 models only: Remove the hood latch cover. 9. Detach the opener cable from the hood latch. 10. From inside the passenger compartment, pull out the opener cable rubber grommet, then pull the opener cable out through the hole in the body. Discard the opener cable and its rubber grommet. 11. Route the end of the new opener cable through the hole in the body, into the fenderwell, through the hole in the body near the left front headlight, and out to the hood latch. 12. Install the hood release handle. Torque the bolts to 9.8 Nm (7.2 lb-ft). 13. Press the opener cable rubber grommet into place. Reinstall the driver's kick panel. 14. Attach the cable end to the hood latch. 15. '98-00 models only: Reinstall the hood latch cover. 16. Attach the two clips to the opener cable, and snap the clips into the mounting holes in the frame. 17. Attach the opener cable to the electrical harness clip behind the left front headlight. 18. Attach the four clips to the opener cable, and snap the clips into the mounting holes in the front bulkhead. 19. Reinstall the power steering reservoir. 20. Reinstall the left inner fender. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch Release > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Hood Latch Release: > 99-089 > Nov > 99 > Hood Release Handle - Broken > Page 7565 21. Reinstall the front bumper. 22. Pull the hood release handle, and make sure the hood opens and closes properly. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch Release > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Hood Latch Release: > 99-089 > Nov > 99 > Hood Release Handle - Broken Hood Latch Release: All Technical Service Bulletins Hood Release Handle - Broken 99-089 November 23, 1999 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic - 2-Door thru VIN 1HGEJ6...YL028945 - 4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ8...YL022085 - 3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6...YH102606 - 4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6...YH525584 Hood Release Handle Breaks PROBLEM The hood release handle is broken. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the hood opener cable with an improved part. PARTS INFORMATION Hood Opener Cable: P/N 74130-S01-A01, H/C 4797486 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 812125 Flat rate time: 0.8 hour Failed part: P/N 74130-S01-A01 H/C 4797486 Defect code: 018 Contention code: B01 Template ID: 99-089A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the front bumper (see the appropriate service manual). 2. Remove the left inner fender (see the appropriate service manual). 3. Remove the power steering reservoir. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch Release > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Hood Latch Release: > 99-089 > Nov > 99 > Hood Release Handle - Broken > Page 7571 4. Release the four clips that attach the hood opener cable to the front bulkhead. Remove the clips from the opener cable; retain the clips. 5. Detach the opener cable from the electrical harness clip behind the left front headlight. 6. Release the two clips that attach the opener cable to the frame. Remove the clips from the cable; retain the clips. 7. Remove the driver's kick panel, then remove the hood release handle (two bolts). 8. '98-00 models only: Remove the hood latch cover. 9. Detach the opener cable from the hood latch. 10. From inside the passenger compartment, pull out the opener cable rubber grommet, then pull the opener cable out through the hole in the body. Discard the opener cable and its rubber grommet. 11. Route the end of the new opener cable through the hole in the body, into the fenderwell, through the hole in the body near the left front headlight, and out to the hood latch. 12. Install the hood release handle. Torque the bolts to 9.8 Nm (7.2 lb-ft). 13. Press the opener cable rubber grommet into place. Reinstall the driver's kick panel. 14. Attach the cable end to the hood latch. 15. '98-00 models only: Reinstall the hood latch cover. 16. Attach the two clips to the opener cable, and snap the clips into the mounting holes in the frame. 17. Attach the opener cable to the electrical harness clip behind the left front headlight. 18. Attach the four clips to the opener cable, and snap the clips into the mounting holes in the front bulkhead. 19. Reinstall the power steering reservoir. 20. Reinstall the left inner fender. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch Release > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Hood Latch Release: > 99-089 > Nov > 99 > Hood Release Handle - Broken > Page 7572 21. Reinstall the front bumper. 22. Pull the hood release handle, and make sure the hood opens and closes properly. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Locations Center of Trunk Lid Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Switch > Component Information > Locations Trunk / Liftgate Switch: Locations Underside of Hatch Lid Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Body Emblem > Component Information > Service and Repair Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed Windshield Moulding / Trim: Customer Interest Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed 00-064 March 17, 2009 Applied Vehicles Deformed Windshield Molding (Supersedes 00-064, dated November 13, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars) REVISION SUMMARY SYMPTOM The windshield molding is warped or deformed. PROBABLE CAUSE The inner lip is folded, causing a poor fit against the body. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the entire inner lip, and fill the channel between the molding and the body with silicone sealant. REQUIRED MATERIALS WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 831004 Flat Rate Time: 0.7 hour Failed Part: P/N 73150-S84-A01 H/C 5443387 Defect Code: 00401 Symptom Code: 00101 Template ID: 00-064A Skill Level: Repair Technician Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed > Page 7592 Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Pull up the outer edge of the windshield molding. Check if the inner lip is folded over anywhere. ^ If the inner lip is folded over, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If the inner lip is not folded, disregard this bulletin, and look for other possible causes. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Protect the roof by applying a strip of 2-inch-wide masking tape along the outer edge of the windshield molding. 2. Pull up the outer edge of the molding, and use scissors or an X-Acto knife to remove its entire inner lip. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed > Page 7593 3. Using an O-ring pick or similar tool, pull up the outer edge of the molding, and apply 3M Black Super Silicone Sealant under it, along the A-pillars and the upper edge of the windshield. 4. Push down on the molding, and smooth it out until it sits flush with the roof. 5. Wait 5 minutes, then remove the masking tape. 6. Clean up any excess sealant with 3M General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed Windshield Moulding / Trim: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed 00-064 March 17, 2009 Applied Vehicles Deformed Windshield Molding (Supersedes 00-064, dated November 13, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars) REVISION SUMMARY SYMPTOM The windshield molding is warped or deformed. PROBABLE CAUSE The inner lip is folded, causing a poor fit against the body. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the entire inner lip, and fill the channel between the molding and the body with silicone sealant. REQUIRED MATERIALS WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 831004 Flat Rate Time: 0.7 hour Failed Part: P/N 73150-S84-A01 H/C 5443387 Defect Code: 00401 Symptom Code: 00101 Template ID: 00-064A Skill Level: Repair Technician Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed > Page 7599 Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Pull up the outer edge of the windshield molding. Check if the inner lip is folded over anywhere. ^ If the inner lip is folded over, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If the inner lip is not folded, disregard this bulletin, and look for other possible causes. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Protect the roof by applying a strip of 2-inch-wide masking tape along the outer edge of the windshield molding. 2. Pull up the outer edge of the molding, and use scissors or an X-Acto knife to remove its entire inner lip. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed > Page 7600 3. Using an O-ring pick or similar tool, pull up the outer edge of the molding, and apply 3M Black Super Silicone Sealant under it, along the A-pillars and the upper edge of the windshield. 4. Push down on the molding, and smooth it out until it sits flush with the roof. 5. Wait 5 minutes, then remove the masking tape. 6. Clean up any excess sealant with 3M General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Fender > Front Fender Liner > System Information > Service and Repair Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Rear Cross-Member > System Information > Description and Operation Rear Cross-Member: Description and Operation Description The rear floor cross-member position is critical for rear wheel alignment. During replacement, check the position of the rear beam and the rear damper base, and position the rear floor cross-member properly. Weld securely following the welder manufacturer's instructions to maintain rigidity. Use of the positioning jig is recommended. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Grille > Component Information > Service and Repair Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Console: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7618 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7619 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7620 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7621 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7622 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7623 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7624 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7625 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7626 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7627 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7628 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7629 Console: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7630 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7631 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7632 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7633 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7634 Console: Electrical Diagrams Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7635 Part 2 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Locations With Front Passenger's Airbag Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations > Page 7640 Without Front Passenger's Airbag (Part Of Canada Model) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 7643 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Wiring Precautions Never attempt to modify, splice or repair SRS wiring. NOTE: SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer protective covering. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to- metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 7644 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Radio "Code" Theft Protection NOTE: The original radio has a coded theft protection circuit. Be sure to get the customer's code number before a. Disconnecting the battery. b. Removing the fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. c. Removing the radio. d. After service, reconnect power to the radio and turn it on. When the word "CODE" is displayed, enter the customer's 5-digit code to restore radio operation. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact The driver's airbag (and front passenger's) airbag has (have) a spring-loaded lock connector with a built-in short contact. When this connector is disconnected, the power terminal and the ground terminal in the airbag connector are automatically shorted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact > Page 7647 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation System Description The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7648 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair To prevent accidental airbag deployment, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait three minutes before disconnecting any SRS connectors. - Before disconnecting the SRS main harness (A) from the SRS unit, disconnect both airbags (C,D). - Before disconnecting the cable reel 2P connector (B), disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector (C). 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s). Driver's 2p Connector Driver's Side: Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector and cable reel 2P connector. Passenger's 2p Connector Front Passenger's Side: Remove the glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 2P connector and SRS main harness 2P connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Key > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Key: Technical Service Bulletins Starting System - Unable To Key In Ignition Switch Can't Turn Ignition Switch? Check for Locked Steering Got a service customer complaining he or she can't turn the ignition switch to start the engine? The reason could just be the steering column lock pin is engaged with the front wheels turned. Here's what typically happens: Some folks use the steering wheel to help support themselves while climbing in or out of the vehicle. This is very common among elderly or disabled drivers. Doing this turns the front wheels, which twists the tires against the ground. The twisted tires apply torque to the steering column. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), the steering column lock pin is engaged. But the applied torque on the steering column binds the lock pin, making it tough to turn the ignition switch. The ignition switch won't turn to ON (II) if the lock pin isn't disengaged from the steering column. Tell your customer there's nothing wrong with the ignition switch itself. All he or she needs to do is turn the steering wheel from side to side while turning the switch. This usually releases the lock pin so the engine can be started. In some cases, though, your customer may need to give a good tug on the wheel. This could easily happen when parking on a hill and the wheels are turned sharply before the engine is shut off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 Keyless Entry Module: Locations Photo 134 Behind Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 > Page 7659 Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7660 Keyless Entry Module: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 18P connector from the control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7661 CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 18P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Receiver > Component Information > Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Receiver > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7665 Keyless Entry Receiver: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the audio unit, then disconnect the A and B connectors. 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Receiver > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7666 Disconnect the A and B connectors from the audio unit. Reconnect the B connector only to the audio unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information Technical Service Bulletin # 98-011 Date: 040220 Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information 98-011 February 20, 2004 Applies To: ALL Keyless Remote Transmitter Information (Supersedes 98-011, dated February 6, 2003) Updated information is shown by asterisks and a black bar. This service bulletin gives you information about keyless remote transmitters for most Honda vehicles. Each procedure describes transmitter programming (if applicable), transmitter ordering, and transmitter batteries. A remote transmitter quick reference guide is shown below. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7671 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7672 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7673 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7674 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7675 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7676 Remote Transmitter Quick Reference Guide 90-93 Accord, 92-93 Civic & Prelude, 93 Del SOL 1990-93 Accord (2-door and 4-door) with dealer-installed security system 1992-93 Civic with dealer-installed security system 1993 del Sol with dealer-installed security system 1992-93 Prelude with dealer-installed security system Programming the Transmitter NOTE: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7677 This system uses ROM chips that match the transmitter to the security system control unit. When replacing a lost or stolen transmitter, you need to use the three ROM chips (provided with the new transmitter) to match the old transmitter with the new transmitter and the control unit. 1. Remove the rear cover from the old transmitter and the new one. 2. Remove the ROM chip from the old transmitter by sliding its socket holder toward the ROM chip. 3. Insert a new ROM chip into the socket holder, then slide the socket holder toward the socket to lock the chip in place. 4. Repeat step 3 to install a ROM chip into the new transmitter. 5. Reinstall the rear covers on the transmitters. 6. Remove the security system control unit from under the driver's seat. 7. Open the access cover on the control unit, and replace the ROM chip. (Use the same procedure as in steps 2 and 3.) 8. Press the reset button next to the ROM chip. 9. Close the access cover, and reinstall the control unit. If you are replacing a damaged transmitter, don't replace the ROM chips in the transmitters and the control unit; just remove the chip from the old transmitter and install it in the new one. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. If your customer wants to add a third transmitter to the system, you need to order a four ROM chip set directly from Alpine Electronics of America. The Alpine part number for the four ROM chip set is 5319. This ROM chip set does not come with a transmitter. Order the additional transmitter from American Honda. If you have questions about how to order a four ROM chip set, call Alpine's parts department at (800) 421-2284, extension 8885. Batteries for the Transmitter Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7678 The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 94-95 Accord, Civic, Del SOL, Prelude & 95 Odyssey 1994-95 Accord with dealer-installed security system 1994-95 Civic with dealer-installed security system 1994-95 del Sol with dealer-installed security system 1994-95 Prelude with dealer-installed security system 1995 Odyssey with dealer-installed security system Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system uses a stacking-type memory that accepts up to four transmitters. If you program a fifth transmitter, the system's memory for the first transmitter is pushed out, and it will no longer work. ^ To clear a lost or stolen transmitter from the system's memory, program a transmitter four times. This will remove the missing transmitter from memory, since only four transmitter codes can be accepted. ^ Another way to clear a lost or stolen transmitter is to erase all transmitter codes, and then reprogram them. To do this, refer to the security system owner's manual. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press and hold the Valet-Disarm button on the dashboard lower cover. (Continue to hold the button during this procedure, or programming will be cancelled.) The LED on the upper steering column cover flashes when the system is in programming mode. 3. Press the top button on the transmitter. Check that the parking lights flash to confirm that the transmitter's code was accepted. 4. Press the top button on each of the remaining transmitters. Check that the parking lights flash after each transmitter code is accepted. 5. Release the Valet-Disarm button to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 96-98 Civic EX & Except EX, Civic 1996-98 Civic EX with factory-installed keyless entry system 1996-98 Civic (except EX) with dealer-installed keyless entry system 1996-98 Civic with dealer-installed security system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7679 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to four transmitters. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all the transmitters once you're in the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press and hold the Valet-Disarm button on the radio (between the AM/FM and CD/TAPE buttons) to enter the programming mode. (Continue to hold the button during this procedure, or programming will be cancelled.) Check that the power door locks cycle to confirm that you're in the programming mode. 3. Within 5 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the transmitter. Check that the power door locks cycle to confirm that the code was accepted. 4. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each of the remaining transmitters. 5. After all the transmitters have been programmed, release the Valet-Disarm button to exit programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 99-04 Civic, 03-04 Accord, Element, Pilot 1999-00 Civic Value Package with factory-installed keyless entry system 1999-04 Civic EX with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system *1999-03 Civic (except EX) with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system 2002-04 Civic Si with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system 2003-04 Civic Hybrid with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system 2004 Civic (except LX & EX) with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system 2004 Civic LX with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7680 2003-04 Accord DX with dealer-installed security system 2003-04 Element with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system 2004 Element EX with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system 2003-04 Pilot EX models with factory-installed security system* Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 91-93 Accord 5-D00R EX Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7681 1991-93 Accord 5-door EX with factory-installed keyless entry or dealer-installed security system Programming the Transmitter The transmitter is not programmable. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. To order a transmitter, you need the vehicle's VIN, the code number from the power door lock control unit, and the ignition key code number. The power door lock code number is a five-digit number etched into the plastic case of the control unit (mounted under the driver's seat). The ignition key code number is a four-digit number stamped on the metal shank of all five original keys delivered with the car. Replacement transmitters are manufactured to match the code of the keyless entry system. The new ignition key is cut to match the vehicle's ignition switch, front door locks, tailgate lock, and glove compartment lock. To order this transmitter, use the controlled parts ordering screen on the iN system. The transmitters are manufactured in Japan; delivery takes 4 to 6 weeks. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery is not replaceable. 91-93 Accord 5-Door LX 1991-93 Accord 5-door LX with dealer-installed security system Programming the Transmitter This transmitter is not programmable. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered directly from Kenwood USA only by authorized Honda dealers. Send a completed order form (copy it from the Accessory Replacement Parts section of the Dealer Parts Price List) along with a dealer check for $30.00 (payable to Kenwood U.S.A. Corp.) to this address: Kenwood Service Corp. P.O. Box 22745 Long Beach, CA 90501-5745 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7682 On the order form, you must include the serial number of the keyless control unit or the number from one of the original transmitters. If you need a transmitter shipped overnight, fill out the order form, then call Kenwood at (500) 552-4690, or fax them at (310) 595-1029 (weekdays from 5:30A.M. thru 4:00 P.M. Pacific time). You will need to give the information on the order form to the Kenwood representative. The transmitter will be sent to your dealership COD. Additional shipping and handling charges will be applied to the order. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR1220. Each transmitter uses two batteries. 94-97 Accord 5-Door EX, 95-98 Odyssey EX 1994-97 Accord 5-door EX with factory-installed keyless entry system 1995-98 Odyssey EX with factory-installed keyless entry system Programming the Transmitter NOTE: ^ The system accepts up to two transmitters. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. 1. Open the driver's door. 2. Push the driver's power door lock switch to the unlock position and hold it. (Continue to hold the switch during this procedure.) 3. Insert the key into the ignition switch, then remove it. Repeat this four more times (five times total) within 10 seconds. (You must complete steps 3 and 4 within 10 seconds or the system will exit the programming mode.) 4. Insert the key into the ignition switch. After you insert the key, make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in the programming mode. 5. Press the "LOCK" or "UNLOCK" button on the transmitter. All the power door locks (except the driver's door) should cycle to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 6. To program a second transmitter, press its "LOCK" or "UNLOCK" button within 10 seconds of programming the first transmitter. 7. Release the master power door lock switch to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2016. Each transmitter uses two batteries. 96-04 Accord, CRV, DelSOL, Ody., Prelude, S2000, Insight, Pilot 1996-02 Accord with dealer-installed security system 1998-02 Accord DX & LX with dealer-installed keyless entry system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7683 1997-01 CR-V with dealer-installed security system 1996-97 del Sol with dealer-installed security system 1996-98 Odyssey with dealer-installed security system *1999-04 Odyssey LX with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system* 1996-01 Prelude with dealer-installed security system *2000-04 S2000 with dealer-installed security system 2000-04 Insight with dealer-installed security system 2003-04 Pilot LX with dealer-installed keyless entry system or security system* Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7684 1997 Accord SE With Factory-Installed Security System 1997 Accord SE with factory-installed security system Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 98-02 Accord EX & 00-02 Accord SE 1998-02 Accord EX with factory-installed security system 2000 and 2002 Accord SE with factory-installed security system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7685 (Not interchangeable with CR-V and S2000 remote transmitter) Transmitter Identification The transmitter for the 1995-99 Accord and the 2000-02 Accord look identical, but they are not interchangeable. The 1995-99 transmitter works the doors of a 2000-02 Accord, but it does not open the trunk. If you are not sure which transmitter you have, press and hold the trunk release button while looking at the LED. The LED on the 1995-99 transmitter comes on in about 1.1 seconds. The LED on the 2000-02 transmitter comes on in about 0.5 second. Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 03-04 Accord LX and EX 2003-04 Accord LX and EX with factory-installed keyless entry system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7686 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR1616. Each transmitter uses one battery. 97-04 CR-V & 00-04 S2000 *1997-04 CR-V LX with dealer-installed keyless entry system 1998-04 CR-V EX with factory-installed keyless entry system 2000-01 CR-V SE with factory-installed keyless entry system 2000-04 S2000 with factory-installed keyless entry system 2002-04 CR-V with dealer-installed security system* Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7687 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete each step within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. Program the transmitters within 10 seconds. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 99-04 Odyssey EX 1999-00 Odyssey EX with factory-installed keyless entry system or dealer-installed security system *2001-04 Odyssey EX models with factory- installed security system* *Transmitter Identification Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7688 The 1999-00 transmitter is not interchangeable with the 2001-04 transmitter. To tell them apart, look at the FCC ID on the back. 1999-00 - FCC ID: E4EG8DN 2001-04 - FCC ID: OUCG8D-440H-A* Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 99-01 Prelude With Factory-Installed Keyless Entry System 1999-01 Prelude with factory-installed keyless entry system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7689 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 88-91 Prelude With Dealer-Installed Security System 1988-91 Prelude with dealer-installed security system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7690 Programming the Transmitter This transmitter is not programmable. Ordering a Transmitter This transmitter is no longer available. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses two batteries. 97-99 EV Plus With Factory-Installed Security System 1997-99 EV Plus with factory-installed security system Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only through Tech Line. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 00-04 Insight With Factory-Installed Keyless Entry System 2000-04 Insight with factory-installed keyless entry system Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7691 Programming the Transmitter NOTES: ^ The system accepts up to three transmitters. The transmitter codes are stored in a stacking-type memory. If a fourth transmitter code is programmed, the code for the first transmitter is erased. ^ Entering the programming mode cancels all learned transmitter codes, so none of the previously programmed transmitters will work. You must reprogram all of the transmitters once you are in the programming mode. ^ You must complete steps 1-6 within 4 seconds of the previous step to keep the system from exiting the programming mode. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on one of the transmitters. (An unprogrammed transmitter can be used for this step.) 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Repeat steps 1 2, and 3 two more times using the same transmitter used in step 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on the same transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 7. Within 10 seconds, press the "Lock" or "Unlock" button on each transmitter. Make sure the power door locks cycle after you press each transmitter button to confirm that the system accepted the transmitter's code. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to exit the programming mode. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 94-95 Passport (Except 1995-1/2) 1994-95 Passport (except 19951A) with dealer-installed security system NOTES: ^ The system uses a stacking-type memory that accepts up to four transmitters. If you program a fifth transmitter, the memory for the first transmitter is pushed out, and it will no longer work. ^ To clear a lost or stolen transmitter from the system's memory, program a transmitter four times. This will remove the missing transmitter from memory, since only four transmitters can be accepted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7692 Programming the Transmitter 1. Locate the security system control unit under the driver's seat. 2. Rub your finger over the label on the top of the control unit until you find the depression. Once you find it, push your finger through the label to expose the hole underneath. Inside the hole is a square, yellow button; this is the programming button. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON, then turn it to LOCK. 4. Press and hold the programming button. Check that the security siren emits four separate chirps followed by a five-chirp burst. This confirms that the system is in programming mode. The siren then emits prompting chirps at 3-second intervals. 5. Release the programming button. 6. After a prompting chirp, press the "LOCK" button on the transmitter. Verify that the siren emits a confirmation chirp to confirm that the transmitter's code was accepted by the control unit. If you wait more than 30 seconds after the prompting chirp before programming a transmitter, or wait more than 30 seconds between programming transmitters, the siren emits three chirps and the system exits the programming mode. 7. To program additional transmitters, wait for another prompting chirp, then press the "LOCK" button. (You can program up to four transmitters per vehicle.) 8. To exit the programming mode, turn the ignition switch to ON, then turn it to LOCK. 9. Test all the transmitters. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is 23-144 (Radio Shack), A-23 (Eveready), or MS-21/MN-21 (Duracell). Each transmitter uses one battery. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7693 96-97 Passport With Dealer-Installed Security System 1996-97 Passport with dealer-installed security system NOTES: ^ The system uses a stacking-type memory that accepts up to two transmitters. If you program a third transmitter, the memory for the first transmitter is pushed out, and it will no longer work. ^ To clear a lost or stolen transmitter from the system's memory, program a transmitter two times. This will remove the missing transmitter from memory, since only two transmitter codes can be accepted. ^ Another way to clear a lost or stolen transmitter is to erase all transmitter codes and then reprogram them. To do this, refer to the security system owner's manual. Programming the Transmitter 1. Move the driver's seat forward. Locate the security system control unit mounted on the floor underneath the seat. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON. 3. Use a pen or pencil to press and hold the green programming button on the side of the control unit. When the security system LED on the instrument panel comes on, release the programming button. (Steps 3 and 4 must be done within 5 seconds of each other.) 4. Press and release the top button on the transmitter. Verify that the LED goes out, the siren chirps once, and the front sidemarker lights flash to confirm that the transmitter's code was accepted by the control unit. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, then to ON. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7694 6. Press and hold the green programming button on the side of the control unit until the LED on the instrument panel begins to flash, then release the button. (Steps 6 and 7 must be done within 5 seconds of each other.) 7. Press and release the bottom button on the transmitter. Verify that the LED goes out, the siren chirps twice, and the front sidemarker lights flash twice to confirm that the transmitter's code was accepted by the control unit. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK. Test the transmitter you just programmed. If it doesn't work repeat steps 2 thru 7. 9. If you have another transmitter to program, repeat steps 2 thru 7. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2025. Each transmitter uses one battery. 98-02 Passport With Factory-Installed Security System 1998-02 Passport with factory-installed security system Programming the Transmitter To program the transmitters, use one of these two procedures: ^ Procedure One cancels all learned transmitter codes and adds one new transmitter. None of the previously programmed transmitters will work. Use this programming procedure only if all transmitters were lost or stolen, or if a new control unit has been installed. ^ Procedure Two adds additional transmitters without cancelling any of the previously learned codes. The system will accept up to four transmitters. Procedure One (cancels all codes, adds one new transmitter) 1. Open the driver's door. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position and then to the LOCK position three times. (This step must be completed within 10 seconds, or the system will not enter the programming mode.) 3. Within 10 seconds, close and open the door two times. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position and then to the LOCK position five times. Close and open the door. (Complete this process within 10 seconds.) Verify that the power door locks cycle once to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 5. Within 20 seconds, press the "LOCK" button on the transmitter you are programming. Verify that the door locks cycle once. 6. Within 20 seconds, press the "UNLOCK" button on the transmitter. Verify that the door locks cycle once to confirm that the system has accepted the transmitter's code. Procedure Two (adds transmitters) 1. Open the driver's door. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position and then to the LOCK position three times. (This step must be completed within 10 seconds, or the Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Entry - Remote Transmitter Information > Page 7695 system will not enter the programming mode.) 3. Within 10 seconds, close and open the door two times. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position and then to the LOCK position three times. Close and open the door. (Complete this process within 10 seconds.) Verify that the power door locks cycle once to confirm that the system is in programming mode. 5. Within 20 seconds, press the "LOCK" button on the transmitter you are programming. Verify that the door locks cycle once. 6. Within 20 seconds, press the "UNLOCK" button on the transmitter. Verify that the door locks cycle once to confirm that the system has accepted the transmitter's code. Turning the Audible Chirp On/Off (1998-99 only) NOTE: On '00-02 Passports, the audible chirp sounds only when you push the LOCK button on the transmitter a second time. 1. Open the driver's door, then insert the key in the driver's door lock. 2. Turn the key to the "LOCK" position, then to the "UNLOCK" position. Repeat this two more times. (Complete this procedure within 10 seconds.) 3. Within 10 seconds, close and open the door two times. 4. Within 10 seconds, turn the key to the "LOCK" position, and then to the "UNLOCK" position, three times. Close and open the door once. Verify that the power door locks cycle once to confirm that the chirp has been turned on/off. Ordering a Transmitter Transmitters can be ordered only by authorized Honda dealers. Order them from American Honda using normal parts ordering procedures. Batteries for the Transmitter The battery number is CR2016. Each transmitter uses two batteries. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7696 Keyless Entry Transmitter: Testing and Inspection NOTE: - If the doors unlock or lock with the transmitter, but the LED on the transmitter does not come on, the LED is faulty; replace the transmitter. - If any door is open, you cannot lock or unlock the door with the transmitter. - If you unlocked the doors with the transmitter, but do not open any of the doors within 30 seconds, the doors relock automatically. - The doors do not lock or unlock with the transmitter if the ignition key is inserted in the ignition switch. 1. Using a keyless entry checker (07MAJ - SP00300): - Place the transmitter on the keyless entry checker, and press the transmitter button. If the indicator light does not come on, check for: a dead or low battery - Faulty transmitter - If the ray indicator light comes on, the transmitter is OK. NOTE: After a transmitter battery has been replaced, aim the transmitter at the receiver, and press the transmitter button six times. Confirm you can hear the sound of the door lock actuators when you press the sixth time. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7697 Keyless Entry Transmitter: Service and Repair Storing transmitter codes: The codes of up to three transmitters can be read into the keyless receiver unit memory. (If a fourth code is stored, the code which was input first will be erased.) NOTE: It is important to maintain the time limits between the steps. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 3. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 6. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Within 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 9. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Within 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the vehicle. 12. Confirm you can hear the sound of the door lock actuators. 13. Within 8 sec., aim the transmitters (up to three) whose codes you want to store at the receiver, and press the transmitter lock or unlock buttons. Confirm that you can hear the sound of the door lock actuators after each transmitter code is stored. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and pull out the key. 15. Confirm proper operation with the new codes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Door Lock Actuator Power Door Lock Actuator: Locations Door Lock Actuator Rear of Driver's Door (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Door Lock Actuator > Page 7703 Power Door Lock Actuator: Locations Rear Door Lock Actuator Rear of Left Rear Door (Right Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver's Door Power Door Lock Actuator: Testing and Inspection Driver's Door 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the actuator. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each knob switch position according to the table. 4. Check actuator operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. 5. If the actuator fails to work properly, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver's Door > Page 7706 Power Door Lock Actuator: Testing and Inspection Passenger's Door 1. Remove the passenger's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the actuator. NOTE: The front passenger's door lock actuator is shown; the left rear and right rear door lock actuators are similar. 3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. 4. If the actuator fails to work properly, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Keyless Doorlock Control Unit Power Door Lock Control Module: Locations Keyless Doorlock Control Unit Behind Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Keyless Doorlock Control Unit > Page 7711 Power Door Lock Control Module: Locations Power Door Lock Control Unit Dashboard/Door Front of Driver's Door (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7712 Keyless Door Lock Control Unit (USA Only) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System Power Door Lock Control Module: Testing and Inspection 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 12P connector from the control unit. 3. inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System > Page 7715 Disconnect the 12P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 12P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System > Page 7716 Power Door Lock Control Module: Testing and Inspection 99-00 All With Keyless Entry System 1. Remove the driver's kick panel. 2. Disconnect the 18P connector from the control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System > Page 7717 Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 18P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Power Door Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the inner handle. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the door lock switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Heated Element: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7726 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7727 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7728 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7729 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7730 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7731 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7732 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7733 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7734 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7735 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7736 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7737 Heated Element: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7738 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7739 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7740 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7741 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7742 Heated Element: Electrical Diagrams Power Mirrors (With Defogger) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7743 Power Mirrors (With Defogger) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Power Mirror Motor: Testing and Inspection 1. Pry out the cover panel. 2. Disconnect the 8P connector from the power mirror. 3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and ground according to the tables. Defogger Test: 4. Check for continuity between the No.3 and No.4 terminals of the 8P connector. There should be continuity. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 7747 Power Mirror Motor: Service and Repair 1. Remove the power mirror from the door and disconnect the 8P connector. 2. Remove the mirror base cover from the mirror housing. 3. Remove the mirror holder from the mirror housing. Gently pull it out by hand. 4. Remove the three screws from the actuator and the two screws from the bracket at the base of the assembly. 5. Remove the bracket from the housing. 6. Remove the two screws, cut the wire harness, and remove the actuator. 7. Record the terminal locations and wire colors. 8. Route the wire harness of the new actuator through the hole in the bracket. Be sure to pass the wire under the bracket clip. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 7748 9. Pass the connector boot over the wire harness. 10. Insert the terminals into the connector in the original arrangement (recorded in step 7), as shown. 11. Apply tape to seal the intersection of the connector boot and the wire harness. 12. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Be careful not to break the mirror when reinstalling it to the actuator. 13. Reinstall the mirror assembly to the door. 14. Operate the power mirror to check that the actuator works smoothly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Connector A Power Mirror Switch: Locations Connector A Driver's Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Connector A > Page 7753 Power Mirror Switch: Locations Connector B Driver's Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7754 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Without Defogger Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection Without Defogger 1. Remove the switch as described in Function Test . 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Without Defogger > Page 7757 Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection With Defogger 1. Pry the switch out of the dashboard driver's lower cover. 2. Disconnect the 10P connector from the switch. Mirror Switch Defogger Switch 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Industrial Fallout Paint Damage Paint: Technical Service Bulletins Paint - Industrial Fallout Paint Damage 99-062 January 15, 2007 Applies To: ALL Paint Damage From Environmental Fallout (Supersedes 99-062, dated October 12, 1999 to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) SYMPTOM The exterior paint surface does not feel smooth after the vehicle is washed. PROBABLE CAUSE Environmental fallout (airborne metallic particles, tree sap, paint overspray, road tar, insect residue, etc.) has adhered to the exterior paint surface. NOTE: This form of paint damage should not be confused with acid rain damage. Unlike environmental fallout damage, acid rain damage appears on the paint surface as pits or water spots-possibly black or brown in the center-which may feel smooth to the touch. PREVENTION The shipping wax/wrap guard applied to the vehicle at the factory provides the best protection for the paint finish from environmental fallout and acid rain damage. American Honda strongly recommends that you leave the shipping wax/wrap guard on the vehicle for as long as possible. Your dealership is responsible for maintaining the vehicle's finish after the shipping wax/ wrap guard is removed. CORRECTIVE ACTION Select a product line from one of the manufacturers listed in REQUIRED MATERIALS to clean the paint surface and to wax it after cleaning. Make sure you follow the manufacturer's instructions for each of the products you use. REQUIRED MATERIALS Each of the clays listed should do at least three vehicles. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Industrial Fallout Paint Damage > Page 7763 In warranty: American Honda will reimburse for this repair only under these conditions: ^ It is done during PDI ^ No more than 30 days have elapsed since the vehicle was received at the dealership (according to the date noted on the motor carrier's bill of lading) Operation number: 812355 Flat rate time: 1.0 hour Failed P/N: PDI-PAINT, H/C 3173994 *Defect code: 08103 Symptom code 08811* Skill level: Repair Technician *NOTE: When submitting the claim, make sure you enter the vehicle's date of receipt in the customer contention comment section. The claim will be rejected without this information.* REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Wash and dry the vehicle out of direct sunlight. 2. Tear off a piece of clay. Shape the piece with your hands into a flat disk about 3 inches in diameter. 3. Spray a 2-to 3-square-foot area of the affected panel with the manufacturer's lubricant. 4. Clean a 1-square-foot section of the sprayed area by rubbing it with the clay. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Industrial Fallout Paint Damage > Page 7764 5. Check your work by running your fingers over the cleaned and lubricated surface to feel for any remaining contamination. ^ If you feel any particles on the cleaned surface fold the clay in half, knead it back into a disk shape, clean the section again, and recheck your work. ^ If the cleaned surface feels smooth, fold the clay in half, knead it back into a disk shape, and go to step 6. NOTE: You must carefully fold and knead the clay to keep a clean side next to the paint surface. Never use clay that has fallen on the ground. Any small pieces of dirt or sand that imbed in the clay will scratch the paint surface. If the clay falls on the ground, discard it and get a fresh piece. 6. Clean the remaining sections of the sprayed area (repeat steps 4 and 5). 7. Wipe the lubricant from all the cleaned sections with a clean terry cloth towel. 8. Clean the rest of the affected panel and any additional panels that need cleaning (repeat steps 3 thru 7). 9. Apply the manufacturer's recommended wax or glaze to all the cleaned panels. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Industrial Fallout Paint Damage > Page 7765 Paint: Technical Service Bulletins Body - 1999 Paint Code Reference 99-010 99-010 January 26, 1999 Applies To: All Models 1999 HONDA PAINT CODES Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Industrial Fallout Paint Damage > Page 7766 Paint formulations are determined by each paint company.For questions about formulas or matching, contact your local paint company's nearest regional office. American Honda does not endorse any paint company or type of paint; this information is provided for reference only. The original paint is acrylic enamel. Paint codes with "M" are metallic colors; those with "P" are pearlescent colors. NOTE: Herberts Standox uses the Honda Paint Codes as its paint intermix code. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Industrial Fallout Paint Damage > Page 7767 Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7768 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7769 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Description and Operation > ABS / PC Resin Parts Paint: Description and Operation ABS / PC Resin Parts General The door mirror, and license plate trim are made ABS resin. They can be repaired if the damage or deformation is minor in nature. This section covers ABS repair. Repairing ABS is different from other resins such as PP and urethane. NOTE: - The ABS resin is the copolymer resin consisting of the three monomers of acrylonitrile, butadiene, and styrene. - Polycarbonate is a generic name for high polymers which have the carbonic ester structure in the structural unit. The most prominent feature of polycarbonate is its tensile strength which shows the same level of yielding point as metals in the normal temperature. It also has outstanding impact strength compared to other plastics. NOTE: The following repair procedures also apply to the PC resin and NEPDMIS resin. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Description and Operation > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7772 Paint: Description and Operation Polypropylene (PP) Resin Parts General The front bumper, rear bumper, front grille, and side sill panel are made of polypropylene (PP) resin. They can be repaired if the damage or deformation is minor in nature. This section covers PP repair. Repairing PP is different from other resins such as ABS and urethane. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Description and Operation > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7773 Paint: Description and Operation 3C.3B (3-Coat.3-Bake) Paint General 3C.3B paint finish gives the Civic a deep gloss and stunning finish. This manual provides information on paint defect repair and refinishing. Throughout, the objective has been to explain in a simple yet comprehensive manner the basic items you should know about pain repairs. Select the correct material for the defect and repaint or refinish in the correct manner a described. WARNING: Most paints contain substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the container. Spray paint only in a well ventilated area. - Cover spilled paint with sand, or wipe it up at once. - Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. Avoid contact with skin. - If paint gets in your mouth or on your skin, rinse or wash thoroughly with water. If paint gets in your eyes, flush with water and get prompt medical attention. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. Basic Rules in Repairing a 3C.3B paint finish To repair paint damage, always use the 2-part acrylic urethane paints designated; polish and bake each of the three coats, as in production, to maintain the original film thickness, and to assure the same quality as the original finish. Outline of Factory Painting Process: Features in Each Work Process 1. Pretreatment and Electrodeposition In the pretreatment process, the entire body is degreased, cleaned, and coated with zinc phosphate by dipping. After the body has been cleaned with pure water, it is placed in an electrolytic bath of soluble primer (Cationic Electrodeposition). This produces a thorough corrosion inhibiting coating on the inner surfaces and corners of the body, pillars, sills and panel joints. Chipping primer is then applied to the most susceptible areas (see page 8-13). 2. Intermediate coat The intermediate coat is applied to the prepared surface for further protection against damage. 3. Top coat Enamel paint and either polyester or acrylic resin paint are used in the top coat for higher solidity, smoothness, brightness, and weather resistance. Sectional View of Paint Coats: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Description and Operation > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7774 Paint: Description and Operation Soft Chipping Guard Primer Coat General General The removal of paint and undercoating by stones and gravel immediately exposes metal to the atmosphere, causing it to rust. The thickness of this rust increases if the process continues unchecked. The soft chipping guard primer protects against damage due to the impact of flying objects. The purpose of this guide is to provide information you will find useful when repairing damage to the protective coating. Refer to the Soft Chipping Primer Undercoating Diagram. The soft chipping guard primer is applied over the E.D. (Electrostatically Deposited) primer. It is followed by guide coating and top coating. The soft chipping guard primer produces a smooth surface when dry. It should be sprayed so the thickness of the protective film is 20 microns. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts Paint: Service and Repair ABS / PC Resin Parts Repair Procedures Repair Procedures A. Deep scratches, when filling: 1. Sand the damage section. (#12O-#24O) 2. Apply the filler and dry. 3. Sand the filler (#24O-#4OO) 4. Coat with the primer/primer surfacer and dry. 5. Sand the primer surfacer. (#6OO-#8OO) 6. Top coating. B. Shallow scratches: 1. Coat with the primer/primer surfacer. 2. Sand the primer surfacer. (#6OO-#8OO) 3. Top coating. C. Repaint: 1. Sand the primer surfacer. (#6OO-#8OO) 2. Top coating. Refinishing Procedures Refinishing Procedures 1. Base material reconditioning (sanding) -1. Repaint and replacement part Lightly sand the part with #400, #600 or #800. -2. Slight scores or scratches Use a flexible sanding block and wet sand the damaged section with #400, #600. NOTE: Sand level to remove damage. -3. Deep scratches, when filling. Use a flexible sanding block and wet sand the damaged section with #240, #400. 2. Degreasing and cleaning Clean the repaired area with wax and grease remover, then blow with air dry. WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. NOTE: Wipe dust off surface with a tack cloth. 3. Filling, drying and sanding Apply the filler in several thin coats. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7777 NOTE: Mix and apply the filler according to the manufacturer's instructions. -1. Dry the filler with an infrared dryer for 5 or 6 minutes. Be sure to keep the dryer 40-50 cm (16-20 in) away from the surface. -2. Scratch the filled surface with your nail. If the surface is white when scratched, dry sand and wet sand with the #240-#400 paper. Be sure to sand level. 4. Cleaning with compressed air, and degreasing Blow the entire area to be coated with compressed air, then clean with wax and grease remover. WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2-1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. NOTE: Clean the whole surface to the help the masking tape adhere securely. 5. Masking Use the masking tape and paper to mask the area that should not be sprayed. 6. Coat with primer/primer surfacer, drying and sanding. - Spray the primer surfacer over the filled area. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. - The coating thickness should be 20-25 microns. NOTE: Follow the primer/primer surfacer manufacturers instructions. -1. Drying - Let the primer surfacer dry naturally for 5 to 10 minutes then dry with a infrared dryer. WARNING: Body parts being dried with an industrial dryer can get hot enough to cause injury. Do not touch parts being dried. - Be sure to keep the dryer 40-50 cm (16-20 in) away from the paint film. -2. Sanding Lightly dry sand the whole area to be painted with #600, #800 sandpaper 7. Blow off with compressed air, then clean with wax and grease remover WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. NOTE: Clean the whole surface to help the masking tape adhere securely. 8. Top coating - Remove dust with a tack cloth before spraying. - Spray the top coating. Spray until the primer surfacer is covered. - The coating thickness should be 30-35 microns. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7778 NOTE: For the recommended top coat paint, refer to "Example of repair materials". Solid color: Color enamel + color clear coat Metallic: Metallic enamel + clear coat Pearl: Pearl enamel + clear coat 9. Drying After top coating for about 10 minutes, then dry with an infrared dryer. NOTE: Follow the paint manufacturer's specification to dry properly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7779 Paint: Service and Repair Polypropylene (PP) Resin Parts Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7780 Refinishing Procedures Refinishing Procedures 1. Sanding damaged areas Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7781 Shallow scratch: Level and finish damaged areas with #240- #400 sandpaper. - Polish the leveled area with #400 sandpaper. NOTE: Use a flexible block to sand the surface evenly. - Do not remove too much material. Deep groove/tear: Level and finish burrs and other irregularities with #240 sandpaper. Keep the surface as even as possible. 2. Degreasing/cleaning WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm,30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. - Clean with wax and grease remover and dry with compressed air. - Wipe off all lint and other foreign particles from the surface with a tack cloth. NOTE: Be sure to use a tack cloth. Dust and dirt are electrostatically drawn to the surface. 3. Applying bumper primer (clear type). - Stir thoroughly before applying the primer. Use a spray gun or brush depending on working conditions WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Cover as wide an area as possible, except for shallow grooves (2-3 coats). NOTE: Do not dilute the primer with thinner. - Warm the primer if the outside temperature is below 50 degrees F(10 degrees C). - Apply the primer to the back of the bumper if the damage is a tear or hole. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7782 4. Drying bumper primer. WARNING: Body parts being dried with an industrial dryer can get hot enough to cause injury.Do not touch parts being dried. - Dry the primer thoroughly with an infrared dryer or other dryer suitable for the purpose. - If the damage or groove is shallow, heat the entire surface evenly. Apply heat locally if the bumper is gouged or torn open. NOTE: Use a dryer whenever possible. - Do not allow temperature to exceed 158 degrees F (70 degrees C) or the bumper will deform 5. Apply filler (BOND QUICK MENDER.) Mix the mender (A) into the hardener (B) in the ratio of I to I, and stir until they are thoroughly mixed. -1. Apply the mixture over the damaged area with a putty knife using light pressure. -2. Even out the surface to match the contour of the bumper. -3. If there is a hole, cover it with a masking tape from the back, and apply the filler over the outside surface. After the filler has been dried, remove the tape and apply filler to the side that was taped. NOTE: Apply filler so it extends over more than the damaged area. 6. Drying filler 7. Sanding filler WARNING: To prevent eye injury, wear goggles or safety glasses whenever sanding, cutting or grinding. Wet sand first with #240 sandpaper then with #400 sandpaper. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7783 NOTE: Sand the surface evenly, particularly at the area where the PP resin and mender meet. 8. Degreasing/Cleaning - Blow off the sanded surface, then clean with wax and grease remover. WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm,30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. Remove all dust and dirt with a tack cloth. 9. Spraying dual-Liquid bumper primer surfacer (gray) NOTE: Use the urethane bumper primer. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. Spray the primer surfacer over a wider area than the filler and the exposed surfaces of bumper primer. NOTE: Spray 2-3 coats to get 20-25 microns of thickness. 10. Drying and polishing Force dry the primer surfacer with infrared lamps or other industrial dryer. WARNING: Body parts being dried with an industrial dryer can get hot enough to cause injury.Do not touch parts being dried. NOTE: Use a dryer whenever possible. - Do not allow the temperature to exceed 158 degrees F (70 degrees C). -1. After force drying, wet sand the primer surface with #600 sandpaper. NOTE: Use #600 or finer sandpaper as any paper coarser than this might scratch the surface. WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. -2. Air blow the surface to be repaired, then degrease with a wax and grease remover. -3. Also clean and degrease where masking tape will be attached. 11. Intermediate coating NOTE: Intermediate coating is recommended for bright colors. - Use the top coat enamel. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most Paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed Read the paint label before Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7784 opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Mix the additive into the solid enamel color, metallic enamel or pearl enamel color in the ratio of 1 to 5 (by weight). - Mix the hardener into the mixture of pigment and additive described above in the ratio of 1 to 4 (by weight). NOTE: Keep the correct ratio, especially of the additive. Excessive additive takes longer to dry. - Adjust to the proper viscosity for spray by adding the thinner specified for the primer into the mixture of primer additive and hardener. Viscosity: 68 degrees F (20 degrees C) 11-13 sec. NOTE: It is not necessary to apply the clear coat. - Spray 2-3 coats of the top coat enamel to get 15-20 microns of thickness. The primer surfacer (gray) should not show through the top coat. NOTE: Apply the top coat enamel to the repaired surface. - Apply the top coat enamel to the entire surface of the primer surfacer when replacement is necessary. 12. Degreasing and Cleaning Air dry the entire surface, then clean with wax and grease remover (for USA usage-Dupont 38125 Enamel Reducer). NOTE: For shading or spot painting, polish the area with a polishing compound. Also sand with a #1500 paper to make a better bonding surface for the paint. 13. Masking - Remove all existing masking paper, then mask with new paper. - Use a heat resistant type masking tape (SCOTCH TAPE) where tape is attached directly to the bumper. - Use brown paper or masking roll paper to cover. NOTE: Mask the area completely to prevent overspray. - Protect resin parts with aluminum foil under the brown paper or masking paper to prevent damage due to heat during baking. 14. Top Coating - Air dry and degrease the surface before spraying the paint Also clean the surface with a tack cloth. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Remove dust and dirt from the surface to be coated with compressed air, then use a tack cloth. - Use a strainer when filling the cup with paint. - Spray the paint evenly over the surface so the replacement part is completely covered. - For application of the top coating refer to step "11 Intermediate coating". NOTE: Do not try to cover the surface with one heavy coat. Apply several thin coats. - With solid color (2-coat type), metallic color and pearl color enamels, allow final coat to flash-off (5-20 minutes) before applying clear coat. - Mix the additive into the clear in the ratio of 1 to 5. Adding the hardener and adjusting viscosity should be done the same way as described on the previous page. Viscosity: 68 degrees F (20 degrees C) 13-15 sec. Mixing Ratio (weight) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7785 15. Drying top coat WARNING: Body parts being dried with an industrial dryer can get hot enough to cause injury. Do not touch parts being dried. - Before force drying, let it air dry for 5-10 minutes. - Force dry the sprayed surface under the infrared lamps for 60-90 minutes. - Keep the drying temperature between 140 degrees F (60 degrees C) and 158 degrees F (70 degrees C). NOTE: Take care not to let the heat deform the part during the drying process. 16. Polishing and Buffing - Let the paint dry gradually, then polish the surface carefully using a polishing compound and sponge buff. - To remove lint or dirt, wet sand the surface with #2000 or finer paper first, then polish with compound. NOTE: Polish all roughness caused by sanding thoroughly. To do this, first polish with very fine compound, then with ultra fine compound. - After polishing, remove the masking paper and tape and wash the entire vehicle thoroughly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7786 Paint: Service and Repair Soft Chipping Guard Primer Coat Repair Material and Tools Repair Materials and Tools WARNING: - Most paints contain substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the container. - Spray paint only in a well ventilated area. - Cover spilled paint with sand, or wipe it up at once. - Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. Avoid contact with skin. - If paint gets in your mouth or on your skin, rinse or wash thoroughly with water. If paint gets in your eyes, flush with water and get prompt medical attention. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. Coating Procedures Coating Procedures NOTE: This section covers the application of the soft chipping primer to the replacement part. 1. Sanding the replacement part WARNING: Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye Injury. Sand the area to be painted with #240-#400 sandpaper. NOTE: Do not oversand the edges or corners of the part. - Do not expose bare metal. 2. Air blowing/degreasing WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. - Paint thinner is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. Clean the surface with compressed air and wax and grease remover. 3. Masking - Place masking tape or paper around the surface to be painted. - Cover as wide an area as possible with tape or paper to keep primer from spreading. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7787 4. Spraying chipping guard primer - Stir the primer thoroughly. - Put the primer in a beaker and weigh the needed amount of primer to be used. - Mix the hardener into the primer, following the manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Measure the primer and hardener so they are in correct ratio. - Add the specified thinner to the mixture of hardener and primer to attain the proper viscosity for spraying. 2C 68 degrees F (20 degrees C) 18 sec ± 1 - These substances are not available in the U.S.A. Honda recommends using DuPont's 123 Vinyl Coating, or Sherwin-Williams Vinyl Gravel Guard.Follow the manufacturer's instructions for application. - Once mixed with the hardener and thinner, the primer must be used within the times shown. WARNING: Most paints contain substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the container. Spray paint only in a well ventilated area. - Cover spilled paint with sand, or wipe it up at once. - Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. Avoid contact with skin. - If paint gets in your mouth or on your skin, rinse or wash thoroughly with water. If paint gets in your eyes, flush with water and get prompt medical attention. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Fill the gun's paint cup with the primer. Use a strainer when pouring the primer into the cup. - Primer should never be applied to a dirty or greasy surface. Before spraying, blow dust and dirt off the surface and clean with wax and grease remover. (Method of spraying) Do not try to cover the surface with one heavy coat. Apply several thin coats. NOTE: Spray coat 4-5 coats to get 20 microns of thickness, as one coat deposits 5-7 microns. - Spray the primer at 250-300 kPa (2.5-3.0 kgf/sq.cm , 35.6-42.7 psi) pressure. Spraying with improper air pressure will cause imperfections. - Open the gun 3-4 turns. - Wipe up unwanted primer immediately with thinner. 5. Cleaning spray gun - After spraying, be sure to clean the spray gun thoroughly with thinner or solvent. - The gun will be permanently clogged if the primer is allowed to dry. 6. Drying - After spraying the chipping guard primer, air-dry for 7-10 minutes to evaporate the thinner in the primer. Then dry it with infrared lamps at 176 degrees F (80 degrees C) for 30-40 minutes. NOTE: Insufficient baking may cause pinholes if the primer coat is too thick. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7788 - The temperature lamps and drying time recommendations should be followed closely. 7. Intermediate and Top coating - Sand the chipping guard primer film with #280-#400 sandpaper. - Follow the intermediate/top coating procedures. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7789 Paint: Service and Repair 3C.3B (3-Coat.3-Bake) Paint Paint Refinishing Paint Refinishing Paint damage can appear in any form. Before making a repair, check the damaged area carefully, and determine the procedure best suited to the type. The following relates paint refinishing methods to various types of paint damage of damage or defects. Defects and Refinishing Processes Defects and Refinishing Processes WARNING: - Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. A. Damage or defects that have gone through to the metal surface Rusting or deformation: Steps: 1. Featheredge the damaged area. 2. Prepare the metal surface. 3. Apply a chemical coating to metal surface. Metal conditioner, Precoat, A.C.P treatment 4. Apply an undercoat (primer surfacer) 5. Apply an intermediate coat (color matched to top enamel paint). 6. Apply a top coat (body color paint). Solid color: Enamel top coat paint Metallic color: Metallic enamel paint + Clear top coat Pearl color: Pearl enamel paint + Clear top coat B. Damage or defects up to undercoat or intermediate coat External damage or blisters: 1. Perform Steps (4) through (6) under Item A. C. Damage or defects that have not gone through to intermediate coats (only in top coat) Shallow scratches or score marks: 1. If damage has gone through to the metallic paint, spray metallic enamel, then apply top coat wet on wet. 2. If damage has not reached the metallic paint and remained in the clear top coat, polish the damaged surface or-spray clear top coat alone. NOTE: Try to repair by polishing as much as possible if the damage has not reached metallic paint. D. Replacement of Parts -1. Welded parts Rear side outer panel, etc. 1. Perform Step (1) through (6) if the damaged area is covered with filler or welded with reinforcement plate. 2. Perform Step (5) and (6) for undercoats except those on joints (Intermediate coat for replacement parts). 3. On inner panels, apply paint where the undercoats is burned by heat of welding. Follow this with a rust preventive treatment. -2. Single Parts Painting of outer and inner hood, door, trunk lid, hatch, etc. Perform Step (5) and (6) of Item A. - Painting of inside of front fender. - Only enamel top coat paint may be used: - Solid color enamel. Metallic enamel or Pearl enamel. - After spraying enamel paint, perform rust preventive treatment (apply inner or outer rust preventive agent). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7790 Refinishing Procedures Refinishing Procedures 1. Featheredging (polishing damaged areas) -1. Damage to metal surface Sand the damaged area flat and smooth with a double action sander and #60 or #80 disc paper. - Sand the boundary between the metal surface and undercoat with a double action sander and #180 or #280 disc paper. Try to sand a larger area than the damage. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7791 NOTE: Make sure there is no height difference between the metal surface and undercoat. - If double action sander is not available, use a rubber block and wrap sandpaper around it to sand the surface WARNING: To prevent eye Injury, wear goggles or safety glasses whenever sanding, cutting or grinding. -2. Damage to Undercoat Intermediate coat Top coat Paint coat on replacement parts Sand the damaged surface flat and smooth with a double action sander and #280 or #320 paper. NOTE: If double action sander is not available, use a rubber pad and wet or dry sand the surface with #280, #320, #400 or #600 sandpaper. - After sanding, check that the surface is flat and smooth. - Perform the operations in Item 1-1 above for the areas where parts are welded to the body. 2. Preparation of metal surface. Remove all corrosion from the damaged area using a #180 or #280 paper. 3. Air Blowing/degreasing Air blow the sanded area, then degrease with a wax and WARNING: Do not use high air pressure: Use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30psi)air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. 4. Treatment of metal surface - Brush or spray a solution of chrome phosphate or washer primer on the exposed metal surface. - Use the following materials to treat the metal surface: - Metal conditioner (Kamsai Paint) - ACP agent (Nippon Paint) - Precoat (Isam Paint) NOTE: Follow the manufacturer's instructions. - Treat the metal surface, as much as possible, to provide a better bonding surface for the subsequent paint. 5. Application of Filler Drying Sanding - Small cracks or pinholes in the sheet metal should be repaired with a filler and sanded flat and smooth. NOTE: Mix the putty with the hardener in the correct ratio. - Follow the filler manufacturer's instructions. WARNING: Body parts being dried with an industrial dryer can get hot enough to cause injury. Do not touch parts being dried. - Allow the filler to air dry for about 5-6 minutes, then force dry with an infrared lamp. NOTE: Keep the lamp 40-50 cm (16-20 in) from the filler while drying. - Stop drying the filler if a white mark appears when the surface is scratched with your nail. Wet or dry sand the surface flat and smooth with a #280 or #320 paper. 6. Air Blowing/Degreasing Air blow the surface to be repaired, then degrease with a wax and grease remover. NOTE: Also clean and degrease surfaces where masking tape will be attached. 7. Masking Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7792 Mask the areas surrounding the damage to prevent overspray from the primer. 8. Application and Drying of Primer/Drying WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Spray the primer over the filler and surface (use epoxy or 2-part primer) 2-part primer). Spray : 2-3 coats. - Use the following materials: 615SPrimer Surfacer (Dupont) - Primer Surfacer EP (Akzo) - NPS735 Urethane Primer Surfacer (R-M) - Let the primer air dry for 5-10 minutes, then force dry with a infrared lamp. NOTE: Keep the dryer 40-50 cm (16-20 in) from the surface. 9. Application of Polishing Undercoat - Remove the masking paper and tape. - Check that the undercoat has dried thoroughly, then dry or wet sand the surface with a #280 or #320 paper. NOTE: Use a rubber block and sand flat and smooth. - Sand the entire surface to be refinished. 10. Air Blowing/Degreasing WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. Air blow all the surfaces, then degrease with wax and grease remover (for USA usage-DuPont 38125 Enamel Reducer). NOTE: Also degrease the surfaces where masking tape will be attached. 11. Masking Mask the undamaged areas surrounding the damage to prevent overspray from primer surfacer (undercoat). NOTE: Use masking tape and paper to mask the body. A vinyl cover may also be used to effectively mask the body. 12. Application of Intermediate Coat (same color as enamel) top coat spraying/Drying WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Use the same color paint as the top coat. Spray it over the surface until the undercoat (primer surfacer) is fully covered. - Spray the paint slightly thicker than normal to allow for loss during subsequent polishing. - Super ponacle II (R-M) - Super Centri (Dupont) - Auto cryl (Akzo) 13. Polishing of Intermediate Coat - Check that the paint coat has dried thoroughly, then dry or wet sand the surface with a #600 and #800 paper. NOTE: Use a rubber block and sand flat and smooth, being careful not to expose the undercoat. Polishing of Top Coat (if damaged): Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Service and Repair > ABS / PC Resin Parts > Page 7793 Use the same technique described above. 14. Air Blowing/Degreasing WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. - Air blow the entire surface, then degrease with wax and grease remover. - For shading or spot painting, polish the area with a polishing compound. Sand with a #2000 paper to give a better bonding surface for the subsequent paint. 15. Masking - Remove all existing masking paper, then mask with new paper. - Use a heat resistant type masking tape (SCOTCH TAPE) where tape is attached directly to the body. - Use brown paper or masking roll paper to cover. NOTE: Mask the area surrounding the damage sufficiently to prevent overspray. It is also a good practice to use a vinyl cover to protect other areas. - Protect resin parts with aluminum foil under the brown paper or masking paper to prevent damage due to heat during baking. 16. Application of Top Coat Spraying/Drying - Prior to putting the car in the painting booth, thoroughly clean the interior and spray water over the floor Be careful about blowing dust and dirt. WARNING: Do not use high air pressure; use only an approved, 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/sq.cm, 30 psi) air nozzle. - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. - Air blow and degrease the surface before spraying the paint Also clean the surface with a tack cloth. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Spray color matched top coat over the prepared surface. Apply 2-3 coats in two directions until the intermediate coat is fully covered. NOTE: For application of the top coat, refer to step 12 "Application of Intermediate Coat." Solid color: Color enamel + Color clear coat Metallic color: Metallic enamel + Clear coat Pearl color: Pearl enamel + Clear coat WARNING: Body parts being dried with an industrial dryer can get hot enough to cause injury. Do not touch parts being dried. - After spraying, allow the paint to settle for about 10 minutes, then force dry with an infrared lamp. NOTE: Follow the paint manufacturers instructions. 17. Polishing/Buffing - Let the paint dry gradually, then polish the surface carefully using a polishing compound and sponge buff. - To remove lint or dirt, wet sand the surface with #2000 paper or finer first, then polish with compound. NOTE: Polish all roughness caused by sanding thoroughly. To do this, first polish with very fine compound, then with ultra fine compound. - After polishing, remove the masking paper and tape, then wash the entire vehicle thoroughly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Radiator Support > Component Information > Description and Operation Radiator Support: Description and Operation Description The front bulkhead is joined to the front wheelhouse and the front side frame. It forms the base for the headlights and other parts and maintains the rigidity of the front section of the body. Pay particular attention to twists and parallelism, and check the mounting of related parts when welding. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 Keyless Entry Module: Locations Photo 134 Behind Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Photo 134 > Page 7802 Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7803 Keyless Entry Module: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 18P connector from the control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7804 CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 18P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Keyless Doorlock Control Unit Power Door Lock Control Module: Locations Keyless Doorlock Control Unit Behind Kick Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Keyless Doorlock Control Unit > Page 7809 Power Door Lock Control Module: Locations Power Door Lock Control Unit Dashboard/Door Front of Driver's Door (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7810 Keyless Door Lock Control Unit (USA Only) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System Power Door Lock Control Module: Testing and Inspection 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 12P connector from the control unit. 3. inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System > Page 7813 Disconnect the 12P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 12P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System > Page 7814 Power Door Lock Control Module: Testing and Inspection 99-00 All With Keyless Entry System 1. Remove the driver's kick panel. 2. Disconnect the 18P connector from the control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > 96-98 All and 99-00 Without Keyless Entry System > Page 7815 Disconnect the 18P connector from the power door lock control unit. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Reconnect the 18P connector to the power door lock control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Locations Sunroof/Moonroof Relay: Locations Moonroof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Locations > Page 7819 Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Diagrams > Moonroof Close Relay Moonroof Close Relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Diagrams > Moonroof Close Relay > Page 7822 Moonroof Open Relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Close Relay Sunroof/Moonroof Relay: Testing and Inspection Moonroof Close Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Five-terminal type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No. 5 and No.3 terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.4 terminals when power is disconnected. Moonroof Open And Close Relays Moonroof close relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Close Relay > Page 7825 Sunroof/Moonroof Relay: Testing and Inspection Moonroof Open Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Five-terminal type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No. 5 and No.3 terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.4 terminals when power is disconnected. Moonroof Open And Close Relays Moonroof open relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sun Shade > Component Information > Service and Repair Sun Shade: Service and Repair Glass, Glass Bracket and Sunshade Replacement 1. Close the glass fully. 2. Slide the sunshade all the way back. 3. Remove both bracket covers. 4. Remove the nuts from both glass brackets. 5. Remove the glass by lifting up and pulling forward as shown. NOTE: Do not damage the roof panel. 6. Remove the drain channel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sun Shade > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7831 7. Remove the holder cover, then remove the rail holder B 8. Using the moonroof wrench, move the glass bracket to the position where the moonroof normally pivots down, and remove the screws. 9. Remove the rail holder A. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sun Shade > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7832 10. Remove the drain channel rod slider by moving the cable slider forward using the moonroof wrench. 11. Detach the drain channel rod stop from the cutout of the guide rail as shown. 12. Slide the sunshade forward, then remove it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sun Shade > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7833 13. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Check the glass height. See: Adjustments/Glass Height Adjustment 14. Check for water leaks. Caution: Do not use high-pressure water. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof/Moonroof Cable <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Cable] > Component Information > Service and Repair Sunroof/Moonroof Cable: Service and Repair Guide Rails/Cable Assembly Replacement CAUTION: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the frame. 2. Remove the motor and glass bracket. See: Service and Repair/Glass, Glass Bracket and Sunshade Replacement See: Service and Repair/Motor, Drain Tube and Frame Replacement 3. Remove the nuts, and lift off each guide rail, then remove the cable assembly with sliders attached. NOTE: Take care not to bend the cable tubes and guide rails. 4. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Damaged parts should be replaced. - Grease the sliding portion with Super High Temp Urea Grease, PIN 08758-9002. - Fill the groove in each grommet with sealant. - Install the frame seal securely. - Before installing the motor, make sure both sliders are parallel. - Before installing the motor, install the frame and glass, then check the opening drag. See: Adjustments/Open Drag Check Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Motor > Component Information > Locations Sunroof / Moonroof Motor: Locations Underside of Roof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7840 Sunroof / Moonroof Motor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the headliner. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the moonroof motor. 3. Check the motor by connecting power and ground according to the table. 4. If the motor does not run, replace it . NOTE: See Closing Force Check for motor clutch test. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7841 Sunroof / Moonroof Motor: Service and Repair Motor, Drain Tube and Frame Replacement CAUTION: Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Be careful not to damage the seats, dashboard and other interior trim. 1. Remove the headliner. 2. Disconnect the motor connector and glass position switch connector. NOTE: When removing the motor, detach the connector from the frame, remove the bolts and nuts, then remove the motor. 3. Remove the glass. See: Service and Repair/Glass, Glass Bracket and Sunshade Replacement 4. Disconnect the drain tubes, and detach the ceiling light harness. 5. Remove the frame mounting bolts. NOTE: An assistant is helpful when removing the bolts. - Remove the front bolts last. 6. Detach the rear hooks by moving the frame forward, then remove the frame. 7. Pull the drain tubes out the front and rear pillars. NOTE: Before pulling out the drain tube, tie a string to the end of it so it can be reinstalled. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7842 8. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves by using compressed air. - Check the frame seal. - Clean the surface of the frame - When installing the frame, first attach the rear hooks into the body holes. - When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10 mm (0.39 in.). - Install the tube clip as shown. 9. Check for water leaks. NOTE: Do not use high-pressure water. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Locations Sunroof/Moonroof Relay: Locations Moonroof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Locations > Page 7846 Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Diagrams > Moonroof Close Relay Moonroof Close Relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Diagrams > Moonroof Close Relay > Page 7849 Moonroof Open Relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Close Relay Sunroof/Moonroof Relay: Testing and Inspection Moonroof Close Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Five-terminal type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No. 5 and No.3 terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.4 terminals when power is disconnected. Moonroof Open And Close Relays Moonroof close relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof/Moonroof Relay <--> [Sunroof / Moonroof Relay] > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Close Relay > Page 7852 Sunroof/Moonroof Relay: Testing and Inspection Moonroof Open Relay NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Five-terminal type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No. 5 and No.3 terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.4 terminals when power is disconnected. Moonroof Open And Close Relays Moonroof open relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Open/Close Switch Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Open/Close Switch Underside of Roof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Open/Close Switch > Page 7857 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Tilt/Close Switch Underside of Roof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Switch Test Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection Moonroof Switch Test 1. Carefully remove the switch from the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Switch Test > Page 7860 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection Open/Close-Tilt/Close Switch Test 1. Remove the headliner. 2. Disconnect the 2P and 4P connectors from the moon-roof motor and the switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If there is no continuity, adjust or replace the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair Sunroof / Moonroof Drain: Service and Repair Motor, Drain Tube and Frame Replacement CAUTION: Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Be careful not to damage the seats, dashboard and other interior trim. 1. Remove the headliner. 2. Disconnect the motor connector and glass position switch connector. NOTE: When removing the motor, detach the connector from the frame, remove the bolts and nuts, then remove the motor. 3. Remove the glass. See: Service and Repair/Glass, Glass Bracket and Sunshade Replacement 4. Disconnect the drain tubes, and detach the ceiling light harness. 5. Remove the frame mounting bolts. NOTE: An assistant is helpful when removing the bolts. - Remove the front bolts last. 6. Detach the rear hooks by moving the frame forward, then remove the frame. 7. Pull the drain tubes out the front and rear pillars. NOTE: Before pulling out the drain tube, tie a string to the end of it so it can be reinstalled. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7864 8. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves by using compressed air. - Check the frame seal. - Clean the surface of the frame - When installing the frame, first attach the rear hooks into the body holes. - When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10 mm (0.39 in.). - Install the tube clip as shown. 9. Check for water leaks. NOTE: Do not use high-pressure water. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair Sunroof / Moonroof Frame: Service and Repair Motor, Drain Tube and Frame Replacement CAUTION: Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Be careful not to damage the seats, dashboard and other interior trim. 1. Remove the headliner. 2. Disconnect the motor connector and glass position switch connector. NOTE: When removing the motor, detach the connector from the frame, remove the bolts and nuts, then remove the motor. 3. Remove the glass. See: Service and Repair/Glass, Glass Bracket and Sunshade Replacement 4. Disconnect the drain tubes, and detach the ceiling light harness. 5. Remove the frame mounting bolts. NOTE: An assistant is helpful when removing the bolts. - Remove the front bolts last. 6. Detach the rear hooks by moving the frame forward, then remove the frame. 7. Pull the drain tubes out the front and rear pillars. NOTE: Before pulling out the drain tube, tie a string to the end of it so it can be reinstalled. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7868 8. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves by using compressed air. - Check the frame seal. - Clean the surface of the frame - When installing the frame, first attach the rear hooks into the body holes. - When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10 mm (0.39 in.). - Install the tube clip as shown. 9. Check for water leaks. NOTE: Do not use high-pressure water. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: Customer Interest Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks 00-095 March 26, 2002 Applies To: 1998-02 Accord With Moonroof - ALL 1996-02 Civic EX - ALL Squeak From the Moonroof Seal (Supersedes 00-095, dated December 12, 2000) SYMPTOM The moonroof squeaks when the sunshade is open, the moonroof glass is closed, and the vehicle is moving. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install Honda Squeak Reduction Tape around the moonroof opening. REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Squeak Reduction Tape (One roll repairs about 12 vehicles): P/N 70200-ALL-999, H/C 6656557 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 514007 Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 70200-S54-A01 H/C 5441241 Defect Code: 042 Contention Code: B07 Template ID: 00-095A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. With a clean towel, wipe down the moon roof opening with isopropyl alcohol. This surface must be free of any dirt and grease; otherwise, the tape will not stick. 2. Lay a clean shop towel along each moonroof track to prevent grease from getting on your hands or the tape. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks > Page 7877 3. Wash your hands thoroughly before applying the tape. 4. Measure and cut off a 270 cm (106 inches) piece of tape. 5. Peel oft about 5 cm (2 inches) of backing. Hold the tape at the very end of the exposed section. 6. Start at the middle of either the right or left side of the moonroof opening and apply 2.5 cm (1 inch) of the tape at the top edge of the moonroof opening. Do not apply the portion you touched with your finger or apply the tape above the edges of the opening. NOTE: Leave enough space to cut oft the section of tape that you touched with your finger. 7. Remove the contaminated portion you touched with your finger. 8. Hold the tape up to the roof opening, and peel the backing away from the tape as you move along the opening. Apply about 7.5 cm (3 inches) at a time. Do not apply the tape above the edge of the opening. 9. Carefully slide the thumb of your free hand along the tape, removing any air bubbles. 10. Repeat steps 5 and 9 until you have applied the tape around the entire opening and until the ends of the tape butt together. Do not overlap the ends of the tape. Cut off any excess tape. 11. Open and close the moonroof several times to ensure that it operates smoothly. NOTE: Do not apply grease to the moonroof seal. The seal makes noise only when moved excessively. When the vehicle is driven, the glass does not Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks > Page 7878 move enough to cause noise. DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks 00-095 March 26, 2002 Applies To: 1998-02 Accord With Moonroof - ALL 1996-02 Civic EX - ALL Squeak From the Moonroof Seal (Supersedes 00-095, dated December 12, 2000) SYMPTOM The moonroof squeaks when the sunshade is open, the moonroof glass is closed, and the vehicle is moving. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install Honda Squeak Reduction Tape around the moonroof opening. REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Squeak Reduction Tape (One roll repairs about 12 vehicles): P/N 70200-ALL-999, H/C 6656557 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 514007 Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 70200-S54-A01 H/C 5441241 Defect Code: 042 Contention Code: B07 Template ID: 00-095A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. With a clean towel, wipe down the moon roof opening with isopropyl alcohol. This surface must be free of any dirt and grease; otherwise, the tape will not stick. 2. Lay a clean shop towel along each moonroof track to prevent grease from getting on your hands or the tape. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks > Page 7884 3. Wash your hands thoroughly before applying the tape. 4. Measure and cut off a 270 cm (106 inches) piece of tape. 5. Peel oft about 5 cm (2 inches) of backing. Hold the tape at the very end of the exposed section. 6. Start at the middle of either the right or left side of the moonroof opening and apply 2.5 cm (1 inch) of the tape at the top edge of the moonroof opening. Do not apply the portion you touched with your finger or apply the tape above the edges of the opening. NOTE: Leave enough space to cut oft the section of tape that you touched with your finger. 7. Remove the contaminated portion you touched with your finger. 8. Hold the tape up to the roof opening, and peel the backing away from the tape as you move along the opening. Apply about 7.5 cm (3 inches) at a time. Do not apply the tape above the edge of the opening. 9. Carefully slide the thumb of your free hand along the tape, removing any air bubbles. 10. Repeat steps 5 and 9 until you have applied the tape around the entire opening and until the ends of the tape butt together. Do not overlap the ends of the tape. Cut off any excess tape. 11. Open and close the moonroof several times to ensure that it operates smoothly. NOTE: Do not apply grease to the moonroof seal. The seal makes noise only when moved excessively. When the vehicle is driven, the glass does not Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks > Page 7885 move enough to cause noise. DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Interior - Fabric Upholstery Wrinkle Information Seat Cover: Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Fabric Upholstery Wrinkle Information Use a Steamer to Smooth Out Fabric Upholstery A garment steamer and a stiff-bristle brush make a great team for removing those nasty wrinkles, lines, or impressions in fabric upholstery. You can buy an inexpensive, small, hand-held garment/ fabric steamer from a number of different manufacturers. Some of these units even come with a handy built-in brush. Once you've got your steamer, follow the manufacturer's instructions to get it ready for use. Then apply a generous amount of steam to the problem area. Keep the steamer moving slowly over the area until it's hot and moist. A Word of Caution: Go easy on the steam if you're cleaning the front passenger seat in a vehicle with side airbags. Moisture can adversely affect or damage the OPDS sensors in the seatback. While the area is hot and moist, use a stiff-bristle brush, or the built-in brush if your steamer has one, to work the fabric back and forth and up and down. Stubborn areas might need more steam and brushing, so be patient and stay with it. It's worth the effort. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Power Door Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the inner handle. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the door lock switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Connector A Power Mirror Switch: Locations Connector A Driver's Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Connector A > Page 7899 Power Mirror Switch: Locations Connector B Driver's Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7900 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Without Defogger Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection Without Defogger 1. Remove the switch as described in Function Test . 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Without Defogger > Page 7903 Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection With Defogger 1. Pry the switch out of the dashboard driver's lower cover. 2. Disconnect the 10P connector from the switch. Mirror Switch Defogger Switch 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Locations Center of Trunk Lid Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Open/Close Switch Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Open/Close Switch Underside of Roof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Open/Close Switch > Page 7911 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Tilt/Close Switch Underside of Roof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Switch Test Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection Moonroof Switch Test 1. Carefully remove the switch from the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Moonroof Switch Test > Page 7914 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection Open/Close-Tilt/Close Switch Test 1. Remove the headliner. 2. Disconnect the 2P and 4P connectors from the moon-roof motor and the switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If there is no continuity, adjust or replace the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Trunk / Liftgate Switch > Component Information > Locations Trunk / Liftgate Switch: Locations Underside of Hatch Lid Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Spoilers, Flaps, and Air Dams > Spoiler > Component Information > Service and Repair Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation Front Strut / Shock Tower: Description and Operation Description The front wheelhouse component is constructed as a unit with the front damper housing. Therefore, replacement of the component affects the front wheel alignment. When assembling it, either use a positioning jig or follow dimensions on the frame repair chart for positioning. Weld carefully. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7926 Front Strut / Shock Tower: Service and Repair Replacement 1. Remove the related parts. - Parts to be removed when removing the front bulkhead - Parts on passenger side of lower dashboard which are especially flammable - Electrical accessories in engine compartment and wire harnesses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7927 2. Pull out and straighten the damaged area to approximately the original shape. - Attach the car to the frame straightener by tightening the underbody clamps at the horizontal pinch weld points. - Before cutting off the damaged sections, pull them out so that they are restored to the original shape. - Do not pull out more than necessary. - Pull out and straighten the damaged area of the lower dashboard, front pillar, and other parts. - After pulling, check the damper housing position using the body dimensional drawings and positioning jig. NOTE: Check the condition of the door and hinges. 3. Peel off the undercoat. Heat the undercoat at the weld areas of the wheelhouse and front side frame with a gas torch, and peel off the undercoat with a metal spatula. CAUTION: Be careful not to burn the fittings inside the passenger compartment and dashboard insulator when heating. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7928 4. When replacing the front wheelhouse. - Center punch around the spot weld imprints on the front side frame and damper housing. - Drill holes in the center punched areas using a spot cutter. - Using a chisel, pry off the welded flange. - Level and finish the burrs on the welding surfaces with a sander. 5. When replacing the damper housing and front wheelhouse as an assembly. -1 Remove the wheelhouse upper member. - Center punch around the spot weld imprints. - Use the special spot cutter to drill holes at the spot weld nuggets. - Remove the MIG weld flange with a disc sander. WARNING: To prevent eye injury, wear goggles or safety glasses whenever sanding, cutting or grinding. - Using a chisel, pry off the welded flange from the front pillar and damper housing. NOTE: Remove the wheelhouse upper member carefully so they can be reused. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7929 -2 Using a spot cutter, drill holes in the spot welded area on the front side frame and dashboard upper side member. -3 From the passenger compartment side, drill holes in the spot welded area with as mm (0.2 in). NOTE: Drill holes completely through the parts since the replacement damper housing will be welded by MIG welding. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7930 6. Mold the related parts. - Level and finish the burrs left on the welding surfaces with a sander. - Fill all drilled holes by MIG or gas welding. - Use a hammer and dolly to even out the welded areas of the lower dashboard, front side frame and dashboard upper side member. 7. Set the new front wheelhouse and damper housing. - Apply body paint to both sides of the new front wheelhouse and damper housing. - See Paint Repair section. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Remove the undercoat from both sides of the welding section and expose the steel plate using a disc sander WARNING: To prevent eye injury, wear goggles or safety glasses whenever sanding, cutting or grinding - Clamp to the front side frame with vise-grips and squill vises. NOTE: Apply the spot sealer to the welding surface when spot welding. - Clamp the front bulkhead with vise-grips. - Measure the front compartment diagonally. NOTE: Use of a positioning jig is recommended. - Spot weld several points in the clamped sections, and temporarily attach the front wheelhouse and damper housing WARNING: To prevent eye injury and bums when welding, wear an approved welding helmet, gloves and safety shoes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7931 8. Check the dimensions, temporarily install the hood, front fender and headlight, and check for differences in level and clearance. - Check the engine and transmission mount brackets position. 9. Perform the main welding. - Weld as much as possible with the jig still mounted. WARNING: To prevent eye injury and bums when welding, wear an approved welding helmet, gloves and safety shoes. - Make 20% to 30% more spot welds than there were holes drilled. - Plug weld the holes areas of the dashboard lower and damper housing with a MIG welder. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Front Strut / Shock Tower > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7932 10. Weld the wheelhouse upper member. When the upper member is to be reused, make MIG welds at the drilled holes. 11. Finish the welded area. Use a hammer and dolly to even out the side bulkhead and front side frame flanges for close fit with the surface of the front wheelhouse and damper housing. 12. Apply the sealer. Apply sealer to the mating surfaces of the lower dashboard and front side frame, etc. 13. Apply the paint. See Paint Repair section. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. 14. Apply the undercoat. Undercoat the front floor, etc, and apply anti-rust agent to the inside of the welding section of the front side frame, lower dashboard, and upper member. 15. Install the related parts. Install in the reverse order in which they were removed. 16. Inspect, check and make adjustment. - Measure the front wheel alignment. - Inspect the brake system. - Adjust the headlight aim. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Unibody > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation Cowl: Description and Operation Description Impact damage to the windshield lower area may spread to the back of the panel and wiper mounting area, calling for replacement of the affected skins. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Unibody > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 7937 Cowl: Service and Repair Replacement 1. Remove the related parts. - Wiper arm and motor - Windshield - Right and left front fenders - Right and left front door opening trims - Front pillar trim - Hood - Wire harnesses and electrical accessories - Steering column - Dashboard, etc Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Unibody > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 7938 2. Cut the windshield lower and separate the welded flange. - Center punch around the spot weld imprints. - Drill holes with a spot cutter through the nuggets. - Peel off the welding flange using a chisel. - Level off and finish the burrs of the pried-off spot welds with a sander WARNING: To prevent eye injury, wear goggles or safety glasses whenever sanding, cuffing or grinding. 3. Set the new windshield lower. - Apply an undercoat and body paint to the inside. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. - Sand off the undercoat down to the metal from both flanges to be welded. - Clamp the new windshield lower in place with vise- grips and squill vises. NOTE: Apply the spot sealer to the welding surface when spot welding. - Install the new windshield and check for proper installation and alignment. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Unibody > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 7939 4. Tack weld the new windshield lower. WARNING: To prevent eye injury and burns when welding, wear an approved welding helmet, gloves and safety shoes. - Remove the vise-grips and install the fender and hood. Check for differences in level and clearance. 5. Perform the main welding. - Make 20% to 30% more spot welds than there were holes drilled. WARNING: To prevent eye injury and bums when welding, wear an approved welding helmet, gloves and safety shoes. 6. Finish the welding section. Smooth the mating surface with the windshield with a hammer and dolly. 7. Apply the sealer. Apply sealer to the upper dashboard, pillars, etc. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Unibody > Cowl > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 7940 8. Install the front fender and hood. Check the front fender and hood for differences in level and clearance. 9. Apply the paint. See Paint Repair section. WARNING: Ventilate when spraying paint. Most paint contains substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the paint container. - Avoid contact with skin. Wear an approved respirator, gloves, eye protection and appropriate clothing when painting. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames or cigarettes. 10. Apply anti-rust agent to the inside of the windshield lower and dashboard upper. 11. Install the related parts. Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Take care not damage the windshield and the paint finishes. 12. Inspect and clean. - Check the windshield for water leaks. - After installing the dashboard, check the lights, gauges, etc. for proper operation. - Clean the interior. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body Moonroof Seal Squeaks Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: Customer Interest Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks 00-095 March 26, 2002 Applies To: 1998-02 Accord With Moonroof - ALL 1996-02 Civic EX - ALL Squeak From the Moonroof Seal (Supersedes 00-095, dated December 12, 2000) SYMPTOM The moonroof squeaks when the sunshade is open, the moonroof glass is closed, and the vehicle is moving. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install Honda Squeak Reduction Tape around the moonroof opening. REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Squeak Reduction Tape (One roll repairs about 12 vehicles): P/N 70200-ALL-999, H/C 6656557 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 514007 Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 70200-S54-A01 H/C 5441241 Defect Code: 042 Contention Code: B07 Template ID: 00-095A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. With a clean towel, wipe down the moon roof opening with isopropyl alcohol. This surface must be free of any dirt and grease; otherwise, the tape will not stick. 2. Lay a clean shop towel along each moonroof track to prevent grease from getting on your hands or the tape. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body Moonroof Seal Squeaks > Page 7950 3. Wash your hands thoroughly before applying the tape. 4. Measure and cut off a 270 cm (106 inches) piece of tape. 5. Peel oft about 5 cm (2 inches) of backing. Hold the tape at the very end of the exposed section. 6. Start at the middle of either the right or left side of the moonroof opening and apply 2.5 cm (1 inch) of the tape at the top edge of the moonroof opening. Do not apply the portion you touched with your finger or apply the tape above the edges of the opening. NOTE: Leave enough space to cut oft the section of tape that you touched with your finger. 7. Remove the contaminated portion you touched with your finger. 8. Hold the tape up to the roof opening, and peel the backing away from the tape as you move along the opening. Apply about 7.5 cm (3 inches) at a time. Do not apply the tape above the edge of the opening. 9. Carefully slide the thumb of your free hand along the tape, removing any air bubbles. 10. Repeat steps 5 and 9 until you have applied the tape around the entire opening and until the ends of the tape butt together. Do not overlap the ends of the tape. Cut off any excess tape. 11. Open and close the moonroof several times to ensure that it operates smoothly. NOTE: Do not apply grease to the moonroof seal. The seal makes noise only when moved excessively. When the vehicle is driven, the glass does not Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body Moonroof Seal Squeaks > Page 7951 move enough to cause noise. DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks 00-095 March 26, 2002 Applies To: 1998-02 Accord With Moonroof - ALL 1996-02 Civic EX - ALL Squeak From the Moonroof Seal (Supersedes 00-095, dated December 12, 2000) SYMPTOM The moonroof squeaks when the sunshade is open, the moonroof glass is closed, and the vehicle is moving. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install Honda Squeak Reduction Tape around the moonroof opening. REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Squeak Reduction Tape (One roll repairs about 12 vehicles): P/N 70200-ALL-999, H/C 6656557 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 514007 Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 70200-S54-A01 H/C 5441241 Defect Code: 042 Contention Code: B07 Template ID: 00-095A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. With a clean towel, wipe down the moon roof opening with isopropyl alcohol. This surface must be free of any dirt and grease; otherwise, the tape will not stick. 2. Lay a clean shop towel along each moonroof track to prevent grease from getting on your hands or the tape. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks > Page 7957 3. Wash your hands thoroughly before applying the tape. 4. Measure and cut off a 270 cm (106 inches) piece of tape. 5. Peel oft about 5 cm (2 inches) of backing. Hold the tape at the very end of the exposed section. 6. Start at the middle of either the right or left side of the moonroof opening and apply 2.5 cm (1 inch) of the tape at the top edge of the moonroof opening. Do not apply the portion you touched with your finger or apply the tape above the edges of the opening. NOTE: Leave enough space to cut oft the section of tape that you touched with your finger. 7. Remove the contaminated portion you touched with your finger. 8. Hold the tape up to the roof opening, and peel the backing away from the tape as you move along the opening. Apply about 7.5 cm (3 inches) at a time. Do not apply the tape above the edge of the opening. 9. Carefully slide the thumb of your free hand along the tape, removing any air bubbles. 10. Repeat steps 5 and 9 until you have applied the tape around the entire opening and until the ends of the tape butt together. Do not overlap the ends of the tape. Cut off any excess tape. 11. Open and close the moonroof several times to ensure that it operates smoothly. NOTE: Do not apply grease to the moonroof seal. The seal makes noise only when moved excessively. When the vehicle is driven, the glass does not Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sunroof / Moonroof Weatherstrip: > 00-095 > Mar > 02 > Body - Moonroof Seal Squeaks > Page 7958 move enough to cause noise. DISCLAIMER Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7963 Brake Switch (Cruise Control): Testing and Inspection 1. Disconnect the 4P connector from the switch. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. 3. If necessary, replace the switch or adjust pedal height. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 7967 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Switch (M/T) 1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the switch. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. 3. If necessary, replace the switch or adjust pedal height. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Module: Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7971 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7972 Cruise Control Module: Testing and Inspection SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7973 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo > Component Information > Locations > Photo 18 Cruise Control Servo: Locations Photo 18 Left Front Corner Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo > Component Information > Locations > Photo 18 > Page 7978 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo > Component Information > Locations > Page 7979 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Actuator Test Cruise Control Servo: Testing and Inspection Actuator Test 1. Disconnect the actuator cable from the actuator rod and the 4P connector. 2. Connect battery power to the No.4 terminal and ground to the No.1, No.2 and No.3 terminals. 3. Connect a vacuum pump to the vacuum hose. Then apply vacuum to the actuator. 4. The actuator rod should pull in completely. It the rod pulls in only part-way or not at all, check for a leaking vacuum line or defective solenoid. 5. With voltage and vacuum still applied, try to pull the actuator rod out by hand. You should not be able to pull it out. If you can, it is defective. 6. Disconnect ground from the No.3 terminal. The actuator rod should return. If it does not return, but the vent hose and filter are not plugged, the solenoid valve assembly is defective. 7. Repeat steps 2 through 5, and disconnect ground from the No.1 terminal. The actuator rod should return. If it does not return, but the vent hose and filter are not plugged, the solenoid valve assembly is defective. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Actuator Test > Page 7982 8. If you replace the solenoid valve assembly, be sure to use new O-rings on each solenoid. 9. Disconnect power and ground from the 4P connector. Disconnect the vent hose from the actuator. Connect a vacuum pump to the actuator vent hose port, and apply vacuum. The actuator rod should pull in completely. If not, the vacuum valve is stuck open. Replace the actuator. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Actuator Test > Page 7983 Cruise Control Servo: Testing and Inspection Actuator Solenoid Test 1. Disconnect the 4P connector from the actuator. 2. Check for resistance between the terminals according to the table. NOTE: Resistance will vary slightly with temperature; specified resistance is at 70 °F (20 °C). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo > Component Information > Service and Repair > Actuator Disassembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo > Component Information > Service and Repair > Actuator Disassembly > Page 7986 Cruise Control Servo: Service and Repair Actuator Replacement 1. Pull back the boot, and loosen the locknut. Then disconnect the cable from the bracket. 2. Disconnect the cable end from the actuator rod 3. Disconnect the 4P connector from the actuator. 4. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the vacuum tank. Pull out the vent hose. 5. Remove the three mounting bolts and the actuator with the bracket. 6. If necessary, disconnect the cable end from the linkage over the accelerator pedal, then turn the grommet 90° in the bulkhead, and remove the cable. 7. Install in the reverse order of removal, and adjust free play at the actuator rod after connecting the cable. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo Cable > Component Information > Specifications Cruise Control Servo Cable: Specifications Locknut Free Play 11 +/- 1.0 mm Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo Cable > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7990 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Servo Cable > Component Information > Specifications > Page 7991 Cruise Control Servo Cable: Adjustments 1. Check that the actuator cable operates smoothly with no binding or sticking. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (A/T in [N] or [P], M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 3. Measure the amount of movement of the actuator rod until the cable pulls on the accelerator lever (engine speed starts to increase). Free play should be 11 ± 1.0 mm (0.43 ± 0.04 in.). 4. If free play is not within specs, loosen the locknut, and turn the adjusting nut as required. NOTE: If necessary, check the throttle cable free play, then recheck the actuator rod free play. 5. Retighten the locknut, and recheck the free play. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Main Switch Test/Replacement Cruise Control Switch: Testing and Inspection Main Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Carefully push out the switch from behind the dash-board. 3. Disconnect the connector from the switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. If there is no continuity, replace the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 7997 Cruise Control Switch: Testing and Inspection Set/Resume Switch Test/Replacement 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the driver's airbag connector. 4. Remove the dashboard driver's lower cover. 5. Disconnect the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector from the main wire harness. 6. Check for continuity between the terminals of the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, the switch is OK. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, go to step 7. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 7998 7. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch. 8. Check for continuity between the terminals in switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, replace the cable reel. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, replace the switch. 9. If all tests prove OK, reconnect the cable reel and cable reel sub-harness connector, then reinstall the steering column covers. 10. Reconnect the driver's airbag connector, and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. 12. After connecting the airbag connectors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. 13. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets. ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Main Switch Test/Replacement Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Main Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Carefully push out the switch from behind the dash-board. 3. Disconnect the connector from the switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. If there is no continuity, replace the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 8001 Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Set/Resume Switch Test/Replacement 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the driver's airbag connector. 4. Remove the dashboard driver's lower cover. 5. Disconnect the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector from the main wire harness. 6. Check for continuity between the terminals of the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, the switch is OK. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, go to step 7. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 8002 7. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch. 8. Check for continuity between the terminals in switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, replace the cable reel. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, replace the switch. 9. If all tests prove OK, reconnect the cable reel and cable reel sub-harness connector, then reinstall the steering column covers. 10. Reconnect the driver's airbag connector, and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. 12. After connecting the airbag connectors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. 13. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets. ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Vacuum Reservoir > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Relays and Modules - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Module: Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Relays and Modules - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8010 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Relays and Modules - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8011 Cruise Control Module: Testing and Inspection SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the control unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Relays and Modules - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8012 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations > Page 8017 Brake Switch (Cruise Control): Testing and Inspection 1. Disconnect the 4P connector from the switch. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. 3. If necessary, replace the switch or adjust pedal height. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 8021 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Switch (M/T) 1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the switch. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. 3. If necessary, replace the switch or adjust pedal height. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Main Switch Test/Replacement Cruise Control Switch: Testing and Inspection Main Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Carefully push out the switch from behind the dash-board. 3. Disconnect the connector from the switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. If there is no continuity, replace the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 8027 Cruise Control Switch: Testing and Inspection Set/Resume Switch Test/Replacement 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the driver's airbag connector. 4. Remove the dashboard driver's lower cover. 5. Disconnect the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector from the main wire harness. 6. Check for continuity between the terminals of the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, the switch is OK. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, go to step 7. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 8028 7. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch. 8. Check for continuity between the terminals in switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, replace the cable reel. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, replace the switch. 9. If all tests prove OK, reconnect the cable reel and cable reel sub-harness connector, then reinstall the steering column covers. 10. Reconnect the driver's airbag connector, and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. 12. After connecting the airbag connectors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. 13. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets. ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Main Switch Test/Replacement Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Main Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Carefully push out the switch from behind the dash-board. 3. Disconnect the connector from the switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. If there is no continuity, replace the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 8031 Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Set/Resume Switch Test/Replacement 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the driver's airbag connector. 4. Remove the dashboard driver's lower cover. 5. Disconnect the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector from the main wire harness. 6. Check for continuity between the terminals of the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, the switch is OK. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, go to step 7. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 8032 7. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch. 8. Check for continuity between the terminals in switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, replace the cable reel. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, replace the switch. 9. If all tests prove OK, reconnect the cable reel and cable reel sub-harness connector, then reinstall the steering column covers. 10. Reconnect the driver's airbag connector, and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative cable. 12. After connecting the airbag connectors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. 13. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets. ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > ABS Light > Component Information > Description and Operation ABS Light: Description and Operation 1. The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) indicator light comes on when the ABS control unit detects a problem in the system. However, even though the system is normal, the ABS indicator light can come on, too, under the following conditions: Signal disturbance - Wheel spin - Only drive wheels rotate - Battery voltage fluctuates 2. When a problem is detected and the ABS indicator light comes on, the indicator light can stay on until the ignition switch is turned off, or it can automatically go off, depending on the mode. Light stays on until the ignition switch is turned off: When the system is in the system down mode. - Light automatically goes off: When the system is in the control inhibition mode. 3. The ABS indicator light stays on when the system is reactivated without erasing the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC), but it goes off after starting the vehicle. When the wheel sensor system is faulty and the ABS indicator light comes on, the algorithm of the system automatically turns off the ABS indicator light after the wheel speed signal returns to the normal speed. Also, when the DTC is erased, the CPU is reset and the ABS indicator light goes off when the system checked out normal by the initial diagnosis. Therefore, test-drive the vehicle after servicing the wheel sensor system, and be sure that the ABS indicator light does not come on. 4. When the ABS control unit outputs battery voltage to gauge assembly, the ABS indicator light goes off. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Audible Warning Device Control Module > Component Information > Locations Audible Warning Device Control Module: Locations Rear of Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Charge Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Charge Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection Charging System Light Test Part 1 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Charge Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8043 Part 2 Of 2 If the charging system light does not come on or does not go off, or the battery is dead or low, test the following items in the order listed below: 1. Battery 2. Charging system light 3. Voltage 4. Alternator control system (USA) 5. Alternator/regulator Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Locations With Front Passenger's Airbag Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations > Page 8048 Without Front Passenger's Airbag (Part Of Canada Model) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 8051 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Wiring Precautions Never attempt to modify, splice or repair SRS wiring. NOTE: SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer protective covering. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to- metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 8052 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Radio "Code" Theft Protection NOTE: The original radio has a coded theft protection circuit. Be sure to get the customer's code number before a. Disconnecting the battery. b. Removing the fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. c. Removing the radio. d. After service, reconnect power to the radio and turn it on. When the word "CODE" is displayed, enter the customer's 5-digit code to restore radio operation. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact The driver's airbag (and front passenger's) airbag has (have) a spring-loaded lock connector with a built-in short contact. When this connector is disconnected, the power terminal and the ground terminal in the airbag connector are automatically shorted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact > Page 8055 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation System Description The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 8056 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair To prevent accidental airbag deployment, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait three minutes before disconnecting any SRS connectors. - Before disconnecting the SRS main harness (A) from the SRS unit, disconnect both airbags (C,D). - Before disconnecting the cable reel 2P connector (B), disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector (C). 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s). Driver's 2p Connector Driver's Side: Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector and cable reel 2P connector. Passenger's 2p Connector Front Passenger's Side: Remove the glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 2P connector and SRS main harness 2P connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Locations Dashlight Brightness Controller: Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 8060 Dashboard Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Dashlight Brightness Controller: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8063 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8064 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8065 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8066 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8067 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8068 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8069 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8070 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8071 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8072 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8073 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8074 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8075 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8076 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8077 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8078 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8079 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Electrical Diagrams Dash Lights Brightness Controller Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8080 Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8081 Part 2 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8082 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Testing and Inspection NOTE: The control unit is built into the dash brightness controller. 1. Carefully pry the controller out of the dashboard. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the controller. 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the controller must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch Left Rear Door Striker Area (Right Similar) Left of Rear Seat (Sedan Shown, Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch > Page 8087 Door Switch: Locations Door Switch At Driver's Door Striker Area (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Fuel Gauge & Low Fuel Indicator Accuracy Check Fuel Gauge: Technical Service Bulletins Fuel Gauge & Low Fuel Indicator Accuracy Check SOURCE: Honda Service News March 2003 TITLE: Charting the Fuel Gauge and the Low Fuel Indicator APPLIES TO: 1998-03 Accord, 1996-03 Civic, or 1999-03 Odyssey SERVICE TIP: If an owner is leery of the fuel gauge or low fuel indicator accuracy and worries about running out of fuel, you may be able to restore faith in the accuracy of this hardware by charting the operation. If the fuel gauge, the low fuel indicator, or both doesn't give your customer a warm, fuzzy feeling, don't replace the fuel gauge or the sending unit until you've first charted the fuel gauge needle position and low fuel indicator status. You rarely improve accuracy by replacing fuel gauges and sending units. To chart the fuel gauge needle position and the low fuel indicator status, do this: 1. Have your customer bring in the vehicle when the fuel tank is nearly empty. 2. Drain any remaining fuel from the tank. 3. Park the vehicle on a flat surface, and add 2 gallons of fuel to the tank with the ignition switch turned to LOCK (0). 4. Start the engine, and note the fuel gauge needle position after 2 minutes. Draw a picture of the fuel gauge showing the position of the needle. Also note on your drawing if the low fuel indicator is on or off. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 5. Add 2 more gallons of fuel to the tank. Start the engine, and note the position of the needle after 2 minutes. Draw another picture of the fuel gauge showing the current position of the needle. Note the status of the low fuel indicator. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 6. Repeat step 5 until the fuel tank is full. Then give your customer all of the pictures you've drawn. They're usually enough to convince even the staunchest Doubting Thomas. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8092 Fuel Gauge: Description and Operation When the ignition switch is in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 25 to the gauges in the gauge assembly. Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge has two intersecting coils wound around a permanent magnet rotor. Voltage applied to the coils, through fuse 25, generates a magnetic field. The magnetic field, controlled by the PCM, causes the rotor to rotate and the gauge needle to move. The PCM calculates the gas quantity in the fuel tank by using the fuel pressure value detected by the fuel tank pressure sensor and the fuel temperature value detected by the fuel tank temperature sensor, and outputs the signal to the gauge assembly. The gauge needle moves toward the coil with the strongest magnetic field. When you turn the ignition switch off, the gauge remains at the last reading until you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or START (III) again. When the PCM detects a malfunction with the fuel pressure or temperature, or detects a gas leak, the PCM reduces the fuel meter to 0. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8093 Fuel Gauge: Testing and Inspection WARNING: Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flame away from your work area. NOTE: Refer to fuel gauge system circuit. 1. Check the No.25 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fusel relay box before testing. 2. Remove the access panel from the floor. 3. Disconnect the 3P connector from the fuel gauge sending unit. 4. Connect the voltmeter positive probe to the No.2 terminal and the negative probe to the No.1 terminal, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). There should be between 5 and 8 V. If the voltage is as specified, go to step 5. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: an open in the YEL/BLK or BLK wire. - poor ground (G552). 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Attach a jumper wire between the No.1 and No.2 terminals, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge starts moving toward the "F" mark. CAUTION: Turn the ignition switch OFF before the pointer reaches "F" on the gauge dial. Failure to do so may damage the fuel gauge. NOTE: The fuel gauge is a bobbin (cross-coil) type, hence the fuel level is continuously indicated even when the ignition switch is OFF, and the pointer moves more slowly than that of a bimetal type. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not move at all, replace the gauge. - If the gauge is OK, inspect the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8094 8. Remove the fuel gauge sending unit as shown. 9. Measure the resistance between the No.1 and No.2 terminals at E (EMPTY), 1/2 (HALF FULL) and F (FULL) by moving the float. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8095 If the resistance readings are beyond the range, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications Fuel Gauge Sender: Specifications Float Position E 1/2 F USA,Canada Produced (ceramic Board Type) 105 - 108 ohms 29.5 - 35.5 ohms 3.5 - 5 ohms Japan Produced (wire -Wound Type) 105 - 110 ohms 29.5 - 39.5 ohms 2 - 5 ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 8099 Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 8100 Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection WARNING: Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flame away from your work area. NOTE: Refer to fuel gauge system circuit. 1. Check the No.25 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fusel relay box before testing. 2. Remove the access panel from the floor. 3. Disconnect the 3P connector from the fuel gauge sending unit. 4. Connect the voltmeter positive probe to the No.2 terminal and the negative probe to the No.1 terminal, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). There should be between 5 and 8 V. If the voltage is as specified, go to step 5. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: an open in the YEL/BLK or BLK wire. - poor ground (G552). 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Attach a jumper wire between the No.1 and No.2 terminals, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge starts moving toward the "F" mark. CAUTION: Turn the ignition switch OFF before the pointer reaches "F" on the gauge dial. Failure to do so may damage the fuel gauge. NOTE: The fuel gauge is a bobbin (cross-coil) type, hence the fuel level is continuously indicated even when the ignition switch is OFF, and the pointer moves more slowly than that of a bimetal type. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not move at all, replace the gauge. - If the gauge is OK, inspect the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 8101 8. Remove the fuel gauge sending unit as shown. 9. Measure the resistance between the No.1 and No.2 terminals at E (EMPTY), 1/2 (HALF FULL) and F (FULL) by moving the float. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 8102 If the resistance readings are beyond the range, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Locations With Front Passenger's Airbag Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Locations > Page 8107 Without Front Passenger's Airbag (Part Of Canada Model) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Airbag Handling and Storage Do not try to disassemble the airbag assembly. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been operated (deployed), it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of the airbag assembly during service, please observe the following precautions: Store the removed airbag assembly with the pad surface up. The driver's (and front passenger's) airbag connector(s) has (have) a built-in short contact. WARNING: If the airbag is improperly stored face down, accidental deployment could propel the unit with enough force to cause serious injury Store the removed airbag assembly on a secure flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 212 °F / 100 °C) and free of any oil, grease, detergent or water. CAUTION: Improper handling or storage can internally damage the airbag assembly, making it inoperative. If you suspect the airbag assembly has been damaged, install a new unit, and refer to the Deployment/Disposal procedures for disposing of the damaged airbag. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 8110 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Wiring Precautions Never attempt to modify, splice or repair SRS wiring. NOTE: SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer protective covering. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to- metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service Precautions > Airbag Handling and Storage > Page 8111 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service Precautions Radio "Code" Theft Protection NOTE: The original radio has a coded theft protection circuit. Be sure to get the customer's code number before a. Disconnecting the battery. b. Removing the fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. c. Removing the radio. d. After service, reconnect power to the radio and turn it on. When the word "CODE" is displayed, enter the customer's 5-digit code to restore radio operation. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact The driver's airbag (and front passenger's) airbag has (have) a spring-loaded lock connector with a built-in short contact. When this connector is disconnected, the power terminal and the ground terminal in the airbag connector are automatically shorted. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Spring-Loaded Lock Connector With Built-In Short Contact > Page 8114 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Description and Operation System Description The SRS is a safety device which, when used in conjunction with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver (and front passenger) in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit (including safing sensor and impact sensor), the cable reel, the driver's airbag (and front passenger's airbag). Operation The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charge(s). If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit respectively will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: 1. The impact sensor must activate, and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals, and must send signals to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator(s) must ignite and deploy the airbag(s). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 8115 Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair To prevent accidental airbag deployment, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait three minutes before disconnecting any SRS connectors. - Before disconnecting the SRS main harness (A) from the SRS unit, disconnect both airbags (C,D). - Before disconnecting the cable reel 2P connector (B), disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector (C). 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least three minutes. 2. Disconnect the airbag connector(s). Driver's 2p Connector Driver's Side: Remove the access panel from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 2P connector and cable reel 2P connector. Passenger's 2p Connector Front Passenger's Side: Remove the glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 2P connector and SRS main harness 2P connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Panel Illumination Control Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Key Reminder Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8123 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8124 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8125 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8126 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8127 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8128 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8129 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8130 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8131 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8132 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8133 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8134 Key Reminder Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8135 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8136 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8137 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8138 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8139 Seat Belt & Ignition Key Reminders Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8140 Key Reminder Switch: Description and Operation Ignition Key Warning Battery voltage is supplied at all times to the seat belt reminder/key-on beeper circuit in the integrated control unit. When you turn on the ignition key switch the integrated control unit senses ground. If you open the driver's door, the door switch closes, causing the beeper to sound until the door is closed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8145 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8146 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8147 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8148 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8149 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8150 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8151 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8152 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8153 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8154 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8155 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8156 Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8157 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8158 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8159 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8160 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8161 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8162 Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator: Description and Operation The PCM turns on the low fuel indicator light when the fuel level is low. The PCM will also blink the indicator light when a problem is detected by the fuel tank pressure sensor or the fuel tank temperature sensor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8163 Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection NOTE: For the low fuel indicator circuit diagram, refer to the gauge assembly circuit diagram. 1. Check the No.25 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box before testing. 2. Park the vehicle on level ground. 3. Drain the fuel into an approved container. Reinstall the fuel tank drain bolt with a new washer. 4. Add less than 4L (1.1 U.S. Gal, 0.9 Imp. Gal) of fuel, and turn the ignition switch ON (II). The low fuel indicator light should come on within four minutes. If the light comes on within four minutes, go to step 8. - If the light does not come on within four minutes, go to step 5. 5. Remove the access panel from the floor. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the fuel tank sending unit 3P connector. 7. Connect the fuel tank sending unit 3P terminals No.1 and No.3 with a jumper wire. - If the light comes on, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. - If the light does not come on, check for: An open in the GRN/YEL wire between the fuel gauge sending unit and the fuel gauge. - A blown bulb. - A poor ground (G552) 8. Add 4L (1.1 U.S. Gal, 0.9 Imp. Gal) of fuel. The light should go off within four minutes. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Locations > Page 8167 Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Description and Operation US Models This indicator reminds you that it is nearing 7,500 miles (12,000 km) since the last scheduled maintenance. Refer to normal and severe driving conditions. When the distance driven since the last scheduled maintenance nears 7,500 miles (12,000 km), the indicator will turn yellow. If you exceed 7,500 miles (12,000 km), the indicator will turn red. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Locations > Page 8168 Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Service and Repair SERVICE INTERVAL REMINDER Reset the indicator by inserting your key into the slot beside the indicator. The indicator's colored tab will turn to green. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Customer Interest Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 8177 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: All Technical Service Bulletins Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 99-029 April 20,1999 Applies To: 1996-99 Civic-4-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6.. .XL009798 -4-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6. . .XH518131 -2-door thru VIN 1HGEJ6. . .XL021343 -3-door thru VIN 2HGEJ6.. .XH102598 MIL Is On With Blown Fuse 15 SYMPTOM The MIL is on with a DTC of P1298 (electrical load detector), P0135 (primary heated oxygen sensor), P0141 (secondary heated oxygen sensor), or P0501 (vehicle speed sensor) stored. Fuse 15 in the under-dash fuse box is blown. PROBABLE CAUSE The engine wire harness is rubbing on the intake manifold bracket. CORRECTIVE ACTION Repair the damaged wires, and protect the harness with corrugated tubing. PARTS INFORMATION Corrugated Tubing: P/N 17132-P2E-999, H/C 6182760 7.5 A Fuse: P/N 98200-40750, H/C 4853412 REQUIRED MATERIALS Electrical Tape: 3M P/N 54007-06132 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation number: 737001 Flat rate time: 0.5 hour Failed part: P/N 17132-P2E-A00 H/C 4776399 Defect code: 064 Contention code: B99 Template ID: 99-029A Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Write down the customer's radio station presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Raise the car on the hoist. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Malfunction Indicator Lamp: > 99-029 > Apr > 99 > Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ON With Blow Fuse 15 > Page 8183 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the intake manifold bracket. 6. Tape any damaged wires in the harness going to C115 (see REQUIRED MATERIALS). 7. Install the corrugated tubing over the harness. Tape the tubing to the harness to hold it in position. 8. Reinstall the engine wire harness to the intake manifold bracket. Reinstall the bracket to the engine. Torque the bolts to 24 N.m (17 lb-ft). 9. Lower the car. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Enter the customer's radio station presets. Set the clock. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8184 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Does Not Come ON 96-98 All and 99-00 SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission NOTE: If this symptom is intermittent, check for a loose fuse No.25 (METER 7.5 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box, a poor connection at ECM/PCM terminal A18, or an intermittent open in the GRN/ORN wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly. 99-00 All Except SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 8187 Part 1 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 8188 Part 2 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) NOTE: - When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS service connector is connected and the ignition switch is on. - If this symptom is intermittent, check for: A loose No.25 (METER) (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box - A loose FIE/M (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box - A loose No.13 FUEL PUMP fuse (15 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C19) and the MAP sensor - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C28), the TP sensor, the EGR valve lift sensor (D16Y5 engine) and/or the Fuel tank pressure sensor ('96 D16Y5 engine (coupe), '97 D16Y7 engine (coupe: KL model, sedan: KL (LX) model), '97 D16Y8 engine (coupe: all models, sedan: KL model), '98-all models, '99-all models, '00-all models. - PGM-FI main relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 8189 - See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 8190 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Stays ON 96-98 All and 99-00 SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission Part 1 Of 3 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 8191 Part 2 Of 3 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 8192 Part 3 Of 3 NOTE: - When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS service connector is connected and the ignition switch is on. - If this symptom is intermittent, check for: A loose FIE/M (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box - A loose No.13 FUEL PUMP fuse (15 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C7) and the service check connector - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (D4) and the MAP sensor - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (D10), the TP sensor, the EGR valve lift sensor (D16Y5 engine) and/or the Fuel tank pressure sensor ('96 D16Y8 engine (coupe), '97 D16Y7 engine (coupe: KL model, sedan: KL (LX model), '97 D16Y8 engine (coupe: all models, sedan: KL model), '98-all models) - PGM-FI main relay See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. 99-00 All Except SOHC VTEC-E Manual Transmission Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 8193 Part 1 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > MIL Does Not Come ON > Page 8194 Part 2 Of 2 (Except 1.6L SOHC VTEC-E - M/T) NOTE: - When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS service connector is connected and the ignition switch is ON (II). - If this symptom is intermittent, check for: An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A10) and the service check connector - An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A18) and the gauge assembly - See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8195 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Service and Repair ECM/PCM (MIL) RESET PROCEDURE I. How to Begin Troubleshooting. ^ When the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) has been reported on, or there is a driveability problem, use the appropriate procedure below to diagnose and repair the problem. A. When the MIL has come on: 1. Connect the Honda PGM tester or an OBD II scan tool to the 16P data link Connector (DLC) located near the left kick panel. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (Position II). 3. Check the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and note it. Also check and note the freeze frame data. NOTE: ^ See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. ^ The scan tool or tester can read the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), freeze frame data, current data and other Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Nodule (PCM) data. ^ Freeze data indicates the engine conditions when the fist malfunction. misfire or fuel trim malfunction was detected. It can be useful information when troubleshooting. B. When the MIL has not come on, but there is a driveability problem refer to Symptom Chart. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8196 C. DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) with the SCS service connector connected. Connect the SCS service connector to Service Check Connector as shown. (The 2P service Check Connector is located under the dash on the passenger's side of the vehicle.) Turn the ignition switch ON (Position II). II. Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Reset Procedure. NOTE: Resetting the ECM/PCM will erase any stored DTCs and any freeze data. It will also restart all readiness code monitors. Either of the following actions will reset the ECM/PCM. ^ Use the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's/PCM's memory. NOTE: See the OBD II scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions. ^ Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds. NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customers so you can reset them. III. Final procedure (this procedure must be done after any troubleshooting). 1. Remove the SCS service connector is connected and there are no DTCs stored in the ECM/PCM, the MIL will stay on when the ignition switch is turned ON (Position II). NOTE: If the SCS service connector is connected and there are no DTCs stored in the ECM/PCM, the MIL will stay on when the ignition switch is turned ON (Position II). 2. Do the ECM/PCM Reset Procedure. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Odometer > Component Information > Description and Operation Odometer: Description and Operation When the ignition switch is in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 25 to the gauges in the gauge assembly. Speedometer and Odometer The odometer and speedometer drive circuits receive pulses from the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). The pulse rate increases as the car accelerates. The frequency and duration of these input pulses are measured and displayed by the speedometer, odometer and tripmeter. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Audible Warning Device Control Module > Component Information > Locations Audible Warning Device Control Module: Locations Rear of Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Panel Illumination Control Module > Component Information > Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Locations Dashlight Brightness Controller: Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 8217 Dashboard Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Dashlight Brightness Controller: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8220 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8221 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8222 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8223 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8224 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8225 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8226 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8227 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8228 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8229 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8230 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8231 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8232 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8233 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8234 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8235 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8236 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Electrical Diagrams Dash Lights Brightness Controller Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8237 Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8238 Part 2 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8239 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Testing and Inspection NOTE: The control unit is built into the dash brightness controller. 1. Carefully pry the controller out of the dashboard. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the controller. 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the controller must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch Left Rear Door Striker Area (Right Similar) Left of Rear Seat (Sedan Shown, Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch > Page 8244 Door Switch: Locations Door Switch At Driver's Door Striker Area (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications Fuel Gauge Sender: Specifications Float Position E 1/2 F USA,Canada Produced (ceramic Board Type) 105 - 108 ohms 29.5 - 35.5 ohms 3.5 - 5 ohms Japan Produced (wire -Wound Type) 105 - 110 ohms 29.5 - 39.5 ohms 2 - 5 ohms Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 8248 Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 8249 Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection WARNING: Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flame away from your work area. NOTE: Refer to fuel gauge system circuit. 1. Check the No.25 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fusel relay box before testing. 2. Remove the access panel from the floor. 3. Disconnect the 3P connector from the fuel gauge sending unit. 4. Connect the voltmeter positive probe to the No.2 terminal and the negative probe to the No.1 terminal, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). There should be between 5 and 8 V. If the voltage is as specified, go to step 5. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: an open in the YEL/BLK or BLK wire. - poor ground (G552). 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Attach a jumper wire between the No.1 and No.2 terminals, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge starts moving toward the "F" mark. CAUTION: Turn the ignition switch OFF before the pointer reaches "F" on the gauge dial. Failure to do so may damage the fuel gauge. NOTE: The fuel gauge is a bobbin (cross-coil) type, hence the fuel level is continuously indicated even when the ignition switch is OFF, and the pointer moves more slowly than that of a bimetal type. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not move at all, replace the gauge. - If the gauge is OK, inspect the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 8250 8. Remove the fuel gauge sending unit as shown. 9. Measure the resistance between the No.1 and No.2 terminals at E (EMPTY), 1/2 (HALF FULL) and F (FULL) by moving the float. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Specifications > Page 8251 If the resistance readings are beyond the range, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Key Reminder Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8256 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8257 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8258 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8259 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8260 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8261 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8262 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8263 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8264 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8265 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8266 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8267 Key Reminder Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8268 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8269 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8270 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8271 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8272 Seat Belt & Ignition Key Reminders Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Key Reminder Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8273 Key Reminder Switch: Description and Operation Ignition Key Warning Battery voltage is supplied at all times to the seat belt reminder/key-on beeper circuit in the integrated control unit. When you turn on the ignition key switch the integrated control unit senses ground. If you open the driver's door, the door switch closes, causing the beeper to sound until the door is closed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations Shift Indicator: Locations SRS components are located in this area Review the SRS component locations precautions and procedures in the SRS before performing repairs or service. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8282 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8283 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8284 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8285 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8286 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8287 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8288 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8289 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8290 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8291 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8292 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8293 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8294 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8295 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8296 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8297 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8298 Shift Indicator: Electrical Diagrams CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8299 Except CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8300 Shift Indicator: Description and Operation With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III), voltage is applied to the A/T gear position indicator. The A/T gear position switch provides a ground for each position. As an input is grounded, its indicator light comes ON. If you select R, for example, ground will be provided to the input of the A/T gear position indicator, and the R indicator will come ON. With the headlight switch in PARK or HEAD, voltage is applied to the RED/BLK wire terminal. This changes the indicator panel illumination from fixed to controlled by the dash lights dimmer input through the RED wire. When the Powertrain (except HX) or Transmission (HX) Control Module (PCM or TCM) detects an abnormality in the automatic transmission control system, or when you request diagnostic trouble codes through the service check connector, the PCM or TCM will make the D4 (D for HX) indicator light blink. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Indicator Input Test 1. Remove the gauge assembly from the dashboard, and disconnect the 14P connector from the gauge assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 8303 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the 14P connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, but the indicator is faulty, replace the printed circuit board. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 8304 Shift Indicator: Testing and Inspection Switch Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8305 Shift Indicator: Adjustments 1. Shift to the [P] position, and loosen the nuts. 2. Slide the switch in the direction of [D4] or [D4] position [within 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)] so that there is continuity between the No.1 and No.7 terminals in the range of free play of the shift lever. 3. Recheck for continuity between each of the terminals. NOTE: If adjustment is not possible, check for damage to the shift lever detent and/or the bracket. If there is no damage, replace the console switch. - The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [N] in the range of free play. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8306 Shift Indicator: Service and Repair 1. Remove the front console, then disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 2. Remove the two mounting nuts. 3. Position the switch slider to "Neutral". 4. Move the shift lever to "Neutral", then slip the switch into position. 5. Attach the switch with the two mounting nuts. 6. Test the switch in the [P] and [N] position of the shift lever. The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [P] anywhere in the range of free play. 7. Connect the 14P connector, clamp the harness, and install the front console. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Speedometer Head > Component Information > Description and Operation Speedometer Head: Description and Operation When the ignition switch is in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 25 to the gauges in the gauge assembly. Speedometer and Odometer The odometer and speedometer drive circuits receive pulses from the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). The pulse rate increases as the car accelerates. The frequency and duration of these input pulses are measured and displayed by the speedometer, odometer and tripmeter. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tachometer > Component Information > Locations Tachometer: Locations Left Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tachometer > Component Information > Locations > Page 8313 Tachometer: Description and Operation When the ignition switch is in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 25 to the gauges in the gauge assembly. Tachometer The tachometer drive circuit receives pulses from the ignition control module (ICM) in the distributor assembly or the ECM/PCM. The solid-state tachometer then displays these pulses as engine speed. For each 200 pulses per minute from the ignition control module (ICM) or the ECM/PCM, the tachometer displays 100 RPM. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Temperature Gauge > Component Information > Locations Gauge Assembly Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Temperature Gauge > Component Information > Locations > Page 8317 Temperature Gauge: Description and Operation When the ignition switch is in ON (II) or START (III), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 25 to the gauges in the gauge assembly. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge The engine coolant temperature gauge has two intersecting coils wound around a permanent magnet rotor. Voltage applied to the coils, through fuse 25, generates a magnetic field. The magnetic field, controlled by the coolant temperature sending unit, causes the rotor to rotate and the gauge needle to move. As the resistance in the sending unit varies, current through the gauge coils changes. The gauge needle moves toward the coil with the strongest magnetic field. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Temperature Sensor (Gauge) > Component Information > Locations Temperature Sensor (Gauge): Locations Right Front of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Locations A/T Gear Position Indicator Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8326 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8327 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8328 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8329 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8330 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8331 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8332 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8333 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8334 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8335 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8336 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8337 Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8338 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8339 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8340 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8341 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8342 Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp: Electrical Diagrams A/T Gear Position Indicator - CVT Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8343 A/T Gear Position Indicator - A/T Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection Indicator Input Test 1. Remove the gauge assembly from the dashboard and disconnect the 14P connector from the gauge assembly. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 8346 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the 14P connector. If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, but the indicator is faulty, replace the printed circuit board Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Indicator Input Test > Page 8347 Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection Switch Test 1. Remove the front console. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - Move the shift lever back and forth without pushing the shift lever at each switch position, and check for continuity within the range of free play of the shift lever. - If there is no continuity within the range of free play, adjust the position of the switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8348 Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp: Adjustments 1. Shift to the [P] position, and loosen the nuts. 2. Slide the switch in the direction of [D4] or [D] position [within 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)] so that there is continuity between the No.1 and No.7 terminals in the range of free play of the shift lever. 3. Recheck for continuity between each of the terminals. NOTE: If adjustment is not possible, check for damage to the shift lever detect and/or the bracket. If there is no damage, replace the console switch. - The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [N] in the range of free play. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8349 Transmission Shift Position Indicator Lamp: Service and Repair 1. Remove the front console, then disconnect the 14P connector from the A/T gear position switch. 2. Remove the two mounting nuts. 3. Position the switch slider to "Neutral" as shown. 4. Move the shift lever to "Neutral", then slip the switch into position. 5. Attach the switch with the two mounting nuts. 6. Test the switch in the [P] and [N] position of the shift lever. The engine should start when the shift lever is in position [P] anywhere in the range of free play. 7. Connect the 14P connector, clamp the harness, and install the front console. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Backup Lamp Switch: Locations Right Side of Engine Compartment (M/T) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8355 Backup Lamp Switch: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the connector, then remove the back-up light switch connector from the connector clamp. 2. Remove the back-up light switch. 3. Install the new washer and back-up light switch. 4. Connect the back-up light switch connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Light Bulb > Component Information > Specifications Backup Light Bulb: Specifications Back-Up Light 21 W Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Brake Light Bulb > Component Information > Specifications Brake Light Bulb: Specifications Brake Light 21 W Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Brake Light Bulb > Component Information > Specifications > Page 8363 Brake Light Bulb: Description and Operation The brake system indicator light comes ON to alert the driver that the parking brake is applied, or that the brake fluid level is low. It also comes ON as a bulb test when the engine is cranked. Bulb Check With the ignition switch in START (III) and clutch pedal depressed or A/T gear selector in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N), voltage is applied through fuse 31 to the brake bulb check circuit. The brake bulb check circuit closes, allowing current to flow through the brake system light and bulb check circuit to ground. The brake system light then comes ON to test the bulb. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Cargo Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8368 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8369 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8370 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8371 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8372 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8373 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8374 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8375 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8376 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8377 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8378 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8379 Cargo Lamp: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8380 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8381 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8382 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8383 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8384 Cargo Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8385 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Locations Lighting System (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair > Coupe/Sedan Center Mounted Brake Lamp: Service and Repair Coupe/Sedan High Mount Brake Light Replacement 1. Remove the rear shelf. 2. Remove the two screws, then remove the high mount brake light from the rear shelf. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair > Coupe/Sedan > Page 8391 Center Mounted Brake Lamp: Service and Repair Hatchback High Mount Brake Light Replacement 1. Loosen the two screws, then remove the high mount brake light. Be careful not to damage the hatch spoiler. 2. Remove the bulb socket from the light. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Locations Interior Lights Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Courtesy Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8397 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8398 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8399 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8400 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8401 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8402 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8403 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8404 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8405 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8406 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8407 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8408 Courtesy Lamp: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8409 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8410 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8411 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8412 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8413 Courtesy Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Interior Lights (Without Spotlights) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8414 Interior Lights (With Spotlights) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8415 Courtesy Lamp: Testing and Inspection 1. Turn the light switch OFF. 2. Pry off the lens. 3. Remove the two mounting nuts (or a bolt) from the housing, then remove the housing. 4. Disconnect the connector(s) from the housing. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. with moonroof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8416 without moonroof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit: Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 8421 Lighting System (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 8422 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 8423 Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit: Testing and Inspection Daytime Running Lights Control Unit Input Test (Canada) 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the connectors from the daytime running lights control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Daytime Running Lamp Resistor > Component Information > Locations Lighting System (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Daytime Running Lamp Resistor > Component Information > Locations > Page 8427 Daytime Running Lamp Resistor: Testing and Inspection Test (Canada) CAUTION: The daytime running lights resistor becomes very hot when the daytime running lights are on; do not touch it or the attaching hardware immediately after the lights have been turned off. 1. Disconnect the 3P connector from the resistor. 2. Measure the resistance between the resistor terminals (No.1 and No.2) and the power terminal No.3. Resistance: 1.6 Ohms ± 0.08 Ohms 3. Replace the resistor with a new one if any of the resistances are beyond specification. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Daytime Running Lamp Resistor > Component Information > Locations > Page 8428 Daytime Running Lamp Resistor: Service and Repair Daytime Running Lights Resistor Test (Canada) Replacement CAUTION: Halogen headlights become very hot in use; do not touch them or the attaching hardware immediately after they have been turned off. 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Remove the mounting bolts. 3. Disconnect each connector, then remove the headlight/front turn signal/parking light assembly. HEADLIGHT: 60/55 W FRONT TURN SIGNAL/PARKING LIGHT: 21/5 W Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Locations Dashlight Brightness Controller: Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Locations > Page 8432 Dashboard Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Dashlight Brightness Controller: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8435 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8436 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8437 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8438 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8439 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8440 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8441 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8442 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8443 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8444 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8445 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8446 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8447 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8448 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8449 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8450 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8451 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Electrical Diagrams Dash Lights Brightness Controller Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8452 Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8453 Part 2 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dashlight Brightness Controller <--> [Dimmer Switch] > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8454 Dashlight Brightness Controller: Testing and Inspection NOTE: The control unit is built into the dash brightness controller. 1. Carefully pry the controller out of the dashboard. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the controller. 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the controller must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Locations Component Location Index Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Dome Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8460 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8461 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8462 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8463 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8464 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8465 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8466 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8467 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8468 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8469 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8470 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8471 Dome Lamp: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8472 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8473 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8474 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8475 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8476 Dome Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8477 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8478 Dome Lamp: Testing and Inspection 1. Turn the light switch OFF. 2. Pry off the lens. 3. Remove the two mounting nuts (or a bolt) from the housing, then remove the housing. 4. Disconnect the connectors from the housing. With Moonroof Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8479 Without Moonroof 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch Left Rear Door Striker Area (Right Similar) Left of Rear Seat (Sedan Shown, Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch > Page 8484 Door Switch: Locations Door Switch At Driver's Door Striker Area (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations Fog/Driving Lamp Relay: Locations Behind Left Side Of Dash Panel - Photo 69 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Flasher Relay > Component Information > Locations Hazard Flasher Relay: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Flasher Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8493 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Flasher Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8494 Hazard Flasher Relay: Testing and Inspection SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the turn signal/hazard relay from the under-dash fuse/relay box. 2. Inspect the relay and fuse/relay box socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the turn signal/ hazard relay must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Hazard Warning Flasher: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8499 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8500 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8501 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8502 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8503 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8504 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8505 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8506 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8507 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8508 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8509 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8510 Hazard Warning Flasher: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8511 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8512 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8513 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8514 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8515 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8519 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8520 Hazard Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the hazard warning switch or the center outlet panel when prying the switch out. 1. Remove the center panel. 2. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch from the center panel 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Bulb > Component Information > Specifications Headlamp Bulb: Specifications Headlights 60/55 W Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Headlamp Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8529 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8530 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8531 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8532 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8533 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8534 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8535 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8536 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8537 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8538 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8539 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8540 Headlamp Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8541 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8542 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8543 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8544 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8545 Headlamp Switch: Electrical Diagrams Part 1 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8546 Part 2 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8547 Part 3 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8548 Part 4 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8549 Headlamp Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and steering column covers. 2. Disconnect the 4P and 7P connectors from the switch. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between them in each switch position according to the tables. If there is no continuity between any of them, check for continuity in the switch harness. If there is continuity in the switch harness, replace the combination light switch. If there is no continuity in the switch harness, replace it. Headlight/Dimmer/Passing Switch: Turn Signal Switch: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hi-Beam Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Locations Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View Horn Relay: Locations Alternate View Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8558 Horn Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8559 Horn Relay: Locations Picture Location Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8560 Horn Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Horn relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Horn Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the driver's airbag connector. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector from the main wire harness. 6. Check for continuity between the No.2 terminal of the cable reel sub-harness and body ground with the horn switch pressed. - If there is continuity, the horn switch is OK. - If there is no continuity, go to step 6. 7. Remove the driver's airbag assembly then disconnect the horn connector from the steering wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8564 8. Check for continuity between the No.2 terminal of the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector and horn positive terminal. - If there is no continuity, replace the cable reel. - If there is continuity, repair or replace the horn switch. 9. If all tests prove OK, reinstall the driver's airbag assembly and reconnect the cable reel sub-harness connector. 10. Reconnect the driver's airbag connector, and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative terminal. 12. After installing the airbag assembly, confirm proper system operation: - Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. - Make sure both horn buttons work. 13. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Interior Lighting Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8569 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8570 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8571 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8572 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8573 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8574 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8575 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8576 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8577 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8578 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8579 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8580 Interior Lighting Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8581 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8582 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8583 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8584 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8585 Interior Lighting Module: Electrical Diagrams Integrated Control Unit (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8586 Integrated Control Unit (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Locations Lighting System (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions License Plate Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8592 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8593 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8594 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8595 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8596 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8597 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8598 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8599 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8600 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8601 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8602 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8603 License Plate Lamp: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8604 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8605 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8606 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8607 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8608 License Plate Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8609 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8610 License Plate Lamp: Service and Repair 1. Carefully pry the licence plate light out of the license plate trim. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the light. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Map Light: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8615 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8616 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8617 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8618 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8619 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8620 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8621 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8622 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8623 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8624 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8625 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8626 Map Light: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8627 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8628 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8629 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8630 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8631 Map Light: Electrical Diagrams Circuit Diagram (Without Spotlights) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8632 Circuit Diagram (With Spotlights) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8633 Map Light: Testing and Inspection 1. Turn the spotlight switch OFF. 2. Pry off the lens. 3. Remove the two screws and the housing. 4. Disconnect the 1P connector from the housing. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Parking Light Bulb > Component Information > Specifications Parking Light Bulb: Specifications Parking Light 5 W Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit: Locations Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 8642 Lighting System (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 8643 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 8644 Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit: Testing and Inspection Daytime Running Lights Control Unit Input Test (Canada) 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the connectors from the daytime running lights control unit. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations Fog/Driving Lamp Relay: Locations Behind Left Side Of Dash Panel - Photo 69 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Flasher Relay > Component Information > Locations Hazard Flasher Relay: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Flasher Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8651 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Flasher Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8652 Hazard Flasher Relay: Testing and Inspection SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the turn signal/hazard relay from the under-dash fuse/relay box. 2. Inspect the relay and fuse/relay box socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the turn signal/ hazard relay must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View Horn Relay: Locations Alternate View Dashboard (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8657 Horn Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8658 Horn Relay: Locations Picture Location Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8659 Horn Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Horn relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Interior Lighting Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8664 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8665 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8666 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8667 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8668 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8669 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8670 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8671 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8672 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8673 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8674 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8675 Interior Lighting Module: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8676 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8677 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8678 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8679 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8680 Interior Lighting Module: Electrical Diagrams Integrated Control Unit (Part 1 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8681 Integrated Control Unit (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View Turn Signal Relay: Locations Alternate View Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8686 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8687 Turn Signal Relay: Locations Photo Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8688 Turn Signal Relay: Testing and Inspection Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the turn signal/hazard relay from the under-dash fuse/relay box. 2. Inspect the relay and fuse/relay box socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the turn signal/ hazard relay must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Backup Lamp Switch: Locations Right Side of Engine Compartment (M/T) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8693 Backup Lamp Switch: Service and Repair REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the connector, then remove the back-up light switch connector from the connector clamp. 2. Remove the back-up light switch. 3. Install the new washer and back-up light switch. 4. Connect the back-up light switch connector. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 8698 Combination Switch: Connector Locations Combination Light Switch Connector A Left Side of Steering Column Combination Light Switch Connector B Left Side of Steering Column Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8699 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8700 Combination Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and steering column covers. 2. Disconnect the 4P and 7P connectors from the switch. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between them in each switch position according to the tables. If there is no continuity between any of them, check for continuity in the switch harness. - If there is continuity in the switch harness, replace the combination light switch. - If there is no continuity in the switch harness, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8701 Combination Switch: Service and Repair Combination Switch Replacement Honda does not provide a service procedure for this component. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch Left Rear Door Striker Area (Right Similar) Left of Rear Seat (Sedan Shown, Others Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Rear Door Switch > Page 8706 Door Switch: Locations Door Switch At Driver's Door Striker Area (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8710 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8711 Hazard Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the hazard warning switch or the center outlet panel when prying the switch out. 1. Remove the center panel. 2. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch from the center panel 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Headlamp Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8716 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8717 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8718 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8719 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8720 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8721 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8722 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8723 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8724 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8725 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8726 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8727 Headlamp Switch: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8728 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8729 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8730 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8731 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8732 Headlamp Switch: Electrical Diagrams Part 1 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8733 Part 2 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8734 Part 3 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8735 Part 4 Of 4 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8736 Headlamp Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and steering column covers. 2. Disconnect the 4P and 7P connectors from the switch. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between them in each switch position according to the tables. If there is no continuity between any of them, check for continuity in the switch harness. If there is continuity in the switch harness, replace the combination light switch. If there is no continuity in the switch harness, replace it. Headlight/Dimmer/Passing Switch: Turn Signal Switch: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Horn Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons ('99 - 00 models). 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least three minutes. 3. Disconnect the driver's airbag connector. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector from the main wire harness. 6. Check for continuity between the No.2 terminal of the cable reel sub-harness and body ground with the horn switch pressed. - If there is continuity, the horn switch is OK. - If there is no continuity, go to step 6. 7. Remove the driver's airbag assembly then disconnect the horn connector from the steering wheel. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8740 8. Check for continuity between the No.2 terminal of the cable reel sub-harness 3P connector and horn positive terminal. - If there is no continuity, replace the cable reel. - If there is continuity, repair or replace the horn switch. 9. If all tests prove OK, reinstall the driver's airbag assembly and reconnect the cable reel sub-harness connector. 10. Reconnect the driver's airbag connector, and reinstall the access panel on the steering wheel. 11. Reconnect the battery positive cable, then the negative terminal. 12. After installing the airbag assembly, confirm proper system operation: - Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator light should come on for about six seconds and then go off. - Make sure both horn buttons work. 13. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets ('99 - 00 models). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Turn Signal Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and steering column covers. 2. Disconnect the 4P and 7P connectors from the switch. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between them in each switch position according to the tables. If there is no continuity between any of them, check for continuity in the switch harness. If there is continuity in the switch harness, replace the combination light switch. If there is no continuity in the switch harness, replace it. Headlight/Dimmer/Passing Switch: Turn Signal Switch: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Spot Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8748 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8749 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8750 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8751 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8752 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8753 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8754 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8755 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8756 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8757 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8758 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8759 Spot Lamp: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8760 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8761 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8762 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8763 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8764 Spot Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8765 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Spot Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8766 Spot Lamp: Testing and Inspection 1. Turn the spotlight switch OFF. 2. Pry off the lens. 3. Remove the two screws and the housing. 4. Disconnect the 1p connector from the housing. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Tail Light Bulb > Component Information > Specifications Tail Light Bulb: Specifications Outer Taillight 5 W Inner Taillight 5 W Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Trunk Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8775 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8776 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8777 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8778 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8779 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8780 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8781 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8782 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8783 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8784 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8785 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8786 Trunk Lamp: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8787 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8788 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8789 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8790 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8791 Trunk Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Part 1 of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8792 Part 2 Of 2 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8793 Trunk Lamp: Testing and Inspection 1. Open the trunk light cover from the housing. 2. Pry out the light assembly. 3. Disconnect the 2P connector from the housing. 4. Make sure that the bulb is OK. Check for continuity between the No.1 (+) and No.2 (-) terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 8799 Combination Switch: Connector Locations Combination Light Switch Connector A Left Side of Steering Column Combination Light Switch Connector B Left Side of Steering Column Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8800 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8801 Combination Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and steering column covers. 2. Disconnect the 4P and 7P connectors from the switch. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between them in each switch position according to the tables. If there is no continuity between any of them, check for continuity in the switch harness. - If there is continuity in the switch harness, replace the combination light switch. - If there is no continuity in the switch harness, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8802 Combination Switch: Service and Repair Combination Switch Replacement Honda does not provide a service procedure for this component. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Turn Signal Flasher: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8807 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8808 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8809 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8810 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8811 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8812 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8813 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8814 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8815 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8816 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8817 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8818 Turn Signal Flasher: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8819 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8820 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8821 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8822 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Flasher > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8823 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Turn Signal Bulb > Component Information > Specifications Turn Signal Bulb: Specifications Turn Signal Light 21 W Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View Turn Signal Relay: Locations Alternate View Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8832 Lighting System (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8833 Turn Signal Relay: Locations Photo Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8834 Turn Signal Relay: Testing and Inspection Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the turn signal/hazard relay from the under-dash fuse/relay box. 2. Inspect the relay and fuse/relay box socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the turn signal/ hazard relay must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Turn Signal Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and steering column covers. 2. Disconnect the 4P and 7P connectors from the switch. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between them in each switch position according to the tables. If there is no continuity between any of them, check for continuity in the switch harness. If there is continuity in the switch harness, replace the combination light switch. If there is no continuity in the switch harness, replace it. Headlight/Dimmer/Passing Switch: Turn Signal Switch: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8844 Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations Photo Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8845 Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. Rear window defogger relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8849 Heated Glass Element Switch: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the rear window defogger switch or the center panel when prying the switch out. NOTE: Before testing, check for blown No.16 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Pry the switch out of the center panel. 2. Disconnect the 5P connector from the switch. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check the voltage between the BLK/BLU (+) and the BLK (-) terminals. There should be battery voltage. - If there is no voltage, check for an open in the BLK/BLU wire. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 4. 4. Connect a jumper wire between the BLK/BLU and the BLU/YEL terminals. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the rear window defogger works; if it does, replace the defogger switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Rear Defogger: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Identification For In-Line and Fuse Box Connectors C324 To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in Diagrams/Connector Views. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here's how: 1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic. 3. Then, in the Connector Views, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don't work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals. Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8854 Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and fuse box connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified by the name of the component. If a component has more than one connector, each connector is assigned a letter (A B, C, etc.). Below most connector numbers and Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8855 component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration that shows the connector face, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. . Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing.. Disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C416, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C416. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols is given in wire color abbreviations. Component Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the Location/Components section. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector, and how many cavities it has. If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the Connector-to-Harness Index. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it's located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. Ground Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8856 This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share two ground points. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8857 From Battery to Ignition Switch, Fuses, and Relays Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. The first half of Power Distribution, however, shows the wiring "upstream" between the battery and the fuses. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8858 From Fuses to Relays and Components The second half of Power Distribution shows the wiring "From Fuses to Relays and Components." This can speed your troubleshooting by showing which circuits share fuses. If Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8859 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8860 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8861 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8862 Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK ............... .............................................................................................................................................................. .................................................. Black BLU ......................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................ Blue BRN .... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................ Brown GRN ............................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................. Green GRY ..................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................... Gray LT BLU ............................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Light Blue LT GRN .............................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. Light Green ORN ............................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............... Orange PNK ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... Pink PUR ................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. ............................. Purple RED ............................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................... Red WHT ...................... .............................................................................................................................................................. .......................................... White YEL ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................ Yellow Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8863 Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: WHT..........White YEL..........Yellow BLK..........Black BLU..........Blue GRN..........Green RED..........Red ORN..........Orange PNK..........Pink BRN..........Brown GRY..........Gray PUR..........Purple LT BLU....... Light Blue Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8864 LT GRN....... Light Green The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8865 Rear Defogger: Diagnostic Aids Five Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground. Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Testing For A Short With A Self-Powered Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the battery and load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8866 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) (switched to the lowest "OHMS" range) to the fuse terminal on the load side. 3. Connect the other lead to a known good ground. 4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the DVOM displays a low reading or no reading (zero), there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. Testing For a Short With a Short Circuit Locator (Short Finder) 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8867 2. Connect the short finder across the battery terminals and the load (component) side of the fuse terminal. 3. Close all switches in the circuit you're testing. 4. Turn on the short tinder. This creates a pulsing magnetic field around the wiring between the fuse box and the short. 5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will show current pulses through sheet metal and body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each current pulse. Once you move the meter past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving. Check the wiring and connectors in this area to locate the cause of the short. Testing For A Short With A Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8868 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing For Voltage Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8869 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing For Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8870 Rear Defogger: Electrical Diagrams Rear Window Defogger Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8871 Rear Window Defogger Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Rear Defogger > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8872 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Alternate View > Page 8878 Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations Photo Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8879 Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test. Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.3 terminals when power is disconnected. Rear window defogger relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Locations Power Windows Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Window Relay: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8886 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8887 Power Window Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Power window relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Switch > Component Information > Locations Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8892 Heated Glass Element Switch: Testing and Inspection CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the rear window defogger switch or the center panel when prying the switch out. NOTE: Before testing, check for blown No.16 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Pry the switch out of the center panel. 2. Disconnect the 5P connector from the switch. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check the voltage between the BLK/BLU (+) and the BLK (-) terminals. There should be battery voltage. - If there is no voltage, check for an open in the BLK/BLU wire. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 4. 4. Connect a jumper wire between the BLK/BLU and the BLU/YEL terminals. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the rear window defogger works; if it does, replace the defogger switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8896 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Switch Input Test NOTE: The control unit is built into the power window master switch, and only controls driver's door window operations. 1. Remove the driver's armrest, and disconnect the 16P and 1P connectors from the master switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 8899 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the power window maser switch must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 8900 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Switch Test 1. Remove the armrest from the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 16P and 1P connectors from the master switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. Driver's Switch: The driver's switch is combined with the control unit so you cannot isolate the switch to test it. Instead, run the master switch input test procedures at terminals B3, B4, B5, B6 and B7. If the tests are normal, the driver's switch must be faulty. Front Passenger's Switch Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 8901 Left Rear Switch Right Rear Switch Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 8902 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Passenger's Window Switch Test 1. Remove the armrest. 2. Disconnect the 5P connector, then remove the mounting screw from the passenger's switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Locations Power Windows Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Front Door Window Motor > Component Information > Locations Front Door Window Motor: Locations Front of Driver's Door (Frt. Pass. Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Front Door Window Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver Side Front Door Window Motor: Testing and Inspection Driver Side Motor Test: 1. Remove the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the motor. 3. Test the motor in each direction by connecting battery power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Pulser Test: 5. Connect the test leads of an analog ohmmeter to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. 6. Run the motor by connecting power and ground to the No.1 and No.2 terminals. The ohmmeter needle should move back and forth alternately. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Front Door Window Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver Side > Page 8913 Front Door Window Motor: Testing and Inspection Passenger Side Front: 1. Remove the passenger's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the window motor. 3. Check window motor operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Rear: 1. Remove the passenger's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the window motor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Front Door Window Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver Side > Page 8914 NOTE: The illustration shows the right rear window motor; the left rear window motor is symmetrical. 3. Check window motor operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Rear Door Window Motor > Component Information > Locations Rear Door Window Motor: Locations Front of Left Rear Door (Right Similar) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Rear Door Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 8918 Rear Door Window Motor: Testing and Inspection Front: 1. Remove the passenger's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the window motor. 3. Check window motor operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Rear: 1. Remove the passenger's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the window motor. NOTE: The illustration shows the right rear window motor; the left rear window motor is symmetrical. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Rear Door Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 8919 3. Check window motor operation by connecting power and ground according to the table. CAUTION: When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately. 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Window Relay: Locations Dashboard (Part 2 Of 2) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8923 Behind Left Side of Dash Panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8924 Power Window Relay: Testing and Inspection NOTE: See Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test Normally-open type: Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals. - There should be no continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals when power is disconnected. Type 1 Power window relay Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations Dashboard/Door Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8928 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Switch Input Test NOTE: The control unit is built into the power window master switch, and only controls driver's door window operations. 1. Remove the driver's armrest, and disconnect the 16P and 1P connectors from the master switch. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 8931 2. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the input tests shown in the table at the connector. - If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the power window maser switch must be faulty; replace it. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 8932 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Switch Test 1. Remove the armrest from the driver's door panel. 2. Disconnect the 16P and 1P connectors from the master switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. Driver's Switch: The driver's switch is combined with the control unit so you cannot isolate the switch to test it. Instead, run the master switch input test procedures at terminals B3, B4, B5, B6 and B7. If the tests are normal, the driver's switch must be faulty. Front Passenger's Switch Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 8933 Left Rear Switch Right Rear Switch Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Master Switch Input Test > Page 8934 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Passenger's Window Switch Test 1. Remove the armrest. 2. Disconnect the 5P connector, then remove the mounting screw from the passenger's switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments Front Door Window Glass: Adjustments Glass Adjustment NOTE: - Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface when adjusting the glass. - Check the weatherstrips and glass run channel for damage or deterioration, and replace them if necessary. 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Adjust the glass. 4D: a. Raise the glass fully. b. Loosen the glass mounting bolts (front door) and regulator mounting bolts. c. Push the glass rearward (front door glass) or forward (rear door glass). Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8939 Rear d. Tighten the glass mounting bolts (front door) and regulator mounting bolts. e. Loosen the front channel mounting bolts (front door) or rear channel mounting bolt (rear door). f. Lower the glass. Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8940 Rear g. Push the front or rear channels against the glass, then tighten the mounting bolts. 2D/3D: a. Raise the glass as far up as possible, and hold it against the glass run channel. b. Loosen the roller guide bolts, and adjust the glass so it is parallel with the glass run channel. c. Tighten the roller guide bolts. d. Loosen the front channel bolts. e. Lower the glass. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8941 f. Push the front channel against the glass, then tighten the mounting bolts. 3. Check that the glass moves smoothly. 4. Raise the glass fully and check for gaps. 5. Check the glass operation. NOTE: Check that the glass contacts the glass run channel evenly. 6. Check for water leaks. Spray water over the roof and on the sealing area as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8942 NOTE: Adjust the water pressure as shown. - Do not squeeze the tip of the hose. 7. Attach the plastic cover, then install the door panel. 8. Install the regulator handle so it points forward and up at a 45 degree angle with the glass closed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8943 Front Door Window Glass: Service and Repair 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. Carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8944 3. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. 4. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. 5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8945 NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Locations Quarter Glass Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass Quarter Window Glass: Service and Repair Quarter Glass 3D Removal CAUTION: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surfaces. 1. To remove the quarter glass, first remove the: - Rear seat-back and rear seat cushion - Rear center shelf and rear side shelf - Rear trim panel and side trim panel - Upper anchor bolts from the front and rear seat belts - Quarter trim panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8951 Upper Portion/Lower Portion/Pillar Portion 2. From inside the car, use a knife to cut through the quarter glass adhesive all the way around. NOTE: If the clip on the rear edge is broken, the quarter glass can be reinstalled using butyl tape . - Apply protective tape along the edge of the entire quarter glass opening flange. 3. Carefully remove the quarter glass. NOTE: Check the quarter glass trim and clips for damage, and replace them if necessary. Installation 1. Using a knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire quarter glass opening flange. NOTE: Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will interfere with proper bonding. - Remove the rubber dams from the body. - If any of the clips are broken, remove them from the body. - Mask off surrounding surfaces before applying primer. 2. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. NOTE: After cleaning, keep oil, grease and water from getting on the surface. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8952 3. If the quarter glass is to be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off all traces of old adhesive, then clean the quarter glass surface with alcohol where adhesive is to be applied. NOTE: Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil and grease. CAUTION: Avoid setting the quarter glass on its edges: small chips may later develop into cracks. NOTE: Clean the shadowed area. 4. Glue the upper and lower rubber dams to the inside face of the quarter glass, as shown, to contain the adhesive during installation. NOTE: Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied. 5. Install the quarter glass trim on the quarter glass, then glue the upper and lower clips as shown. NOTE: Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8953 6. If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled (and the clip on the rear edge is broken off), apply a light coat of primer (3M C-100, or equivalent), then apply butyl tape to the quarter glass, as shown, and seal the body hole with piece of urethane tape. NOTE: Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied. - Do not peel the separator off the butyl tape. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8954 7. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer to the inside face of the quarter glass, as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth. NOTE: Do not apply body primer to the quarter glass, and do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed up. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the quarter glass properly, causing a leak after the quarter glass is installed. - Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away from the primed surface. 8. With a sponge, apply a light coat of body primer to the original adhesive remaining around the quarter glass opening flange. Let the body primer dry for at least 10 minutes. NOTE: Do not apply glass primer to the body, and be careful not to mix up glass and body primer sponges. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8955 - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. - Mask off the rear side trim panel before painting the flange. 9. Thoroughly mix the adhesive and hardener together on a glass or metal plate with a putty knife. NOTE: Clean the plate with a sponge and alcohol before mixing. - Follow the instructions that came with the adhesive. 10. Before filling a cartridge, cut the end of the nozzle as shown. 11. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead of adhesive around the edge of the quarter glass as shown. NOTE: If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled, peel the separator off the butyl tape after applying the adhesive. - Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8956 12. Use suction cups to hold the quarter glass over the opening, align the clips, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly push on the quarter glass until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way around. NOTE: Do not open or close the doors until the adhesive is dry. 13. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. NOTE: To remove adhesive from a painted surface or the quarter glass, wipe with a soft shop towel dampened with alcohol. 14. Let the adhesive dry for at least one hour, then spray water over the quarter glass and check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the quarter glass dry, then seal with sealant. NOTE: Let the car stand for at least four hours after quarter glass installation. If the car has to be used within the first four hours, it must be driven slowly. 15. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. NOTE: Advise the customer not to do the following things for two to three days: Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up. - Twist the body excessively (such as when going in and out of driveways at an angle or driving over rough, uneven roads). 2D Removal CAUTION: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surfaces. 1. To remove the quarter glass, first remove the: - Rear seat-back and rear seat cushion - Side trim panel - Rear shelf - Upper anchor bolt from the front seat belt - Quarter trim panel Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8957 Upper Portion/Rear Edge Portion/Pillar Portion 2. From inside the car, use a knife to cut through the quarter glass adhesive all the way around. NOTE: If the quarter glass is to be reinstalled, take care not to damage the molding. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8958 - Apply protective tape along the edge of the entire quarter glass opening flange. 3. Carefully remove the quarter glass. NOTE: Check the molding for damage, and replace it if necessary. Installation 1. Using a knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire quarter glass opening flange. NOTE: Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will interfere with proper bonding. - Remove the fastener from the body. - If any of the clips are broken, remove them from the body. - Mask off surrounding surfaces before applying primer. 2. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. NOTE: After cleaning, keep oil, grease and water from getting on the surface. 3. If the quarter glass is to be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off all traces of old adhesive, then clean the quarter glass surface with alcohol where adhesive is to be applied. NOTE: Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil and grease. CAUTION: Avoid setting the quarter glass on its edges; small chips may later develop into cracks. NOTE: Clean the shadowed area. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8959 4. Install the molding around the edge of the quarter glass as shown. NOTE: If the old molding is to be reinstalled, scrape off the old adhesive tape from the molding, and clean the molding surface with alcohol where new adhesive tape is to be applied. Apply the double-faced adhesive tape to the molding and quarter glass as shown. - Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied. Adhesive tape A (3M 4215, or equivalent) Thickness: 0.4 mm (0.02 in.) Width: 5 mm (0.2 in.) Length: 440 mm (17.3 in.) Adhesive tape B (NITTO 501, or equivalent) Thickness: 0.16 mm (0.006 in.) Width: 8 mm (0.3 in.) Length: 440 mm (17.3 in.) Adhesive tape C (3M 4213, or equivalent) Thickness: 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) Width: 5 mm (0.2 in.) Length: 30 mm (1.2 in.) Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8960 5. If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled, glue the upper and lower clips and fastener as shown. NOTE: Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied. 6. Glue the fastener to the body as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8961 7. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer to the inside face of the quarter glass, as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth. NOTE: Do not apply body primer to the quarter glass, and do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed up. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the quarter glass properly, causing a leak after the quarter glass is installed. - Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away from the primed surface. 8. With a sponge, apply a light coat of body primer to the original adhesive remaining around the quarter glass opening flange. Let the body primer dry for at least 10 minutes. NOTE: Do not apply glass primer to the body, and be careful not to mix up glass and body primer sponges. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. - Mask off the rear side trim panel before painting the flange. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8962 9. Thoroughly mix the adhesive and hardener together on a glass or metal plate with a putty knife. NOTE: Clean the plate with a sponge and alcohol before mixing. - Follow the instructions that came with the adhesive. 10. Before filling a cartridge, cut the end of the nozzle as shown. 11. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead of adhesive around the edge of the quarter glass as shown. NOTE: If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled, peel the separator off the butyl tape after applying the adhesive. - Peel the separator off the adhesive tape after applying the adhesive. - Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8963 12. Use suction cups to hold the quarter glass over the opening, align the clips, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly push on the quarter glass until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way around. NOTE: Do not open or close the doors until the adhesive is dry. 13. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. NOTE: To remove adhesive from a painted surface or the quarter glass, wipe with a soft shop towel dampened with alcohol. 14. Let the adhesive dry for at least one hour, then spray water over the quarter glass and check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the quarter glass dry, then seal with sealant. NOTE: Let the car stand for at least four hours after quarter glass installation. If the car has to be used within the first four hours, it must be driven slowly. 15. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. NOTE: Advise the customer not to do the following things for two to three days: Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up. - Twist the body excessively (such as when going in and out of driveways at an angle or driving over rough, uneven roads). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8964 Quarter Window Glass: Service and Repair Rear Door Glass, Quarter Glass and Regulator Replacement 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 3. Carefully lower the glass. Remove the bolts and screw from the rear channel, then remove the glass from the rear channel. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8965 4. Carefully remove the glass from the window slot. 5. Remove the outer molding, then remove the quarter glass. 6. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Quarter Glass > Page 8966 7. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. NOTE: If necessary, remove the power window motor from the regulator. - Before removing the power window motor, scribe a line across the sector gear and regulator. 8. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary . Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments Rear Door Window Glass: Adjustments Glass Adjustment NOTE: - Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface when adjusting the glass. - Check the weatherstrips and glass run channel for damage or deterioration, and replace them if necessary. 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Adjust the glass. 4D: a. Raise the glass fully. b. Loosen the glass mounting bolts (front door) and regulator mounting bolts. c. Push the glass rearward (front door glass) or forward (rear door glass). Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8970 Rear d. Tighten the glass mounting bolts (front door) and regulator mounting bolts. e. Loosen the front channel mounting bolts (front door) or rear channel mounting bolt (rear door). f. Lower the glass. Front Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8971 Rear g. Push the front or rear channels against the glass, then tighten the mounting bolts. 2D/3D: a. Raise the glass as far up as possible, and hold it against the glass run channel. b. Loosen the roller guide bolts, and adjust the glass so it is parallel with the glass run channel. c. Tighten the roller guide bolts. d. Loosen the front channel bolts. e. Lower the glass. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8972 f. Push the front channel against the glass, then tighten the mounting bolts. 3. Check that the glass moves smoothly. 4. Raise the glass fully and check for gaps. 5. Check the glass operation. NOTE: Check that the glass contacts the glass run channel evenly. 6. Check for water leaks. Spray water over the roof and on the sealing area as shown. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8973 NOTE: Adjust the water pressure as shown. - Do not squeeze the tip of the hose. 7. Attach the plastic cover, then install the door panel. 8. Install the regulator handle so it points forward and up at a 45 degree angle with the glass closed. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8974 Rear Door Window Glass: Service and Repair 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 3. Carefully lower the glass. Remove the bolts and screw from the rear channel, then remove the glass from the rear channel. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8975 4. Carefully remove the glass from the window slot. 5. Remove the outer molding, then remove the quarter glass. 6. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > System Information > Adjustments > Page 8976 7. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. NOTE: If necessary, remove the power window motor from the regulator. - Before removing the power window motor, scribe a line across the sector gear and regulator. 8. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary . Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair Front Door Window Regulator: Service and Repair Glass/Regulator Replacement 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. Carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8981 3. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. 4. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. 5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8982 NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Quarter Window Regulator > Component Information > Service and Repair Quarter Window Regulator: Service and Repair Glass/Regulator Replacement Rear Door 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 3. Carefully lower the glass. Remove the bolts and screw from the rear channel, then remove the glass from the rear channel. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Quarter Window Regulator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 8986 4. Carefully remove the glass from the window slot. 5. Remove the outer molding, then remove the quarter glass. 6. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Quarter Window Regulator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 8987 7. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. NOTE: If necessary, remove the power window motor from the regulator. - Before removing the power window motor, scribe a line across the sector gear and regulator. 8. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary . Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Window Regulator: Service and Repair Glass/Regulator Replacement Rear Door 1. Remove: - Door panel - Plastic cover 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the bolts, then remove them. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 3. Carefully lower the glass. Remove the bolts and screw from the rear channel, then remove the glass from the rear channel. NOTE: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8991 4. Carefully remove the glass from the window slot. 5. Remove the outer molding, then remove the quarter glass. 6. Disconnect the connector, and detach the harness clip, then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8992 7. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator where shown. NOTE: If necessary, remove the power window motor from the regulator. - Before removing the power window motor, scribe a line across the sector gear and regulator. 8. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. Also make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary . Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Seal: > 00-021 > Feb > 00 > Windshield - Wind Noise (Whistle) Window Seal: Customer Interest Windshield - Wind Noise (Whistle) 00-021 February 1, 2000 Applies To: 1995-00 Civic - ALL Wind Whistle at the Top of the Windshield (Replaces 95-056, dated March 2, 1999) SYMPTOM A whistling or howling noise coming from the top, middle of the windshield at highway speeds. The molding may also be deformed or loose. PROBABLE CAUSE Vibration of the upper windshield molding. CORRECTIVE ACTION Apply sealant under the entire length of the upper windshield molding. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 824003 Flat Rate Time: 0.5 hour Failed Part: P/N 73150-S04-003 H/C 4779385 Defect Code: 056 Contention Code: B07 Template ID: 00-021A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REQUIRED MATERIALS 3M Black Super Silicone Sealant: (3M P/N 051135-08662) 3M General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner: (3M P/N 051135-08984) DIAGNOSIS Drive the car at highway speeds to verify the noise. If you hear the noise, and its frequency or volume changes when you push on the top of the windshield in front of the rear view mirror, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Protect the roof by applying 2-inch-wide masking tape along the edge of the upper windshield molding, and around the corners. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Seal: > 00-021 > Feb > 00 > Windshield - Wind Noise (Whistle) > Page 9001 2. Pull the rear edge of the upper windshield molding away from the roof (use a cotter pin puller or similar tool), and apply a liberal amount of 3M Black Super Silicone Sealant underneath it. Apply sealant along the entire masked-off area. 3. Push on the molding to smooth it out and to form a good seal. 4. After five minutes, remove the masking tape. Clean up any excess sealant with 3M General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner. 5. To give the sealant time to cure, tell the customer not to wash the windshield for 24 hours. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Seal: > 00-021 > Feb > 00 > Windshield - Wind Noise (Whistle) Window Seal: All Technical Service Bulletins Windshield - Wind Noise (Whistle) 00-021 February 1, 2000 Applies To: 1995-00 Civic - ALL Wind Whistle at the Top of the Windshield (Replaces 95-056, dated March 2, 1999) SYMPTOM A whistling or howling noise coming from the top, middle of the windshield at highway speeds. The molding may also be deformed or loose. PROBABLE CAUSE Vibration of the upper windshield molding. CORRECTIVE ACTION Apply sealant under the entire length of the upper windshield molding. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 824003 Flat Rate Time: 0.5 hour Failed Part: P/N 73150-S04-003 H/C 4779385 Defect Code: 056 Contention Code: B07 Template ID: 00-021A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REQUIRED MATERIALS 3M Black Super Silicone Sealant: (3M P/N 051135-08662) 3M General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner: (3M P/N 051135-08984) DIAGNOSIS Drive the car at highway speeds to verify the noise. If you hear the noise, and its frequency or volume changes when you push on the top of the windshield in front of the rear view mirror, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Protect the roof by applying 2-inch-wide masking tape along the edge of the upper windshield molding, and around the corners. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Seal > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Seal: > 00-021 > Feb > 00 > Windshield - Wind Noise (Whistle) > Page 9007 2. Pull the rear edge of the upper windshield molding away from the roof (use a cotter pin puller or similar tool), and apply a liberal amount of 3M Black Super Silicone Sealant underneath it. Apply sealant along the entire masked-off area. 3. Push on the molding to smooth it out and to form a good seal. 4. After five minutes, remove the masking tape. Clean up any excess sealant with 3M General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner. 5. To give the sealant time to cure, tell the customer not to wash the windshield for 24 hours. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel Window Track: Customer Interest Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel 97-021 March 28, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic 2-door - - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Front Windows Bind or Have Come Out of the Run Channel (Supersedes 97-021, dated February 22, 2000) SYMPTOM One or both of the front windows are binding or have come out of the window run channel. PROBABLE CAUSE 1996 and 1997 models thru the affected VINS: Faulty window regulator, and the glass run channel is not seated correctly in the window channels. 1997 models after the affected VINs, all 1998-99 models, and 2000 models thru the affected VINs: The glass run channel is not seated correctly in the window channels. VEHICLES AFFECTED Replace the window regulator(s), and reinstall the glass run channel on the vehicles shown. Reinstall the glass run channel on the vehicles shown. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1996 and 1997 models thru the affected VINs: Replace the window regulator, and reinstall the glass run channel. Replace the glass run channel if it is damaged. 1997 models after the affected VINs, all 1998-99 models, and 2000 models thru the affected VINs: Reinstall the glass run channel. Replace the glass run channel if it is damaged. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel > Page 9016 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: Left P/N 04725-S00-A00 H/C 4835880 Right P/N 04720-S00-A00 H/C 4835864 Defect Code: 030 Contention Code: B99 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. PARTS INFORMATION Left Power Window Regulator: P/N 04725-S00-A01, H/C 5254545 Left Manual Window Regulator: P/N 72250-S00-003, H/C 4847117 Left Glass Run Channel: P/N 72275-S03-G01, H/C 4847166 Right Power Window Regulator: P/N 04720-S00-A01, H/C 5254537 Right Manual Window Regulator: P/N 72210-S00-003, H/C 4847026 Right Glass Run Channel: P/N 72235-S03-G01, H/C 4847083 REQUIRED MATERIALS Plastic Cover Adhesive: P/N 08712-0003, H/C 4162186 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the door panel. Refer to section 20 of the 1996-00 Civic Service Manual. 2. Remove the armrest bracket, then pull down the plastic cover to gain access to the window regulator. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel > Page 9017 3. Carefully move the glass until you can see the glass mounting bolts, then loosen them. Slide the guide rearward, remove the glass from the guide, and carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. 4. Check the year and VIN. ^ If the vehicle is a 1996 or 1997 within the affected VIN range, replace the window regulator. Go to step 5. ^ If the vehicle is not a 1996 or 1997 within the affected VIN range, go to step 8. 5. Remove the two roller guide bolts and the two rear regulator mounting bolts; then remove the front regulator mounting bolts. 6. Disconnect the power window motor connector, and detach the harness clip (it applicable); then lift and remove the regulator through the opening in the door. 7. Install the new regulator in the door, then loosely install the two rear mounting bolts and the two roller guide bolts. Do not tighten the two front mounting bolts yet. Go to step 9. 8. Loosen the window regulator's two rear mounting bolts, two front mounting bolts, and two roller guide bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel > Page 9018 9. Inspect the glass run channel: ^ If the run channel is not sitting in the window channels properly, reinstall it. ^ If the run channel is damaged, replace it. Refer to section 20 of the appropriate service manual. ^ If the run channel is sitting in the window channels properly, go to step 10. NOTE: If the run channel is sitting in the window channels properly and the window regulator was not replaced, disregard this service bulletin and follow normal troubleshooting procedures. 10. Reinstall the glass in the door, but do not tighten the glass mounting bolts. Reconnect the power window motor connector, and temporarily reconnect the window switch (if applicable). Raise the window about 100 mm (4.0 in.) from the fully lowered position. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel > Page 9019 11. Push the glass toward the rear of the door, and have an assistant tighten the two glass mounting bolts, the four regulator mounting bolts, and the two roller guide bolts. 12. Loosen the front channel mounting bolt and nut. Push the front channel toward the glass, and tighten the mounting bolt and nut. 13. Check the window for smooth operation, and check for gaps between the glass and the run channel with the window all the way up. ^ If the window does not operate smoothly, or if you see gaps between the run channel and the window, loosen all the mounting bolts, and repeat steps 10 through 12. ^ If the window operates smoothly and you see no gaps between the run channel and the window, reinstall the plastic cover, the armrest bracket, and the door panel. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels Technical Service Bulletin # 98-082 Date: 981027 Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels 98-082 October 27, 1998 Applies To: 1996-98 Civic - 4-Door Windows Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels SYMPTOM One or more windows are binding or have come out of the glass run channels. PROBABLE CAUSE Faulty run channels. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the faulty glass run channel(s). Inspect the front, the center, and the rear channels. Replace the channels only if they are damaged. Inspect the window regulator(s) of the binding window(s). Replace the window regulators only if they are damaged. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed part: Left Front P/N 72275-S04-003 H/C 4779021 Right Front P/N 72235-S04-003 H/C 4778999 Left Rear P/N 72775-S04-003 H/C 4779245 Right Rear P/N 72735-S04-003 H/C 4779229 Defect code: 030 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9024 Contention code: B99 Template ID: Not used for this bulletin Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. PARTS INFORMATION Door Glass Run Channel LF P/N 72275-S04-003, H/C 4779021 LR P/N 72775-S04-003, H/C 4779245 RF P/N 72235-S04-003, H/C 4778999 RR P/N 72735-S04-003, H/C 4779229 Window Regulator - Manual LF P/N 72250-S04-003, H/C 4847133 LR '96 P/N 72750-S01-003, H/C 4797312 LR '97-98 P/N 72750-S01-013, H/C 4981080 RF P/N 72210-S04-003, H/C 4847042 RR '96 P/N 72710-S01-003, H/C 4797304 RR '97-98 P/N 72710-S01-013, H/C 5019799 Window Regulator - Power LR '96 P/N 04726-S01-A00, H/C 4832549 LR '97-'98 P/N 04726-S01-AO1, H/C 4980975 RR '96 P/N 04721-S01-A00, H/C 4832531 RR '97-'98 P/N 04721-S01-A01, H/C 4980967 Door Channel - Front LF P/N 72270-S04-003, H/C 4779005 RF P/N 72230-S04-003, H/C 4778973 Door Channel - Center Channel LF P/N 72271-S04-003, H/C 4779013 LR P/N 72771-S04-003, H/C 4779237 RF P/N 72231-S04-003, H/C 4778981 RR P/N 72731-S04-003, H/C 4779211 Front Door Repair Procedure 1. With a trim removal tool, carefully press down on the front edge of the power window switch panel between the switch and the door grip cover. This releases the top tab on the cover. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9025 2. While still pressing down on the switch panel, use your free hand to pull the cover away from the switch until the clip below the top tab releases from the door grip. 3. Remove the door panel. Refer to section 20 of the 1996-99 Service Manual. 4. Remove the plastic rain protector, and if so equipped, the power door lock control unit. 5. Move the window until you can see the glass mounting bolts, then remove the bolts. Carefully remove the glass by pulling it out through the window slot. 6. Remove and discard the glass run channel. 7. Inspect the front channel and the center channel for deformation or damage. Replace the damaged channels (see PARTS INFORMATION). 8. Install the new glass run channel (see PARTS INFORMATION). 9. Reinstall the glass, and install the glass mounting bolts finger-tight. 10. Raise the glass all the way. Loosen the window regulator bolts, and move the glass up and toward the window sash. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9026 11. Torque the bolts to 8 N.m (6 lb-ft) in the sequence shown. 12. Lower the glass all the way. Loosen the bolt on the front channel, move the channel toward the glass, then retighten the bolt. 13. Raise and lower the window several times to make sure the window operates smoothly. If needed, readjust the glass and the front channel. 14. Reinstall all removed parts. Rear Door Repair Procedure 1. With a trim removal tool, carefully press down on the front edge of the power window switch panel between the switch and the door grip cover. This releases the top tab on the cover. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9027 2. While still pressing down on the switch panel, use your free hand to pull the cover away from the switch until the clip below the top tab releases from the door grip. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Remove the plastic rain protector. 5. Lower the glass all the way. Remove the rear channel, and remove the B-pillar sash trim. 6. Remove the glass mounting bolts. 7. Carefully remove the glass by pulling it out through the window slot. 8. Remove and discard the glass run channel. 9. Inspect the rear center channel for deformation or damage. Replace the damaged channels (see PARTS INFORMATION). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9028 10. Inspect the window regulator for bent arms, and check the sector gear for looseness. Replace the damaged window regulator (see PARTS INFORMATION). NOTE: When replacing a rear power window regulator, reuse the original motor. 11. Install the new glass run channel (see PARTS INFORMATION). 12. Install the glass, the B-pillar trim, and the rear channel. 13. Loosen the bolts on the center channel and the rear channel. Move both channels toward the glass, then retighten the bolts. 14. Raise and lower the window several times to make sure the window operates smoothly. If needed, readjust the channels. 15. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel Window Track: All Technical Service Bulletins Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel 97-021 March 28, 2000 Applies To: 1996-00 Civic 2-door - - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Front Windows Bind or Have Come Out of the Run Channel (Supersedes 97-021, dated February 22, 2000) SYMPTOM One or both of the front windows are binding or have come out of the window run channel. PROBABLE CAUSE 1996 and 1997 models thru the affected VINS: Faulty window regulator, and the glass run channel is not seated correctly in the window channels. 1997 models after the affected VINs, all 1998-99 models, and 2000 models thru the affected VINs: The glass run channel is not seated correctly in the window channels. VEHICLES AFFECTED Replace the window regulator(s), and reinstall the glass run channel on the vehicles shown. Reinstall the glass run channel on the vehicles shown. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1996 and 1997 models thru the affected VINs: Replace the window regulator, and reinstall the glass run channel. Replace the glass run channel if it is damaged. 1997 models after the affected VINs, all 1998-99 models, and 2000 models thru the affected VINs: Reinstall the glass run channel. Replace the glass run channel if it is damaged. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel > Page 9034 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: Left P/N 04725-S00-A00 H/C 4835880 Right P/N 04720-S00-A00 H/C 4835864 Defect Code: 030 Contention Code: B99 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. PARTS INFORMATION Left Power Window Regulator: P/N 04725-S00-A01, H/C 5254545 Left Manual Window Regulator: P/N 72250-S00-003, H/C 4847117 Left Glass Run Channel: P/N 72275-S03-G01, H/C 4847166 Right Power Window Regulator: P/N 04720-S00-A01, H/C 5254537 Right Manual Window Regulator: P/N 72210-S00-003, H/C 4847026 Right Glass Run Channel: P/N 72235-S03-G01, H/C 4847083 REQUIRED MATERIALS Plastic Cover Adhesive: P/N 08712-0003, H/C 4162186 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the door panel. Refer to section 20 of the 1996-00 Civic Service Manual. 2. Remove the armrest bracket, then pull down the plastic cover to gain access to the window regulator. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel > Page 9035 3. Carefully move the glass until you can see the glass mounting bolts, then loosen them. Slide the guide rearward, remove the glass from the guide, and carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. 4. Check the year and VIN. ^ If the vehicle is a 1996 or 1997 within the affected VIN range, replace the window regulator. Go to step 5. ^ If the vehicle is not a 1996 or 1997 within the affected VIN range, go to step 8. 5. Remove the two roller guide bolts and the two rear regulator mounting bolts; then remove the front regulator mounting bolts. 6. Disconnect the power window motor connector, and detach the harness clip (it applicable); then lift and remove the regulator through the opening in the door. 7. Install the new regulator in the door, then loosely install the two rear mounting bolts and the two roller guide bolts. Do not tighten the two front mounting bolts yet. Go to step 9. 8. Loosen the window regulator's two rear mounting bolts, two front mounting bolts, and two roller guide bolts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel > Page 9036 9. Inspect the glass run channel: ^ If the run channel is not sitting in the window channels properly, reinstall it. ^ If the run channel is damaged, replace it. Refer to section 20 of the appropriate service manual. ^ If the run channel is sitting in the window channels properly, go to step 10. NOTE: If the run channel is sitting in the window channels properly and the window regulator was not replaced, disregard this service bulletin and follow normal troubleshooting procedures. 10. Reinstall the glass in the door, but do not tighten the glass mounting bolts. Reconnect the power window motor connector, and temporarily reconnect the window switch (if applicable). Raise the window about 100 mm (4.0 in.) from the fully lowered position. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 97-021 > Mar > 00 > Front Windows - Bind or Out of Run Channel > Page 9037 11. Push the glass toward the rear of the door, and have an assistant tighten the two glass mounting bolts, the four regulator mounting bolts, and the two roller guide bolts. 12. Loosen the front channel mounting bolt and nut. Push the front channel toward the glass, and tighten the mounting bolt and nut. 13. Check the window for smooth operation, and check for gaps between the glass and the run channel with the window all the way up. ^ If the window does not operate smoothly, or if you see gaps between the run channel and the window, loosen all the mounting bolts, and repeat steps 10 through 12. ^ If the window operates smoothly and you see no gaps between the run channel and the window, reinstall the plastic cover, the armrest bracket, and the door panel. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels Technical Service Bulletin # 98-082 Date: 981027 Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels 98-082 October 27, 1998 Applies To: 1996-98 Civic - 4-Door Windows Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels SYMPTOM One or more windows are binding or have come out of the glass run channels. PROBABLE CAUSE Faulty run channels. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the faulty glass run channel(s). Inspect the front, the center, and the rear channels. Replace the channels only if they are damaged. Inspect the window regulator(s) of the binding window(s). Replace the window regulators only if they are damaged. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed part: Left Front P/N 72275-S04-003 H/C 4779021 Right Front P/N 72235-S04-003 H/C 4778999 Left Rear P/N 72775-S04-003 H/C 4779245 Right Rear P/N 72735-S04-003 H/C 4779229 Defect code: 030 Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9042 Contention code: B99 Template ID: Not used for this bulletin Skill level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. PARTS INFORMATION Door Glass Run Channel LF P/N 72275-S04-003, H/C 4779021 LR P/N 72775-S04-003, H/C 4779245 RF P/N 72235-S04-003, H/C 4778999 RR P/N 72735-S04-003, H/C 4779229 Window Regulator - Manual LF P/N 72250-S04-003, H/C 4847133 LR '96 P/N 72750-S01-003, H/C 4797312 LR '97-98 P/N 72750-S01-013, H/C 4981080 RF P/N 72210-S04-003, H/C 4847042 RR '96 P/N 72710-S01-003, H/C 4797304 RR '97-98 P/N 72710-S01-013, H/C 5019799 Window Regulator - Power LR '96 P/N 04726-S01-A00, H/C 4832549 LR '97-'98 P/N 04726-S01-AO1, H/C 4980975 RR '96 P/N 04721-S01-A00, H/C 4832531 RR '97-'98 P/N 04721-S01-A01, H/C 4980967 Door Channel - Front LF P/N 72270-S04-003, H/C 4779005 RF P/N 72230-S04-003, H/C 4778973 Door Channel - Center Channel LF P/N 72271-S04-003, H/C 4779013 LR P/N 72771-S04-003, H/C 4779237 RF P/N 72231-S04-003, H/C 4778981 RR P/N 72731-S04-003, H/C 4779211 Front Door Repair Procedure 1. With a trim removal tool, carefully press down on the front edge of the power window switch panel between the switch and the door grip cover. This releases the top tab on the cover. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9043 2. While still pressing down on the switch panel, use your free hand to pull the cover away from the switch until the clip below the top tab releases from the door grip. 3. Remove the door panel. Refer to section 20 of the 1996-99 Service Manual. 4. Remove the plastic rain protector, and if so equipped, the power door lock control unit. 5. Move the window until you can see the glass mounting bolts, then remove the bolts. Carefully remove the glass by pulling it out through the window slot. 6. Remove and discard the glass run channel. 7. Inspect the front channel and the center channel for deformation or damage. Replace the damaged channels (see PARTS INFORMATION). 8. Install the new glass run channel (see PARTS INFORMATION). 9. Reinstall the glass, and install the glass mounting bolts finger-tight. 10. Raise the glass all the way. Loosen the window regulator bolts, and move the glass up and toward the window sash. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9044 11. Torque the bolts to 8 N.m (6 lb-ft) in the sequence shown. 12. Lower the glass all the way. Loosen the bolt on the front channel, move the channel toward the glass, then retighten the bolt. 13. Raise and lower the window several times to make sure the window operates smoothly. If needed, readjust the glass and the front channel. 14. Reinstall all removed parts. Rear Door Repair Procedure 1. With a trim removal tool, carefully press down on the front edge of the power window switch panel between the switch and the door grip cover. This releases the top tab on the cover. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9045 2. While still pressing down on the switch panel, use your free hand to pull the cover away from the switch until the clip below the top tab releases from the door grip. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Remove the plastic rain protector. 5. Lower the glass all the way. Remove the rear channel, and remove the B-pillar sash trim. 6. Remove the glass mounting bolts. 7. Carefully remove the glass by pulling it out through the window slot. 8. Remove and discard the glass run channel. 9. Inspect the rear center channel for deformation or damage. Replace the damaged channels (see PARTS INFORMATION). Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 98-082 > Oct > 98 > Windows - Bind or Come Out of the Run Channels > Page 9046 10. Inspect the window regulator for bent arms, and check the sector gear for looseness. Replace the damaged window regulator (see PARTS INFORMATION). NOTE: When replacing a rear power window regulator, reuse the original motor. 11. Install the new glass run channel (see PARTS INFORMATION). 12. Install the glass, the B-pillar trim, and the rear channel. 13. Loosen the bolts on the center channel and the rear channel. Move both channels toward the glass, then retighten the bolts. 14. Raise and lower the window several times to make sure the window operates smoothly. If needed, readjust the channels. 15. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed Windshield Moulding / Trim: Customer Interest Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed 00-064 March 17, 2009 Applied Vehicles Deformed Windshield Molding (Supersedes 00-064, dated November 13, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars) REVISION SUMMARY SYMPTOM The windshield molding is warped or deformed. PROBABLE CAUSE The inner lip is folded, causing a poor fit against the body. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the entire inner lip, and fill the channel between the molding and the body with silicone sealant. REQUIRED MATERIALS WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 831004 Flat Rate Time: 0.7 hour Failed Part: P/N 73150-S84-A01 H/C 5443387 Defect Code: 00401 Symptom Code: 00101 Template ID: 00-064A Skill Level: Repair Technician Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed > Page 9056 Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Pull up the outer edge of the windshield molding. Check if the inner lip is folded over anywhere. ^ If the inner lip is folded over, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If the inner lip is not folded, disregard this bulletin, and look for other possible causes. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Protect the roof by applying a strip of 2-inch-wide masking tape along the outer edge of the windshield molding. 2. Pull up the outer edge of the molding, and use scissors or an X-Acto knife to remove its entire inner lip. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed > Page 9057 3. Using an O-ring pick or similar tool, pull up the outer edge of the molding, and apply 3M Black Super Silicone Sealant under it, along the A-pillars and the upper edge of the windshield. 4. Push down on the molding, and smooth it out until it sits flush with the roof. 5. Wait 5 minutes, then remove the masking tape. 6. Clean up any excess sealant with 3M General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed Windshield Moulding / Trim: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed 00-064 March 17, 2009 Applied Vehicles Deformed Windshield Molding (Supersedes 00-064, dated November 13, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars) REVISION SUMMARY SYMPTOM The windshield molding is warped or deformed. PROBABLE CAUSE The inner lip is folded, causing a poor fit against the body. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the entire inner lip, and fill the channel between the molding and the body with silicone sealant. REQUIRED MATERIALS WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 831004 Flat Rate Time: 0.7 hour Failed Part: P/N 73150-S84-A01 H/C 5443387 Defect Code: 00401 Symptom Code: 00101 Template ID: 00-064A Skill Level: Repair Technician Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed > Page 9063 Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Pull up the outer edge of the windshield molding. Check if the inner lip is folded over anywhere. ^ If the inner lip is folded over, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If the inner lip is not folded, disregard this bulletin, and look for other possible causes. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Protect the roof by applying a strip of 2-inch-wide masking tape along the outer edge of the windshield molding. 2. Pull up the outer edge of the molding, and use scissors or an X-Acto knife to remove its entire inner lip. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Windshield Moulding / Trim > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Windshield Moulding / Trim: > 00-064 > Mar > 09 > Body Windshield Moulding Warped/Deformed > Page 9064 3. Using an O-ring pick or similar tool, pull up the outer edge of the molding, and apply 3M Black Super Silicone Sealant under it, along the A-pillars and the upper edge of the windshield. 4. Push down on the molding, and smooth it out until it sits flush with the roof. 5. Wait 5 minutes, then remove the masking tape. 6. Clean up any excess sealant with 3M General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner. Disclaimer Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Headlamp Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations Wipers/Washers Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Headlamp Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations Wipers/Washers Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wiper Control Module: Testing and Inspection Integrated Control Unit Input Test SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 10P connector from the integrated control unit. 3. Remove the integrated control unit from the under-dash fuse/relay box. 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector and the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. All Systems: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 9076 Intermittent Wiper System: Key-in/Seat Belt Reminder, Lights-on Reminder System: Bulb Check System (Brake System Light): Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Washer Fluid Level Switch: Testing and Inspection Washer Level Switch Test (Canada) 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the washer. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each float position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Windshield Washer Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 8P and 6P connectors from the switch, remove the two screws, and pull out the switch. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations Wiper Switch: Locations Right Side of Steering Column Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9087 Wiper/Washer Switch Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9088 Wiper Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 8P and 6P connectors from the switch, remove the two screws, and pull out the switch. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Washer Fluid Level Switch: Testing and Inspection Washer Level Switch Test (Canada) 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the washer. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each float position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Motor > Component Information > Locations Windshield Washer Motor: Locations Behind Left Side of Front Bumper Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 9095 Windshield Washer Motor: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the washer. 3. Test the washer motor by connecting battery power and ground according to the table. - If the motor fails to run smoothly, replace it. - If the motor runs smoothly, but little or no washer fluid is pumped, check for a disconnected or blocked washer hose, or a clogged pump outlet in the motor. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Windshield Washer Switch: Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 8P and 6P connectors from the switch, remove the two screws, and pull out the switch. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Windshield Wipers - Blade Care & Replacement Wiper Blade: Technical Service Bulletins Windshield Wipers - Blade Care & Replacement SOURCE: Honda Service News TITLE: Windshield Wiper Blade Care and Replacement APPLIES TO: All models SERVICE TIP: A buildup of road film, oil, or grease on the windshield or the wiper blades can cause the wiper blades to smear, streak, or chatter when being used. If your customers complain of this problem, and their wiper blades are less than 6 months old, try doing this before you replace the blades: - Use Glass Cleaner or equivalent, to thoroughly clean the windshield. Make sure you clean it well enough so that water slides off of it, not just beads up. - Use Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze straight from the bottle on a soft cloth to clean the wiper blades. This stuff contains a wetting agent that conditions the blade rubber. If the wiper blades still smear, streak, or chatter after you've cleaned the windshield and the blades, then blade replacement is in order. When you remove the old blade from its holder, make sure you grab the locking end of the blade on its top and bottom (use your thumb and index finger for this). Tug on the blade until it releases, then slide it off the holder. Don't grab the locking end from the sides. The metal rails could come loose and you could also wind up with a nasty cut. If the new blades don't have rails, make sure you install the rails from the old blades on the new blades like this: If the old rails are curved: - Install them on the new driver's-side wiper blade with the ends bowing away from the windshield. This makes the blade press harder against the middle of the windshield, providing a clear center of vision for the driver. - Install them on the new passenger's side wiper blade with the ends bowing toward the windshield. This makes the blade press harder against the edges of the windshield to clear off any water at the upper and lower ends of each wiper pass. If the old rails lie flat: Install them on either new wiper blade. If one of the new blades is shorter than the other (this is common on many vehicles), just install the shorter blade on the driver's side. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Windshield Wipers - Blade Care & Replacement > Page 9103 Slide the new blade into the holder, and push from behind with your thumb until you feel the tabs snap into place. Make sure the blade is locked in place before you reinstall the blade assembly. If it's not, the blade could come off during use and the blade assembly could scratch the windshield. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wiper Control Module: Testing and Inspection Integrated Control Unit Input Test SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover and knee bolster. 2. Disconnect the 10P connector from the integrated control unit. 3. Remove the integrated control unit from the under-dash fuse/relay box. 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector and the fuse/relay box socket. If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. All Systems: Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 9107 Intermittent Wiper System: Key-in/Seat Belt Reminder, Lights-on Reminder System: Bulb Check System (Brake System Light): Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Locations > Front Windshield Wiper Motor Wiper Motor: Locations Front Windshield Wiper Motor Left Rear Corner of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Locations > Front Windshield Wiper Motor > Page 9112 Wiper Motor: Locations Rear Window Wiper Motor Underside of Hatch Lid Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front Wiper Motor Wiper Motor: Testing and Inspection Front Wiper Motor 1. Open the hood, and remove the cap nuts. Carefully remove the wiper arms so that they do not touch the hood. 2. Remove the cowl cover by prying out the trim clips. 3. Disconnect the 5P connector from the windshield wiper motor. 4. Test the motor by connecting battery power and ground according to the table. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. 5. Connect an analog voltmeter between the No.5 (+) and No.3 (-) terminals, and run the motor at low or high speed. The voltmeter should indicate 0 V and 4 V or less alternately. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Front Wiper Motor > Page 9115 Wiper Motor: Testing and Inspection Rear Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Test (Hatchback) 1. Remove the hatch lower trim panel. 2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the wiper motor assembly. 3. Test the motor by connecting battery power to the No.1 terminal and ground to the No.3 terminal. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it. 4. Reconnect the 4P connector to the wiper motor. 5. Connect an analog voltmeter between the No.4 (+) and No.2 (-) terminals. 6. Run the motor by turning the wiper switch ON. The voltmeter should indicate 0 V and 4 V or less alternately. Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations Wiper Switch: Locations Right Side of Steering Column Honda Civic Vp Sedan Workshop Manual (L4-1590cc 1.6L SOHC MFI (1999)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9119 Wiper/Washer Switch